UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS LIBRARY AT URBAN* CHAMPAIGN BOOKSTACKS NOTICE: Return or renew all Library Materials! The Minimum Fee for each Lost Book is $50.00. The person charging this material is responsible for its return to the library from which it was withdrawn on or before the Latest Date stamped below. Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2019 with funding from University of Illinois Urbana-Champaign Alternates https://archive.org/details/dictionarygrammaOObent DICTIONARY AND GRAMMAR OF THE KONGO LANGUAGE. i S' DICTIONARY AND GRAMMAR OF THE KONGO LANGUAGE As spoken at San Salvador , the Ancient Capital of the Old Kongo Empire , West Africa. Compiled and Prepared for the Baptist Mission on the Kongo River, West Africa, BY THE Rev. W. HOLMAN BENTLEY, Missionary of the Baptist Missionary Society on the Kongo . PUBLISHED BY THE BAPTIST MISSIONARY SOCIETY, 19, Furnival Street, Holborn, London, E.C.; AND TRUBNER & CO., Ludgate Hill, London, E.C. 1887. Butler &• Tanner, The Sehvood Printing IVorkt, Froyrte, and Loyidon. c-\\ 3e\S'QxcK^vw} , b cp; 3^? vava kiautukidi ko. (while as yet), speaking of events not yet accomplished, wau, uwu, with the negative : I want to see Kongo first before I go to Mpumbu, nzolele yai- tadila e kulu Ekongo uwu kiayele oku Mpumbu ko. Note .—These words used with a negative to express the English word, “ before,” are really equi¬ valent to “ while not.” Thus, before he comes = while he has not come. IS EF- 13 EL ( 20 ) Before, continued. (and then), before is also expressed by changing the sentence so as to use the word “ afterwards,” or “then” instead, thus—wash your hands before you write = wash your hands and then write, sukula o moko maku boxi osoneka. If the “ before ” com¬ mences the sentence, as—before you write, wash your hands, the sentence must be reduced to the same form as the preceding. For use of boxi and mbengi, see afterwards. (until), yamuna, yavana, see until. We never saw a white man be¬ fore you came, ke twamwene mundele nkutu ko yavana waijidi; before to-day, yanm * nnn. (by), this use of “before” requires still further circumlocution or arrangement, thus — “ before night ” must be more definitely expressed as, “ in good time,” or, “ before sunset, &c., before market day.” The expected day or days should be mentioned, or the sentence altogether recast, thus—he will be here before market day = on market day he will have returned, lumbu kiezandu kavutukidi. (in the front), kuna ntu (4). before long, kolo ( 6 ) kiandwelo diaka, ntamantama : we shall catch him before long, nta- mantama se twambaka. long before, kolo (6) kingi kivitidi, taxi (6) kingi. Before, prep., vana. the eyes, vana meso (pi. 7). the face, vana ndose (2). the chief, vana vena e mfumu = where the chief was. (ahead of), kuna ntu (4) a. (in front of), ku lose (10) lua, kuna ndose (2) a : in front of the house, ku lose lua nzo. Beforehand, be, go, come, do, &c., v., vita, teka. Beg, v., lomba, vinga. as a favour, dodokela. Beget, ?/., uta, wuta, buta, used indiscriminately for “ to bear ” and “ to beget.” Beggar, nlombi, 1 & 4 ; mvingi, 1 & 4- Begin, v.t yatika, yantika, batika, bantika. to, ximba: he began to cry, oxi- mbidi 0 dila. again (something relinquished), ya- ngula, yangumuna. a fight (fire first), tobola e vita (2). Beginning, n., nsuka, 4; mbantiku, 2, &c. a., -alubantiku. Beguile, v., vuna. Behalf, n ., diambu, 7 ; kuma, 6. Behave, v., vanga. Behaviour, n., fu, 6. Behead, v., saka 0 ntu (4). Behind, adv ., ku nima (2). be, remain, sala ku nima. last, be, sukinina : be left behind, budila, suva. time: we shall be behind time, ntangwa sa yailutila. prep., kuna nima a: he looked from behind the tree, okenge- lele kuna nima a nti. hand (not early, backward): our corn is behindhand, masa meto ke mevika mena ko ; see also- slow. Behold, interj ., se tadi. look at, v.. tala, see, mona. Belated, be, v.i., fukika. Belief, ;z.,lukwikilu, 10; kwikila,9. Believe, ■zA,kwikila,mona e ludi (6). Believer, n ., nkwikidi, 1 & 4. Bell, ferret, n., eyongolo, 8. native, double, ngonge, 2. European pattern, ngunga, 2. Bellow (of bull), v ., meka. Bellows, n., nsakasu, 4. to blow, v., sakasa. ( “ I ) IS Ei,-B et Belly, //., vumu, 6. (entrails), n., ndia, 4. part of game, the perquisite of the man who carries it home, nla- mba, 4. Belong to, v., vua. Beloved,/./., -tondoka, -azolwa. be, v., tondoka, zolwa. Below (lower down), adv., muna eyanda, mu eyanda. in the valley, muna ndimba. Below, prep., kunxi a, kuna nxi a, munxi a, munanxi a. Belt, n., mponda, 2. Bench, n., ebanda, 8 ; ebaya, 8. Bend, v.t., fumbika, vuninika, koze- ka, koveka, koteka. v.i., fumbama, vunanana, koza- ma, kovama, kotama, vwe- tumuka, vwetama. back, v.t., koneneka. v.i., konanana. (be pliant), v.i., leva. (crooked), v.i., tekama. (do, make), v.t., tekeka. down (stoop), v.t., veteka, yenzeka. v.i., vetama, yenzama. on one side, over, v.t., bembeka. v.i., bembama. straight, v.t., kanda, kandula. v.i., kanduka. up and down, v.t., vwetumuna, vwembesa (jerk). v.i., vwetumuka, vwemba (jerk), warp, v.i., banzalala. Bend in a stick, n., monji, 3. Bendaele, be, v.i., fumbakana, ko- zakana, kovakana, kotakana, vetakana, yenzakana, be- mbakana, kandakana, vwe- mbakana. For exact force of these words, see above. Beneath, see below. Benediction, see blessing. Benefactor, n., mvevudi, 1 & 4. Beneficent, ) . amvevudi . BENEVOLENT} ) Benighted, a. (ignorant), -abubu. be, v. (belated), bukamenwa e to- mbe. Bent, a. The usual adj. can be made from the intransitive verbs for “to bend/ fumbama, -amfu- mbami, &c. Bent, be, v.i., see bend, 7 >.i. Bequeath, v., xisa efwa ( 8 ). Bereaved, a., -ansona. Berry, n., nginga, 2. Beseech, v., vingila, lomba. as a favour, dodokela. Beset, v., see surround. Beside, prep., vana ndambu (2) a, vana nteto (4) a, or with ku and mu instead of vana. Beside, 1 adv., diaka, vana ntandu Besides, J (2). more besides (a remainder), nkaji, 4 (pi.); 20 and more beside, 20 ye nkaji. Besiege, v., kuka. (surround), zunga. Sometimes in war, or for plunder, the Kongo people surround a town before dawn, and shoot the men as they come out of their houses until there is no further opposition. This was a frequent procedure in the coun¬ try in the slaving times. San Salvador people often did so, with or without excuse, until recently. such an expedition, nkuki, 2. Bespeak, v.t., banda. Bestow, v., see confer, give, &c. Bet, n., nkonkola, 4 ; nkiedi, 2. v., fia, fiafiana (recip.). Betray, 7/. (a secret), sununa(e mbu- mba, 2). (a thing planned), vanga e mfulu (2) ambi. (to hand over, as Judas Iscariot), vakula. Betrayer, n., mvakudi, 1 & 4; nsu- nuni, 1 & 4. Betroth, v., jitikila, jitikisa (cause to). Betrothal, n., jitikila, 9. Betrothed, be, v. (of the woman), jitikilwa. Bet-Bla ( 22 ) Betrothed, nkaza, i (//., akaji). A betrothed is spoken of as a wife, and considered so in Kongo law. Better, be, than, sunda, luta: bread is better than kwanga, mbolo isundidi o wete ye kwanga; red is far better than white, bwaka kusundidi o wete; kuviokele e mpembe. Better, get (from sickness), sasuka, sampuka, villa. (lessen, as pain), sakalala. (prep., kuna mpwaxi a, kuna mpatakani a, Between, muna kati kwa : ku, Betwixt, \ mu, or va must be used according to sense and rule. (in), muna, mu, omo. Beverage, n., ma (6) kia nua. Bewail, v., dila. Beware, v.i., luka, lungalala, toma tala. Bewilder, v.t., yangika o ntima (4). Bewitch, v., loka. Beyond, adv., kuna nima, kuna kuna. prep., kuna nima a. The verb in the negative in the conjugation having the suffix -akana (able to be), represents the word “ beyond ” in such a case as—beyond measure, ke nkwa tezakana ko = not measurable, go, be, v., luta, vioka. Bible, ?/., nkanda (4) a Nzambi. Bid farewell, v. (he who departs), kanina. (he who dismisses), xindika. (order), v., tuma, vovesa. a price, v., landa e ntalu (2). n., ntalu, 2. Bide, v., see abide. Bier, n., lekwa kinatinwanga 0 fwa. Bifurcate, see branch. Bifurcation (of road), n., mpambu, 2. (of tree), evanda, 8 ; mpandi, 2 ; mpatakani, 2. Big, a., see great, large. How big is he (size), nkia ntela (2) kena. How big is he (tall), nkia ntela (4) kena. Bigamy, fu kia kala ya akaji wole. Bile, n., mbilubisu, 2. Biliousness, n., yela (9) kwa mbi¬ lubisu. Bill (account), nkanda (4) a ntalu. (beak), zozo, 6. Billow, n., evuku, 8. Bind, v., kanga, see tie. a book, bukika. round, v., jinga. Binder (cord, etc.), nxinga, 4 ; ka- ngilwa, 6. Binding, n., bukikwa, 6. Bird, n., nuni, 2, see eagle, &c. and Appendix. humming, nsonge, 2, lime, edimbu, 8. nature, kinuni, 5. young, nuni (2) answeswa. Birds of the air, nuni za ngambwila. Birth (the bearing), n., nguta, 2. give, v., wuta, uta, buta. the giving of, n., luwutilu, 10. (the being born), luwutuku, 10 ; ngutuka, 2. Biscuit, mbolo, 2 (P. bolo). Bisect, v.t., bula. Bit (boring tool), n., nzekelwa, 4, Bit (a piece), n., tini, 6 ; ndambu, 2. (small piece of cloth or paper), te- nda, 6. Bitch, n., mbwa (2) ankento. Bite, v., tatika. (as a snake), ta. off (a piece), v., kamvuna, kavuna, kemvona, yemvona. out a piece, v., vwengomona. Bitter, a., -andudi. be, v., lula. Bitterness, n., ndudi, 2. Blab (a secret), v., sununa (e mbu- mba, 2). Black, a., -andombe, -ampiuki; -amfioti (Vivi, Kabinda). be, lomba, piuka. ( 23 ) Bla-Blo Blacken, ?/./., lombola, piukisa. v.i. t lomboka, piuka. (of sky when rain comes), v.i. f pipa. Black man, zz., ndombe, i & 2; muntu (1) andombe; mfioti, 1 & 4 (Vivi, Kabinda). Blackness, zz., ndombe, 2. Blacksmith, zz., ngangula, 2. to work as, 7/., fula. Bladder, v. (urinary), jenena, 6 ; kinjenena, 5. Blade, zz. (of grass), ndembe, 2 & 11. (of knife), mbele, 2. (of knife without a handle), nse- ngele, 4. (flat of), evi, 8. Blame, v ., tumba. (lay the blame on), yelesa. zz., ngyelele, 2 ; tumbu, 6. Blank, a., -ampavala, -ankatu, -ampena. fire, 72., nzongo (4) amvungela, or -ampavala. (space), n ., mwingilu, 3. Blanket, 72 ., evunga, 8 ; mvolotolo, 4 (P. cobertor = covolotolo). Blaspheme (expl.), vova 0 mambu mavezela Nzambi; tumba. Blast, v., see wither, burn, &c. with gunpowder, bangula. Blaze, 72., nlemo, 4. 7 lema. up, v.z.j lakuka, lakumuka. Bleach, v., pembesa. Bleak, a ., see cold. Bleat, 7/., meka. Bleed, t/.z., sona or sonsa 0 menga (pl- 7). fast, 7/./., vwalala solonga 0 menga (pl. 7), lasuka 0 menga (pl- 7)- (extract blood), 7/./., sumika. Blemish, zz., fu, 6. Blend, see mix. Bless (make happy), v., yangidika. (make prosperous), kolelesa. (praise), kembela. (pronounce a blessing), taulwila. Blessed, a., ye nsambu yo malau. Blessing, zz., nsambu, 2; elau, 8. a Kongo blessing, vwa e nsambu ovwa 0 malau. Blight, zz., babangu 6. Blighted be, v., fwa e babangu. Blind, a ., -ampofo, -afwa disu, -afwa meso. (dazzle), 7/., bukika. (make blind), 7/., vonda 0 meso. man’s buff, zz., njimina, 2. person, zz., mpofo, 2 ; fwadisu, 6 ; fwameso, 6. Blindly wandering, adv., e tukia- tukia, e tungiatungia. Blindness, zz., umpofo, 12 ; ki- mpofo, 5. Blink, t/.z., laya. Bliss, zz., kiese, 5 ; wete, 12 ; eyangi, 8 . Blister, zz., esoya, 8. Blithe, a., -anzunzu. Block, 7/., kaka. and tackle, zz., kokekelwa, 6. -head, zz., see fool. Blood, zz., menga, pl. only, 7. a pool of, nzabu (2) a menga, tia- bula, 6. from the nose, zz., mululu, 3. let, see bleed. -shed, zz., vonda, 9. -shot, a., -bisukila 0 menga (7). be, 7/., bisukila 0 menga (7). -stained, a., -amenga, yo menga. -thirsty, a., -amvondi (ye evwina dia menga). -vessel, zz., mwanji, 3. Bloody, a ., -amenga. Bloom, ) t/.z'., vumisa. Blossom, ) zz., mvuma, 2. Blot, zz., etonxi, 8 ; mpunzu, 2. Blot out, v.t ., vunzuna, vunzakesa. up, 7/./., kunguna. Blotted out, be, t/.z., vunzuka. Blotting paper, zz., papela (2) aku- ngwina. Blow, zz., ngwanda, 2; ngweta, 2 ; mbiba, 2; mbuba, 2; mbula, 2 ; nzuka, 2 ; mbafuna, 2 ; nkafuna, 2. with fist,nkome, 2 (wanda e nkome). Blo-Bor ( 24 ) Blow, continued. with open hand, mbata, 2 (wanda e mbata). fly blow, n., mumvidi, 3 (a mbwanji). blow fly, ekulumbwanji, 8. BLOW about, along, away, off, v.t., ve- mona, vevumuna, vevomona. v.i., vemoka, vevumuka, vevo- moka. about in the wind, 7/./., vevelesa, pekumuna, vekumuna. v.i., vevela, pekumuka, veku- muka. (bellows), v.t ., sakasa. down, v.t., nongona. v.i,, nongoka. (fire), v.t., vengenena, tubula, lunga. (nose), v.t., vemba. off (part of a house), v.t., bangula. out (distend), v.t., wungidika, buti- dika, tuvidika. v.i., wungalala, butalala, tuva- lala. out (extinguish), v.t. & v.i., jima. (pant), v.i., sakasa. up (scold), v.t, see scold, up (as powder), v.t., bangula. v.t., banguka. (a whistle, horn, &c .), v.t. xika. (wind), v.i., kia: a strong wind is blowing, tembwa kiampwena kikianga. from (wind), v.i., tuka: which way is the wind blowing from? akwe i kutukanga e tembwa. Blown, v.i., see blow, v.i. Bludgeon, n., see club. Blue, a., is always called black, -andombe. baft, 11., ebundi, 8 . eyed, a., -ebukadi. stone (cupri sulphas), ngwento 2 (malachite, P. Porto Unguento). Blunder, v., jimbalakanwa, vila- kanwa. n., njimbalakanwa, 2 ; mpilaka- nwa, 2. Blunt, a., -amfwanka. knife, n., fwa (9) kwa mbele. Blush, v., vumwa (muna nsoni). Bluster, n., miangu, pi. 3 ; mazu, pi. 8. (as the wind), v., vukumuka, pu- kumuka. v., see boast, bully, &c. Boar, n., vaka (6) kia ngulu. wild, ngulu amunxitu, 2. Board, n., ebandu, 8 ; ebaya, 8. on, adv., muna nzaza (2). Boast, v., sana, sana 0 lusanu (10). Boasting, n., lusanu, to. Boat, n., nzaza, 2 ; kibula, 5 ; bota, 2 (Eng. boat). Body, n., to, 6 ; ta, 6 ; evimbu, 8. (corpse ), mvumbi, 2 ; fwa, 9. (flesh), nitu, 2 ; nsuni, 4. of soldiers, mvengo, 4. crowd, &c., see crowd, &c. Boil, n , evumbu, 8 ; see abscess. Boil, v.i., yila. fiercely, v.i., fwakata. in water, v.t., vula. make, v.t., yidisa. over, v.i., fuluka. (put on the fire), teleka. to pieces, v.t., niukumuna, wolo- mona. v.i., niukumuka, wolomoka. up (as in a caldron), v., fusuka. Boiler, n., ebudi, 8 (P. bule). Bold, a., ye kiakala (5), ke yo wonga ko. man, n ., eyakala dingi, 1 & 8. Boldness, n., kiakala, 5. Bolster, n., mfika, 2. Bolt, n., ntambu, 4 ; mbindi, 2. v.t., bindika. Bolted, be, v.i., bindama. Bombax, 7 i., see cotton tree. Bond, n., luvambu, 11 & 2. Bondage, see slavery. Bone, n., vixi, 6. Bonnet, see hat. Book, n., nkanda, 4; ebuku, 8 (Eng. book) ; edivulu, 8 (P. livro). Boot, n., nsampatu, 2 (P. sapato). -jack, n., mbwa, 2. Booty, n., esanzu, 8. ( 25 ) Bok-Bra Border (edge), //., mvilu, 4 ; nkwe- nko, 4- (of cloth), //., nswiku, 4. (of field, country, &c.),;l, mbambi, 2 . (sewn on to a cloth), ngongongo, 2 . Border on, v.i., finama. on to each other, finamiana. Bore, v.t ., zoka. as insects, v.t., fusula. make a hole, v.t., jiula, tobola, to- mpola, zoka (e eulu, 8). (of gun), n. , yalumuka, 9 (kwa nua a nkele). Bored, be (by insects), v.i., fusuka. Borer insects, n., nzekezeke, 2. Born, be, v.i., utuka, wutuka, bu- tuka (Bako.). Borne, be, v.i., natuka, yatuka (Mba.). Borrow, v.i., sompa, vingula. from, v.i., sompela. Borrower, n., nsompi, 1 & 4. Bosom, n., tulu, 6 . Both, conj., both...and, ye...ye: see and. Both goats and sheep, ye nkombo yo mameme. Both those, of them, a., -an a -ole or -au e -ole. For the prefixes, refer to grammar or to concord sheet. Both those goats, e nko- mbo zau aji zole or zau e zole. Bother, see vex, worry. Bottle, n., mbwata, 2 ; mbwatidi, 2 (Vivi), (Eng. bottle) ; fwala, 2 (phial) ; mumpempe, 3 (white). Bottom (base), n., exina, 8. (end), 77., nsuka, 2. from top to, tuka vana ntandu yavana nxi. (keel), 71., nima, 2. (of water), 71., ntoto, 4. reach the, v., luaka. to the bottom (of a hole), knna kwaxilu (evundu). Bough, n., tai, 6 ; nsungu, 2 & 11. Bought, be, v.i., sumbuka. Bought, perf. of buy. Bounce, Bound up, | v.i., timbuka. Bound, see leap. put a limit, v., xia e mbambi (2), bula e mbambi (2). Boundary, 71. (end), nsuka, 2. (fence), lumbu, 10. (of land, country), mbambi, 2. (of town), nganzu, 2. (side) ndambu, 2. Bounteous, ) , • ’ a., -ankai, -amvevudi. Bountiful, ) ’ be, v., vevula. Bow (bend), v.t., fumbika, vuninika. v.i., fumbama, vunanana. down, v.t., yenzeka, veteka. v.i., yenzama, vetama. 71. (the knot), nxinimbwa, 2. (of canoe), 71., ntu, 4. weapon, 71., ta (13) wa nzanza ; ntibu, 4 ; mfumba, 4. Bowed, be, v.i., see bow, v.i. (as with age), kozama, kovama. Bowels, 71., ndia, 4. (cleaned and twisted into a ball to be cooked), njinga, 2. Bowl, n., see basin. Box, 7 i., nkele, 2 ; nkela, 2 ; lukata, 11 & 2. (tin trunk), 71., nkele alundu, 2. Box the ears, wanda e mbata muna matu. Boy, 7 i., mwana, 1 ; nleke, 1 ; leke, 6 : ntaudi, 1 & 2 ; ntauji, 1 & 2; kindende, 5. (nipper), mbadio, 1 (not a compli¬ mentary word). Boyhood, 71., kileke, 5 ; uleke, 12. « 0YISH > l a., -akileke. Boylike, ) Boys 5 house, 71., mbongi, 2. A house for boys and unmarried young men. Bracelet, 77., nlunga, 4 ; pita, 6. (bangle), 11., soka, 6. (iron), 77., nkwangu, 2. Bracken, 77., etekwa, 8. Brag, see boast. Braid, v.t., vanda. (a plait), 77., sasabala,6; mvanda, 4- (ribbon), 77., nsalaji, 2 ; fita, 2 (P. fita). Bra-Bre ( 26 ) Brain,;/., tomfo (twa ntu), pi. 10. Bramble, ;/., sadi, 6. 15 ranch, n. (of a creeper), nxingu, 4. (of a river), kimpambwila, 5. (of a road), mpambu, 2 ; kimpa¬ mbwila, 5. (of a tree), tai, 6 ; nsungu, 2 & 11. road, //., mpambu, 2. Branch, 7/. (as a road), vambuka. (as a tree), bula e tai (6). Branches, zambu, 6. The monkeys went jumping about in the branches, e nkewa zele ata- kuka muna zambu. Branching, n. (a fork), mpandi, 2 ; mpatakani, 2 ; evanda, 8. (of road), mpambu, 2. Brand, ;z., see mark. fire- //., xixi, 6. Brandish, 7 zunganisa. Brass, n , ntaku, 2; wolo, 12 (P. ouro, gold), welo, 12 (P. ereo). a., -antaku. rods, ntaku, 2 & 1 t. Brave, a ., ye kiakala, 5. (faithful), <7., -anjijidi. be, 7/., jijila. man, eyakala dingi, 1 & 8. (soldier), //., ekesa, 8. Bravery, ;/., kiakala, 5 ; jiji, 6. Bread, «., mbolo, 2 (P. bolo). Breadth, ntau, 4; yalumuka, 9; tanduka, 9 ; sanzumuka, 9. (of cloth), nkuluka, 2. Break, ;z. (interval), mwingilu, 3. Break, a covering or skin, so as to lay bare, v.t., vununa, tununa. 7 vunuka, tunuka. (as a string), 7 danuna, zutuna. away, 7 taya. (crush), 7;., crush. (dawn), 7/.z., kia. down, 7 bangula. v.z.. banguka. in (tame), 7/./., lemvola, lemba, lembeka. in two, 7/./., tolola, bukuna, mu- kuna, bokona. v.z., toloka, bukuka, mukuka, bokoka. i Break, continued. loose, v.i ., danuka, zutuka. (nuts), 7/./., teta. off the top, see break in two. out (as an eruption), babumuka. (as perspiration), tukuka. (on the lip), babana. (smash), 7 ula, wula, bula, bosa. v.z. , buka, udika, bosoka. to atoms, 7;./., tiembola, kosomona.. v.i., tiemboka, kosomoka. through, into, 7 baka. through (of sunshine), 7/., baya. (transgress law), v., veza, sumuna (konko), kulula. up, to pieces, v.t., niukumuna, wolomona. v.z., niukumuka, wolomoka. wind (upwards), v., biokwa. bioko, 6. (downwards), nena 0 mfuni (4). mfuni, 4; nkuxi, 4 (Bako.). Breakfast, n. (the first meal), minu- ete, pi. 3 (swallow the saliva). ; Breast, n. (bosom), tulu, 6. (heart), ntima, 4. (a teat), ntulu, 2 ; eyeni, 8. bone, kupala, 6. pendulous, ntulu zabokola. of bird, mbu, 2. of nxiji (palm rat), lela, 6. of pig, mbumu, 4. Breath, n., mwanda, 3. (air), mwela, 3. (a respiration), ;/., mfulumuna, 2. be out of, 7/., ntima (4) -tungama ; I am out of breath, ntima ame- utungamene. Breathe, t/.z., fulumuna. (gasp), 7;., fulumuna e kintwentwe or kintwengenia. (pant), v., sakasa. (stertorously), 7/., kwinta, fwanta. Bred, be, v., twelwa. (be born), wutuka. Breed (bring forth), v., uta, wuta. (fast), 7/., bobolwela. (keep), v., twela. (prolifically), v., tetana. Breed (kind), ;z., mpila, 2. ( 27 ) 13 RE-B RO¬ TS REEDING animal, 77., exina, 8 . Breeze, mpemo, 2 ; mpevelo, 2 ; mpeve, 2 ; vento, 2 (P. vento). strong, tembwa, 6. Brew, v., lamba, kama. Brewing, be (coming), v., kwizanga. Bribe, v., futa (mu vanga diambu diambi). 77., mfutu, 2. Bride, 77. (expl.), nkento vo se so- mpwanga. Bridegroom, n. (expl.), eyakala vo se disompanga. Bridge, 71 . (of sticks), nzonza, 4. 71 . (suspension), kiamvu, 5. 7 i. (a rope stretched across a stream to steady forders), mumvubu, 3. Bright, a., -ansemi, -velela. be, v., sema, velela (clean). (gleam) v., lejima. (cheerful), a ., -anzunzu. (very white), e pekepeke (pi.6), entu- nia (2), e tunia (pi. 6), see glow. Brighten, v., seka. (clear up, as weather, dawn), v., kia. Brightness, lejima, 9 ; nsemo, 2. (cheerfulness), 71 ., nzunzu, 2. Brilliance, 71 ., lejima, 9; tentena, 9. Brilliant, be, v., lejima, tentena. Brim, 77., nkwenko, 4. Bring, v.t , twala, twasa, vitika. back, vutula. (cause to return), vutulwisa. (carry), nata, yata (Mba.). (carry something great), kakasa. (conduct), fila. down, kulula, kulumuna. down, under (humble), kulula or sakula [0 lulendo (10)]. (fetch), bonga. forth (bear), wuta, uta. in, kotesa. near, sunzula, luakisa. near together, finika. out, forth, vaikisa. over, across (a place), kuzula. (a river), saula, sabula (Bako.). together (collect), kutika, zonzeka. (unite), yikakesa. to life again, fulula. Bring, co 7 itinued . up, see feed, nurse, provide, &c. up (a hill), tombola. Brink, 71 ., nkwenko, 4. Brisk, a., see lively, active, &c. Bristle, 71., mwika, 3; wika, 11 & 12 Britain, 77., Great Britain (expl.),. ye England, ye Scotland, ye^ Ireland, yo Wales, nxi zaji zibundanini nkumbu au nku- tu Great Britain. Britannic, j , a Great Britain. British 3 Briton, n., mwixi Great Britain, 1 (pi. exi). Broad (big), a., -anene, -ampwena. (extended), a., -asanzuka, -ayalu- muka, -atanduka. (of cloth), a., -ankuluka (descending low when worn), too, a., -nene. (wide), a., -asadila. Broad, be, ) v . i ., sanzuka, yalumu- Broaden, ) ka, tanduka. (wide), v . i ., sadila. Broaden, v . t ., sanzula, yalumuna. v.t., tandula. (widen), v.t., sadisa. Broil, v., yanga. Broken, be, v . i ., see break, v . i . Broker, 7/., bamba, 6 . Brokerage, 71., kibamba, 5. Bronze, 71 . (expl.), nsongo yasangwa yo tadi wakaka. Brood over, v.t., butamena. (progeny), 71., wana, ana, pi. 1. Brook, nkoko, 4 ; nsulu, 4. Broom, 71., sesa, 6. Broth, ndungu, 2 ; nkwadu, 2 (Vivi). Brother, 7/., elder, mpangi, 2. 71., younger, mbunji, 1. Brotherhood, 77., kimpangi, 5 ; kimbunji, 5. Brother-in-law, 7/., nzadi, 2. Brow, 77., luse, 10 ; lose, 10. eye, 77., nse, 2 & 11. between the eyebrows, 77., mbulu, 2. of a hill, 7 i., etenta, 8 ; ebata, 8. of a precipice, 77., nkwenko, 4. Bro-Bur ( 28 ) Brown, a. (vaguely), -andombe, see colour. ci. (reddish), -akongo (the colour of a cosmetic). a. (light), -elundu (ant-hill colour). Bruise, v., see knock in, beat, &c. Brush, n ., xikova, 2 (P. escova). (broom), sesa, 6. v./., kubula. Brushwood, 11., kintintikidi, 5. (thicket), u., evwangi, 8 ; kanka, 6. Brutal, n., see cruel. Brute, 71 ., bulu, 6 . Brute nature, n., kibulu, 5. Bubble, 71., efulufulu, 8. v.i., fuluka, tumba e efulufulu. (boil), v.i., yila. (boil fiercely), v.i ., fwakata. Bubo (sympathetic), 71 ., nlola, 4. Buck, 71 ., ekoko, 8 . (of goat), vaka, 6 ; kimboko, 5. Bucket, n., nkalu, 2 (calabash). Bud, 71 ., bundu, 6 . v.i., savuka. Buffalo, 71 ., mpakasa, 2. * Bug, 71 ., kinsekwa, 5. Bugle, 71 ., mpungi, 2. Build, v., tunga. Builder, 71 ., ntungi, 1. Building, 71 ., ntungu, 2. Bulb, 71 ., ekumba, 8 . Bulge, v., see swell, bend. Bulk, 71 ., vonga, 9 ; see size. Bull (male), 71 ., ekoko, 8. (ox), 71 ., ngombe, 2. Bull (male), a., -ekoko. Bullet, 71., ekela, 8 ; mpunza, 2. Bully, v.t., see oppress, abuse, scold. Bump, n ., mvimbila, 4. Bunch, 71 ., of bananas, tiba, 6. 71 . (of fruit), kangi, 6. 71 ., of plantain, dinkondo, 7. 7 i. (of things strung or fastened together), saki, 6. Bunchlet, 71 . (“hand” of plantain, &c.), nkangi, 2. Bundle, 71 ., efunda, 8 ; dinga, 6 . (small), 71 ., efutukulu, 8. (sheaf, as of grass), mbuba, 4 ; mwita, 3 (Bako). Bundle, continued. (of firewood), vanga, 6. Bung, 71., esami, 8. Buoy, n. (expl.), xinsu kixilu muna mbu, kaxi muna nzadi. up, v., lalamesa, yangikila. Burden, n. [load (of cloth)], nkanda, 4 - (load of goods generally), ntete, 4 - Burial, n., lujiku, 10. ground, 71., nkalamenga, 4 ; nkala, 4 ; jami, 6. Buried, be, v.i., jama. Burn, v.t., yoka, vika. v.i., via. a strip round a town or farm to protect it from fire, v.t., tawila, \perf. taulwidi). be thus protected, v.i., taulwilwa. (char), v.t., jinisa, lakatisa, luku- tisa, niengesa. (be charred), v.i., jina, lakata, lukuta, nienga. fiercely, v.i. [tiya tu- (pi. 10)], tu- mbama, tulama, wokela. (cause to), v.t., tumba, tudika (0 tiya, pi. 10). (flame up), v.i., lakuka, lakumuka. (flare), v.i., lema. (glow), v.i., see glow, imperfectly (as damp grass), v.t., yabula. v.i., yabuka. (on fire, be) in all directions, v.i., yandangiana, yandana. over again,' v.t., yokolola. rapidly, spread quickly, v.i., lalll- muka. (scorch), v.t., baba. (be scorched), v.i., babama. (set on fire), v.t., kwika, tatika 0 tiya muna. (set on fire), v.i., kwama, tatama 0 tiya. (set on fire in various places), v.t., tambakesa. (be set on fire thus, and the fires to meet), v.i., tambakana, ta- mbangiana. 6 ( -9 ) Bur-Bv Burn, continued. (singe), v.i., vumpa, fumpa, vu- mpula, fumpula, vubula. (be singed), v.i., fumpuka, vumpu- ka, vubuka. (smart), v.i., yama. (with a roar), v.i., yuya. Burning season, n., mpiaza, 2 ; mpela, 2. Burnt, be, v.i., see burn, v.i. p., -vidi, -jinini, &c. Burnt “ bush,”;/., mpiaza, 2 ; mpela, 2. “ bush ” burnt clean to the ground, n., seswila, 6 . charred stalks left after burning grass before properly dry, also charred stubble, //., mwinga, 3 ; kinga, 5 ; (sing. only). Burrow, v.t., tima. 71., eulu, 8. Burst, v.t., bula, budisa (cause to). v.i., buka. (split), v.t., basuna. v.i., basuka. Bury, v.t., jika. (cover out of sight), v.t., langa. Bush, 71., kintitikidi, 5 ; nti, 4. “ Bush,” grass, v., futa, 6. (thicket), n., evwangi, 8 ; kanka, 6. (copse), n., sapala, 6. (wood), 71., mfinda, 2. Bushman, //., mwixi mfinda, 1 (pi. exi). Business, 71., see affair, matter. Busy, a., ye salu (6), -ajrisadi. But, conj ., kanxi. as, kanxi wan : he came, but as he was ill I sent him away, wijidi kwandi kanxi wau kayela i kuma inxindikidi. (except, but not), kanxi, with the negative : bring any man but him, twasa konso muntu, kanxi ke yandi ko. (if not, otherwise than), VO, with the negative : I will tell you nothing but the truth, kikusamwina diambu ko vo ke dialndi ko. But, continued. but it must be (if only), mpaxi: bring me some eggs, but they must be good, nntwaxila o maki mpaxi mabiza. Some¬ times “ but ” is not translated. Not white but red, ke yampe- mbe ko yambwaki. Butt, v.t., tula. (cask), n., mpimpa, 2 (P. pipa). Butt-end of gun, n., koxia, 2 (Ik. coxa?). Butter, n., maji (pi. 7) ma ngombe. Butterfly, 71., lumbembambemba, 10. Buttocks, 71., mataku, pi. 8. Button, 71., mbutaji, 2 (P. botao) ; etenji, 8 (ICib.). Buy, v.t., sumba. and sell each other (as in famine- times), salajiana. (trade), kita. Buzz, v.i., yinginina. Buzzard,.;/., kutukudia, 6. By, near by, adv., mu ngenga, 2 ; stay near by, kala mu ngenga. by and by, ngatu, mbatu, mbanu* nganu. one of these days, ntamantama. BY,^r^. by accident, ku suxi. by day, oku mwini. by land, muna eseke ’ eseke (a elided). (means of), muna, mu: by that road, muna njila eyina; by trying, muna xinsa. night, 0 fuku. sea, muna mbu a mbu. (the agent), kwa; it was eaten by a crocodile, idilu kwa ngandu.. the side of, vana nteto a, vana ndambu a. water, maza ’ maza (a elided), (where is, was, &c.), vana ; keep by me, kala vana ndina. three by three, tatu tatu. day by day, lumbu ya lumbu. Cab-Cap ( 30 ) c. Cabbage, zz., nkove, 2 & 11 (P. couve). Cable, zz., ngonji, 2. Cackle, v., ta 0 makoyo (pi. 8). Cage, sakala, 6. Cake, zz., mbolo, 2 (P. bolo). Calabar bean, n. (Physostigmatis Faba), ngongo (2) anzadi. The true Calabar bean is rare, many beans very like it float down the stream and are called by the same name. Calabash, zz., nkalu, 2. small, zz ., tutu, 6. interior pulp of, zz., makomvi, pi. 8. vessel of clay in form of, mvungu, 4. Calabash tree, zz., see Baobab. Calamity, zz., mvia, 4. Calculate, v ., badika. Caldron, zz. (boiler), kinzu, 5 (kia- mpwena); nzungu, 2 (Vivi). in river, zz., efusu, 8. Calf, zz., mwana, 1. a., -answa. of leg, zz., kimfiangumbe, 5. Calibre, zz., yalumuka, 9 ; see size, &c. Calico, zz., ekende, 8 ; mbinza, 2 (P. camisa). Call, v.t., boka, boka e mbila (2), ta e mbila (2). (assemble), v.t ., kutika, zonzeka. for, to, v.t., bokela. (go to fetch a person), v.t., SUSU- muna, vukulula. out (as with pain), v.z., tata. (waken), v.t., xikamesa. remain inattentive to a, v.t., vukula. Calm, zz., see quiet, rest, &c. be, v.z., lembama. make, v.t., lemba, lembeka. (without anxiety), v.t., kulula 0 moyo (3). be, v.t., moyo (3) kuluka; he was calm, moyo andi ukulukidi. Calumniate, v.t., tumba, kumba. Calumniation, zz., tumbu, 6 ; eku- mbu, 8. Calve, v.t., wuta, uta. Camp, zz., ndo, 2. (resting-place), langu, 6 . Camwood. This red wood is ground into a powder on a rough stone with water ; the paste is then made up into sticks and dried; some sparkling sand is some¬ times mixed with it. It is then called nkula, 2. This is rub¬ bed into the skin with oil or water as a cosmetic, or rubbed into their clothes with oil as a dye. It is sometimes used to make lines and beauty marks on the face and person. Can (pan), zz., kinzu, 5. v., see able. Candid, be, v.z., ludika. Candle, zz., mini, 6 ; mwinda, 3 ; luinda, 10 ; mvela, 2 (P. vela), -stick, zz., etadi (8) dia mini (6). Candour, zz., ludi, 6. Cane, zz., mbamba, 2 & 11. Cannabis sativa, zz., see Indian hemp. Cannibal, zz., ndia (1) wantu. Cannon, zz., etenda, 8. ball, zz., ekela (8) dia etenda (8). Canoe, zz., nlungu, 4 ; lungu, 13. (large, used on Lower River), kienda, 5 ; ebwanda, 8. piece of broken, zz., diwombolo, 7 (Kib.). Canvas, zz., ngoto, 2. Cap, zz. (hat), mpu, 2 (P. chapeo). zz. (knitted), mboka, 2. zz. (percussion), puleta, 2 (P. ?). zz. (skull), banda, 6 . zz. (straw), sapu, 2 (P. chapeo). Cape, zz., etukulu, 8 ; esunsu, 8 . Capillary attraction, mia, 9. to ascend by, v., mia. Capital, zz. (city), mbanza, 2. San Salvador is called Nganda (2) a Ekongo (Ngand’Ekongo), cf. Herero, nganda, a village, good, a., -abiza, -ambote, -awete. great, a., -ampwena, -anene. in trade, zz., dila, 6 ; xina, 6 . small, to start with, mbobela, 2. ( 3 > ) Cap-Cas Captain, //., mbuta, 2 ; nkuluntu, 1. Captive, mumpita, 3 ; nkole, 2 (Bako). slave, see slave. Captivity, kibundu, 5. Capture, v.t, baka, kanga (tie up). n., mbaki, 2, sing. That which is captured. ■Capturer, 71., nkwa (1) mbaki: mbaki ina omu njila eyina, they are on the look-out to catch people along that road. Caravan, 71., buka, 6 ; see carrier, trader. ■Carbuncle, 71., etaza, 8. Carcase, 71., evuvu, 8. Card, 71., papela (2) angolo (paper, strong). Cards, playing, n., balai, 2 (P. ?); see also ace, diamonds, &c. Care (concern), 71., nsungameno, 2 ; mambu, pi. 7; lusungameno, 10. for, v.t, sungamena. not to care for, v.t., bolola (be sur¬ feited). guard, keep, v.t, lunda. look after, v.t., lungidila, la- ngidila. take, v.t, toma lunga-lunga; see be anxious, nurse, respect, think. Careful, be, v., see aware, prudent, Carefully, > wary, &c. DO, &c., J toma: carry it care¬ fully, toma kio nata; be very careful, toma lungalala beni. (well), adv., belli : hold it carefully (firmly), ximba kio beni. Careless, a., -ampalakasa, -aza- kazaka. Carelessly, adv., palakasa-pala- kasa. do bad, v.t., fwantalakesa. done, be, v.t, fwantalakana. done, a., ’-amfwatalakani. (hurriedly), adv., e zakazaka (6). Carelessness, umpalakasa,* 12 ; zakazaka, 6. Carelessness, continued. He is very careless (hurriedly)^ zakazaka kingi kena kian. Caress, see kiss, embrace. Carpenter, n., valanti, 1 ; mvadi anti, 1 & 4. Carpet, n., nku, 2. Carriage, n., ekalu, 8 (P. carro). Carried, be, v.t, natuka. Carrier, ngamba, 2; mwana angamba, 1. Carry, v.t, nata, yata (Mba.). (a child on the back),?/./., bindikila. across, over (a place), v.t., kuzula. (a river), v.t, saula, sabula (Bako.). away, off, katula. as the wind, v.t, vevumiina, ve- vomona. down, v.t, kiilnmuna. in, v.t, kotesa. on the arm, v.t, vatakana. out, v.t, vaikisa. (something bulky), v.t, kakasa. to, near, v.t., snnzula. up, v.t., tombola, balula. Carte-de-Visite, 71 ., xisa, 6. Cartilage, n., minse, pi. 3. Cartridge, n., etuza, 8 (P. cartu- clio). blank, nzongo (4) amvungela or ampavala. Carve (cut up), v.t., sasa. (distribute), sansa. in wood, v.t., vala. Cascade, 71 ., nteleka, 4 ; eknmbila, 8 . Case (box), 71 ., nkela, <2; nkele, 2 ; Inkata, 2 & 11. (matter), 71 ., diambii, 7 ; nma, 12. (sheath), 71 ., kutu, 6. Case, in case of, -nkwa, with the sub¬ jective prefix, series No. 3 : take an umbrella in case of rain, nata e vevo (kuma, the weather) kunkwa noka e mvula. in the case of, 0V0. in that case, ozevo, ozavo, zevo, zavo : in the case of our going, C as-Cat ( 32 ) Case, continued. in that case you will be glad, ovo tukwenda ozavo oyangalele. Cashew tree (anacardium occiden- tale), n., nkajiau, 4 (cashew). Cask, n., mpimpa, 2 (P. pipa). of gunpowder, zenzo, 6 (kia tiya). Cassava, (Jatropha manihot), edioko, 8 ; eyaka, 8 (Bako.); nkaba, 2 (Ivib.); ngutu, 2 (?). field, n., bale, 6. leaf, n ., lembe, 6. root, n., edioko, 8. root, head of, n., koza, 6. root, piece of, n., mpanza, 2. (a root that has been exposed above the soil and has become woody), ntukila, 4. The root peeled fresh and dried in the sun is called kela, 6, and is used in the brewing of beer (mbamvn), see beer, or is carried as provision for long journeys, as it keeps good for a long time. The root is steeped (yondeka) in water, in pools, for 5 or 6 days, when it becomes soft (womba), it is then peeled (teta), carried to the town (tombola), and dried in the sun (yanika), when it becomes bala, 6 ; kedi, 6; ekeso, 8 ; when sold in that form on the markets it is called soka, 6. It is kept in this state until needed. It is beaten (tnta) into flour, mfumfu, 2 ; luku, 10, which is called on the markets mfliba, 2. This meal is stirred slowly into boiling water, until it becomes very stiff, when it is made up into puddings called luku, 10 ; mfundi, 2 ; ndiba, 4. The natives pull off pieces of the pudding, rub it in some tasty preparation, and swallow it. Cassava pudding is another pre¬ paration, called in S. Salvador bala (6) kiefunda, and by the Cassava, continued. Bakongo,kwanga, 6; kingodia,. 5 ; 07 - mungodia, 3. It is made by soaking and peeling as be¬ fore mentioned, and it is then beaten (tuta) in mortars (su, 6), or in some districts crushed in ribbed troughs. The pulp is then bound in leaves of mvwiyi,. or plantain, or some such broad-leaved plant. The pud¬ ding is then boiled, or baked in an oven—a dry pot over the fire, or a hole in the ground with a fire over it. Cassock, n., mansaya, pi. 7 (P. saia, a petticoat). Cast, about, vd. (scatter), mwanga, mwanganisa. away, out, v.t., veta, loza, takula. away, as useless, v.t., buma. away, be, vd., bumuka. down, abase, v.t. , kulula, kulu- muna. down, be, vd., zowalala. down violently, v.t., lumba, zanza, yemba, yumba. forth, v.t., vaikisa. into (a hole), v.t., kobola. (water, mud, &c.), v.t., kobola, dibula. (leaves or seed), v.t., kubula. (lots), v.t., vanga [e nkasa (2)]. (metal), v.t., zunza. (throw), v.t., tuba, up (reckon), v.t., bundakesa. Cast (metal), p., -zunzwa. Castor oil, plant (ricinus communis), mbono, 4 (P. mamona). Castrate, v.t., vokola, lemba. Castrated, p., -alembwa, -avo- kolwa. Casually, adv., ku suxi (6). Cat, n., mixi, 2 ; mbumba, 2. civet-, 7 i., ekombe, 8 ; njima, 2 ; mfuki, 2. leopard-, n., nzuji, 2 ; mbongi, 2. wild, 11., mbala, 2. Cataract, n. (in the eye), ntenji, 2. 11. (water), ekumbila, 8. ( 33 ) Cat-Cha Catarrh, n., efukutila, 8. Catch, v.t ., baka. (a complaint), v.t., sambukila. (any one’s foot,as a root), ?/./., konka- lakesa. (as an obstacle), v.t., vangalakesa. (hook on to), v.t., kokeka, vakika. (in a snare), v.t., vwamvula. (in the hands), v.t., z"ka, zakula, yaka. (pen up), v.t., tatamesa, vakaniesa. (seize), v.t., see seize. Catch (with hook), v.t., loa. Catch, v.i., see caught. Caterpillar, n., kimpiatu, 5. edible, n., dinsende, 7; likonko, 4. Cattle, n., tweleji, 6. Cattle pen, n., mpaka, 2 ; nkuzu, 4. Caught, be, v.i., bakama. (hooked on to), kokama, vakania. (on an obstacle), vangalakana. (on anything so as not to fall), sangama. (hemmed in, be), vakamena, tata- mena. Cause (affair), //., diambu, 7 ; uma, 12. (origin), matukii, pi. 8 ; etuku, 8 . The sentence must generally be framed more definitely. He is the cause of all the trouble, 0 yandi otwasanga 0 mambn mawanso; that is the cause of (therefore) his weeping, dianu kedidila; that is the cause of the quarrel, I matukii mama matukidi e nzonji. Cause, v.t., vanga. v. use the causative in -esa, -isa, bakisa, to cause to catch (baka); kotesa, to cause to enter (kota). Caution, n., vengojioka, 9 ; nga- ngu, 2 ; nduka, 2. (make aware), v.t., lukisa. Cautious, a., -amvengojioki, -anluki, -angangn. be, v., vengojioka, luka, lungalala (prudent). Cave, n., evundit, 8. Cave in, v.i., votomoka, wongo- moka. Cavern, n., see cave. Cavity, n., evnndu, 8 . Cease, v.i., mana. (abate), v.i., sakuka. from, v., yambula, bika, lembwa. raining, v.i., kandama. (of sound, voices), bntama. Ceaselessly, do, be, v., kwaminina, kwama. He talks ceaselessly, 0 kwaminina 0 vova. Ceaselessly, adv ., kaka : aka with continuative, in -anga ; he talks ceaselessly, ovovanga aka. Cemetery, n., jami, 6 ; nkala, 4 ; nkalamenga, 4. Censure, v.t., tnmba. n., tumbu, 6. Centipede, n., nganji (2) amwalala. Centre, kati, 9. Cerastes viper (?), enta, 8. Certain (sure),/., -xikila. (true), -alndi. Certain, a, a., moxi : a certain man, muntu moxi. Certain, be (remember well), v., sungamena (beni). (sure), v., xikila. make, v., xikidisa. (know), v., zaya. Certainly, adv., kieleka, ludi. Chaff (husk), n., titi, 6 ; ti, 6; kiti, 5. (about some personal defect), v., tnmba : they chaffed him about his lame leg, bantnmbidi 0 kulu kwafwa ; see also joke. Chain (large), n., lnvambn, 10. (small), n., mpanga, 2 ; mpambu, 2. Chain, v ., kanga mnna luvambn (10). Chair, n., kiandn, 5 ; knnda, 6. Chalk, n., kali (P. cal), or see pipe¬ clay. Challenge, n., nxiobongo, 2. v., lomba e kinia (5): to touch one on the face or chin with the face as a challenge, suka 0 nlembo (4). i) Cha-Che ( 34 ) Chamber (bed), zz., esuku, 8. (outer) zz., eseka, 8 . utensil, zz., bola, 6 (P. bola). Chameleon, zz., lungwenia, io; lu- nkumbidila, io. Chance (accident), zz., suxi, 6. by, adv ., ku suxi (6), with the ap¬ plied form of the word. (good luck), zz., elau, 8 ; nsambu, 2. (opportunity), zz., ntangwa, 2. Change, v.t., soba, vinga (Bako.). (alter, turn), v.t ., vilula, see also turn. v.i., viluka. (of a language), v.t., biiida. v. i. , bindama. from one vessel into another, v.t., sekula, sekola. (replace), v.t., vingesa. v.t., vinga. (take turns), v. recip., vingajiana. (transform), v.t., kitula. v.z'., kituka. (translate), v.t., sekula, sekola. Changeable, a., -aviluvilu, ye vilu- vilu (6). person, zz., nkwa (1) viluvilu (6), kinkita, 5. Changeableness, zz., unkita, 12. Channel, zz. (river), kimpambwila, 5. Chant, v., yimbila. zz., nkunga, 4. funeral, mbembo, 2. Chapter, zz., ntu, 4 (head). Char, v.t., jinisa, lakatisa, lukutisa, niengesa. vd., jina, lakata, lukuta, nienga. Character, zz. (respect), jitu, 12: he lost his character, ovondele 0 jitu wandi. Abstract nouns in ki or of class 12, often imply character ; kimfumu or umfu- mu imply kingliness, kingly character. Charcoal, zz., ekala, 8 ; evolo, 8 ; generally pi. Charge (ask), v.t., lomba. (a gun), v.t., soma. (order), see order. with, baka, with the abstract term for the accusation : he charged Charge, cozztizzzted. me with stealing, umbakidi o» wivi (theft). (cost), ntalu, 2. Charge (of powder), zz., nzongo, 4. (ditto, small), zz., mbabu, 2. (blank), zz., nzongo amvungela or -ankatu or -ampena. Charity, zz., see love, kindness, mercy Charm, zz., nkixi, 4 ; see Appendix. v., see bewitch. (to weave, compound), v., vanda 0 nkixi. Charmed with, be, v.i. (fascinated),, tatamena. Chase, away, v.t., yinga, kula. (follow), v.t., landa, lamika e ntinu. Chaste, Chastity, (hunt), v.t., veta. Chasm, zz., eyenga, 8 ; see also abyss. /There is no name for the virtue, the vice must be expressed with the neg¬ ative. You should be chaste, ke nukadi ya ngyambila ko. tumba, see also beat,. Chastise, v punish. Chat, v., moka. with, v., mokesa. Chatter, v., wulumuna, lombolola. zonzolola. (foolish talk), v., wazumuna. together (as plates), tentangiana. Cheap, p., -veva. be, v., veva: everything is cheap, ivwidi veva e lekwa yawonso ; it is a cheap market for trade, ezandu diadi divevelanga 0 mana. Cheapness, zz., veva, 9. Cheat, v., vuna. zz., nkwa luvunu (10), mvuni, 1 & 4. Check, v.t., ximba, dingidika. v.i., dingalala. Cheek, zz., ebundi, 8. (jaw) zz., etolo, 8. Cheer, v.t., wondelela, wonza. v.t., longa (console), gladden, v.t., yangidika. ( 35 ) Che-Chr Cheerful, a ., -anzunzu. be, v.i., yangalala. Cheerfulness, zz., nzunzu, 2. Cherish, zz.,j-^nurse, care for,nourish. Chest (box), zz., nkela, 2 ; nkele, 2 ; lukata, 2 & 11. (breast), zz., tulu, 6. (of animals), zz., kupala, 6. Chestnut (colour), zz., munsansa, 3. a., -a munsansa; three chestnut coloured oxen, ngombe tatu za minsansa. Chew, v.t., tafuna, jiakuna, kasa. with the gums, v.t., mungunia -wini). noisily, v.i., niakuna. the cud, v.t., lukula. Chewing, a, zz., munjiaku, 3. Chicken, zz., nsusu, 2. Chief, a., -ambuta, -sundidi, -ebeni. (great), a., -anene, -ampwena. Chief, zz., mfumu, 2 ; nkuluntu, 1. (king), zz., ntinu, 4 ; nyadi, 4 (ruler). ngudi-ankama, 2. (very respectful title), zz., nkaka, 1. sub-, under a king, nkumbi, 2. Chigoe, zz., see jigger. Child, zz., mwana, 1 ; nleke, 1; leke, 6 ; ntaudi, 1 & 2 ; ntauji, 1 & 2 ; kindende, 5 ; see baby, be with, v.i., yimita. (by), v.i., yimitiswa (kwa). Child-birth, zz., mawuta, pi. 8. pains of, zz., nsongo, 4. see also woman. Childhood, zz., kimwana, 5 ; umwa- na, 12 ; kileke, 5 ; kintaudi, 5. Childish, a., -akileke. Childlike, adv., ne nleke. Chill, v.t., todimisa, jijimisa. Chilliness, n., todi, 6 ; njiji, 2. Chilly, a., ye todi (6), -anjiji. be, v.i., todima, jijima. Chimney, n., mvuvu (4) a mwixi. Chimpanzee, zz., mpongi, 2. Chin, zz., bobo, 6 . Chip, v.t., vala. | n., vaxi, 6 ; baxi, 6. Chirp (as bird), v., kienga. (as cricket), v., yenga. Chisel, zz., nkanku, 2. cold, zz., nxinu, 2. Choice (the act), n., nsola, 2 ; mba- nda, 2 ; see choose. a., see good, valuable. Choir, zz., ayimbidi, pi. 1 (singers). atambuludi a nkunga, 1, see chorus. Choke, v.i., swenwa. v.t., sweneswa. (become wedged in), v.i., tatamena. (stop), v.t., kaka. v.i., kakama. Choose, v.t., sola, and ask ior,v.t., banda (bespeak): I will choose the lela of the nxi- ji. Mbende e lela kia nxiji. as you, konso wo ozolele. Chop, see cut. (of pork), 7 i., luxila, see also joint. Chorister (singer), zz., nyimbidi, 1 & 4. in a chorus, ntambuludi a nku- nga, 1. Chorus, zz. In singing at dances, funerals, &c., it is generally the custom for one to sing a refrain in solo (bonga 0 nkunga), and the singers reply in chorus (tambulwila 0 nkunga). The soloist is called mbongi a nku¬ nga, 1 ; the choir atambuludi a nkunga. In the case of a dirge, mbembo, 2, is used in¬ stead of nkunga ; see music, tune, voice, hymn, &c. Chosen, p., -solwa, -bandwa, see choose. Christ, zz., Kristu. This is a difficult word for Kongos to pronounce, the final u instead of 0 is in accordance with Kongo laws of euphony. The tendency to pronounce as kidi- xitu should be avoided. 0 Mfumu eto Jizu Kristu Mwana a Nzambi. Christian, zz., nlandi (1) a Kristu, nleke (1) a Kristu; pi. nsa (4) mia Kristu. Chr-Cla ( 36 ) Christian, continued. Munkwikiji, 3. A just, honour¬ able, trustworthy man has been used. Cannecattim gives mun- kwiki, query munkwidi (a be¬ liever), in his old vocabulary. Christianity, n., mambu ma Nza- mbi, kinsa (5) kia Kristu. These new words have not yet taken a definite shape. Christmas, n., Naximento, 2 (P. Nascimento), lumingu (10) luamputu. Chrysalis, n., kinkete, 5. Church, n. (building), Nzo (2) a Nzambi. The word for the collective body of Christians has yet to take its shape. Nsa, 4, which in the singular implies a retinue of followers, and in the plural the retainers or followers, is perhaps the most fit word to express our idea of the Christian Church. (Nsa a mfumu eto Jisu Kristu). For a body of Christians in a certain place we might use ekambi, 8, or buka, 6 (a flock or company), or ndonga, 2 (a company). Cicada (insect), n., kintendele, 5. Cicatrix, n., fu, 6. Cigar, n., mviba, 4 (a mfomo) ; or mviza, 4 (a mfomo). Cinder, n., evolo, 8 ; ekala, 8. Circle, «., zongolotoma, 6 ; tenge- lejia, 6. Circuit, to make (detour), v.t., ze- kela : they got round ahead of the antelope, bazekele e nkayi. Circuitous, a ., -ampionda, -anko- ndoloka, -anjeta. Circular mouth of a basin or drum, etembo, 8. having a, a., ye etembo (8). Circulate, v. (as the blood), zanzala. v.t. (spread), mwanganisa. v.i., mwangana. Circulation (of the blood), n., za¬ nzala, 9. Circumcise, v.t., yota. Circumcised person, n., esewa, 8. Circumcision, n., yota, 9 ; the house where it is performed, eseka, 8; elongo, 8 ; eyowo, 8. Circumference, ?/., nkwenko (4) [a etembo (8)]. Circumspect, be, v., see wary, pru¬ dent, cautious. Circumstance, n., nkala, 2. C1 rcum stances, under the,muna wau. under no, ke...nkutu ko: under no circumstances do so, kuva- ngi wo nkutu ko. Cistern, n., elundilu (8) dia maza. Citizen, n ., ntungi, 2 ; mwixi, 1 ; pi. exi.; mwixi Ngombe, a ! n., lembama, 9. man of Ngombe. City, n., mbanza, 2 ; see town. Civet, n., ekombe, 8 ; njima, mfuki, 2. Civil, be, v., lembama. a., -anlembami. Civility, Civilization Civilize, v., lembeka, lemba. Civilizing, a., -anlembeki. Claim, v., lomba, vinga. Clamour, n., nkololo, 2. sound of many voices, nkuzu, 4. Clan, n., ekanda, 8 ; luvila, 10. There are many families or clans in Kongo. They are intermixed freely, but people of a clan are responsible for, and help each other. All relationships and inheritances are through the mother, not the father. When you ask a man the name of his clan, use the word luvila. Nkia luvila wina ? I mwixi kilu- kene, kadi ekanda diame kilukene. What is your clan ? I am one of the Kilukene, for my clan is the Kilukene. Luvila is only used thus, other¬ wise use ekanda. The names of some of the Makanda are :— Kilukene, Kinimi alukene, Kinimi ankanga, Kivaxi, Ki- ntumba, Kinlaza, Nenlaza. ( 37 ) Cla-Clo Clandestine, see secret. Clang, v.i., tenta. Clap (as thunder), see thunder, the hands, v., sakila, sakila 0 lu- kofi (10). (do homage), 7 '., kunda, see salute, of the hand, n., lukofi, 10. Clasp, v., see hold, embrace, cling, the hands, 7/., bundika 0 moko (pi. 9). the hands over the head, jinga 0 nkondo (4). Class, n., mpila, 2 ; mbaku, 4. Claw, n., luzala, 2 & 11. (of a crab), n., mwindi, 3. (pincers), n., nlembo, 4 - Clay, n., tuma, pi. 10. Clean, p., -velela, -kianza, -kenzoka, see cleanse. (white), a ., -ampembe. (very white), e pekepeke (pi. 6 ), e tunia (pi. 6 ), e ntunia (2). It is very clean and white, kina e pekepeke yingi. Clean, be, 7/./., sema, velela. (brighten), 7 seka. (cotton), 7 sana (e mpnsn). (gun), 7/./., seka. make, v.t., see cleanse. (scrape), v.t ., vala, vempa. (teeth), v.t., seka. (wash), v.t., sukula. (wipe), v.t., kungula. Cleanliness, n. (of habit), ntinti, 2 ; kingwedi, 5. Cleanly, a., -antinti, -akingwedi. Cleanly person, n., nkwa (1) ntinti, nkwa (1) kingwedi. Cleanness (whiteness), n., pekepeke, pl. 6 ; tunia, pi. 6 ; ntunia, 2. Cleanse, v., katula e mvindu (2). (from stain), v.t., kianza. (purify), v.t., velelesa. (strain, filter), v.t., kenza, kela. Clear (clean), a., see clean. (plain), p., -bakuka, -banguka, -sunuka, -tendoka, -tengoka. (as mist), v.t., vungumuka. away, v.t. (after sweeping together), kuka. Clear (away), continued. (after a meal), 7 './.,yalula (0 meza, pl. 8). (remove), v.t., katula. (clean), v.t., see clean, out (go), v.i., vaika. out, v.t. (pick), see pick out. (rinse), v.t., sukumuna. (sweep), v.t., komba. (take, put), v.t., vaikisa. (plain) be, v.i., bakuka, banguka, sunuka, tendoka, tenduka. make, v.t., baka, bangula, sununa, tendola, tendula. (unstop), v.t., kakula. up (arrange), v.t., zonzeka, kiatika. (as weather), v.i., kia, with kuma, 9 (weather), often understood. It is clearing up, se kukia. Clearing (in a wood), n., esole, 8. to make, v.t., sosa, sola. Cleave (split), v., bula, basa, &c., see split. to, v. (adhere), tatamena. Clench (fist), v.t., vinda. (nail), v.t., lambika. (teeth), v.t., jitika. Clever, Cleverness, see skill, skil¬ ful. Click, n., ndoko, 2. v.t., dokola. v.i., dokoka. Cliff, n., mbeka, 2. (chasm), n., eyenga, 8. Climb, v. (as a plant), zanzala. (a hill), v., tomboka, sambila, ba- nda, balula. (a tree), v., manta, sambila. Cling, v., ximba. to, v., tatamena, jingama (round). Clink, v., tenta. Clip, v., see cut. Clock, n., lolonji, 2 (P. relogio). o’clock, see time. Clod, //., ebungela, 8; ebwelengenze, 8; ekelengenze, 8. Close (a book, box), v.t., bukika, bundika. v.i., bukama, bundama. eyes, v.i. & v.t., jima. Clo-Clu ( 38 ) Close, continued. (fist), v.t., vinda. nearly, v.t. (a cloor, curtain), venga- lala. nearly be, v.i., vengeleka. (the eyes), v.t., lembeleka, leng- eleka. v.i., lembalala, lengalala. (shut), v.t., jika. v.i., jikama. up (stop), v.t., kaka. Close (near), a. (in distance), -vala- kana. (together) -ambatakani, -ambata- kiani, -amfiiiangiani, -amfina- kani. Close, adv., at hand, mu ngenga. prep, (beside), vana nteto (4) a; vana ndambu (2) a. Close, be, v.i. (distance), valakana, finama. (together), batakana, batakiana, finangana, finangiana. bring, v.t., sunzula. come, v.i,, finama. put, v.t., finika, konka. (together) finangesa, batakesa. Closet, n., esuku, 8 . water-, nzo (2) andwelo. Clot, v.i., kangama, tintila. n., kendengele, 6. Cloth, n., nlele, 4 ; mbongo, 2. The names of patterns of European cloths vary so much in different places, that a list does not serve much. The names of the prin¬ cipal kinds are as follows : — blanket, evunga, 8 . blue baft, ebundi, 8 . blue prints, nkelele, 2 (guinea fowl), check (large), ebala, 8 . (small), lunginga, 10. (red & white), vaka ya mayembe (pl. 6), mpaka za mayembe (pi. 2). handkerchief, elenso, 8 (P. lenco). Madras, ntanga, 2. red cords, kikeleloka, 5; maselalele (pl. 8). savelist, ekamba, 8 . Cloth, continued. shawl, nsalaba, 4. Turkey red, salaji, 2 (P. ?); nkolo- nado, 2 (P. encarnado). velvet, vedulu, 2 (P. veludo). white baft (calico), mbinza, 2 (P. camisa), nswadi, 2 ; ekende, 8 (Bako.). woollen, evunga, 8. Cloths of native manufacture from— the fibre of frondlet of mpusu palm, mbadi, 2 & n ; tiki, 6 ; nkuta, 4. fibre of the frondlets of the Pan- danus candelabrum (efuba), mbadi a mafuba, 2; evulu, 8 . fibre of the pineapple leaf, mbadi a bintu (Bako). a large cloth of mbadi sewn to¬ gether, nkuta, 4 ; evulu, 8. Cloth, a, n. (apparel), mwatu, 4 ; nlele, 4 ; see dress, an absurdly large cloth,nyunguba,4. (towel, duster, napkin), etwaya, 8 (P. toalha). (well worn), esengi, 8. Clothe, v.t., vwika. Clothed with, be, v.i., vwata. Clothes, J mvwat Clothing, ) Clotted,/., -kangama. Cloud, n., etuti, 8 . Cloudy, become, lomba (dark); pipa, (very dark). Cloven, a., -avambuka. foot, n., kole (6) kiavambuka. Club, n., bota, 6 ; kodi, 6 . v.t., vombola, pola. together, v., bundana. Clubs, n. (in card), sabala, 2 (P. sabre); xivata, 2 (P. espada). Club-footed person, ntiala, 2. This deformity, as also hunch back, is ascribed to the influence of the fetish ndembo (nkixi a ndembo). Clumsy, a., see awkward, heavy, &c. Cluster, of fruit, n., kangi, 6 . of people, 11., ebundu, 8 . ( 39 ) Clu-Col •Cluster, continued. round, v., kutamena. together, v.i., kutakiana. Clutch, v.t., kafinina, batikina. at, 7/./., zakula. Coagulate, v.i., kangama, tintila. Coagulum, n., kendengele, 6. Coal, n., mavolo (pi. 8), makala (pi. 8 ) (charcoal). Coalesce, v.i., bundakiana. Coarse, a., see large, bad, ugly, rough, &c. Coast, n., eximu, 8 ; ekumu, 8 ; ndambu, 2. The coast be¬ tween the mouth of the river and Ambrizette is called Mbala, 2 . to go to the coast (with produce), ta e mbala (2), (t ’e mbala). I have been twice to the coast, mbala zole ntele. Next month we go to the coast, ngonde izangama tuta e mbala. Coat, n ., kinkutu, 5 ; yunga, 6. covering, 11., bukikwa, 6. Coating, n., nkusa, 2 (a painting). Coax, 7/., see flatter. Cob of maize, n., ntu (4) a disa (7). Cobweb, wanda (13) wa esa- ngangungu (pi. manda). Cock, n., ekoko, 8. a gun, v.t., leka. Cock-crowing, n., nsusu' (2) antete. Cocked,/, (gun), -lekama. be, v.i. , lekama. Cockle, n., kiasa, 5. Cockroach, 11., mpese, 2. Cock’s comb, n., luinda (10) lua nsusu. Cocoon, n., kutu (6) kia kimpiatu. Coffee, kafe, 9 (sing.). Coffin, 11. (expL), nkele ajikilanga ofwa; bawola, 2 (P. baul). •Cogitate, v., see think. Cohabit with. (of the woman), kala kuna longo (10) lua. (of the man), sompa 0 longo (10) lua. Coil, u., njingu, 2 & 11 ; mpota, 2 (large). v.t., jingulwisa. round and round, jinga e mpota (2). Coincide, v.i., fwanana, kwenda e betela, kwenda e dedede. Cola, nut, n., mvua, 4. pod, n., ekazu, 8. tree (sterculia), n., nkazu, 4. Colander, u., kelelwa, 6. Cold, u., kioji, 5 ; njiji, 2 (chilliness), (a catarrh), efukutila, 8. (a cough), 71., nkovolo, 2. (an ague), a., mvuka, 2. Cold, a., -akioji. (chilly, as water), a., -anjiji, -atodi- ma. Cold, become, be, grow, v.i., vola. (chilly), v.i., todima, jijima, tiva. Cold chisel, n., nxinu, 2. Collapse, v.i., mwangana. as a house, kuluka. Collar, 71., elaka, 8. Colleague, 71 ., nkwa, 1. Collect, v.t., kutika, kubika, see gather, amass, together, v.i., see assemble, trade, or produce, as a native broker (bamba), v.t., kombola : he is gone to look for a caravan, wele kombola e buka. Collection, lekwa (6) ikutikwa (pi.). Colour, n., se, 6 ; etona, 8 ; ekeya, 8. There are only three definite colours : black, ndombe, 2 ; red, mbwaki, 2; white, mpembe, 2. The other colours are described by reference to some well-known object : brown (very light), elundu, 8 = the colour of an ant hill (elundu). Brown (darker), kongo, 6 = the colour of a wood which is ground to make a perfumed cosmetic like nkula, but brown. Green, ti kiangisu, 6 ; ti kiankunzu, 6; ti kiambisu, 6 = the colour of fresh grass. Purple, ndua, 2 = the colour of the breast of •• • -4.il' i COL-COM ( 40 ■) Colour, continued. the bird ndua. Yellow, litoto a eyenga = the colour of the soil, which is so often cut by chasms = chasm earth colour. Yellow, nsole a lolo = the colour of lolo root (as gamboge). Blue is called black ; when very light, it is said to be green. Orange is called red. Violet is black. Chestnut colour, munsansa, 3 ; but the word is only used in reference to cattle. Comb, /?., saim, 6 . v.t.. sana. (clean grass), v., xiona. ( „ instrument to), n., xionenwa, 6 . (of fowl) luinda, 10. Combine, see unite, mix, join, See. Come, v.i., kwiza. across, over (a river), sauka, sabllka (Bako.). over (a space), knzuka. about (happen), bwa. after (follow), landa. again and again, repeatedly, kwizu- lnla. against, see contact. (appear, turn up), vemba. (arrive), luaka, tula, baka, nieka. at once, kwijidila. away, katuka. far, veka, vekuka, vekoka. from (emigrate), yaluka. back, vutuka. (be brought, to, near), sunzuka. behind, kwiza oku nima a. by (acquire), baka. (pass), luta, vioka. cause to, see rules of causative, in Grammar. down, kuluka, kulumuka. (fall), see fall. for, after, about (applied form), kwi- jila. (to fetch), kwiza bonga. (to invite), kwiza susumuna, or vukulula. from, tuka. fully (be complete), lunga. Come, continued. (hang), low down, kuluka, vweta- ma, vwetumuka, vwetomoka. in, into, kota, diuka. in half (as the cotyledons of nguba) kesoka, kesuka (perf. keso- kene, kesukini). in Indian file, londana. in sight, see come into view, in sight of, tadila. late or last (be left behind), budila, suva. near, finama. off, katuka. (separate), vambuka. often, see come again and again. on ! ndolo! on one side, vengumuka, vengomo- ka. out, forth, vaika, katuka. (as an eruption), babumuka, babana. (as perspiration), tukuka. (as the sunshine after dulness), baya. (be extracted), dongoka, du- nguka, vuzuka (uprooted), (full), kongoka, see also fall. (flow), see flow. over (across), see come across, (jump), see jump. (turn), see turn over, v.i. past, luta, vioka. quickly, vola 0 nswalu (rapid step), round (go), jeta, jinguluka. to the other side, beloka. (turn), see turn round, v.i. (shift), konka. short (in length), kiifama. (in quantity), sakalala. slowly, womboka. stealthily, yelomoka, yelumuka. through, kwiza e loswela, or lo- sola. to (amount), lunga. to an end, vwa, mana, suka. to (arrive), see come (arrive), together (join), yikakana. to life again, fuluka. to mind, kwiza e kienze. ( 4i ) COM-COM Come, continued. to nothing (as blighted plants), fwa e babangu (6). to one’s self, senses, wits, vunguka o zayi (12). to pass, bwa. to pieces, mwangana. to terms, kwikila, wawana. to the surface, sengomoka, dongo- moka, dungumuka. (of water only), tumbuluka. (arrive), vemba. to view (appear), moneka. (rise), above the horizon, surface, &c. ; see come to the surface, to view from behind, vaika. unexpectedly, sunzumuka. up (ascend), tomboka, manta, sambila, baluka, banda. (grow), see grow. (spring up), see spring up. upon be (surprised), v.i., yituka, yitukwa. with (accompany), lama, yikama. (escort, conduct), fila. Comet, n., niania, 6 ; kiniania, 5. Comfort, wete, 12 (ease); eyangi, 8 (content) ; luyangalalu, 10. (consolation), elongi, 8. Comfort, v.t., vana e elongi (8). (gratify), v.t., fiaulwisa. (soothe), v.t., wonza, wondelela. Comfortable, a., -abiza, -ambote. Comforted, be, v., kulula 0 moyo (3). (become used to), v., kukulukila. (be content), v., yangalala. Comforter, n., nkwa (1) elongi (8). Comic, a., -atnsevo. Coming, n., see advent. Command, v.t. (make a law), xia 0 nxikn (4). (order), tuma, vovesa. (proclaim a law), boka 0 ntangwa (4), boka 0 nkoki (4). Command, ) n., nxiku, 4 ; Commandment, ) nkanka, 2. (proclamation), nkoki, 4 ; ntangwa, 4. (prohibition of doctor), konko, 6. Commander, n., nknluntu, 1. Commence, v., sec begin. Commencement, //., sec beginning, cause. Commend, v. (express approval), lnngisa. They commended his act, balungixi e diambu kavangidi. Commerce, see trade. Commission, v. (send), tuma. (brokerage), kibamba, 5. Commit, a crime, v., vola 0 nkanu, 4. capital, nata e mpanda (2). adultery, see adultery, a mistake, see mistake. (cause to keep), lundisa. (hand to), tambika. (place), xia, xisa (leave). Common. This word requires to be expressed more definitely : as, ordinary, plenty of, old. have in, see partnership, enter into. Common Sense, n., see prudence. Commotion, n., nkindu, 2 (riot) ; mazn, pi. 8 (noise). Communicate, v.t., jingula, samuna. (contagion), sambukisa. from one to the other (as news, fire, &c.), yandakesa, tambakesa, yandangesa, yandanisa. Communicated, be (thus), tamba- kiana, yandakiana, yandangi- ana, yandana. Companion, n., nkwa, 1. Company (caravan, party), n., buka, 6; lombo, 6. (crowd) ; nkangu, 4 ; ndonga, 2. (group of people), ebundu, 8. (of soldiers, detachment), mvengo, 4. (party, side), esambu, 8. Compare, must be expressed much more definitely: as, measure, choose, fit, put together, speak of as though. yikila (speak of as though). He compared him to a monkey, unyikidi e kinkewa = he attri¬ buted to him the character of a monkey (“ monkeyness”). teza (measure), compare them as to length ; teza 0 lambuka = mea¬ sure the length. COM-COM ( 42 ) Compare, continued. sola (choose), compare as to which is the best; sola kaxi nki kisundidi. Compass, n., nguya, 2 (P. guia). v., see surround. Compassion, u., nkenda, 2 ; kiadi, 5, the latter is used at Mpalabala, and generally on the north bank ; but in Kongo it is only known as a most obscene word, and must be therefore avoided, out of, muna nkenda. Compassion have, on, v., Compassionate, on him, umfwidi e nkenda; hence , for mercy’s sake ! please ! umfwa e nkenda. Compassionately, adv ye nkenda ye nkenda. Compassionate person, n., nkwa (1) nkenda. Compel, v., use the causative. If the idea of force is important, add mnna ngolo (with force) with the further addition of the ap¬ plied form ; compel them to go out (with force), wabavaikixila (muna ngolo). (compel), against the will, tantika. Compensate, v., futa. Competent, be, v.i., fwana. Complain, about, see accuse, tell of. (be dissatisfied) yina. (murmur), wuna. of (suffer with), use “ to have ” ; he complains of his leg, kulu kena kwau, = he has a leg. Complaint (dissatisfaction), //., yina, 9. (murmuring), wuna, 9. (“ palaver ”), diambu, 7. There is a complaint against him, dia¬ mbu dina kwa yandi. (sickness), kimbevo, 5 ; yela, 9. (severe, painful), nsongo, 4. Complete (whole), a., -amvimba, -ankaka (Bako.). ■2/., see finish, arrange, fit. (in number, quantity), v.t., lungisa. Complete, continued. be, v.i. (in number, quantity), lunga. Completely, adv., nkutu. Compliance, n.,see assent, obedience. Complicate, v.t., tiakalakesa, ze- ngalakesa. Complicated, be, v.i., tiakalakana, zengalakana. Complicated, a., -antiakalakani, -anzengalakani. Compliment, v., see flatter, congratu¬ late. Compliments, n., see flattery. (respectful), vimpi, 13, often used in plural. I send you my com¬ pliments, itumini 0 mavimpi; I send you a goat with my com¬ pliments, itumini 0 mavimpi, vana ntandu a mavimpi itwi- kidi e nkombo = I send my compliments, and beside my compliments I send a goat; I send you my compliments, and please lend me your hoe, itu¬ mini 0 vimpi, vana ntandu a vimpi dddokdlo unsompeka e nsengo aku. Comply, see assent, obey, agree. Compose (arrange), v.t., kubika, zo- nzeka. (make), vangwa. one’s mind, kulula 0 moyo (3). Composed, be, v.i. (arranged), kuba- ma, zonzama. (calm), moyo (3) kuluka. of (made), vangilwa. Compound (enclosure), n., lumbu, 10. Comprehend (hold), v.t., ximba. (understand), v.t., wa. (hear well), toma wa. Comprehensible, be, v.i., wakana. Comprehension, n., arrange the sen¬ tence so as to use the verb wa. It is beyond his comprehension, kelenda dio wa ko ; he cannot understand (“ hear”) it ; that is beyond comprehension, ke di- wakana ko = it is not compre¬ hensible. Compress, v.t., nyema. ) fwa e nkenda. ) he had compassion ( 43 ) Com-Con Comprise, v.t., see contain. Compute, v.t., badika. Comrade, n. (mate), nkwa, i ; see also friend. Conceal, v.t., sweka, dimbika. (cover over), v.t., fukidila. Concealed, be, v.i., swekama, di- mbama. • Concealment, n., sweki, 6. Concede, v.t., kwikila, tambulwila, tambwila, vana o nswa (4). Conceit, n., lulendo, 10 ; nza (2) yo lulendo. Conceive, v. (become pregnant), yimita. (think), see think. Concern, 11. (affair), diambu, 7; uma, 12 ; kuma, 6. Concern, v.t. (relate to). It does not concern you, ke diambu diaku ko. Concerned about, be, teleka (or yangika) 0 moyo (3) ; moyo (3) telama (or yangama). Concerning, prep., diambu dia (the matter of). I asked concerning the chief, ngyuvwidi e diambu dia mfumu. Concertina, n., exikilu, 8. Conciliate, v.t., kulula, or sakula, 0 makaxi (pi. 8). Conciliated, v.i ., makaxi kuluka (or sakuka). Conciliation, n., nkululu (4) a makaxi. 71., lusakalalu (10) lua makaxi. Conciliator, n., nkuludi (1 & 4) a makaxi. Concise, a., -anzaki. Conclude, v., see finish, end. Conclusion, see end. Concord, n., vuvama, 9 ; pi-i, 6. Concourse, n., see crowd. Concubine, n., nkembi, 4. Concupiscence, n., tongo, pi. 10. Concur, v., see agree. Condemn, v.t., as guilty, tumba, yelesa. Condemn as a witch, v.t., tumbula, tubula. Condemnation, 11., tumbu, 6. Condescend, v., veza e kimfumu (5). Condescending, a., see humble. Condition, it., nkala, 2 (state of being). Condition, rank, state, is often implied in abstract nouns of the 5th or 12th classes ; kimfumu, kingly rank or con¬ dition. (stipulation), diambu, 7. Conduct, 11., fu, 6 ; nza, 4. v.t., fila, sunzula (bring to), one’s self well, toma lunga. Conductor, mfidi, 1 & 4. Confer (a title), v., yeka (e ngenda, 2). (consult), v., vanga e mfulu (2). Conference, n., mfulu, 2. Confess, v., tambwila, tambulwila, kwikila. Funguna: This word appears to be used only in the case of a woman confessing adultery. Confession, n., lukwikilu, 10; diambu, 7 ; mfunguna (2) (see above). Confide, v., kwikila. Confidence, 71., lukwikilu, 10. Confident, be, v.i., zaya (beni), he is very confident that he can, ozeye wo beni olenda kio vanga. Confirm, v.t., xikidisa. Conflict, see fight. Confluence,; z.,ebwila, 8; ebwilu,8. Confluent, n., kimpambwila, 5. Conform to, v., fwanana. v.t., fwaninika, fwananisa. Confuse, v.t., vilakesa, tiakalakesa, tiakanisa, zengalakesa. Confusion, 71., ntiakalakani, 2; nzengalakani, 2. Confusion, be in, v.i., tiakalakana, tiakana, zengalakana. Congeal, v.i., kangama, tintila. Congested, be, bisukila 0 menga. His lungs are congested, lufulu luandi lubisukidi 0 menga. Congestion, n., bisukila, 9. Congo, country, Ekongo, 8. language, kixikongo, 5. person of, mwixi ’Kongo, 1 (pi. Exi). Cox-Con ( 44 ) Congo, continued. river, Nzadi, 2 ; Mwanza, 3. Congratulate, v., sakidila, ke- mbela. Congregate, v., lungalakana, see also assemble. Conical twist (of leaf), in which to hold something, 11., ngongo, 2. Conjure, v., perform tricks of sleight of hand, ta e kimpa (5) ; mwanga e ebunge (8). Connect, v.t., yikakesa. Conquer, v.i., sunda e ngolo (2). 7 >.i., lunga. Conscience, n., ntima, 4. Conscious, a ., yo zayi (12). Consciousness, n., zayi, 12. to recover, vunguka 0 zayi (12). Consecrate (instal in an office), tumba, with the abstract noun of the office. They have made him a witch doctor, bantu- mbidi e kinganga a ngombo. Fowls and animals are sometimes made “ fetish ” (nkixi), by caus- j ing the fetish zumbi (6) to enter | into them. They are then not ; likely to be sold or eaten until old, and are supposed to bring good luck to the owner. The fowl is called nsusn a zumbi, 2, and to make it thus tumba e zumbi. When it becomes very old it may be killed and eaten. They withdraw the fetish tumbula, transferring the charm to another. Tumba signifies more precisely to con- ! stitute or invest with. Consent, v.i., vana 0 nswa (4), kwikila, tambwila, tambu- lwila, tonda. n., nswa, 4. Consequence (influence), bula, 6. no, ke diambu ko. of, it is, diambu (7) dina. Consequently, adv., diau, dianu, with applied form. Conse¬ quently he did not go, dianu kalembele kwendela. Consider (think), banza, banjikisa, naka, balula, badika, yindula [mu ntima, (4)]. To take time to consider, is nua 0 maza (pi. 8), (drink water) ; to hold a consultation, vanga e mfulu (2) ; to return an answer after consideration, luka 0 maza (pi. 8). They considered (the matter), holding a consultation,, and then they came and replied that they refused, banwini 0 maza, bele vanga e mfulu, boxi bejidi luka 0 maza, baka- didi kwau. Considerable, a., -ebeni, -anene. Considerably, adv., beni. Considerate, a., see kind, prudent. Consist (be), v.i., kala. of, vangilwa muna. Consistent, see fit, right. Consolation, n., elongi, 8 . Console, v.t., vana e elongi (8). Consolidate, v.i. (congeal), kanga- ma, tintila. (harden), kolesa, badisa. (make secure), xikidisa. Conspicuous, be, v.i., moneka. Conspiracy, n., mfulu (2) ambi. Conspire, v., leka, or kanga e mfulu ambi. Constantly, be or do. Use the continuative with aka, doubling the verb where special emphasis is required. Constantly going, kwenda kwendanga aka. Kwama, kwaminina; he is con¬ stantly ailing, oyandi okwama yelanga, or okwamangao yela. To do a thing frequently with inter¬ mission, the suffixes ojioka, v.i., ojiona, ojiola, v.t., are added in the place of the final a of verbs in e and 0, ujioka, ujiola, ujiona to verbs in a, i, u,kempojioka,tatujioka; jeta, to twist; jetojioka, to be con¬ stantly or frequently twisting. Constellation, n., ebundu (8) dia ntetembwa,^«? Orion, Pleiades. ( 45 ) Con-Con Consternation, //., see astonishment, perplexity, agitation, fear, horror. Constitute, v., see compose, make, appoint. Construct (build), v., tunga. (make), vanga. •Construction, //., ntungu, 2. Consult, v., see consider, ask. (seek advice), ludikisa. (witch medicine), ta (e ngombo, 2). (of witch medicine), nta, 2. •Consultation, n., mfulu, 2. Consume, by fire, v.t, yoka; see also burn. by fire, v.i., via. (eat), v.t ., dia. (finish), mana. (lessen, diminish), v.t., ladisa. v.t, lala. (spend), v.t., dia. •Contact, with things, be, come in, v.t, batakiana. bring, put in, v.t., batakesa. Contact with a person’s body in any part, come in (strike, hit), v.i., tela. This leaf came against (in contact with) my leg, lukaya lualu luntelele 0 mu kulu. Contagious disease, 11. (expl.), kimbevo (5) kisambukilanga. catch, v.t., sambukila. transmit, sambukisa. Contain (hold, restrain), v.t., ximba. Contained in, be, v.i., kala mu. Contemn, v.t., saula. Contempt, n., saula, 9. Contemptuous, a., ye nza (2) yo j lulendo (10). Contend, v., see strive, dispute, fight. Content, be, v.t, yangalala. make, v.t. , yangidika, fiaulwisa. (resigned), bwisa 0 moyo (3), kulula 0 moyo (3), moyo (3) kulula, moyo (3) bwa. Contentment, n., eyangi, 8 ; luya- ngalalu, 10. (gratification), lufiaulwisu, 10. Contest, n., lunwanu, 10 ; njingu, 4 ; vita, 2 ; ndwana, 2. v., fila e mpaka (2). Continent, n. (expl.), tini kiebene kia nza ne Asia, Afrika. Continually, adv., see constantly. Continue, see remain, last, begin again. Contort, v.t., tekeka. Contorted, be, v.i., tekama. Contract, n., see agreement. v.t, fiantalakesa, kufika (shorten). v.i., fiantalakana, kufama(shorten), ninga (grow small). (“ book ”), 7 i., nkanda, 4. Contraction, n., mfiantalakani, 2 ; kufama, 9 ; ninga, 9. Contradict (deny), v.t., kala (perf. kadidi), vana 0 nkalu (4), fila e mpaka (2). Contradiction, n., nkalu, 4 ; mpa¬ ka, 2. Contrary (adverse, not helping), a., ke sadisanga ko. Contrary direction (expl.), muna njila akaka nkutu. wind (expl.), e vento kuna ntu itukanga. Contrary, on the, adv., watu ; on the contrary it is black, watu kiandombe kwandi. Contrary to one’s wishes, the, 71., ngongo, 2 ; he does not wish to go, ngongo andi 0 kwe- nda. Contrary to one’s will, adv., kuna ekudi, with the applied form of the verb. I went against my will, ngiendele kuna ekudi diame. Contrast, see compare. Contribute, put together, v., bu- ndana ; see also give. Contrive (invent), v., soka. (make), vanga, tunga. Control, v., ximba. 71., wisa, 6. Controversy, 71., ntantani, 2. Convalesce, v., sasuka, vula, sa- mpuka. Convenient, a., -ambote, -abiza, -awete. time, ntangwa (2) abisa. CON-COR ( 46 ) Conversation, u., mboka, 2 ; ma- moko, pi. 8. subject of, n., moko, 6 ; mbokena, 2. Converse, v., moka. (one speaking at a time), kwa- kwana. together, mokajiana. Convert into, v.t ., kitula. v.i., kituka. Convert, \ (Expl.), ovo imi- Converted be, \ ntu odidi e nko- mbo a mfumu eto Jisu Kristu, tuxia muna kingelezo kadi “ he is converted ” ntima andi uvilukidi, diau nkumbu andi “ convert/’ kwandi. Convex, a., -abutalala. Convey, v., nata; see carry. Convict, as guilty of witchcraft, v.t., tubnla, tumbnla. 11., mpodi (2) a nkanu (4). (guilty of capital crime), n ., ntu, 4. Conviction, n ., lnkwikilu, 10. Convince, v.t. (cause to believe), kwi- kidisa. (cause to know), zayisa. (show), mwesa, songa, songela. Convoke, v., kutika. Convulse, (as in fit), v.t., xila. v.i., xilwa, kuxila. (as laughter), v.t., xingisa. v.i., kuxinga. (shake), v.t., zakamesa. Convulsion n., (of fit), xilwa, 9. (of laughter), xinga, 9. (shaking), ezakazaka, 8. Cony, n. (rock rabbit), nkandi, 2. Cook (be cooking), v.i., via. (boil), v.t., vnla. (fry), v.t., kanga. (insufficiently), v.t., fungisa. (in water, stew), v.t., lamba. (roast, broil), v.t., yoka. (too much, to pieces), v.i., wolo- moka, ninkumuka, yoy omoka. (well, sufficiently), v.t., viisa. Cook, n., nlambi, 1 & 4. Cooked, be (enough), v.i., via. (insufficiently), v.i,, fnnga. Cooked,/./., -via, -vidi, -lambwa. Cool, a., -anjiji, -antodimi (chilly). v.t., jijimisa, volesa. v.i „ jijima, vola, todima. by adding cold water, lembeka. be (calm), zezesa 0 ntima ; ntima (12) zeza; he was cool, and feared not, ntima andi uzezele,. kamwene kwandi wonga ko. Coolness, n., njiji, 2 ; todi, pi. 6 todima, 9. Co-operate, v., sadijiana. Copal gum, n., red, nkidi, 2. yellow, ekwata, 8 . Copious, a., -ingi, -ampwena. Copiously, adv., beni. Copper, n., nsongo, 2 ; (ingots) welo,, 12 (P. ereo, adj.). a., -ansongo. green carbonate (malachite), n. r ngwento, 2 (P. n.nguento = Porto Unguento, whence large shipments were made). Malachite is found in large quan¬ tities south and south-west of San Salvador. Copper, in a purer form, is found in the neighbourhood of lead (nzaba) to the N.W. of Manyanga. It is cast into ingots about the thickness of a finger and four inches long, and sold in this form in large quantities to the natives of the Upper Congo River, who cast bracelets, &c. The ingots are also cut up to use as slugs for their guns. Copse, n., sapala, 6. Copulate, v., tia, tiemba, yonga, vuka, yiba (Kib.). (lie with), lekela. (of animals, rut), vukuna. Copy, v., sokolola. zz., tezo, 6 . Coral, n., ekolado, 8 (P. coral). Cord, n., nxinga, 4 ; see rope, string. Core, n., ntima, 4 ; ngudi, 2. Cork (stopper), n., esami, 8 . v., samika. Corkscrew, n., nzekelwa, 4. ( 47 ) Cor-Cou Corn, zz., masa, pi. 7. Indian, see maize. Corner, zz ., konko, 6 ; fuma, 6. (rough angle, as on stones), evanda, 8 . Cornet, zz., mpungi, 2 (-amputu). Coronella snake, zz., mhamba, 2. Corps, 71 ., mvengo, 4. Corpse, zz., fwa, 9 ; mvumbi, 2 ; muntu (1) afwa. The dead body of a person, evimbu, 8 ; We found his corpse, tusolwele e evimbu diandi. Corpulence, zz., kinkobe, 5 ; vonga, 9. Corpulent, a., -avonga, ye kinkobe. person, 71 ., nkwa (1) kinkobe. (absurdly fat), bubukulu, 6. Correct,^., -xikila, -xingama. (right), p., -songa. (true), a., -aludi. Correct, be, v.i., xikila, xingama, songa, fwanana. (make right), v.t., songesa, fwana- nesa, fwaninika. (make straight), xingika. (make sure, certain), xikidisa. (punish, reprove), tumba. (set right side up), sengola, sengula, selola, selula. Correctly, adv., beni. do, v.t., toma. Correspond, v.i., fwanana, kwenda e betela; kwenda e dedede. with (write to), v.t., sonekena. (write to), with, each other, v. rec ., sonajiana. Correspondence (fitness), zz., fwa¬ nana, 9; dedede, 6 ; betela, 6. (letters written), zz., nkanda (4) mi- sonekeno. Corrode, v.i., bumba. v.t., bumbisa. Corrupt, a., -awola, -anuka. be (putrid), v.i., wola, nuka. (cause putrescence), v.t., wolesa, nukisa. Corruption (rottenness), zz., wola, 9; nuka, 9. Cost, 71 ., ntalu, 2. v.i., fwa. Costly, a., -antalu, -ambalu, -bala. Cottage, 71., nzo, 2. Cotton plant, zz., mvusu, 4. (raw), evusu, 8. (thread), mpusu, 2. tree (bombax; eriodendron), mfll- ma, 4. tree, buttresses of, nsole, 4. Couch, zz., see bed. Cough, 71., nkovolo, 2. v., kovola. Could, v., see able (lenda); he could not carry it, kalendele kio nata ko. Council, zz., mfulu, 2 . to hold a, vanga e mfulu ( 2 ) ; see (consider). Councillor, 71., nludiki, 1 & 4 ; mbanda banda, 2. Counsel (advice), 71 ., elongi, 8 ; luludiku, 10. (advise), v.t., longesela, ludika. take, of, ludikisa. Count, v., tanga. Countenance, 71., ndose, 2 ; mpolo, 2 . (face), lose, 10 ; luse, 10. Counterfeit, a., -aluvunu. Countermand, v., xima. Countless, a., ke -tangakananga ko; a countless multitude, e ndonga ke itangakananga ko. Country, 71., nxi, 2. Countryman, 71 ., mwixi nxi, 1 (pi. exi nxi). Coup de grace, to give, finda, fumbula. Couple, zz., see two (-ole). v., see join. Courage, 71 ., kiakala, 5. take, v., kasakana. Courageous person, zz., nkwa (1) kiakala, eyakala(8 & 1) dingi. Courageously, adv., ye kiakala. Course, in due, adv., ntama-ntama. (journey), zz., ngyenda, 2. path, zz., njila, 2 ; eyendelo, 8. Court (criminal), nkanu, 4. place where held, zz., mbaji (2) a nkanu; vana mbaji a nsusu Cou-Cre ( 48 ) Court continued. ke valungila e mpese 0 nkanu ko, in a fowl’s court a cock¬ roach would not win his case, -yard, //., yanzala, 6 . Cousin, n. (expl.), mwana a ngwa ankaji. This degree of rela¬ tionship is always most indefi¬ nitely expressed. Covenant, n., see agreement. Cover, v.t., fuka. (hide), sweka. over, up, fukidila. (by inverting something over), bukikila; (by placing something wide over), yambikila. [put (invert) over], bukika. [put over (something spreading)], yambika. with, fukila. with a flood, or mass, langa. with (dust or earth), bukika. Cover (as thick grass), n., fika, 6 . Cover, 7 n . bukikwa, 6 ; buki- Covering, ) kilwa, 6 . Covered, be, v.i., fukama. (under something inverted), buki- kilwa. be, with, be (under something spread¬ ing), yambikilwa. with (dust or earth), bukama (ye), kala ebuki (8) (ye) ; it is covered with dust, kibukame- ne ye mbundukutu a ntoto = kina ebuki yo ntoto. Covet, v., lokokela. Covetous, a., -eloko. Covetousness, n ., eloko, 8 . Cow, n ., ngombe (2) ankento. Coward, n., nkuta, 2. Cowardice, u., kinkuta, 5. Cowardly, a., -ankuta. Cower, v., batalala, batama. Cow-itch, n. (mucuna pruriens, hot.), dimpokovoko, 7 ; dinkundia,7. Cowry, n., nsungu, 2. Crab, n., nkala, 2. Crack, in anything, n., luamvu, 10. in the earth, mbamvu, 2. A- Crack (as a stone or pot on the fire), v.i. , baka. (of anything), v.i., buka 0 luamvu, deka 0 luamvu. (of the earth), v.i., bamvuka. (a calabash), v.t., tofona. (break, split), v.t., bula. (nuts), v.t., teta. (the fingers), v.t., dokola. v.i., dokoka. n., ndoko, 2. Cracked, be, v.i. (of a calabash), tofoka. Crackle, v.i., deka. (as thorns, &c., in the fire), v.i., ba- bana. Craft, ngangu, 2 ; nduka, 2. Craftily, adv., ye ngangu. Craftiness, n., ngangu, 2 ; nluba, 4. Crafty, a., nkwa (1) ngangu, -andu- ka. a., -alungalala. be, v.i. , luka, lungalala. Cram, v.t., komenena. Cramp, n., nkatanga, 2. Crane, n., nuni (2) a eyanga. Crash, n., mazu (pi. 8). Craving for food, as in convales¬ cence, lumpempe, 10. Crawfish, n., nsala, 4. Crawl, v.i. (as caterpillar), niongota. (as infant on all fours), yavula. (as insect), yatata, zanzala. (as lizard), kakala. (as worm, snake), lambata. Craze, v.t., laula. Crazy, a., -alau. to go, be, v.i., lauka. Creak, v.i., kweta. Crease, v.t., fitika. Creased, be, v.i., fitama. Create, v.t., vanga, kalakesa (cause to be). Creator, God the, n., Nzambi adi- vanga (?). Creature, n., ma, 6. living, 11., ma (6) kia moyo. Credible, be, v.i., kwikilwa. Credit, v.t., kwikila. Creditor, n., ndiki (1) a mfuka. ( 49 ) Cre-Cru Creed, lukwikilu, io. Creek, «.,nsuvila, 4 ; nsuku,. Creep, v., see crawl, as plants, v., lambata, zanzala. Creeper (lliana), «., nxinga, 4. Crevice' iz., see crack. Crew, n. asau, pi. . Crime, n , esumu, 8 . (capital), n., mpanda, 2. Criminal, n., mpodi (2) a nkanu, nkwa (1) masumu, mpolaka- nu, 2. a., -ampolakanu. Crimson, a ., -ambwaki. Cripple, n., nekongo 1; nkwa (1) ... -afwa; inserting the affected member e.g. nkwa kuln kwa- fwa. Croak, v ., fwanta. Crockery ware, n., bolongonzo, 6 . a ., -atuma, -asaya. to make, 7 /.,wumba, bumba (Bako.). Crocodile, n., ngandu, 2. Crooked, p . (as road, fence, &c.), -kondoloka, -tekama, -teku- mnka, -ampionda. (of things,twisted),/., -tekama, -te- kumnka, -viondoka, -znngu- mnka, -zenda. be (as road, fence, &c.), v.z., kondo¬ loka, tekama, tekumuka, te- komoka. (of things twisted), tekama, teku- mnka, viondoka, zenda. make, 7/./., tekeka, tekumnna, tekomona, zendesa, znngu- muna, viondola. Crop, of a bird, »., kimfi, 5. (eat off close), v., zatnna. sow a second, next, or another, v ., landwila. Cross, n., eknluzn, 8 (P. crnz). to make the sign of the cross, ka- ndwila. (angry), see angry. CROSS-bow, v., mfumba, 4. (lie across), v.z., kambama. over (a river), sauka, sabuka (Bako.). Cross, continued. (put over a river), saula, sabnla (Bako.). (space), v.i., kuzuka. (put to the other side of a space), v.t., kuznla. question, fula, fimpa. -wise,/., -kambama. put, v.t., kambika. Crossing (ford, ferry), n., esan, 8 ; esabn, 8 (Bako.. Croton (jatropha curcas, bot.), mpuluka, 2 (P. purga?) Crouch, v., batalala, batama. down, among, fuka muna nxi. Crow, v., kokela. -bar, n., tadi, 6. (corvus scapulatus), n., ngono, 2. Crowd, iz., ndonga, 2 ; nkangu, 4. (cluster, group), ebnndn, 8. (great number, mass), mbidi, 4 ; kiaba, 5 ; ulolo, 12. (of strangers, caravan), lombo, 6. (that comes crowding), ndongeleka, 2 . v.i., see abound, assemble, fill, come in a, v.i., kwiza e ndonge¬ leka. past, v.i., kolomena, vomena. together in, v.i., komana, fiamfiana. v.t., komanisa, fiamfianisa. Crowded,/., -zele (full). Crown, n., ekoloa, 8 (P. coroa). v., see complete, finish. (elect, constitute as king), yeka. (invest with the dignity of king), tumba [e kimfumu (5)], using always the abstract dignity, not the title: tumba = to invest with. Crucible, n., dingundu, 7. Crucifix, n., ekuluzu, 8 (P. cruz). Crucifixion, n., nkomwa (2) (muna ekuluzu). Crucify, xia {or vonda, or koma) vana {or muna) ekuluzu (8). Cruel, a., nkwa (1) fu (6) yambi, nkwa (1) nsoki, -ampolakanu, -ambi. person (oppressive), n., mbangiki, 2. E Cru-Cur ( 50 ) Cruelty, n., umpolakanu, 12. Crumb, mfumfuta, 2. Crumble, v.i., niukumuka. v.t., fusumuna, niukumuna. Crumple, v.t., fitakesa, fita. Crumpled, be, v.i ., fitakana, fitama. Crunch, v.t., bukuta, keketa. Crush (a thing of life), v.t., dusuna. (break), ula, wula, bula. in, fobola, bofola. (on a stone, as snuff, &c.), nika. up, to atoms, bosa, bosola, posola, wosola, tiembola, wosakesa, wulakesa, kosomona. with a rubbing movement, funtake- sa. Crust, n., nkanda, 4. Crutch,;/., mpatakani, 2 ; mpandi, 2; evanda, 8. Cry about, for, v., didila. (as baby, squall), yabana, yataki- ana, yabakiana, yayana. (call), boka. out, tata. with surprise, &c., xika {or ta or lelomona) e mbwabwa (2). (shed tears), noka. (weep), dila. (whine), yinginina. Cry (exclamation), n., ntata, 2. (lamentation), dilu, 6. (of surprise, &c.), mbwabwa, 2. The hand is patted rapidly on the lips while a cry is uttered, caus¬ ing rapid breaks in the sound. Cub, n., mwana. a., -answa. Cucumber, wild, n., sukula ma- longa, 6. Cud, n., lukudi (pi. 6). to chew, v., lukula. Cuddle, v. (lie close), batakiana. Cudgel, see club. Cull, v., vela. Culpability, n., esumu, 8. Culpable, a., -amasumu. be, v., baka 0 masumu (pi. 8). Culprit, n., nkwa (1) masumu (pi. 8). see also criminal. Cultivate, v ., vata. Cultivated field, n., mpatu, 2. Cultivator, n., -mvati, 1 & 4. Cumber, see occupy, entangle, ob¬ struct. Cunning, n., ngangu, 2 ; nduka, 2 ; nluba, 4. see craft, skill, wisdom, be, v., kala ye ngangu (2), luka, lungalala. person, n., nkwa (1) ngangu (2), nlungaladi, 1 & 4. Cup, n., xikala, 2 (P. chicara); mbungwa, 2 ; mbaxinga, 2. (to bleed), v., sumika. Cupboard, esanza, 8. Cupper (one who bleeds), n., nsu- miki, 1 & 4. Cur, n., kimbwambwambwa, 5. Curculigo {dot.), 71., ekangeya, 8. Curdle, v., kangama, tintila. Cure (give medicine), v., wuka, buka (Bako.). (heal), yelula, yelola. (make better), vudisa, sasula. (when the disease is the result of witchcraft), lembula 0 nkixi ( 4 ). Cured, be, v., sasuka, vula. (as a sore), yeluka. (be well), leka {fterf, lele). Curious, be {expl.\ zola 0 tala. Curl, v.t., jinga. v.i., jingama. 71., kinjingela, 5. Current, 71., ngungula, 2; nkuka, 2. Curse (abuse), v.t., levula, lokela e nguji (2), finga. (doom, blight), xiba. 71., mfinga, 2 ; nguji, 2 ; elevo, 8. (doom), nxibu, 4. Curtail, v.t., kufika. Curtain, ;/., nlele, 4. mosquito, nzo (2) a mbu. Curve, 71., nzungu, 4. (bend), v.t., kozeka, veteka. v.i., kozama, vetama. (bow), v.t., fumbika, fumba. v.i., fumbama; see also bend. Curved, a., -ampeteka, -fumbama. ( 5 i ) Cus-Dam Cushion, n., mfika, 2. Custom, n., fu, 6 ; nza, 4. Customs (toll, tax), mpaku, 2. to levy, v., vakulwisa. to pay to, v., vakula. Cut (end), n., nsonge, 2. (for cupping), munkwalala, 3. (notch), evanda, 8. short, n., njila (2) anzaki. (wound), vua, 6. Cut, v.t., zenga, zenguna, zengona, zengomona, kwanga (Kib.). (a terrace), kumba (0 lufulu, 10). at one stroke, v.t., saka (chop), kumpula (slice), be, v.i., sakuka, kumpuka. (castrate), v.t., vokola, lemba. (chop) down, kesa, kenda, vinguna, kwanga (Kib.). (cloth or paper), tenda. (corn), v.t., sala. be, v.i., salnka. gashes (small), v.t., sonsa. (grass), saka. (close to the ground), buba. (hair), tenda. lengthwise (split), bnla, basuna, basa. make a (wound), lueka. (mince), sensa. off, zntnna, datuna, butnna. off (amputate), bnnduna. off a retreat, zekela. off the top, zungnla. open, tendola, tendula. open (the belly of an animal), bnla. out (a piece) vwengomona. (reap, mow), v.t., saka. (reaped, be), v.i., sakuka. (saw), v.t., fwenka, zenga, kwa¬ nga (Kib. &c.). (scratch across), kwalamuna. (sharpen), songola. short, kufika. (end), mana, manesa. (slice), obliquely, sensa. (teeth), v.i., mena. to a point, v.t., songola. up, sasa up by the roots, bunduna. Cut, continued. up small, kesomona, fusula, fwe¬ nka, deka. (with adze), vala. (with a blunt knife), fwenka. (wound), v.t., lueka, bunganisa. (wounded), be, v.i., luala, bungana. For the technicalities of palm tapsters, see palm. Cutlass (matchet), n., tanji, 6 ; kai, 6 . Cutlets (pork), n., nxila, 2 & 11. Cutter (a thing to cut with), n., ze- ngelwa, 6. Cyclone, n., ndonabidi, 2 (P. torna¬ do?) D. Dagger, n., xivata, 2 (P. espada); mbele, 2. Daily, a., -alumbu yawanso, -alu- mbu yalumbu. adv., e lumbu yawanso. Daintiness, n., ntinti, 2. Dainty, a. (nice), -atoma. (particular), -antinti. Dam (mother), n., ngudi, 2. (of earth), nkama, 4. (obstruction), nkaku, 4. v., kamika, kaka. Damage, n. & v., see harm, break, spoil. Dame, n., boba, 6. Dammed,^., -kamama, -kakama. be, v., kamama, kakama. Damn, v., tumba. The Kongos sometimes use an oath of af¬ firmation equivalent to the English expression, 0 Nzambi untumba. It is never used as a curse. Damnation, n., tumbu, 6. Damp, a., -amvutu, -anjiji (cold), be, v.i., vutula. make, v.t., vutulwisa; see also wet. Damp, dampness, n., mvutu, 2 ; njiji, 2 (cold). Damsel, n., ndumba, 2. Dan-Dea ( 52 ) Dance, v., kina. 71., ekinu, 8 . varieties, ebwela, 8 ; kinkubula, 5 ; sala, 6 ; nsnndi, 2 ; madi- nm'ba, pi. 8. Dandy, n., etoko, 8 . Danger (extreme peril), sumbula, 6 ; see also fear. be in, v., kala mu sumbula (6). Dangerous (bad), a., -ambi, -ambi- mbi-imbi. Dare (challenge),?/., lomba e kinia(s). (have courage), kasakana. not (fear), mona 0 wonga (12). Daring, see brave, bold, reckless. Dark, a., -andombe, ye tombe. Dark, be-\ grow, v.i., lomboka,baka come, > e tombe (6). Darken, ) (as sky with clouds), v.i., pipa, yunga-yunga, lomba. (blacken), v.i., lombola. Darkened, be, v.i., lomboka. Darkness, n., tombe, 6 . (gloom), 71., bubu, 6 ; ebnki (8) ye tombe; it is very dark inside, mwamu muna ebuki e tombe. Darling, a., -anzolwa. Darn, v., londa. Dart, n., see arrow, spear. v., kwenda 0 nswaln beni. Dash, v., tuba. off (by a violent motion), zua, zaza. to the ground, zanza. (heavily), lumba, yemba. up (as spray), dumvuka. Dash, v. & n., see give, gift ; in Coast- English, dash= give or gift. Date, n. (expl.), lutangu lua mvu, kaxi lua lumbu kia ngonde. palm (phoenix spinosa), 71 ., dinso- ngwa, 7. fruit, nginga, 2 (za mansongwa). Daub, v., kusa, lenga, tebeka. Daughter, «., mwana (1) ankento. in-law (expl.), nkento osompelo kwa mwana aku. Dawdle, v., womboka, kenketa. Dawn, mvungula, 2 ; mbungulu- lu, 2. (daylight), 71., kuma, 9. Dawn, contained. at, adv., una kukiele; una nswe. Dawn, v., kia. (become light), vunguka; the day dawns, kuma kukia. Day, 71., lumbu, 6. after to-morrow, kiamene, 5. a dull, mbombo, 2. time, kuma, 9. (sunshine), mwini, 3. the next day (the morrow), mene- mene. to-day, adv., unu. this very day, unu kiaki (6th class agreeing with lumbu). to-morrow, mbaji mene. Day, division of time, see time. of the week, see week. Days, one of these, adv., ntama- ntama. Dazzle, v.t., bukika (0 meso). Dazzled, be, v.i., bukama. Deacon, see servant. Dead, ft., fwa. person, fwa, 9 ; mvumbi, 2. carcase, 71., evimbu, 8. Deadly,/., -vondanga 0 nswalu. Deaf, a., -afwa matu. ear, to turn a, v., landula. -ness, 71., ufwa (12) matu. person, 71., fwa (6) matu. If the deafness is of one ear only kutu the sing, must be used instead of matu (9). Deal in, v., kita ; he deals in ivory, mpungi i mana mandi. of, a great, -ingi; a great deal of trouble, mpaxi jingi. out, v., kaya. with, vanga (e diambu). (wood), (expl.), e mpila a nti. Dear (beloved), a., -anzolwa. be, v., tondoka, tondwa. my dear friend (expl.), nkundi ante anzolwa. For the salutation at the commencement of a letter, see compliments. Dear (in price), a., -ambadi. be, v.i., bala. make, v.t., badisa (e ntalu). ( 53 ) Dea-Def Dearness, n., mbalu, 4. Death, //., fwa, 9 ; lufwa, 10 ; mfwa, 2 ; death comes to all men, fwa kukwiza kwa wantu awanso. the second death, mfwa ezole. a painful death, lufwa luampaxi, or mfwa ampaxi, or fwa kwa- mpaxi. Debase, see degrade. Debate, «., nlombo, 4. v ., lombolola, see also discuss, (wrangle), tantana. Debility, n., see weakness. Debouchure, u., ebwila, 8 . Debt, mfuka, 2. to incur a, v., dia e mfuka (2). Debtor, n., mundia (3) e mfuka. Decade, n ., ekumi, 8 ; a decade of years, ekumi dia mvu. Decalogue, n., e konko kumi ya Nzambi. Decamp, v., tina, katuka. Decant, v., bukula. Decanter, see bottle. Decapitate, v., saka 0 ntu (4). Decay, «., wola, 9 ; fwa, 9. die, spoil, v.i., fwa. rot, v.i ., wola. be very rotten, botomoka. Decayed, a., -afwa, -awola. Decease, n., see death. Deceased,/., -fwa. Deceit, | u., luvunu, 10 ; Deceitfulness,) ungangi, 12; ungyangya, 12. Deceitful, a., -amvuni. person, ngyangya, 2 ; ngangi, 2. Deceive, v ., vuna. the matter about which there is de¬ ceit, n., evuninu, 8 . Deceiver, mvuni, 1 & 4. Decency, //., wete, 12 ; fu (6) kia- biza. Decent, a., see good, fit. Decently, to do, ?/.,toma. Deception, n., see deceit. Deceptive, a ., -amvuni. Decide, v., see judge, resolve, choose. Decision, lukanu, 10. Deck, ?/., see adorn. on, vana ntandu a nzaza. Declaration, diambu 7 (disa- mwinu). Declare, v., samuna, jingula, lu- dika. v., funguna (see confess). a witch, v., tubula, tumbula. Decline, v., kala (per/., kadidi), vana 0 nkalu (4), manga. Decompose (rot), v.i., wola, boto¬ moka. (stink), v.i., bubula, nuka, ta e nsudi (2). Decomposing, a ., -abubula, -ansudi. Decorate, v ., see adorn. Decoy, v., nekena. n ., enekwa, 8. Decrease (abate),?/./., sakalala, keva. (in quantity), konoka. (of something swollen), xioka. (wear, flow, away), lala. Decrease, v.t., sakidika, kevesa, konona, xiokesa, ladisa. Decrease, n., lusakalalu, 10, luke- vo, 10; lukonoko, 10; lulalu, 10; luxioko, 10. Decree, v., boka 0 nkoki (4), boka 0 ntangwa (4). «., nkoki, 4; ntangwa, 4,diambu, 7. Decry, v., tumba. Dedicate, v., vanina; see also con¬ secrate. Deed, vangwa, 6; diambu, 7. Deep, a., -anxini, -axina. be, v.i., xina. Deepen, v.t., xinisa. Deepness, xina, 9. Deer, n., see antelope. Defame, v., tumba. Defeat, v., sunda, yelesa. Defect, n., fu, 6. Defence, n., lutaninu, 10; ntani- na, 2. thing for, taninwa, 6. Defend, n., tanina. Defender, ntanini, 1 & 4. Defer, v., xia e lumbu kiaka. procrastinate, xia e kimbajimbaji (5). Def-Den ( 54 ) Defiance, n., kinia, 5. D eficient, be, v., konda, ke lunga ko. Defile (dirty), v.t., funzula, xia e mvindu (2). (water), v.t., timvuna. Defiled, be, v.t., funzuka, timvuka. Defilement, n., mvindu, 2 ; nti- mvu, 2. Define, v., sasa. Definition, n., nsasa, 2. Definite,/., -xikila. Deflect, v.i., banzuka. v.t., "banzula. Deformed, be, v., vunwa. person, n., nekongo, 1. (club-footed), ntiala, 2. (hunchback), malunda, pi. 8. These deformities are ascribed to the influence of the fetich ndembo (2), and those thus affected are considered ankixi. Defraud, v., vuna. Defy, v., lomba e kinia (5). Degradation, n. (expl.), fu yambi; 0 kala nei mbiji zafuta. Degrade, v., twasa fu yambi. Degraded, a., ye fu yambi. Degree, n ., tezo, 6. Deity, n., see God, Divinity. Deject, v.t., zoweleka. Dejected, be, v.i., zowalala. Delay, v.i., nanga, beka, vinga, dingalala, vukuka, vekama. v.t ., nangisa, bekesa, vingisa, di- ngidika, vukula, vekeka. n., mavuku, pi. 8 ; maveko, pi. 8. go slowly, v.i., womboka, kenketa. Deliberate, see consider. Deliberately, to do (on purpose),74, kana. Delicacy (something tasty), n., eto- ngo, 8. Delicate (frail), a., ke -angolo ko. Delicious, ^.,-antomi, -ambote, -abi- za. Delight, n., wete, 12 ; kiese, 5 ; eyangi, 8 ; luyangalalu, 10. v.t., yangidika. Delighted, be, v.i., kala ye kiese (5), yangalala, mona 0 wete. Delightful, a., -awete, -ambote, -abiza. Deliquesce, v., mia. Delirious, be, v., wazumuna. Delirium, //., mawazawaza, pi. 8. Deliver (a message), v., samuna, jingula. (hand), tambika. of a child, yadika. save, vuluza, vukuza (Kib.). Deliverance, n., luvuluzu, 10; mvuluzu, 4. Delivered, be (of a child), v.i., wuta, yalama. Deliverer, n., mvuluji, 1 & 4. Delude, v., vuna. Deluge, v., langa. Delusion, n., mvuninu, 2. Demand, v., lomba. on (in request), a., -azolwa. to have no, for, v., boloka. Demijohn, n., mbamba, 2. Demolish, v., bangula. Demon, n., nkwiyi, 4 ; kiniumba, 5 ; etombola, 8. Evil departed spirits, supposed, to haunt the woods. As they are purely imaginary beings, no one has any definite idea of them ; but they are supposed to bewitch people, causing sickness and death. Demonstrate, v., songela, songa, mwesa. Demur, v., see doubt, object. Den (lair), n., fulu, 6. Denial, n., nkalu, 4 ; mpaka, 2. Dense (as jungle), a., -antumbami. be, v., tumbama. Densely dark, adv., ebuki (8) ye tombe. Density, n., ejitu, 8. Dent, v.t., fobola, bofola. Dental, a., -a meno (pi. 7). Denude, v.t., fukula, xia e kimpene ( 5 ). Denuded, a., ye kimpene, -fukuka. Deny, v.t., kala (petf kadidi), vana 0 nkalu (4). (contradict), fila e mpaka (2). Den-Des Deny, continued. (disclaim, renounce), vanina o nka- lu (4) ; he denied him three times, nkalu ntatu kamva- nini. one’s self, kuxima. Depart, v.i., katuka, vengeneka. allow to, xindika. back, vutuka. from, tuka, katuka. (go), kwenda. (go far away), veka, vekoka. (rise, start), telama, londoka. (very early), koka. Departure, n., ngyenda, 2 ; nka- tuku, 2 ; telama, 9. Depend upon (believe), v., kwikila; it depends upon him, diambu dia yandi. Dependence, it., see belief. Dependent, be, see helped, provided for, v.i. Deplore, v., see to bewail, pity, be grieved. Deposit, v.t., xisa. v.i., xiswa, xinda. with v.t., lundisa, see also put. Depraved, a., ye fu yambi. Depravity, n., bi, 12. Depreciate (disparage), v.t., tumba. (lessen in price), v.i., kuluka e ntalu (2). Deprivation (lack), n., konda, 9. (poverty), sukami, 12 ; sukama, 9. Deprive of, v., katula, bonga. Depth, n., xina, 9. Depute, v., tunia. Derange, v., zengalakesa, tiakala- kesa, tiakanisa, vwangala- kesa, zonzola. (upset plans), vunjisa. Deranged, be, v., zengalakana, vwangalakana. v., tiakalakana, tiakana, zonzoka. (mentally), v., lauka, yela e lau (6). a., -alau. Derangement, 11., nzengalakani, 2 ; ntiakalakani, 2 ; mvwanga- lakani, 2. (mental), n., lau, 6. 55 ) Deride, v., seva, sokela. Derision, n., tusevo, pi. 10. Derivation, 71., etuku, 8. Descend, v.i., kulumuka, kuluka. (fall), bwa. (into a depth, chasm), koboka. (as to birth), wutwa. Descendant (child), n., mwana, 1. Descent, 7 z.,nkulumuka, 2 ; nkulu- ka, 2. (place of), nkulumuku, 2 ; ekulu- mukinu, 8. Describe, v., samuna, songa. Description, n., mpila, 2. Descry, v., mona. Desert, v., yambula, xisa, tina, vunza. Desert, n ., makanga, pi. 8 . Deserted,/., -vunzana, -fwa. be, v.i., vunzana, vunzwa, fwa. site of a town, n., ezumbu, 8 . Deserve, v., fwana. Desiccate, v., wumisa, kwijika. Desiccated, be, v., kwijima. Design, n., fwaniswa, 6 ; tezo, 6. (draw), v., bandula. (intend), v., kana, zola. (invent), v., soka. (mischief), n., diambu (7) diambi. Desire (hanker after), v., tatame- na. (seek after), vava, tomba. (wish for), zola. Desire, n., zolela, 6. (love, greed), ?i., zola, 9. (sexual), n., tongo, pi. 10. Desist, v., yambula, bika. * (give up), v., vunza. Desolate, a., -ankatu, -ampavala, -ampena. (bereaved), -ansona. Desolation, «., mpavala, 2 ; nkatu, 2 ; mpena, 2. Despair, v., dimbula e vuvu (6). (fear), mona 0 wonga (12). Despatch, v., tuma. (haste), n., nswalu, 4 ; nzaki, 2. Despise, v., saula, savuka. Despoil (plunder), n., sanza. Despond, v., zowalala. Des-Dif ( 56 ) Destination, u., kuna kukwenda- nga. Destine, v.t ., xila. Destined, be, v.i., xilwa. Destiny, n. (expl.), nsambu jixilu kwa yeto. Destitute, a., -asukami, -akondwa. Destitution, n., sukami, 12. lack, konda, 9. Destroy (cause to perish), v., buku- muna. (harm), vwanzalakesa. (pull down), bangula. (spoil), vunzalakesa, vunzakesa, vonda, vondesela, vunzuna. (wreck), mwangalakesa. Destruction, bukumuka, 9. Destructive, a. (expl.), -vondanga lekwa yingi. Detain, v., ximba. (withhold), tatamena, see also de¬ lay, v.t. Detach, v.t., samuna. Detachment (of soldiers), mve- ngo, 4- Detect, v., tungulula. Deter, v ., see hinder. Determination, n., lukanu, 10. Determine, v., kana. Detest, v., saula, tondola, see also abhor. Detestable, a ., -ambimbi-imbi. Detour, make a, v., zunga, kondo- loka. (to head), v., zekela. Detract from, v., tumba. Devastate, v ., see plunder, destroy. Develope (increase), v.i., funa. (unfold), v.i., bunduka. Deviate, v.i., venga. Device., see thing, design, sign, craft. Devil, the, n., nkadi (2) ampemba. (demon), see demon. Devise (invent), v., soka. (purpose), kana. (think), banza, banjikisa, balula, badika, yindula. Devote (give for), v., vanina. (keep for), lundila. oneself, kuxia. Devotion, n., see love, respect, wor¬ ship, faithfulness. Devour, v., dia, kaba (as a dog), (voraciously), vempula, vempola. Devout person (expl.), nkwa vumi wa Nzambi, nkwa jitisa Nza- mbi. Dew, 11., edime, 8 ; kime, 5 ; me, 6 ; elowa, 8. Dexterity, n., see skill. Diadem, n., see crown. Dialect, n., ndinga, 2. Dialects and languages are usually expressed by prefixing ki or lu to the root of the name of the place or people; Luvumbu,the language of Mpumbu (vumbu) ; Kiteke, the language of the Ba-teke ; Kixi Kongo, the language of the Exi Kongo. Diamond (expl.), etadi dia ntalu, ne pelo. Diamonds (in cards), n., welo, 12 (P. ouros). Diaphragm (midriff), n., ngungu, 2. Diarrhcea, 7t., vumu (6) kivaika- nga. Dictate, n., see command. Die, v., fwa. for another, v., see substitute, (perish), v., bukumuka. suddenly, v., kendoka (be cut off). Differ, v.i., bindama, swaswana; see also excel. Difference, n., swaswana, 9; bi¬ ndama, 9 . Different,^., -bindama, -swaswa¬ na. be, v., see differ. (other), a., -akaka, -a mpila akaka, ke diawa dimoxi ko. Differently, adv. to do. To express this idea some reconstruction is necessary. He acts differently = another acting he acts, mpanga akaka kava- ngidi; we dress differently, mpwata akaka tuvwatanga. The derivative noun of the 2nd class is always used. ( 57 ) Dif-Dir Difficult, a., -ampaxi ; it is difficult (thing) to carry, lekwa kia- mpaxi mu nata. Difficulty, n., mpaxi, 2. have, v., mona e mpaxi (2). Diffidence, it., see doubt, fear, modesty. Diffuse, v.t ., mwanga. v.i., mwangana. Dig, v., vata (hoe). (a hole), tima. round a thing at a small distance off (as in digging out a rat), v., dia e ntomfi (2). Dignify, v., tumba. (with a title), ?/.,yeka(e ngenda,2). Dignity, n., kimfumu, 5. (majesty), umfumu, 12. (title), ngenda, 2. Dike (ditch), n., muvu, 3. Dilapidated, a., -afwa. Dilate, v., vatuna. Dilatoriness, v., wolo, 12. Dilatory, a ., -amolo. person, n., molo, 3. Diligence, n., sala, 9 (kwingi). Diligent, a ., -akisadi. be, v., sala, kuxia. person, n., kisadi, 5. Dilute, v., sanga (0 maza). Diluted, a., -asangwa. Dim, a., -amfufulu, (meso) ke meto- ma monanga ko. v.t., fufula. be, v.i., fufuka. Dimension (measure), n., tezo, 6. (size), vonga, 9. to take, v., tama. Diminish, see decrease, thin. Diminutive, sign of. Repeat the word and add the prefix ki, making the word of class 5, mwana, kimwanamwana; or add the prefix fi to the word with or without repetition, making it class 15 (sing, only), mbele, fimbele; a nasal is sometimes inserted at the end of the prefix fi. or ki: lekwa, kindekwalekwa ; etadi, ki- Diminutive, continued. ntaditadi; nsusu,finsusususu. It will be seen from the above that other prefixes are generally omitted while the addition of the nasal causes the usual eu¬ phonic changes, 1 becomes d, V becomes p. Monosyllables are tripled, dia, kindiadiadia, mpu, fimpumpumpu. The suffix kala is sometimes added : mbwa, kimbwambwakala. Sometimes the word loses all prefixes, and being repeated, is thrown into class 6 ; elouga, longalonga, 6. Dimly, adv., ke beni ko, ye mini kiandwelo. Dine, v., dia. (when spoken of chiefs, &c.), sakula, wambula. Dinner (the evening meal), n., nle- kelo, 4- (food), dia, 9. Dint, v., see dent. Dip (a vessel into water, in order to fill it), v.t., teka. (immerse), v.t., vuba, vubika. (under), go, v.i., diuka, diumba. (put), v.t., diukisa, diumbisa. Direct (best, quickest road), a., -anzaki. (in a direct \\n€),p., -kiata. Direct (a flow, current), v.t., kela. (instruct), longa. (order, tell), vovesa. (send), tuma. (show), songa, songela. Direction (bidding), n., diambu, 7 ; lutumu, 10 ; mvovo, 4 - (course), eyendelo, 8. towards (quarter), dimba, 6. (way, paths), njila, 2. Directly (as soon as, time past), una ...aka i, una...kaka i ; directly he came we told him, una kalueke kaka i tunsamu- nwini. (as soon as, future), vo...kaka ; directly he comes, tell me, vo Dir-Dis ( 58 ) Directly, continued. kaluaka kaka unsamwina; una...aka,una...kaka; directly he comes, they will tell him, una keluaka aka bansamu- nwini. (very shortly), kolo kiandwelo ka¬ ka; sa ; he will come directly, sa kaluaka ; use also the im¬ mediate future, I am coming directly, kwiza nkwiza. (only), kaka, aka. Dirge, n., mhemho, 2. Dirt (filth), n., mvindu, 2. (in water, floating about), ntimvu, 2. (mud), nteke, 2. see also excrement. Dirty, a., -amvindu, -afunzuka. (muddy), -antimvu. (obscene), -angeme, -alusu. Dirty, 7/./.,funzula, xia e mvindu (2). be, v.i., funzuka. (stir up mud), v.t ., timvuna. Dis- (expl.), “dis-”kuna ntu a dia- mbu muna kingelezo, nsasa za vambula, katula, jina mu. Disable, v., katula e ngolo (2). Disabled, a., ke ya ngolo ko. Disagree, v., zonza. Disagreeable, a., see bad. quarrelsome, -anzonji. Disallow, v., xima. Disappear, v., vila. Disappearance, n., mpila, 2. Disappoint, v.t., koneneka 0 ntima ( 4 ). (deceive), vuna. tantalize, kembekesa. Disappointed, be, v.i., ntima (4) (u)-konanana. Disappointment, n., mpaxi, 2 (a ntima ukonanene). Disapprobation, 1 2 . Disapproval, j & Disapprove, v.i., ngongo (2), with the possessive pronoun ; I disap¬ prove, ngongo ame (pronounced ngongwame). (object), fila e mpaka (2); manga, nukwa. Disarrange, v., see derange. Disaster, n., mvia, 4. Disavow, v., see deny. Disband, v.t., mwanganisa, vamba- nisa. Disbelief, n., vunisa, 9. Disbelieve, v.t., vunisa. Disbelieved, be, v.i., vuniswa. Disburden, v., yambulwisa. Discard, v., see leave, put, or throw away. Discern, v., mona. Discharge (as blood), v.t., vaika. (free), tayisa, yambula. (a gun), see fire a gun. (unload), v.t., tombola. Disciple, n., nleke, 1 (expl.), muntu olongwanga. Discipline, n., see punishment, at¬ tention, order. v., see teach, correct. Disclaim, v., see deny. Disclose (a secret), v., sununa, baka, bangula, tendola, tendula. (reveal), mwesa. (uncover), fukula. Discolour, v.i., funzuka. Discontented, be (grumble), 2/.,yina. Discontinue, v., yambula, bika r vunza. Discord (contention), n., zonza, 9 ; unzonji, 12. Discourage (cause to relinquish), v., vunjisa. (forbid), v., xima. Discouragement (trouble), n., mpa¬ xi, 2. Discourse, v., see converse, declare. 71., diambu, 7; mvovo, 4. Discover (find), v., solola. (find out), v.t., tungulula. (invent), v.t., soka. itself, v.i., soloka, moneka. (see), v.t., mona. (something long lost, or buried), bandumuna. Discovery, n., diambu, 7 (diasoka). Discreet, a., -alungalala, -anlu- ngaladi. be, v., lungalala. ( 59 ) Dis-Dis Discretion, ngangu, 2 ; zayi, 12. Discuss, v.t., see consider, debate, wrangle, &c. Disdain, v., saula, kusaula. 71., saula, 9 ; kusaula, 9. Disease, n ., kimbevo, 5 ; yela, 9. (painful, severe), nsongo, 2 ; for varieties, see Appendix. Diseased, be, v., yela. Disembark, v., tomboka. Disembowel, v., vaikisa e ndia (pi. 4 )- Disentangle, v., zonzeka. Disgrace, nsoni, 2. v.t., mwesa e nsoni (2), fusula e nsoni (2). Disgraceful, a ., -ambi. Disguise (become as), v.t., kitula. v.i., kituka. Disgust (causing a shudder), n ., nge- ngexi, 2. (loathing), ngemi, 2 ; lukenene, 10. v.t., mwesa e ngemi (2), mwesa e ngengexi, 2. Disgusted, be, v.i., mona e ngemi, 2; mona e ngengexi, 2; kusaula. Disgusting, a ., -angengexi, -ange- me. Dish, n., elonga, 8. cover, 71., bukikwa (6) kia elonga. up, v., tombola. Disheartened, be (sad), v., zowalala. Dishonest, a., ke munkwikiji ko. be, v., yia, wombola. person, n., mwivi, 3. Dishonesty, n., wivi, 12. Dishonour (shame), 71., nsoni, 2. Disinclination, 71., ngongo, 2. Disinter, v., bandumuna. Disjoin, v.t, vambula, vambanisa. Dislike, n., ngongo, 2 ; saula, 9. v., tondola. 77., etondo, 8. (hate), v., saula. (object), nukwa. (refuse), kala (; per/. kadidi). Dislocate, v.t, vilangesa (e vixi). Dislocated, be, v.i., vilangiana. Dislodge, v., vaikisa. Dismal (gloomy), a., -abubu. Dismay, v.t, vumisa. 11., vumi, 6 & 12. Dismayed, be, v., vumina. Dismiss, v., xindika. Disobedience, n., luvezo, 10. of children, umbiu, 12. Disobedient, a., -ankolami. child, nkwa (1) umbiu (12). Disobey, v., kolama. (a call), vukula. (slight), veza. (transgress), sununa (e konko, 6 ), veza (0 nxiku, 4). Disorder, see tumult, derange¬ ment. 71., see sickness. v.t., see derange. be in, v.i., see deranged, be. Disorderly person (lawless), kimpumbulu, 5 ; ntunduluki, 2; ntentaxialu, 2. Disorganize, v., zonzola. Disown, v., vanina 0 nkalu (4). Disparage, v., tumba. Dispatch, nswalu, 4 ; nzaki, 2. Dispatch (finish), v., mana, manesa. (give the coup de grace), finda. (kill), vonda. (send a person), tuma. (send a thing), twika. Dispel, v., katula. Dispense, v., see distribute, with, yambula. Disperse, v.t., vambanisa, mwanga- nisa. v. 7 i., mwangana. (drive away), yinga, kula. Displace, v., katula (vana fulu) Displaced, be, v., katuka (vana fulu). Display, 71., lusanu, 10. (boastingly), v., Sana. (show), songa, mwesa. Displease, v.t., see annoy. Displeased, be, v.i., tondola. Displeasure, see anger, dislike. Dispose, v., arrange, zonzeka, kiati- ka. of, v., xia mu konso salu. Dis-Dis ( 60 ) Disposed, be (arranged), v., zonzama, kiatama, kiata. to be (intend), kana. Disposition (arrangement), n ., nkia- ta, 2 ; nzonzama, 2. (habit), fu, 6. (intention), lukanu, 10. Disputation, n., ntantani, 2 ; mazu, pi. 8 ; yokosa, 9. Dispute (contradict, object), v., fila e mpaka (2). (noisily), yokosa. (wrangle), tantana. Disquiet, v.t ., telekesa 0 moyo (3). Disquieted, be, v.i., teleka 0 moyo (3), yangika 0 moyo (3). Disregard (a call), v., vukula. (disbelieve), vunisa. (disobey), kolama. (slight), veza. (take no notice of), landula. Disrespectful, be, v., ke jitisa ko. Dissatisfaction, n., yina, 9. Dissatisfied, be, v.i., yina. person, n., nyini, 1 & 4.. Dissatisfy, v.t., yinisa, sakidika. Dissect, v.t., sasa. Dissemble, v., knvunina. Dissent, v., vana 0 nkalu (4) ; kala ( per), ; kadidi). n., nkalu, 4 ; ngongo, 2. Dissimilar, a., ke diawa dimoxi ko, mpila (2) akaka. Dissimulation, n., kuvunina, 9; luvunu, 10. Dissipate, see waste, scatter. Dissipated person, ;L,kimpumbulu, 5 ; ntunduluki, 2. Dissipation, n., umpumbulu, 12 ; untunduluki, 12. Dissolute, a., see bad, dissipated. Dissolution, n., see death. Dissolve, v.t., ladisa. v.i., lala {ft erf. ladidi). (deliquesce), mia. partnership, vambana. (cause to abandon), v.t., vunjisa. Dissuade (counsel), v., longa, ludika. (forbid), xima. Distaff (expl), nti a zekelwanga evusu. Distance (extent), tabila, 6 ; tini, 6 . equal distance, tabila kimoxi. (measure), tezo, 6 . (remoteness), ntama, 2 ; vala, 14 ; nseke, 2, has in Kongo a double meaning, obscene, and is not used at San Salvador, although it is common in many other parts. put at a, v., valuka. Distant, a., -antama (-anseke). Distend, v.t., wungidika, butidika. Distended, be, v.i., wungalala, bu- talala. Distil (as dew), v., bwa. Distinct, v.a., see clear. Distinctly, adv., beni. Distinguish (point out), songa, so- ngela. (see), mona. Distinguished, be (famous), v., tunda, yaya; (respected), jitiswa. Distort, v.t., tekeka, zendesa, vio- ndola. the face (make a grimace), wotwe- na, wongwena. Distorted, be, v.i., see deformed, twisted, crooked. Distortion (of the face), n., ngw(D twena, 2 ; ngwongwena, 2. Distract, see perplex, distress. Distress (calamity), n., mvia, 4. (fear), vumi, 6 & 12 ; wonga, 12. (trouble), n., mpaxi, 2. v.t., mwesa e mpaxi (2). Distressed, be, v.i., mona e mpaxi. v.i., teleka 0 moyo (3). (perplexed), v.i., yangika 0 ntima (4) . . (sad), v.i., zowalala. Distribute, v., kaya. (provide), v., sansa. Distribution, n., nkaya, 2. District (country), n., nxi, 2. Distrust (disbelieve), v., vunisa ; ke kwikila ko. (be uncertain), katikisa. ( 6i ) Dis-Doe Disturb, nikuna; see also inter¬ rupt. Disturbance, n ., nkindu, 2 ; a disturbance has broken out, nkindu ibwidi. to make a, v., nikuna e nkindu (2). Disunite, see separate, untie, &c. Ditch (trench), n., muvu, 3. (water course), lubulu, 10. Ditto, a., diawa dimoxi, “ dd: ” Dive, v ., diuka e mfiumbu (2). spring and, dibuka. Diverse, a ., -akakakaka, -a mpila jingi. (many), a., -ingi. Diverse, be, v ., bindama, swaswana. Diversion, n., nsaka, 2 ; mvukulu (4) a ntima (4). Diversity, n., bindama, 9; swa¬ swana, 9 . Divert, z/.£, banzula. (amuse), vukula 0 ntima (4). Divest (strip), v., vola. (take away), katula. Divide, v.t., kaya. among each other, kayana. (as a road), vambuka. (break into two), v.t., tolola, buku- na, mukuna, bokona. (into companies), v., bula 0 mve- ngo (4). (separate), v.t ., vambanisa, vambu- la, bula. v.i., vambana, vambuka. Dividend, h., lukau, 10. Divination, n., mpanda, 2 ; nta, 2. Divine, v ., vanda 0 nkixi (4). to declare by divination, ta. causative , teesa ; see witchcraft. Divine (of divinity), a ., -a Unzambi (12), (of God) -a Nzambi. Divinely, adv ., ne Nzambi, kwa Nzambi. Diviner, mvandi, 4 ; nte, 4; nga- nga, 2. Divinity, Unzambi, 12; Kinzambi,5- Division (branching), n., mpambu, 2 ; kimpambwila, 5. (dividing), nkaya, 2. (in a house), kubu, 6. Division, continued. (interval), mpatakani, 2 ; mwingi- lu, 3 ; mpaxi, 2. (of an army), mvengo, 4. (part), ndambu, 2. Divisor, kayilwa, 6 . Divorce, 7/., vonda 0 longo (sing. 10). Divulge, v., baka, bangula, sununa, sengola, tengola. (something long secret), bandumu- na. Dizziness, n., zunga, 6 . (faintness caused by hunger), mfu- ne, 2. Dizzy, be , 7/., kala ye zunga ( 6 ); I am dizzy, zunga ndina kiau. (with hunger), fwa e mfune (2). Do, v.t., vanga. again, v.t., vangulula. away with, v.t., vonda, katula. badly, v.t., fwantalakesa. (fit, suit, answer), v.i., fwana. how do you do, v.i., nga olele, awe i olele (how did you sleep), interrogative, nga; did he come yesterday? nga waijidi ezono e ? do we sleep here ? nga tuleka vava e ? like (copy), v.t., sokolola. something to do, n., salu, 6. (suffice), that will do, xia wowo. up (mend), londa. (an urgent request), watu; do go, watu wenda. Docile, a., -alemvo, -anlembami. be, v., lemvoka, lembama. Docility, n., lemvo, 12 ; lembama, 9 - Doctor, n., nganga, 2 ; see witch¬ craft. Doctor’s skill, n., that which con¬ stitutes a doctor, kinganga, 5. Doctrine, n., elongi, 8. Document, nkanda, 4 (a mambu). Dodge, v., venga. behind, v.i., swekama. (trick), 71., ngangu, 2. Doe, n ., ngudi, 2. Doer, n., mvangi, 1 & 4 ; nsadi, 1 & 4. Doe-Dra ( 62 ) Doer, continued. of (what is right), mumpangi, 3 (mawete). Dog, n., mhwa, 2. hunting, mhwa (2) aveta. very small, kimbwambwambwa, 5 ; kimbwambwakala, 5. Dollar, n ., nkele, 4 ; sign (xinsu) $. -DOM, suffix, abstract nouns in the 5 th & 6 th classes, frequently express the idea conveyed by this suffix ; mfumu, a free man; kimfumu, freedom. Dome, n. (expl.), kiuma kivangama ne ndambu a diaki. Dominion (country), nxi, 2. (rule), kimfumu, 5 ; luyalu, 10. Donation, lukau, 10. Done, be, 7 vangama. cooked, 7/./., via. finished, vd., maua, suka, vwa, fuka, fokoka. under-, vd., funga. up (mended), londoka. (tied), kangama. (tired), yela 0 mabibi (pi. 8 ). with, vangilwa. Doom, «., tumbu, 6 . v ., tumba. Door, kielo, 5. back, kielo kia nteto. post, tungwa, 6 (-a mwelo, 3); elunji, 8 (-a mwelo, 3). sill, step, sumbuka, 6 . way, mwelo, 3. Doors, in, adv ., muna nzo (2). out of, kuna mbaji (2). Dot, n., disu, 7 (pi- meso) ; etonxi, 8 . Double, 7/., bundika. back, 7/., fokola. Double, adv., yole yole. put, 7/., xia yole yole. twice,^7/.,nkumbumiole,^ times, two, adj. , -ole. Doubt, «., katikati, pi. 6 . (be uncertain), v., katikisa. (disbelieve), v., vunisa. Doubtful, a., ke -xikidi ko. Doubtfulness, dmgudingu, 6 ; banzubanzu, 6. Dove, 7/., bwela, 6 ; eyembe, 8. cot, vaka, 6 (-a mayembe). Down (gossamer), n., ntongo, 4 &11. (feathers), nsala, 2 & 11. hair, wika, 12 & 11; mwika, 3. hill, n., mongo, 3. (on the ground), adv., ovanxi, vana- nxi. -pour (of rain), n., mvambala (4) (-a mvula). (underneath), adv., kunanxi; see also fall, pour, go, come, &c. Downward, adv., mu eyanda. Dowry, paid by husband to wife’s relations, nkama (2) a longo. Doze, v., tonza, nimba. Dozen, a., kumi ye -ole. Dracaena, n., mundalandala, 3. Drag, v., tunta. along, v., koka. Dragon fly , n., lumpimgumpungu, 10. Drain (filter), v., kenza, kelela. (make trenches), tima 0 lubulu (10). Drain, n., lubulu, 10. (covered), n., nduku, 4. Draught, n., kioji, 5. Draw, v.t., tunta, vola, tintika. (a bow), v.t., fumba, nana. along, v.t., koka. aside, v.t., vengumuna. away (seduce another man’s wife), tiangumuna. blood, v.t., sumika. breath, v.t., fulumuna. (entice), v.t., nekena. lots, vanga e nkasa (1) (za nsaka). (nails), v.t., kola. near to (approach), 7/./., finama, konka. near to (bring), v.t., sunzula. out, v.t., vaikisa, katula. out by the roots, v.t., vuza, duna, dukumuna, tukumuna, dumu- na. out long, v.t., nana. over (cover), v.t., fuka. (sketch), v.t., bandula. the end of the linen cloth between ( 63 ) Dra-Drk Draw, confined. the legs, and tuck it in behind, vwata o nlaba, 4. tight, vina, kasa, bama, kolesa. up the earth around the roots of anything, bumba. (water), v.t., teka. Drawing, n., xisa, 6. Dread, v., mona 0 wonga (12), bu- bula. n., wonga, 12 ; wongola, 12 ; vu- mi, 6 & 12. awe, mbubu, 2. Dreadful (awful), a., -ambubu. (bad), -ambi, ambimbi-imbi. Dream, n., ndoji, 2. v., lota. Dreamer, n., nloti, 1 & 4. Dregs, lubo, 10. Drench, v.t., zombesa. Drenched, be, v.i., zomba. Dress, v.t., vwika. v.i., vwata. (a wound), v.t., batika. finely, v.t., seleka. v. refl., kuseleka. finely, v.t., kemba, minga. (make pretty), v.t., vanga e kitoko (5); viengesa. wear a very large cloth, v., yutu- rnnka. Dress, n., mvwatn, 4 ; nlele, 4. Dress, European, belt, girdle, mponda, 2 ; mbama, 4. boot, nsampatn, 2 (P. sapato). coat, kinkutu, 5 ; yunga, 6 ; kidu- kula, 5. dress, petticoat, cassock, mansaya, 7 pi. (P. saia). hat, see hat, cap. macintosh, lunkumfu, 10. shirt, kinkutu, 5 ; nswambinza, 4. socks, edila (7) dia kulu (pi. madi- la ma malu). trousers, mbati, pi. 4. vest (singlet), nanu, 4. Dress, native, made of native cloth, see cloth ; 12 mbadi sewn together, nkuta, 4; evulu, 8 ; Dress, native, continued. 6 mbadi sewn together, nsambanu, 2 . with fringe, nsalaba, 4 (P. chale?). Men may wear a cloth of European manufacture, a fathom long, when it is called nlele, 4; mvwatu, 4. Two widths sewn together, and making a cloth 2 fathoms long and about 50 inches wide, etiuku, 8 ; the end of this may be thrown over the shoul¬ der or arm. If allowed to trail it is called nkonji,4, nlamvu,4. When gathered in plaits behind, the style is called vokonia, 6 ; or kivota, 5. A very scanty cloth, or a cloth rolled up, the ends passed between the legs, and fastened behind, so as to impede as little as possible, nlaba, 4. A cloth worn over the shoulder by day, and used as a counterpane at night, mpeta, 4. An absurdly large cloth, nyungu- ba, 4. Women wear their cloths fastened on the left hip, in contradis¬ tinction to men, who always fasten their cloth in front. Women at San Salvador wear a cloth a yard long by 18 inches wide, often flounced, fringed, and piped. The ends scarcely meet on the left hip, and are tied by two strings at the corners, mponda, 2. Such a cloth is called maselalele, pi. 8; esaka, 8 ; pau, 2 (P. pao). A handkerchief, elenso, 8 (P. len.i., fwana, fwanana, kwenda e dedede, or betela. Fit, conti?iued. -fwete (per/.). They do not know how to build a house fit for a white man to live in, ke bazeye tunga nzo ifwete kala munde- le ko. (able), lenda (see able), together, v.t ., yikakesa. 7 >.i., yikakana. up, kumpika, kubika. Fit (epileptic), zz., niangi, 2. spasm of, xilwa, 9 ; nxilwa, 2. to cause a, 7/., xila. to have a, kuxila. Five, a., tanu. Fix (appoint), v., xia. (fasten), koma (nail), kanga (tie), firmly, xiamisa. (immovably), kwijika. (in the ground), ximika. roughly, tamba. (securely), xikidisa. the eyes, tala e tukutuku (6). Fixed, be, v.i., see above ; xiwa, ko- mwa, kangama, xiama, kwiji- ma, ximama, tambama, xi- kila. Fixture, n ., lekwa ke kinkwa katuka ko. Flabby, a ., -anlebuki. be, 7/., lebuka. Flag, v., lengela. n ., dimbu, 6; bandela, 2 (P. ban- deira). Flake, zz., evavala, 8. Flame, zz., nlaku, 4. send forth, v., lakuka, lakumuka. Flank (of the body), n., ebekete, 8 ; mazakazaka, pi. 8; see also side. Flannel, zz., flanela, 2 (P. flanella). Flap, v.t., papumuka. about, v.i., vuvila. as wings, when a bird flies, v.i., vavila. in the wind, v.i., vevela, pekumu- ka, vekumuka, pekomoka. Flare, n., nlemo, 4. v., lema. away fiercely, yuya. up, lakuka, lakumuka. ( S 5 ) Fla-Fol Flash (of lightning), n., nsemo, 2; (a flashing), nsema, 2. v ., sema, sejima. Flask, powder, n., tutu, 6 (kiatiya). F'lat, a., -hahama, -elelenxi (plain), be, v.i., babama. make, v.t., baba, babika. Flatten, v., see flat, v.t. & v.i. Flatter, v., lenga. Flatterer, n., nlengi, 1 & 4. Flattery, n., elengo, 8. Flavour, n., ntomo 4 (pleasant) ; lusu, 10 (unpleasant) ; lute 10 (fishy) ; nkyekye 4 (of stale palm nuts). v., tomesa. Flaw, n ., fu, 6 ; luamvu, 10 (crack). Flay, v ., tala, tuna, vuna, buna. Flea, n., nianji (2) a mbwa. sand, see jigger. Fledgling, n ., eduku, 8. F LEE, v., see run. Flesh (lean), n., nsuni, 4. (meat), mbiji, 2. (of the body), nitu, 2. Flexibility, zz., leva, 9. Flexible, -anlevi. be, v., leva. Flick (with the finger), v., timbula, banzula. Flicker, 7/., fifalala. Flickering, zz., fifalala, 9. <2., -amfifaladi. Flight (flying), zz., ntimuka, 2 ; ti- muka, 9. (running), ntinu, 2. to put to, 7/., yinga, kula. Flinch, v ., saluka. Fling, 7/., tuba. away, veta, loza, takula; ^ <2/^ throw. Flint, zz., etadi (8) dia nkele (4). and steel, ebindwa, 8. to strike, v., kola (0 tiya, pi. 10). gun, zz., nkele (4) a sanu (6). F loat, 7/./., lalama, yangama. (cause to), 7/./., lalamesa, yanga- mesa, yangikila. F lock, zz., buka, 6 ; ekambi, 8. Flocks (cattle), zz., tweleji, 6. Flog, 7/., beat. Flogging, n., see blow. Flood, zz., kizalu, 5. 7/., langa. (fill to overflowing), lungula. Floor, zz., ntoto, 4. on the, adv ., vananxi. Flounder about, 7/., bambala. Flour, /z., mfumfu, 2 ; mfuba, 2. Flourish, v., see prosper, grow, brandish. Flow (current), zz., ngungula, 2; nku- ka, 2. Flow, v.i., along, down, kukula. by, past, luta, vioka. into, kota. into (as a river), bwa, vakula. into each other (as streams meeting), bulangiana. out, vwalala, vwasasa, vwasu- muka, voma, volomoka. (of blood), solonga, sona. Flower, v., vuma. n., mvuma, 2 ; see also maize, palm. Flung away, a thing, n., sungela, 6 . Flurry, n., kiavi, 5. Flute, n., etutu, 8 ; exikilu, 8 . Flutter, v., papala. Fly, v., timuka, vumuka. away, after capture, taya. n., mbwanji, 2 ; nji, 2 (Vivi). blow-, ekulumbwanji, 8 . -blow, mumvidi, 3 (a mbwanji). large, evekwa, 8 ; evukunia, 8 (very large). small, bloodthirsty, kinkufu, 5. Flying, a., -antimuki, -amvumuki. Foal, n., mwana, 1 (a ebuluku, vo mvalu). Foam, n., efulufulu, 8. v., tumba or tuba e efulufulu, 8. Foe, n ., ntantu, 1; mbeni, 2. Fog, n., wixixi, 12; mbututu, 4; mbungeji, 4. Foggy, be, v., mbututu (&c.) -fuku- muka. Fold, v.i., bundika. a joint, v.t., koneneka. v.i., konanana. Fol-For ( 86 ) Fold, continued. back together, v.t., fokola, bokola, lituna. in creases, v.t ., fitika. in the arms, vatakana. (the arms), jinga (o moko, pi. 9). (the legs as when sitting, or of a goat, &c.), bokola, bulama. Fold (enclosure), n ., mpaka, 2 ; nku- zu, 4. (hem), mfoko, 2 ; mboko, 2. (in a cloth), mbunda, 2. Foliage, n., makaya, pi. 8. Folk, n., antu, pi. 1 ; wantu, pi. 1. young, n., aleke, pi. 1. Folklore, n ., kingana, 5 ; ngana, 2 ; savu, 6 ; samuna, 6. Follow, v., landa. (chase after), lamika e ntinu (2). (copy), sokolola. in Indian file, londana. with, landesa. Follower, n., nlandi, 1 & 4. (retainer), nsa, 4 ; nleke, 1 ; leke, 6 . Following, a., -anlandi. Folly, see foolishness. Foment, v., fnta, bubila. (stir up), v., nikuna. Fond, a., -antondi. be, of, v.t., tonda, zola. be not, of, tondola, (not care for), bolola. Fondness, n., zola, 9. Fontanel, n., ntumpa, 2. Food, n., dia, 9. something for, yuma, pi. 6. something tasty to eat with, etongo, 8. Anything that is cooked with salt or pepper is thus called. for a journey, nkllta, 2. stale, of previous day, dia kwamfi- ku. Fool, n., ezowa, 8; dinda, 6 ; eze- nga, 8; zengi, 6 ; zeza, 6 ; mpamvu, 2 ; tunze, 6, after a little bird, which is said to nod assent to anything said. (a woman’s word), dinginzundn, 6. Foolish, a., -ezowa, -avwengele, -adinda, -ezenga, -azengi, -azeza, - ampamvu, -atunze. be, v., zowalala. Foolishness, n., uzowa, 12 ; zowa, 12; vwengele, 12; iidinda, 12 ; uzenga, 12; uzeza, 12; umpamvu, 12 ; kitunze, 5. Foot (of man), n., tambi, 6. (of beast or bird), ekolo, 8 (shank), (base), exina, 8. fall, nxindu, 4. (hoof), kole, 6. mark, ntambi, 2. on, adv., malu-malu. -path, n., njila, 2. paw, buba, 6. paw marks, ekanda, 8. presentation (obstetric), nsunda, 4. sole, kandaji, 6 ; tambi, 6. Fop, n., nkwa (1) kitoko (5). For, prep. The applied form conveys the idea of “ for ” : as vanga, to do ; vangila, to do for. Carry this for me, iindatina eki; I will give 10 strings for it, knlaji yavanina kio. Note also the use of the applied form below. Kongos sometimes reconstruct so that “with” is used instead of “ for.” Grass for thatching my house = grass I will thatch my house with, nianga yafukila e nzo ame. The preposition (declinable), -a (of),very frequently expresses the idea of “for.” These are for the children, eyayi ya aleke ; this is for the journey, ekiaki kia njila; this tin is for salt, eyayi lata ya mnngwa; this is for you to eat,kiaki kia nge wadia. The preposition muna is fre¬ quently used for “for” when it implies : on account of, for the purpose of. Take this for your trouble, bonga eki lnnna mpaxi zaku; a good canoe for ferrying, nlungll abiza mnna saukila. ( 8; ) For-For For, continued. for ever ; see ever. for the sake of, on account of, muna diambu (7) dia, * mu kuma kia. (The “mu” may be omitted.) For us (our sake) He died, mu kuma kieto kafwila ; for his sake, muna diambu di- andi. for (the space of) ; not translated, state simply the time and fact. For three days we waited, lu- mbu tatu tuvingidi; for a short time, kolo kiandwelo. too...for ; this requires some circum¬ locution. This is too heavy for him = this is very heavy, his strength is too little, kiaki 0 jita kwingi 0 yandi e ngolo jike; this is too small for my head, ntu ame unene kiaki kike; for what? nkia diambu? nkia kuma, “ why,” always equals “ for what,” and requires the applied form. For what (why) do you ask such a question ? nkia diambu oyuvulwidi ngyuvu yayi? This may also be preceded by muna. For (because), conj ., kadi. Forasmuch as, conj., okala vo kadi. Forbear, v., lemba. Forbid, v., xima; though I forbade him to go, he went, kana nxi- mini yandi vo, “ kwendi ko,” wele. (ever to do), kandika ; since he for¬ bade me, I shall never go, wau kankandikidi kiendi kwame nkutu ko. (taboo), v., xia e konko (6). Forbidden thing (tabooed), n., ko¬ nko, 6 ; nlongo, 4. Force, n., ngolo, 2 ; efuka, 8. v., see compel. Forceps, n., lukwatu, 10. Forcible, a., -angolo. Ford, v., sauka, sabuka (Bako.). n., esau, 8 ; esabu, 8 (Bako.). Forearm, n., ngonge (2) a koko (9). Forefather, n., ese (8) diankulu. Forefinger, n., nlembo (4) alandila exina. Forehead, n., luse, 10 ; lose, 10. between the eyes, lumunga, 10. middle of, mbulu, 2. Foreign, a., -a nxi (2) akaka. Foreigner, n ., mwixi (1 pi. exi) nxi (2) akaka, nzenza, 2. Foreleg, n., mvidingi, 4. (of animal), kulu, 9 (leg). (the joint of meat), to kia koko (9). Foremost, be, v., vita, place in the, adv., kuna ntu. Forenoon, ovo ntangwa ke alungi- di ko, tuka menemene yaku ntangwa anlungu. Fore-part, 71., ntu, 4 (head); ndose (face).. Foresight, see prudence. _ Forest, n., mfinda, 2 (ampwena). Foretell (expl.), samuna 0 mambu mekwizanga. Forfeit, v., vakula, futa (muna nkanu). Forge, n., lunga, 10. (work as blacksmith), v., fula. Forget, v., vilakanwa, jimbalaka- nwa, vimpamenwa. to, fwa e diya (6). Forgetful person, n., nkwa (1) diya. Forgetfulness, n., diya, 6 . Forgive, v., loloka. Forgiveness, n., luloloko, 10. Fork, table, n., nsoma, 4. of road, n., mpambu, 2. . of branches, evanda, 8 ; mpandi, 2. Fork, v., vanga e mpandi (2), bula e tai (6). as road, vambuka. Form, n ., mpila, 2. (bench), ebaya, 8 ; ebandu, 8 ; kunda, 6. Form, v., vanga. a line, v.t., kiata (persons), kiatika (of things). v.i., kiatama, kiatikwa. (forge), v.t., fula. For-Fre ( 88 ) Former, a., -antete, -ankulu. Formerly, adv., e ntete, e nza anku- lu. do, v., vita, teka; do as you did formerly, vanga una ovitidi o vanga. Fornication, n ., zumba, 6. Fornicator, n., munta (3) zumba ( 6 ). Forsake, v., yambula, xisa, vunza. Fort, n. (expl.), nzo a matenda. Forth, adv., kuna mbaji (2). go, come, v ., vaika. put, push, v., vaikisa. Forthwith, adv ., see immediately. Fortify (strengthen), v., kindisa. Fortitude, n., jiji, 6. Fortress, n., nzo (2) angolo. Fortunate person, nkwa (1) elau ( 8 ). Fortune (good), n ., elau, 8 ; nsa- mbu, 2 ; wete, 12. bad, diambu (7) diambi. (wealth), see wealth. Forty, a. & n ., makumaya, pi. 8. Forward, adv., kuna ntu (4). inierj ., ndolo ! be, go, v., vita. early, v., vika, and state in what. Our nguba are very forward (will soon be ripe), e nguba zeto se jivika yima. go, kwenda. (help), sadisa. (send), twika. Forward, a child forward for his years, n., ngungwanguma, 2. person (presumptuous), n ., kimpu- mbulu, 5. Forwards, fall, 7/., bukama. Foul, a. & 7/., see dirty, get (as a rope), v., vakamena, tata- mena. Found, be, v., moneka, soloka. (build), tunga. (cast metal), zunza. Foundation, n., lufulu, 10 (site). Founder (builder), n ., ntungi, 1. (sink), v., diama, xinda. Fountain (spring), n., nto, 2. Fountain, continued. (rocky), nkelo, 4. (when water flows in volume from under a rock), nduku, 4. water flowing from aspring, nzenzo, 4. Springs are supposed to be the haunts of fairies, ximbi, 6, who make the chasms in the hill sides. Four, a., -ya (-na Kabinda). times, see times. Fourteen, a., kumi ye eya (firon. kumiyeya). Fourth, a ., -eya. Fowl, n., nsusu, 2 ; eyembe, 8. (cock), ekoko, 8 ; nsusu (2) ekoko. (bird), nuni, 2. featherless (adult), vididi, 6. fowls of the air, nuni (2) za nga- mbwila. guinea-, nkelele, 2. house, nzo (2), or mpaka (2) a nsu¬ su (2). nest, fulu (6) kia nsusu (2). Fox, n., see civet, jackal. Fraction, n., tini, 6 ; ndambu, 2. Fracture, 7/., see break. Fragile, a ., -nkwa udika. Fragment, n., tini, 6. Frail, a., ke ya ngolo ko. Frame, 7/., see weave, make, mould, -work (post), «., tungwa, 6. (of a door, window, &c.), kulu, 6 . France, n ., Falansa. Frantic, a ., -alau. be, 7 lauka. make, w./., laula. F raternal, a ., ne mpangi yo mbu- nji. r «., luvunu, 10 ; Fraud, ) ungangi, 1 2 ; vi- Fraudulence, } ku, 6; ungya- ' ngya, 12. F raudulent, «., -amvuni, -aluvunu. person, ngyangya, 2 ; ngangi, 2. Free (for nothing), «., -angovo. get, w.z., taya, kutuluka; see also escape. (let loose), 7/./., tayisa, kutulula. (loose a spring), basula. ( 8 9 ) Fre-Fro Free, continued. man, n., mfunm (2) a muntu (1), mfumu, 2 (redeem), v., kula; see also liberate. Freedom, ?/., kimfumu, 5. to give, v ., tumba e kimfumu (5). Freely, adv., e ngovo. Freemasonry, an institution like, see nkimba in Kongo-English. Freeze (expl.), kituka 0 matadi muna kioji. Freight, n ., nzambu, 2. French, a., -afalansa. -man, n ., mwixi (1 pi. exi) Falansa. Frenzy, n ., lau, 6. Frequent, a., -ingi. Frequently, adv., see constantly. Fresh beer, n., mulu, 3. (new), a., -ampa. (of fish), -antombo. (of palm wine), -amwenge, -ansa- mba. (of water), mantomi, mambote. (uncooked), -angisu, -ambisu, -ankunzu. Fret, v., teleka 0 moyo (3) ; dila (cry). Friction, n., kakala, 9. Friday, n., kiesambanu, 5. F riend, n., makangu, pi. 8 ; nkundi, 1 ; nkomba, 2 (Vivi). (companion, mate), nkwa, 1. Friendly, a., -angemba. Friendship, n., ngemba, 2 ; kiku- ndi, 5. make, vanga, or banda e ngemba (2). (peace), bunda e yongo (6). Fright (fear), n., wonga, 12 ; wongo- la, 12 ; vumi, 6 & 12. Frighten, v., mwesa 0 wonga (12), vumisa. (in fun), xixisa. (startle), see startle. Frightened, be, v., mona 0 wonga (12), vumina. Frightful, a., -ambimbi-imbi. Frigid, a., see cold. Fringe, n., nsele, 2; zala, 6; za- mbala, 6. Fringe, continued. to make a, v., vola, somona, yomo- na. Frisk, v., ta e balu (6), takujioka. Frizzle, n ., kinjingila, 5. Frizzled, be, v.i., jingama. Frock, n ., mansaya, 8 pi. (P. saia). Frog, n ., nswamba, 2 ; see Appendix. Frolic, v., sakana. n ., nsaka, 2. Frolicsome, a., -ansaka, -anzunzu. From, prep. The applied form some¬ times implies “ from ; ” where does he come out from ? akwe i kavaikila ? but more frequently the verb tuka, to be from, is .used; he is from this town, muna evata diadi katuka; he comes from Kongo, muna Ekongo katuka. But with the applied form and the verb tuka, the.prepositions ku, mu, va, are also used ; ku = from at ; mu = from in, at; va = from at, among, on ; see in. The suffix na added to ku, mu, va, denotes remote¬ ness : kwa is used in reference to persons.: I have come from him, kwa yandi ntukidi ; from among, vanavena = from where there were (was). from this time, henceforth, tuka muna lumbu kiaki. from...to, until, tuka...yamu, or yaku, or yavana. From Vunda to Ngombe, tuka kuna Evunda yaku Ngombe ; from morning till night, tuka mene- mene yaku maxika ; he went from town to town, wele muna mavata mawanso. from time to time, eyaka lumbu. from what, which, nkia. from whom, kwa nani. Frond (palm), n., ekeke, 8 . tip of ,n., lusambu, 11 & 2(nsambu). Frondlet (palm), n., ndala, 2 & 11 (lulala). Front, n., luse, 10 ; luse, 10 ; ndose, 2. Fro-Fur ( 90 ) Front, cofitinued. in front of \ftrep., kuna ntu a (ahead), kuna lose lua (before), in front, adv., kuna ntu. go, be, v., vita, put, v., vitisa. the front of a Kongo house is the gable, see gable end. -leg, zz ., koko, 9. Frontier, n., mhamhi, 2. Frost, zz., kioji, 5 . Froth, n., efulufulu, 8. v., tumha or tuba e efulufulu (8). Frown, v., kanga, or jitika e mhulu (2). Fructify, v., yimisa. Fruit, zz., hundu, 6. Kongos eat but few fruits, banana, tiba, 6. guava, mfuluta, 2 (P. fruta). lime, or lemon, dimau, 7 (P. limao). orange, elalanza (P. laranja). pine apple, nanaji, 2 (P. ananas), fruit much eaten, in shape like a date, growing on a fine tree, nsafu, 2. small variety, mbidi, 2. plantain, dinkondo, 7. wild plum, mungyengye, 3. fruit of Landolphia (India rubber), elombwa, 8. wild yellow fruit, elolo, 8. Fruit, bear, be in, v., yima. Fruitful, be, v ., wuta. female, zz., exina, 8 . Fruitless, a., -ampavala, -ankatu, -ampena. Frustrate, see prevent, spoil, hin¬ der. Fry, v., kanga. Fryingpan, zz., menga, 6 . Fuel, zz., nkuni, 2 & n ; see firewood. F ugitive (expl.), muntu otinini. who has sought another’s protec¬ tion, nkombo, 2; see slave. Fulfil, v.t., lungisa. Fulfilled, be, v.i., lunga. Full,/., -zala. be, v ., zala. be, enough, 7/., fwana. Full, continued. -grown, a., -ambuta. moon, ngonde (2) ilungidi. to the brim, as in corn measure, zz., elalangoma, 8. Fully, adv., nkutu. Fumble, 7/., babata (on), fimfila (under). Fume, zz., mwixi, 3. Fun, zz., nsaka, 2. (jokes), matietie, pi. 8. make, v ., ta 0 matietie (pi. 8). of, seva, sokela. Function, zz., salu, 6. Funeral, zz., lujiku, 10. dirge, mbembo, 2. feast, nkunza, 4. Fungus, zz., wivwa, 12. edible, wivwa, 12; balabala, 12; kusukusu, 12 ; etumbudia, 8; enatantoto, 8 ; ebalantoto, 8 ; nsempedia, 2 ; kimfuxia, 5 ; nkakamatu, 2 ; wivwa (12) wa maxindi, wivwa (12) wa njilanjila, or wa nzau. Funnel (cone), zz., kelelwa, 6. (chimney), mvuvu, 4 (a mwixi). Funny, a ., -avakuba. be, 7/., vakuba. Fur, zz., mwika, 3 ; wika, 12 & 11. Furious, a., -alau, alunji. (as a storm), -ingi. be, 7 >.i., lauka; see also angry. make, v.t., laula. Furl, v., jinga. Furnace, zz., esoka, 8 ; ezudika, 8 . Furnish, v., see give. Furniture, zz., fwalangani (6) ya nzo; lekwa, 6. Furrow, zz., muvu, 3. Further, adv. Construct sentence verbally : I can jump further than you = I can excel you in jumping, nlenda kusunda 0 takuka ; or compare, thus, Mpumbu is further than Vunda = Mpumbu is far, Vunda is near, kuna Mpumbu kwanda, kuna Evunda kukufi. kuna ; put it further, xia kio ( 9' ) Fur-Gen Further, continued. kuna; or if very far, kuna- kuna-a (the latter a is drawled out in falsetto). diaka, a little further ; diaka fiakete ; move a little further, konka diaka fiakete; it is further than I thought = I did not think it was very far, edi mhenze ke ntama heni ko. go, than, v., luta, vioka. (help), v., sadisa. Fury, n ., lau, 6 ; lunji, 6 ; nxita, 2 (rage) ; ekaxi, 8 ; ekudi, 8 . reckless, umpumbulu, 12. be in a, v., see angry, be. Fuse, v.t., zunza. v.i., zunzwa. F uture, n., kolo kikwizanga. in, kuna ntu, oko lose (eventually). This will eventually spoil the witch divination, edi divonda e ngombo oko lose. G-, Gable end, zz., veta, 6 . Gag, v., kaka 0 nua (4). Gain, zz., nsunda-nduta, 2; nluta (4). v., baka. make a profit, v ., luta, luta 0 nluta (4). Gait, zz., ndiata, 2. Galago (zool.), n ., mfiengenge, 2. Gall, zz., mbilubisu, 2. Gallop, v., takuka. Gamble, v., fia, see bet. Gambol, v., ta e balu (6). zz., balu, 6 . Game, zz., nsaka, 2 ; see Appendix, play a, v., ta ; to play “ mbele,” ta e mbele. Gang, zz., buka, 6 ; ndonga, 2. Ganglion, zz., on the elbow, nkudi, 2. on the wrist, lllkukutu, 10. Gaol, zz., xienge, 6. Gap, zz., mwingilu, 3. Gape, zz., mwaya, 3. v., ta 0 mwaya (3). Garden, zz., mpatu, 2 ; kiana, 5 ; see farm. v., vata. produce, zz., mpati (2) a nsengo (2). Gardener, zz., mvati, 1 & 4. Gargle, v., sukumuna (0 nua, 4). Garment, zz., mvwatu, 4 ; see dress. Garner, zz., kalanga, 6. Gas, zz. (expl.), mpila a mwela. Gash, 2/., sonsa (small), lueka (wound), zenga (cut), zz., vua, 6. Gasp, zz., kintwentwa, 5; kintwenge- nia. v., fulumuna e kintwentwa, or e kintwengenia. Gate, zz., kielo, 5 ; evitu, 8 (entrance gate). way, mwelo, 3. of Ndembo, mpanzu, 2. Gather (as corn), v., sala. (fester), wunga. (firewood), tiama (e nkuni, 2). (fruit), vela, into a heap, kutika. together, v.t., kutika, zonzeka. v.i., lungana; see also collect, a mass. put into something and take away, v., kuka. up, v.t., wonzakesa. what is left, wolola. Gathering (abscess), zz., evumbu, 8. Gay, a., ye kiese (5) (joyous), -anke- mbo (fine). Gaze, v., tungununa. fixedly, v., tala e tukutuku (6). zz., tukutuku, 6. down upon, v., kengelela. Gazelle, zz., there are no true gazelles, although the following are often called so : nsexi, 2 ; mpiti, 2 ; kinkuba, 5. Geld, v., lemba, vokola. Gem, zz., etadi (8) diantalu. Gender (expl.), mpila kwandi, kana eyakala kana nkento. General (officer), zz., mbuta (2) a makesa. a., -a lumbu yawanso. Gen-Get ( 92 ) Generally, adv., e lumbu yawanso. Generate, v., wuta. Generation, n., tandu, 6. Generosity, n., esavu, 8 (great); vevula, 9. Generous, be, v., vevula, vevola. person, n., nkayi, 1 & 4 ; nkwa (1) esavu (8). Genitals, n., butamu, 6 (a euphe¬ mism). Genitive, is expressed by -a (declin¬ able). Genius, n., ngangu, 2 ; umba- ngu, 12 ; unkete, 12 (for fine work). Gentile, n., muntu ke mwixi Juda ko. Gentiles, n., nxi zakaka (ke za Juda ko). Gentle, a., -anlembami, -lembama. be, v., lembeka. make, lemba. Gentleman, n., mfumu, 2. Gentlemanly (clean, neat, scrupu¬ lous), a., ye kingwedi (5). Gentleness, n., malembe, pi. 8. Gently, adv., 0 malembe. Geography (expl.), mambu ma nxi zawanso. Geology (expl.), mambu ma nza, ye lekwa yawanso ina munanxi a ntoto. Geometry (expl.), mambu ma teza. Germ, n., disu, 7 (pi. meso). German, n., Alimau (P. Allemao). Germany, n ., Jermani. Germinate (grow), v., mena. (sprout), walumuka. Get, v., baka. abroad, mwangana. accustomed to, kukulukila. ahead, vita, along ! interj. ., ndolo ! along (go), v., kwenda. angry, baka o makaxi (pi. 8). anything done for another is ex¬ pressed by the applied form of the causative; -esela, -ixila, -esena, or -ixina ; natixina, to get a thing carried for another. Get, continued ,. away, taya, katuka; see also escape, back, 2 vutuka. 7/./., vutulwisa (persons), vutula (things). (become), baka. better, vd., sasuka, vula, sampuka. black, lomba, lomboka. (buy), 2 sumba. cold, 7/.z., vola. dirty, discoloured, funzuka. (as water), timvuka. down, vd., kuluka, kulumuka, 2kulula, kulumuna, manuna. down with something, 2 sangula, langula. drunk, 2 kolwa. dry, wuma, yima. dry and stiff, kwijima. dull, depressed, zowalala. fat, vonga, tola. (fetch), 2 bonga. firewood, tiama e nkuni (2 & 11). for, with, bongela. foul of, vd., vakamena, tatamena. free, see get away. (grow), baka. (have, possess), v.t., vwa. hot, vd., baka 0 tiya (pi. 10). in, into, vd., kota, diuka. v.t., kotesa, diukisa. (a canoe), vd., sambila. (a hole), koboka. a passion, baka or funga 0 ma¬ kaxi, pi. 8. a rage, fuluta 0 makaxi. the ground (sow), v.t., kuna, larger, vd., vonga ; see also increase, less, see decrease, loose (undone), kutuluka. (slack), zeza. mad, lauka. mouldy or rusty, baka e mbumbu (2); bumba, bubula, funda, fundamena e mbumbu (2). near, finama. (obtain), v.t., baka. off, vd., katuka. v.t., katula. old and infirm, vd., nunuva, nuna. ( 93 ) Get-Giv Get, continued. on, kwenda. on ! inter j., ndolo ! on, on to, sambila, kwenda muna. on board, sambila. on shore, tomboka kuna eseke ( 8 ). out, v.i., vaika. v.t ., vaikisa. of a canoe, &c., v.i., tomboka. v.t., tombola. of the way, v.i., katuka muna njila. unpack, v.t., zonzola. over a river, v.i., sauka, sabuka (Bako.). v.t., saula, sabula (Bako.). over a space, v.t., kuzuka. v.t., kuzula. (palm wine), v.t., luaza. past, v.i., luta, vioka. v.t., lutisa, viokesa. ready, v.t., zonzeka, kubika, kia- tika. (receive), tambula. red, v.i., bwaka. ripe, v.i., see ripe. sour, baka o nta (4). strong, baka e ngolo (2), kinda. thin, see thin. through, see through. a hole (enter), kota vana evundu ( 8 ). to (arrive), luaka, nieka, tula, together, v.t., see collect, amass, assemble. up, v.i., tongama (erect), telama (stand), xikama (awake), up (a hill), tomboka, balula, banda, sambila. (a tree), samba, manta, warm, yangalala (persons). (as water), leboka, lebuka. water, teka 0 maza (pi. 8). well, sasuka, vula, sampuka. as a sore, yeloka. white, pemba. worse, yela (9, ku-) saka. Ghost, n., etombola, 8 ; kiniumba, 5 ; nkwiyi, 4. Ghost, The Holy, n., Mwanda (3) avelela. Giddiness, n., jejiana, 9 ; zunga, 6. Giddy, be, v., jejiana. Gift, n., lukau, 10. (free), a., -angovo. Giggle, v., seva. Giggling, zz., tusevo, pi. 10. Gild, v., kusa 0 wolo (12). Gilded, p., -kuswa 0 wolo. Gill, ? i ., etolo, 8. Gimlet, n ., nzekelwa, 4. Gin, n., esokolo, 8 (noose); ntambu, 4 (trap). (spirit), jinebela, 2 (P. genebra). Gird, z/.,jinga. up the loins, sela. Girdle, n ., mponda, 2 ; mbama, 4. Girl, n., mwana (1), or nleke (1), -ankento. (maiden), ndumba, 2. Girth, see size, body, &c. Give, v., vana [pass., vanwa (to be the recipient of), vewa (to be bestowed upon); applied form, 2nd passive, vaninwa]. as a suitor, a love token, fikisa. away, kaya (pass., kawa). back, vutula. best, lungisa. birth to, wuta. clothes, or a cloth, vwika. consent, vana 0 nswa (4). ear, wa (hear), unikina (listen), evidence, ludika. food, see feed. (hand, offer), tambika. light, minika. over, see abstain, over to, vakula. pain, see pain, suck, yemeka. to drink, nwika. to eat, see feed. trouble, tantika, mwesa e mpaxi (2). up, see resign, relinquish, hand over, up hope, dimbula e vuvu (6). warning, lukisa. way, see break, cave in. Giz-Go ( 94 ) Gizzard, ?z., kimfi, 5. Glad, be, v ., mona e kiese (5), mona 0 wete (12). (content, happy), yangalala. Gladden, v., mwesa e kiese, or 0 wete (12), yangidika, fiaulwi- sa (gratify). Gladly, adv ., kuna kiese (5). Gladness, n., eyangi, 8; luyanga- lalu, 10 ; kiese, 5 ; wete, 12. Glance, about in all directions (as monkey), v ., kempoka. (keep doing so), kempojioka. along (glide), xienxiumuka. off, timbuka. round, up, down, sampuka. Gland, 7z., nkandi, 4. Glare, 7/., lema. «., nlemo, 4- Glass, ;z., pelo, 2 ; see below . a ., -apelo. looking-, n ., pelo, 2 (P. espelho); lumweno, 10 (Bako.). (telescope), nguya, 2 (P. guia). (tumbler), kopa, 2 (P. copo). Gleam, t/., lema, minika, tentena (glisten), sema (shine). Glean, v ., wolola. Gleaner, n., nwolodi, 1 & 4. Glee, 7z., kiese, 5. be in high, v ., mona e kiese kingi. Glen, ;z., ndimba, 4. Glide, v., xienxiumuka. Glisten, t/., tentena. Glitter, t/., nianina. Globe, ?z., vinjingidi, 6. (the earth), nza, 2. Globular, a ., -avinjingidi. Gloom, j ?z., bubu, 6 ; tombe, 6 Gloominess, ) (darkness). of mind, zowa, 12. Gloomy, #., -abubu, -atombe. be, v., bukama e tombe (6). (in mind), a. } -azowa. be, 7/., zowalala. make, zoweleka. Glorify, t/., mwesa 0 nkembo (4), kembesa. (praise), kembela. Glorious, a ., -awete wingi. Glory, ;z., nkembo, 4. 7/., kemba, minga. (brightness), ;z., nteji, 4; nkejike- ji, 4- (splendour), lejima, 9. Glow, 7/., meka (yo tiya, pi. 10) ; (tiya, pi. 10, tu-) kengomoka; lema (gleam) ; sema (shine). Glue, ;z., dimbu, 13. 7/., lamika 0 dimbu. Glut, see satiate. (be more than enough), bolola. Glutton, 7z., nkwa dia kwambiki. Gluttony, ?i., mbiki, 4. Gnash, 7/./., kwetesa (0 meno, pi. 7). Gnaw, 7/., deka. (as a dog a bone), kwenkenia. Go, 7kwenda, perf, -ele (wele). imperative (contracted form), nda ! applied form, kwendela. about, kwendela, kiya, kangala, sonsoka (always on the move), (wander), vumvula. hidden, kwenda e nswelele (2). across (a river), 7/./., sauka, sabuka (Bako.). a space, kuzuka. after ; see go for, behind, against, see strike against, against the stream, tomboka, kwe¬ nda atomboki. a journey, 7 kiya, kangala. along, kwenda muna ndambu a ndambu. i?iterj ., ndolo! allow to (dismiss), 7/./., xindika. around, v.i., jeta, kwenda jeti. ashore, tomboka kuna eseke. aside, venga, vemboka, vengo- moka. from, vambuka. away, katuka, vengeneka. far, vekuka, veka, vekoka. from, tuka, yaluka (emigrate), back, vutuka. backwards, kwenda 0 lunima- nima. bad, wola, botomoka. (stink), nuka, ta e nsudi (2). before, vd., vita (kuna ntu a). ( 95 ) Go-God Go, continued. behind, kwenda ku nima a. (follow), landa. (pass to the back of), viluka Oku nima a. between, kwenda muna kati kwa. (divide), vambula. beyond, luta, vioka. (exceed), snnda. by, luta, vioka. down (descend), v.i., kulumuka, kuluka. (drift), kukula. (subside) ; see decrease, for, kwendela, landa. (fetch a person ), v.t., susumuna, vukulula. (fire wood), tiama (e nkuni, 2). (water), teka (0 maza, pi. 8). forth, v.i., vaika, katuka (muna). forward, vita, ndolo! further off, valuka, vavuka. immediately, kwendelela. in, into, kota (muna), diuka (muna). in Indian file, londana. let, v.t., tayisa, kutulula (untie), yambula. (dismiss), xindika. mad, v.i., lauka. mouldy, see mould, v. near, finama, valakana. nearer, konka. off, katuka. (as a gun), vova. by accident, kusumuka. (as dew), sansumuka. on ! interj., ndolo ! on, v.i., kwenda. on one side, venga, vemboka, ve- ngomoka. on the ground (run as a bird), kwe¬ nda 0 mangwangwa. on to the other side of, see go across, on to (climb on to, into), sambila (kuna). on with (something discontinued), v.t., yangumuna. out, v.i., vaika, katuka. (be extinguished), jima. Go, continued. out, of sight, vila. merry making, kemba, minga. over, see go across, cover, past, see go beyond, quietly, kwenda 0 malembe, via- nguka (very). quickly, kwenda e nzaki, or 0 nswalu, or e ntinu, or e nti- nu ntinu, vikumuka. round, v.t., jeta, jinguluka, kondo- loka, kwenda jeti, zunga. v.i., jingama. and round, v.i., jeta. round to the other side of, beloka. sideways, kwenda 0 luvati. slowly, womboka. sour, baka 0 nta (4). (start), see start. stealthily, yelomoka, yelumuka. through (as a bullet), kwenda e lo- sola, or e loswela. (as a needle), tutubuka. (pierce), v.t., tompola. to (reach), luaka, nieka. to fetch, see go for. to market, v.i., ta e ezandu (8). to seed, yima, to the coast, ta e mbala (2). under, kota kunanxi. (earth or water), dimuka. water, diuka e mfiumbu (2) ; (sink), xinda, diama, xinuka. up (a hill), v.t., tomboka, banda, baluka, sambila. (a tree), v.t., sambila. (as smoke), fombota, futumuka, tombola. upon, v.t., sambila, diatila (tram- ple). walk, v.i., diata. with (accompany), v.t., yikama, lama. (conduct), fila. Goat, n., nkombo, 2 ; kisaka, 5 (Kib.) ; ntaba, 2 (Bako.). he, nkombo (2) a kimboko, 5 ; va- ka (6) kia nkombo. God, n., Nzambi, 2 ; Nzambi (2) ampungu. God-Gra ( 96 ) God, continued. (Duala), Nyambi, Loba. (Benga), Anyambi. (Mpongwe), Anyambie. (Loango), Nyambi. (Bunda), Nzambi. (Teke), Nzam. (Yansi), Nyambi, Molongo. The root of the word Nzambi has not been found in Kongo. It is suggested by Mr. Kolbe in his Herero Dictionary, that in Ka- runga-ndyambi = God; Ndya- ambi is derived from Herero yamba, to present on a special occasio 7 i , and connects it with 0 ndyambi, a reward. , to which may be allied the Kongo nza- mbn, a toll for a bridge orferry. These suggestions can scarcely be regarded as satisfactory ; we must still hope for further light. We have a clue to the meaning of -ampungu in a sentence in a country story. Mono i mpu- ngn ngangu yasweka 0 ntn ku fiita 0 malu mu njila; I who am the most artful of all , shall I hide my head in the grass (and leave) my legs in the road : mpnngu = the most of all, supreme, highest, and Nzambi ampnngn = God most High. It is probably allied to Mnnngu = God, in Swahili. The know¬ ledge of God is most vague, scarcely more than nominal. There is no worship paid to God. Goddess, n., Nzambi a nti bebanza nze nkento. Godfather, mother, or child, n ., njitu, 4. Godhead, zz., Unzambi, 12 ; Kinza- mbi, 5. Godlike, a., ne Nzambi. Godliness, zz., vumi (12) wa Nza¬ mbi. Godly, a., ye vumi (12) wa Nzambi. Goitre, zz., dingadinga, 6. Gold, zz., wolo, 12 (P. ouro). a., -awolo. Goldsmith, n. (expl.), muntu unkwa unkete wa lekwa ya wolo. Gone far away, be, v., venganana. Good, a ., -ambote, -abiza, -atoma (nice), -awete (fine), for, be, 2/., fwana (fit), for nothing, a., ke ya mfunu (4) ko. Good-bye, interj ,., see adieu. Goodness, zz., mbote, 2 ; wete, 12. Goods, zz., mbongo, 2 ; lekwa, 6. (things). Goose, zz., mpatu, 2 (P. pato); vwa- dangu, 6 (P. adem). spur-winged (Plectropterus gam- biensis), mpatu (2) anzadi. Gore, v., suka e mpaka (2). (blood), zz., menga (pi. 7). Gorge (chasm), n .., eyenga, 8 ; nke- ngi (2) amayenga. (feed greedily), v., dia o dia (9) kwambiki. Gorgeous, a., -akengomoka. Gospel, n., (evanjele, 8), mambu (pi. 7) ma Nzambi. Gossamer (down on plants), zz., nto- ngo, 4. Gossip, zz., diambu, 7. v., wulumuna. Got, be, 2/., vua. Gourd, zz., see pumpkin, calabash. Govern, v., yala (muna), with the name of the country ; ximba (control), longa (teach). Government, zz., luyalu, 10. Governor, zz., nyadi, 1 & 4. Gown, zz., mansaya, pi. 7 (P. saia). Grace, zz., edienga, 8; nkenda, 2 ; see also mercy. Graceful, a ., -abiza,-ambote,-awete. Gracious, a., -ankenda. be, v., mona e nkenda (2), kala ye edienga (8). Gradually, adv., 0 malembe. Grain (of corn), zz., mbwaza, 2. (of salt), ekengele, 8. (of sand), ebwelengenze, 8 ; ekele- ngenze, 8. (of seed), nginga, 2. ( 97 ) Gra-Grk Grammar, zz . (expl.), mambu ma ndinga. Grammatically, adv., muna fu kia- vovela. Grand, a., -ampwena, -anene, -ebe- ni; see also fine, good, gor¬ geous. Grandmother, -father or -parent, n., nkaka, 2 ; nkayi, 2. the house of one’s mother’s parents, z/., kinkayi, 5 ; she is gone to grandmothers, kuna kinkayi kayele. Grandson, -daughter or -child, z/., ntekolo, 1 & 4. Grant (allow), v., vana 0 nswa (4), yambula. (give), vana. (offer), tambika. Grapes, n., nginga jivangwanga e vinyo. bunch of, saki (6) kia vinyo. Grapple, v., bimba, ximba, ximba- na. Grasp, v., batikina,kafinina, ximba. zz., mbatikina, 2 ; nkafinina, 2 ; nximba, 2. Grasping, a., -ambiki. Grass, //., titi, 6 ; nlenge, 4 ; futa, 6 . a jungle of, edikitila, 8. common coarse grass, exinde, 8. (feathery), nzambalalu, 2. (having long internodes), etutu, 8. marsh grass (razor edge), ewele- wele, 8. ipapyrus, diwu, 7. short .(as English), kimbanjia, 5. (“ palm ”), ekakala, 8. •stubble (after burning), kinga, 5 (sing, only); mwinga, 3. (after cutting), kakaza, 6. tall, thick, ediadia, 8. soft head of above (edible), ndia- dia, 4. thatching, nianga, 2 07 ) Him-Hol Him, continued they follow him (the contrary is the case when they represent the first person ; bandanda, they follow me). When they meet m or n, they simply unite and elide : banrwene, they saw him. With the exception of these objective prefixes, the same forms are used as for he. Himself, /awl, yandi kibeni. he himself, yandi kwandi kibeni. he ... himself; use reflexive form of the verb, he killed himself, wiyivondele. Hind leg, 71 ., kulu, 9. (the joint of meat), to (6) kia kulu. part, n., nima, 2. Hinder, v., vukula, vekeka, vanga or xia 0 mavuku (pi. 8) or ma- veko (pi. 8). (cause to stay), see delay. Hindrance, n., mavuku, pi. 8 ; ma- veko, pi. 8. Hinge, «., ekoji, 8 (P. gonzo ?). Hint, see mention, tell, know, cause to. Hip, 71., luketo, 10. bone, vixi (6) kia luketo. Hippopotamus, n., nguvu, 2. Hire, v., soneka, vana 0 nkanda (4). (wages), n., mfutu, 2 ; kibwanga, 5 - Hired servants, n. ngamba, 2. H\s,poss. pron., -andi, -ayandi. Hiss, v., yaya. History, n., nsangu, 2. Hit, v., see beat. (as a missile), tela. (with a missile), telesa ; he was hit by a bullet, yandi otelele e ekela. Hit, 71., see blow. Hitch, v.t., vakamesa, tatamesa. vd., vakamena, tatamena. Hither, adv., see here. & thither, adv., ya muna ya muna. Hitherto, sumbate yamu unu (which may be prefaced by tuka lumbu’kiakina, since that day). Hoard, v., lunda. 71., be more explicit, the things, goods, hoarded. Hoarse, be, v., ndinga (2) tata; I am hoarse, ndinga ame ita- tidi. Hoary, a., see white. Hoax, v., see deceive. Hobble, v., kenketa. Hockey, a game like, n., nkwa, 2. to play, ta e nkwa. Hoe, 71., nsengo, 2. v., vata. handle of, 71., mva, 4. fasten the, v., kwika. without a, 71., nsengele, 4. old, worn, 11., kuba, 6 ; kuluba, 6. edge of, 71., meno, pi. 7. hammer out the, v., sambula. into ridges, vanga e saya (6). make a hole with, fudila. Hog, 7 i., ngulu, 2 ; ntongo, 2. wild, 71., ngulu (2) -amunxitu. Hoist, v., vola, zangula (raise), tu- nta (pull). (a flag), manika (e dimbu, 6). Hold, v. ximba. a council, vanga e mfulu (2). (contain), see have, take, in the cheeks, bundikila. mouth (teeth), bweta. out (offer), tamba, tambika. (stop), dingalala, dingama. the tongue, vwena. up (support), xikina. with, xikinina. Hold, of a ship (expl.), esuku dia- mpwena dilundilwanga e le- kwa muna nzaza. •Hole, n., ewulu, 8 . (chasm), see chasm. (hollow), evuvu, 8. (in a river or marsh), ndiumbu, 4. [in the bed of, (pool)], ejinga, 8 ; ejiya, 8 ; za, 6. (in a tree), evudi, 8. (of a rat, &c.), nua, 4. (round), zongolotoma, 6. (small), evundu, 8 ; evululu, 8 . Hole, make a (as a rat), v., duka. Hol-Hos ( 10S ) Hole, make a, continued. fbore), zoka. (dig), tima. in, tobola, tompola, topa. (in the ears), jiula (o matu, 9). (with a hoe), fudila. Holiness (purity), n . velela, 9. (scrupulous neatness), kingwedi, 5. Hollow, a., -evuvu, ye evuvu. zz., evuvu, 8. (cheeked), a., [mabundi(8) ma] -ba- lakana. (eyed), [meso (7) ma] -vula, or -ko- boka or -kompoka. in a tree, zz., evudi, 8 . out, 7/., vala. sound, v ., bobola. (valley), n., ndimba, 4. Hollowness, n ., evuvu, 8. Holy (pure, clear), a ., -avelela. person (scrupulously clean), nkwa (1) kingwedi (5). Homage, n ., kunda, 9 ; kundwa, 9 ; (passive). do, pay, 7/., kunda ; see salute. Home (country), zz., nxi, 2. (house), nzo, 2 ; lumbu, 10 (com¬ pound). Honest, a., ke ya wivi ko. (good), -abiza, -ambote. (just), -asonga. Honesty, n., songa, 9. Honey, zz., wiki, 12. comb (cells), zz., nzo (2) a mbwi- ngina (2); (wax), maji (pi. 7) ma wiki. Honour (esteem), zz., buzu, 6 ; bu- nzu, 6. vc, mona e buzu, or e bunzu. fear, 7/., vumina. (respect), zz., jitu, 12 ; bula, 6. v., jitisa, mona e bula. Honourable, a., -anene (great), -asonga (just). person, nkwa (1) jitu or buzu, or bunzu, or bula. -HOOD. This suffix has its equivalent in the abstract prefixes ki and u (when applied to nouns of the 1st class all other prefixes are -HOOD, continued. generally removed before the ki or u is added) ; kiwuntu, manhood (muntu);kileke, boy¬ hood (nleke). Hoof, zz., kole, 6. the shank and hoof, ekolo, 8. marks, ntambi, 2. Hoofed animals, zz., nkole, 2. Hook, n ., luvaku, 10 ; mpaku, 2. (a wooden hitch), taka, 6 ; see fish. Hook down, v., kokeka. on to, v.t ., vakika. vakama. Hooked stick, zz., lungowa, 10; kokekelwa, 6. Hoop, n., mfumba, 4 (on cask) ; nka- nda, 2 (on bales), iron, n., nkanda, 2. Hop, as a bird, 7/., kwangumuka. as a frog, zomboka. (go on one foot), diata e nsongongo (in play), zomboka (lame). Hope (expectation), zz., vuvu, 6. (expect), v., xia e vuvu, 6. give up, dimbula, or katula e vuvu. There has been found no equiva¬ lent for the expression of desire, as I hope he will come. Hopeful, be, v., xia e vuvu. Hopeless, «., ke ya vuvu ko. be, and dejected, 7/., zowalala. Horn, v., mpaka, 2. ivory, or cornet, zz., mpungi, 2. Hornbill, zz., mvondo, 2 ; epangi, 8 . Horrible, rt.,-ambimbi-imbi, -amwi- yi (hideous). Horrified, be (shudder), 7/., [to ( 6 > ki-] kankumuka. Horrify, 7/., kankumukisa (e to, 6 ). Horror, z/., keza, 9 ; see fear, awe, abhorrence. Horse, zz., mvalu, 4 (P. cavallo). Hospitable, be, 7/., toma lunga e nzenza (2). Hospital, zz., nzo (2) a mbevo (2) eyelelo, 8. Hospitality, zz., fu kia toma lunga e nzenza. show, v., songa e lombo (6). * / . . CO o ( III ) H os-How Host, vu, 6 ; ndonga, 2 ; see also crowd. (entertainer), nsongi (1 & 4) a lo- mbo (6). Hostage, nkole, 2 (Bako.). Hostile, a., -anwani. (not helpful), a., ke -sadisanga ko. Hostility, //., tantu, 6 ; kitantu, 5 ; kimbeni, 5. Hot, a ., -atiya (pi. 10). be, v ., kala yo tiya (pi. 10). make, see heat. red, be, meka or kengomoka yo tiya, kala e ngenge (2) yo tiya, bwakuluka. make, mekesa or kengomona yo tiya. Hotch-potch, mavindavinda, 8 . Hotel, lombo, 6 . Hound, n., see dog. Hour, ola, 2 (P. ora), kolo, 6 (time), lo, 6 (of night) ; j^time. House, n., nzo, 2. boys’ house, mbongi, 2 ; nzo (2) a etoko (8). fowl house, mpaka (2), or vaka (6) (ki)-a nsnsu. (hut, shelter), saba, 6. of grandparents, kinkayi, 5. of unmarried man, kibanga, 5 ; banga, 6 ; nzo (2) a etoko (8). of woman recently confined, kiala- kaji, 5. old, dilapidated, or deserted, fobolo, 6 ; fwembo, 6. pen, stye, mpaka, 2; nkuzu, 4. plank,wooden, kibanga, 5; banga, 6. station, factory, evula, 8 ; elo, 8. stockade, lumbu, 10. labyrinth at entrance, mvakala, 4. unfinished, vangala, 6. House, parts of:— battens (1) ; to tie on the battens upon which the grass is laid, ?/., kankala. the tying of above, //., nkankalu, 2 # outer battens (11), mbasa, 2. door, kielo, 5. back, kielo (5) kia nteto (4). House, conti?iued. door,lintel, sumbuka (6) kiantandu. post, tungwa, 6 ; elunji, 8. sill,step,threshold (2), sumbuka,6.. way, mwelo, 3. back, mwelo (3) a nteto (4). wooden frame, kulu, 6. eaves, nsamba, 2. gable ( 3 ), veta, 6. king-post ( 4 ), elunji, 8 ; ekunji, 8. layer of thatching grass ( 5 ), lualu,io. top (on ridge) (6), kimbangila, 5.. partition, kubu, 6. post (12), tungwa, 6. purlin (7), ekamba, 8. rafters (8), mvwambu, 2 & 11. to put up, v., fumba. ridge pole ( 9 ), n., mwangu, 3. roof, nludi, 4. room, bed or store, esuku, 8. innermost, ngudi (2) a nzo. outer, sitting, eseka, 8. shelf, esanza, 8. side (under the eaves), mpukulu, 2. thatching grass, nianga, 2 ; nsoyo, 2 & 11; nsoya, 2 & 11; mwenze, 3. bunches of, esomba, 8. bundles of, ntete (4), or mwita (3 Bako.) a nianga. clean, to, v., xiona. comb = a comb to clean thatch¬ ing grass, n ., xionenwa, 6. cut, v., buba. put on roof, fuka. wall, //., yaka, 6. wall-plate (10), mboma, 2. Household (expl.), wantu awanso bekalanga oku lumbu lumoxi. Householder, n., mfumu (2) a nzo. Hovel, n., fobolo, 6 ; fwembo, 6 . Hover (as a hawk), v ., lengela. How, adv ., aweyi. anyhow, konso -u. how are you? aweyi olele? (in what way), nkia, with the 2nd class noun of the action, or with the verb in the infinitive. How did you do it ? nkia mpanga nuvangidi? or nkia vanga nuvangidi ? How-Hur ( 112 ) How, continued. how many ? kwa ? after the noun. How many houses ? nzo kwa? (secondary), kwa, with the plural prefixes of the 3rd series, how many (white men) ? mikwa? how much, nkia tezo (6). how often, nkumbu (4) kwa. (what) how short, nkia kufi (12) ; how long, high, etc. = what length, height, &c., on the same principle. However (although), adv ., kana. (but), kanxi ; however, he went, kanxi wele; in making an assertion contrary to that of another, watu ; you will have to do so however, watu oxinga vanga wau. (in what way), see how (in what way). (in whatsoever way), konso-U. (noth with standing all), ke diambu ko, however, go, ke diambu ko, wenda. Howl, v., woka. (as a beaten dog), twenga, wenga. Huddle (put in anyhow), v., vwanza- lakesa. Hue, n ., see colour. Hug (as a child), 7/., wonzakana ; see also embrace. Huge, a ., -anene wingi, -ampwena- mpwena. Hulk, nzaza, 2 (-ankulu). Hull, n., nzaza, 2. Hum, 7'., yinginina. Human, a., -akiwuntu, -akimuntu, -akiwantu (pi.). being, n. (sing.), muntu dimoyo (Bunda idiom, the first class in Bunda takes the prefix di-). beings, n. (pi.), antu (1) a Dezo (Dezo = P. Deus, God). Humanity, n., uwuntu, 12 ; kiwu- ntu, 5 ; kimuntu, 5 ; kiwa- ntu, 5 (pi.). Human, become, 7'., kituka ne mu¬ ntu ; kituka 0 muntu. Humanize, v., vanga ne muntu. Humble, 7/./., lembeka, kulula, or sakuia 0 lulendo (10). ^.,-anlembami, -lembama, -anleka. be, 7/.**., lembama. Humid, a., -amvutu. Humility, n., lembama, 9 ; nleka, 4. Humiliate, 74, see humble, v.t. Humming bird, n., nsonge, 2. Humour, 7/., bad, be in a, see angry. good, be in a, 7/., yangalala. Hump-back, 1 kinkunda s . Hunchback, ) Hunchbacked person, n., nkwa(i) kinkunda, malunda. This deformity is ascribed to the fetish ndembo. Hundred, n., nkama, 2. half, n., lufuku, 11 & 2 (mfuku). Hunger, n., nzala, 2 (nsatu, 2; Luangu), the faintness incident to hunger, mfune, 2 ; to feel faint thus, fwa e mfune. Hungry, be, 7/., fwa e nzala, fumbu- ka or jika ye nzala. Hunt, 7/., with dogs, veta (course) ; without dogs, konda (stalk), eveta, 8 ; nkonda, 2. Hunting dog, n., mbwa (2) a e- veta. skill, n ., kinkongo, 5. Huntsman, hunter, nkongo, 2. chief, n ., nkongwambwa, 2. Hurl, 7'., see throw. Hurricane, ndonabidi, 2 (P. tor¬ nado ?) Hurriedly, adv., see hastily. Hurry, 7'., see hasten. 77., see haste. to be in (spoken of others), v. y vangana, viaviana, suta. cause, sutanisa, vanganisa, via- vianisa. a great, v., viangavianga, 6 . in, adv., e viangavianga ( 6 ). Hurt, v.t., tumbula, vonda (spoil). v.i., tumbuka; see also ache, smart, &c. 7/., tumbu, 6. p., -fwa. (a sore place), v.t, vusuna, tonda- ( 113 ) Hur-Ign Hurt, continued. kesa, tondangesa, tununa. (wound the skin), 7/./., bunganisa, tununa. Hurtful, a., -ambi. Husband, zz., nkaza, 1, pi. akaji. Hush ! i?iterj ., nukala e pi-i (6), bu- tika 0 mazu (pi. 8). (listen), wa, wunikina, winikina. Husk, zz., kiti, 5 ; ti, 6 ; titi, 6 . (of large beans), zz., kutu, 6 . Hut, zz., nzo, 2 (house) ; saba, 6 (shel¬ ter), see also house. Hydrocele (scrotal), n., nkukulu, 4; mpiki, 2 ; edungu, 8 . Hyena, zz., kimbungu, 5. Hymn, n., nkunga, 4; see chorus, (funeral), mbembo, 2. Hypocrisy, n ., kuvunina, 9. Hypocrite, zz., ngyangya, 2. 1. I, ftron ., mono (often used with the particle 0 before mpe, 0 mono mpe; see also Grammar) ; minu (Kabinda and Loango). (emphatic), mono kwame. I myself, mono kibeni. I ... myself, use reflexive form of verb : I hit myself, iyiwende. I am, i, I am the chief, mono kwa¬ me i mfumu. it is I, mono [kwame (ingeta)]. it is not I (who did it), nkadidi kwame. I will not, do not like to, ngongo (2) ame (ngongwame). subjective pronominal prefixes n, or m, i (construct), ya (remote). The nasal prefixes bring about euphonic changes in the letters to which they are prefixed : 1 becomes nd ; m becomes mb (sometimes); n becomes nd ; V becomes mp. M is always used before b, f, p, v. Ibis, zz., nkombo, 2. Ice, n. (expl.), maza makangama ne matadi mamvula. Icy, a ., -akioji kingi; -anjiji yingi. Idiocy, zz., zowa, 12 ; lau, 6. Idiom, n ., diambu (7) dianzaki. Idiomatic, a ., -anzaki. Idiot, zz., ezowa, 8 ; lau, 6 (see also fool). Idle (lazy), a., -a molo (3). man, n., molo, 3. Idleness, zz., wolo, 12. Idol, zz., teke, 6; Nzambi (2) anti 0V0 etadi. The only idols in Africa are charms, and do not represent gods, but influences. Sometimes they are addressed, and spoken of as the dwelling of a spirit, as is the case of things not made to resemble human form. Teke, 6 = an im¬ age ; nkixi, 4 = a charm. Idolater, zz., muntu osambilanga e teke. Idolatry, zz., fu kia sambila e teke. If, conj ., vo, ovo, kala, kala vo, 0 kala vo, kele, kele vo, okele vo. as if, ne, nze; as if he bought it, ne kiau kasumbidi. even if (although), kana, kana vo, kanele, kanele vo. (in the event of), wavo or ovo. The contingent sentence commenc¬ ing with zavo, ozavo, zevo, or ozevo. If he comes, what will you do, wavo okwiza ozevo weyi nuvanga. if only, mpaxi vo, mpaxi ou. never mind if even we do not buy anything, if only (so long as) we see him, ke diambu ko kana ke tusumba ma ko mpaxi owu tukuntala. Ignite, v.t., kwika or tatika 0 tiya (pi. 10). v.i., kwama. (be on fire), v.i ., in all directions, yandangiana, yandana. 1 Ign-Imm ( 114 ) Ignite, continued, v.t ., set on fire thus, yandangesa, yandanisa. v.z., be set on fire in various places, tambakana, tambangiana. vJ., set on fire thus, tambakesa. Ignominious, a., -ansoni. Ignominy, n., nsoni, 2. Ignorance (stupidity), n ., see foolish¬ ness. (unenlightened state), bubu, 6. Ignorant, a., -abubu, see also foolish, be (not know), v., ke zaya ko. person, n., nkwa (1) bubu (6), see also fool. Ill, a., -ambi (bad), -ayela (sick), be, v., yela, ke kukolela ko. -behaved person, 7 z., nkwa fu (6) yambi. (calamity), n ., mvia, 4. -tempered, a., -amakaxi (pi. 8 ). Illegal (“fetish”), a., -anlongo. (prohibited), -anxiku ; it is illegal, nxiku waxiwa. Illegitimate child, 7 z., mwana (1) a zumba (6). Illness, kimbevo, 5; yela, 9. (serious, painful), nsongo, 4. Illuminate, v., mwesa, or minika e mini (6). Illustrate (make plain), z /., baka, tengola, tengula, tendola, te- ndula, bangula, sasa. He well illustrated it with a story, otomene dio bakila muna ngana. (draw pictures), bandula e xisa (6). Illustration (picture), n., xisa, 6 ; fwaniswa, 6 (similitude). Image, n., teke, 6 (see idol). (likeness), fwaniswa, 6 ; xisa, 6. Imagination (thought), ;z., mbalu, 2. (fancy), Kongos do not say, “ It was all imagination,” but “It was a fancy,” and the sentence must be framed accordingly, so as to use the word sampu- sampu, 6, a fancy. He saw him in imagination = he had a fancy Imagination, cozitinued. that he'saw him, sampu-sampu kia yandi kamwene. Imagine (fancy), v., kala ye sampu- sampu (6). (think), banza, banjikisa, yindula, badika (mu ntima, 4). Imbibe, v., nua. (as instruction), wa. Imbitter (increase anger), v., nungu- nuna (0 makaxi, 8). (trouble), mwesa e mpaxi (2). IM, TATE, I V., SOkolola. Imitation, do in,) Imitation (false), #.,-aluvunu,-aviku. Immaterial, a., ke ya diambu ko. Immature, a ., ke -akola ko, ke -ava- ngama ko, see also unripe. Immeasurable, a ., ke -lenda tezwa ko. Immediately, adv., wau (now at once). as soon as, una...kaka (past), vo... kaka (past and future) ; imme¬ diately that he arrives, vo ka- lwaka kaka. come, v., kwijidila. go, v., kwendelela. Immense, a., -ampwenampwena, -anene kikilu. Immerse, v., vuba, vubika; budika (Mboma). put into (water), diukisa. Immodest, a ., ke ya nsoni ko, ke -abiza ko. Immoral, «., ye ngyambila (2). person, n., munta (3) zumba (6), nkwa (1) ngyambila (2). Immorality, n., zumba, 6; ngya¬ mbila, 2 (adultery). Immortal, a., ke -fwanga ko, -anji- ngu, -ajingu (enduring), be, v., ke fwa ko, jinga (endure). Immortality (expl.), jingu (6) kia mvu miawanso. Immovable,^., -xiama, -xikila. be, v., xiama, xikila. Immovably, adv ., ke mu nikuka ko. Immutable, be, v ., ke lenda viluka ko. ( IIS ) Imp-In Impair, v., see depreciate, injure. Impale, v ., soma. Impart, v., see give, instruction, v., longa. Impatience, n ., suta, 9; vangana, 9 ; viaviana, 9 ; nsuti, 2. (flurry), kiavi, 5. Impatient, a., -ansuti, -amvangani, -amviaviani. be, v ., suta, vangana, viaviana. Impede, v., dingidika, vekeka, vuku- la, xia 0 maveko (8) or mavu- ku (8). Impediment, n ., lekwa kixianga 0 maveko (8). in speech, have an, v., kukuma. Impel, 7/., see cause. Impend, 7/., kwiza. Impending, a ., -kwizanga. Impenitent, be, 7/., kanga 0 ntima ( 4 ). Imperfect, a., ke -amvimba ko, ke -vangama ko, ke -mene va- ngwa ko. Imperfectly, adv., ke beni ko. Imperious, a ., ye nza (2) yo lulendo (10). Impetuous, a., see impatient. Implore (entreat), 7/., dodokela. Import, v. (expl.), kitila muna nxi zakaka. (meaning), n., nsasa, 2 ; mfoko, 2. Importance (greatness), n ., nene, 12. of no, ke ya diambu ko. Important, a ., -anene, -ampwena. Importunate, be, 7/.,tantika,nangi- ka, lombolola. Impose (cause to pay), 7/., futisa. upon, see deceive. IMPOSSIBLE, be, v., = to be not possible, see possible. Impossibility, n ., salu ke kiva- ngwanga ko. Impostor, n., mvuni, 1 & 4. Impoverish, 7/., sukika. Imprecate, v., see curse. Imprecation, n ., nxibu, 4 ; nloko, 4. Impregnate, 7/., yimitisa. Impress, 2/., mark. Impression, n., see mark. Imprison, t/., koma munaxienge ( 6 ). Improper, a ., ke -abiza ko, -ambi, ke -awete ko. Improve, 7/., tomesa, vanga 0 wete (12). in health, sasuka, vula, sampuka. Imprudence, n., ke zayi (12) ko ; see also foolishness. Imprudent, a ., ke ya zayi ko ; see also foolish. Impudence, n ., lulendo, 10. Impudent, see insolent. Impure, a ., see dirty. Impurity, n., see dirt. In, prep. The prepositions proper are but five in number, mu, ku, va, -a, ya. They have therefore to answer many purposes, and where alone they are insuf¬ ficient, they are combined with nouns, and make preposi¬ tional clauses, as kuna nxi a, wider, -a of and ya with, are treated under of and with. mu, ku, va, are locatives and as such have to serve for the ad¬ verbs, here, there , in this place, &c., &c.; put it here, xia kio kuku. mu = in, into, with, within, among, during, for, from, &c. ; implying rest in, or motion into or out of. ku = at, on, upon, in, into, about, from, for, to, towards ; implying rest at, or motion from or to¬ wards. Kwa is used instead before persons or living crea¬ tures. va = at, on, upon, in, about, from, to ; implying rest at or on, or motion on, or off. These words are subject to varia¬ tions according to the position of the locality in reference to the speaker. The 1 st position is that immedi¬ ately where the speaker is at, on, or in, omu or mu (the latter is only used when immediately following a verb) : mumu and In-In ( 116 ) In, continued. mwamu are emphatic forms of the same. It is in here, kina kwandi mnmu or mwamu kina. The 2nd position is near to the speaker, but not immediately so, some little distance inter¬ venes, omo, mo (the latter is only used immediately following a verb). Omo nzo aku, in your house (near by). Momo is an emphatic form of, omo. The 3rd position is that distant In, continued. from the speaker, and conveys the idea of yonder, muna. Muna nxi aku, in your country (far away); muna nzo yayina, in yonder house. Mwamuna is the emphatic of muna. The particle 0 may be prefixed to mumu, mwamu, momo, muna and mwamuna when the lo¬ cality is expressly pointed out. The locative muna has been in¬ stanced, kuna and vana may be used in the same manner. TABLE OF LOCATIVES. Position. in ; into, out of. at ; from, towards. at, on ; upon, off. omu oku ova 1st, with mu ku va speaker. mumu kuku vava mwamu kwaku vava 2nd, near omo oko ovo mo ko VO to speaker. momo koko vovo 3rd, yonder. muna kuna. vana mwamuna kwakuna. vavana indicated. omuna, &c. okuna, &c. ovana, &c. The adverb “ here” is therefore lumbu yole kina kietatu ke- expressed by the locatives of the first position; “there” by those of the second and third positions. kwiza. in a month = next month ; in three months =ngonde tatu jiluta i boxi. These locatives are in reality the demonstrative pronouns proper to kuma, muma, and vuma, a place; they are now used without any previous mention of their nouns. The principle of the locatives is more fully explained under kuma in the Kongo-Eng- lish section, and thoroughly worked out in the Grammar. The applied form of the verb may express “ in ” ; nlungu asauki- la, a canoe to cross in. (after); in three days he will come, in case of, in that case ; see case, (during), muna. in the daytime, oku mwini. in the morning, oku menemene. in the night, 0 fuku. in xivu, e ngonde a xivu. in front, see front. in hand (sing.) ; he came knife in hand, wijidi kwandi ye mbele vana koko. in his hands (pi.), muna moko ma- ndi. in one place (together), vamoxi. in order that; see order. ( 11 7 ) In-Ind In, continued. in parts, e tini tini. in the act of, una se...aka; I was in the acting of going when you came, una se nkwenda aka olueke. in the midst of, vana kati kwa. in the place of, vana fulu kia. (whilst), mil ; it was broken in carry¬ ing, mu nata kiudikidi. sometimes “in” is not translated ; cut it in two pieces, zenga kio tini yole. mwa, kwa, and va, are applied to verbs as prefixes where we in English use “ there.” There was a man in our town, mwakedi muntu muna evata dieto; there was a disturbance in the market, vabwidi nkindu vana ezandu ; there were three men who entered the compound, kwakotele wantu tatu kuna lumbu. Inaccessible, a., ke kulwakakana ko. Inadvertently, adv., ku suxi, with the applied form. Inattentive, be, v., veza, ke wa ko. Incessantly, adv., see ceaselessly. Incident, n., diambu, 7. (accident), suxi, 6. Incision, n., see cut. Incite, v., xindika; see also encour¬ age. Inclination, n., see desire, slope. Incline (slant), v.t., sendeleka. v.i., sendalala ; see also bend, tempt, induce. Inclose, v., see enclose. Include, v., see enclose. Incomplete, be, v., ke lunga ko, ke vangwa ko. Incomprehensible,/., ke -wakana ko, ke -zayakana ko. Incorruptible, a., ke -nkwa wola ko. Increase, n., nsundanduta, 2 ; nluta, 4 - v.t., funisa, tutumuna, tuntumuna. Increase, continued, v.i., funa, tutumuka, tuntumuka. (in size), v.t., vongesa, tolesa. v.i., vonga, tola. (become more frequent, abundant), v.i., wokela. Incubate, v., butamena. Incur a debt, v., dia e mfuka (2). Incurable, a., ke -yeluka ko, ke -katukanga ko. Indebted to, be, v., dila e mfuka (2). Indecent (filthy, obscene), a., -ange- mi. (shameless), ke ya nsoni ko. Indecision, n., katikati, pi. 6. Indeed, interj., kinga! truly, adv., kikilu, kieleka, ludi. In advancing a statement or assertion contrary to one just given by some one, watu is used. Indeed it is red (say what you may), watu kiam- bwaki kwandi ; indeed you will have to gOj watu oxinga kwenda. Indent, v.t., fobola, bofola, tofona. Independence (freedom), n., kimfu- mu, 5. (haughtiness), lulendo, 10. India rubber (landolphia), n., nkwe- za, 4 ; ntandandangwa, 4. fruit of, n., elombwa, 8 ; ebumi, 8. to tap for, v., doda 0 nkweza. Indian corn, n., masa, 7 ; see maize. Indian file, go in, v., londana. Indian hemp, see hemp. Indicate, v., see show, mean. Indifferent, be, see disregard. Indignant, be, v., see angry, be. Indignation, n., see anger. Indiscreet, a., ke ya zayi ko. Indistinct (to view), a., -amfufulu. pink is called mbwaki amfufulu = indistinct red. be, v., ke toma moneka ko. Indistinctly, see, v.t., ke toma mona ko. speak, v.t., fofola. Indistinctness, n., mfufulu, 4; mfufulukia, 4. Ind-Inn ( 118 ) Individual, zz., muntu, i. Indolence, zz., wolo, 12. Indolent, be, 77., kala yo wolo (12). person, zz., molo, 3. Induce, 77., nangika. Indulge, 77., vevola, vevula, lutula. Industrious, a., -akisadi. be, ?y., sala. person, zz., kisadi, 5. Industry, zz., salu, 6 ; sala, 9. Inexcusable, a ., ke -lolokwa ko. Infamous, a ., -ambi. Infancy, zz., kinkeka, 5 ; kisenge- lejia, 5 ; kisedia, 5. Infant, zz., nkeka, 1 & 4 ; nsengele- jia, 1 & 4 ; nsedia, 1 & 4. (little child), kimwanamwana, 5 ; kingyanangyana, 5. Infect, v ., sambukisa. Infection, zz., sambukila, 9. Infectious, a ., -ansambukila. Inferior (quality),/., -sakalala. person (in rank), zz., nleke, 1. Infinite (boundless), be, 77., ke kala nsuka ko. (countless) ^.,ke -tangakananga ko. (endless), ke -vwanga ko. (excelling all), -sundidi awanso. Infirm, see feeble. Infirmity (of age, sickness), zz., kinu- nu, 5 ; tovoka, 9 ; yovoka, 9. Inflamed, be (congested), •zz., menga (pi. 7, ma-) bisukila; see also angry, enrage. Inflate, 7/., tuvidika. Inflict (pain), 77., mwesa (e mpaxi,2). (punishment), twasa (e tumbu, 6). Influence (authority), zz., wisa, 6. (induce), 7/., nangika. (respect), zz., bula, 6 ; bunzu, 6 ; buzu, 6. Inform (advise of), 77., temwena. (cause to know), zayisa. (make aware), lukisa. (tell), jingula, samuna, kamba. Information, zz., diambu, 7 (dite- mweno, &c.); lutemweno, 10. (news), nsangu, 2 ; nsamu, 4. Infringe (transgress), 7/., veza, su- ninna (e konko), kulula. Infuriated, a., -alnnji. Ingenious, a ., -angangu. person, zz., nkwa (1) ngangu (2). Ingenuity, zz., ngangu, 2. (in making small things), unkete, 12. Ingratiate oneself, v., kutondesa. Ingratitude, zz., untokoji, 12. Ingress, zz., nkotelo, 2 ; ekotelo, 8. Inhabit, t/., kala (mu). Inhabitant, zz., ntungi, 2 ; mwixi, 1 (pi. exi). The latter is only used when the place inhabited is named ; as, mwixi Ngombe. Inherit (succeed to the inheritance), v., vingila e efwa (8). (take the inheritance), dia e efwa (8), or vwa e efwa (possess). Inheritance, zz., efwa, 8. Inheritor, zz., mvingidi (1 & 4) a efwa (8); ndie (1 & 4) a efwa (8). Iniquity, zz., bi, 12. (guilt), esumu, 8. (sin), nsoki, 4. Initiate (into an office), 7/., tumba. (into kinkimba), zunga. Injure (harm, destroy), v., vonda, V 0 - ndesela, see also hurt. (render useless), tumbula. Injurious, a., -ambi, ke -abiza ko. Injury, zz., diambu, 7 (diambi ditu- mbulanga). Injustice, zz., diambu (7) ke diaso- nga ko. (grievance), lutantu, 10. Ink, zz., tinta, 2 (P. tinta). Inlet, zz., nsuvila, 4; nsuku, 4. Inmate, zz., see inhabitant. Inmost heart, in, kunanxi antima (4) ; he believes it in his inmost heart, kuna nxi a ntima andi kekwikidilanga dio. Inn, zz., lombo, 6 . Inner part, zz., ngudi, 2 ; kingudi, 5 (core). room in a house, ngudi (2) a nzo (2). Innocence (gentleness), zz., lembama, 9 - Innocent, «., ke -vanganga diambu ko, ke ya kuma ko ; he killed ( 119 ) Inn-Int Innocent, cojitijiued. innocent people, kavonda 0 wantu ke bena ya kuma ko. Innumerable, a., ke -tangakana- nga ko. Inquire, v., yuvula, yivula. closely, 2/., fimpa, fula, kunka. Inquiry, ngyuvu, 2; ngivu, 2; mfhnpa, 2; mfula, 2; kunka, 9. Insane, a., -alau. be, v., lauka, yela e lau (6). person, n. y lau, 6. render, v., laula. Insanity, lau, 6. Insect, n., no generic name for all insects ; see ant, beetle, cater¬ pillar, fly, &c. Ma (6) kia Nzambi is sometimes used for an insect, the name of which you do not know, but it is very indefinite. Insensible, be, v., fwa e kiambu (5), ke zayanga ko. Insensibility, n., kiambu, 5. Insert, 2/., kotesa, xia muna. Inside, n., ngudi, 2 ; kati, 9 ; ki- ngudi, 5 (very heart). adv., muna ngudi or kati. prep., muna ngudi a or kati kwa; mu, see in. Insight, n ., zayi, 12 ; lulungalalu, 10 ; meso, pi. 7 (eyes). Insipid (without salt), a., -atozo. Insist upon (urge), 2/., komena. Insolence, n ,., lulendo, 10 ; ntiamvu, 2; mfiandu, 2. (abuse), see abuse. Insolent, a ., -antiamvu, -amfiandu, yo lulendo (10). be, v., tiamvuna, fianduna. Inspect, v., tala, all round, vilujiola. (superintend work), sadisa. (spy, explore), langa. Instant, //., kolo, 6. Instantly, see immediately. Instead of (in the place of), vana fulu (6) kia. to do, reign, &c., v., vinga (take the place of). Generally “instead” is Instead, continued. not translated, being avoided by circumlocution. I went instead of him = he did not go, I went. Take this instead of that = leave that, take this, xisa ekio wa- bonga eki. Instigate, v., see cause. Instruct, v., longa, sansa, tangisa. (order), tuma. (show), songa, songela. (tell), jingula, samuna, kamba. Instruction, n., elongi, 8 ; lusansu. 10. Instructor, n., nlongi, 1 & 4. Instrument, of iron, n., tadi, 6 . of music, exikilu, 8 . The instrument by which an action is performed is often expressed by a noun formed of the simple passive of the applied form ; zenga, to cut; zengelwa, 6 , an instrument to cut with. Such nouns are of the 6th class. Insufficient, a ., ke -fwene ko. Insult, see abuse, challenge. Insubordination (of children), n. y umbiu, 12. (reckless lawlessness), umpumbu lu, 12 ; unkita, 12. Intellect (mind), n., ntima, 4 (heart). Intelligence, n ., zayi, 12. (news), nsangu, 2 ; nsamu, 4. Intelligent, a ., -azayi. Intend, v., kana. Intent on, be, v ., zezula or zezola 0 ntima (4). Intention, n ., lukanu, 10. Intentionally, do, v ., kana. Inter, 2/., jika. Intercede for, 2/., dodokelela, vo- vela. Intercept (by making a circuit, and heading), 2/., zekela. (come in the way of), kakila, ka- mbila. (look out for), kika. Intercessor, n., kimpovela, 5. Interchange, v., tambakiana. Int-Iro ( 120 ) Intercourse, with each other, have, v ., kwendajiana. Interdict, v., xima, kandika. n., konko, 6. Interest (on a loan), ;z., nzuka, 4. pay, v., zuka. Interfere (oppose), v., fila e mpaka. (speak disparagingly), v ., tumba. Interior, n kati, 9 ; ngudi, 2. (innermost), n ., kingudi, 5. Interlace, v.t., bindalakesa, binda- kesa. v.i., bindalakana, bindakana. Intermarry, v., sompajiana. Intermingle, v.t ., sanga. v.i., sangana. Internally, adv., muna kati (9), miina ngudi (2). Internode (of grass), n ,., ngonge, 2. Interpose, v.t., xia muna kati (9). 2/.z., kwiza muna kati (9). Interpret, v., sekula or sekola (e ndinga, 2). Interpretation (interpreting), n., nsekula, 2. (the matter), diambu, 7. (the meaning), nsasa, 2. Interpreter, n., nsekudi, 1 & 4 ; nsekodi, 1 & 4. Interrogate, v., see inquire. Interrupt (in speaking), v., vilakesa. (cause to relinquish), vunzakesa. see also delay, hinder, stop. Interruption (hindrance), n ., ma- veko, pi. 8 ; mavuku, pi. 8. Intertwine, v., see interlace. Interval (space between), n., mpwa- xi, 2. Intervene (in a quarrel), v., vambula. Interview, v., monana. n., mbonana, 2. Intestinal worms, see worms. Intestine, n., ndia, 4. to clean, v., fina. clean and coiled on a stick for cook¬ ing, n., njinga, 2. of nxiji, ntoba, 2. Intimacy, n ., kikundi, 5 ; ngemba, 2. Intimate, be (friendly), v., kala ye ngemba (2). Intimate, co?itmned. with (be accustomed to), kulukia- na yo (muntu). Intimidate, v., vumisa, mwesa 0 wonga (12). (in fun), xixisa. lNTO,/r^/., mu, ku, &c. ; see in. Intoxicate, v., kolesa. Intoxicated, be, v., kolwa. Intoxicating, a., -ankolwa. Intoxication, n nkolwa, 2. Introduce (bring), v., twasa. (present), v ., songa. Inundate, v ., langa. Inundation, n., kizalu, 5. Inured to, be, v ., kukulukila. Invade (attack), v ., nwanisa. Invalid, n., mbevo, 2. a., -ankatu, -ampavala, -ampena. Invent, v., soka. Inventor, n., nsoki, 1. Invest, v., see clothe, besiege. Invigorate, v., vana e ngolo (2), xiamisa e to (6), kindisa. Invisible, a ke -monekanga ko. be, v., ke moneka ko. Invisibility, n. The charm supposed to render actions invisible, so that they may be performed without the knowledge of on¬ lookers, ebunge, 8 ; see Kongo- Eng. To render invisible thus, mwanga e ebunge. Invitation, zz., mvukulula, 2 ; nsu- sumuna, 2. Invite, v., vukulula, susumuna. Invulnerability, n. The charm, ebunge, 8, alluded to under invisibility, is supposed in the same way to render a person invulnerable in war. Inward, adv., see inwardly. Inwardly, adv., muna kati (9), muna ntima (4). (in the heart, inmost), muna nxi a ntima. Iron (the metal), n., tadi, 12; sengwa, 6 (Bako.). a., -atadi. a thing of, n., tadi, 6. ( 121 ) Iro-Jew Iron, continued. hoop iron, n., nkanda, 2. to starch and iron, v., womala (P. engomar). to work in iron (as blacksmith), fula. Irrigate, v ., hudila 0 maza muna kiana. Irritability, n., ekaxi (8) dia lu- mfulumbumbu. Irritable, a., -amakaxi. person, n., nkwa (1) makaxi (8). Irritate (annoy), v., tantika, toka- nisa, nangamesa, nangika, kwika. (make angry), fungisa o makaxi (8), sukisa e ekudi (8), fulutisa yo makaxi (exceedingly), (provoke), neka, fiengenesa. l s, v., see be. is it not ? kamba? mbe? ke wau ko ? it is white, is it not? kiampembe kwandi; kamba ? Island, sanga, 6. Isolate, v., vengesa. Issue, v., vaika, see also flow out. lt, pro?i ., subjective or emphatic ob¬ jective pronoun, -au, with the prefixes series No. 2 (yau, wau, &c.). objective pronoun,-0,with the pre¬ fixes series No. 2 (yo, wo, &c.); always follows the verb; where an auxiliary verb is used, this pronoun follows the first verb ; carry it carefully, toma kio nata. subjective pronominal prefix is the same as series No. 3 (i-, U-, &c.). Remember that the verb always requires such a prefix. Kongos say, the goat it is bleat¬ ing, e nkombo imekanga. the tenses in -a add the prefixes of the series No. 2 to the -a (ya-, wa-, &c). The goat (it) was bought yesterday, e nko¬ mbo yasumbilu ezono. Where is it, ayeyi, aweyi, &c., see table of pronouns, &c. ; prefix series No. 2 coming between a- and eyi, adieyi, &c. It, continued. it is, i ; it is mine, i yame kwandi. it is, is expressed by the secondary form of adjective ; it is white (goat), yampembe kwandi. Itch, «., mfixi, 2. v., mona e mfixi. (“ craw craw ”), inkwada, pi. 6. Itself, pron., see himself. Ivory, a., -ampnngi. tusk of, «., mpungi, 2. (small), soka, 6 . horn. A very hollow tusk of ivory is sometimes bored near the point, and blown as a trumpet. These also are called mpungi, 2 ; to play such a horn, xika e mpungi. J. Jackal, n., mbulu, 2; dievwa, 7. Jacket, n., kinkutu, 5. Jack o’ lantern, n., nteji (4) a ntangwa. Jail, xienge, 6; luvambu, 10 (fetters). Jar, n., nkudu, 4. JATROPHA curcas (croton), n ., mpu- luka, 2 (P. purga). manihot, n., edioko, 8 , see cassava. Javelin, n., edionga, 8 ; eswanga, 8. Jaw (lower), n., bobo (6) kieyanda. back of, etolo, 8. (mouth), nua, 4. Jealous, be, v., kala ye kimpala (5). person, ?z., nkwa (1) kimpala (5). Jealousy, «., kimpala, 5. Jeer, v., sokela, seva (deride) ; see also abuse. Jehovah, n., Yehova (e nkumbu a Nzambi). Jeopardy, n., sumbula, 6. Jerk, v., tunta. off, zuwa. Jest, n., matietie, pi. 8 ; nseselela, 2. 7/., vova 0 matietie ; sokela. Jesus, n., Jizu. Jew, n., mwixi (1, pi. exi) Juda. Jew—Jum ( 122 ) Jewel, n., etadi (8) dia ntalu (2). Jigger (sarcopsylla penetrans), n., nsombokela, 2 ; dede, 6 ; edo- ngola, 8, & ekasa, 8 (Bako.). The female insect burrows un¬ der the skin and rapidly swells, the abdomen being full of eggs; in that state it is spoken of as a mumvidi, 3 ; the eggs are nenga, 4. to extract, v., katula, dongona (Bako.). Jingle, v.z., vova. Job, n., salu, 6 . Jog, v., nikuna. Join, v.t., yikakesa. v.i., yikakana, yikakiana. (as with a crowd, or party-) as rivers), bulangiana. (cause to meet), v.t., wananisa. in partnership, bunda (e dila, 6 ). roughly, tamba. with string, tamba, lamvula. (stick), v.t., tatisa, tatamesa, la- mika. v.i., tata, tatama, lamai (tie), v.t., kanga. (tie together), kanganisa. together, v.t., totakesa. v.z. , totakana, totakiana. Joint (of things), 11., eyikilu, 8 . (of bones), eyikilu, 8 ; ekodia, 8. (the ball or socket), ekonzo, 8 ; ko- nzongolo, 6. swollen by “ yaws;” nlengo, 4. see also knee, elbow, ankle, &c. Joint (node), n., ekonzo, 8 . (internode), ngonge, 2. Joint (of meat), iz., to, 6. back, flesh on, mfiongo, 4. belly part of game, nlamba, 4 (the perquisite of the man who carries it home), of nxiji, lela, 6. of pork, elalamu, 8 ; mbumu, 4. breast bone, kupala, 6. chop of pork) luxila, 11 & 2 (nxila). flank, ebekete, 8; mazakazaka, pi. 8. fore leg, to (6) kia koko (9). Joint, contmzied. ham (pork), elundu, 8. haunch, suku, 6. hind leg, to (6) kia kulu (9). of pork, mpindindembo, 2. rib, luvati 11 & 2 (mpati). shank, ekolo, 8. side (entire), lukalakala, 11 & 2. Joke, ?z., matietie, pi. 8; nseselela, 2. v., vova 0 matietie, sokela. (play), sakana. Journey, jz., ngyenda, 2 ; ndiata, 2 ; nkiya, 2 ; nkangala, 2 ; kiya, 9 - v., kangala, kiya, diata (walk), with, yikama. In estimating time distance, Ko- ngos say, lumbu tatu kieya twaluaka, we shall reach there in 4 days = 3 days; the 4th we arrive ; see also expedition. Joy, iz., kiese, 5 ; likembo, 4 ; wete, 12. (content), luyangalalu, 10 ; eyangi, 8 . (gratification); lufiaulwisu, 10. Joyful, be, v., mona e kiese (5), or 0 wete (12), yangalala. make, yangidika. Joyfully, adv., kuna kiese. JGyous, a.-, -akiese, -eyangi, -aya- ngalala. Judge, v., zenga or sasa (0 nkanu, 4). n., nzengi (1 & 4) or nsaxi (1 & 4), a nkanu (4). to bring a matter before judges, v., funda (0 nkanu). Judgment (trial), zz., nkanu, 4. give, v., sasa (0 nkanu); place of, 11., mbaji (2) a nkanu. (wisdom), zayi, 12. Judicious, be, v., lungalala. Jug, zz.j ebeke, 8 ; mbaxinga, 2 (small). Juice; n., maza, pi., 7; dimbu, 13 (gummy). Jump; v., takuka, lemoka, yomoka, damuka. about in water, kiubuka, kiuvuka. (as a frog), somboka, kianzuka. ( 123 ) Jum-Kin Jump, continued. back (start), saluka. (upon), baluka, sambila (vana). Jump, ntakuka, 2 ; ndemoka, 2 ; ngyomoka, 2 ; ndamuka, 2. (of a frog), nsomboka, 2 ; nkianzu- ka, 2. (start), nsaluka, 2. Junction (of road), n., mpambu, 2 ; evambu, 8. Jungle (of bushes), n., evwangi, 8 ; kanka, 6. (of grass), edikitila, 8 . Junior, n., nsakila, 2. a., -ansakila, -anleke. brother, n., mbunji, 1. (of brothers), a., -anibunji, -ansa¬ kila. Jurisdiction, it ., wisa, 6. Just (right, fair), n., -asonga. be, v., songa. man, n., nsongi a mnntu (1). Just, be (right, legally), v., lnnga. Just as, adv ., ne, nze. ’ like, diawa dimoxi. be, kwenda e betela or e dedede. now, wau. (only), kaka. so, adv., wau kwandi; ingeta (re¬ spectful). Just, wau with the auxiliary verb tuka, “ to come from ” (as in French, “7 /enir de”). He has just finished (z 7 vient de Jinir ), wau ketuka mana. Justice, n., songa, 9 ; nlungii, 4 - Justification (the act), n., lungisa, 9 ; lungiswa, 9 (passive). (the state of being just), nlungu, 4. Justified, be, t )., lungiswa, lunga. Justify, v ., lungisa. K. Keel, n., nima, 2. Keen, p ., -tua, -twidi. be, v., tua. edge,meno (pi. 7) mengi. Keep, v., lunda, keba (Mpa). (animals), twela. awake, kiesa 0 meso (pi. 7). back, xima. (withhold), tatama. (defend), tanina. doing, see constantly. (flocks, to shepherd), vungula. from (abstain), lemba, yambula. (hinder), see delay. (hide), sweka, dimbika. hold of, ximba. (look after), langidila, lunga, lunga-lunga. (provide for), sansa. safe, vuvika. secret, a, leka e mbumba (2) (perf. lekele). silence, v.i., vwena, dingalala. still, dingalala, tilama. v.t., dingidika, tidika. watch, yingila. Keeper, n., nlundi, 1 & 4 ; ntwedi, 1 & 4; ntanini, 1 & 4; mvu- ngudi, 1 & 4 ; nlangididi, 1 & 4; nlungi, 1 & 4; nsanxi, 1 & 4; nyingidi, 1 & 4 ; for exact force of these words see above. Keg (cask), n., riipimpa, 2 (P. pipa). of powder, zenzo, 6; bwai, 2 (7 lbs.; P. barril?). Kernel, n.-, nkandi, 4. palm-, nkandi, 4 ; esombo, 8. Kettle; n., xialela, 2 (P. chaleira). Key, n., nsabi, 2 (P. chave). Kick, n ., kinxi, 5. v.j tua e kinxi (5). Kid, n., mwana (1) a nkombo (2). Kidney, n., nguba, 2. Kill, v., vonda. (as a flea between two thumb-nails), nenga. (give the coup de grace), finda, fu- mbula. something that is sick and not likely to live, fumbula. Kin, n., yitu, 6. Kind, H.-, mpila, 2 ; mbaku, 4. (fatherly, motherly), a., -awalakaji. Kin-Kro ( 124 ) Kind, contitmed. (generous), a., -amvevudi. be, v., vevula, vevola. (merciful), a., ye nkenda (2). Kindle, v., kwika, tatika. Kindness (generosity), n., vevula, 9 ; vevola, 9. (generous action), mvevula, 2. (gentleness), malembe (pi. 8). (mercy), nkenda, 2. Kindred, n., yitu, 6 . King, n., ntinu, 4. (chief), mfumu, 2. (emperor, title of the Kings of Congo), ntotela, 2. (great chief), ngudi (2) a nkama. (ruler), nyadi, 1 & 4. Kingdom, n., nxi, 2. (kingly power), kimfumu, 5 ; umfu- mu, 12. (reign), luyalu, 10. Kingfisher, n., nsunguluwa, 2 ; ntungulujia, 2. Kingly, a., ne mfumu, ye kimfumu. King-post, n., elunji, 8 ; ekunji, 8. Kingship, n., kimfumu, 5; umfumu, 12 ; kitinu, 5. Kiss, v., fiha. 11., mfiha, 2 ; adult Kongos never kiss each other. Kitchen, kikuku, 5. Kite, n., lunganga, 10. Kitten, n., [mwana (1) a] mixi, 2 ; mhumha, 2. Knead, v., zoha, vota (mash). Kneading trough, su, 6 . Knee, n., ekungunu, 8 . -cap, n., vixi (6) kia ekungunu. Kneel, v., fukama. Knife, n., mhele, 2. table, ponde, 6 . trade (bone on each side of shaft), vezo-vezo, 6 ; ekela-nkomho, 8. having very large blade, nsaku, 4. shut knife, kanivete, 2(P.canivete). back, fifini, 12. blade, mhele, 2. edge, meno, pi. 7. flange, guard, nlunga, 4 ; dinga, 6. flat, side, evi, 8. Knife, continued. handle, mva, 4. shaft, nsonga, 4. sheath, kutu, 6 ; luhunda, 10. without a handle, nsengele, 4. Knight, v., yeka e ngenda, 2. Knit (make a net), v., tunga o ma- swa (pi. 8). the brows, kanga e mbulu (2). Knock, v., see beat, down, nongona, kindula, bwisa (ovanxi); lambakesa (many things). a hole, into anything, tompola, tobola, vobola, wobola. in (indent), bofola, fobola, tofona. off a piece of skin, vununa, tununa. off a scab, vusuna. on (something), baba, out (a nail), kola. (a tooth), kongona, kola. (rap), doda. sore place, a, tondangesa, tonda- kesa. Knot, n., ejita, 8. (bow), nxinimbwa, 2. of a tree, ekodia, 8. slip knot, esokolo, 8 ; dianza, 7 ; dinxinga, 7. tie a, v., jitika. untie a, jitula. Know, v ., zaya. (be aware), of a matter, luka. cause to, zayisa. (inform), temwena. of, about, zaya. (recognise), sungamena. Knowledge, ^.,zayi, 12; luzayilu, 10. impart, v., sansa. (recognition), n., nsungamena, 2. Known, be, v ., zayakana. make, jingula, samuna, temwena. (spread news),mwanga e nsangu (2) well, be (famous), yaya, tunda. Knuckle, n., ekodia, 8. to knock with, wanda (&c. ; see knock) e kinkodia. Kongo, see Congo. Kroo boy, 7i., kuluboi, sing. 6, pi. 8 (Kroo boy); ngabu, 2 (Gaboon?). Lab-Las ( 125 ) L. Labour, v ., sala. n., salu, 6. pains of, nsongo, 4. Labourer, n., nkwa (1) salu (6). (hired), ngamba, 2. (industrious person), kisadi, 5. Labyrinth, at entrance to royal stockade, n., mvakala, 4* Lacerate, see rend. Lack, ) v., konda, kondwa, le- Lacking, be, ) mbwa. Lad, 71., nleke, 1 ; leke, 6 ; kinde- nde, 5 ; ntaudi, 1 & 2 ; ntauji, 1 & 2 ; mwana, 1. Ladder, n., nti (4) a sambila. Lade, v., xia e lekwa inatwanga muna. Ladle, n., mpatwa, 2. Lady, mfumu (2) ankento. Lake, n., eyanga, 8. small, yangayanga, 6. Lamb, mwana (1) a ememe (8). Lame, a., -atedinga. be, v., kwenda atedinga, tedinga * (applied form, tedingila), ke- nketa (slow, &c.). (unable to walk), kukokela. person, n., ekoka, 8. Lameness, n., tedinga, 9. Lament, v., dila. for, didila. Lamentation, n ., dilu, 6. Lamp, n ., mini, 6. Lance, n., eswanga, 8; edionga, 8. (as an abscess), v., bula or subula [e evumbu (8)]. Land (country), n., nxi, 2. cultivated, mpatu, 2. (soil), ntoto, 4. v., kwenda kuna eseke. by, adv ., eseke ’eseke (“a ” elided). on, kuna eseke. Landcrab, n. } nkala (2) a nzanza (4). Landing place, n ., esau, 8 ; esabu, 8 (Bako.). for goods, etombwelo, 8. Landolphia Florida, see India rubber. Lane, n., njila, 2 (-andwelo). Language, n., ndinga, 2. English, Kingelezo, 5. Kongo, Kixi-kongo. Portuguese, Kitanda, 5 ; Kimpatu- lukezo, 5 (P. Portugueza). white man’s language, kimputu, 5 (see above , Portuguese having been the trade language), of Asolongo (Musurongo), SolongO,6. Babwende, Kibwende, 5. Bateke, Kiteke, 5. Bawumbu (Mpumbu),Luwumbu,io. Bayansi (Babangi), Kiyanji, 5. Eximajinga, Kiximajinga, 5. Mbamba, Lumbamba, 10. Mboma, Lumboma, 10. The above will serve for examples of the names of dialects. Where the people are called exi- the language is kixi-; when they are called A-, or Ba-, the the prefix ki- takes the place of A, or Ba ; before w or m, Lu¬ is used. filthy, mambu mangemi. insulting, see abuse. Languid, be, v., [to (6) ki-] lebuka, OJ tovoka. Lank (hair), a., (nsuki z-) -anlamvu- ngila. Lantern, n., mini, 6. Lap, v ., latula (as dog). (lick), v., piata, venda. Lap, n., nkata, 2. on the, adv., muna nkata. Lard, n., maji (pi. 7) ma ngulu (2). Large, a., -anene, -ampwena, -ebeni, -avonga. be, grow, v., vonga, tola; see also increase, extend, too, a., -nene. how big is he ? nkia ntela (2) kena? Largeness, n., nene, 12. Larva, 71., see grub, caterpillar. Larynx, n ., ndakala, 2. Lash, v., wanda, bula. (stripe), 7i., mviba, 4. (whip), 7i., nxila, 4. Las-Lea ( 126 ) Lass, n., ndumba, 2. Last, a., -ansuka, -ambaninu, -ansu- kinina. v., jinga. at, adv ., oku kwakwijiwa, oku kwakwendiwa, okalokala, ke ntaxi ko. be, v., sukinina. be the last of all, sala [perf. xidi). (behind), adv., kuna nima. (one of the days of the week), last nsona; nsona yatukidi luta. Lasting, a., -anjingi, -ajingu. Late, be (come in last), v., sala ku nima. (rise late), v., kielwa ; see also rise, too, adv., e kolo kisakidi, e nta- ngwa isakidi or yayisakila. Lately, adv., yau lumbu eyi. Later (following), p., -landanga. on in the day, adv., 0 nganu, 0 ngatu, 0 mbanu, 0 mbatu. Laterite, n., ntoto a eyenga. Lath of a bed, 11 ., nzadilwa, 4. Lather, n., efulufulu, 8. Latter, a., see last. during the, adv., oku kuvwila. Laugh at, about, v., seva. (grin, a sarcastic word), venza, kenia ( perf. , kenene). out, heartily, kakumuka. (smile), seva. Laughing, a., -ansevi. Laughter, 71 ., tusevo, pi. 10. loud, makaka, pi. 8 . Launch, v., xia (0 nlungu) muna maza. Law, n., nxiku, 4 ; nkanka, 2. make a, v., xia 0 nxiku. (proclamation), 71 ., nkoki, 4 ; nta- ngwa, 4. proclaim a, v., boka 0 nkoki, or ntangwa. (prohibition), 71 ., konko, 6 . Lawful, a., ke -ximinu ko. (honest, right), -asonga. not (tabooed), -anlongo. Lawgiver, 71 ., nxie (4) a nxiku (4). Lawsuit, 71 ., nkanu, 4. Lay across, v.t., kambika. Lay, contmued. blame on, tumba. (somebody else), yekeka e dia- mbu (7) muna. down (flat), lavidika. (almost flat, but resting on or against something), lambidika. (eggs), lozela. hold of, ximba, baka. one thing upon another, tenseka, bandakesa. open, yalumuna, fukula (uncover), mwesa (show). (put), xia, tula. (set, as traps, &c.), leka ( perf. le- kele). siege to, zunga ; see besiege, something spreading over, yambika. (spread), yala. lay the table, yala o meza (pi. 8). up, by, lunda. upon, tenseka. upside down, bukika. wager, a, fia. wait for, kika. Layer (of grass on a roof), 71 ., lualu, 10. thelast (on the ridge),kimbangila,5. Laziness, 71 ., wolo, 12. Lazy, a., -awolo. person, 71 ., molo, 3. Lead, 71 ., nzaba, 2 ; maza, pi. 7 ; nxiumbu, 2 (P. chumbo). Lead, v., fila, diatisa. to, fidila, sunzula. (go before), vita (kuna ntu). (guide), songa e njila (2). Leader, 71 ., mfidi, 1 & 4 ; nsongi (1 & 4) a njila (2). Leaf, n., lukaya, 11 & 8 (pi. makaya). (of cassava), lembe, 6. (of grass, onions, &c.), lulembe, 11 & 2 (pi. ndembe). (palm frondlet), lulala, 11 & 2 (pi. ndala). (young unopened), nsoko, 4. to be in, v., sakumuka, walumuka. to come into, savuka. to fall as leaves, betomoka, betu- muka, butumuka, wulumuka. ( 127 ) Lea-Les League, 71., ekombe, 8 (a distance of about 3 miles). Leak, v., fuma, vumba. n ., nto, 2. Lean (thin), a ., -alubielekese, -aluke- lekese,-atanda, -anionza,-aba- lakana. be, get, 7/., tanda, nionza, balakana. person, n ., ntandakani, 4 ; mbala- kani, 4. Lean (on, against), vj., yekeka (muna). v.i., yekama (muna). (on one side), v.i., bembama. Leaning over, as a hoilse out of the perpendicular, a., -amandu- nguna. Leanness, n., ntandu, pi. 2. Leap, v., see jump. Learn, n., tanga, longwa (be taught). Learner, n., ntangi, 1 & 4. Learning (wisdom), n ., zayi, 12. Least, a., -sundidi 0 ke (12), -andwe- londwelo. (youngest), -ansakila. Leather, n., nkanda, 4. a., -ankanda. Leave, v., xisa. ask, vinga 0 nswa (4). (bequeath), xisa e efwa (8). give, vana 0 nswa (4). give leave to go, xindika. (go, go away, &c.) ^ see go. off (desist), yambula, bika, lemba. (give up), vunza. (permission), n ., nswa, 4. take, v., kanina. to one’s own course, yendelesa. Leech, n., muntudia, 3. Left, a., -amonso. hand, n., koko (9) kwamonso. on the, adv., kuna monso. -handed person, nkwa (1) lumonso. -handedly, adv., kuna monso. -handedness, n., lumonso, 10. Left, be, v., sala ( per/. defect ., xidi). behind, sala ku nima. over, budila, suva. (remain when others have gone away, of people only), zunguluka. Leg, 71 ., kulu, 9. (joint of meat), to (6) kia koko (9) (fore leg); to (6) kia kulu (9) (hind leg). (of bed,or table),elunji,8; ekunji, 8. (of pork), mpindindembo, 2. (shank), ekolo, 8. Legacy, n ., efwa, 8. Legend, n., kingana, 5 ; ngana, 2 ; savu, 6 ; nsamu, 4. Lemon, n ., dimau, 7 (P. limao). Lend, v., sompeka. Lender, n., nsompeki, 1 & 4. Length, n ., la, 12 ; ndambuka, 2. (measure), tezo, 6. Lengthen (extend), v., lambula. (stretch), nangika, nana, nanika, nanuna. Leniency ; see mercy. Leopard, n., ngo, 2. Leper, 11 ., nkwa (1) waji wambu- nduna. Leprosy, n., waji (12) wambunduna. Leprous, a., yo waji wambunduna. Less, grow, v.i., sakalala. make, v.t., sakidika. The more you ask the less I will give, 0 V 0 olombolola isakidikidi. (lacking), p., -kondwa, -kondelo ; eighteen = 20 less 2, makumole makondwa mole. (a little), 71 ., fiandwelo, 15 ; he took less than he ought = he took only a little, obongele e fia¬ ndwelo kaka, (not much), a., ke -ingi ko; you should drink less palm-wine, kunuenge malavu mengi ko. put less, v., ke bidika ko (not put much); put less sand in the clay, kubidika e esenge muna nteke ko. less than, be, ke lunga ko (be not so much as, not attain to). There were less than ten (people), ke balungidi ekumi ko; I shall finish it in less than a month, e ngonde ke ikulungila ko mbene kio = the month will not complete itself, I have finished Les-Lic ( 128 ) Less, continued. it. In stating inferiority in comparison, the sentence must often be recast. This is less (in size) than that, e kiaki ke ki- fwananini vonga ye ekina ko = this is not equal in size with that. This is less hard than that, ye eki ye ekina ke bala ku- moxi ko = this and that, not of one hardness. Lessen, v ., see decrease, v.t. & v.i. in price, v.t., sakidika e ntalu (2). v.i., sakalala e ntalu. Lest (for fear that), conj., -nkwa, with the prefix series No. 3. Ke without any other negative sign, Tie the goats carefully, lest they get away, toma kanga e nkombo jinkwa taya; toma kanga e nkombo ke zataya: lest anything happen, munkwa bwa e diambu. kimana ke, used only in the commencement of a sentence answering a question. (Why do you tie it so tightly?) lest it should escape, kimana ke yata- ya (kimana = so that, and with the first particle of negation only, kimana ke = lest). (if not so), vo ke wau ko ; do as I say lest you spoil it, vanga ne i mpovele vo ke wau ko sa wavonda kio, (if not you will spoil it). Let, imperative, mbula (contracted from yambula). (allow), v., yambula, bika. alone, go, yambula, bika. (leave to one’s own course), yende- lesa. blood (cup), sumika. down, kulula, kulumuna. go, slip, loose, tayisa. (untie), kangula, kutulula. have, see borrow, lend, give; let him have three = give (&c.) him three. out (a secret), sununa, tendula, Let, co 71 tinned. tengula, tendola, tengola or baka (e mbumba, 2). water (leak), fuma, vumba. The causative form often expresses “ let,” let in, kotesa ; let out, vaikisa ; let fall, bwisa. Letter, n., nkanda, 4 (“ book ”). (of alphabet), eletela, 8 (P. letra). Level, a., -alelama, -alelenxi. v.t., leleka. (aim at), fika, kumpika. be, v.i., lelama. fill to the level of the brim, v., xia e elalangoma (8). (of one height), a., -a la (12) umoxi. (straight), p., -xingama. be, v., xingama. make, v., xingika. Lever (raise with a), v., vunduna. Levity (merriment), n., tusevo, pi. 10. (playfulness), nzunzu, 2. Levy (a tax), v., vakulwisa. Liar, n., ngyangya, 2 ; nkwa (1) ungyangya (12); nkwa (1) luvunu (10). Liberal, a., -ankayi, -esavu, -amve- vudi. be, v., vevula, vevola, kaya (give), person, n ., nkayi, 1 & 4 ; nkwa (1) esavu (8), Liberality, n., esavu, 8 ; nsavu, 4 ; vevula, 9; esavu and nsavu denote a lavish generosity. Liberally, adv ., see much, freely. Liberate (loose), v., kutulula, ka¬ ngula, tayisa. (from fetters), kola. (give freedom), tumba e kimfumu. (redeem), kula. Liberty, n ., kimfumu, 5. give, set at, v., see liberate, have, v., see able, be. (permission), ?i., nswa, 4- grant, v., vana 0 nswa (4), tambu- lwila. Licence, n., nswa, 4. Licentious person, n., kimpumbu- lu, 5 ; kinkita, 5; mpuki, 2. ( 129 ) Lic-Lik Licentiousness, zz., umpumbulu, 12 ; unkita, 12; umpuki, 12. Lick, v ., venda, piata, piatula. Lid, banjia, 6 ; bukikwa, 6. eye-, nkanda (4) a ve (6) kia disu; seldom referred to. Kongos speak more often of eyes or eye¬ lashes, where we talk of eyelids. Lie, zz ., luvunu, 10 ; viku, 6 ; ungya- ngya, 12. (tell a), v., vuna, vova e viku (6). Lie across, vd., kambama. (be laid as snares, &c.), lekama. down, leka. (as a goat), bubama. (flat), lavalala. (having one end against, or resting on something), lambalala. face downwards, bukama. in wait, kika ; swekama (hide), on, upon, tensama. (cover), 7/./., fuka. on one’s back, v.i., leka 0 mambe- mba. on one’s face, leka 0 mambukama or mampuvulu. on one’s side, leka 0 luvati. open, yalumuka. with, lekela. Life, zz., moyo, 3. come to life again (after death), v., fuluka. cause to, fula. a good or bad life, &c., must be spoken of as a good (&c.) fashion. Lift, v., zangula. (one’s head), vumbula or tongeka (0 ntu, 4). up (one’s “ ntete ”), vunduna. with a lever, vunduna. Light, zz., mini, 6. be, grow, 2/., kia. be quite, vunguka. (blaze, a), zz., nlemo, 4. (fire), zz., tiya, pi. 10. (a fire), v ., vanga, kwika, lunga, tatika (0 tiya, pi. 10). get out of the light, v., katula e tombe (6). Light, continued. (not heavy), be, v ., savuka, vevuka, vevoka, kala e evuvulu or vevele or esakaya or sasala. of moon and stars, zz., mieji, pi. 3. of sun, mwini, 3 ; mpozi, 2 (Vivi). ray of light, nteji, 4 ; nkejikeji, 4. show a light, v., minika. to see by, zz., mona, 9. in white people’s houses it is very light, muna nzo za mindele mona kwingi mumonanga. Lighten, v., sema. it lightens, ezulu disemene. (enlighten), minika. Lightning, forked, zz., mwandaji, 3. sheet, nsemo, 2. Like (of persons and things), v., zola (generally used in the perfect), (of persons only), tonda; see love, let him do as he likes, unyambula 0 luzolo luandi. (require), vwa 0 nkinji (4), (have a use for) ; I should like to have this knife, e mbele eyayi mpwi- di 0 nkinji = this knife I have a use for. Like (as), adv., ne, nze. as, ne i, nze i. be (resemble), v., kwenda e betela, or dedede; fwanana. make, xia e betela, or dedede; fwa- ninika, fwananakesa. (the same as), diawa dimoxi, e mpila moxi ye; -awa -moxi. (such as), a mpila (2) a (of the kind of), a ntela (2) a (as big as) ; a child like you, nleke a ntela aku; a knife like mine, mbele a mpila a mbele ame, or mbele a mpila yame. like this, nana, ana; do like this, vanga nana. Likely, it is very, i dinkwa kala wowo, i diakalanga wowo; will they be glad to see him ? very likely they will, nga bazo- lele 0 tala yandi? i dinkwa kala wowo. it is not very, ke dinkwa wo kala K Lik-Loc ( 130 ) Likely, continued, ko; it may rain perhaps, it is not very likely, mvula nangu sa yanoka, ke dinkwa wo kala ko. Likeness, n ., fwaniswa, 6 ; xisa, 6. Likewise, conj musungula. Lily (crinum zelanicum), lenge- lenge, 6. Limb. The limb is mentioned by its proper name, as arm, leg. (branch), n ., tayi, 6; nsungu, 2 & 11. (a joint, member), to, 6. stretch one’s limbs, v. } kukata, ku- nana. Lime, «., nkala, 2 (P. cal). (fruit), n., dimau, 7 (P. limao). Limit, n., mbambi, 2; nsuka, 2. Limp (go lame), v ., kwenda atedinga, zodinga. (slack), -lebuka. be, 7/., lebuka, leboka. Limpid, a., -avelela. Line (cord), «., nxinga, 4. Line (row), n., kamba, 6 ; nlonga, 4. be in, v.t., kiatama (of persons) ; kiatikwa (of things), form a, kiata (of persons), put in, set in, a, vd., kiatika, kia- tika 0 nlonga. (straight mark), n., ndila, 4 ; nji- didi, 4. Linger, v., dingalala. Linguister (coast interpreter), n ., bamba, 6. Lintel, »., sumbuka (6) kiantandu. Lion, n., nkoxi, 2. Lip, n ., bobo, 6 ; babu, 6. Lips (mouth), n., nua, 4. Liquefy, see deliquesce, melt. Lisp, v., fofola. List, savelist, n., ekamba, 8. Listen, v., unikina. (hear), wa; do not listen to what they say, ke nuwenge oma be- vovanga ko. Little, a ., -andwelo, -alwelo, -akete, -anke, -anje; -antio (Kabinda). a (of nguba), n., nsululu, 4 (a few), (of water or wine), n., nkudi, 4. Little, co?itinued. (small quantity), fiakete, 15 ; fiandwelo, 15. a little oil, fidiaji fiakete. a little more, fiakete diaka. a little longer = longer a little ; bring a stick a little longer, twala 0 nti usundidi 0 lambu- ka fiakete ; it is a little blacker, kivwidi lomboka fiandwelo ; a little more, and I should have fallen, va nsununke (2) vaxidi nga se yadi bwa. too, kaka. Merit, v., fwana. n., fwana, 9. Merrily, adv., ku nzunzn, kuna kiese. Merriment (joy), n., eyangi, 8 ; kiese, 5 ; nkembo, 4. (playful), nzunzn, 2. Merry, a., -anzunzu, -akiese. make, v., kemba, minga. Mesh, n., eswa, 8. Mess, v., state definitely its nature— mud, dust, rubbish, &c. make a mess of a thing, fwantala- kesa. Message, n., diambu, 7 ; nsamu, 4. deliver a, v., jingula, samuna. Messenger, n., nkunji, 1 & 4 ; mba- xi, 2 (P. embaixador). Metal, n., tadi, 12 ; see iron, brass, copper, See. a., -atadi. to work in, v., fula. Meteor, n., nienie, 6. Met-Mis ( 138 ) Metropolis, n ., mbanza, 2. Mew (as cat), v., miauka. Micturate, v., jena, suba. M id-day, at, adv ., e ntangwanlungu. Middle, n., kati, 9. man (in trade), bamba, 6 . Midnight, n., edingidingi, 8 ; ndi- ngwanxi, 4 ; it was midnight, edingidingi dizungidi. Midriff, n., ngungn, 2. Midst, n., kati, 9. (heart), ngudi, 2. in the midst of, milna, or kuna, or vana kati kwa. (in the heart of), muna ngudi a. Midwife, n., nyadiki, 1 & 4. act as, v., yadika. Might, n., ngolo, 2 ; efuka, 8 (robust). aux. v:, pret. of may, see Grammar. I toid him that he might give it to him, mono imvovese vo vana kio kwa yandi * I said to him, give it to him ; he thought that it might be his father, edi kabenze i s’andi (ese diandi) — that which he thought was (that it was) his father, lest I might fall, inkwa bwa, see lest. might be (perhaps) see perhaps, might have, v. aux., use the tense with -adi (separable). This tense always implies a negative result. Thus, I might have gone, necessarily implies, that I did not go however ; in such case -adi is used ; I might have fallen, se yadi bwa. Mightily, adv., beni. Mighty, a., -angolo, -efuka. (great), -anene. Migrate, v., yaluka. Mild, see gentle. Mildew, see mould. Mildly, adv., 0 malembe. Mile, n. ( expl .), tezo kia ntama; see league. Milk, n., kimvumina, 5 ; mamvu- mina, pi. 7; mayeni, pi. 8 (Bako. Milk, continued. v., kama or kamuna e kimvumi¬ na, &c. Mill, n., tadi, 6. Million, n., efuku, 8. Millipede, n., ngongolo, 2. Mimic, v., sokolola. Mimosa, n., lufunde, 10. (low prickly bush on the “nzanza”), mvanga, 4. Mince, v., sensa. Mind, n., ntima, 4 (heart), change one’s, vilula. come to mind, v., kwiza e kienze. how (be careful), toma; mind how you carry it, toma kio nata. (listen to), wa. never mind ! vwena (kwaku)! ke diambu ko! never mind what they say, kuwe ko konso u bevova. i (obey), lemvokela, tumama, (shepherd), vungula. (take care of), lunga-lunga, langi- dila, lunga. Mine, n., ewumba, 8 ; njimba, 2. -ame; the secondary form is always used where we in English use “ mine.” It is mine, kiaki kiame. Mingle with, v.i., bulangiana. (mix), v.i., sangwa. v.t., sanga. Minister, see servant, pastor, supply. Mint (herb), n ., nlambi, 4. Minute, n. {expl), tezo kia kolo, 60 minutes = ola moxi. (a short time), fikolokolo, 15. Miracle, n., ekumbu, 8 ; exivi, 8. Mire, n., nteke, 2. Mirror, n ., pelo, 2 (P. espelho), lumweno, 10 (Bako.). Mirth, n., see merriness, laughter. Miscarry, see abort. Mischief, see harm. Miser, 71., mbaba, 4. Miserable, a., -zowalala. be, v., zowalala. make, zoweleka. Miserably, see badly. ( 139 ) Mis-Mor Misery, n., bititi, 12; zowalala, 9 - Misfortune (calamity), n., mvia, 4. (trouble), mpaxi, 2. Mislead, v., vilakesa, vuna (de¬ ceive). Miss, v.i., venda. v.t., vendesa, tumisa. (discover a loss), salukwa. (lack), v.i., konda. (lose), v.t ., vidisa, vilwa. (not meet), ke wana ko. Miss, n. ( expl. ), vo nkento kaso- mpwa ko. Missed, be (not hit), v ., tuma. Missing, be (lacking), v ., kondwa. (not appearing), ke monekattga ko. Missionary, n., nganga (2) a Nza- mbi, nkunji (1 & 4} a Nza- mbi. Mist, n., mbututu, 4 ; mbungeji, 4 ; mbombo, 2 ; wixixi, 12. (Scotch), ewunge, 8. Mistake, n., njimbalakauwa, 2; mpilakanwa, 2. (lose, as a road), v., vidisa, vilwa. make a, v ., jimbalakanwa, vilaka- nwa. (forget), fwa e diya (6). Mistress, n., mfumu (2) ankento. Mistrust, v., vunisa. Misty, be, v., mbututu (&c.) -fuku- muka; it is very misty, mbu¬ tutu wingi ufukumukini. day, lumbu (6) kiambombo, &c. Mitigate, v., sakidika. Mix, v.t., sanga. v.i., sangwa. together, v.t., sanganisa. v.i., sangana. up, v.t., sangalakesa. v.i., sangalakana. Mixed up in, be, v., kala muna nsangi a; it was mixed up in the sand, kikedi muna nsangi a sengexi. Mixture, n., lekwa, 6 (isangwa). Mizzle, v., ewunge (8, di-) fuku- muka. Moan, v., buma, kunga. n., bumu, 6. Mock, v., see imitate, ridicule. Mode, n., see manner. Model, n., tezo, 6 ; fwaniswa, 6 (likeness). Moderately, adv., ke beni ko, 0 malembe. Moderation, n., malembe, pi. 8. Modern, a., ke -ankulu ko. (new), -ampa. Modest, a:, ye nsoni, -ansoni. Modesty, n., nsoni, 2. Moist, p., -yondamene,-vungamene. a., ye mvutu. be, v., yondama, vungama, vu- tula. Moisten, v., yondeka, vunga, vutu- lwisa. Moisture, n., mvutu, 2; maza, pi. 8 (water). Molar tooth, n., etandi, 8: Mole (mark), n., ekeya (8) dia ngo (2). Molest, v., yuvula (ask questions and begin to molest). S Moment, ?i, fikolokolo, 15. in a, see suddenly. Monday, n., kiezole, 5; kiasekunda, 5 (P. segunda feira). Money, n., njimbu, 2. (goods), mbongo, 2. Monitor (varana), ?i., mbambi, 2. Monkey, ?r., nkewa, 2 ; nkima, 2 (white faced). (monkey, or any tree climber), nza- mbu, 2. Month, n., ngonde, 2. next, ngonde izangama. this time next month, nlungi (4) & ngonde. Moon, n., ngonde, 2. full, be, v., ngonde -lunga. light, n., mieji, pi. 3- new, ngonde ampa. to wane, v., ngonde -tava e tombe (6). Mope, v., yindalala, zowalala. Moral, be (honest and straightfor¬ ward), v., songa. Mor-Mou ( 140 ) More, a., -akaka. adv., diaka. beside, -akaka diaka vana ntandu. and more beside, ye nkaji (pi. 4)* than, be, v., sunda; he gave more than I, 0 yandi osundidi mono muna kaya. than ought, -ingi. He took more than he ought (too much), 0 yandi obongele jingi. the more...the more. The more he called out the more they beat him, vo kexiamisa 0 dila baxiamixi 0 kunwanda; the more you ask the less it will be, ovo lombolola isakidikidi. Moreover, adv., vana ntandu. Morning, n., menemene, 6 ; this morning, unu e menemene ; in the morning, oku or e mene¬ mene. at cockcrow, e nsusu (2) antete. very early, una nswe, una he. at dawn, vava kukia. (after dawn), early, mvungula, 2 ; mbungululu, 2; fukufuku, 12; nsuka, 4; mvunguvungu, 2. morning dawns, kuma kukia. Morose, «., -ambafunga, -ankafu- nga. Morose person, n ., mbafunga, 4 ; nkafunga, 4. Morsel, tini, 6; fitini, 15. Mortal, be, v., fwa (9) fwa; we are all mortal, yeto awanso fwa tufwa. Mortal, n., see human being. Mortality, n., fwa, 9. Mortar, «., nkala, 2 (P. cal) ; nte- ke, 2 (mud). (for pounding), su, 6 . Mortified, be (annoyed), v ., ntima (4, u-) konanana. Mosquito, «., mbu, 2 & 11 (lubu). Moss, n., lubatabata, 10. Most, a., -ingi ; he has most, oyandi una ye jingi. The sentence is generally recast : where have you most pain? ave- yi oluta 0 mwenanga 0 lunza ? Most, continued. = where is it that you surpass the feeling the pain ? Moth, n ., lunianginiangi, 10. Mother, n., ngwa, 2 ; nengwa, 1 sing -.; ngudi, 2 sing. ; yaya, 1 sing, (used in addressing); ma¬ ma, 1 sing. -in-law, ko, 13. -in-law’s family, nzadi, 2. (who has just recently given birth), mwalakaji, 3. Motherliness, n., walakaji, 12. Motherly person, n., nkwa (1) walakaji. Mother’s mother, n., nkayi, 2. the house of above, kinkayi, 5. relations, ngwa, 2 ; ngudi, 2 ; yaya, 1 (in addressing). Motion, «., nikuka, 9. Mould, v., bubula, bumba, funda, fundamena e mbumbu (2). n., mbumbu, 2 ; mfunda, 2. (cast metal), 7/., tudila. n., tudilwa, 6 . (earth), ntoto, 4. (in clay), v ., wumba, bumba. (make), vanga. Mouldy, a ., -ambumbu, -amfunda. be, get, see mould. Moult, v ., this fowl is moulting, nsu- su yayi nsala zandi katuka jikatukanga = this fowl its fea¬ thers are coming out. Mound, n., see heap, make a, v., wumba, bumba. Mount, v., sambila. Mountain, n., mongo, 3. (plateau), nzanza, 4. (small), kundubulu, 6 . Mountainous, a ., ye miongo mingi. Mourn, v., dila. for, v., didila. Mourning, n., dilu, 6. Kongos in mourning make a com¬ pound of soot (off pots), vilu, 12, and oil, and rub it on their face and hair ; this and other signs of mourning are called ki- mvindu, 5. ( J 4 r ) Mou-Mus Mouse, etutu, 8 (house); mpuku, 2 (field); mbende, 2 (striped) ; mfingi, 2 (tiny); kutanguba, 6 (white breast); nunge, 4 (shrew); nkinza, 4 (wood mouse), &c. hole of, nua, 4. Moustache, ti., nkyengye, 4. Mouth, n., nua, 4. of river, mwila, 3; ebwila, 8 ; ebwilu, 8. to eat with the mouth full, v., fota, mungunia ( fierf. mungwini). to fall on to one’s mouth or face, vukika. to hold in mouth or the cheeks, bundikila. with the mouth, bweta. to put mouth downwards, bukika. Move, v.t., nikuna. v.i ., nikuka. about (constantly), v.t., nikujiona. v.i., nikujioka. along (glide), xienxiumuka. (as a snake), lambata. (rapidly whirling), vikumuka. cause to, v.t., vikimika. aside (on one side), v.t., vengula, vembula, vengumuna. v.i., venguka, vembuka, vengu- muka. (be separate), v.i., vambuka. (loose, be), v.i., ningina. (loosen), v.t., ninginisa. (oscillate), v.i., zunguta. out of (the way, light, &c.), katuka. (shake, stir), v.t., nikuna. (shift), konka, niunga, tuntula, xiuntula, xiunta. (slowly, walk), v.i., womboka. (slowly, as a thick fluid), zelumu- ka, zelomoka. (stealthily), yelumuka, yelomoka. (sway) up and down, vwemba (fast), vwetumuka (slowly). (take) away, v.t., katula. (to another dwelling place), v.i., ya- luka. (vibrate), zakama. (walk), diata. (fast), vola 0 nswalu. Move, coTitmued. walk (slowly), womboka. Mow, v., saka (reap); fwenka (short). Much, a., -ingi, with singular pre¬ fixes unless the word qualified is of plural form ; much food, dia kwingi ; much thatching grass, nianga yingi ; much water, maza mengi. adv., beni. as much as, see many (as many as), how much, see many (how). (what measure), nkia tezo (6). so much, see many (so many), too much, -ingi, very much, beni; see also abundance. Mucuna pruriens (pod of), ft., di- mpokovoko, 7 ; dinkundia, 7. Mucus, n., kdldlo, 6. nasal, ezunu, 8. Mud, n., nteke, 2. in water, ntimvu, 2. Muddy, a., -antimvn. be, v., timvuka. make, timvuna. place, 71., nyaba, 4 ; ntaba, 4. Mug, 71., mbaxinga, 2. Mule, ti., mula, 3 (P. mnla). Multiply, v.t., wokesa, komakesa (add to). v.i., wokela. (prolifically), wutana. Multitude, ti., see crowd. Mumble, v., vunguta. Mungoos, ti., nkilu, 4 ; ntoto, 2. Murder, v., vonda. 71., mvonda, 2 (active); mvondwa, 2 (passive). Murderer, ti., mvondi, 1 & 4. Murmur, v., wuna. 71., ngnna, 2. Murmuring noise, make, v., vungn- ta. Muscle, ti., mwanji, 3. of the back, mfiongo, 4. of the calf of the leg, kimfiangu- mbe, 5. the biceps, mfingi, 2. the hamstring, mwanji (3) a sala- nima. Mus-Nap ( 142 ) Mushroom, see fungus. Music, we heard music, tuwidi exi- kilu divovanga. play, v., xika e exikilu (8). Musical instruments, n., exikilu, 8 (played with the fingers), bowstring, lungungu, 10. drum, ngoma, 2. (varieties, see drum), ndungu, 2 ; dingwinti, 7 ; moudo., 3 ; nku- mbi, 4. flute, etutu, 8 . guitar, banjo, kokolo, -6 .; nsambi, t 2. harmonicon, madiumba, pi. 8. harmonium, exikilu, 8 ; nsambi, 2. harp, lungungu, 10. horn, cornet, trumpet, mpungi, 2. marimba, biti, 6; sanji, 6 ; nza- nga, 2 (large), cnouth-organ, nsambi, 2. rattle (having loose seeds or stones inside), sangwa, 6 - nkwanga,4. (wooden tongued), nkembi, 2 ; edibu, 8 ; ndaku, 2. .whistle, pitu, 1 (P. apito). (with the mouth only), mumpiji, 3 * •made of a round seed capsule as large as an egg, and played as the ocarina, evongi, 8 . Musk, organ in civets, See., n., ejiku, 8 . smell of, ekevo, 8 . i Musket, n.„ nkele, 4 ; ta, 13. Must (shall have to), v., xinga ; we must go presently, mbatu tu- xinga kwenda. In affirming to the contrary of what a person says,, Kongos preface the sentence with watu kadi ; indeed you must go, watu kadi wenda. Often the future only is used : I must go, se nkwenda kwame, or sa ngienda (presently). Mustache, n., nkyengye, 4. Mustard, n., mastadi, pi. 8 (Eng.). Muster, v., see assemble, in crowds, bilumuka, lolomoka ; a Muster, continued. crowd quickly mustered, e ndo- nga ibilumukini e nswalu. Mute, n., ebaba, 8. a., ke -vovanga ko. Mutilate, v.t., vangula. Mutter, v., wuna. Mutton, n., mbiji (2) a mameme. Mutual, mutually, see each other. Muzzle (of beast), n., mazunu, pi. 13 ; mbombo, 2 (Bako). (of gun), ezunu, 8. My ,pron., -ame, -a mono. Myself, pron., mono kibeni, see I. I.. .myself, use reflexive form of verb ; I hurt myself, iyibunganixi. Mystery, n., mbumba, 2. N. Nail, n., nsonso, 2. brass “ chair nail,” ntundu, 2 ; di- ntumba, 7. extract a, kola, finger-, n ^ zala, 6 ; nzala, 2 Sc 11. out in the sun (as a skin), “z/.,yanda. up (a box), drive a, koma, banda. Naked, 4., ye kimpene. adv., e kimpene. be, v., kala e kimpene. Nakedness, n., kimpene, 5. Name, n. } ejina, 8 ; nkumbu, 2. Christian, santu, 2 (P. santo). give a, v., vana e nkumbu. (mention), sungula, yika. what is your name ? nkumbu aku nani? what is his name ? ejina diandi nani? Nap, n., fitulu, 15 ; tulu(pl. 10) twa- ndwelo. (doze), v., tonza, nimba. (sleep), leka {perf. lele). Nape of the neck, n., mfuka (4) a nxingu (2). Napkin (table), n., elenswa (8) dia meza (P. len elunji, 8; ekunji, 8; eku- nkwa, 8. up, v., tnmbidika, zudika, tudika. up in, komakesa. Piled on, be, v., tensakana, banda- kana. up, be, tumbalala, zulama, tulama. Pilfer, see rob. Pilgrim, see stranger. Pillage, v., sanza. n., esanzu, 8 . Pillar, n ., elunji, 8 ; eknnji, 8 ; eku- nkwa, 8. Pillow, mfika, 2. Pimple, #., bwazabwaza, 6. (from a bite of insect), eviji, 8. (of “ craw craw ”), ekwanza, 8 ; ki- nkwada, 5. Pin, ntumbn (2) afinete (P. alfi- nete). v ., vatika. (nail), n., lisonso, 2. Pincers, «., lukwatn, 10. (of crab), nlembo, 4. Pinch, w., jiongona. «., kinjiongo, 5. (be tight), v., nwengena. Pineapple, ?z.,nanaji, 2 (P. ananas). The leaves of the pine apple being somewhat like those of the Pandanus candelabrum, the pine apple is named after it in some districts ; efuba, 8 ; and cloth made of the fibre of the leaves, mbadi (2 & 11) za mafuba ; evulu, 8. The leaves of, ndembe, 2 & 11 (lnlembe). The plant has been introduced from America. Pinion, eve, 8 ; epapi, 8. (to bind), v., kanga (0 moko ku nima). Pink, a., -ambwaki-amfufuln. Pink, continued. colour, n., mbwaki (2) amfufuln. Pious, a., -alemvo (dutiful). Pip, n., nginga, 2. (of gourd kind), mbika, 2. Pipe (great cask), mpimpa, 2 (P. pipa). hemp, ntimpu, 4 ; mbaya, 4 ; nsa- ka, 4. tobacco (bowl), kinzu, 5. nicotine, mfiti, 2. smoke a, v., nua e mfomo (2). stem of, n., ntwala, 4. stirrer, tomo, 6. PlPE-clay, ;L,luvemba, 10 ; see Kongo- Eng. marks of, mpemba, 2. Pistol, n ., kinkodia, 5. Pit, n., ewulu, 8. (mine), ewumba, 8 ; njimba, 2. Pitch, t/., see throw. n., dimbn (13) wandiakih,nga (tar)., of roof, lufumba, 10. Pitfall, ntambu (4) a ewulu (8). Pith, n ., efulu, 8. in the heart of wood, kingudi, 5. in the midrib of palm, makawa, pi. 8 ; ndewa, 2 & 11. a little piece of, ekawa, 8 ; lule- wa, 11 & 2. Pitiful, a., ye nkenda. Pitiless person, nkwa (1) nxita (2), ke nkwa (1) nkenda ko; munkondwa (3) nkenda. Pitilessness (malignity), n ., nxita, 2. Pity, n., nkenda, 2 ; see also mercy, feel pity for, mona e nkenda. out of, adv ., muna nkenda. Place, n., vuma, 14; fulu,6; kuma,9; lufulu, 10 (site), fika, 6 (safe place). v., see put. camping, n ., ndo, 2. market, ezandu, 8. palaver, mbaji (2) a nkanu (4). take, v., bwa. where any animal was standing when it received a shot, or wound, evuku, 8. The place where an action is, or ( 161 ) Pla-Ple PLACE, continued. was performed, is expressed by prefixing e to the perfect passive of the applied form. Such words are of the eighth class : sweka, to hide ; eswekelo, a hiding place : wana, to meet; ewana- ninu, a meeting place : kota, to enter ; ekotelo, an entrance : kwenda, to go (yenda) ; eye- ndelo, a path; see kuma, Kongo-Eng. Placenta, zz., ngudi (2) a mwana. Plague, zz., vuku, 6. (worry), v ., tantika. Plain, zz., elelenxi, 8. (level tops of plateau), nzanza, 4. make, be, see clear (plain). (ugly), see ugly. Plait, v., vanda, yinda, binda. n ., mvanda, 4 ; nyinda, 4 ; sasa- bala, 6. Plaited, a ., -avandwa. Plan, n ., tezo, 6. (intention), lukann, 10. (intend), v., kana. (plot), soka. Plane, zz., kwiya, 6. v., vala, vempa. Planet, zz., nkaza (pi. 1, akaji) a ngonde (spouse of the moon). Plank, n., ebaya, 8 ; ebandu, 8. house, banga, 6 ; kibanga, 5. Plant, v., kuna (sow). 71. Several plants have a special name, see pepper, ground nut, otherwise there is no indefinite generic word for plants gener¬ ally ; vegetables and things cul¬ tivated for food are mbongo, 2, or mpati (2) a nsengo ; creepers are nxinga, 4; nti, 4 (tree) may be used vaguely sometimes, or makaya, pi. 8 (leaves). Plantain, 7 i., dinkondo, 7; tebe, 6 (Mpa). varieties, nsansu, 2 (large fruit); eyimba, 8 ; nsesampakasa, 4 (very long) ; ndongela, 2 (short, thick cluster); kanda (6) kia Plantain, continued. nkewa (small); xingamanxiji, 6 (short fruit, short, thick stem); bubi, 6 (short). parts, &c., stem, trunk, mbuka, 4. leaf, lukaya, 11 & 8 (makaya). dead, buka, 6. flower (in purple bracts), mpi- mbi, 2. to begin to put out the mpimbi,, v., bundikila. fruit, dinkondo, 7 (the bunch, or a single fruit). bunchlet, “ hand,” nkangi, 2. to pull off (one from the “ hand ”), v., kiola. stalk, mfuka, 4. to put out, v., sokomona. to be ripe (mature, but green),, kola ; (red), via. ripe (red), a., -ansemvo. unripe, zz., mfiala, 4. Plantain-eater (musophaga viola- cea), zz., mbulukoko, 2. (schizorhis gigantea), nduwa, 2. Plantation, see farm. Planter, zz., mvati, 1 & 4. Plaster, zz., nkala, 2 (P. cal, lime) ; nteke, 2 (mud). 7/.,kusa^rkwasa^rlenga(e nteke). Plate, zz., elonga, 8. deep, elonga diankuluka. shallow, elonga diankandangala. Plateau, zz., nzanza, 4. Play, zz., nsaka, 2 ; matietie, pi. 8. (joke). v., sakana. (a game), ta ; see Appendix, games., an instrument, v., xika. pranks, tricks, ta e vakuba. zz., vakuba, 6. with (amuse), v., sakanisa. (a thing), sakanina. Playful, a., -anzunzu. Playfulness, zz., nzunzu, 2. Playground, zz., esakaninu, 8 . Plea, zz., kuma, 6 . Plead for, v., lomba, vinga. (implore), dodokela. make excuse, vanga e vinza (6). M Ple-Pon ( 162 ) Pleader (one who pleads for another in a court), mvudiangunda, 1 & 4. Pleasant, a., -atoma, -antomi, -awe- te, -abiza, -ambote. be, v., toma. Please, ?/., yangidika. if you, dodokolodd! (for mercy’s sake), umfwa nke- nda. Pleased, be, v., yangalala, mona 0 wete (12). Pleasing, a ., -antomi; see also pleasant. Pleasure, n., eyangi, 8 ; luyanga- lalu, 10; wete, 12. (will), luzolo, 10. Pledge, n., nximbi, 2 ; see also token. v., ximbisa. Pleiades, h., ndundalunda, 2 (za lunda e mvnla). Plenteous, a., -ingi; see much. Plentiful, be, v., see abound. Plenty of, -ingi ; see many, abund¬ ance, put (plenty). Pliable, <7., -anlevi. be, v ., leva. Pliability, n., leva, 9. Pliant, v., see pliable. Pliers, lnkwatu, 10. Plight, nkala, 2. Plot, v., soka. Pluck (pick), v., see pick. away (snatch), kutumuna, zavuna. up (by the roots), vuza, dumnna, dunguna. up courage, kasakana, kasnmnka. Plug, v., kaka, samika. esami, 8. Plum (wild, yellow, astringent), mungyengye, 3. Plumage, nsala, pi. 2. Plume (feather), lnsala, 11 & 2 (nsala). (large), mumbembe, 3. Plump, |be, v., tola, vonga. Plunder, n., esanzn, 8. ^.5 SctHZcl. Plunge beneath, v.t., diumbisa. (dive), v.t., kiuvuka. Plunge, continued. into, v.t ., vnba. Plural ( expl. ), ovo yingi. P.M., adv. ( expl .), ovo e ntangwa ive- ngele, ovo 0 fuku. Tuka nta- ngwanlungu yaku edingidi- ngi. Pock, «., fn, 6. Pocket, «., jibela, 2 (P. algibeira). handkerchief, elenswa, 8 ; elenso, 8 (P. lenpo). Pod (husk), n., titi, 6 ; ti, 6; kiti, 5. (large), kutu, 6. unripe, mbolo, 2. Poem, n ., nkunga, 4. Poet, u., nsoki (1) a nkunga. Point, n., nsuka, 2. v., songa, songela (show), at, to, songelela. a gun, fika, kumpika. (headland), n., etukulu, 8 ; esunsu, 8 . make, cut to a, v ., songola. Pointed, a ., -asongoka. be, v ., songoka. Poison, n., ndikila, 2; nlongo (4) ambi. v., dikidila. to kill fish, ;z., wimi, 12 ; balakasa, 6 (leguminaceous). Poke in, up, v., tukuta, suka. (the fire), kola. Pole, »., nti, 4 (anda). (post), tungwa, 6. Polish, v., xia e elengo (8). //., elengo, 8. Polished, a ., -alengolengo. Politeness, ;l, fu (6) kiabiza. Pollute (dirty), v., xia e mvindu. (stir up mud), timvuna. Pollution (dirty), mvindu, 2. (muddiness), ntimvu, 2. Polygamy, «., fu kia sompa akento engi. Pond, n., xima, 6. Ponder, v., balula, badika, yindula, banza. (be pensive), yindama. Ponderous, a., -ejitu dingi = much weight ; see weight. ( 163 ) Poo-Pov Pool, xima, 6. left by the fall of a river, za, 6 ; ejiya, 8 ; ejinga, 8. of blood, tiabula, 6 ; nzabu (2) a menga. Poor, a ., -asukami. be, v., sukama. make, sukika. Poorly, adv., ke toma ko. be (be sick), 7/., yela. Pop, t kabuka. gun, n., nkele (4) a makaku. Population (great), ;/., yongo, 6. (people), antu, pi. 1; wantu, pi. 1. Populous, a ., ye yongo kingi. Porcupine, ngumba, 2. quills of, mwinga (3) mwini, 3 ; mpozi, 2 (Mpa.). (to come out after dulness), v., baya. Sunday, n., lumingu, 10 (P. domin- go). Sunder, see divide, separate. Sunken (eyes, cheeks), a., -akompoka, -akohoka. Sunshade, n., vevo, 6 ; kinonga, 5 ; palasola, 2 (P. parasol). Superintend, v ., langidila. Superior, n., mbuta, 2. be, v., sunda. Superlative, ft., -sundidi kikilu. Supper, n ., nlekelo, 4. Supple, see pliant. Supplicate (beg), v., lomba. (pray to God), samba. Supplication, n., sambu, 6. Supply (food), v., yundula. (provide), sansa. see also sell, make, give. Support, nxiamu, 2. v ., xikina, ximba. (provide for), sansa. Suppose (be doubtful), v., katikisa. (think), banza. Suppurate, v., wunga. Supreme, a., -ampungu, see God. (chief), -ambuta, -snndidi. Sure, ft., -xikidi. be (secure), v ., see secure, make, xikidisa. Surely, adv ., e jiku ; to know surely, zaya e jikn. (truly), kieleka. Surety, nximbi, 2. give as, v ximbisa. Surf, n., efulnfulu, 8. Surfeit of, be a (in great abundance), v., savuka. (and not needed), boloka. Surgeon, n ., nganga, 2. Surname, n., nkumbu (2) -angutu- kila. Surpass, v., sunda, luta. Surplus, n., nsundanduta, 2. Surprise, n., exivi, 8 ; ekumbu, 8. v ., xivikisa. by night or early morning attack, see besiege. Surprised, be, v.> xivika, kumba. by (be come upon suddenly), yitu- kwa kwa. (startled), salukwa. Surrender, v., yela. (clap in token of), sakila. up, vanika, vana. Surround, v ., zunga, jinguluka. (animals in a hunt), jingidila. Survey, v ., langa. Survive, v., jinga. Suspect (think), v., banza, banji- kisa. Suspend, v., yengeleka. Suspense, n ., dingudingu, 6. Sustain, v., xikina. (hold), ximba. (make firm), xikidisa. Swallow, v., mina, kiutula. (the bird), n ., nlengwa, 4 ; venga- mpunza, 6. palm-, mundalandala, 3. without chewing, v ., mina 0 nsu- nzulu. Swamp, v., langa. n., ntaba, 4 ; nyaba, 4. (in which welewele grass grows), welexi, 6. (of papyrus), budi, 6. Swarm, v., bilama, along, komana. (crowd), see crowd. (of bees), ?z., ndundalimda, 2. (of driver ants), nlonga, 4. past, v., kolomena, vomena. (teem), vwila. Sway about, v.z., zunguta. v.t., zungutisa. ( 211 ) Swa-Tak Sway, cotitinued. (as a bridge), t/.z., tembela. down, 7 /./., fumbika. t/.z., fumbama. (as with fruit), zembnka, zembo- ka. up and down, vwemba (fast) ; vwe- tnmnka, vwetomoka (slowly). Swear, v., dia e ndofi (2), see Appendix, oaths, at, levula, finga, lokela e ngnji (2). Sweat, n., Inina, 10 ; kizwina, 5. 7/., vumwa. Sweep, 7/., komba. Sweet (agreeable), a ., -toma, -anto- mi. (as sugar), -anzenji. be, 7/., toma, zenza. potatoes, zz., kwa, 6 ; mbala, 2 ; evukula, 8 ; evuta, 8. Swell (as things soaked), 7/., vn- ndnka. (after a blow), fungnmnka. (increase, enlarge), funa, futnlnka, tutnmuka, tuntumuka. (with inflammation), vimba. Swelling, n., mvimbila, 4. see also abscess, dropsy. Swift, a., -answalu, -anzaki. Swiftly, adv., 0 nswaln, e nzaki, e ntinn, e sazu. very, e kwanzangala. Swiftness, n., nswalu, 4 ; nzaki, 2 ; ntinn, 2 ; sazn, 6. Swim, 7/., xienxia, ta 0 mansa, pi. 7. (as a dog), tapakiana. (as a fish, etc.), xienxia. about, kiya. (float), 7 lalama. cause to, 7 ladika. Swindle, v., vnna. Swine, n ., ngnln, 2 pi. Swing, 7znngana. v.t., znnganisa. round to the other side, beloka. Swirl, 7jeta. Swollen, fi., -vimbidi; see swell. Swoon, 7/., fwa e kiambn (5). Swoop, 7/., xinka. Sword, //., xivata, 2 (P. espada); nsosolo, 4. dance the sword dance, 7/., sanga. Sympathise, 7/., mona e nkenda. Sympathy, ?z., nkenda, 2. T. Tabernacle (temporary house), n. saba, 6 . (tent), balaka, 2 (P. barraca) ; nzo (2) angoto. Table, n., meza, pi. 8 (P. mesa), clear the, 7/., yalnla 0 meza. cloth, n., nlele (4) a meza. -land, n., nzanza, 4. lay, set, v., yala 0 meza. leg of, n., elnnji (8) dia meza. napkin, serviette, elenswa (8) dia meza. Taboo, n ., konko, 6. Tabooed, a ., -anlongo. make, 7/., xia e konko. (thing), n., nlongo, 4 ; mpangn, 2 ; see Kongo-Eng. a7id Appendix, “fetish.” Taciturn, a. } -ambafnnga, -anka- fnnga. person, «., mbafnnga, 4 ; nkafn- nga, 4. Tack, see sew, baste. Tackle, block and, ;z., kokekelwa,6. Tadpole, tz., etakangola, 8 . Tail (of animal or reptile), n., nkila 4 * (of bird), snka, 6 . (of fish), lnveve, 10. Tailor, n., fwayeta, 2 (P. alfaiate). Taint, v., sambnkisa e nsndi (2). (infect), sambnkisa. Tainted, be, t/., bnbnla. Take, 7/., bonga, tambnla, ma! across, over a river, sanla, sabnla (Bako.). a space, knznla. aim, jinta, znnta. away, katnla. by force, kntnmnna. (snatch), zavnna. Tak-Tai, ( 212 ) Take, away, continued. (stealthily), wombolola. (weeds when dry), wungulula. back, vutula. (receive back), vutukila. between the finger and thumb, zana, zanuna. by handfuls, kuka. by the handful (many, much), vota. care, toma, with the verb of the action which is to be done carefully ; toma ximba (hold carefully), toma kwenda (go carefully), &c. of, lunda, keba (Mpa.). (look after), langidila, lunga- lunga, lunga. (nurse the sick), yelesa. (carry), nata. (catch), baka. (a contagious disease), sambukila. (conduct), fila. courage, kasakana. down, manuna. (with something), sangula. fire, kwama. from, katula ; see also take away, greedily, tava, vuba, yava. heed (be wary), vengojioka. (listen), wa. (hold, contain). Kongos do not speak of a box, &c., holding anything; they speak rather of the things being in, or going into the box. (be able to), fwana. hold of, ximba. in (cheat), vuna. in hand (undertake), yekama. in, into, kotesa, diukisa. leave of, kanina. off, katula. (a scab or button), batuna. (clothes), vula. the fire (as a pot), telula, telola. the lid, cover, fukula, bukula, bamuna, (nailed), out, katula, vaikisa. (by the roots), vuza, dumuna, dukumuna, tukumuna. Take, out, continued. (of something embedded, as a jigger), tunguna, dunguna. of a trap, kokola. of its place (unpack), zonzola. of the sun (of things airing), ya- nuna. [of water, (unload)], tombola, (pillage, spoil), sanza. pity, mona e nkenda (2). place, bwa. (receive), tambula. revenge, landa e kunda (6). root, mena (grow), something lost, or thrown away, bongolola. thrown away, konkolola. a seat, see sit down, the lead, vita (kuna ntu, 4). the place of another, vinga. to, sunzula. (carry to), nata ku (kwa, with persons). to pieces, bangula. (unnail), kola. turns, vingajiana, vingaxiana. one’s turn, vinga. up, zangula (lift up). (a hill), tombola, balula. and carry, nata. room (occupy), binga. a walk, kangala, kiya. Tale (folk lore), samuna, 6 ; savu, 6 ; ngana, 2 ; kingana, 5. (news), nsangu, 2. tell a, v., ta e samuna, &c. Talebearer, n., nkwa (1) nsangu. Talipes, person affected with, «., ntiala, 2. Talisman, n., nkixi, 4 - Talk, «., mambu, pi. 7. v., vova. about, for, to, against, vovesa, yika. about (mention), yika, sungula. angrily (scold), bama. behind one’s back, kumba. (chatter), wulumuna. (converse, chat), moka. distinctly, fula. idle, n. f mfwanti, 2 ( 213 ) Tal-Tax Talk, continued. in delirium, v., wazumuna. n., mawazawaza, pi. 8. indistinctly, v., fofola. in one’s sleep, vova e lokotela (6). louder, wokesa e ndinga (2). (so as to be heard), tumbula e ndinga. loudly, xiamisa e ndinga. nasally, fongona. (of a great chief only), sakula, zu- zwala (P. julgar ?). on and on, much, wulumuna, lo- mbolola. one at a time, kwakwana. together, moka. about, mokena. (to each other), mokajiana(many). whisper, in a low, vova e kimfundu- mfnndn. without taking breath, vova e naka- naka (6). Talkative person, n ., nkwa (1) lungwedi. Talkativeness, n., lungwedi, 10. Tall, a ., -anda, -alambuka (long), be (long), v., lambuka. (of people), a., -anda, -andangala. person, nkwa (1) ntela anda; ndangala, 4 ; nlamvungila, 4. too, a., —la* Taller than, be, v., sunda e ntela ( 4 ). Tallness, «., la, 12 ; lambuka, 9. (stature), ntela, 4. Tallow, maji, pi. 7. Talon, n., luzala, 11 & 2 ; zala, 6. Tame, a., -alemvo (docile), -anlemba- mi (gentle). 2/., lemvola, lemba, lembeka. Tameable, a., -anlembakani. be, v., lembakana. Tameness, lemvo, 12 ; lembama, 9; unleka, 12. Tan, v., vanga e “ leather.” Tangle, v., zengalakesa, vwangala- kesa. nzengalakani, 2 ; mvwangala- kani, 2. (“ bush,” jungle), see jungle. Tangled, be, v., zengalakana, vwa- ngalakana. Tantalize, 2/., kembekesa. Tap (knock), v ., doda. a palm for wine, luaza. Tape, n., fita, 2 (P. fita). -worm, n., nioka (2) a moyo. Tapster, wine-, ngema, 2 ; mu- nsongwa, 3 ; nsongi, 2 ; nxie, 1 & 4. Tar, n ., dimbu (13) wandiakianga. Tardy, v., see slow, late. Tares, n., mbankanka, 2. Tarnish, v.t., see rust. (lose colour, of cloth only), bota. Tarry (delay), v ., beka, vinga, di- ngalala, vukuka, vekeka, ki- nga. (stay), nanga. Tart, a., -ansati. be, v., sata. Tartness, n., sata, 9. Task, n ., salu, 6. Tassel, n ., esafi, 8. Taste, v.t., yeleka, bimba (Bako.). ntomo, 2. fishy, lute, 10. like, v., toma ne. of something unpleasant, lusu, 10. of stale palm nuts, nkyekye, 4. small (returned to the giver or bearer of a gift), mbimbu, 2. Tasteless, a ., -ambuzubuzu. (without salt), -atozo. Tastelessness, n., mbuzubuzu, 4; tozo, 12. Tasty, something to eat with dry “ kwanga,” &c., n., etongo, 8. Tatters, n., mataya, pi. 8. Tattle, v ., samuna e nsangu (2). Tattoo, n., nsamba, 2. v., zenga e nsamba. mark or stripe down the nose, ntunda, 4. of Bateke, mantala, pi. 7. Taunt (laugh at), 2/., seva. (with a physical defect), tumba. Tax, n., mpaku, 2. v., vakulwisa. Tax-Tem ( 214 ) Tax, continued. -gatherer, nkwa (1) mpaku. pay, v ., vakula. Tea, xia, 6 (P. cha). -cup, mbaxinga, 2 ; xikala, 2 (P. chicara). -kettle, xialela, 2 (P. cbaleira). -pot, ebudi (8) dia xia (P. bule). Teach, v., longa, tangisa. Teacher, «., nlongi, 1 & 4. Teaching, n., elongi, 8. Tear, «., dinsanga, 7 ; kinsanga, 5 (sing, only, although meaning many tears), marks, nkukwila, 4. to come, as tears, v., bwabwanisa. the filling of the eyes with tears, n., nsudiadila, 2. Tear, v., baka, tiazuna, tiaza, taza, tazuna, tanuna. off a piece, zatuna, datuna. (food), zuzuna, yamuna. (wring off), zutuna, zatuna. off (as a plantain from the “ hand ”), kiola. (take off), katula. to pieces, use repetitives. (as a pack of jackals), yanza. up, out, by the roots, vuza, dumu- na, duna, dukumuna, tuku- muna. with the teeth (as meat off a bone), kavuna, kamvuna, kemvuna, kemvona, yemvona, yemvu- na in large pieces. (nibble), kela, deka, kesumuna, kesomona. Tearful, a ., -ambwabwanini. Tease, v., kwika, tantika. (so as to cause to fight), neka, fie- ngenesa. (worry, annoy), tokanisa, nanga- nisa, nangika. Teat, ;z., ntu (4) a ntulu (2). Tedious, a., -afuki. Tediousness, n., fuki, 6. Teem, v., vwila. Teeth, n., meno, pi. 7 ; see also tooth, cut, grow, v., dukumuka. a tooth just cutting, //., eduku, 8. Teeth, cut, continued. feverishness during teething, ba- ndabanda, 6. cut, after the fashionable manner, when the two top front teeth are sharpened, ekombe, 8. when they are cut diagonally from the centre, meno masongolwa or mampaya or masonswa. the two top front teeth in the natural state, meno manse- velo. to cut or file teeth thus, v., sonsa. extract, knock out, v., kola, grind the, kwetesa 0 meno. Teetotum, mbutu, 2. Telegraph wires, nxinga (4) mia mayembo. Telescope, w., mbweno, 2; nguya, 2 (P. guia). Tell, v., jingula, samuna, kamba. about, of, samunwina, samwina, jingulwila, jingwila. a lie, vuna, vova e viku (6). (a secret), baka, bangula, tendola, tendula, tengola, tengula. (inadvertently), sununa. a tale, story, ta e ngana (2), &c. over again, tewolola. each other, samujiana. -tale, #., nkwa (1) nsangu. to (cause to), tell to catch = cause to catch ; see cause. (order), vovesa. Temper (manner), n., fu, 6 ; nza, 4. hasty, ekaxi (8) diatuntu, makaxi (8) matnntu or manswalu or manzaki or malumfulumbu- mbu; ekudi, 8. Tempered, bad, a ., -ambi. good, -ambote, -anlembami, -le- mbama. Tempt, v ., vukumuna. (entice), nekena, leba. (try), tala e sunga (6). Temptation, «., umpukumuni, 12. (a tempting), mpukumuna, 2. (trial, test), ntalwa (4) a sunga (6). Tempter, «., mpukumuni, 2 ; mvu- kumuni, 1 & 4. ( 215 ) Ten-Tha Ten, n., ekumi, 8. a ., -kumi. thousand, n.y kiaji, 5. Tenacious, a., -anlami. Tenacity, n ., lama, 9. Tend (herd), v., vungula. the sick, yelesa. Tender, be, z/., ke bala ko. a., ke -amhadi ko. Tenderly, adv ., 0 malembe. Tenderness, n.y see gentleness, love, mercy. Tendon, n ., mwanji, 3. Tense (by distension), 7^.,-wungalala, -butalala. be, v., wungalala, butalala. (by strain), /., -tantama, -nanga- ma. a ., -antantami, -anangami. be, v., tantama, nangama. Tension, n.y wungalala, 9 ; butala¬ la, 9; nangama, 9; tantama, 9. Tent, n.y balaka, 2 (P. barraca); nzo (2) angoto. Tenth, a., -ekumi. Tepid, fi., -lebuka, -leboka, -lebu- lwa, -lebolwa, -lavuka, -aki- didi. be, v ., lebuka, leboka, lavuka. make, lebula, lebola, lavula. Tepidity, n ., kididi, 5 ; lebuka, 9 ; leboka, 9 ; lavuka, 9. Term (call), v., yika. (time fixed), n., kolo kiaxiwa. (word), diambu, 7. Terminate, see finish, v. Termination, see end, n. Termite, see ant (white). Terrace, n., lufulu (10) luakumbwa. cut a, v., kumba. Terrible (bad), a ., -ambi, -ambimbi- imbi. Terrified, be, v ., mona 0 wonga (12) wingi. Terrify, v., mwesa 0 wonga (12) wingi. Terror, 7z., wonga, 12. Test (measure), v., teza. tezo, 6. (taste), v., yeleka, bimba (Bako.). Test (taste), continued. n. y ngyeleka, 2. (try), v. f xinsa, tonta. n.y nxinsa, 2 ; ntonta, 2. (the heart), v., tala e sunga (6). n.y ntalwa (4) a sunga. Testament (agreement), see agree¬ ment. Testicle, ekata, 8. Testify, v.y ludika. Testimony, n.y luludiku, 10. Tether, v.y kanga. Thank, v.y tonda, fiauka, generally used in the perfect. I thank you, mfiaukidi kwame or ntondele kwame. very much indeed, mfiaukidi nto¬ ndele kwame beni nkenene. Thanks, n.y ntonda, 2. Than, conj. The comparative degree is expressed by the use of sunda (to excel, exceed) or luta (to surpass, exceed), and the sen¬ tence is recast accordingly. These are more than we want, eyayi isundidi eyi tuvava = these exceed these we want ; he is taller than you, yandi osundidi e ntela aku = he ex¬ ceeds your stature ; this is better than that, kiaki kisundidi ekina 0 wete = this exceeds that (in) goodness ; he went oftener than I, oyandi olutidi 0- kwenda = he surpassed to go. sooner than, see sooner. That, firon. In English the demonstrative pro¬ noun recognizes two positions which are designated by this and that {pi. these and those). Kongos recognize three posi¬ tions, the 1 st, close to the speaker, equals this ; the 2nd, at a little distance removed from the speaker, equals that {near ); the 3rd, at a considerable dis¬ tance from the speaker, is equi¬ valent to that {yonder). The article is not always prefixed Tha-Tha ( 216 ) That, cojttinited. in the 3rd position, in that case ina stands for eyina, una for owuna. Simple Form. — Singular . Class. ist Pos. 2nd Pos. 3rd Pos. This, That, That, near yonder I * oyu oyo ona 2 eyi eyo eyina 3 , 4 owu owo owuna 5, 6 eki ekio ekina 7, 8 edi edio edina 9 oku oko okuna 10, 11 olu olo oluna 12, 13 owu owo owuna 14 ova ovo ovana 15 efi efio efina. Plural. Class. ist Pos. 2nd Pos. 3rd Pos. These , Those, Those, near yonder I aya owo ana 2 eji ezo ejina 3 , 4 emi emio emina 5j 6, eyi eyo eyina 7, 8 oma omo omana 9 oma omo omana 10, 11 otu oto otuna 12 owu owo owuna 13 oma omo omana 14 omu omo omuna There are also emphatic forms of the demonstratives equi¬ valent to this one and that one. Emphatic Form. — Singular. Class. ist Pos. 2nd Pos. 3rd Pos. This one, That one, That one, near yo 7 ider I ndioyu ndioyo ndiona 2 yayi yoyo yayina 3 ? 4 wau wowo wauna 5, 6 kiaki kiokio kiakina 7, 8 diadi diodio diadina 9 kwaku koko kwakuna 10, 11 lualu lolo lualuna 12, 13 wau wowo wauna 14 vava vovo vavana 15 fiafi fiofio fiafina That, continued. Plural. Class. ist Pos. 2nd Pos. 3rd Pos. These, Those, Those, near yonder I awaya awowo awana 2 zaji zozo zajina 3, 4 miami miomio miamina 5, 6 yayi yoyo yayina CN CO mama momo mamana 9 mama momo mamana 10, II twatu toto twatuna 12 wau wowo wauna 13 mama momo mamana 14 mwamu momo mwamuna The two sets of tables given above are really demonstrative adjec¬ tives, and as such in Kongo, follow immediately after the noun they qualify. Where they stand as pure pronouns without any noun, being either the sub¬ ject, or the object of the verb, they are prefixed by the article proper to their class; kiaki thus becomes ekiaki; wan, owau; ndiona, andiona. Where for the sake of stronger emphasis, the emphatic form is placed before the noun, both noun and pronoun take the article before them, thus owau 0 nti. There is yet another set of emphatics, even stronger if possible, formed by placing -au before the simple form, the -au being prefixed by the prefixes of series No. 1, thus kiau eki. There is also another set of de¬ monstratives, which may be called the verbal demonstratives; these (like the verbal adjectives) have a very confined use, occur¬ ring only after the verbal parti¬ cle i. Only the first position has a special form. Table of verbal demonstrative pronouns— ( 217 ) Tha-The That, continued. sing. This plur. These. 1 yuyu 1 yaya 2 yiyi 2 jiji 3, 4 wuwu 3, 4 mimi 5, 6 kiki 5,6 yiyi 7, 8 didi 7, 8 mama 9 kuku 9 mama 10,11 lulu 10,11 tutu 12 wuwu 12 wuwu 13 wuwu 13 mama 14 vava 14 mumu 15 fifi The second and third positions, both sing, and plur. are identical with the emphatics of Table II. (ist pos.) This is it, i kiau kiki. (2nd pos.) That {near) is it, i kiau kiokio. (3rd pos.) That {yonder) is it, i kiau kiakina. Those emphatics which are pre¬ faced by -au in classes 2 to 15 are in class 1 prefaced by yandi (he) in the singular, and yau (they) in the plural. The de¬ rivation of the ndi- sing, and aw- (= au) pi. is from the same pronoun. Singular nouns which have a plural form in Kongo take plural demonstratives; that water, maza omo. The relative pronouns in Kongo are identical in form and usage with the demonstratives, thus : twasa e kinkutu kina yasu- mbidi ezono, bring the coat which I brought yesterday. When the demonstrative pronouns combine with numerals, they are expressed by -au, bearing the prefix of its class, followed by the secondary form of the numerals, prefixed by the par¬ ticle a, thus : those three goats, nkombo zau ajitatu. Where it is necessary to demonstrate the position and be very emphatic, either of the forms That, continued. of demonstrative pronouns may be placed before the -au: e nkombo zajina zau ajitatu, those three goats yonder. The a prefixed to secondary numerals is explained under “A,” Kongo-Eng. that which (whatever), konso, fol¬ lowed by the objective pro¬ noun applied as a suffix, konso kio, &c.; or when the noun is not mentioned, by the simplest form of the demonstrative pro¬ noun. that, when introducing the subjunc¬ tive mood, may be translated by VO, or it may be omitted alto¬ gether. Where the pronoun edi begins the sentence, “that” is not further translated. He says that he will come, edi kavovele kwiza kekwiza. Where “that” stands alone, its noun being understood, it as¬ sumes the class of its noun ; (which goat ?) that one, e yoyo, (this, for this), edi (this) at the com¬ mencement of the sentence. He says that he will come, edi ka¬ vovele kwiza kekwiza ; he dug a hole that he might catch a buffalo, edi katimini e ewu- lu kabaka e mpakasa. This later sentence might stand with¬ out edi, and so “ that ” be un¬ translated. so that, kadi; see also order (in order that). Thatch, v., fuka. n ., nludi, 4 (roof); nianga, 2 (grass). Thatching grass, see grass. Thaw, v.i ., zeza. v.t., zezesa. The, art., see a (the article). There is no specially definite article. Thee, pron ., nge, ngeye; see also under you, pron. sing. The-Thi ( 218 ) Theft, n., ngiya, 2. (thieving, thievishness), wivi, 12. Their, firon., -an. Theirs, fir on., -an (secondary). Them (personal, and of living crea¬ tures),/^;/., yan. included, in the prefixes of verbs, -a, -aba. In the case of inanimate things standing as the objects of a verb, the objective pronoun is never expressed, in the prefixes of verbs (as is the case of many Bantu languages), but is a detached particle following immediately after the verb, or where an auxiliary is used, after that. Bring them, twasa yo ; bring them carefully, toma yo twasa. 10, 11 12 13 14 to wo mo mo Class Class 2 ZO 3, 4 mio 5,6 yo 7, 8, 9 mo the emphatic objective pronoun is -an (see them), placed before the verb. Themselves, yan kwau,yau kibeni, yan veka. they... themselves, use reflexive form : they killed themselves, bayivo- ndele. Then (after that), adv., (i) boxi, (i) mbengi. (afterwards), oku kwakwijiwa, okn kwakwendewa, okalo- kala. (at that time) ; not translated : he was gone then, wele kwandi kala ; it was then night, se fnkn. (in that case), zevo, ozevo, zavo, ozavo. not then (not yet), ke -akanini ko. when...then, vava...zevo ; when I came he had not then arrived, vava ndweke zevo oyandi kalneke ko. Thence, from thence, use the locatives of the 2nd and 3rd positions ; see in. There, adv., use the locatives of the 2nd and 3rd positions ; see in. there is, are, &c., expressed by the addition of the prefixes mn, kn, va, to the verb. There is a man in our town, muna evata dieto mukedi muntu, &c. The particle se also expresses this: Now there are many houses, owau se nzo jingi. there was, were, &c. (once upon a time), expressed by the addition of the prefixes mwa, kwa, va, to the verb : there were three men, mwakedi wantu tatu. For the force of these prefixes, see in. Therefore, adv., dianu, diau, i ku- ma, i, i mpitu, muna diadi (diambu), always used with the applied form: therefore I did not go, i ndembele kwendela. Thereon, adv., use the locative vana 2nd and 3rd positions, see in. These, see that. They, Class Class 1 yau 7, 8, 9, 13 mau 2 zau 10, 11 twau 3,4 miau 12 wau 5,6 yau 14 mwau v subjective prefixes to verbs : be, e, ba, a. themselves, yau kwau, yau kibeni, yau veka. they...themselves, see themselves. Thick, a., -ankandu, -avonga (big). (dense, of liquids), -abotomba. Thicken (as soup), v., xia e boto- mba. Thicket, n., kanka, 6. Thickly grow and mat together, v., tungalakana, tungalakiana. Thickness (bulk), n., nkandu, 4. (density), botomba, 6. Thief, n., mwivi, 3. Thieve, v., yiya, wombola. ( 219 ) Thi-Tho Thievish person, «., kapekele, 9 & 1; kapiangu, 9 & 1. Thievishness, wivi, 12. Thigh, n., etungi (8) or etangatanga (8) dia kulu (9). Thin (as paper, &c.), a ., -aluveveke- jia. be, get (lean), v ., tanda, tandakana, nionza, balakana. man, n., ntandakani, 1 & 4 ; mba- lakani, 1 & 4. (not thick), a ., ke -ankandu ko. (of a fluid), a., -ankiongolo. (of persons),^., -balakana, -tanda¬ kana, -tanda, -nionza. (slight in build), a., -alubielekese, -alukelekese. Thine ,pron., -akn, -a ngeye (second¬ ary). Thing, lekwa, 6 ; ma, 6 ; kiuma, 5 ; kima, 5 (Bako.); sangala, 6 (Mpa.). (affair), diambu, 7; uma, 12. all things, everything, fwalangani, 6 . found, kimbongolola, 5. of iron, tadi, 6. (round missile), sungela, 6. (the name of which you forget or do not care to mention), kinga- ndi, 5. very small, kindekwandekwa, 5. the thing with or in which an action is performed, is expressed by the passive present indefinite of the applied form without any prefix : such nouns are in Class 6. zenga, to cut ; zenge- lwa, 6, a thing to cut with : nata, to carry ; natinwa, a thing to carry in. Think, v., banza, banjikisa, naka, yindula,balula,badika (muna or onm ntima); see also fancy, imagine. about, care for, banza. (meditate), yindama. Thinness (leanness), n ., ntandn, 2 ; tanda, 9 ; tandakana, 9 ; nio¬ nza, 9; balakana, 9. Thinness, continued. (of fluids), nkiongolo, 4. (of paper), luvevekejia, 10. (slightness), lubielekese, 10 ; luke- lekese, 10. Third, a. f -etatn. Thirdly, adv., 0 kutatu kwandi. Thirst, evwina, 8. Thirsty, be, v., fwa e evwina. Thirteen, a., knmi ye tatn. Thirty, a ., makumatatu, makumi matatu. This, see that. Thither, adv ., the locatives kuna, muna & vana in the 2nd and 3rd positions ; see in. Thorn, ?z., lusende, 11 & 2 (nsende). bush (mimosa), mvanga, 4. Thorny, a ., -ansende. creeper, njila, 4 ; ewele, 8. (wild yam), sadi, 6. Thoroughly, adv., beni, benibeni, nkutu (wholly). Those, see that. Thou, pron ., ngeye, nge. In construction; subjective pre¬ fixes to verbs, 0, wa, before the objective prefix, 0 becomes u except in pres, indie, tenses. thou thyself, ngeye or nge kibeni or kwaku or veka. thou...thyself, use the reflexive form. Though, conj., kana, kanele, kanele vo, ovo vele vo. as though, ne (i), nze (i). (however), watu (commencing the sentence) ; you will have to go though, watu oxinga kwenda. Thought, n ., mbalu, 2 ; ngindu, 2. be wrapt in thought, v ., yindama. Thoughtful, see kind, prudent. Thoughtless, a ., -ampalakasa. Thoughtlessly, adv., e palakasa- palakasa. let out (a secret), v., sununa. speak, losola (e diambu). Thoughtlessness, n., palakasa- palakasa, 6 ; umpalakasa, 12. Thousand, n., ezunda, 8. ten, kiaji, 5. Tho-Thu ( 220 ) Thousand, continued. hundred, elundu, 8. thousand (million), efuku, 8. i,ooo beads of the currency (io strings of ioo each), kulaji, 6 tfrmbondo, 2 ; 10,000 nkama, 2 ; 100,000 ezunda, 8 , and so on ; they count the number of strings, and reckon so. Thrash, v., bunda. (beat), see beat. Thread, n., mpusn, 2 ; ximba, 6 . (as beads), v., soma, through (as cotton), suka. Threat, n., nxinxikila, 2 . Threaten, t/., kanikina. in fun, xixisa. with (a weapon, &c., in the hand), xinxikila. Three, a ., -tatn. Thresh, v ., bunda. Threshold, n., sumbuka, 6. Thrice, adv ., nkumbu ntatu; see times. Thrive, 7/., kukolela. Throat, n ., elaka, 8; mininwa, 6 (gullet). clear the, 7/., kekumuna. cut the, zenga e elaka. Throb, v., tumpa, kulana, landana. n., ntumpa, 2 ; tumpa, 9 ; nku- lana, 2 ; kulana, 9; nda- ndana, 2 ; landana, 9. Throne, n., kunda, 6. Throng, see crowd. Throttle, v., baka muna elaka (8). Through (by means of), prep. & adv., muna. get through a hole, v.i., kota or vaika vana evundu. go through, kwenda e losola or e loswela, losolwa, losoka (kuna esambu diakaka). cause to, 7 /./.,losola (kuna esambu diakaka); the bullet went right through, ekela diviokele e losola kuna esambu edimoxi. go through (a district), v.i., lutila muna (nxi). stick through, v.t ., tumpula. Throughout, adv., muna...-awanso. (wholly), nkutu. Throw (at), v., tuba, about, see scatter, away, out, loza, veta. (as useless), buma. away, overboard, down, into, takula. back, vutula. backward & forwards, tubajiana. down (cause to fall), bwisa. heavily, lumba, yumba, yemba, zanza. (hurl), tuba. (something which flies with a whirl¬ ing motion), vikimika. into, kobola. (water), dibula. off (clothes), vula. (dash off), zuwa. oneself on the ground (in convulsions of laughter), kuxila, xinguka, kuxinga. out (pour), see pour, over, backwards, makuna. together (mix up), bundakesa, sa- nganisa. up, takula. (the arm), saka (0 koko). (water into one’s mouth with the hand), zakula. Thrust into, v., suka or kotesa muna. out, vaikisa. (push), nunguna. Thumb, n., nlembo (4) exina. Thunder, v., bumina, duduma; it thunders, ezulu dibumini. a clap of, n., mwandaji, 3 ( = forked lightning, they are considered one). rolling, mvumu, 4. (spoken of thunder only), v., talu- muka ; it thunders, mwandaji utalumukanga. Thunderstorm. There is always electric disturbance with a heavy storm, so that there is no special word for a storm with thunder and lightning. Thursday, n., kietanu, 5. ( 221 ) Thu-Tim Thus, adv ., nana, ana, wan. Thwart (forbid), v ., lima. (oppose), fila e mpaka ( 2 ). Thy, pron., -akn. Thyself, pron., ngeye or nge kwakn or kibeni or veka. thou, see thou. Tick, nianji, 2. Tickle, v., jikinisa, dia e ngongo- fila (2). Tide, n. (expl.), yo funa yo ninga kwa mbn. ebb, v., ninga, xioka, vola (Lua- ngu). rise, v., fnna, wala (Luangu). Tidiness, n., kingwedi, 5. Tidy, a., -nkwa kingwedi. be, v., knmpama, zonzama. make, knmpika, zonzeka. Tie, v., kanga. a knot, jitika. n., ejita, 8 . (crosswise), v., kambika. (palm rib battens on a roof or wall), v., kankala. roughly, tamba (things), lamvnla (string). strongly, firmly, vololola, knlnbuta, nwengesa (0 nxinga, 4). (the hands behind the back),bindika (0 moko, 9). together, kanganisa. Tiff, «., nkaxikaxi, 2. Tight, p., -xieme. too, a ., -ke. Tighten, v. y kolesa, vina, kasa, tintika, xiamisa, bama. Till, adv., yamuna, yaknna, ya- vana ; see also until, stay, v., vinga ; stay till to-morrow, vinga 0 mbaji. Till (cultivate), v., vata. Tilt (cant, a table), v ., vwetomona, vwetnmnna. (a vessel), yenzomona, yenzumuna, yenzeka. Tilted, be (as a table), v ., vweto- moka, vwetumnka. (as a vessel), yenzomoka, yenzu- muka, yenzama. Timber, n., nti, 4. a ., -anti. Time, n., kolo, 6 ; ntangwa, 2. a long, kolo kingi, ntaxi, 2 ; taxi, 6 . by the time, adv., e kolo ; see also when. from this time, tukamena lumbu kiaki. from time to time, e zaka ntangwa, e yaka lumbn, lumbu kiatutu. (in music,), ekuma, 8. in old time, e nza ankulu. in the daytime, oku mwini. in the night-time, 0 fuku. (of night), lo, 6 ; see Kongo-Eng. once upon a time = there was ; see there. one of these times, e ntama-ntama. (period), tandu, 6. (season), ngonde, 2 ; mvu, 4; nsungi, 2. take time to consider, v., nua 0 maza, pi. 7. this time, adv., elelo. this time next — , n., nlungi, 4 ; this time next xivu, nlungi a xivu. Time of day : — cockcrow, nsusu (2) antete. very early, una nswe, una he. dawn, kuma (9) kukia. after dawn (early), mvungula, 2 ; mbungululu, 2; fukufuku, 12 ; nsuka, 4 ; mvunguvungu, 2. morning, menemene, 6. noon, ntangwanlungu. afternoon, ntangwa ivengele. sunset, mvekwantangwa, 4. evening, maxika, pi. 13. night, fuku, 13. 9 o’clock p.m., lo (6) kia mvolwa makukwa. midnight, edingidingi, 8 ; ndingwa- nxi, 4. Time (repetition), nkumbu, 4 ; twice, nkumbu miole ; three times, nkumbu ntatu. The repetition of an action is often expressed thus : he came three times, ngiza tatu kejidi = Tim-To ( 222 ) Time, continued. comings three he came. He struck him eight times, ngwa- nda nana kanwende. A nasal prefix is added to the simple form of the verb, and the noun thus made is of the 2 nd class. The noun and the numeral pre¬ cede the verb, and the clause is complete. The addition of the nasal causes the usual euphonic changes, ill to nd, &c. Timid, a., -awonga. be, v., mona o wonga. Timidity, n., wongola, 12 ; wonga, 12. Tin, n.., kinzu, 5 (kia lata); lata, 2 (P. lata); foya, 2 (P. folha). Tinder, n., fnla, 12 (the gossamer on the spathes and bases of palm branches). Tinge, v., according to tint, see whiten, blacken, redden. (with mud, as water), timvnna. Tinker up (mend), v., londa, ba- tika. Tinkle, v., vova. Tint, n ., se, 6 ; etona, 8. Tiny, see fine (small) very, diminutive. Tip (end), n ., nsuka, 2. (head), ntu, 4. of tail (of beasts or reptiles), nsanxi, 2. over, v.t., nongona, nnnguna. Tipsy, a., -ankolwa. be, v., kolwa. make, kolesa. Tire, v., yovola. Tired, be, v., to (6, ki-) zeza ^rnioka or yoya, yela 0 mabihi or mafunga or mayovoka, yo- voka. Title, nknmbu, 2 ; ejina, 8. (of nobility), ngenda, 2. to confer a, v., yeka e ngenda. To, prep ., use the locatives kuna, mnna and vana see in ; before living creatures and their per¬ sonal pronouns, kuna and ku become kwa and kuna kwa. To, continued. To is often contained in the radical idea of Kongo verbs, as : to fall to pieces, niukumuka; to amount to, lunga. As the sign of the infinitive it is untranslated in Kongo. When it stands thus after the verbs kwenda (go) and kwiza (come), the in¬ finitive verb is prefixed with an a, and its final a becomes i: he is gone to look for it, wele avavi kio or wele kiavavi. In the latter case the objective pronoun being placed after the first verb it loses its final 0 and takes the a in its place. It would be too awkward to make it kiwavavi, so the 0 drops out after i and y, otherwise it is w. An example of avavi will serve for all verbs. Class Sing. pi. I amvavi bavavi 2 yavavi zwavavi 3,4 wavavi miavavi 5,6 kiavavi yavavi 7,8 diavavi mwavavi 9 kwavavi mwavavi 10,11 luavavi twavavi 12 wavavi wavavi 13 wavavi mwavavi 14 vwavavi mwavavi 15 fiavavi (as far as, until), yakuna, yamuna, yavana. to be to; he is to start = he will start; it is to go = it is going. (for—in g), gerund, mu, muna ; it is good to eat, kiabiza muna dia. (for to), it is for you to eat = it is yours that you may eat, kia ngeye wadia kio. (of), brother to the king = brother of the king; the road to Ngombe =*the road of Ngombe (the Ngombe road), njila a Ngombe. To go there is to die, 0V0 wele ( 223 ) To-Tou To, continued. kuna ofwidi, if you go there you are dead. Toad, n., kiuwula, 5 ; ehototo, 8. croak as, v., hotomoka. Toast (broil), v., yanga. (scorch, as bread), babisa. Tobacco, n., mfomo, 2 (P. fumo); nsunga, 2. smoke, v., nua e mfomo. To-day, adv ., unu, wau (now), bubu (Bako.), unu kiaki (emphatic). Toddle, v ., kwenda e ntende (2). Toe, n., nlembo, 4. great, nlembo exina. Together, adv., e ntwadi, kumoxi, vamoxi. both together, -au e-ole. Toil, n., salu, 6. v., sala. Token, n., dimbu, 6 ; a red olive bead, mbiya (2) ankangu, is given as a very sure token, it constitutes a binding promise. Tolerate, v., yambula, bika. Toll, n., mpaku, 2. levy, v., vakulwisa. pay, vakula. Tomato, n., tumata, pi. 10 (P. to- mate). Tomb, n., tumbala, 2 (P. tumba); see also grave. To-morrow, adv., 0 mbaji. the day after, e kiamene. Tongs, n., lukwatu, 10 ; the piece of wood in which the point of a hoe is held during forging, nsuku, 4. Tongue, n., lubini, 10; ludimi, 10 (Bako.). To-night, adv., 0 fuku. (in the evening), 0 maxika. (later on), 0 mbatu, 0 mbanu, 0 ngatu, 0 nganu. Tonsils, n., mininwa, 6. Tool, n., esalu, 8; sadilwa, 6. Tooth, n., dinu, 7 (pi. meno); see teeth. ache, have, v., lunzwa 0 meno. in front teeth, n., nsunungu, 2. have, v., yela e nsunungu. Tooth, continued. knock out, kola or kongona e dinu. pick, n., nxienxiele, 2 (of palm stem) ; totolo, 6 (of stick). Top, n., ntandu, 2. of head, mbanda (2) a ntu. of hill, ebata, 8 ; etenta, 8 . (toy), mbutu, 2. Topsyturvy, be, v., bukama. turn, bukika. Torch, n., mini, 6 (light). Torment, v., mwesa e mpaxi jingi; see annoy. Torn, be, v., bakuka, tiazuka, tanuka. Tornado, n., vento (2) amvula. (cyclone), ndonabidi, 2 (P. tor¬ nado ?) Torpid, a., -anlandu. be, v., landula. Torpidity, n., nlandu, 4. Torrent, n., nkuka, 2. bed, nkukwila, 4 ; lubulu, 10. Tortoise, n., mfulu, 2. shell, baula (6 kia) mfulu. Tortuous, a., -anjeta, -ampionda, -anzunga. be, v., viondoloka, viondoka. Torture, v., mwesa e mpaxi jingi. Toss, v., takula. about (as in pain), sengojioka, vi- ndumioka. up (violently, as waves, spray), du- mvuka. cause to, dumvuna. Total, n., ebundu, 8. Totally, adv., kutu, nkutu, beni. Totter, v., tembela. Touch, v., viakana, ximba (handle), (a person’s body, of things only), tela, hole, n., nji, 2. (so as to call attention), lavuna. (strike), see strike. Touching, be, v., totakiana, bata- kiana. put, totakesa, batakesa. Tough, a., -ambadi,-akola, -akwiji- ma (dry be, v., bala, kola, be not, veva. Tou-Tra ( 224 ) Toughen, v., badisa, kolesa. Tow, v., tunta. Toward, prep., the locative kuna, see in; muna dim"ba (6) kia ; to¬ wards the river, muna dimba kia nzadi. Towel, n., etwaya, 8 (P. toalha). Town, evata, 8. chief (city), mbanza, 2. compound in a, lumbu, 10. part of, cluster of houses in a, belo, 6 . station, factory, evula, 8 ; elo, 8. suburb (a town belonging to ,the mbanza), evanga, 8. the immediate vicinity of a town, nganzu, 2. the road outside a town, efula, 8. Trace, see track. Trachea, n., mvuvu, 4 ; ngongolo, 2. Track, v ., fimbula. (footmarks), ntambi, 2 & 11. (of a paw), buba, 6 ; ekanda, 8. (of beasts), nkuka, 4 ; nkumba, 4 ; elambu, 8 ; nlambu, 4 ; eye- ndelo, 8. small (under the grass), luanzu, 10; mwanzu, 3. (of snake), kokela, 6. (path, road), see path. (path seldom used), nsoko, 4. Tractable, a. f -alemvo,-anlembami. be, v., lemvokela. Trade, v., kita, sumba (buy), teka (sell). (produce), mana, pi. 7 ; munkita, 3 - Trader, nkiti, 1 & 4. a chief man in a caravan of traders, ekota, 8 . one of a caravan, mwana (1) ange- nji. (white man), mundele, 3. Trading house (factory), n., evula, 8; elo, 8. Tradition, see story. Trail, n., kokela, 6. v.t., koka. v.i. % kokwa. Trail, continued. part of a man’s cloth allowed to trail on the ground, #., nla- mvu, 4. Train, v., lemvola, longa (teach), sansa (instruct), of cloth, n ., nlamvu, 4. Traitor, n., ntakudi, 1 & 4. act as, v., takula. Tramp, v., kuluba. n., nxindu, 2. Trample upon, v., diatakesa, funta- kesa, diata. Tranquil, be, v., vuvama, kala e pi-i. Tranquillity, «., vuvama, 9; pi-i,6. Transfer into something else, v., sekola, sekula. to (give), see give. Transfix, v. % tumpula. Transform, v.t., kitula. into, v.z., kituka. Transgress (a law), v. f veza or su- muna (e konko), kulula (0 nxiku). Transgression, luvezo, 10; ngyelele, 2. Transgressor, nkwa (1) luvezo. Translate, v., sekula or sekola (e ndinga, 2. Translation, nseko, 2. Translator, «., nsekodi, 1 & 4; nsekudi, 1 & 4. Transmit (a contagion), v., sambu- kisa. Transplant, v., kimununa. Transport, v., nata (carry). Trap, v., baka muna ntambu. n., ntambu, 4. deft arrangements with noozes for animals, lungwengwe, 10; ngwengwe, 2 ; konkolo, 6 ; kiji, 5- for birds, kulula, 6 ; ntakula, 2. empty, take out of a, v., kokola. fish (like lobster basket, long), n., vuwa, 6 ; ekangu, 8 (large); lembo, 6 (Bako.). go off without catching anything, v., bala 0 mankwa. ( 225 ) Tra-Tru Trap, cmtinued. in which a door closes, ti., ntambu a enekwa. in which a log falls, kiemba, 5. pit-, ntambu a ewulu (ntambwe- wulu). stake in, mpalu, 2. rat, saka, 6 ; nkanda, 2. set a, v., leka (perf. lekele) 0 nta¬ mbu. spring gun, 71 ., vumbi, 6. spring of a, ntambu, 4. Trash (foolish words), n., mfwanti, 2. Travail, n., mawuta, pi. 8. pains, nsongo, 4. Travel, v ., diata. about, kiya, kangala. Traveller, n., mwana (1) angenji; nkiyi, 1 & 4. Traverse, see cross, travel. Treachery, n., takula, 9. Tread, v., diata. (trample on), diatakesa, funtakesa. water, kwenda 0 mansa ma ma- ntelama. Treasure, ti., mbongo, 2 ; vwa, 9. Treat (do, behave towards), v., va- nga...kwa. with contempt, saula, veza, zemba. with respect, jitisa. Treble, a., -alunkelemba. voice, 7 i., lunkelemba, 10. Tree, ti., nti, 4 ; see Appendix, Trees. Tremble, v., kunkuma, zakama, ti- ta, dedema, pupila, dada. (jar), zazala. Trembling, n., ezakazaka, 8 ; zaka- zaka, 6. Trench, ti., muvu, 3. v., tima 0 muvu. (encroach on another’s farm), vola (e mpatu, 2). Trespass, see transgression. Trial, ti., nkanu, 4. Tribe, n ., nxi, 2. (clan), ekanda, 8 . Tribulation, ti., mpaxi, 2 ; mvia, 4. Tribute, ti., mpaku, 2. levy, v., vakulwisa. pay, vakula. Trick, n., nsaka, 2 ; vakuba, 6. (deceive), v., vuna; see also con¬ jure. Trickle, v., kukula. (as something viscid), zelumuka, zelomoka. Trifle, n., lekwa (6) kiandwelo (thing), diambu (7) diandwelo (matter). Trigger, n ., pingelo, 2 (P. espingar- da; see gun). Trim (adorn), v., viengesa, tomesa. (arrange), kumpika, zonzeka. (the hair by cutting back from the forehead), deka. (a tree), vangila, zungula. Trip, see expedition. (stumble), v.i., sansala. up, v.t., selola. (as a root), konkalakesa. (as a stone, &c.), tesa e esakuba ( 8 ). (as on a root), v.i., konkalakana. (as on a stone), ta e esakuba (8). Triumph, v ., sanga (exult); see also rejoice, v.i. 71., sanga, 9. Trodden upon, be, v., diatakana. Troop, see company, crowd. Trot, v., lundumuka. Trouble, n., mpaxi, 2. v., mwesa e mpaxi. (annoy), tantika. (anxiety), nteleko (4) a moyo (3). (be anxious), v., teleka o moyo. be in, mona e mpaxi. (calamity), n., mvia, 4. (perplexity), lujingameno, 10. Trousers, n., mbati, 4. Trowel, n., zalu, 6 ; loto, 10 (spoon). Truce, n., luve, 10. proclaim, make a, v., boka 0 luve. True, a., -aludi, -akikilu, -akieleka. Truly, adv., e kieleka, e ludi. (in the inmost heart), kuna nxi a ntima (4). (indeed), see indeed, speak, v., ludika. Trumpet, n., mpungi, 2 ; tulumbe- ta, 2 (P. trombeta). Q Tru-Tus ( 226 ) Trunk (body), n ., to, 6 ; ta, 6. (box), box. (of elephant), llkati, 4. (of tree), nti, 4. Trust, v., kwikila. n., lukwikilu, 10; kwikila, 9. Trustful, a ., -ankwikidi. Trustworthy person, n., nkwa (1) kieleka or ludi; mimkwikiji, 3 ( see Christian). Truth, n., ludi, 6 ; kieleka, 5. tell the, v., ludika. Try (attempt), v., xinsa, tonta. (endeavour to do something too great), vampama, vakama. (a law case, judge), zenga 0 nkanu. (bring a case before judges), fu- nda 0 nkanu (4). (measure), teza. (taste), yeleka. (tempt), see tempt. Tube, n., mvuvu, 4. (stem of pipe), ntwala, 4. Tuck up one’s dress, v., sela. Tucked up, be, v., selwa. Tuesday, n., kietatu, 5. Tuft (of grass), n ., zo, 6. (of hair), jiojio, 6. Tug, v., tunta. Tumble about, v ., sotojioka. (fall), see fall. Tumbler, n., kopa, 2 (P. copo). Tumult, see noise, riot. Tune, n., vunu, 6. v., leka, lekanisa. (to try the tone during tuning), tonta. Tunic, n., kinkutu, 5. Turbulence, see wildness. Turbulent, see wild. Turn a deaf ear, v.t., landula. aside, vengumuna, vengomona, vengesa. v.i., vengumuka, venga, venguka, vembuka. from (avoid, keep at a distance from), venguluka, vengoloka. (branch off), vambuka. away, the back, v.t ., fila e nima (2). back (fold back), fokola. Turn back, continued, v.i., fokoka. (return), vutuka. (be crooked), tekama. face downwards, bukama. v.t. , bukika. face uppermost (or belly uppermost, as a dead fish), v.i., sengoka, senguka, seloka, seluka, seka, bukuka. v.t., sengola, sengula, selola, se- lula, sekesa, bukula. get ahead of and turn, zekela. inside out, v.t., fituna. v.i., fituka. into (enter), kota. into (something else, another recep¬ tacle), v.t., sekola, sekula. (transform), v.t., kitula. (become), v.i., kituka. loose, v.t., tayisa. out, vaikisa. of, v.i., vaika. over, see turn face upwards or down¬ wards. and over (as anything rolling down a hill), v.t., vindumuna, nengomona, nengumuna. v.i., vindumuka, nengomoka, nengumuka. on to the other side, bangumuka, bekoka, bekuka (mats, etc.). v.t., bangumuna, bekola, be- kula (of cloth mats, etc.) round, vilula. v.i., viluka. and round (to examine), v.i., vilu- jiola. the right way, see face uppermost, (twist), v.t., jetesa, jetumuna, jeto- mona. v.i., jeta, jetomoka, jetumuka. up the nose at, v.t., tianginika 0 zunu (13). Turns, take, v., tambujiana. Turtle, n., mfulu, 2. -dove, mbwela, 2 ; eyembe, 8 . Tusk (of ivory), n., mpungi, 2. (small, scriveller), soka, 6 . (tooth), dinu, 7 (pi. meno). ( 227 ) Twe-Unc Twelve, a., kumi ya or ye -ole. Twenty, a., makumole. Twice, adv ., nkumbu miole; see times. Twig, n., vululu, 6 ; nzangi, i; nza- ngalavwa, 2. Twilight, n., mwini (3) akiendanta- ngwa. Twin, n., nximba, 2. the name of the firstborn of twins, nximba. of the second child, nzuji, 2. Twine, n ., nxieta, 4. (entwine), see entwine. Twirl, v.t ., zunganisa. v.i., zungana. Twist (as string, rope), v., xieta. back (untwist), v.t., zekula, zekola. v.i. , zekuka, zekoka. off, 7/./., znnta, zutuna. v.i., zuntuka. (a piece of luku pudding), v.t., vnknna. round, zeka. (turn), see turn. Twisted, be (distorted, crooked), 7/., tekama, tekumuka, tekomo- ka. Two, a., -ole. Type (likeness), n., fwaniswa, 6. (printing), maletela, pi. 8 (Eng., letter). Tyrannize, v., bangika. Tyranny, n., bangika, 9. Tyrant, n., mbangiki, 1 & 4. u. Udder, n., ntulu, 2. Ugliness, n., wiyi, 12 ; yi, 12. Ugly, a. -amwiyi, -ayi. person, n., mwiyi, 3 ; kinkonzo, 5. Ulcer, n., vuma, 14; mpnta, 2 (Bako.). large, voxi, 6. Ulcerate, v., vanga 0 vuma or e voxi Umbrella, n., vevo, 6 ; kinonga, 5. Un-, in composition being a negative or reversive prefix, has its equi¬ valent in the Kongo verb in the suffixes ula, ola, ona, and una added to the pure root of the verb, all other suffixes being re¬ moved. kanga, to tie ; kangula, to untie.; teleka, to put a pot on the fire ; telula or telola, to take it off; manika, to put up ; manuna, to take down ; koma, to nail up ; kola, to unnail, una & ona are used where there is a pure nasal in the root, ola and ona where there is an 0 or e in the root, although ula and una may be used even then. Unable, be, v., ke lenda ko. Unawares, be taken (by surprise), v., salukwa (kwa), yituka. take, v.t., salukwa, yitula. Unbelief, n., vunisa, 9. Unbeliever, n., mvunixi, 1 & 4. Unbend (a bow), v., jiola. (a joint), lambula. Unbind, v., kutulula, kangula, ji- ngumuna. Unbolt, v., bindula. Uncertain, be, v., katikisa, xia e banzubanzu. (unreliable), a., -abendabenda. Uncertainty, n., dingudingu, 6; banzubanzu, 6. Unchaste person, n., nkwa (1) ngya- mbila (2). Unchewed, to swallow the food, v., mina 0 nsunzulu. Uncircumcised person, n., esutu, 8 ; ebolo, 8. Uncircumcision, n., usutu, 12 ; ubo- lo, 12. Uncivilized person, n ., mwixi (1) mfinda. Uncle (maternal), n ., ngudi (2) an- kaji (sing, only), ngwa (2) ankaji ; see relative. (paternal), mpangi (2, elder) or mbunji (1, junior) a tata. A Unc-Uni ( 228 ) Uncle, continued. paternal uncle is not considered in any way as a relative. Unclean, a., -amvindu, -funzuka. be, v ., funzuka, kala e nivindu. (foul as water), timvuka. Uncleanness, n., mvindu, 2. Unclose, v., jiula. Unclothed, a., e kimpene (5). be, v., kala e kimpene (5). Uncock (a gun), v., lekula, lekola. (put at half cock), vutula. Uncocked, be, v ., lekuka, lekoka. (at half cock), vutuka. Uncoil, v., jingumuna. Uncomfortable, be (in mind), v., teleka 0 moyo (3). (not easy), ke lenguka ko. Unconcerned, be, v., jijila, zozoka. Unconscious, be, v., fwa e kia- mbu. Unconsciousness, n., kiambu, 5. Uncooked, a., -anse, -ambisu, -angi- su. Uncover, v ., fukula, bukula. a little, vengula, vengola. Uncovered, be, v ., fukuka, bukuka. a little, venguka, vengoka. Undefiled (hating defilement), a ., nkwa ntinti (of persons), pure, -avelela. Under, prep., okunxi a, kunanxi a, omunxi a, munanxi a ; see also go, put, &c., under. Undercook, v., fungisa; (so that it appears done outside but in¬ side is almost raw), yaula. Undercooked, underdone, be, v., funga, yauka. Underground, adv ., omunxi or mu¬ nanxi a ntoto (4). Underneath, see under. Understand, v., wa (hear, compre¬ hend), zaya (know), each other, wawajiana, wasajiana. (think), banza. Understanding, n ., zayi, 12. Understood, be, v., wakana. Jndertake (a matter), v., yekama. Under-water, adv., e mfiumbu (2). Undo (a knot), v., jitula. (stitching), sununa. (take to pieces), bangula ; see also unfasten. Undone, come (as a knot), v., jituka. (as stitching), sunuka. Undress, v., vula (0 mvwatu, 4). Unearth, v., yangumuna. Unenlightened state, n ., bubu, 6. Uneven, see rough, crooked. Unexpectedly, adv., ku kinsunzu- mukina. come, v., sunzumuka. (surprise), yitula. Unfasten (a door), v., bindula. (stitching), sununa. (unnail), kola. (untie), kangula, kutulula. Unfinished, be, v., kemana or vwa ko. house, n ., vangala, 6. Unfit, be, v., ke fwana ko. Unfold, v., bundula. (open out), yalumuna. Unfortunate (bad), a., -ambi. (not lucky), ke nkwa elawu (8) ko. Unfriendly person, n., munkondwa- ngemba (3). Unfruitful, a ., ke -wutanga ko; see barren. Unfurl, v., jingumuna. Ungrateful, a ., -antokoji. be, v., tokola. person, n., ntokoji, 2. Unhappiness (misery), n ., bititi, 12. Unhealthy, a ., -anyedi. be, v ., yela. Unimportant, n ., ke ya diambu ko. Unintelligible, a ke -zayakana ko. Unintentionally, adv., ku suxi, with the applied form. Union, n., mbulangiana, 10 (unit¬ ing) ; ngikakana, 2 (joining); kintwadi, 5 (a being together). Unite, v.t., yikakesa. v.i., yikakana. (as rivers, crowds, merge), bulanga- na, bulangiana. Unitedly (together), adv., e ntwadi. ( 229 ) Uni-Unw Universally, adv., vawanso. Unjust, a ., ke -songanga ko. Unkind, a ., ke -ambote ko,ke nkwa walakaji ko. Unknown, a ., ke -zayakana ko, ke -zayiwa ko. Unlawful (forbidden), a ., -ximinu. thing, n., konko, 6 ; nlongo, 4. Unless, conj.=\i not, ovo, &c., with the negative, see if; unless you go, ovo kukwenda ko. Unlike, a ., -a mpila (2) akaka (of another kind), -bilidama (dif¬ ferent). Unload (a boat, canoe), v., tombola. (a gun), sokola. Unlock, v., bindula. Unloose, v ., kutulula, katula. (set free), tayisa ; see also loose. Unlucky, a., ke nkwa elawn ko. Unmanageable, a., ke -alemvo ko. Unmanly, a., ke nkwa kiakala ko. Unmovable, see immovable. Unnail, v., kola. (open a nailed lid), bamuna. Unnecessary, be, v., ke vavwa ko. (over abundant), boloka. Unpack, v., zonzola. Unpick, 7/., snnnna. Unplug, v., kaknla. Unravel, v., somona. Unreliable person, n., kinkita, 5. Unrest of mind, n ., nteleko (4) a moyo (3). Unrighteous, a ., ke -songa ko. Unripe, a., -answeswa, ke -avia ko, -ambebia. (of arachis), -a eswenga (pi. za ma- swenga). (of cassava), -antnnnngina. (of maize), -ambwenia. (of nsafu), -a evala, 8 (pi. za mava- la). (of plantain), -amfiala, -ambebia. (of pumpkins), -antuntu. mature, but green, -akola. palm nut, n., ntima (2) elenge. Unroll, v., jingumnna. Unruly, a ., ke -alemvo ko; see also wild. Unsafe, a ., ke -avnvama ko. Unsavouriness, mbuznbuzn, 4 ; tozo, 12 (without salt). Unsavoury, a., -ambnzubnzn, -atozo. Unscrew, v., zeknla, zekola. (withdraw screws), kola. Unseen, a., ke -monekanga ko. Unsettled, be, v., teleka 0 moyo (3). Unsewn, become, 7/., snnnka. Unsheath, 7/., vola. Unsolder, v., zelumuna, zelomona. Unsoldered, come, v., zelumuka, zelomoka. Unspotted, a., -avelela. be, 7/., velela. Unsteady, a., -ankindikindi. be, 7/., kindakinda. Unstop, v., kaknla. Unsuccessful, see vain. Untidy, a., -antiakalakani. be, 7/., tiakalakana. Untie, t/., kutulula, kutula, kangu- la. (a knot), jitula. Until, adv., yaku, yakuna, yamu, yamuna, yava, yavana. These may be preceded by sumbate : until to-day, sumbate yamu unu. stay until, v., vinga ; stay until to¬ morrow, vinga 0 mbaji. wait until I have finished, mbula yamanina ekulu = let me finish first. Unto, prep., use the locatives- kuna and vana; see in. (until, as far as), see until, to (as far as). Untrue, a., -aluvunu, -aviku. Untrustworthy person, n., ke mu- nkwikiji (3) ko, mpuki, 2(liar). Untruth, n., luvunu, 10 ; viku, 6 ; ungyangya, 12. tell an, v., vuna, vova e viku. Untwine, untwist, v., jingumuna. Unwholesome, a., ke -ambote ko (muna dia). Unwillingly, adv., kuna ekudi (8), ku nsuku a ekudi (ku nsu- kwekiidi); ku lunkulu (10). Unw-Vai ( 230 ) Unwillingness, n ., lunkulu, 10; ngongo, 2. Unwind, v.t., jingumuna. v.i., jingumuka. Unwrap, v., bundula, yalumuna, bundumuna. Up (on high), adv., omu ezulu, vana or kuna ntandu; vana or kuna mbata. often contained in the root mean¬ ing of words, to go, come, put, &c., up. up to, see until. Uphold, v., xikina, ximba. U PON, prep., use the locatives, see in ; kuna or muna or vana nta¬ ndu a. Upper, a ., -antandu. Upright,/., -tongama, -dongama. be, v., tongama, dongama. (just), a., -asonga, -ansongi. be, v., songa. man, n., nsongi, 1 & 4. not (out of the square), a., -ama- ndunguna. be, v ., kwenda 0 mandunguna. Uprightness, n., songa, 9. Uproar, see noise. Uproot, v ., vuza; see also root up. Uprouse, see arouse. Upset, v.t., kindula, nongona, fuku- muna, sendona. v.z\j kinduka, nongoka, fukumuka; see also spill. Upshot (of a matter), n ., nsuka, 2 (a diambu, 7). Upwards, adv ., kuna or muna ezulu; kuna or muna ntandu. upwards of 10= io and more, kumi ye nkaji. Urge, 7/., komena, nangika. (hasten), zabula, zabulwisa, sazula, sazulwisa. Urinate, v., jena, suba. Urine, n., manjene, pi. 7 ; masuba, pi. 8. odour of, nkuvu, 4. Us ,pro?i., yeto. in construction, objective prono¬ minal prefix, tu-. Usage, n., fu, 6. Use, n ., mfunu, 4; salu, 6. be of, v., fwana. for, n., nkinji, 4. for, have a, v., vwa o nkinji, 4. no use, it is no use asking, vOva kwaku kwanana ovovanga; see also useless. use bad, abusive language, lokela e nguji (2). Used to, become, v., kukiilukila. to any one, become, kulukiana yo muntu. Useful, be, v., kala 0 mfunu (4). Useless, a., -ampavala, -anana, -ankatu. thing, n ., babala, 6. a useless knife, babala kia mbele. it is useless to talk like that, ku- baya kwaku 0 kubaya. be, v., tumbuka. make, render, tumbula. Usual, a ., -ankulu, -a lumbu yawa- nso. Usually, adv ., e lumbu yawanso. Usury, n ., nzuka, 4 (mingi). Utensil, u., lekwa, 6 (thing). Uterus, n., ndia (4) ambuti. Utter, v., tatula ; see also speak. Utterance, 71., diambu, 7; mvovo, 4 (thing spoken). Utterly, adv., nkutu, kutu. (all of them), -au (e kulu). v. Vacant, a ., -ankatu, -ampavala, -anana. Vacate, v., katuka. Vacillate, v., see uncertain. Vacillation, n ., see uncertainty. Vagina, ;z.,njini, 2; ekoto, 8; ndindi, 4; kiadi, 5; ngenji, 2 (Bako.). Vain, a., -ankatu,-ampavala, -anana. in, adv., see vainly. (proud), a., yo lulendo (10), ye nza (2) yo lulendo. Vainly, adv. The adjective is used, see vain; he tried vainly = he ( 231 ) Vai-Vic Vainly, continued. tried a vain trial, xinsa kwa- mpavala kaxinxidi. Valiant, a ., nkwa kiakala (5). Valiantly, adv. y ye kiakala. Valley, n., ndimba, 4 ; dimbila, 6 ; fokomba, 6. little, ndimbadimba, 2. Valour, n. y kiakala, 5 ; jiji, 6. Valuable, a. y -antalu. Value, n., ntalu, 2. v., xia e ntalu. (worth, dearness), mbalu, 4. Vanish (be lost), v. y Vila. Vanity, n., lulendo, 10 ; nza (2) yo lulendo. Vanquish, v. y sunda e ngolo (2). (enslave), bunduna. Vapour, n. y mbututu, 4. Variegated, a., -amakeyamakeya, -amatonamatona. Variety, n., mpila (2) jingi. Various, a ., -ampilampila, -akaka- kaka. Vast, a. y -anene, -ampwena, -ebeni. Veal, n ., mbiji (2) a mwana (1) a ngombe (2). Veer round, v ., tala muna esambu (8) diakaka; the wind veered round to another quarter, e vento itadidi kuna esambu diakaka. Vegetable, n., mpati (2) a nsengo. vegetable food eaten with meat and stews, mfundi, 2 ; the meat and stews eaten with vegetables, etongo, 8. marrow, elenge, 8. seeds of, mbika, 2. Vegetate, v., mena. Vehemence, n., ngolo, 2. Vehement, a. y -angolo. Vehicle, n., ekalu, 8 (P. carro). Vein, n., mwanji, 3. Velocity, see speed. Velvet, n., vedulu, 2 (P. veludo). to have a rich appearance as velvet, v. y fit an a. Vengeance, n., kunda, 6. take, v. y landa e kunda. Vengeful, a., nkwa nxita (2). Venison, n. y mbiji (2) a nkole (2). Venom, n., manga, 4 ; confused with the sting (manga) or fang of a snake, which are supposed to remain in the wound and thus to cause the mischief; there is no notion of the injection of a poison. Venomous, a ., -ambi (bad). Venture, v ., xinsa ; see also risk. Veracity, n. y ludi, 6. Veranda (at gable end), n. y veta, 6. (at side), mpukulu, 2. Verge, ?i. y nkwenko, 4; mfumfula, 4. Verily, adv. y kieleka, ludi. Vermin, see bug, flea, louse, tick. Vertigo, n. y zunga, 6. Very, adv. y beni. (exceedingly), kikilu, beni-beni kikilu. very much, many, -ingi, see much, many. very own, kibeni ; with my very eyes, omu meso mame kibeni. Very is often expressed by the reduplication of the adjective ; - ampwena-mpwena, very large ; the last syllable is given in falsetto when very emphatic ; very far over there, kimakuna-a. Vessel, see ship, calabash, pot, &c. Vest, ?i. , nanu, 4 (nana, to stretch). Vestige (footmark), n. y ntambi, 2 &i 1. (mark), xinsu, 6. Vex, see irritate. Vexation, n. y makaxi, pi. 8. anger of, ekudi, 8. click expressive of vexation, munti- ozo, 3. to make, v. y tiozona. Vibrate, v. y zakama. and chatter together, zazala. Vice (bad habit), n. y fu (6, ki-) -ambi. (sin), nsoki, 4. (tool), lukwatu, 10. (wickedness), bi, 12. (wildrecklessness), umpumbulu, 12 ; untunduluki, 12 ; untentaxi- alu, 12 ; unkita, 12. Vic-Wag ( 232 ) Vicious, a., -ambi. person (wild, reckless), n., kimpu- mbulu, 5; ntunduluki, 2 ; ntentaxialu, 2 ; kinkita, 5. Victorious, be, v., sunda e ngolo (2), yelesa. Victory, zz., sunda, 9. Victuals, zz., dia, 9. (rations), nkuta, 2. View, v., mona (see), tala (look), zz., mbona, 2. (fine view), tunda, 6. (place whence a fine view may be obtained), lumweno, 10 ; • va lumweno va lumoni (10). Vigilant, a., yo meso meso, -anga- ngu. be, v., vengojioka, visa 0 meso (pl- 7 ). Vigorous, a ., -efuka, -angolo. Vigorously, adv ., ku ngolo, beni, beni-beni. Vigour, n ., efuka, 8 ; ngolo, 2. Vile, a., -ambi, -ambimbi-imbi. Vileness, zz., bi, 12. Vilify, v ., tumba, kumba. Village, zz., evata, 8 ; see town. Villain, n ., muntu (1) -ambi. Vindicate (justify), 2/., lungisa. (prove right), songesa. (revenge), landa e kunda (6). Vine (lliana), zz., nxinga, 4 ; nxinga a vinyo, vinyo, 2 (P. vinho). Vinegar, zz., vinika, 2 (Eng.). Vineyard, zz., mpatu (2) a vinyo. Violence, zz., ngolo, 2. take by, 2/., kutumuna. Violent, a., see furious, great, strong, death, or accidental, zz., fwa (9) kwasungu, 6 . Violently, cidv., ku ngolo. Virgin, zz., ndumba, 2 = a young woman ; no word has yet been found for “ virgin,” this is the nearest possible. Virginity, zz., kindumba, 5 ; undu- mba, 12 ; the condition of being a young woman. Virtue (goodness), zz., mbote, 2; fu (pl. 6) yabiza. Virtue, continued. (integrity), songa, 9. in virtue of, muna diambu dia. Virtuous, a., -ambote, -asonga. be (upright), v., songa. Viscera, zz., ndia, 4. Viscid, be, v., tantumuka. Visible, be, v., moneka, monakana. Vision, zz., mbona, 2. (imaginary), sampusampu, 6. (sight), mona, 9. Visit, v., monana. zz., mbonana, 2. Visitor (friend), zz., nkundi, 1 ; ma- kangu, pl. 8. (stranger), nzenza, 2. V ital, a., -amoyo. Vitality, zz., jingu, 6. Vivacious, a., -anzunzu. Vivacity, zz., nzunzu, 2. Voandzeia subterranea, zz., etubu, 8. plant of, esakila, 8 (dia etubu). Vocation, zz., salu, 6. Voice, zz., ndinga, 2. raise the, v., kasumuna e ndinga. shrill, falsetto, a., -andwelo. speak in a, v., kekeleka e ndinga. (sound), zz., ezu, 8. Void, a., -ankatu, -ampavala, -anana. Vomit, v., luka. zz., lukudi, 6, pl. Vow, see oath, promise. Voyage, see expedition. Vulture (gypohierax), zz., mbemba, 2. w. Wad, zz., ekaku, 8. Waddle, v., takala. Wade, v., diata omu maza. Wag, v., niunga, nikuna. Wage war, v., nwana e vita (2). Wager, zz., nkonkola, 4 ; nkiedi, 2. lay a, v., fia. together, fiafiana. Wages, zz., mfutu, 2 ; mfitu, 2 ; ki- bwanga, 5. ( 233 ) Wag-War Waggon, n., ekalu, 8 (P. carro). Wagtail, n., ntambwankala, 4. Wail, v., dila. n., dilu, 6. Waist, luketo, 10. Wait, v., dingalala, dingama. for, vinga, kinga, beka. lie in wait, kika. on, at table, sadila. Wake, see awake. Wale, n., mvimbila, 4. Walk, v., diata. n., nkangala, 2 ; nkiya, 2. about, v., kangala, kiya, kwenda akiyi. lame, v., zodinga, tedinga. painfully and slowly, kenketa. slowly, womboka. and with short steps, as one very weak, nangana. take a, kangala, kiya. (toddle), kwenda e ntende. (waddle), takala. (wander), vumvula, bumbula. with the legs straddling, tamvnna. Walking stick, see staff. Wall, n., yaka, 6. (fence), lumbu, 10. -plate, mboma, 2. Wallow, v., tampalala. Wander, v., vumvula, bumbula. about under the grass or in a wood, vwamvwana. in mind, wazumuna. (roam), tungiana, dengiana, yu- ngana. Wane (of the moon), v., tava e tombe ( 6 ). Waning moon, n ., ngonde (2) ama- lekaleka. Want, v., vava. (ask for), lomba, vinga. be in, sukama. n., sukama, 9. (come for), v., kwijila. do not want to, ngongo (2), with the pers. poss. pronoun ; I do not want to, ngongwame (my dis¬ like). (go for), kwendela. Want, continued. (have need of, have a use for), vwa 0 nkinji (4). (lack), konda. (seek), vava, tomba. to, zola. Wanted, be not (in surfeit), 2/.,boloka. War, n., vita, 2. v., nwana e vita. (fight, row, battle), njingu, 4. Ward off, v., kambula. Warm, a., ye kididi (5), e kiungula (5), -atiya, -yalamene. be, yalama. feel, mona e kiukusa (5). (in the sun, air), yanika (oku mwi- ni). (lukewarm), -alavuka, -alebuka, -alebulwa. be, v., lavuka, lebuka, lebulwa. make, lebula. one’s self (bask), yetela ; he is gone to warm himself at the fire, tiya twandi kele yetela. up again, yandula, yamuna. Warmth, n., kididi, 5 ; kiungula, 5 ; mungula, 3 (pi. miungula). (heat), mbangaji, 2 ; tiya, pi. 10 (fire). (of sunshine or in a room), kiukusa, 5 * Warn against ever doing,2/.,kandika; he warned me against ever going, wankandikidi vo kiye- ndi kwame ko. (make aware of), lukisa, temwena. (threaten), xinxikila. Warned, be, v., luka. Warning, lutemweno, 10. Warp (bend in drying), v.t ., banji- dika. v.i., banzalala. (contract, shrivel), fiantalakana. v.t., fiantalakesa. (in things woven), n., mpusu (2) za- ntongeka. Warrior, n., ekesa, 8 . Wart, n., mbwindimbwindi, 2 & 11. Wary, a., -amvengojioki, -anduka. be, v., luka. War-Way ( 234 ) Wary, continued. (look, glance round), sampuka. (prudent), lungalala. (watchful), vengojioka, kempoji- oka (incessantly looking about). Was, v., past tense of, to be, see be. Wash, v., siikula. (a wound with hot water), futa, bu- bila. (bathe), yowela, yunga, yobela (Bako.). -boy, -jack, n., lavadelo, 2 (P. la- vandeiro). (eat without washing the hands)', v., dia e kidiaima. out (rinse), sukumuna. (rub, and pound in washing), nika. Washerman, n., lavadelo, 2 (P. la- vandeiro). Wasp, n ., nkenge (2) ambatikina, mfingi (4) anzambi, etampa- kasa, 8 ; dingungu, 7. Waste, v.t., vondesela, buma, bu- nga (spoil). (grow less), v.i., ninga, lala (wear). (thin), tanda. of water, n., eyalanganga, 8. Watch, v ., yingila. (be sitting up), tongalala. (by the sick), yelesa. (guard), lunda. (keep awake), kiesa 0 meso (pi. 7). (look after), tala, lunga, langidila, tungununa. (a pot on the fire), lungidila. (timepiece), n., lolonji, 2 (P. re- logio). Watchful, be, v., visa 0 meso (pi. 7), vengojioka (wary), lnka, kempojioka (always looking about), kala yo meso meso. Watchman, n., nyingidi, 1 & 4 ; nlundi, 1 & 4 (guard). Water, n ., maza, pi. 7 ; nlangu, 4, sing. Duala, madiba. Herero, o-meva. Kibwende, mamba, pi. 7 ; mkoko, 4 - Kiteke, madza, adza. Water, continued. Kiyansi, mai. Loango, nlangu, 4. Luwumbu, madia. Mayombe, matonti, pi. 8. Mfanwe, majim. Mpalabala, dikwangu, 7; nsu- mpu, 4. Mpongwe, anlingo. Swahili, maji. Zulu, a-manzi. Umbundu, menya, o-vava. cascade of, nteleka, 4. cataract of, ekumbila, 8 ; kieji, 5* -closet, nzo (2) andwelo. cooler (earthen porous bottle), mvu- ngu, 4. course, nkukwila, 4 ; lubulu, 10 (small). fall, nteleka, 4. fetch, v., teka 0 maza. make, jena, suba. (plants,garden), xia or yitila o maza. proof, a., ke -kotanga maza ko. coat, n., lunkumfu, 10. tight, a., ke -fumanga 0 maza ko. (urine), n., manjene, pi. 7 ; masuba, pi. 8 . Watery, a., yo maza. Wattles of a fowl, n ., luinda, 10. Wave, n ., evuku, 8 . Waver, see uncertain, be. Wax, n., maji (pi. 7) nia wiki; sela, 2 (P. cera). Way, n., njila, 2 ; see path. be in the family-way, v., vilama (a euphemism). get out of the way, katuka omu njila. in, n., ekotelo, 8 ; nkotelo, 2. in the same way, diawa dimoxi. in this, that way, adv ., nana, wau. lead the way, v., vita kuna ntu ( 4 ). (manner), «., fu, 6 ; nza, 4* near, short way, njila anzaki. out, evaikilu, 8. the way to, njila a; the way to Ngombe, njila a Ngombe. Wayfarer, n ., mundutianjila, 3. ( 235 ) Way-We i Waylay (to catch), v., kika. (to kill), fumba. Waylayer (to catch), n., mhaki, i & 4 - (to kill), mfumbi, 2. Wayward, see perverse. We ,pron., yeto, oyeto. subjective prefixes, tu-, twa-. ourselves, yeto kweto, yeto kibeni or veka. we... ourselves, use the reflexive form ; we shall kill ourselves, sa twayi- vonda. Weak, p., -yovoka, -tovoka, -yoya. be, v., yovoka, tovoka, yoya. (flaccid), lebuka. (weary), see weary. Weaken, v., yovona, tovola. Weakness, n., mayovoka, pi. 8; tovoka, 9 ; yoya, 9. Wealth, n., mbongo, 2; vwa, 9. (wealthiness), umvwama, 12. Wealthy, a., -anivwama. person, n., mvwama, 2; xina, 6. Wean, v.t., taula. Weaned, be, v., tauka. Weapon, n., nwaninwa, 6 ; see gun, bow, spear, &c. Wear, v., vwata. a large cloth, yutumuka. (last), jinga. manners of wearing cloths ; see dress. out, away, v.i., lala. v.t., ladisa. Weariness, n., mabibi, pi. 8 ; mafu- nga, pi. 8 ; mayovoka, pi. 8. Weary, be, v., to (6 ki-) nioka, yela or mona 0 mabibi or mayovo¬ ka or mafunga, yovoka, to¬ voka. (be sleepy, nap), tonza. Weather, a dull day, n., mbombo, 2. a fine day, nkamba, 4 ; if it is fine to-day, unu vo (kuma) kuleka 0 nkamba. a very rainy day, mfumbula, 4. Weave, v., kuba. in the woof, kwasa. Web, n., wanda, 13 (pi. manda). Wed, v., sompa, kwela (Bako.). Wedding, n., longo (10) lusompwa. dowry (the sum paid by the husband to the parents of the bride), nkama (2) a longo. feast, nkinji (4) a longo. Wedge, n., mpaln, 2. Wedlock, n., longo, 10. live in (of women only), kala Oku longo. Wednesday, n., kieya, 5. Weed, v., sakula, sakwila. Weeds (dry), n., titi, 6. clear away, v., wungulula. which have been pulled up, n., ngu- ngulula, 2. Week, n. The Kongo week consists of 4 days only ; nkandu, 2 ; konzo, 13 ; nkenge, 2 ; nsona, 2 or mpangala, 2. this day next week, nlungi (4) a- (stating the name of to-day). The Christian week is spoken of as Inmingo, 10 (P. Domingo Sunday) ; for names of days, see Monday, &c. Weep, v., dila. for, about, didila. for each other, dilajiana. Weeper, n., ndidi, 1 & 4 ; nkwa (1) dilu. Weeping, n., diln, 6; kinsanga, 5, (crying, tears collectively). Weevil, n., knlukukn, 5. palm-, nsombe, 2. Weigh, v., teza, xia or teza oniu balanza. (be heavy), jita. down, v.t., fumbika. v.i., fnmbama. (as fruit), v.t., zembola, ze- mbnla. v.i., zemboka, zembuka. Weight, n., ejitu, 8 ; mfinga, 2 ; vindu, 6 ; demo, 6 (Bako.). Weightily (of a blow), adv., kuna efuka (8) ; kuna kumfu (6). Weighty,#., -ejitu, -amfinga, -ademo (Bako.). (of influence), nkwa bula (6). Wei-Whe ( 236 ) Weir, n., nkaku, 2. Welcome, interj., tukayixi; see salute. v., kayisa. Weld, v.t ., yikakesa. v.i., yikakana. Well, adv., beni. as well as (also), musungula ; mpe after the word or clause with which it is associated, be, v., kukolela, leka (sleep hence). do, toma; carry well, toma nata. get, of, sasuka, vuluka, vula, ve- voka, vevuka, kolela, leka, sampuka, see also recover. (hole for water), n., xima, 6 . known, be, v., yaya, tunda. well... then, tuku, tu ; well come then, wizanga tuku (note the effect on the accent). West, kuna kudimukinanga e nta- ngwa. Wet,/., -zomba, -yondama, -yenda- ma. a., -amvutu (damp). v., zombesa, yondeka, yendeka, vunga (soak). be, v., zomba, yondama, yendama, vungama (soak), get, yondalala, zombalala. weather, n., mvilla, 2 (rain). see also damp. Whale, n ., etele, 8. Wharf, n., etombwelo, 8 . What, ftron., nki, nkia (before a noun). for what reason, see why. (that which), see that, those, for, see why. what is he doing, nkia mfunu kesala. what is his name, nkumbu andi nani. what is it, nkia kiuma. what is this, nki kiokio. what (matter), adieyi, nkia diambu (7), aweyi, nkia uma (12). what (thing), -akieyi, nkia lekwa (6) or kiuma (5). Whatever, whatsoever, ftron., konso, Whatever, continued. with the simplest forms of the demonstrative pronouns. (all), -awanso. Wheat, n., masa,//. 7 ; see maize. Wheel, n., ekalu, 8 (P. carro). barrow, ekalu, 8. Wheeze, v., swengena. Wheezing, n., nswengenia, 2. Whelp, n., mwana, 1. When, adv., as (just as), una. (at what time ?), nkia ntangwa or lumbu (day) tfrngonde (month) or mvu (year). (if, uncertain), VO, 0 V 0 . (whenever, certain ), ova. Whence, adv., kweyi, akweyi, veyi, aveyi. (the place whence), use the locatives with the applied form, see in ; tell him whence you come, unsamwina oku watukidi. Whenever, adv., konso ntangwa or lumbu. Where, adv., kweyi, akweyi, veyi, aveyi. (the place where), use the locatives kuna, muna, vana, with the applied form ; see in. is it, are they, Class Sing. pi. I andieyi aweyi 2 ayeyi azeyi 3, 4 aweyi amieyi 5,6 akieyi ayeyi 7,8 adieyi ameyi 9 akweyi ameyi 10, 11 alueyi atweyi 12 aweyi aweyi 13 aweyi ameyi 14 aveyi amweyi 15 afieyi Whereabout, adv., see where. Whereat, adv., use the locatives with the applied form ; see in. (then), see then. Whereby, adv., mu nki, with the applied form. Wherever, adv., konsoku,konsomu, konsova. ( 237 ) Whe-Whi Wherefore, advisee why? therefore. Wherein, adv. (in which), use the relative pronoun ( see which) with the applied form ; the box wherein I keep my clothes, e nkele ina nlundilanga e mvwatu miame. interrog ., mu nki, mu nkia (before nouns). Whereof, see which. Whereupon, adv., use the locative, vana, with the applied form ; see in. (then), see then. Wherewith, adv., use the participle in the applied form ; the thing wherewith they make soap, lekwa kivangwanga e zabau. interrog., muna nki, muna nkia (before nouns). Whet, v., lenga, lengula, lengola, sekesa. Whether,... or, conj., kana...kana, kaxi...kaxi, ovo...ovo. Whetstone, n., etadi (8) diankania. Whey, n., maza, pi. 7 (water). Which, pro?i. interrog., nki, which do you want ? nki ozolele ? nkia before nouns; which goat ? nkia nkombo ? ret. fir on., Class Sing. pi. I ona ana 2 ina jina 3,4 una mina 5,6 kina ina 7,8 dina mana 9 kuna mana 10,11 luna tuna 12 una una 13 una mana 14 vana muna 15 fina Whichever, pron., konso followed by the simplest forms of the demonstrative pronouns, konso eki, konso kina, etc. While, whilst (while as yet), adv., uwu, wau. (when), see when. While, a long, n., kolo (6) or taxi (6) kingi. after a long, adv., okalokala, nta- mantama. Whine, v., yinginina. (as a dog), kiunga. Whip, n., nxila, 4 ; njila, 4. v., kwabula. (beat), see beat. Whipping, n., nkwabula, 2. (beating), see blow, n. Whir, v., wuna. Whirl along, v.i., vikumuka. v.i., vikimika. round, v.t., zunganisa. (twist), jetesa. v.i., jeta. Whirlpool, n., kinjingila, 5; nga- mbu, 2. Whirlwind, n., kimbongela, 5 ; sup¬ posed to be caused by the pass¬ ing of a ximbi, water fairy, (cyclone), ndonabidi, 2 (P. tornado) Whisk, v., kubula. Whiskers (of a cat), n., nkyengye, 4 - Whisper, v., vova e kimfundumfu- ndu. n., diambu dia kimfundumfundu. Whistle, of wood, &c., n., mbambi, 2 ; pitu, 2 (P. apito). (hunter’s) mwemvo, 3 ; mvodivodi, 4; mbasa, 2. the seed capsule of a tree bored and played on the principle of the ocarina, evongi, 8. (with the mouth), v., xika 0 mu- mpiji; «., mumpiji, 3. White, a., -ampembe. ant, ?i., nselele, 2 ; see ant (white), be, v., pemba. become, pembuka, pemboka. discoloration of the skin, chiefly on the hands, ;/., lukusu, 10. man, mundele, 3. of egg, maza (pi. 7) ma diaki (7). (pale, be), v., vembuka. -skinned (albino), a., -andundu. person, n., ndundu, 2. very, e pekepeke (6), e ntunia (2). Whi-Wil ( 238 ) Whitebait, «., esenge, 8 ; nsangi, 2 (Bako.). Whiteness, n., mpembe, 2. (excessive), pekepeke, 6 ; ntnnia, 2. Whither, adv., kweyi, akweyi, veyi, aveyi. (the place whither), kuna, muna, vana, with the applied form. Whitlow, balu, 6. Who ,pron. inter., nani. pron. relative , ona (sing.), ana (pi.), (he who), pron., yandi. (they who), yau. Whoever, konso mnntn, konso oyo, konso oyu; konso aya(pl). Whole, a., -amvimha, -ankaka (Bako.). (all), -awanso. Wholly, adv., nkntn. Whom, see who. Whore, n., nkwa (1) ngyambila (2). Whoredom, n ., nyambila, 2. Whoremonger, n., munta (3) zu- mba. Whose, pron., -a nani. Whosoever ,pron., see whoever. Why, adv. mu nkia diambu, adieyi, mu nkia uma, aweyi, mu nkia kuma, akieyi, mu nkia mpitu, ayeyi; either of these with the applied form: why did you do so, adieyi ovangidi wau? why = what for, what did you do so for ? hence constant use of the applied form, that is why = therefore ; see therefore. Whydah Bird, n ., eseke, 8. in the breeding season when in full feather, mpongongo, 2 ; mu- nxienxiambulu, 3. Wick, n., mpusu, 2. Wicked, a., -ambi. be, v., kala yo nsoki. (lawless), a., -ampolakanu. man, n., nkwa (1) nsoki ^rmasumu, mpodi (2) ankanu. (reckless rascal), ntunduluki, 2 ; ntentaxialu, 2; kimpumbulu, 5 ; kinkita, 5. very, a., -ambimbi-imbi. Wickedness, n., bi, 12 ; mbi, 2 ; nsoki, 4 (sin) ; masumu, pi. 8 (guilt). (lawless), umpolakanu, 12. (recklessness), untimduluki, 12 ; untentaxialu, 12 ; umpumbu- lu, 12 ; unkita, 12. Wide, a., -ayalumuka, -asanzuka, -atanduka, -asadila, ye ntau (4), -anene, -ampwena (great), be, v., see widen, v.i. (of cloth), a., -ankuluka. be, v., kuluka. put wide apart, tamuna. Widen, v.t ., yalumuna, sanzula, tandula, sadisa, sanzumuna. v.i., yalumuka, sanzuka, tanduka, sadila, sanzumuka. Widow, n., nkento (1) wafwilwa e eyakala. (a bereaved one), nsona, 2 ; nkento (1) ansona. Widower, n., eyakala diafwilwa onkento. one not living in wedlock, man or woman, mpumpa, 2. Widowhood (see above), n., umpu- mpa, 12. Widowhood seldom lasts long in Kongo, indeed there is no proper word for the state nor for those thus living. Width, n., ntau, 4 ; tanduka, 9 ; sanzuka, 9 ; yalumuka, 9; sanzumuka, 9. (of cloth), nkuluka, 2. Wife, n., nkaza, 1 ; pi., akaji. fellow wife, yitu, 6. (of a chief), mvika, 1. Wild, a., -alau. animal, n., mbiji (2) afuta, bulu, 6. (bad), -ambi. be, become, v., lauka. make, laula. (of animals), a., -afuta, -amfinda. pig, n., ngulu (2) amunxitu. herd of, nkuti (4) a ngulu. (wicked, turbulent), person, n., ntu¬ nduluki, 2 ; ntentaxialu, 2 ; kimpumbulu, 5; kinkita, 5. ( 239 ) WlL-WlT Wild, co?itinned. (fierce), a ., -alunji. Wilderness, «., makanga, pi. 8 ; ekanga, 8. (plateau country), nzanza, 4. Wildness, n., lau, 6 ; ekaxi, 8. (reckless wickedness), umpumbulu, 12 ; untentaxialu, 12 ; untu- nduluki, 12 ; unkita, 12. (fierceness), lunji, 6. Wile, n., enekwa, 8. (cunning), ngangu, 2. Wilful, a., nkwa lulendo or lunku- mfu. Wilfulness (obstinacy), n ., lunku- mfu, 10. (pride), lulendo, 10. Will, sign of future, against one’s will, adv ., kuna ekudl, kuna lunkulu. (mind), n ., moyo, 3; ntima, 4 (heart), the opposite to one’s will, ngongo, 2. This, with the personalpronoun, makes the most common re¬ fusal ; I will not, ngongwame ; we will not, ngongweto. (wish), luzolo, 10. v., zola, generally perfect. Willing, be (agree), v., kwikila, tambulwila. (consent), vana 0 nswa (4). Wilt, v., lengela, lebuka. Wily, a., nkwa ngangu (2). Win, v., baka. (as payment of a bet), vola. (a cause, palaver), lunga (be right). (prevail), sunda. Wince, v., saluka. Wind, v., jinga. (enshroud), bunda. Wind (light), ?i., mpevelo, 2 ; mpemo, 2; mpeve, 2; vento, 2 (P. vento). to have spasms of, v., bikula (of infants only). -pipe, mvuvu, 4. strong, tembwa, 6 ; lunga, 10. (storm), vento (2) a mvula. Windfall, n., esotokela, 8. Winding, n., nkondoloka, 2. a., -ampionda. be, v., kondoloka, viondoka. Window, n., janela, 2 (P. janella). Windward, to, adv., kuna tembwa. Wine (grape), ?i., vinyo, 2 (P. vinho). (palm), malavu, pi. 8; see palm wine. Wing (of bird), n., eve, 8 ; epapi, 8. (of insect), nsala, 2 & 11. case, baula, 6. struggle and flap the wings, v., dada. Wink, v., laba, laya. (raise the eyebrows), laulwila, lawila. Winner, n ., ona olungidi (he who wins). Winnow, v., veva. Wipe, v., kungula. off (something wet and sticky), kunguna. out, vunzuna. 1 t [the nose (k la mode)], vemba. (with handkerchief), kunguna. Wire, brass, n., mpusu (2) zantaku ; see also brass rods, copper, mpusu zansongo. iron, mpusu zatadi. ring (coil), ndamba, 2. Wisdom, n., zayi, 12. (craft), ngangu, 2. (prudence), lulungalalu, 10; lunga- lala, 9. Wise, a., -azayi. person, n., nzayi, 1 & 4 ; nkwa (1) zayi. Wish (desire), v ., zola generally per¬ fect. n., zolela, 6 . for, v., zola. (want, need), vava. (have a use for), vwa 0 nkinji (4). not wish for, saula, nukwa. to keep a thing, tatamena. Wishful, be very, for, v., moyo (3, u-) babala or jina ; jinisa or babadisa 0 moyo (3). Witch, ?i., ndoki, 2 ; also nxingi, 4, see over leaf. Wit—Wom ( 240 ) Witch, continued. v., loka. weave the spell, fina, bolota. -craft, n., kindoki, 5. doctor. During sickness a doctor is called in who ascertains whether it is due to witchcraft or a simple ailment ; he is called nganga (2) a moko ; to consult him, tesa 0 moko. He pre¬ tends to ascertain who the witch is, but does not mention names; such an undeclared witch is nxingi, 4. Death, or in some parts, continued sickness, in¬ duces the relatives to consult further, tesa e ngombo (2), and for that purpose call the nganga (2) a ngombo, whose duty it is to ascertain and declare the witch, tubula or tumbula e ndoki. To drink the ordeal poison, nna or dia e nkasa (2). The bundle of charms of nganga a ngombo, esalu, 8 ; his drum, dingwinti, 7 ; one of his assist¬ ants, esamba, 8 ; those who go to fetch him, mbaku, 4 ; the fee they carry, nsusu ye tanu. With, prep., a combination of ya with the article, the a eliding leaves ye, yo, and ya (personal); when used in a negative sentence there is no article, and ya remains ; he went with his gun, wele yo nkele andi; he did not go with a gun, kayele ya nkele ko. (of the agent), muna, omu ; he made it with water, ovangidi kio muna maza; with his eyes, muna meso mandi. It is often understood in the root of verbs, he hit me with a stick, ungwende 0 nti. “one road with,” e njila moxi yo. with child, young, see pregnant. Withdraw, v.t., katula. v.i., katuka. a charge from a gun, v.t ., zokola. Wither, v.i., lengela (wilt), vokoka, lebuka (be limp), cause to, v.t., lengelesa, lebula. Withhold, v., ximba. (something belonging to another), tatamena. Within, prep., use the locatives muna and kuna; see in. (inside), muna kati kwa, muna ngudi a. within reach, put it within (my) reach, xia kio vana mfwete kio bakila. Without, prep., ku or kuna, va or vana mbaji a (2). adv., ku (&c.) mbaji. be (lack), lemba (with verbs), le- mbwa (with nouns), kondwa (with nouns), kambwa (Bako.). be (not with), ke kala ya ko. (lacking), a., -lembwa, -kondwa, -kambwa (Bako.). without...-ing, ke mu; 3 days with¬ out eating, lumbu tatu ke mu dia. ke (without the second particle of negation), He came with¬ out being called, wijidi yandi kabokelwa; he bought it without paying for it, osumbidi kio kiau kafutidi njimbu. Withstand, v., fila e mpaka (2). Witness, n., mbangi, 2 (person), bear, v., ludika. bear false, vunina; kangidila 0 mambu (7, falsely accuse). (see), v., mona. (the testimony), n., luludiku, 10. Wits, n., zayi, 12. be at one’s wits’ end, ke kala OWU ko ; he is at his wits’ end how to make it, kena owu kavanga kio ko. Wizard, see witch. Woe (trouble), n., mpaxi, 2 ; ntantu, 2 ; bititi, 12 (misery). WOLF (or large jackal hunting in packs, there is no true wolf), n., dievwa, 7. Woman, n., nkento, 1. ( 241 ) WOM-WOR Woman, continued. childless, barren, nkento axita. one who has borne children (middle aged), boba, 6. one who ceases to bear, fwanima, 6. recently confined, mwalakaji, 3 ; the term is generally applied as long as she suckles her child; her house is called kialakaji, 5. young woman, ndumba, 2. Womanhood, n., kikento, 5 ; kinke- nto, 5. Womb, ndia (4) ambuti. (belly), vumu, 6. Wonder, n ., exivi, 8 ; ekumbu, 8. v., kumba, xivika. Wonderful, a., -exivi, -ekumbu, -kumbwa. Wonderfully, be, v., toma ; it is wonderfully made, eki kiatoma kumpama. Woo, v., lenga 0 malengo (pi. 8). Wood, n., mfinda, 2. ash (calcined), ntoto (4) ampolo. (charcoal), makala, pl.8; mavolo, pi. 8. -cock, see plantain-eater. (copse), sapala, 6. fire-, nkuni, 2 & 11. fetch, v., tiama e nkuni. log of, n., lukuni, 11 & 2; vimpa, 6 ; evindi, 8 (large) half-burnt, xixi, 6. garden cleared in a wood, esole, 8. to clear such, v., sosa. great (forest), n., mfinda (2) a ma- zamba. place where a town once stood, generally in a clump of trees, ezumbu, 8. Wooden, a., -anti. Woodpecker, n ., mbobobo, 2. Woof, n., mpusu (2) zankambika. Wool, n., wika, 12 & 11 (luika); mika, pi. 3. Woollen cloth, n., evunga, 8. Woolly hair, n., nsuki (2) za inji- ngela. Word, n., diambu, 7 ; uma, 12. bring, v., nata 0 nsamu (4). Word, continued. fair words, n., malengo, pi. 8. have words (quarrel), v., zonza. Work, v., sala. n., salu, 6 . for, v., sadila. each other, sadijiana. in metal, fula. Worker, n., nsadi, 1 & 4. (hard-working person), kisadi, 5. in metal, ngangula, 2. skilful, skilled, mwana (1) ambangu, mbangu, 2. in making small things, nkete, 2. Workmanship, n., umbangu, 12; unkete, 12. World, n., nza, 2. in, on the world, adv., ovanxi, va- nanxi. to the world, okunxi, kunanxi. Worldly, a ., -anza. Worm, «.,nsalu ; 2 ; niania, 6 ; kini- ania, 5 ; mwadi, 3 (Kib.). along (move as a worm), v., lamba- ta. intestinal, n., nioka (2) a moyo. (ascaris), ediongololo, 8; nseta, 4. of a screw, mvu, 4. Worn out, a., -afwa. Worry (annoy), v., tokanisa, nanga- nisa, nangika. (be anxious), teleka 0 moyo (3). (trouble), mwesa e mpaxi (2), ta- ntika. n., see trouble. Worse, a., -sundidi e mbi. be, become (in sickness), v., saka. get worse and worse, bwangana. Worship, v., samba (pray). n., sambu, 6. Worshipper, ?i., nsambi, 1 & 4. Worth, n ., ntalu, 2. be, v., fwa. what is it worth ? nki kifwa ? (dearness), ?i., mbalu, 4. Worthless, a., ke ya mfunu ko. be (through superabundance), v., boloka. person, see wicked. Worthy, be, v ., fwana. r Wou-Yea ( 242 ) Would, use the future subjunctive : he said that he would come to¬ morrow, edi kavovele mbaji kekwiza ; he said that he would come to meet me, edi kavovele mono kekwiza wanana yandi- would have, use the present perfect : I thought that he would have arrived, edi mbenze olueke kala ; if I had not held him, he would have fallen, kala ki- nximbi ko nga obwidi; see kala and adi, Kongo-Eng. Wound (cut), ta, lueka. (as a missile), tela muna. . make a, bunganisa. (of bullet), zz., evundu, 8. (of knife), vwa, 6. (shoot at and wound), ta, telesa. (sore), zz., vuma, 14. Wound round, be, ta, jingama. Wounded, be, ta, bnngana. (by a knife), luala. (by a missile), tela, person, animal, zz., ntewa, 2. the place where an animal stood when it received the wound, evuku, 8. Wrangle, ta, tantana, yokosa (shout). Wrangling, n ., ntantani, 2. Wrap, 7/., jinga. (a corpse in cloth), bunda. (dress oneself), vwata. up in (tie up in), kanga vana. Wrapper (blanket), zz., evunga, 8. (canvas of bale), ngoto, 2. Wrath, zz., ekudi, 8 ; makaxi, pi. 8 . be full of, 7/., sukwa e ekudi. Wreck, ta/., mwangalakesa. Wrecked, be, v.t., mwangalakana. Wrench off, 7/., zunta, zutuna. (pull), tunta. Wrestle, 7/., bimbana, yimbana. (struggle), nwana. Wretch (bad, wicked person), see wicked person. Wretchedness, zz., bititi, 12 . Wriggle along, 7/., lambata. Wriggle, conti?iued. (as a hooked fish), papala. (as a wounded snake), bambala. Wring in the hands, 7 /., tukuna. off, zunta, zutuna. out, kamuna, kama. round, zeka. Wrinkled, be, ta, fitama, fiantala- kana. Wrist, zz., nxingu (2) a koko (9). Write, ta, soneka, sona. Writer, zz., nsoneki, 1 & 4. Writing, zz., sono, 6. Writhe, 7 /., bambala. Wrong, be in the, 7/., yela. declare to be in the, yelesa. (do wrong to), kota (0 muntu) 0 nsoki (4). doer, nkwa (1) nsoki. doing (sin), zz., nsoki, 4- (grievance), lutantu, 10. lead, 7 /., tungianisa. (transgression, being in the wrong), zz., ngyelele, 2. Wronged, be, feel, 7 /., vwa 0 luta¬ ntu. Y. Yam, zz., kwa, 6 ; kwa (6) kianguvu. wild, sadi, 6. Yard, zz., pau, 2 (P. pao) ; see fathom, (courtyard), yanzala, 6. Yawn, zz., mwaya, 3. 7 /., ta 0 mwaya. Yaws, zz., mata, 4 ; nkudi, 2 ; nkuba, 2. joint swollen by, nlengo, 4. Ye,/zwz., yeno, oyeno. in construction, subjective prono¬ minal prefix, nu- nwa-. ye yourselves, yeno kweno or kibe- ni or veka. ye...yourselves, use the reflexive form : ye will kill yourselves, sa nwayivonda. Yea, inter]., elo, ingeta. ( 243 ) Ye a- You Year, n., mvu, 4. The Kongo year is short and indefinite, and signifies rather a season ; it is, however, freely used for our year by those who know any¬ thing of our reckoning ; to be explicit, mvu amputu (white man’s year) or ngonde kumi ye tatu (thirteen moons) will serve- after, in...years ; after three years, mvu ntatu miluta i boxi. Yearly, a ., -amvu ya mvu. Yell, v., kaza, yabana, xia e nkolo- 16 (2). n ., kazu, 6 ; nkololo, 2. Yellow, a ., -antoto aeyenga (-antd- tweyenga). (bright, as lolo root), -ansole a lolo. Yelp, v., tata, twenga. Yes, inter elo ; or more respectfully, ingeta, inga, or ika (Bako.). Yesterday, n ., ezono, 8 . the day before, ezuji, 8 . the day before that, ezuji kina (ezuji lumbU kina). Yet, although...yet, see although. (but), conj ., kanxi. never yet, ke.. .nkutuko yamu unu; I have never yet seen a white man, kiamwene kwame mu- ndele nkntu ko yamu unu. not yet, ke -akanini ko, yanginu ke...ko; yakini ke...ko, ke... ete ko (Bako.); he has not yet come, kakanini luaka ko or yanginu kalueke ko; the goats have not yet come, e nkombo ke zakanini luaka ko. not yet enough, ke -afwene ko ; ^ is not yet time to go, ntangwa a kwenda ke yafwene ko. (still, now too), wau mpe; I am living there yet, wau mpe kwa- kuna nkalanga. Yield (of plants, trees), v., yima. in abundance, bwisa e mbongo (2). (surrender), sakila, yela. Yielded in abundance, be, v., bwa. Yielding (pliant), a., -anlevi. be, v., leva. Yolk, n buma, 6 ; kingudi, 5. Yonder, adv., kuna-a, kuna-kuna-a, the two finals in falsetto. The demonstrative pronouns, and the locatives, in na, express the idea of distance. You , pron.pl., yeno, oyeno. in construction subjective pro¬ nominal prefix, nu-, nwa- (nu- kwenda). objective pronominal prefix, -nu- (tukunuvana). you yourselves, yeno kweno or ki- beni or veka. you...yourselves, use the reflexive : you will kill yourselves, sa nwa- yivonda. You, pron. sing ., nge, ngeye. in construction, subjective pro¬ nominal prefixes 0, U (before obj. prej'.), wa. There is no objective prefix for the second pers. sing. ; its only sign is the fact that the subjective prefix as¬ sumes the form customary before an objective prefix. I sent you, itumini (not ntumini). you yourself, nge or ngeye kwaku or kibeni or veka. you...yourself, use the reflexive form: you will kill yourself, sa wayi- vonda. Young animal (female), n esundi (8) dia, eswala (8) dia; a young she goat, esundi dia nkombo. (kid, cub, &c.), mwana (1) a. chicken, nsweswe (4) a nsusu. child, mwana (1) answa. (early, not quite ripe), a., -answe- swa. man, n., etoko, 8. (small), <2., -andwelo. woman, n ., ndumba, 2. Younger, a ., -ambunji (junior), -ansakila. brother or sister, 71 ., mbunji, 1 ; nsakila, 2. Your, flron. sing., -aku, -a ngeye, -a nge. pro?i. pi., -eno, -a yeno. You-Zig ( 244 ) Yours, pron. sing., -aku, -angeye, -a nge, {secondary). ftroji. pi., -eno, -a yeno, {secondary). Yourself, pron., ngeye or nge kwa- ku or kibeni or veka. Yourselves, pron., yeno kweno or kibeni or veka. Youth (boy), n., nleke, 1 ; leke, 6 ; kindende, 5. (young man), etoko, 8. (youthfulness), kileke, 5 ; nleke, 12 (boyhood) ; kitoko, 5 (as a young man). Z. Zenith, vana mbata a ntu (4). To fire a gun exactly straight up overhead, xika e kintumba a ezulu ; this expression does not appear to be used with anything else. Zigzag (crooked), a., -atekama, -ate- knmnka, -atekomoka. thing, n., nioka mu lulala (“a snake on a palm branch ”). KONGO-ENGLISH DICTIONARY. A. A, a particle or prefix used where people or living creatures are spoken of as a body, it being clearly understood that all are included, and are collectively considered as the subject or object of the verb. Yau amfumu ejidi tala nge Mu- ndele, these chiefs (all the chiefs of the district or town) have come to see you, Mundele. Bokela a amfumu za nxi, call all the chiefs of the country. When the particle -a occurs in a clause which is a simple statement, possessing no other verb, but the demonstrative verbal particle i {see i), it be¬ comes an emphatic assertion, that those individuals in ques¬ tion are all who exist of that particular class or denomination. When thus used the two par¬ ticles often come together as one syllable, so that i a becomes ya. Yeto yamfumu, we are (all) the chiefs. Yau yamfumu or yau i amfumu, they are (all) the chiefs. -a may also be prefixed to the noun, making it into a verbal ad¬ jective, that is to say, an ad¬ jective carrying with it the verb “to be” understood, which must receive the pronominal prefix of its person or class. Used thus the a is nothing more or less -A, continued. than the ordinary a, which enters into construction of adjectives. The forms for the ist and 2nd persons plural are as follows :— twa-, nwa-. Yeto twamfumu kweto, we are chiefs. The 3rd pers. pi. does not follow exactly on these lines, probably on account of its clashing with the ya which occurs as the combination of i and a, see above. Bamfumu may be used, but that is probably only a makeshift, the ordinary form is to leave the noun without any special prefix, thus : oyau mpe mfu- mu, they too are chiefs. The ist and 2nd pers. sing, are to be found under i and u. As in the case of the 3rd pers. plural the singular is without any prefix, a-, adjectives and participles are to be found under the letter follow¬ ing a ; thus -angani is found in N as angani. A, article , cl. 1 ,pL, the, a. a •, prefix to nouns pi. of the 1 si class. Any other prefix found on the singular nounis omitted, “a” taking its place ; as mbunji, brother, pi. abunji. a-, subj. protiom. prefix, 3rd pers. sing, and pi., in all tenses but the imperfect present, he, she, . it, they. -a, prep, (concording as an ordinary adjective), of, about, for, con- -A-Au ( 246 ) -a, continued. cerning, nkombo za mfumn, the goats of the chief; also to, in the following combination : Njila a Ngombe, the road to Ngombe or the Ngombe road. -aba-, obj. p?'on. prefix, 3rd pers. p/., them. -adi, defective auxiliary verb found in the form of the subjunctive future preceded by the particles nga or se. It implies that an action might have taken place ; but it is clearly understood that it did not: se yadi bwa, I might have fallen. When used without nga or se before a sen¬ tence expressed in the unnatural negative (see under Ke...ko), it implies that an attempt had repeatedly been made without success, while with the ordinary negative the inference would be that the attempt had never been made, it having been regarded as impossible, or that the action referred to had never taken place : yadi tanganga, miau ke mitangakana, I have tried over and over again to count them, but they cannot be counted ; (see also other in- stances in Appendix, Games, Esangangungu). Aka, adv. (generally used with the continuative in -anga), always, ceaselessly, constantly, continu¬ ally ; only, directly (nothing intervening), solely. The final a of the continuative form elides before aka, and the accent is drawn on the first syllable of aka, thus : okwendanga aka (pronounced okwendangaka), you are always going or you keep going. -aka, see under K. Akala, 1, n. (pi. of eyakala), men. akala, a., used only with ?iouns of cl. 1, pi., male. Akento, 1, n. (pi. of nkento), women, akento, a., used only with 7 iouns of cl. \,pl., female. Aki, a prefix applied to the name of a person when he is spoken of, and all who are with him. Where the friends and com¬ panions only (apart from the person himself) are spoken of, akwa would be used. Aki- Makitu alueke, Makitu and his people have come. Where animals are personified or ad¬ dressed aki is used, thjis , yeno akinsnsn vo nukwiza muna nzo ame fwa nnfwa, if you fowls come into my house I shall kill you (lit. you will die). Akinani (a combination of aki, see above , and nani, interrogative personal pronoun), who are they ? -aku, poss. pron. of the 2nd pers. sing., thy, thine, your, yours. Akwa and -akwa, see under Nkwa. Airman, n. (P. Alemao), a German. Amakala, a., used only with nouns of cl. 1, plural, male. -ame, poss. pron. of the 1st pers. sing., my, mine. Amoxi, alone ; see also Moxi. Ana, 1, n. (pi. of mwana), posterity, family, children, brood. Ana, dem. & rel. pron., cl. 1, pi., 3rd pos, they who, those who. an ana or awana, emph. of above. Ana, adv., so, thus, like this, ana ke kwenda or kala ana ke, v., to be the same as, to be exactly alike. kwendesa or xia ana ke, v.t., to make the same as, to make exactly alike. -andi, poss. pron. of the 3rd pers. sing., his, her, hers. -an, subj. & emphatic obj. pron., he, she, him, her, it, they, them. It is also used as an emphatic placed after the verb, with the personal pronouns of the 1st, ( 247 ) -Au-Aya -au, co?itinued. 2nd, 3rd pers. plural, under the forms yau and kwau for the 1st cl., and the usual prefixes of the other classes, as zau, mau, &c. Edi kavovele yeto ke- kwiza wanana yau, he said that he should come and meet us. Edi kavovele matadi ke- kwiza wanana mau, he said that he would come and meet the stones. -au, poss. pron. of the 3 rd pers. pi., their, theirs. -au, combines with the demonstrative pronouns to render them more emphatic; kiau eki, this one in particular. From this combination we get the contracted forms, awaya, awo- WO and awana, which are fre¬ quently used in the 1st emphatic form for the 1st cl., pi. [see Table II. under That, Eng.- Kongo), being preferred to the more exact forms of wau, wowo and wauna. -au, followed by a- prefixed to the secondary form of the cardinal numerals, points out a certain number of things particularly indicated. E nkombo zau ajitatu, those three goats in particular. Muna lumbu kiau, akimoxi kamana kwavonda, he killed them all in a single day. The same idea is ex¬ pressed when -au is used before the numerals of the following forms : — amoxi esambanu ezole ansamb wadi etatu enana eya evwa etanu ekumi -au followed by “a” combined with moxi bearing the plural pre¬ fixes of series No. 3, implies : they are all alike, they are all one (of one appearance), or the -au, continued. same. It appears in its con¬ tracted form -awa -moxi— Class 1 yawa amoxi. 2 zawa jimoxi 3, 4 miawa mimoxi 5, 6 yawa imoxi 7, 8, 9 mawa mamoxi 10, 11 twawa tumoxi 12 wawa umoxi 13 mawa mamoxi 14 mwawa mumoxi Diawa dimoxi may be used with any class instead of the above forms. E Nzo zawa- nso zawa jimoxi or e nzo zawanso diawa dimoxi, all the houses are alike, are exactly the same. Fob - the derivatiojt of the “ a ” which comes between the -au and -moxi, see “ A ” [par¬ ticle'). -awa -moxi, see under au above. Awana, dem. & rel. pron., cl. 1, pi., 3rd pos. emph., those, those who, who ; see also -au. -awanso, 1 a., every, all, every one, -awansono, ) each, each one, the the whole of them, the lot, the whole lot of the —, every one of the —. Awaya, dem. & rel. pron., cl. 1, pi., 1st pos. emph., those, these who, who ; see also -au... -awonso, | a -awonsono, j see awanso. Awoyo, dem. & rel. pro?i., cl. 1, pi., *ind pos., emph., those, those who, who ; see also -au... Aya, dem. & rel. pron., cl. 1, pi., 1st Pos., these. au aya or awaya, emph. of above. Ba—Bak ( 248 ) B. Ba-, prefix applied by the Bakongo, &c., to nouns plural of the 1st class, and very often to nouns of other classes which are the names of living creatures ; as, Bansusu, fowls. Ba {per/., bele), v. (Bako.), to be. -aba-, obj. pronom. pref, cl. 1, pi., them. oba, dem. pron., cl. 1, pi. (Bako.), 2ndpos., these. baba, dem. pron., cl. 1, pi. (Bako.), emphatic, these. Baba, v.t ., to knock, beat (on some¬ thing), to make flat, square. Baba, v.i., to burn, scorch, to be burnt, scorched. Babadisa, babadisa 0 moyo, to be very wish¬ ful for, to cause to be wishful for. Babala, v., moyo (3, u-) babala, to be very wishful for. Babala, 6, n., useless thing, babala kia mbele, a useless knife. Babalala, v., to dry (used only of a •film of paint, gum, or mud smeared on anything). Bahama, v.i., to be even, beaten flat, to be flat, even, square, flat¬ sided. Babana, v., to come, break out (as an eruption). Babana, v.i., to crackle (as thorns, &c., in the fire). babana, de77i. pro?i., cl. \,pl. (Bako.), 3rd pos. emphatic, those. obana, dem. & rel. pron., cl. 1, pi. (Bako.), 3rd pos., they, them, those, those who. Babangu, 6, n., a blight, fwa e babangu (6), to come to nothing (as a blighted plant), be blighted. Babata, v.t., to feel after, to grope about (on something). Babika, v.t., to make flat, ever. Babila, v.t., to pat. Babisa, v.t., to scorch, toast. Babu, 6, 71., a spit or skewer on which fish, or occasionally rats, are threaded. Babumuka, v., to come, break out (as an eruption). Babumuka, v., to crackle as burning grass (the bursting internodes often make a report like a pistol). Bada, 6, n., the last place in the line in the game mbele ; see Appe?idix (Games), hence also the bottom of the class at school. Badidika, v.t., to make hard and crisp. Badika, v., to consider, think, reckon, imagine, calculate, estimate, ponder, bear in mind. Badika, v.t., to set in lots. Badisa, v.t., to make hard, firm; to harden, toughen. badisa e ntalu (2), v., to make dear in price. Bafa, see bafuna. Bafula, v., to puff. Bafuna, v.t., to strike, beat, hit. Baka, v., to begin to, try to, com¬ mence to (used in cases where the attempt is almost imme¬ diately abandoned). Baka, v.t., to get, obtain, find, acquire, earn, procure, gain, take, catch, seize, capture, lay hold of, win. baka 0 nluta (4), v., to make a profit. baka omu ntambu (4), v., to trap. Baka, v.i. (4), to get, to become, grow, baka e kimbevo (5), to fall sick, baka e mbumbu (2), to get mouldy, or rusty. baka e ngolo (2), to be refreshed, grow strong, gain strength, baka 0 makaxi (pi. 8), to get into a passion, to get angry, baka 0 masumu (pi. 8), v., to be culpable. baka 0 nta (4), to become sour. ( 249 ) Bak-Bam Baka, continued. baka o tiya (pi. io), to get hot. baka o yela (9), to fall sick. Baka (muna), v., to arrive (at), come at, or upon, reach, overtake* baka e esengi (8) or 0 ntoto (4), v.i., to run aground. Baka, v., to tear, rend, slit, crack, to break through, or into. Baka, v.t ., to disclose, divulge, tell, let out (a secret), to explain, make clear, reveal, solve (a matter). Baka, v.t ., to charge with, accuse of (with the abstract term for the accusation); umbakidi 0 wivi, he charged me with stealing. Baka, v. aux ., see itnderl$(mga,,v. aux. -abakaka (Bako.), male. Bakama, v.i., to be caught, obtained, earned, overtaken, be accused of, see Baka, Baku, 6, n., piece of cloth. Bakuka, v.i. {jperf. -idi), to rend, be rent, slit, torn, broken through. Bakuka, v.i., to be disclosed, divulged revealed, made clear, solved. Bakuka, v.i. {fierj,'. -ini, mid. v. of bakuna). Bakuka, v.i. {per/, -idi), to be re¬ membered, recalled to mind {of some thing forgotten). Bakula, v.t., to remember something forgotten, to recall to mind. Bakulwisa, v.t., to remind, to recall to the mind of another (as a memento, memorandum, or per¬ son not concernedinthematter). Bakuna, v.t., see baka, to tear. Bala, v., to grow, be hard, firm, tough, to harden. Bala, 9, n., hardness, firmness, toughness. Bala, v., to be sour, strong {of palm wine). Bala, 9, n., excessive sourness {of old palm wine). Bala, v.i., to be dear (in price), -bala, j£., costly. Bala 0 mankwa (pi. 7), v., to go oft without catching anything {of a trap). Bala, 6, cassava root steeped in water, peeled, and dried in the sun. bala kiefunda, cassava pudding ; kwanga, see Cassava, Eng.- Kongo. Balabaia, 12, n., an edible fungus. Balabande, 2, n. (P. barbante), European string, rope. Balai, 2, n. (P. ?), playing cards, see Appetidix (Games). Balaka, 2, n. (P. barraca), tent. Balakana, v., to get lean, get thin, emaciated. mabundi (8) mabalakana, hollow¬ cheeked. Balakana, 9, n., thinness, leanness. Balakasa, 6, n., poison to kill fish (leguminaceous). Balalala, v.i., to be hard, crisp. Balama, v.i., to be arranged in lots. Balanza, 2, n. (P. balan dance. ( 259 ) Bwe-Dia Bwekesa, v.t., to collect, heap up, amass. Bwende, 6, n., a funnel made of a palm frondlet, to direct the flow of the palm sap into its recep¬ tacle. Bwenia, v. ( perf. , hwenene), to eat (unripe maize, tearing it with the teeth). Bweta, v., to hold in the mouth (teeth), seize with the mouth (as a beast of prey). Bwidilwa o mwandaji (3), v., to be struck by lightning. Bwila, v., to fall upon, pounce, seize upon. Bwisa, v., to throw down, cause to fall, or let fall. bwisa 0 moyo (3) or mbundu (2), to wait patiently, be content, resigned. bwisa ovanxi, 7/., to knock down. Bwisa, v., to cause to be in abun¬ dance. bwisa e mbongo (2), v., to yield fruit in abundance. Bwita, t/., to begin to grow dark. D. Dada, v.i., to shake, tremble. Dada, v.i., to struggle and flap the wings. Damuka, 7/., to jump. Danuka, v.i., to snap (as a string), to break loose. Danuna, v.t., to break, snap (a string). Datuna, v.t., to break in two. Dd: (diawa dimoxi), ditto. Deda, v.t., to peel. Dede, 6 , n ., jigger (sarcopsylla pene¬ trans). Ded&de, 6 , n., equality, similarity, cor¬ respondence. 1 e dedede, adv., in the same manner, B equally. Dedede, continued. kwenda e dedede, 7/.z^^to be the same, agree, accord^k exactly alike, resemble, correspol^id. kwendesa or xia e dedede, v^l, to match, make the same as. Dedema, v.i., to shake, tremble, shivei^ Deka, v., to cut up small, gnaw, nibble. Deka, v., to trim (the hair by cutting it back from the forehead). Deka, v.i., to crackle. deka 0 luamvu, v.i., to crack. Deke, adv., sooner, rather, it would be better...to. deke yafwa kwame, I would sooner die. Dekola, v., to sip. Demo, 6, n. (Bako.), weight. -ademo, a. (Bako.), weighty. Dengiana, v., to roam, wander about. Desoka, v.i., to be sprained. Desona, v.t., to sprain. Dezo, 2, n. (P. Deos), God. e Dezo kadi —, I wish to God —. Di = l+i. Di-, prefix of nouns of the 7th cl. sing., pi.' ma-, Di-, subj. pronom., prefix applied to adjectives and verbs qualifying or agreeing with nouns of [the 7th and 8th classes, singular. The prefix di, and the pronouns derived from it, are sometimes used without any noun apparent with which they concord. In such a case diambu, a thing (abstract), is understood. Edi kabenze, his opinion was, he thought. edi, demfiron., cl. 7 & 8, sing., istpos., this. Dia = dio-f a ; see To, Eng.-Kongo. Dm, prep., of, about, concerning. Dia, v.t., to eat, feed, devour, subsist on, consume, spend ; to use (as currency). dia e edimbu (8), v.t., to extract sticky juice, make bird-lime, dia e efwa (8), v., to inherit (take the inheritance). a-Dia ( 260 ) ia., continu, diafio, be unable to reply, see Nua elambu (8), v., to feast. 1 ke mu dia ko, v.i., to fast, hunger. dia e kandu (6), v., to refuse ever to do. dia e kidia-una, v., to eat without having washed the hands in the morning. dia 0 dia (9) kwambiki, to gorge, eat greedily. nkwa dia kwambiki, n., a glut¬ ton, greedy eater. dia 0 madia (pi. 9), v.i., to feed, take a meal. dia e mbata (2), v., to take a per¬ quisite (as when a man buys for less than the price sent and keeps the difference). dia e mfuka (2), v., to incur a debt, to owe. dia e ndofi (2), v. } to swear, take an oath. dia e ngongofila (2), v ., to tickle. dia e njimbu (2), v., to fine. dia e nkasa (2), v., to drink the ordeal poison (the test of witch¬ craft). dia e ntomfi (2), v., to dig round a thing at a little distance off (as in digging out a rat or a plant). Dia, 9, n., food, victuals, nourishment, provisions ; see also Madia. Dia, v.i., to be in use as currency, be an article of exchange, be in request or demand; 0 nlele wau dia udia, this cloth is in request. diadi, l dem. rondel. 7 & 8, sing., ediadi, J 1st pos., emphatic , this. muna diadi (diambu), adv., always used with the applied form : therefore, for this reason, on account of this ; also by this, hereby. Diadiana, v. recip ., to eat one another {as cannibals). Diadina, ) dem. pron ., cl. 7 & 8, sing., ediadina, j y'dpos., emphatic, that. Diaka, adv., more, again, besides, further. diaka fiakete, adv., a little further, little more. diaka vana ntandu, adv., extra, more beside. Diakakana, v., to be edible. Diaki, 7, n., egg. Diakila, 7, n., the germ of an arachis (nguba nut) which falls away from the cotyledons, when roasted and husked. Diama, v. (Bako.), to go under water, to sink, settle (as mud), to founder. Diamba, 7, n., Indian hemp (cannabis sativa). Diambu, 7, n., a thing (abstract), an affair, “ palaver,” a word, state¬ ment, speech, matter spoken of, message, remark, thing spoken of or done, condition, stipula¬ tion, cause, action, occurrence, fact, incident, event, account, behalf, sake, fault. diambu dianzaki, n., an idiom. diambu dina, it is of consequence. manesa e diambu, v., to mediate, to settle a palaver. muna or omu diambu dia, on account of, because of, for the sake of, for, about, concerning, of; always used with the ap¬ pliedform. vwa e diambu, v., to be respon¬ sible. ke diambu ko, never mind, all right, there is no objection. ke diambu diaku ko, it does not concern you. ke ya diambu ko, of no importance, immaterial. Diangila, n., a thin, skinny person {derived from ndiangila, a lizard). ndiangila, 4, a lizard. Dianu, adv., always used witi the applied form, therefore, l>nce. ( 261 ) Dia-Dim Dianu, continued. for tliis reason, consequently, so, that is why. Dianza, 7, n., noose, slip knot, loop, snare. Diata, v., to walk, tread, step, trample upon, go. diata e lumbu kiamvimba, v., to go a day’s march. diata e nsongongo, v., to hop, go on one foot. diata e tini (6) kianda, 7/., to make a long march. diata 0 lutambi (11 & 2), 7/., to take a step. Diatakana, v ., to be trodden upon. Diatakesa, 7/., to tread, trample upon. Diatisa, v ., to lead, propel. Diau, see Dianu. Diau, poss. pron., cl. 7 & 8, sing., their, theirs, of them. diau, subj. also obj. pron., cl. 7 & 8, sing., emphatic , it. i diau didi, this is it, this is the one, this is why, therefore, this is the reason, for the sake of this. diau edi, this one. Diawa dimoxi, the same, in the same manner, like, ditto, alike, equal; see also under -au. Dibala, 7, 71., a game ; see Appendix (Games). Dibuka, v., to dive or be thrown (into the water.) Dibula, 7/., to throw (into water). Dibulungu, 7, n., a game; see Appendix (Games). Didi, dem. proji., cl. 7 & 8, sing., emphatic, used o?ily after verbal particle i ; this, see Diau. Didila, v., to cry about, weep, lament, mourn for. Diediomona, v., to roll (the eyes) fast. Dievwa, 7, 71., large jackal hunting in packs, sometimes miscalled a wolf. adieyi, inter, pron., cl. 7 & 8, sing. where is it, which is it. Where adieyi is used with diambu adieyi, continued. understood, it means, why, what for, for what reason. The ap¬ plied' for771 must be used after it. Dika, v.t., to feed, give food to a per¬ son, give a present of a goat, etc., for food. (Never used of giving food to animals.) Dikama, v., to be stagnant or still (of water only). Dikama, 9, //., stagnation. -adikama, a., stagnant, still. Dikidila, v., to give food to...for, hence to poison. Dikila, v.t., to feed, give food (to an animal). Dikinga, v., to have a liquid splash¬ ing, shaking, swaying about, or palpitating, throbbing inside (as of a vessel, artery, or the heart, &c.). Dikuwa, 7, n. (Mpa.), a matchet. Dikwangu, 7, n. (Mpa.), water. Dila, v. (applied fortn of dia), to eat in, off, with. Dila, v., to weep, cry, mourn, fret, bewail. dila e mbembo (2), v., to sing a dirge. Dila, 6, 71., capital (in trade) ; a large sum, or pile of goods, given as payment (not used of small payments). dila (6) kiantwadi, n., the joint capital of partners in trade, bunda e dila kiantwadi, to join in partnership for trade. Dila e mfuka (2), v., to be indebted to. Dilajiana, v., to weep for each other. Dilu, 6, 71., a cry, lamentation, the great public wailing in case of a death. nkwa (1) dilu, weeper, mourner. Dimau, 7, n. (P. limao), lime or lemon. Dimba, 6, n., direction (towards). muna dimba (6) kia, toward, in the direction of. Dimbadimba, 6, n., a little valley. Dimbama, v.i., to be concealed, hidden. Dim-Dit ( 262 ) Dimbandi (7) dialumbu or dimba- ndi (7) dianzala, large running bean. Dimbika, v.t., to conceal, hide. Dimbila, 6, n., valley. Dimbu, 13, 71., gum, resin, sticky juice, or sap ; hence glue, tar, pitch, sealing-wax, paint. Dimbu, 6, n., sign, token, mark, badge, flag, souvenir. Dimbula, v., to find, discover. Dimbula e vuvu (6), v., to relinquish hope, despair. Dimpokovoko, 7, n., cow-itch (mucuna pruriens). Dimuka, v., to go under (earth or water); hence to set (as the { sun). Dimuna, v., to put under (water). dina, ) dem. & rel. fir on., cl. 7 & 8 edina, i sing., yd pos ., that, that ! which, that. Dinda, 6, 71 ., fool. -adinda, a., foolish. Dindangana, v., to sulk. Dinga, pi. 6, n., bundle, or packet, or string of be ads, a bead-necklace, &c. Dinga, 6, n., flange, guard of knife. Dingadinga, 6, //., goitre. Dingalala, v., to stop, wait, keep, or stand still ; to stay, linger, delay, be silent, quiet, pause, halt. Dingalala, 9, n., delay, pause. Dingama, v., see Dingalala. Dingidika, v.t., to restrain, keep still, delay, check, impede, stop. Dinginzundu, 6, n., fool (a woman’s word). Dingudingu, 6, n., suspense, un¬ certainty, hesitation, perplexity, doubtfulness. Dingundu, 7, n., crucible. Dingungu, 7, n., a hornet. Dingwinti, 7, n., witch-doctor’s drum; see Drum, Eng.-Kongo ; also a dance to the music of above. Dinkondo, 7, n., tree, bunch, or single fruit of plantain. Dinkundia, 7, //., cow-itch (mucuna pruriens). Dinsanga, 7, n., drop, tear. Dinsansa, 7, n., a seed capsule or fruit springing out of the base of a plant, something like a canna, of a bright orange colour when ripe, and containing pulp of a pleasant acid taste. The plant also bears the same name. Dinsende, 7, 71., edible caterpillar. Dinsongensonge, 7, 71., a plant. Dinsongwa, 7, 71 ., date palm (Phoenix spinosa). Dinsusususu, 7, n., a tree having aromatic leaves. Dintumba, 7, 71 ., brass chair nail. Dintungununu, 7, n., large compound eye of insects. Dinu, 7 (pi. meno), 71., tooth, tusk, fang, barb ; see also Meno. kola, or kongona e dinu, v., to knock out a tooth. Dinxinga, 7, 71., slipknot, noose, snare. Dinxienxia, 7, n., a creeper having stinging leaves. Dinzelele, 7, n., fern. dio, obj. p 7 ' 07 i. cl. 7 & 8, sing., it. edio, dem. p 7 ' 07 i., cl. 7 & 8, smg, 2/ id pos., that. diodio, \ dem. p 7 ' 07 i., cl. 7 & 8, sing., ediodio, ( 2nd pos., e 77 iphatic, that. Diokolo, 6, 71., a tadpole which has nearly become a frog, the legs being well developed. Dionga 0 moyo, to grieve to the heart. Diongo, 6, 71., a bead necklace. Disa, 7, 71., a head of maize ; see Masa. disa diambubwansala, maize, the grains of which are of a purple colour. Disa, v., to cause to eat. Disu, 71. (pi. meso), an eye, germ, dot, a china olive bead (ganheta) ; see also Me SO. Dita, 6, 71., a necklace of beads. Dituka, v., to be angry, to sulk. ( 263 ) Dit-Duk Ditumuka, vd., to start, be startled and run (as frightened game, or people). Ditumuna, v.t., to startle, as above. Diuka, v,, to enter, go, get, or come in, dip under (water). diuka e mfiumbu (2), to go under water, sink, dive. Diuka {mid. v. of dia), to be eaten. Diukisa, v ., to immerse, to put, dip into or under water. Diumba, v.i., to go under water, to sink. Diumbisa, vd., to plunge beneath, or push under water. Diwa {pass, of dia), to be eaten, be edible. -diwa, j£., edible. Diwombolo, 7, n. (Kib.), piece of broken canoe. Diwu, 7, 71., papyrus. Diya, 6, 71., forgetfulness, a mistake. fwa e diya, v., to forget, make a mistake. nkwa (1) diya, 11., forgetful person. Diza, 6, 71., euphorbia. Doda, v., to rap, tap, knock, hammer, peck (as a fowl). doda 0 nkweza (4), to tap for india- rubber. Dodo, 6, n., a knock, a rap. Dodokela, v., to beg as a favour, re¬ quest, entreat, beseech, plead for, as a favour. Dodokela, 9,an appeal, a request. Dodokelela, v., to intercede for. Dodokolodo! mterj., if you please, pray do, will you oblige me. Dodokolodo umpana, I request you to give me. Doka, v.t., to click, crack (the fingers). Dokoka, V.i., to click (as when a gun is cocked), crack (the fingers). Dokola, v., to pull out (of its spathe, as a piece of grass, or the stem of a plantain fruit from its in¬ sertion) ; to pull out (of its natural case). Dokonona, v.t., to extract, pick out, clean. Dolokesa, v., to apologize, beg pardon. Doma, v.i., to jump. Domama, v.i., to be stuck into the ground or something so that other support is not needed. Domeka, v.t., to stick a thing into the ground or something so that it stands without other sup¬ port. Domoka, v.i., to be pulled out (from a position as above). Domona, v.t., to pull out (from a position as above). Dongalala, Dongama v.i., to be erect, upright, in a sitting posture, to stand up. Dongeka, 1 v.t., to erect, set up a Dongeleka, i thing, raise up, stand. Dongoka, v., to come out, be ex¬ tracted. Dongomoka, v., to emerge, come to the surface, rise (of the sun). Dongona, v.t., to extract something embedded, to pick out. Duda, v., to take more than is neces¬ sary. Dudu, 6, 11., fool. dudu kia muntu, a foolish fellow, -adudu, a., foolish. Duduka, v.i., to be taken in unnecess¬ ary quantity. Dudula, v.i., to thunder, make a Duduma,/ thundering noise. Duduvwangu, 6 , 71., a fool (a woman’s word). Duka, v., to root about (as a pig), make a hole (as a rat). Dukinga, v.i., to beat, pulsate, throb, splash about, also to rumble (of the bowels). The above word is only used of the liquid which causes the sound or throbbing, never of the vessel,containing the liquid, which is said to dikinga. Dukula, v., sec dokola. Dukumuka, v., to grow, spring up, shoot forth, rise (as the sun), dukumuka 0 meno, to be cutting the teeth. Duk-Eba ( 264 ) Dukumuka, v., to be spilt (of liquids only). Dukumuna, v., to root up, eradicate, take, draw out, pluck up by the roots. Dukumuna, v., to pour out, pour away, spill {of liquids only). Dukunga, v., to pulsate, palpitate, throb, shake, wash, sway about of liquids o?ily, see dukinga. Dumuka, v., to be plucked up by the roots. Dumuna, v., to root up, extract by the roots, eradicate. Dumvuka, v.i., to dash up, toss up (violently, as waves, spray). Dumvuna, v.t., to cause to toss up (violently, as waves, spray). Duna, v., see dokola. Dunga, 6 , n., a fool. Dunguka, v.i., to come out, be ex¬ tracted, stubbed up. Dungumuka, v., to emerge, come to the surface, rise (of the sun), kuna kudungumukinanga e nta- ngwa, east, eastward. Dunguna, v., to pull or tear up by the roots (of something great). Dununa, to pull out of its spathe. Dusuna, v.t., to crush (a thing having life). E. E-, the singular prefix of nouns of class VIII., pi. ma-. The Bakongo and sometimes also the Kongo drop off the pre¬ fix e of nouns of this class. The full form is preserved in this dictionary. E-, the place where an action is or was performed is expresssd by prefixing e to the perfect passive of the applied form. Such words are of the 8th class; sweka, to hide; eswekelo, a hiding place. -E-, adjectives formed from nouns having e for their initial letter preserve this e after all prefixes. The usual a of the adjective being elided before the e, as kiebeni; such adjectives will be found in their places under E. E, subj. pronom. prefix, ydpers. si?ig. y & pi., he, she, they. E, article a, an, the. The article classes II., V., VI., VII., VIII. XV. sing. ; classes II., III.,. IV., V ., 4 VI., pi. Nouns fol¬ lowing verbs when clearly not their object are preceded by their article and thus form ad¬ verbs, the article also combines with the conjunction or prep¬ osition ya ; for rules sunder 0. E-, pronouns wearing the article of their class (e-) as a prefix, are to be found under the prefix proper ; eki under ki, eji under ji, &c. E, sometimes a combination of a+i r ma-ingi becomes mengi. E, interrogative particle applied at the end of all questions, frequently combining with the last vowel. Kusumba kwe (ko-be), will you not buy ? E, the sign of the vocative ; e mbunji ame, oh ! my brother. E, interj., yes. E-e ! interj., no. Eba, 8 , n. (Bako.), palm tree (generic), the oil-palm (Elaeis guinae- ensis). Ebaba, 8 , n., mute, a dumb person. Ebaji (8) dia waji, n., the seat of a skin disease. Ebala, 8 , n., black and white check cloth. Ebala, 8 , 71., a little clearing made at a place where two roads meet, where a nsanda tree (ficus) has been planted, as a shelter or halting place, where beer, wine, and food sellers sometimes wait to sellwarestopassing travellers. ( 265 ) Eba-Ebw Ebalantoto, 8, 77., an edible fungus. Ebanda, 8, 77., a pustule or scab of scald head. Ebandanzaji, 8 , 77., a large hairy cater¬ pillar. Ebandu, 8, 77., plank, board, bench, form, stave. Ebangia, 8, n., a large grasshopper having red and purple wings. Ebata, 8, 77., summit, top, ridge, of a hill only, used in adverbial clauses only , see Etenta. Ebaya, 8, n., plank, board, stave, bench, form. Ebeke, 8, n., jug. Ebekete, 8, 77., flank (of the body). Ebelo, 8, n., groin. -ebeni, a., great, large, chief, grand, vast. Ebeni, 8, n. (Bako.), the breast. Ebika, 8, 77., a stipulation, term of contract, a contract, xia e ebika, v., to stipulate. Ebindwa, 8, n., flint and steel, lucifer match. Ebobo, 8, /7., the shell of a ground-nut in which the seed has not been developed. Eboka, 8, n., a large round red bead. Ebokolo, 8 , 77., a sheep, ebokolo diankento, a ewe. ebokolo diekoko, a ram. mwana (i) a ebokolo, a lamb. Ebolo, 8, 77., uncircumcised person. Ebototo, 8, 77., a large species of toad. Ebubu-nsanda, 8, 77., a ficus (elas- ticus ?). Ebudi, 8,77. (P. bule), boiler, ebudi dia xia, tea-pot. Ebukadi, 8, 77., a grey or blue-eyed person. -ebukadi, a., grey, blue-eyed. Ebuki, 8, 77., part (of a measure of of capacity, as part of a cup¬ ful). xia e ebuki, v., to half fill, to fill half full. kala e ebuki (8) ye, to be covered with (dust or earth). Ebuki, continued. kala e ebuki yo mwixi (3), to be full of smoke. kala e ebuki ye tombe (6),’[to be very dark, 0 mwamu muna ebuki ye tombe, it is very dark inside. Ebuku, 8 , 77., a pudding (large). Ebuku, 8 , 77. (Eng. book), book. Ebukwa, 8 , 77 ., a basket having a lid. Ebulansunga, 8 ,77., the anomalure or flying squirrel ; also a species of hornbill. Ebuluku, 8 , 77. (P. burro), ass, don¬ key. Ebulukutu, 8, 77 ., the lemon plant. Ebumbulu, 8 , n., ophthalmia. Ebumi, 8 , 77., the fruit of the india- rubber (creeper) plant (Landol- phia), and of the mbumi. Ebundi, 8 , 77., the cheek. Ebundi, 8,77., blue baft. Ebundu, 8 , 77., crowd, cluster, group,, party, company, assemblage, army ; amount, sum total, ebundu dia ntetembwa (2), con¬ stellation. Ebunge, 8 , 77., a charm, supposed to render actions invisible, so that they may be performed without the knowledge of onlookers. It is also supposed to render a person invulnerable in war. mwanga e ebunge, v., to render actions invisible by means of the charm ebunge. Ebungela, 8 , 77., clod, lump, a crystal (of salt), grain (of sand). Ebungwa, 8 , 77., snuff-box. Ebunze, 8 , 77., a charm supposed to. cause a sickness which bears the same name, most probably apoplexy. Ebwangu, 8 , 77., a calabash with a large mouth. Ebwela, 8 , 77., a dance characterized by the rotatory movement of each shoulder, and hip alter¬ nately. Ebwelengenze, 8 , 77., see Ebungela. Ebw-Efu ( 266 ) Ebwila, 8, n., mouth of river, con¬ fluence, debouchure. Ebwilu, 8, 11 ., the spot where some¬ body or something fell. Edi, see under Di. Ediadia, 8, n., tall, thick grass, often 10-15 ft. high. Ediata, 8, 71., a grass ; also a toy gun (of grass). Edibu, 8, 71., rattle (with wooden tongues, for dogs, pigs, &c., also used in some parts by witch doctors). Edienga, 8, 71., the quality possessed which wins favour; hence favour, grace enjoyed. kala ye edienga (8), v ., to find favour. mona e edienga, to show favour, to be gracious to. Edienge, 8, n., an anklet. Edikitila, 8, n., jungle (of grass). Edila, 8, n., sack, bag. edila dia kulu (9), (pi. madila ma malu), 71., sock. .Edima, 8, n. (P. lima), file. Edimbu, 8, n., bird-lime, made from the sap of the nsanda (a ficus) or ndimbudimbu. dia e edimbu, v., to extract the sap. Edime, 8, n., dew. Edimu, 8, 71., rattle with wooden tongues, for dogs, pigs, &c. Edina, see wider Dina. Edingidingi, 8, n., midnight (the hour). edingidingi dizungidi, it was mid¬ night. Edioko, 8, n., cassava, manioc (jatro- pha manihot) ; see Cassava, Eng.-Kongo. Edionga, 8, n., spear, assegai, har¬ poon, lance. Ediongololo, 8,a species of ascaris, an intestinal worm. Edivulu, 8, 71. (P. livro), book. -Edodokolo, 8, n., favour, obligation. Edongola, 8, n., jigger (sarcopsylla penetrans). Eduku, 8, 71., fledgling, seedling, a tooth just cut. Edungu, 8, n., scrotal hydrocele or hernia. Efi, see under Fi. Efu, 8, 71., field of ripe nguba. Efuba, 8, 71., the screw-pine (pandanus candelabrum). -efuba, a., nguba (2) efuba, a roasted ground nut which has in con¬ sequence of not being properly ripe. Efudilu, 8, 71., end, finishing. Efufu, 8, 71., a clap with the hollow hands. bunda or wanda e efufu, to clap as above when surprised. Efuka, 8, 71., handful. Efuka, 8, 71., physical strength, robust¬ ness, power, sturdiness, vigour, force. kuna efuka, adv ., weightily (of a blow). -efuka, a., strong, robust, powerful, sturdy. Efukilu, 8, 71., end, extremity. Efuku, 8, 71., million. Efuku, 8, 71., rubbish heap (in town), bed raised high (as for pump¬ kins), bed of burnt roots and earth. Efuku, 8, 71., end, extremity. Efukutila, 8, 71., cold, a catarrh. Efula, 8, 71., path at entrance to town. Efulu, 8, 71., pith. Efulu diansungu, n., cowry shell. Efulufulu, 8, n., froth, foam, surf, scum, bubbles. tumba or tuba e efulufulu, v., to foam, ferment, froth, effervesce. Efumbe, 8, 71 ., grub (of unicorn beetle or palm weevil). Efunda, 8, 71., bundle, parcel. Efundankata, 8, n., thigh of a bird. Efundu, 8, 71., shroud, cloth bound on a corpse. Efungu, 8, n., an owl. Efungununu, 8, the carpenter bee, a boring bee. Efuni, 8, n., the anus. ( 267 ) Efu-Eki Efusu, 8 , zz., caldron (in river). Efute, 8 , zz., a thick-stemmed creeper yielding a useful fibre. Efutukulu, 8 , zz., (small) bundle. Efwa, 8 , it ., inheritance, heritage, legacy. dia e efwa, v., to inherit (take the inheritance). vingila e efwa, 7/., to inherit, suc¬ ceed to the inheritance, vwa e efwa, 7/., to possess an in¬ heritance, to inherit, xisa e efwa, 7/., to leave, bequeath. Efwexia, 8 , zz., a water rat. Ejalwa, ) 8 , zz., a nest woven of Ejambwa, ) soft materials. Eji, see under Ji. -eji-a+iji; see Kwiza. Ejiku, 8 , zz., fireplace, hearth. Ejiku, 8 , n ., the musk organ in civets, &c., or their scent. Ejina, 8 , n ., a name. Ejina, 2, see under jina. Ejinga, 8 , zz., pool left by the fall of a river, hole in the bed of a river. Ejio, 8 , zz., touch last (a game) ; see Appendix (Games). Ejita, 8 , zz., a tie, knot. Ejitu, 8 , zz., weight, heaviness. -ejitu, <7., heavy, ponderous, weighty. Ekadi, 8 , zz., astringency. -Ekadi, a., astringent. Ekafi, 8 , zz., husk of the palm nut after expression of the oil; chewed pieces of sugar cane. Ekakala, 8 , zz., “ palm 55 grass. Ekaku, 8 , zz., wad (of gun). xiamisa e ekaku, 7/., to ram a gun (drive the wad). Ekala, 8 , zz., ash, charcoal, cinder. Ekalu, 8 , zz., dwelling place. Ekalu, 8 , zz. (P. carro), wheel or wheeled vehicle, carriage, wheel¬ barrow. Ekamba, 8 , zz., savelist (a coarse baize), list. Ekamba, 8 , zz., purlin. Ekambi, 8 , zz., flock, herd, drove. Ekanda, 8 , zz., clan, family ; see Clan, Eng.-Kongo. Ekanda, 8 , zz., paw, mark, spoor. Ekandu, 8 , zz., place where palm wine is mixed, watered, &c. Ekanga, 8 , zz., wilderness, bare place, barren soil. -ekanga, a ., bare (as a hill without grass). Ekangeya, 8 , zz., curculigo (hot.). Ekangu, 8 , zz., long fishtrap (as lobster basket). Ekasa, 8 , zz. (Bako.), jigger (sarcopsylla penetrans). Ekata, 8 , zz., a testicle. Ekawa, 8 , zz., pith in midrib of palm- frond. Ekaxi, 8 , zz., anger, rage. ekaxi dia lumfulumbumbu, zz., irritability. ekaxi diatuntu, zz., hasty temper. Ekaza, 8 , zz., binder of gun, ferrule. Ekazu, 8 , zz., the pod of the cola tree (sterculia), a cola nut. Ekeke, 8 , zz., midrib of palin-frond. Ekeketele, 8 , zz., ant (white workers). Ekela, 8 , zz., bullet, ball, slug, shot. Ekela-nkombo, 8 , zz., trade-knife (bone on each side of shaft). Ekelengenze, 8 , zz., lump, clod, grain (of sand), crystal (of salt). Ekembo, 8 , zz., praise, rejoicing. Ekende, 8 , zz. (Bako.), calico, white baft. Ekende, 8 , zz., pudding of green maize beaten. Ekengele, 8 , zz., see Ekelengenze. Ekesa, 8 , zz., soldier, warrior. Ekeso, 8 , zz., cassava root steeped in water, peeled, and dried in the sun. Eketo, 8 , zz. (Bako.), anger. Ekevo, 8 , zz., smell of civet, and other animals having the musk organ. Ekeya, 8 , zz., colour, mark, spot. ekeya dia ngo (2), zz., mole (mark on the skin). Eki, see under Ki. Ekinu, 8 , zz., the dance conducted all night long, on the occasion of the birth of a child who is supposed to be “lombo;” the Eki-Eku ( 268 ) Ekinu, continued. plural makinu is used for any kind of dance. Ekiyilu, 8, 7 Z., haunt. Ekodia, 8 , n ., knuckle, joint, knot (of of a tree) ; also a helix shell. Ekofi, 8 , n., a blow with the fist. "buba or tua or wanda e ekofi, v., to strike with the fist. Ekoji, 8 , n., stocks. Ekoji, 8, n. (P. gonzo?), hinge. Ekoka, 8 , n., lame person. Ekoka, \g n scarabseus beetle. Ekokatuvi,/ ’ Ekoko, 8 , 77 ., a male (of all living crea¬ tures except persons). -ekoko, a ., male. Ekoko, 8 , n., the climbing palm (calamus secundifloris), a staff cut from the stem of the same. Ekoko, 8 ,77., scab, batuna e ekoko, v., to take off a scab on purpose. vusuna e ekoko, v., to knock off a scab by accident. Ekolado, 8 , n. (P. coral), coral. Ekole, ) 8 , 7 z., the shank and hoof (of Ekolo, ) animals), shank (of fowls). Ekolombo, 8 , 7 z., a black and red lizard. Ekolowa, 8, n. (P. coroa), crown. Ekombe, 8 , n., civet. Ekombe, 8 , n., league (a distance of about three miles). Ekombe, 8 , 7 z., teeth cut after the fashionable manner, when the two top front teeth are shortened to half their natural length ; the space left whence a tooth has been extracted. Ekombo, 8 , 77., sides of butt end of gun. Ekomve, 8 , 77., a small piece of the the pulp inside a calabash. Ekonde, 8 , 77., net (for animals). Ekongo, 8, 77 ., Kongo country. Ekongonzundu, 8 , 7?., anvil (large European). Ekonko, 8 , 7/., grasshopper or locust (generic). Ekonzo, 8 , 7 /., node (of grass, &c.)„ joint (ball or socket), handle (of a vessel). ekonzo dia kulu (9), ankle. Ekota, 8 ,7/., the headman of a caravan,, a capata. Ekotelo, 8 , 7/., an entrance, ingress,, way in. Ekoto, 8 , 77., the vagina. Ekoxi, 8 , 77., back of the head. Ekuba, 8 , n., bale. Ekubiln, 8 , 7L, factory, manufactory. Ekudi, 8 , 77., anger, vexation, wrath,, bad temper. kuna ekudi (1 with applied form),. against, contrary to the will, reluctantly. ku nsuku a ekudi (nsukwekiidi), adv., unwillingly. sukisa e ekudi, v., to irritate, to* make angry, to enrage. sukwa e ekudi, v., to be full of wrath, enraged, very angry ; to - be much annoyed but obliged to comply or obey. Ekukwa, 8 , 77., stone of fire-place,, hearth. Ekulu, adv., used with the applied' fonn of the verb which it qualifies, first, at once, at first, previously, before them. Ungya- mbwila ekulu ngienda jika 0 • ese ame (same), let me go first and bury my father; muna Ekongo twakadila ekulu, we lived in Congo previously. Ekulu, used only in the following, combination, -au ekulu, all of them, every one. Ekulukulu, 8 , 77., very large midrib of. bamboo palm. Ekulumbwanji, 8 , n., blow-fly. Ekulumukinu, 8 , n., the place of descent. Ekuluntietie, 8 , n., a small bird. Ekuluta, 8 , 77., famine. Ekuluwa, 8 , 7/., washhand basin. Ekuluzu, 8 , 77. (P. cruz), cross, cruci¬ fix. xia vana ekuluzu, v.t., to crucify. ( 269 ) Eku-Ei.o Ekuma, 8 , //., the time, beat of a drum or in music. Ekumba, 8 , bulb, padlock, lock. Ekumbi, 8 , steamer, engine, ekumbi dia vita, //., man of war. Ekumbila, 8 , «., fall, cataract of water. Ekumbu, 8 , «., surprise, marvel, won¬ der, miracle, astonishment, -ekumbu, a ., strange, amazing, mar¬ vellous, astonishing, wonderful, Ekumbu, 8 , scandal, slander calumniation. Ekumfu, 8 , a fetish image. Ekumi, 8 , ;/., a ten, decade, a lot of ten. ekumi ye moxi, a ., eleven, ekumi ye nana, eighteen. -ekumi, <*., tenth. Ekumu, 8 , //., bank of river, coast, shore. Ekungunu, 8 , //., knee. Ekunji, 8 , a king-post, the post that holds the ridge pole, the leg of a table or bedstead, a prop, a pile, a pillar, nkwa mpova a viluka e ekunji, one who tells you the truth, but tells a lie when another asks him. Ekunkwa, 8 , pillar, bank of earth pile ; the fork of a branch, cut off so close that it forms a large flat top to a stake. Ekutilu, 8 , «., place of assembly. Ekuva, 8 , n., (large) basket. Ekwa, 8 , «., scale. Ekwanza,8, «., pimple of “craw craw.” Ekwata, 8 , //., a piece of gum copal (yellow). Ekwe! interj ., alas ! Elaka, 8 , throat, neck. zenga e elaka, v., to cut the throat. Emu, 8 , n., belly of pork. Elalangoma, 8 , «., the quantity which fills a measure to the brim, being levelled as is done in measuring corn. xia e elalangoma, v., to fill to the brim, as above. Elalanza, 8 , n. (P. laranja), orange. Elalu, 8, //., lock of gun. Elalu (8) dia nianga, ;z.,a place where nianga grass is growing. Elamalama, 8, //., a large, hairy cater¬ pillar. Elambu, 8, n., track (of beasts). Elanga, 8, n., waterlily. Elau, ) 8, n., good fortune, good luck, Elawu, J perf. of kwenda, to go. Eleka, 8, a snipe fish. Elelenxi, 8, zz., a plain, even ground, -elelenxi, a ., level, flat, even. e elelo, adv., now, this time. Elembe, 8, n pelican. Elendeji, 8, n ., a species of ant which eats the white ants. Elenga, 8, n ., a place where the grass has been beaten down beside the path in consequence of the passage of a great concourse of people, as at the funeral of a great chief. It is used as an oath, the people swearing by the “elenga” of the king. Elenge, 8, zz., pumpkin. Elengo, 8, //., polish, smoothness, flattery, adulation, fair words, elengo dia meso, a fair appear¬ ance to the eye. elengo dia meso dina mo, it makes a fair show, lenga o malengo, v., to woo. xia e elengo, v., to polish. Elengo, a small tree used medicinally; also bird lime prepared from it. Elenso, \8, n. (P. len$o), a handker- ElenswaJ chief, elenswa dia meza, table napkin, serviette. Eletela, 8, n. (P. letra), letter (of alphabet), printing type. Elevo, 8, /*., abuse, curse, execration. Elo, 8, «., factory, station, trading house. Elo, intcrj., yes. Eloko, 8, ;z., covetousness, avarice, greed of goods. kulula e eloko, v. } to satisfy greed, -eloko, a., avaricious, covetous, greedy. Elo-Esa ( 270 ) Elolo, 8 , 7/., a bush bearing yellow edible fruit (sometimes called malolo ma mfulu). Also a tree bearing a crimson fruit, and having bright orange- coloured roots. kala e elolo, to be bright red (seldom used except of fire). Elombwa, 8, //., fruit of the india-rub¬ ber lliana (Landolphia). Elondo, 8, n., a back current, an eddy. Elonga, 8, n., plate, dish, kneading trough ; also a hole dug in the ground in which to administer a bath for medicinal purposes, elonga diankandangala, n., shal¬ low plate. elonga diankuluka, deep plate. Elonga, 8, 71., pan (of gun). Elongi, 8, teaching, doctrine, ad¬ vice, counsel, instruction. Elongi, 8, 71., comfort, consolation, mvani a (1 & 4) or nkwa (1) elongi a comforter, consoler, one who administers consolation. Elongo, 8, //., the house where circum¬ cision is performed. Eloso, 8, n. (P. ?), arrowroot. Elowa, 8, 71., dew. Elimdiln, 8, n., barn, store. Elundu, 8, a hundred thousand. Elundu, 8,ham. Elundu, 8, 11., nest or anthill of the kinswa (white ant). -elundu, a ., the colour of the elundu ant-hill, a light brown. Elunganinu, 8, n., place of assembly. Elunji, 8, 71., king-post, pile (driven into the ground), door-post, leg (of bedstead or table), pillar, prop. Elusa, 8, 71., greed, a habit of prowling about. Elusumuna, 8, n., small pieces in the process of being pounded. Elutilu,8, 71., passage, place of passing. Ememe, 8, n., sheep, ememe diankento, ewe. ememe diekoko, ram. Emi; see under Mi. Emia, 8 , 71 ., short palm, like Raphia vinifera, but having thin mid¬ ribs. Enana, 8 , ?i., eight, a lot of eight, •enana, a., the eighth. Enatantoto, 8 , 71., an edible fungus. -enda; see Kwenda. Enekwa, 8 , n., bait, enticement, wile, allurement, snare, decoy, ntambu a enekwa, a trap in which a door closes. Engi, a., cl. 1, many. -eno, ft7' 07 i., your ; seco 7 idary form yours. Enwaninu, 8 , n., battle-field. Epangi, 8 , n., a hornbill; looked upon as a slow and stupid bird; lie 7 ice also a slow and stupid fellow, a fool. Epapi, 8 , 71., wing (of bird). Epatangi, 8 , n., fool. Esa, see disa, maize. Esabu, 8 , n. (Bako.); see Esau. Esafi, 8 , n., a tassel, the end of a tail, a bunch of hair at the end of a tail. Esafi, 8 , 7 i., thick yellow matter or slough on an ulcer. Esaka, 8 , 71., a cloth worn by native women. Esakaninu, 8 , 71., playground. Esakasaka (8) dia koko, n., the upper arm. Esakasaka dia kulu, the thigh. Esakaya, 8 , 71., lightness, kala e esakaya, to be light, not heavy. Esakila (8) dia etubu, n., plant of voandzeia subterranea; esakila (dia nguba), of ground nut (arachis hypogoea). Esakuba, 8 , n., a stumble, ta e esakuba, v., to stumble, strike the foot against something. Esalampata, 8 , n ., a bird the size of a thrush. Esalu, 8 , 71., tool. Esalu, 8 , n., the bundle of charms of nganga a ngombo (the witch¬ doctor, &c.). ( 271 ) Esa-Esw Esamba, 8 ,77., one of the assistants of nganga a ngombo (the witch¬ doctor). -esambanu, a., sixth. Esambu, 8 , 77., party, adherents, side, yikama vana esambu dia, v., to side with. Esami, 8 , 77., stopper, cork, plug. Esangangungu, 8 , n., spider (generic); also the game of “ spider,” a game played in a ring ; see Ap - petidix (Games). Esangu, 8 , n. (Bako.j, a head of maize. Esanza, 8 , n., shelf. Esanzu, 8 , n., booty, spoil, plunder. Esau, 8 , //., landing-place, ferry, ford, “ beach,” crossing. Esavu, 8 , liberality, lavish gener¬ osity. -esavu, a ., prodigal, very generous. Ese, i & 8 , 77 ., father ; always used with the possessive pronoun even when followed by a geni¬ tive case. Ese andi a Nlemvo olueke, the father of Nlemvo has come. ese diankulu, n., forefather. Eseka, 8 , n., outer room, public room. Eseka, 8 , n., the house where circum¬ cision is performed. Eseke, 8 , 77., whydah bird, when not in full plumage. The cock birds when in full plumage are called kinsengwa, 5, n. Eseke, 8 ,77., dry land, land. kuna eseke, ashore, to the shore, on land. kwenda kuna eseke or tomboka kuna eseke, v., to land, go ashore. muna eseke ’eseke, adv., (“ a ” elided ), by land. xisa kuna eseke, to leave high and dry. Eseke dia nkala, 8 , //., a tree (species ?). Esenge, 8 , 77., sand. Esenge, 8 , 77., whitebait. Esengi, 8 ,77., a well-worn cloth. Esese, 8 , 77., coarse river grass, debris floating on the river, grass,, chips, leaves, &c. Esewa, 8, 7;., circumcised person. Esewa, 8, u. (I3ako.), cowry shell. Esofele, 8, n. (P. apafaro), saffron. Esofi, 8, 7/., a large water antelope,. also a thorny caterpillar. Esoka, 8 , 77., a furnace. Esokolo, 8, 77., slip-knot, snare, loop,, noose. Esokosa, [ 8 , 77., a yellow bird, which weaves a hanging nest on to* grasses, &c. Esoladi, 8, n. (P. soldado), soldier. Esole, 8 , 77., garden cleared in a wood or forest. Esomba, 8, 77., ball, a round thing. esomba, 8, n., a small bunch of thatching grass. Esombo, 8 , 77., a variety of the Elans, guinaeensis (oil-palm), and its. nut. Esotokela, 8 , u., windfall. Esoya, 8,77., blister. Esuku, 8 , 77., inner, bed or store¬ room. Esumikinu, 8, 77., the spot where a person was sitting during the operation of cupping. Esumu, 8 , 77., guilt, crime, sin, ini¬ quity (frequently used in plural) see Masumu. Esundi, 8 , 77., animal that has not. given birth. esundi dia ngombe, 77., heifer. Esunga, 8,77., see Elusa. Esunia, 8, 77., the fleshy lip surround¬ ing the tusks of the wild boar. Esunjia, 8 ,77., a rat. Esunsu, 8, 77 ., cape, headland, point. Esutu, 8, 77., uncircumcised person. Eswa, 8,77., mesh ; see Maswa. Eswala 8 ,77., see Esundi. Eswanga, 8 ,77., spear, harpoon. Eswekelo, 8,77., hiding-place. Eswenga, 8 ,77., unripe ground-nut or voandzeia. -a eswenga (pi. za maswenga), a. y unripe (of arachis or voandzeia,. Eta-Etu ( 272 ) Etadi, 8, >1 ., a stone, rock, pebble, slate. etadi dia mini (7), candlestick. etadi diankania, grindstone, whet¬ stone. etadi, dia ta (13), percussion-cap or the flint of a gun. Etaka, 8, n., a buttock. Etaka, 8, u., a yoke to secure a slave. Etakangola, 8, 71., a tadpole ; also the African mud-fish. Etampakasa, 8, wasp. Etandi, 8, 77., grinder, molar-tooth. Etanga, 8, striker of a gun. Etangatanga dia kulu, (9), it., thigh. -etanu, fifth. -etatu, a., third. Etaya, 8, ?/., rag. Etaza, 8, 7 i., a large abscess, often in the armpit. Ete, 8, 71 . (pi. mete), saliva (generally plural). Ete (Bako.), ke...ete ko, not yet. Etebo, 8, 7 t. (Bako.), spirit, ghost sprite. Eteke, 8, a fruit yielding a red stain, also the stain itself. Etekwa, 8, bracken-fern (Pteris). Etele, 8, a whale. Etembo, 8, 71., circular mouth of a basin or drum. Etenda, 8, n., cannon. Etenji, 8, n. (Bako.), a small pearl or china button. Etenta, 8, 71 ., brow, top of a hill ( o?ily used in adverbial clauses ); kuna, or vana e etenta, on the top. Eteva, 8, n., mat. eteva dia mfubn (2), 71., mat of frondlets of pandanus cande¬ labrum. eteva dia mvuyi (2), mat of bark of mvuyi. eteva dia ngandiango (2), n., mat having a figure (animal, &c.) worked in the pattern. Etininu, 8, n., refuge. Etidi, 8, 71., a dead fish floating down stream. Etiuku, 8, n., a wearing cloth, consist¬ ing of two widths sewn together, and making a cloth 2 fathoms long and about 50 inches wide. eto, pro 71 ., our ; secondary form, ours. Etodi, 8, 71., cold, coldness. Etoko, 8, 7 t., youth, young man. Etolo, 8, 71., back of low'er jaw r , gill. Etombe, 8, midrib of palm, Raphia vinifera. Etombola, 8, n., ghost, hobgoblin, sprite, fiend, demon. Etombwelo, 8, n., wharf, landing place for goods. Etona, 8, mark, spot, figure, speck, colour, tint. Etondo, 8, 7i., hatred, dislike. Etondongoma, 8 , 71., arrowroot. Etonga, 8, 71., a large water rat having pink lips and tail. Etongo, 8, 71., something tasty, meat stews, &c., to eat with one’s kwanga, or other bread stuff. Anything cooked with salt or pepper. Etonti, 8 , 71., blot, drop. Etubu, 8, 71., voandzeia subterranea. Etuku, 8, 71. (often used in pi.), origin, source, cause, derivation. Etukulu, 8, 71., border (of farm, &c.) in process of extension, head¬ land, cape, point. Etumbi, 8, 77., bed raised extra high (as for pumpkins), bed of burnt roots and earth. Etumbudia, 8, 77., an edible fungus. Etumpu, 8, 71., a rat. Etunduwa, 8, //., a variety of the Elaeis guinaeensis (oil-palm), which has a greenish nut. Etungi (8) dia kulu (9), 77., thigh. Etungilu, 8, n., manufactory, the place where things are woven. Etuti, 8 , 71., cloud. Etutu, 8, n., grass (having long inter¬ nodes), a flute. etutu dia nzadi (2), n., bamboo- grass. Etutu, 8, 77., a mouse. Etuza, 8 , 77. (P. cartucho), cartridge. ( 273 ) Etw-E v\v Etwaya, 8, zz. (P. toalha), towel, duster, napkin, cloth. Eulu, 8, zz., see Ewulu. Eunze, 8, zz., see Ewunze. Euta, 8, zz., cerastes viper (?). Evaikilu, 8, zz., outlet, exit, way out. -a evala, 8 (pi. za mavala), a ., unripe (of nsafu). Evalangi, 8, zz., mpalanka antelope. Evalanti, 8, zz., carpenter. Evambu, 8, zz., junction (of roads). Evanda, 8, zz., a fork (of branches), a wooden fish-hook, a barb, shuttle. Evanda, 8, zz., notch, corner, rough angle (as on stones). Evanga, 8, zz., suburb, a town belong¬ ing to the mbanza, hamlet. Evangilll, 8, zz., manufactory, the place where things are made. Evanjele, 8, zz., gospel. Evata, 8, zz., town, village. Evavala, 8, zz., flake, scale, shaving, scurf. Eve, 8, zz., wing (of bird). Evekwa, 8, zz., a large fly. Evela, 8, zz., bald place on the head. Evembe, 8, zz., a common weed, some varieties of which are cultivated, and the leaves boiled and eaten. Evembo, 8, zz., shoulder. loto (io) lua evembo, zz., shoulder- blade. saka o mavembo, ?/., to shrug the shoulders. Eveta, 8, zz., a hunt (with dogs). Evi, 8, zz., flat side of blade of a knife. Evia, 8, zz., field. Eviji, 8, zz., pimple (from a bite of insect or a sting). Evimbu, 8, zz., a corpse, carcase, dead body. Evindi, 8, zz., large log of firewood. Eviokelo, 8, zz., place of passing, pas¬ sage. Evitu, 8, zz., entrance, gateway. Evokola, 8, zz., bot ., alocasia anti¬ quorum (?). Evolo, 8, zz., charcoal, cinder, ash, coal. Evongi, 8, zz., the seed capsule of a tree, which is bored and played on the principle of the ocarina. Evoxi, 8, zz., notch. Evudi, 8, zz., hole in a tree. Evuku, 8, zz., the place where an animal stood when it received the wound. Evuku, 8, zz., wave, billow. Evuku, 8, zz., a hindrance, delay. Evukula, 8, zz., sweet potatoes. Evukunia, 8, zz., a very large fly. Evula, 8, zz., station, factory, residence. Evulu, 8, zz., cloth of native manu¬ facture, from the fibre of frond- lets of the Pandanus candela¬ brum or of the mpusu palm. Evululu, 8, zz., hole (small). Evumba, 8, zz., epaulet. Evumbu, 8, zz., a gathering, abscess, boil. evumbu diangenzaluku a small boil, pustule. Evuudu, 8, zz., hole, cavity, slit, aper¬ ture, eye (of needle), wound (of bullet). evundu dia disu (7), zz., socket ol the eye. kota or vaika vana evundu, v.i., to get through a hole. Evunga, 8, zz., bass (in music). Evunga, 8, zz., blanket, wrapper, rug, woollen cloth. Evungela, 8, zz., a small variety of sparmania, bot. ; see Mpunga. Evuninu, 8, zz., the matter about which there is deceit. Evusu, 8, zz., raw cotton. Evuta, 8, zz., sweet potatoes. Evuvu, 8, zz., a hollow, empty space, carcase. Evuvulu, 8, zz., lightness (in weight). kala e evuvulu, v., to be light (in weight). Evwa, 8, zz. ( indecl .), nine, a lot ot nine. -evwa, a ., ninth. Evwala, 8, zz., Nkimba house. Evwangi, 8, zz., thicket, brushwood, jungle of brushwood. T Evw-Eye ( 274 ) Evwata, 8 , n., fathom. Evwembeta, 8 , n., a canopy, evwembeta dia nti, a great spread¬ ing tree. Evwilu, 8 , 77., end, extremity. Evwina, 8 , n., thirst, fwa e evwina, v., to be thirsty, katnla e evwina, v., to quench thirst. Ewananinu, 8 ,77., a meeting place. Ewele, 8 , 77., thorny creeper. Ewele, } 8 , 77., sharp edged climb- Ewelewele, S ing grass, marsh grass. Ewete, 8 , 77 ., kindness, a kind action. Ewongo, 8 , 77., cassava peeled and dried in the sun, then soaked for a day or two in water, and then boiled. It is considered very tasty. Ewongo, 8 , 77., medicine made of bruised leaves and palm-wine. Ewuln, 8 ,77., hole, socket, pit. ntambu (2) a ewulu, pit-trap. Ewumba, 8 , n ., mine, quarry. Ewunge, 8 , 77 ., drizzle, Scotch mist, ewunge (di-) fukumuka, to mizzle. Ewnnze, 8 , 77., a tree growing in swampy places and water, the fruit of which yields a red dye, or when mixed with lujiejie, and steeped in black mud,yields a black dye. Ewnta, 8 ,77., cerastes, viper (?). Ewnwa, 8 , 77., a tree yielding a large edible fruit, having sections as the pine-apple, which it also resembles in colour and size. It is sweet, acid, and astringent. The great leaves of the tree do not decay as readily as other leaves, the ground underneath is therefore always strewn with them. The wood is useless. Exi, pi. of mwixi. exi nxi, 1, fil., 77., the countrymen, the inhabitants of a country. Exikamondo, 8 , 77., drumstick of a bird. Exikilu, 8 ,77. (any musical instruments played with the fingers), har- Exikilu, continued. monium, flute, concertina, also cymbals. xika e exikilu, v., to play a musical instrument. Exilu, 8 , 71., the rock on which they break palm-nuts. Eximu, 8 , 71., beach, shore, coast, bank of river, (generally spoken of the opposite side). Exina, 8 ,77., foot, stand, basis, base, foundation. exina dia mvumba, breech of gun. Exina, 8 , n. (Bako.), cloth, a piece of cloth. Exina, 8 , 77., female breeding animal, exina dia ngulu, n., sow, pig. Exinde, 8 , n., common, coarse grass. Exivi, 8 , 71., wonder, surprise, astonish¬ ment, miracle, marvel. -exivi, a., wonderful, marvellous^ astounding. -eya, a., fourth. Eya, 8 , n., palm-tree (generic), the Elasis guinaeensis. eya dianseke, 8 ,7/., the aloe. Eyaka, 8 ,77. (Bako.), cassava (Jatropha manihot). Eyakala, (8 & 1), n., (pi. akala), man. eyakala dingi, n., a brave, cou¬ rageous person. -eyakala, a., man, male. Eyakala, a. (Bako.), right (of the arm). Eyalanganga, 8 , 77., great sheet of water. Eyala-nkuwu, 8 , n., a fine tree bear¬ ing an acorn. Eyanda, 8 ,77., a place lower down, omu or muna eyanda, adv., below,, lower down, downwards. Eyanga, 8 , n., lake. Eyangala, 8 , n. (Vivi.), farm. Eyangi, 8 ,77., gladness, joy, content¬ ment, peace, quiet, happiness, bliss, delight, rejoicing, comfort, -eyangi, a., peaceful, happy, con¬ tented, joyous. Eyelelo, 8 , n., hospital. Eyembe, 8 ,77., pigeon, dove, eyembe diamputu, tame pigeon. ( 275 ) Eye-Fia Eyembe, continued. eyembe diantele, a smaller variety of above. Eyembe, 8 , n. (Kib.), fowl. Eyembe, 8 , n. (Ndunga), a man im¬ prisoned for a crime. Eyendelo, 8 , ?/., path, course, track (of beasts), way. Eyenga, 8 , n., chasm, gorge, abyss, precipice. Eyeni, 8 , breast. Eyi ; see wider Yi. Eyikilu, 8 , n., a join, joint. Eyili, 8 , n. (Luangu), oyster. Eyimba, 8 , n., the largest species of plantain. Eyindu, 8 , n ., absence of skill in hunting. Eyongolo, 8 , n., ferret-bell. Eyowelelo, 8 , n ., bathing place. Eyowo, 8 , n., the house where circum¬ cision is performed. Eyungilu, 8 , ?/., bathing place. Eyuwula, 8 , n., a slough of skin. Ezakazaka, 8 , n., shaking, trembling, excitement, palsy. kimbevo (5) kia ezakazaka, n ., palsy. Ezandu, 8 , //., market, ta e ezandu, v., to go to market, hold a market. Ezenga, 8 , n., fool. -ezenga, a., foolish. Ezo, see under Zo. Ezoba, 8 , n. (Bako.), a fool. -ezole, a., next, the second. Ezono, 8 , yesterday. ezono 0 fuku, last night. Ezowa, 8 , fool. -ezowa, a., foolish, absurd. Ezu, 8 , sound, report of a gun, echo. Ezudika, 8 , n., heap. ezudika ( 8 ) dia tiya (11), n., furnace. Ezuji, 8 , the day before yesterday, ezuji kina (ezuji lumbu kina), the day before the day before yesterday. Ezulu, 8 , n., sky, Heaven, the heavens, kanda e ezulu, z >., to stop rain (prevent it from falling). Ezulu, continued. muna or kuna ezulu, above, up, aloft, upwards, heavenward, xika e kintumba e ezulu, v., to fire a gun exactly straight up overhead. -ezulu, a ., heavenly. Ezumbu, 8 , n., site of a deserted town, the clump of trees marking the site. Ezunda, 8 , z/.,one thousand, a thousand strings, that is 100,000 beads of the currency. Ezundu, 8 , n., the great bull-frog. Ezunu, 8 , u., nasal mucus. Ezunu, 8 , n ., muzzle (of gun). F. Fa, Ivongos object to the combination of f with a or e in initial syllables ; in such cases a w intervenes. Fi, prefix, sign of the diminutive, used only in the singular, applied in the same manner as the dim. pref., ki, see ki- ; elonga, a plate ; filongalonga or findo- ngandonga or findongalonga, a small plate ; fimbwambwa- kala, a tiny dog. Fi-, subj. pronom. prefix , applied to adjectives and verbs qualifying or agreeing with nouns of the 15 th class. efi, dem.pron ., cl. 15, sing., \stpos., this. Fia, 7/., to bet, lay a wager, gamble. Fia = Fio+a ; see To, Eng.-Kongo. 'Em, prep., of, concerning, about, fiafi, ) deni, pron ., cl. 15, sing., \st efiafi, f pos., emphatic , this. Fiafiana, v. (recip.), to bet together, fiafina, ) deni, pron., cl. 15, sing., 3rd efiafina, j pos., emphatic, that. Fiakete, 1 5 , n., a small quantity, little, fiakete diaka, rather more. Fia-Fin ( 276 ) Fiakete, continued. fiakete fiasala, adv ., almost, very nearly, all but. fiakete fisundidi yo, rather more than. Fiamfiana, 7/./., to crowd in together, to press as a crowd. Fiamfianisa, v.t., to crowd. Fianduna, v., to be insolent. Fiandwelo, 15,small quantity. Fiantalakana, v.i., to warp, contract, shrivel, wrinkle up. Fiantalakesa, 7/./., to warp, contract, shrivel up. Fiata, v.i., to be or be put closely together. Fiatisa, v ., to put closely together. Fiau, poss. pron., sec Ali¬ han., subj., also emphatic obj. pron., cl. 15, sing., it. i fiau fifi, this is it, this is the one. fiau efi, this (offering in the hand), fiau afimoxi, that one, single out of all. Fiauka, v. (generally used in the perfect ), to thank, to be grateful, obliged. Fiaulwisa, v.t., to satisfy, make con¬ tent, gratify. Fiba, v., to make a sucking noise, to kiss (Kongo folks never kiss). Fidiaji, 15, n., a drop of oil. fidiaji fiakete, a little grease. Fidila, 7/., to lead to, for. Fidisa, v., to cause to escort, or shift. Fienga, v., to squeak (as a mouse). Fiengenesa, v.t., to annoy, irritate, vex, provoke, tease (so as to cause to fight). afieyi, inter, pron., cl. 14, sing., where • is it ? which is it ? Fienta, v., to make a sucking noise. Fifalala, v., to flicker, burn low. Fifalala, 9, n., flickering, fifalala meso, to be scarcely open (of the eye). fifi, dem. pron., cl. 15, sing., eni- phatic , this, used ojily after the verbal particle i ; see Fiau. Fifidika, v.i., to cause to burn low, to scarcely open (the eyes). Fifila, v., to be slow, small, make very little show, to eat very little. Fifini, 12, 71., back of knife, gums (of the teeth). Fika, 7/., to receive a present from a suitor. Fika, 6 , 71., a good safe place. Fika, v., to present, level a gun. Fika, v.t. (Bako.), to cover. Fikolokolo, 15, 71., moment, short space of time. Fila, v., to escort, guide, accompany, conduct, lead, shift, fila e mpaka ; see wider Mpaka. fila e nima (2), v.i., to turn one’s back, turn away, fila 0 lose (10), v., to face. Filana e nima (2), v., to be back to back. Fimba, v., to scent out, search for, hunt for as a dog ; cross-ex¬ amine, question closely. Fimbula, v., to track by scent. Fimbwambwa, 15, n., pup. Fimfidikita, v., to fumble, rummage. Fimfila, v., to search for (in water), feel after something hidden, covered or buried. Fimfita, v., to grope under. Fimpa, v., to examine, cross-question, inquire closely, carefully. Fimpa, 9 , 71 ., examination. fina, | dem. & rel. pro 7 i., cl. 15, sing., efina, S 3 rd pos., that, that which, which. Fina, v., a witch is said to fina his victim ; it infers the bringing to bear the influence of his black art, the working of his spell, the throttling of the life, the “eating of the heart,” and all the horrors of bewitching. The witch is supposed to trans¬ form himself into some strange sprite, and sitting upon a beam of his victim’s house, to sing, and gloat his eyes on his sleeping victim ; what he does, and how ( 2 77 ) Fin-Fon Fina, continued. he does it, no one knows, be¬ cause to know, would be to constitute a man a witch. Fina, v.t., to draw something between a knife and a board, or between two bars, or finger and thumb, or through a gauge hole, as in drawing wire, to remove the skin, &c., from mpusu fibre, to clean intestines (for cooking). Finama, v.i., to be near, close to, adjacent, border on ; approach, draw near, come close, go near. -finama,/., adjacent. Finamiana, v. recipe to be near each other, adjacent. Finangesa, v.t., to put close together, near, side by side. Finangiana, v.i., to be narrow, close together, near to each other. Finda, v., to kill, give the coup dc grace, dispatch. Finduna o nua (4), v., to pucker the mouth contemptuously. -afinete, a., ntumbu (2) afinete (P. alfinete), a pin. Finga, v. (Bako.), to abuse, curse, swear at, execrate. Finika, v., to put near, close together, bring near, shift. Finka, v. (Bako.), shift, move. fi.0, obj. pron., cl. 15, sing., it. efio, dem.pron., cl. 15, sing., 2?id pos., that. fiofio, \ dem.pron., cl. 15, sing, 2nd efiofio, ) pos., emphatic , that. Fisuka, v., to be sprained. Fisuna, v.t., to sprain. Fita, 2, n. (P. fita), ribbon, tape, braid. Fita, «/., to ascend, wreathe up as smoke. Fita, v.t., to crumple, crease. Fita, v. (Bako.), to pay. Fitakana,Tv.z.,to be crumpled, creased. Fitakesa, v.t., to rumple, crumple, crease. Fitama, v.i., to be crumpled, wrin¬ kled, creased, shrivelled up. Fitana, v., to have a rich appear¬ ance, as velvet. Fitidi, 6 , n., a low tree. Fitika, v.t., to crease, fold in creases, envelop, fold round. Fitini, 15, n., morsel. Fitulu, 15, n., nap, doze. Fitnka, v.i., to be turned inside out. Fitumuka, v., to fall head over heels down a precipice, topple over on to one’s face from a squat¬ ting posture, or disappear over the crest of a hill. Fitumuna, v.t., to cause (a man) to fall head over hills down a precipice, or if a man is squat¬ ting on his feet, to tip him over on to his face. Fituna, v.t., to turn inside out, fold over together. Fiuka {mid. tv. of Fia), v., to be staked, wagered. Fiuma, 15, n., a little thing (either abstract or material). Fiwa (pass, of Fia), to be staked (as a wager). Flanela, 2, n. (P. flanella), flannel. Foboka, v.i., to be battered in, in¬ dented. Fobola, v.t., to batter in, indent, knock a hole in, drive in, crush in. Fobolo, 6 , 71., old, dilapidated or de¬ serted house, a ruin, a thing which is falling to pieces. Fofola, v., to lisp, to talk indistinctly. Fokoka, v.i., to be done, finished, concluded, explained, finally adjusted. Fokoka, v.i., to turn or be turned back, fold or be folded. Fokola, v.t., to conclude, finish, thoroughly elucidate, bring to a conclusion. Fokola, v.t., to turn back, fold back, double over. Fokomba, 6 , n., valley. Folona, 2, n. (P. forno), oven. Fombota, v., to rise, ascend (as smoke). Fonga, tv., to sit, perch, settle. Fon-Ful ( 278 ) Fongona, v., to speak through the nose. Fota, v., to eat with the mouth very full. Foya, 2, n. (P. folha), tin. Fu, 6, n ., custom, manner, habit, style, practice, rule, nature, disposi¬ tion, conduct, behaviour, usage, fashion, way. muna fu kia, after the manner of, like as, after, as. Fu, 6, n., a fault, flaw, defect, scar, blemish, mark, pock, cicatrix. Fuba, v. ,to strike with a stick or blunt instrument, lienee also to hack with a blunt knife. Fubunga, v.i., to be blunt. Fubunga, 9, n., bluntness. Fudila, v., to make a hole with a hoe. Fufuka, v.i., to be dim, faint, indis¬ tinct (of colours or marks). Fufula, v.t., to make faint, indistinct, dim. Fuka, 6, n., the formalities, kneeling, proprieties, ceremonies, respect¬ ful behaviour, Sec., which have to be observed in approaching a great chief, or in the worship of God ; an elaborate cere¬ monial, evolutions, vanga e fuka, to perform such ceremonies and evolutions, vangisa e fuka, v.t., to drill, in¬ struct in evolutions, vangiswa e fuka, v.i., to be drilled. Fuka, v.t., to cover, envelop, protect, thatch, hide, lie over, put on a roof, shelter, put a cover on. Fuka, v.i., to be done, finished, ended. Fukama, v., to kneel, prostrate one¬ self, sit in a kneeling posture. Fukama, v.i., to be covered, hidden, sheltered, protected. Fuki, 6, n., slowness, laboriousness, tediousness, arduousness, xia e fuki, to do anything by the longest, slowest, most round¬ about method. Kutangi di- moxi dimoxi ko wau uxia- Fuki, continued. nga e fuki, tanga kumi kumi, do not count them singly, that is a very slow way ; count them ten at a time. -afuki, a., tedious, slow, requiring much labour and time for its accomplishment, arduous, la¬ borious. Fukidila, v.t., to put a cover over, conceal. Fukika, v.t., to hinder, delay so as to make another late. Fukikwa, v.i., to be belated, as above. Fukila, v.t., to cover ; see Fuka, -fukilu, p., hidden, covered. Fuku, 13, n., night. 0 fuku, adv., by night, at night, during the night, nightly, to¬ night. Fukufuku, 6, 11., early morning, just as it dawns. Fukuka, v.i., to be uncovered, bare, denuded. Fukula, v.t., to uncover, reveal, lay bare, expose, disclose, lay open, remove the lid. Fukumuka, v.i., to be decanted, poured out ; also to fall gently (as mist), distil (as dew), drizzle. ewunge(8) difukumuka, it drizzles. Fukumuna, v.t., to pour out, decant. Fukwa, v.i., to be covered. Fula, 12, n., gossamer on base of palm-frond, often used as a tinder. Fula, 9, 11., examination, careful en¬ quiry, investigation. Fula, v., to cross-question, enquire closely, examine. Fula, v., to pronounce, explain, eluci¬ date, execute, finish, bring to a conclusion. Fula, v., to work in metals, to forge. Fula, v.t., to raise (from the dead), bring back from unconscious¬ ness, restore to life, resuscitate, cause a fire to burn up again after it had almost become extinct. ( 279 ) Ful-Fun Fulangiana, v., to struggle together. Fulu, 6 , n., place, space, room, stead, fulu kia nsusu (2), fowl’s nest, sala muna or vaua fulu ( 6 ) kia (muntu akaka), v., to repre¬ sent, act for another, vana fula kia, instead of, in the place of. vangila e fulu, v., to make room for. Fuluka, 7to overflow, boil up, boil over, pour over, flood. Fuluka, 7/./., to recover (from apparent death), rise from the dead, re¬ vive after unconsciousness. Fulukuta,?/., to rummage, fumble after something which is covered up. Fulumuna, v.i., to breathe, fulumuna e kintwengenia or ki- ntwentwe, v., to gasp, pant. Fulumwinu, 6 , n., respiration. Fuluta yo makaxi,//. 8 , v., to be, get into a rage. Fulutisa yo makaxi, 7/., to irritate, make angry, enrage. Fuma, 6 , n., corner, angle. Fuma, 7/., to leak, ooze out. Fumba, v., to rob with violence on the highway, waylay, kill. Fumba, v.t., to curve, bow, draw a bow, put the rafters on a house. Fumbakana, 7/./., to be bendable. Fumbama, v.i., to be bowed or bow, be bent, or bend, curve, weighed down, be arched. Fumbika, v.t., see Fumba, to bend. Fumbuka, v., to be quite dead, fumbuka ye nzala, 7/., to be hungry. Fumbula, v., to kill, give coup de grace , kill something that is sick and not likely to live, nzala (2 -i) fumbula, to be very hungry {lit. starving), nzala imfumbwidi, I was very hungry. Fumina, v., to be still, quiet, not move or speak with anger, vexation or sulkiness, to be vexed, angry, sulky. Fumina continued. fumina ye kitoko, to strike a position and stand still tha one’s finery may be admired, and duly impress. Fumfumuka, v.i., to go, to be beaten to powder. Fumfumuna, v.t., to reduce, pound, beat to powder, pulverize. Fumpa, v., to put into (the fire), burn. Fumpa, v., to strike. Fumpuka, v.i., to be put into the fire, burnt. Fumpula, v.t., to put into the fire, to burn. Fumpwa, 6 , n., a powder made for medicine by native doctors. Funa, v.i., to increase, rise (of the tide or river), to enlarge, swell, rise (as dough). Funa, 12, 71., a mash; see Beer, Eng. -Kongo. Funanana, v., to sulk. Funda, v.i., to mould, get mouldy or rusty. Funda e nkata (2), v., to sit tailor fashion (the only proper position according to Kongo etiquette), funda 0 nkanu (4) or ediambu (7), 71., to bring a case before judges, to try a case, to hear, judge a case. Fundamena, v.i., to be malted. Fundamena e mbumbu (2), v., to mould, get mouldy. Fundikila, v.t., to malt. Fundikila, v.t., to make mouldy. Funga, v.i., to be insufficiently cooked, underdone. Funga 0 makaxi (pi. 8 ), to be angry, sulk, get into a passion, be enraged. Fungisa, v.t., to cook insufficiently. Fungisa 0 makaxi ( 8 ), v., to irritate, make angry, enrage, vex. Fungumuka, v.i., to swell after a blow, be bruised. Fungumuna, v., to bruise, strike and cause a swelling. Fun-Fwa ( 280 ) Funguna, v ., to confess, acknow¬ ledge ; also to guess ; see Ap¬ pendix, Games, Nduku. This word is seldom used except of women. Funisa, v.t., to increase. Funta, v.t., to shave off the surface of the ground, wood, &c., with a hoe or adze. Funtakana, v ., to be crushed with a rubbing movement, be trodden, trampled upon. Funtakesa, v.t., to crush with a rub¬ bing movement, tread, trample upon. Funtalakana, see Funtakana. Funtalakesa, see Funtakesa. Funzuka, v ., to get dirty, get dis¬ coloured, to soil, to be soiled, stained, discoloured, defiled, dirty, faded. Funzula, v.t., to soil, stain, make dirty, defile, fade. Fusa, v.t., to bore wood (as the wood- borers). Fusuka, v.t., to be bored by insects. Fusuka, v.t., to boil up (as in a cal- ron in the river). Fusuka, v.t., to be rasped, cut up fine, rubbed to pieces in the hands. Fusuka e nsoni (2), v., to be very ashamed. Fusula, v., to rasp, grate, rub to pieces in the hands (of some¬ thing dry), cut up very fine, crumble, also to scrub. Fusula, v.t., to bore (as insects). Fusula e nsoni,) (2), v.t., to disgrace, Fusulwisa, J make much asham¬ ed, also causative of above. Fusumuka, v.t., see Fusuka. Fusumuna, v.t., see Fusula. Futa, v., to pay, repay, reward, re¬ munerate, compensate. Futa, v., to bathe, wash a wound with hot water, foment. Futa 0 mwana (1), to wash or bathe a child with hot water. Futa, 6, n., grass. lunga e futa, v., to watch the jungle X Futa, continued. during a bush fire, in order to* shoot the game flying before it. vungula e futa, v., to follow up a bush fire in order to dig out the small animals that have taken refuge in the ground, -afuta, a., wild (of animals). Futisa, v., to cause to pay, extort* impose a fine. Futuka, v.t., to be paid (as money or goods). Futuluka, v.t., to swell, increase, en¬ large ; rise (as dough). Futulula, v., to repay, pay over again. Futumuka, V., to ascend (as smoke). Futwa, v.t., to be expended, be paid. Fuwa (pass, of fwa). muna ezulu ke mufuwanga ko, in heaven they never die. Fuxila, v., to begin to swell (used only of the breasts of girls approach¬ ing puberty). Fwa, v. (pass. iFuwa), to die, perish, expire, be spoilt, be hurt, decay* rot, be deserted (of a town), dilapidated, worn out. fwa e babangu (6), to come to nothing (as blighted plants). fwa e diya (6), v., to make a mis¬ take, forget. fwa e evwina (8), v., to be thirsty, fwae kiambu (5), v., to be uncon¬ scious, insensible, in a state of stupor or coma, to faint, swoon, fwa e mfune (2), v., to feel faint or dizzy with hunger. fwa e nkenda (2), v., to have com¬ passion on, be merciful to, show mercy to, to give quarter, fwa e nzala (2), v., to be hungry, to famish, starve. fwa muna maza (pi. 7), to drown, fwa 0 meno (pi. 7), to lose the edge, be blunt. Fwa, 9, n., death, decay, mortality. Fwa, 9, n., dead person, corpse, fwa (9) kwa mbele, n. } blunt knife. ( 281 ) Fwa-Fwe Fwa, 6, one crippled in- A person crippled in some part of the body is spoken of as above, the crippled organ or member being mentioned, and the whole treated as a noun of the 6th class. fwadisu, 6, //., one-eyed person, person blind in one eye. -afwadisu, a., blind in one eye. fwakutu, 6, 7 i., person deaf with one ear. -afwakutu, a., deaf in one ear. fwamatu, 6, n., deaf person. -afwamatu, a., deaf, fwameno, 6 , 71., a blunt instrument, a thing which has lost its edge, a person who has lost his teeth. -afwameno, a., blunt, toothless, fwameso, 6, n ., blind in both eyes, -afwameso, a., blind. Fwa, v., to be worth, cost, nki kifwa ? what is it worth ? -afwafwa, a., useless ; see below. Fwafwala, 6, a useless thing, fwafwala kia mbele, a stupid blunt knife. Fwakata, v.i., to boil fiercely. Fwala, 2, it. (Eng. phial), bottle, phial. Fwalanela (P. flanella), flannel. Fwalangani, 6, n., all things (every¬ thing contaitied in a given place or receptacle'). fwalangani ina muna nzo, every¬ thing in the house, fwalangani ya nzo, the furniture of the house. Fwalansa, 2, n., France. -afwalansa, a., French. Fwana, 9, n., merit, fitness. Fwana, v.i., to be fit for, good for, able to hold ; to earn, deserve, merit ; be qualified for, be com¬ petent, worthy of, suitable ; to suit, suffice ; be enough, suf¬ ficient. Fwanana, 9, n., correspondence, fit¬ ness, similarity, equality. Fwanana, v.i., to fit, correspond, agree, coincide, match, be similar, to resemble, be equal, accord with. Fwananakesa, v.i., to adapt, make things fit, equalise, cause to con¬ form with, adjust, accommodate, match, fit, make like, cause to accord. Fwananisa, v.t., see Fwananakesa. Fwanima, 6, it., a man who has be¬ come impotent, or a woman who has become barren. Fwaniswa, 6, n., model, likeness, type, pattern, design, image, portrait, picture, representation. Fwanta, v., to croak, breathe stertor- ously, snore. Fwantalakana, v., to be done badly, carelessly. Fwantalakesa, v.t., to do badly,, carelessly, roughly. Fwayeta, 2, n. (P. alfaiate), tailor. Fwembo, 6, n., old, dilapidated, or deserted house, ruin, hovel. Fwemoka, 9, n., elasticity, compress¬ ibility. Fwemoka, v., to be elastic, compress¬ ibility, springy. Fwemona, v.t., to heave, the chest in breathing. Fwenka, v., to hack at, saw, rasp, file, cut off close to the ground, with a blunt knife, cut up small. Fwete, defect, aux. verb , only used in the perfect, expresses a possible- duty, not yet performed, but which should have been, or should be, performed ; it may be translated by: ought to have, or should have, when speaking of the past; or ought to, should, shall, or will be able to, and therefore may, can, should do. so, when speaking of the future, xisavana mfwete kiomwena, put it where I can see it. ke bazeye tunga nzo ifwete kala mundele ko, they do not know Fwe-Ink ( 282 ) (Fwete, continued. how to build a house fit for a white man to live in. ofwete kio baka, you ought to have caught it. fwete is also used in such inter¬ rogative sentences as the follow- ing: Nga bafwete fwa e ? they are dead then of course ? Nga ofwete zo dia e? you have eaten them then ? I. I-,//, prefix to nouns of 5 th cl., it is often written yi. I, on receiving the prefix a combines with it, and they become e ; ma +ingi=mengi. i-, subj. pronom. prefix to verbs & verbal adjs. agreeing with nouns cl. 2, sing., 5 & 6, pi. i-, pers. pronom. prefix, 1st pers. sing., subjective when used be¬ fore an objective prefix I. As there is no objective prefix for the 2nd pers. sing., the absence of this after i implies that the 2nd pers. sing, is the object of the verb ; thus Isamunwini, I told you. I, emphatic demonstrative verbal particle serving in the place of the verb “to be” in all its forms, and is equivalent to: this or that or these or those in particular is, are, or were, &c. Eyayi i yame, it is mine ; I dinkwa kala WOWO, it is very likely ; I zau jina, those were they; Yandi i mfuxmi, he is king. {when standing at the head of a sen- tcnce, and followed by the appl. form of the verb), so, therefore, for that reason, that is why. When i is used in this way, diambu, kuma, mpitu & uma I, continued. are understood; i ndembele kwendela, therefore (that is why, for that reason), I did not go; i nkatuka kakatukidi, that is why (therefore) he went away ; i impondele yandi, that is why I killed him. For a further use of the particle I see under A. Ika, interj. (Bako.), see Ingeta. Ina, dem. & rel. pron., cl. 2, sing., 5 & 6, pi., 3rdpos., that which, those which, which; that, those. With its article prefixed ina becomes eyina. Inga, interj., see Ingeta. Ingala tela, n. (P. Inglaterra), Eng¬ land. Ingelezo, 1, n. (P. Inglez), English¬ man. Ingeta, an interjection which a respect¬ ful person adds to any remark or reply he makes to a great chief or to a call, a respectful assent ; yes. Kwisa kekwisa ingeta, he is coming ; kekwisa kwa- ndi ko ingeta, he is not coming; ingeta e mfumu, yes, sir ! -ingi, a., with singular nouns, much too much, great ; with plural nouns, many, too many, several; with such pi. nouns as maza, mazu, menga, maji, &c.,much; maza mengi, much water. Where prefixes in a are applied to ingi the a & i become e, thus ma-ingi=mengi. Ingi is also used sometimes under another form, -ayingi, with the prefixes of series No. 1 ; thus matadi mayingi=matadi me¬ ngi, many stones. -a injingela or injingila, a., curly, woolly, of hair. Inkwada, pi, 5, n., itch, “ craw craw.” ( 2«3 ) J—Jim J. . J results when a radical z is followed by i. Many Kongos cannot pronounce zi, and always use ji instead. • Jama, v.i., to be buried. . Jami, 6, ;/., cemetery, burial-ground. . Janela, 2, n. (P. janella), window. . Je=je+i. - -je, a., too small, very tiny. Jejiana, v., to be giddy, be bewildered. . Jejiana, 9 , n., giddiness,bewilderment. . Jeke, 6, n., seeds which are often threaded and attached to bundles of charms, worn by those who have been initated into the mysteries of ndembo. . Jena, v., to urinate, make water. . Jenena, 6, //., the bladder (urinary). Jermani, n., Germany. . Jeta, v.t ., to form a ring round, go round, surround, encircle, pass round, revolve round. . Jeta, v.i., to revolve, rotate ; turn, twist, spin, go round, swirl, gyrate. - Jetesa, v.t., to cause to revolve, to spin round, turn, twist, whirl round. Jetesa, v.t., to cause to surround, cause to encircle, put in a ring. Jetojioka, v.t., to be constantly or frequently turning round. Jetoka, v.i., see Jeta, v.t. Jetomoka, v.i., see Jeta, v.i. Jetomona, v.t., cause to revolve ; see also Jetesa. Jetuka, v., see Jeta, v.i. Jetumuka, v.i., see Jeta, v.i. Jetumuna, v.t., to cause to revolve ; see also Jetesa. Jetwela, 6, 11., the horizon. -ajetwela, a., round, circular. . ji-, prefix applied to verbs qualifying or agreeing with nouns of cl. 2, pf _ ji-, prefix applied in some dialects (Mpa, &c.) to the plural of nouns, cl. 2. eji, dent. & rel. ftron., cl. 2, pi., isi ft os., these. -iji, see Kwiza. Jiakuna, v.t., to chew noisily. Jibela, 2, n. (P. algibeira), pocket. Jibuka and Jibula (Bako.), see Jiuka, Jiula. Jibula, see Jiongola. Jiji, dent, ft roil. cl. 2, ftl., emphatic, these, used only after the verbal particle i; i zau jiji, these are they. Jie-, see under je-. -jiji, see Kwiza. Jiji? 6, n., fortitude, endurance, fearlessness, bravery, valour, nerve, stoicism, faithfulness, fidelity, patience in suffering, firmness. Jijila, v., to be unflinching, patient in suffering, faithful, staunch, true, brave, to endure, be steadfast, courageous, devoted. Jijila, 9, n., see Jiji, n. Jijima, v., to grow cold, become chilly, to cool. Jijimisa, v.t., to cool, make cold, chill. Jika, v.t., to close, shut. Jika, v.t., to bury, inter. Jikalakana, v.i., to shrivel up. Jikalakesa, v.t., to cause to shrivel up. Jikama, v.i., to be closed, shut. Jikidila, v., to shut in, shut up (a person in a house). Jikinisa, v., to tickle. Jiku, 6, n., positiveness, certainty, e jiku, adv., certainly, surely, posi¬ tively. Jikuna, v., to sneer. Jima, v.i., to be closed (spoken of the eyes only), to go out, be ex¬ tinguished. Jima, v.t., to blow out, extinguish, close, shut (of the eyes only), to quench, put out (fire). Jimbalakanwa, v., to make a mistake, to err, blunder, forget, lose by forgetting where left. JIM-J IT ( 284 ) Jimi, 6. n. (Bako.), pregnancy. kala ye jimi, v., to be pregnant. Jimola, pi. 2, n. (P. esmola), alms, and hence anything given for the service of God, hence :— -ajimola, a. This word has been revived by r the R. C. priests at San Salvador, but is only under¬ stood there. Jimuka, v., to set (of the sun) ; see also Jima, v.i. jina, ) dem. & rel. pron., cl . 2, pi., ejina, ) 3rdpos., those, those which, which. Jina, v.i., to be burnt, charred. moyo (3, -n) jina, v.i., to be very wishful for, desire exceedingly, ardently long for. Jinebela, 2, n. (P. genebra), gin. Jinga, v.i., to last, survive, live on, endure, wear well, be permanent^ remain alive, abide, continue. Jinga, v.t., to wrap up, furl, coil, curl, wind, fold. jinga e mpota (2), to coil round and round. jinga muna, v.t., to wind round, envelop in. jinga 0 moko (pi. 9), to fold (the arms). jinga 0 nkondo (4), to clasp the hands over the head. Jingalakana, v.i., to be entangled, entwined, to embrace. Jingalakesa, v.t., to entangle, entwine. Jingalakiana, v., see Jingalakana. Jingama, v.i., to be wound, entwined, coiled round, frizzled. Jingidila, v., to surround (animals in a hunt). Jingisa, v.t., to cause to last, to per¬ petuate, prolong. Jingu, 6 , n., permanence, vitality, en¬ durance. -ajingu, a., lasting, enduring, per¬ manent, immortal, eternal. Jingula, v.t., to tell, relate, announce, declare, inform, report, narrate, communicate, make known, publish, preach, prophesy, de- Jingula, continued. liver (a message); jingula 0 mavimpi kuna kwa -, give- my kind regards to-. Jinguluka, v.i., to surround, be or go - round. Jingulwila, v., to tell about, tell of,, acquaint with. Jingulwisa, v.t., to coil round. Jingulwisa, v.t., to cause to tell. Jingumuka, v.i., to unwind, disen¬ tangle, unroll, uncoil, untwist. Jingumuna, v.t., to unwind, unroll, unfurl, unbind, unwrap, uncoil,., untwist, disentangle. Jingwila, v.t., to tell about, tell of. Jinisa, v.t., to burn, char, jinisa 0 moyo (3), v., to be very wishful for, to have a burning desire, long ardently; also to- cause the same in others. Jinta, v., to aim, take aim. Jinta, 9, ?i., aim. Jiojio, 6, n., a tuft of hair. Jiojiomona, v.i., to smart, burn, ache. Jiola, v., to smooth out a crease, straighten, unbend (a bow). Jioloka, v.i., to be smoothed out,. opened out, unbent (of a bow). Jiona, v.t., to snatch away something held by another. Jiongona, v.t., to pinch, nip. Jionoka, v., to be snatched away. Jit a, v.i., to weigh, be heavy. Jitika, v., to tie (a knot), clench (the teeth). jitika e mbulu (2), or 0 lumunga (10), v., to frown, scowl. Jitikila, v.t., to tie up, tie to (to pre¬ vent escape or drifting away). Jitikila, v.t., to betroth, affiance (of the man). Jitikila, 9, n., betrothal. Jitikilwa, v., to be engaged, be be¬ trothed (of the woman). Jitikilwa, 9, n., the betrothal (of the woman). Jitikisa, v., to arrange the betrothal,. to betroth (of the parents). Jitisa, v., to respect honour, esteem. ( 285 ) J it-Kak Jitiswa, 7 \, to be distinguished, re¬ spected. Jitu, 12, //., respect, honour, character, reputation (good), esteem. Jituka, 7 >., to come undone (as a knot), to be untied, undone. Jitllla, 7 '., to untie, undo, to loose a knot. jitula e mbulu, 7 '., to cease to scowl. Jiuka, v.i., to be open, to open. Jiula, 7 >.t., to open, unclose. jiula (e evundu, 8), to make, pierce, punch, bore (a hole), perforate. jiula e vita (2), to fire the first shot, attack. jiula 0 matu (9), to pierce the ears. jiula 0 mwenge (3), to cut the hole for the first time in the base of the flower of the palm in order to get wine. Jizu, n., Jesus. Jiyidila (muna), v.t., to peep, peer at. K. Xa, subj. fironom. prefix., y'd pers., sing., he, she : kaboka, he called. Xa, prefix, a combination of ke, first particle of negation, with a the subj. pronom. prefix of the y'd pers. sing. & pi., he, she or they ...not; kabokako, he did not call. Xa, prefix of the 9th cl. of several words introduced from the Mbundu language ; see kabata, kalunga, kampata, kapekele, kapiangu, kaseka. Aka, adv., see under A. -aka, a., bearing a prefix of series No. 2 always precedes the noun, and requires the article before it ; more, some more, other, another, several. Xaba, v., to eat (as animals). Xaba, v. (Bako.), see Xaya. Xabata, 9, n., a title of nobility. Xabuka, 7>.i., to pop, bang. Xabula, v.t., to cause to pop. Xadi, J conj., because, for, so e kuma kadi, ) that. Xadila, v., to live at, live for. Xadila, v., to exhort, beg, implore not to do something. Xaditu, a?i authoritative exclamation tv hen there has been a refusal to obey a?i order; kaditu vaika, go out (will you, or I’ll-). Xafe, 9, n. (P. cafe), coffee. Xafinina, v., to grasp, clutch, grip, seize, hold tightly. Xafuka, v.i., to be beaten, struck, hit. Xafuna, v.t., to strike, hit, beat. Kaji, 6, n., htematuria. Xaka, v., to stop up, block up, close up, dam up, plug, obstruct, choke up, barricade, bar. kaka 0 nua (4), v., to gag. Xaka, adv., only, alone, only just, scarcely, solely, simply, abso¬ lutely, purely, at once (nothing intervening), directly, merely. With the continuative form of the verb, always, ceaselessly, often ; okwendanga kala, you are always going, you keep going.. -akaka, a., more, other, several, some, else, different, another. -akaka diaka, some others, some more. -akaka diaka vana ntandu, more beside. -akakakaka,^., some others, various others. ke vena...akaka ko, no other, kwakaka, mwakaka or vakaka, adv., somewhere else, else¬ where, away. xia kwakaka, v.t., to separate, put elsewhere. Xakala, v., to slip with friction (as when not lubricated), to grate, crawl (as a lizard). Xakala, 9, n., grating, friction. Kak-Kal ( 286 ) Kakama, 7/., to be dammed up, choked blocked, barred. Kakasa, v.t.,. to bring, carry some¬ thing bulky or awkward. Kakaza, 6,grass stubble (after cut¬ ting). Kakidila, 7/., to shelter, shield, screen ? used of the shelter or screen only. Kakidisa, v., to screen, shelter, shield, block the way with something. Kakila, v., to intercept, come in the way of, staunch, prevent from passing or flowing. Kakuka, v.i., to be open, unstopped, clear. Kakula, v.t., to clear, unstop, open, unplug, remove an obstruction. Kakumuka, v., to laugh out, heartily. Kala, 7/. (perf. kede and kele, pass. kalwa, appl. form kadila, caus. kadisa), to be, exist, live, dwell, remain, reside. Ina and una which are parts of a de¬ fective verb are used as tenses of “kala.” When kala is fol¬ lowed by a noun preceded by its article e, or 0, or by the prepositions ya, ye or yo, it may be translated by “ to be” with the adjective formed from the noun ; kala e ngolo = to be strong. It may also very frequently be translated by the verb “to have kala ye nsoni, to have shame = to be ashamed ; kala 0 or yo moyo, to be alive = to have life. When Kongos have a pain they use the verb kala with the name of the part in which the pain is felt, thus ntu ame ngina wau, I have a head, that is a headache. (In perfect health we are not con¬ scious of our members). Ya is always used in negative sen¬ tences, instead of ye or yo. kala-au; kala is used to express the verb “ to have,” by adding to it the personal pronoun of the thing possessed, but as the verb Kala, continued. “to be” takes the same case after it as before it, the pronoun is used in the subjective form ; thus, Mbele zame ngina zan = I have my knives ; 0 mbaji nkele mieto tukala mian = to¬ morrow we shall have our guns, kala kiabiza or kiambote, farewell of those departing. kala kwaku or kweno, never mind, kala ne, v., to look like ; kina ne maza = it looks like water ; (kuma) kwina ne kwan knnoka, it looks as if it would rain. kala 0 mfunu (4), v., to be useful, kala owu or y’owu, to be able to, to have means of doing, ke kala owu or ya u ko, to be at a loss, at one’s wits’ end to know how to ; kina owu mpanga kio* ko = I am at my wits’ end to> know how to do it. kala una, v., to be alive, vanga va -kala, v., to make room for. vana vena, in the presence of, amongst, where—was, Avere, are, is, &c. Kala and okala ; kala vo and okala, vo; kele and okele; kelevo and okele vo; kedi and okedi; kedi vo and okedi vo; keji andokeji; keji vo and okeji VO; a series of conjunctions de¬ rived from kala, are used when stating a certain condition, either positive or negative, which, if it had existed, would have brought about certain results, it being clearly understood that neither the condition nor its result ever did exist, are now, or ever will come about. In such a state¬ ment the condition following upon kala must be spoken of in the subjunctive mood present indefinite, or present continua- tive tense, even when the result ( 287 ) Kal-Kal. Kala, continued. of the condition can only be spoken of in a remote past tense, as in sentence No. 4. The clause stating the result is in¬ troduced by nga (see Nga), and its verb may be in the indie, mood ; where it is in the nega¬ tive, the aux. v. -adi is optional. 1. Kala ke tudiati beni ko, nga ke tulueke watt ko, if we had not walked well, we should not be there now. (Neg¬ ative sentence, condition past, result pres.) 2. Kala tudiata beni ezono nga mbaji twadi lnaka, had we walked well yesterday we should arrive to-morrow. (Posi¬ tive sentence, condition past, re¬ sult future.) 3. Kala tutelama 0 mbaji nga kialnmingu twadi lnaka, if we were to start to-morrow we should arrive on Sunday. (Posi¬ tive sentence , condition and re¬ sult in the future.) 4. Muna Sodomo kala mukala antu kumi ansonga, nga 0 Nzambi wavnlnza dio e evata, if there had been ten righteous men in Sodom, God would have spared the city. (Positive sen¬ tence , condition and result in the remote past). When kala introduces a positive clause it may be translated by “ if, :> or by a clause in the subj. mood having the auxiliary verb first; if I had done so, or had I done so. When kala introduces a negative clause the above formulae are used with the negative ; if I had not = had I not, or a positive clause prefaced by except, other¬ wise or unless, may be used ; except I had, sunless I had. Sometimes kala is used to in¬ troduce a condition expected, Kala, continued. hoped for, planned or com¬ manded, but which.never came about. The rule as to the con- struction of such a clause is the same as regards moods and as above, although there is no mention of results, edi kazolele vo kala ngienda, he wishes that I had gone. Kala is also used as an aux. verb- to express an absolute perfect bele kala, they have gone; mbaji mene ovo olneka owana bavwidi kwenda kwau kala, to-morrow when you arrive you will find that they are or will have gone. In all these uses of kala there exists the idea of a condition absolute, definite, and beyond all possibility of reversal, and kala can only be used with a future tense under such cir¬ cumstances. okalakala nga, do you suppose then ? an emphatic, rather in¬ dignant denial, put into the- interrogative; okalakala nga. dia ndianga zo e ? well, am 1 eating them ? Kala, 9, n., life, manner of living, state. Kala, 9, n., denial, refusal, contra¬ diction. Kala, 6, n., dryness, drought. Kala, v.t., to deny, refuse, contradict,, object to, protest against,, decline, dissent; nkadidi kwa- me, emphatic denial or refusal; no, not I, I did not, I will not. -kala, a suffix applied to diminutive forms of monosyllabic nouns in a, as mbwa, a dog ; kimbwa- mbwakala, a puppy, akala, see wider A. okalokala, adv., at length, after a while, afterwards, then, at last, after a long while ; used also, with boxi, okalokala i boxi. koala vo kadi, conj., forasmuch, as, because, since. Kal-Kan ( 288 ) Kalakesa, v ., to cause to be or remain. Kalanga, 6, n ., a great store-place of basket-work (to hold stock of nguba), barn. Kali, 6, n. (P. cal), lime, chalk. Kalulula, v., to live over again. Kalunga, 9 & 2, n. ( introduced from Angola), sea, ocean. Kalunga! interj. ., respectful reply to a call. Kama, v., to press, press out, squeeze, squeeze out, wring, wring out. kama 0 mabeni (pi. 8), (Bako.), or mamvumina (pi. 7) or ki- mvumina (5), to milk, kama e mbamvu (2), to brew beer. Kamama, v., to be dammed up. Kamba, 6, line, row. e kamba kimoxi, in one line, abreast. Kamba, v.t., to tell, inform, say to. Kamba, v. (Vivi), to show. Kamba, interj ., is it not ? Kambalala, v., to go through a pass, pass a hill along its side or base so as to avoid climbing. Kambama, v.i., to be, lie, stretch across, span over (as a bridge), -kambama, f., cross-wise. Kambidika,^-^ (vana), to put, lay Kambika, J across, set, tie across, crosswise. Kambila, v., to intercept, come in the way of. Kambula, v., to ward off, guard, parry. Kambwa, v. (Bako.), to lack, be with¬ out, be short of, want. Kamika, v.t ., to dam up. Kamuna, see Kama. Kamuka, mid. v. of kama & kamuna. Kamvuna, v., to tear with the teeth (as meat off a bone), jto bite off (a piece). Kana, v., to intend, resolve, purpose, plan, mean, do on purpose, do intentionally, to determine to. Kana, co?ij ., although, even if, whether, if, however; kana ntama = however far (it may be), kana...kana, whether...or. Kana, continued. kana VO, is used in introducing a sentence under the following circumstances. A fact has been entirely forgotten by each of the parties in conversation and in consequence there is perplexity, or some unnecessary order given. At the time the fact recurs to the mind of one party, and in recalling it to the other the sentence opens with kana yo or kanele vo : for instance, some people wishing to cross a river can find no means of doing so; in their perplexity some one remembers a hidden canoe belongingto a friend of his, and says, kana vo nlungu a Mantu, ke wau tusaukila kwe ? why there is Mantu’s canoe, can we not get across with that ? kanele vo mbiji ina vana esanza, adieyi wele sumbila yakaka? why ! there is some meat on the shelf, why did you go and buy more. Kanda, V.t., to bend straight, straighten, stretch, strain, tighten. Kanda, 6, n., underpart of an animal’s paw. kanda kia nkewa, plantain (small). Kanda e ezulu (8), v., to stop rain (prevent it from falling). Kandaji, 6, n., under part of paw. kandaji kiakoko (9), the palm of the hand. Kandakana, v., to be bendable. Kandalala, v., to be grieved, dis¬ tressed. Kandalala, v., to stretch the arms well backwards, throwing out the chest (as in yawning or as a purchaser measuring cloth). Kandama, v.i., to cease raining. Kandi, 6, n., palm nut, see Nkandi. Kandidika, v.t., caus. of Kandalala. Kandika, V., to forbid (definitely and finally), to stop, warn against, ( 289 ) Kan-Kas Kandika, continued. refuse ever to allow, prohibit, interdict, refuse admittance. Kandu, 6, n., refusal (final and definite). dia e kandu, v., to refuse ever to do. Kanduka, v.i., to be bent straight, be straightened. Kandula, v.t., to straighten by bend¬ ing, bend straight. Kandwila, v., to make the sign of the cross. Kanele, conj ., if, even if, although. Kanele vo, see Kana vo. ^ Kanga, v., to tie, fasten, attach, bind, bandage, lock, capture, kanga e mbulu (2) or 0 lumunga (10), v ., to frown, knit the brows, [ scowl. kanga e mbumba (2), v., to make secret. kanga e mfulu (2) ambi, to con¬ spire. kanga muna luvambu (10), to chain up, put in fetters. kanga 0 ntima (4), v., to object to, be averse to, to persevere in first intentions, to make up one’s mind, be determined, re¬ solute. kanga vana, v., to wrap up, tie up in, see Moyo. Kanga, v., to fry. Kangala, v., to walk about, travel, roam, stroll, make a journey. Kangama, v.i., to be fastened, tied. Kangama, v.i., to congeal, coagulate, clot, solidify, set (as jelly, oil), curdle. Kangana, v.i., to be entangled (as goats in each other’s strings). Kanganisa, v., to tie, or fasten to¬ gether, join, attach. Kangi, 6, n., cluster (of fruit), bunch. Kangidila, v., to tie up (an animal), kangidila e diambu (7), to attach a charge to, accuse falsely. Kangilwa, 6, n., a frying-pan. Kangilwa, 6, n., binder (cord, etc.). Kangula,w., to untie, unfasten, unbind, undo, loose, release, liberate. Kanikina, v., to promise, threaten. Kanina, v., to ask permission to go, to take leave of, bid farewell (of those departing). -akanini. ke... -akanini ko, not yet. ke -akanini nkutu ko, while not yet ready; lekwa ke kiakanini nkutu ko, wijidi kio bonga, he came and took it before it was ready, lit., the thing not yet ready, he came and took it. Kanivete, 2, n. (P. canivete), a shut- knife, pocket knife. Kanka, 6, n., brushwood, thicket,, jungle of bushes. Kankala, v., to tie (palm rib battens on a roof or wall). Kankalakana, v., to be awkward, clumsy to carry. Kankumuka, v., to shudder (as after a noxious draught'). to (6 ki-) kankumuka, v., to be horrified, to shudder, nsuki (2 ji-) kankumuka, the hair stands on end. Kankumukisa e to (6), v., to horrify. Kanxi, conj., but, however, yet, still, even then. kanxi kadi, at any rate, however, kanxi ke...ko, except, but not. kanxi wau, conj., but as ; wijidi kwandi kanxi wau kayela i kumainxindikidi, he came, but as he was ill I sent him away. Kanza, v., to snap (as a dog). Kapekele, 79 & 1, n., sing . only, Kapiangu, ) thievish person. Kasa, v.t., to tighten, draw tight. Kasa, v.t., to chew. Kasakana, v., to take courage, take heart, pluck up courage, be encouraged, emboldened, to dare. Kasakesa,^./., to encourage, embolden. Kaseka, 9, n. (sing, only), seed-bead (white or blue). Kasumuka, see Kasakana. u 1 Kas-Kay ( 290 ) Kasumuna, v.t., see Kasakesa. Kasumuna e ndinga (2), v., to raise the voice. Kata, 6, n., the penis^ Kata, v., to stretch, pull, extend, straighten out. Katendi, 9, n.,a title of nobility. Kati, 9, n., middle, midst, centre of gravity, interior, half-way, in¬ side, axis. bula or zenga muna kati, v., to divide in halves. muna or kuna or vana kati kwa, ftrep., in the midst of, between, betwixt, among, amid, inside, in the heart (centre) of. muna or vana kati, adv ., inwardly, within, inside, internally. muna or kuna or vana kati kwa nxika, at the very centre, in the very middle. Katikati, pi. 6, n., hesitation, doubt, indecision, questioning. Katikisa, v., to hesitate, doubt, ques¬ tion, be uncertain. Katuka, v.i., to come, go away, go off, come off, get off, go out, leave, depart, remove, retire, vacate, fall off (as hair, feathers), get out (of the way), to be curable (of a disease). (kimbevo) ke ki katukanga ko, to be incurable (of a sickness). Katuka, v.i., to be stretched, extended, pulled out tight. Katula, v.t., to take away, take out, tear off, clear away, remove, withdraw, dispel, pick out, ex¬ tract, pull out, subtract, pull off, carry away, carry off. katula e ejitu (8), to relieve (take away weight). katula e evwina (8), to satisfy thirst. katula 0 nxinga (4), to unloose a string. katula e nzala (2 & 11), to pare the nails. katula e nzala (2), to satisfy hunger. Katula, continued. katula e tombe (6), get out of the light = take away the darkness, katula e vuvu (6), v., to give up hope. Katumuka, v.i., to awake, wake up. Katumuna, v.t., to awake, wake up. Kaulwila, v.t., appliedform, to give to (any one) a portion of what has been received as a gift. Kaulula, v.t., to give away a portion of what has been received as a gift. Kavama, v., to be put (into a bottle, of the stopper). Kavika-e sami, v., to put in a cork, to cork. Kavuna, v., to bite off a piece, tear oft with the teeth. Kavungu, 9, n., an eagle. Kawa, v. (passive of kaya), to be distributed. Kaxi, conj., I mean, that is to say, or rather. Kaxi, conj., whether, if. kaxi...kaxi, whether...or. kizeye kwame ko kaxi wau, kax ke wau ko, I do not know whether it is so or not; lit. I do not know, perhaps it is, per¬ haps not. Kaxikaxi, 6, n., a pet, a little temper. Kaxikila, adv., perhaps. Kaya, v., to distribute, divide, deal out, allot, give away, nukaya, jocular salute ; see Salute, Eng.-Kongo. Kaya, v., to be parched. Kaya, v., to collect medicinal leaves. Kayana, v., to divide among each other, share. Kayi, 6, n., matchet, cutlass. Kayilwa, 6, n., divisor, a thing to divide with. Kayisa, V.t., to cause to distribute, divide out. Kayisa, v., to welcome, greet, salute. tukayixi = welcome ; see Salute, Eng.-Kongo. Kayisa, v.t., to parch. ( 291 ) Kaz-Ke Kaza, v.t ., to chew. Kaza, v., to yell. Kazu, 6 , n., yell. Ke-, pers. fti'onom. prefix to verbs yd Pers ., sing, subj ., he, she ; kebo- ka, he calls; also a combination of the ist particle of negation with e subj. pronom. prefix of the yd pers. sing. & pi., he, she, they... not; keboka ko, he does or they do not call. Ke may sometimes be a combina¬ tion ofka-fi; ka-iza becomes keza. Ke...ko, adv., not, no (as in French ne...pas ), the Kongo negative is composed of two particles. The first ke precedes the verb, and often combines with per¬ sonal pronominal prefixes. The ko may follow the verb, or come at the end of the negation. Kwe ( = ko e) is used instead of ko, when the sentence is inter¬ rogative, or when there is great anxiety or impatience ; kwendi kwe ? are you not going ? kwendi kwe ! do not go ! The subjunctive present, and the imperative, of the active, and middle voices, change their final vowel a into i, in negative sen¬ tences. In monosyllabic verbs, and in dissyllabics which have only one consonant, it becomes e, the continuative inge instead of anga form (in passives it does not change); thus, sumba becomes ke sumbi ko, but sumbwa makes ke sumbwa ko ; sumbanga makes ke su- mbinge ko; ta, ke te ko; dia, kedieko. The i suffixed causes the usual euphonic changes of l+i = di, S-j-i = xi, z+i=ji. The Unnatural Negative. ke without the second particle of negation, is used both in the Ke, continued. indicative mood and the sub¬ junctive, to express one’s delight, or surprise, or disappointment, or disapproval or disgust, at the non-fulfilment of what one had feared, expected, hoped for, or considered ought to have been done, or the uselessness of at¬ tempting again what has only proved fruitless or useless hitherto ; it may therefore fre¬ quently be translated by, “ with¬ out... mg.” i. Baneti kio kiau kebatolodi,they carried it with¬ out breaking it. 2. Yadi nata e mbongo zame kuna ezandu diau kanxi zau ke basumbi, however often I took my goods to their market, they did not buy them. 3. Mono kimona tulu, I cannot get to sleep. 4. Kolo kingi nukondanga yeno ke nuvondi mbiji, you have been • hunting ever so long without killing anything (it is no use trying). 5. Bamwene e nzo ikweme, kanxi yau ke beji jimina, they see the house burning, but they do not come to put it out. When the negative sentence is future, or where an injunction is given to do something in order to avoid what would naturally result from the omission, ke is translated by lest, in case, for fear that. Toma kanga e nkombo zau ke jitayi, tie the goats carefully lest they escape. Where a question has been asked, and the answer must begin with kimana, in order that . . not, the indefinite future sub¬ junctive is always used. Kima- nake zataya, lest they escape = in order that they do not escape (in answer to the question, “ Why tie them carefully ?”). Ke-Kek ( 292 ) Ke, continued. The verb, in all these cases,under¬ goes, whenever necessary, the same change in prefix or suffix as in the ordinary negative, but the ke must always be pre¬ ceded by the pronoun proper to the object; that is to say the personal pronoun when the noun is of the 1st class (persons), or the impersonal pronoun (-au) when the object is of classes 2 to 15. Where the noun itself is mentioned as the object of the verb, it takes its usual place after the predicate, and the pronoun of the subject is then placed before the ke, see sentence No. 4. above. Since intransitive verbs have no object, the pro¬ noun of their subject must also precede the ke. The rule then stands, that where this species of, negative is used, its first and only particle must be preceded by a personal pronoun or an impersonal pro¬ noun of classes 2-15. Where possible this pronoun should be that of the object of the verb, but where that cannot be, be¬ cause there is none, the pronoun of the subject must take its place. There are a few verbs which bear such distinct refer¬ ence to an object that they do not always require the pronoun before the ke ; for instance tomboka, to ascend; konda, to hunt. This form of negation may be called the UNNATURAL NEGATIVE. In these and all negative sen¬ tences, either with one or both particles of negation, the ob¬ jective noun is never preceded by its article. This is also the case with nouns preceded by their article and used as ad¬ verbs. In the negative sen- Ke, continued. tences the combination of the articles with ya (ye, yo) are omitted, and the ya is un¬ changed. Ke -akanini ko, not yet, not then. Ke-akanini nkutu ko, not yet, never yet; see also -akanini. Ke...ete ko (Bako.), not yet, not then. Ke...mpe ko, not also, and not, nor. Ke mu ( the seco7id particle of the negation being omitted), without ...-ing. Wijidi kwandiyandi ke mu dia, he came without eating (not having eaten). Ke...nkutu ko, not at all,by no means, on no account, under no cir¬ cumstances, never; also not altogether, partly, not entirely. Ke, exactly alike ; see ana ke. Ke, 12, 71., smallness, narrowness, littleness, fineness, tightness, -ke, a., very small, too small, too narrow, too little, too fine, too tight. Keba, v. (Mpa.), to keep, take care of. Kebo, 6, 71., narrowness (of cloth), -akebo, a., narrow (of cloth only). Kedi, 6, n ., cassava root steeped in water, peeled, and dried in the sun. Seldom used on account of the following :— Kedi, 6, a sebaceous deposit (obscene). Kedi, v. {perf. ofkala,, to be). Kedinga, v. {perf. keding -idi), to shine (as fire or light). Kedinga, 9, n., lustre, brightness. Kefo, 6, 7i., pungency (of pepper, etc., choking). -akefo. a., pungent. Kefona, ) v., to snivel, fret like a Kefuna, ) child. Keji {perf. * Lakumuna, v.t., to send forth flames, make a blaze, cause to blaze, to move the tongue, as above. Lakwa, v., to fail, to be unsuccessful (in an attempt). Lala, v.i. (perf. ladidi), to become less, reduced in size ( from any cause whatever ), wear away, wear out, grow less, waste, lessen; be consumed, diminished, spent,to evaporate, dissolve, flow away, ebb (as sea or river), ex¬ haust, decrease. Lala, v. (Bako.), ( perf . lele), to sleep, slumber. Lalama, v.i., to be afloat, to float, to swim (float). Lalamesa, v.t., to cause to float, buoy up, float. Lain, 6, n., a raft. Laluka, v., to be taken while floating on the surface, to be skimmed off; rescued from drowning. Lalula, v., to take something floating, hence to rescue from drowning ; to skim off. Lalumuka, v.i., to burn along, to spread as fire ; to be burnt by a spreading fire. Lalumuna, v.t., to burn, cause to burn, as above. Lama, v.i., to adhere, stick, to be sticky (of things) ; to join, ac¬ company, go, come, walk with (of people). Lama, 9, n., tenacity. ( 3 l 9 ) Lam-Lan Lamana, v.i., to adhere, stick, to¬ gether. Lamba, v.t., to boil, stew, brew. Lamba, 6, n., bag, scrip (of vegetable fibre slung on the shoulder). Lambakana, v., to be knocked over (of many things). Lambakesa, v.t., to knock over, push down (many things). Lambalala, v., to lie having one end against, or resting on something, to recline, resting on the elbow. Lambama, v., to be clenched (of a nail). Lambata, v., to wriggle along, crawl, move along (as a worm, snake), to creep, climb (as plants). Lambidika, v., to lay down (almost flat, but resting on or against something). Lambika, v.t., to clench (a nail). Lambuka, v.i., to become or grow longer, lengthen, stretch ; to be long, be tall. Lambuka, 9, n., height, tallness, length. lambuka kumoxi, the same length or height. Lambuka, v., to be cooked (not roasted). Lambula, ) v.t., to stretch (of a Lambumuna, ( limb), to lengthen, extend, prolong, elongate, un¬ bend (a joint). Lambumuka, v.t., see Lambuka, to lengthen. Lamika, v.t., to stick, affix. lamika...o dimbu, v., to glue, gum. Lamika, v., to run. lamika (e ntinu) kwa, v., to run (fast) after, to chase after. Lamina, v., appliedform of Lama. Laminina, v.i., inte?isive form of Lama ; to stick, adhere tho¬ roughly. Lamuka, v., to be detached, un¬ fastened, unstuck. Lamuna, v.t., to unstick, unfasten, detach. Lamvula, v.t., to fasten roughly, sew roughly, baste (cloth), to tie, join roughly {pro tern.). Landa, v., to follow, go after, chase, pursue, run after, go to fetch, escort. landa e kunda (6), to vindicate, revenge, take vengeance, avenge. landa e ntalu (2), to bid a lower price. landa e taji (6), n., to sleep on after every one else is about. Landaji, 1, n. (P. Hollandeza), Dutch person. -alandaji, a., the Dutch language and customs. Landakesa, v.t., to cause to go one after the other. Landakiana, v.i., to go one after another. -landakianini, ^.,one after the other. Landana, v., to pulsate, palpitate, throb, beat (of the heart). -landanga, p., later, following, next. Landesa, v., to forward, send on things to the place to which one has already sent other things. -alandila,/., the next to, the following one to. Landuka, v., to be disregarded, &c. ; see below. Landula, v., to turn a deaf ear, disregard (a summons, &c.), re¬ fuse to hear, not listen to, take no notice of (a request, &c., not people), pay no attention (to a call), to be torpid. Landwila, v.t., to sow a second, or another crop in the same place. Langa, v., to spy, watch unseen, reconnoitre, explore, scout, in¬ spect, survey. Langa, v.t., to inundate, deluge, over¬ flow, swamp, flood, cover up bury (hide). Langalakana, v.i., to be filled up as a hole. Langama, v.i., to be put back again into a hole (as earth). Lan-Lek ( 320 ) Langama, v.z., to be spied, surveyed, watched. Langama, v.z., to be overwhelmed, covered (beneath). Langi, 12, n., green slime in water. Langidila, v.z., to superintend, look after, take care of, keep, mind, watch. Langa, 6, ?z., camp, regular resting place for travellers. Languka, v., to be killed at a long range. Langula, v.t., to knock or get down with something, to knock down and break something that was high up, or far off ; hence to kill (a beast) at a long range. Langumnna, v.t., to take up one end of something which is very long (as a rope, snake, &c.). Lanzuka, v., to protrude (of the eyes only). lapi, 2, n. (P. lapis), pencil. Lasa, v., to roam, wander about ; also to pry about (as a dog in search of food). Lasuka, v.z., to jet, spirt, spout out, rush forth. Lasula, v.t., to cause to spirt or rush out. Lasumuka, v., see Lasuka. Lasumuna, v., see Lusula. Lata, 2, n. (P. lata), a tin, a tin pan. -alata, a., tin. Latula, v., to lap (as a dog), drink with the tongue. Lau, 6, n., madman, idiot, lunatic, savage, insane person. Lau, 6, n., insanity, frenzy, madness, ferocity, wildness, savageness, idiocy. -alau, a., mad, insane, wild, savage, furious. Lauka, v.z., to be insane, mad, crazy, frantic, furious, to get into a rage. Laula, v., to madden, craze, make furious, wild. Laulwila, v. (perf '. laulwidi), to wink, raise the eyebrows. Lavadelo, 2, n (P. lavandeiro), washerman, wash jack. Lavalala, v., to lie prostrate, lie flat. Lavidika, v., to put flat on the ground. Lavuka, v., to be tepid, lukewarm. Lavuka, 9, n., tepidity, lukewarmness. Lavula, v., to make tepid, lukewarm. Lavuna, v., to touch (so as to call attention). Lawila, v. (perf. laulwidi), to wink, raise the eyebrows, to nod, beckon. Lay a, v ., to wink, blink. -ele, v., perfect tf/'Kwenda. Leba, v., to allure, tempt, entice, per¬ suade, induce, woo, coax. Lebela, v., see Leketa. Leboka, v., to be tepid, to get luke¬ warm (as water). Leboka, 9, iz., tepidity, lukewarmness. Leboka, v., to be soft (as a pillow), to be limp (“not strong ”); to fade, wither ; to be languid. Lebola, v., to make soft, limp, to cause to fade, wither. Lebola, v., to make tepid, lukewarm. Lebuka, v., see Leboka. Lebula, v., see Lebola. Lebulwa, v.z., see Leboka. Lejima, v., to gleam, be brilliant, shine with splendour. Lejima, 9, n., splendour, lustre, glory, brilliance. Leka ( perf. lele), v., to sleep, slumber, repose, take a nap, lie down ; sleep, hence to get better, well, to be well; nga olele, how are you (did you sleep) ? Ndele kwame ingeta, very well, thank you. leka e or ye nzala (2), v., to sleep hungry; to fast, hunger, leka e kintongi (5), to be sleepless, leka 0 mambemba, to lie on one's back. leka 0 mambukama, to sleep on one’s face. leka 0 tulu (pi. 10), to sleep, leka 0 tulu twa mete, to be fast asleep, to sleep very soundly. ( 321 ) Lek-Len Leka {peTf. lekele), v, to set a snare, bait, trap or spring ; to tune an instrument, cock (a gun). leka e diambu (7), to make a fuss over an affair, to get up a palaver. leka e mbumba (2), to make secret. oku leka menemene, the next morn¬ ing (in relating a matter which is past). leka e mfulu (2) ambi, to con¬ spire. . Lekama, v.t., to be cocked (as a gun), tuned (as an instrument), set (as a trap), made secret. Lekamayenga, 6, zz., bird living in the mayenga chasms. Lekana, v.t., to harmonize with. Lekailisa, v.t., to arrange nicely, make to accord, harmonize, attune, make all things work together well. lekanisa e nlembo (4), v., to direct the flow with the fingers. Leke, 6, n., child, boy, lad, youth, little girl, servant, follower, retainer, attendant, disciple, subordinate, inferior (in rank). Lekela, v., appliedform of Leka. Lekela, v., to sleep with, lie with. oku kwa lekela, a very respectful manner of commencing a mes¬ sage or letter to one highly esteemed. oku walekela, a very respectful manner of commencing to speak before one who is highly esteemed. Leketa, v.i., to wave or sway about, as something which is long and very pliable. dibala di leketa, see Appejzdix (Games). Leketesa, v.t., to cause to sway, see above. leketesa 0 mavembo, v, to os¬ cillate the shoulders as in dancing. Lekesa, v., to put to sleep. Leko, 6, 7 t., a good and safe place. Lekoka, v., to be uncocked, released (as a spring), to be unset (as a trap); to be settled (of a matter). Lekokelwa 0 moyo, see Lengokelwa 0 moyo. Lekola, v.t., to settle (a matter), un¬ cock, release (a spring), unset (a trap). Lekuka, v., see Lekoka. Lekula, v., see Lekola. Lekukilwa 0 moyo, v., see Lsngo- kelwa 0 moyo. Lekwa, 6, n., thing, something, any¬ thing, object, article; {pi.) goods, property, things, lekwa yawanso, every thing. Lekwa, 6, n., a large basket. Lela, v., to nurse. Lela, 6, n., breast part of nxiji, (palm- rat). Lelama, v., to be even, smooth, level. Lelama, 9, 71., smoothness. Lele, v. ( perf'. of Leka), to have slept hezice, to be well. Lele, 6, n., weariness and disinclina¬ tion to work. ke numoni lele kia vanga mawete ko, be not weary in well doing. Leleka, v., to make smooth, even, level. Lelema, v., to be lubricated, slippery. Lelemesa, v.t., to lubricate. Lelomoka, v., to be slippery, lubri¬ cated. Lelomona, v.t., to make slippery. Lelomona, v.t., lelomona e mbwa- bwa (2), to utter the alarm cry. Lelumuka, v., see Lelomoka. Lema, v., to glow, gleam, glare, Uaze, flare, burn, shine (as a light). Lemba, aitx. v., to fail to...,not to..., neglect to...,forbear to, omit to, abstain from, overlook, refrain from, leave off... adieyi kalembele kwizila, why did he fail to come. Lemba, v., to make gentle, to tamo, civilize ; soothe, allay, appease assuage ; cut, castrate, ge'd. Lembakana, v., to be tameab e. Y I-J M—LFN ( 322 ) Lembalala, v., to be nearly closed (of the eyes). Lembama, v., to be tame, meek, gentle, assuaged, appeased, demure,civil,calm, quiet, docile, humble ; to be at peace, to lull, abate. Lembama, 9, n., tameness, meek¬ ness, lowliness, peaceableness, quietude, calmness, gentleness, docility, humility, civility, civil¬ ization, suavity, gravity, tract¬ ableness, modesty, reserve. Lembanzau, 6, /z., a bush, the branches of which are arranged in whorls. A charm made of the wood of this bush is supposed to enable one to kill as many elephants as one wishes without much trouble. Lembe, 6, n., cassava leaf. Lembeka, v.t ., to tame, make calm, soothe, allay, pacify, appease, assuage, civilize, break in, to cool (by adding cold water), lembeka 0 lulendo (10), to humble, lembeka (e njingu, 4), to quell (a disturbance). -lembele, p., without, except, less. Lembeleka, v.t., to nearly close (the eyes). -lembelo, ft., without, except, less. -lembi, a negative verb used only in the indefinite present, past and future tenses, implying that in spite of all efforts it was impos¬ sible to accomplish that which was desired. Yalembi dio xi- nsa 0 nata, in spite of all my try¬ ing I could not lift that (stone). Lembo, 6, n. (Bako.), fish-basket (trap like lobster basket). LembolaAz/., to destroy the influence LembulaJ of a fetish. Lembula 0 nkixi (4), to cure, when the dis¬ ease is the result of witchcraft. Lembwa, v. (used with nouns), to be without, lack, to stop, abstain from, cease from, leave off, desist, refrain from. Lembwa, to be castrated. Lemoka, v., to be blown (of the fire). Lemoka, v., to jump. Lemona, v.t., to cause to jump. Lemona, v.t., to blow (the fire). Lemuka, see Lemoka. Lemuna, v., see Lemona. Lemvo, 12, n., docility, obedience, tractability, tameness, submis¬ siveness, faithfulness. -alemvo, a., docile, obedient, tract¬ able, tame, quiet, dutiful, sub¬ missive, faithful. Lemvoka, v., to be well trained, tamed, docile, rendered obedient. Lemvokela, v., to be tractable, obedient to, dutiful, faithful to, docile, tame, to mind, obey. Lemvola, v., to train, break in, tame, make obedient, subdue. Lemvokesa, v., see Lemvola. Lemvuka, v., see Lemvoka. Lemvukila, v., see Lemvokela. Lemvukisa, v., see Lemvola. Lemvula, v., see Lemvola. Lenda, v.i., to be able to. Lenda, v., to possess, own. -lende,/., next, following. Lendwa, v. (followed by another verb in the middle or passive voice'), to be possible. Kiaki kile- ndwa natuka or natwa, it is possible to carry this. Lenga, v.t., to sharpen (the edge), to whet. Lenga, v.t., to flatter, lenga 0 malengo (pi. 8), to coax, woo. Lenga, v.t., to smear on, daub, rub on, smooth over, spread (as mud, butter, &c.). lenga (e nteke), v., to plaster. Lengalakana, v.i., to be smeared on, or over. Lengalakesa, v., to smear on. Lengalala, v.i., to be half or only partly open, to be nearly closed {of the eyes o?ily). meso (pi. 7 ma-) lengalala, to have ( 323 ) Len-Lob Lengalala, continued . the eyes half open, to be nearly closed (of the eyes). Lengalalameso, 6, n., a person who has his eyes nearly shut, half open. -alengejia, a., smooth, polished. Lengela, 6, n., a hawk. Lengela, v., to hover (as a hawk). Lengela, v.i., to droop, wither, wilt, fade, flag. Lengeleka o meso (pi. 7 ), v.t., to nearly close or shut the eyes, to have the eyes half open. Lengelenge, 6, 71., lily (crinum zelani- cum). Lengelesa, v.t., to cause to wither. Lengoka, v.i , to be polished, smooth, nice ; comfortable ; sharp (of knives). Lengokelwa, 7/., ...omeso (pi. 7), to look at longingly, lustfully. The object immediately follows the verb. Olengokelwa e le- kwa 0 meSO, he looked longing¬ ly after the thing. lengokelwa... 0 meso kwa, to be looked at longingly, lustfully, by... lengokelwa 0 moyo (sing. 3), to set one’s heart upon, to desire earnestly. lengokelwa 0 moyo kwa.. ., to be longed for by... ; Kialengo- kelwa 0 moyo kwa yandi, he had set his heart upon it. Lengola, v., to sharpen, whet, stroke, smooth, polish, make nice, clean, comfortable. Lengola, v ., to look askance, con¬ temptuously. Lengolengo, 6, n., a small tree used medicinally, also bird lime pre¬ pared from it. -alengolengo, a ., polished, smooth. Lengolola, v ., to smooth over thoroughly. Lengomoka, v.i., to roll on to the other side (as a person or animal). Lengnka, 7/., see Lengoka. Lengnkilwa, see Lengokelwa 1 . Lengula, v., see Lengola. Lengulula, v., see Lengolola; Lenza, v.t., to eat (of animals), a~very offensive term whe?i used of or to a person. Leta, v.t., to lap (as a dog), to lick (hence also an abusive word as above). Adieyi oletele e mbele ame, what did you lick my knife for (a quarrel would ensue because the man is compared to a dog). Leva, v.i:, to be pliant, yielding, flexible, pliable, soft. Leva, 9, 71., flexibility, pliability. . Levesa, V., to soften, render flexible or pliant. Levola, \t/., to curse, revile, abuse, LevulaJ sw^ear at, execrate. Lezo, 6, 71., a plant the leaves of which may be cooked' and eaten as spinach. Li, 1 before i becomes d. Lo, 6, 71., a time spent in. an unbroken sleep, whether dhy or night ; a part of the night. A period of sleeplessness is also spoken of as lo, or if long perhaps even as two lo. Lo is then an in¬ definite period, and more pro¬ perly expresses the time that a Kongo, sleeping on his hard mat, would spend before turn¬ ing over on to his other side, lo kia mvolwa makukwa, 9 o’clock p.m. The ti 77 ie whe 7 i the hearth stones have become cool. lo kia mamoko, the time after the evening meal when people chat before retiring to rest. Lo, obj. pro 7 i., cl. 10 & 11, sing., it. olo, de/n. pro 7 i., cl. 10 & 11, sing. 2ndpos., that. Loa, v.t., to catch with a hook. Loba, v.t., to rub on. Loba, v. (Mpa.), to use abusive lan¬ guage, to abuse. Lod-Lon ( 324 ) Lodia-lodia, pi., 6, zz., crying, wail¬ ing. Lodiana, v., to cry, wail. Loka, v., to be red, become red. Loka, 9, zz., redness. Loka, v.t ., bewitch, kill, harm (by witchcraft). loka e nkixi (4), pi ., to curse by means of a charm. When any¬ thing is stolen, or when there is . an occasion to seek the aid of charms, it is customary to strike , the charm-images, and to tell them to do their work, viz. to kill, the thief or to aid in finding , out, the Nouns of class 11 in luv, when exchanging the sing, prefix lu for the collective or plural form m, the V often becomes p ac¬ cording to 1 euphonic laws; e.g. Luvambu, Mpambu. Luvadi, ro, ir & 2 (mpadi), ?i., squir¬ rel. Luvaku, 11 & 2 (mpaku), «., hook, fish-hook. Luvambu, 10, 11 & 2 (mpambu), n ., strong rope, chain, fetters, strap rings (of gun), handcuff, jail, prison. koma omu luvambu, v., to put in fetters. Luvanza, 11 & 2, n., see Mpanza. Luvati, 11 & 2 (mpati), n., rib, side (of body), also a pain in the side, a “stitch,”^ Kala ye. 0 luvati, adv ., sideways. kwenda 0 luvati luvati, v.i., to go sideways. leka 0 luvati, v.i., to lie on one’s side. ( 333 ) Luv-Luz Luve, io, 7t., truce, peace. boka 0 luve, v., to proclaim truce, to make a truce. Luveleleso, IO, n., purification, all that was necessary to purification or sanctification. Luvemba, u & 2 (mpemba), «., pipe clay, marks made with pipe-clay. This is much used in connection with fetish ceremony, for decor¬ ation, also to make hideous. A witch or other doctor often whitens his face and body to render himself still more an object of fear. The doctors often mark the site of a pain and all about the body of a patient with pipe-clay. After arranging his nkixi or weaving a spell, a man puts little marks of it on his temples, forehead, &c. It enters into the com¬ position of many medicines and charms. When a man is acquitted of a charge, marks of it are made on his temples; hence vana e mpemba is, to acquit. Luveve, IO, fin, tail (of fish), screw propeller. Luvevekejia, 10, n., thinness (of paper). -aluvevekejia, a., thin (as paper, &c.). Luvezo, 10, n. y transgression, dis¬ obedience, slight, scorn, dis¬ regard, contempt. -aluvezo, a., regardless, scornful. Luvila, 10, n. (mvila), relationship^ family, clan ; see Clan, Eng.- Kongo. Luvu, II & 2, n., a gray hair. Luvuluzu, 10, n., deliverance, sal¬ vation, all that was necessary to salvation. Luvumbu, 10, //., the language of Mpuntbu. matadi (pi. 8 ) ma luvumbu, the coloured earths with which the Upper River folk mark their bodies. Luvungula, 11 & 2 (Mvungula), >/., a spark, a glowing ash. Luvunu, 10, n., dissimulation, lie, deceit, deceitfulness, falsehood, untruth, trick, affectation, arti¬ fice, sham, pretence, fraud, im¬ posture. nkwa (1) luvunu, a cheat, a liar. -aluvunu, a., deceitful, false, untrue, fabulous, counterfeit, artificial, mock, sham, fraudulent, imita¬ tion. Luvwa, 10, ninety. Luwananu, IO, zz., meeting together. Lliwanga, io,zz.,a boil,asmall abscess, also a small frog. Luwumbu, IO, n., language of Ba- wumbu (Mpumbu). Luwutilu, 10, 71., birth, the giving of birth (active). Luwutuku, jo, 7i., birth, the being born (passive). Luxikilu, 10, 71., exactness, accu¬ racy. Luxila, v., to prowl about for. Luxila, 11 & 2 {pi. nxila), 71., chop (of pork). Luxindu, 10,zz., noise, riot, scuffling. nikuna 0 luxindu, v., to start a riot or disturbance, make a noise. Luxinsu, 10, 71., an attempt, en¬ deavour. Luxioko, 10, 7i., decrease. Luyalu, IO, 71., accession, reigning, rule, dominion, reign, govern¬ ment. Luyangalalu, 10, zz., contentment, enjoyment, peace, comfort, hap¬ piness, pleasure, gladness, joy, rejoicing, felicity, exultation, delight. Luyikilu, 10, 71., an attribute. Luyinduxianu, 10, 71., the remem¬ brance one of another. Luzala, n & 2 {pi. nzala), zz., talon, claw, finger-nail. Luzayilu, 10, 71., knowledge, a degree or extent of knowledge. Luz-Ma ( 334 ) Luzemba, IO, the sling upon which an infant is carried. Luzevo, 11 & 2, n, a hair of the beard. Luzolaiianii'i _ , J >lio, n mutual affection. Luzolanu, J ’ Luzolo, io, n., purpose, will, pleasure, desire ; unyambwila o luzolo luandi, let him do as he likes. Luzonzeko, IO, n., order, arrange¬ ment. Luzuntu, io, n., aim. Luzuntu, io, n. t a way of cutting. Lw-, see lu. M. M and N are the only consonants which can be combined with other consonants. M can only be used before the labials b, f, p, V. Mw is really a combina¬ tion of m and 0, or m and u before a vowel, and is only to be found in such a position. It has, however, been noted in other Bantu languages, that there are really two kinds of ni’s and n’s ; it is perhaps more correct to speak of three of each. The first is the ordinary consonant m, appearing in com¬ bination with the above-named letters, or as m pure ; that is to say, the sole consonant in the syllable. This kind may be considered as m radical, and is pronounced in the ordinary way as in English. The second kind is the heavy nasal, which is prononuced by keeping the lips closed and con¬ tinuing the nasal sound longer than in ordinary speaking. In rapid speech this is scarcely perceptible, but it will be ob¬ served if an intelligent native is asked to pronounce it care¬ fully. It is used before the M, continued. above-named consonants, and creates no change. This heavy m invariably represents a con¬ tracted prefix mu, which may be traced in other Bantu lan¬ guages, and indeed very often in dialects spoken very near to Kongo. Wherever it is pre¬ fixed to an m pure, that one is elided, and the heavy m re¬ mains : mana, to finish ; mani, one who finishes. Its history is more fully referred to in the Grammar. The third m, which we may call the light m, is invariably a pre¬ fix, the history of which has not yet been traced, although it appears in all Bantu languages. In some, however, it appears with the vowel i prefixed to it. It is pronounced in the ordin¬ ary way as in English, but when it is applied to a root having v for its initial, the V is changed into p. When it has to be pre¬ fixed to an m pure it becomes mb. Vanda, to plait. Mpanda, a manner of plaiting. Mona, to see. Mbona, a sight. Sometimes in speaking carelessly, Kongos do not make this change, especially in syllables having the vowel u; it is not, however, considered to be cor¬ rect so to do. -m- ( light nasal), subj. also obj. pronom. Prefix , istpers., sing, I, me. -m- ( heavy nasal), obj. prono?n. prefix , $rdpers., sing, him, her. ma-, the prefix n.a is sometimes used without any noun apparent with which it concords. In such a case, mambu, things (abstract), is understood. M-, subj. pron. Pref., cl. J, 8, 9, & 13, pi. Ma = mio+a, see To, Eng.-Kongo. ( 335 ) Ma-Mak Ma, 6, n., thing, something, anything, object, substance, article, (pi.) goods, things, property, ma kia moyo, a living creature, ma kia nzambi, n., an insect, see Insect, Eng.-Kongo. ma yawanso, everything. Ma ! interj., here, take it ! Mabakala, pi. 8, zz. (Zombo), pepper (chili). Mabanda, pi. 8, n., scald head. Mabibi, pi. 8, n., fatigue, weariness, faintness. xia o mabibi, v.i., to fatigue, weary, yela or mona o mabibi, v., to be or feel weary, tired. Mabolo, pi. 8, n. {obscene). Madezo, pi. 8, n. (Mpa.), a bean tree (bearing small beans round like peas, called wand'll in Kongo). Madia, pi. 9, 71., food, victuals, eat¬ ables, rations. dia 0 madia, v., to take a meal, vana 0 madia, v.t., to feed, to give food to a person. madia ( pi. 9) mangnln, «., purslain. Madia, n. (Luwumbu), water. Madila ma malu, n. [sing., edila (8) dia kulu (9)], socks, stockings. Madiumba, pi. 8, n., a harmonicon ; also a native dance to the music of a harmonicon. Madza, n. (Kiteke), water. -amafewo, a. (P. fava 1 ?), see under Nkasa. Mafnln, pi. 8, pith of palm stem. Mafunga, pi. 8, n., weariness, tired¬ ness, fatigue, sullenness, faint¬ ness. xia 0 mafnnga, v.t., to fatigue, tire, weary. yela or mona 0 mafunga, v., to be weary, tired. Maji, pi. 7, 72., fat, fatness, grease, greasiness, tallow, oil, gravy. Fidiaji, a little fat, oil, &c. -amaji, a., fat, greasy, oily, maji ma ngombe, n., butter, maji ma wiki, n., honeycomb, wax. xia 0 maji, v., to grease. Makaka, pi. 8, ?i., loud laughter. Makala pi. 8, n., charcoal. -amakala, a. (pi. only), male (a word used by women only). Makanga, pi. 8, n., wilderness, desert. Makangu, pi. 8, n ., friend. Makata, pi. 8, n., scrotum. Makaxi, pi. 8, n., wrath, anger, irrita¬ bility. -amakaxi, a., angry, cross, irritable, passionate, ill-tempered, baka 0 makaxi, v., to get angry, fuluta yo makaxi, to get, be in a rage, passion, exceedingly angry. fulutisa yo makaxi, to irritate, to make exceedingly angry, fnnga 0 makaxi, to be angry, sullen, to sulk. fnngisa 0 makaxi, to make angry, irritate, affront, offend, enrage, kululwisa 0 makaxi, to con¬ ciliate. makaxi (ma-) kuluka, to be conciliated. makaxi mafungidi muna ntima andi, he was angry, makaxi malnmfulumbumbu or manswalu or matuntu 07 manzaki, hasty temper, quick temper. makaxi (ma-) sakuka or (ma-) sa- kalala, v.i., to be conciliated, sakidika or sakula 0 makaxi, to pacify, conciliate. zezola or zezula 0 makaxi, to relent. Makaya, pi. 8 & 11 ,n., leaves, foliage, medicinal leaves, he 7 ice medi¬ cine, tobacco. Makawa, pi. 8, 71 ., pith in the midrib of palm. Makeke, see Ekeke. Makekebende, pi. 8, n., a nickname for a strong man. Makene, pi. 8, n. {obscene). Makesa, pi. 8. n., army, soldiers. Makeya, pi. 8, ;z., spots, marks. -a makeya -makeya, a., parti¬ coloured, v..negated. Mak-Mam ( 336 ) Makinu, pi. 8, zz., dances, a dance (the sing, of makinu has a different meaning). Makoji, pi. 8, zz., fine for adultery. (Such a fine is paid to the hus¬ band.) Makomve, pi. 8, zz., the pulp in the interior of a calabash or gourd, the sloughs of dysen¬ tery. Makongo, (pi. 8, irreg. of Nekongo), zz., persons having some physi¬ cal deformity. Makoyo, pi. 8, zz., a cackle, ta 0 makoyo, v., to cackle. Makudi pi. 8, zz., fierce anger, -amakudi, a., fierce. Makulu, pi. 8, zz., dysentery. Makumole makondwa ole, eighteen. Makumole, pi. 8, twenty, a score. Makumatatu, Makumi matatu, pi. 8, thirty. Makumaya, pi. 8, forty. Makumatanu, pi. 8, fifty. Makumasambanu, pi. 8, sixty. Makumi nsambwadi, pi. 8, seventy. Makuminana, pi. 8, eighty. Makumivwa, pi. 8, ninety. Makuka, v.i., to fall backwards, fall over. Makuna, v.t., to throw over, knock over backwards. Makwa, pi. 8, zz., scaly skin, scales. Malangula, pi. 9, zz., a person who can kill at a long range, a good shot. Malatelo, pi. 8, zz. (P. martello), hammer. Malavu, pi. 8, ;z., palm-wine, spirit, wine generally. malavu mambulu, wine from a felled palm tree. malavu mamwenge, fresh wine. malavu mansamba, wine from the flower base of a living tree of the Elaeis Guinaeensis. This word is used to distinguish very definitely from any other palm wine, or wine otherwise obtained. Malavu, continued. malavu mesoka, wine from the heart of a tree (not the flower base). Malembe, pi. 8, n., kindness, gentle¬ ness, moderation, patience, softness, slowness, sluggishness, slow pace (rate). -amalembe, a., gentle, moderate, sluggish, slow. 0 malembe, adv., in a gentle care¬ ful manner, gently, mildly, meekly, tenderly, quietly, softly, patiently, slowly, moderately, gradually. Malu (pi. of Kulu, 9), legs, vwa or zabula 0 malu, v., to be quick, make haste, look sharp. 0 malu malu, adv., on foot, (makela) ma malu kala ma ntu nga ntinini, (Proverb) you have shot me in the legs, if in the head only I should have run away=I have nothing to answer, or you have me this time. Maluele, a Santu name, Dom Manuel, see Santu. Malumi, pi. 8, n., semen. Malunda, pi. 8, zz., hunchbacked person. This deformity is as¬ cribed to the fetish ndembo. Mama, 1 sing., zz., mother. Mama, 6, zz., a fool. -amama, a., foolish. Mama, dem. pro?i., cl. 7, 8, 9, 13, pi., 1st pos., eniphatic , these. Mamana, don. pron., cl. 7, 8, 9, 13, pi., 3rd pos., eniphatic , those. Mamba, pi. 7, n. (Kib.), water. Mambemba, pi. 7, n. leka 0 mambemba, v.i., to lie on one’s back. sengoka 0 mambemba, to fall back¬ wards. sengola 0 mambemba, to throw backwards. Mambu pi. 7, zz., talk, care, concerns, affairs, business, palavers ; see also Diambu. ( 337 ) Mam-Map Mambukama, pi. 7, n. leka 0 mambukama, to lie or sleep on one’s face. Mamoko, pi. 8, n., conversation. Mampuvulu, pi. 7, n. leka 0 mampuvulu, to lie on one’s face, or face downwards. Mamvumina, pi. 7, n ., milk. Mana, v.t., to perfect, finish, stop, consume, spend, exhaust, bring to an end, settle (a palaver), Mana, v.i., to be finished, to come to an end, end, cease, expire (of time),beexhausted(of resources), be spent, be settled (a dispute). Mana, v ., used as an auxiliary, as an emphatic perfect. Bamene kwenda, they had every one of them gone (they had finished to go); bamana zo dia, they had eaten them all up. Mana, pi. 7, n ., produce, merchandise, “ trade.” Mana, deni. & rel. ftro?i., cl. 7, 8, 9 & 13, pl-i pos., those, those which, which. Manama, v.i., to hang on, to hang up, to hang from, to be put up (as on a shelf). Manansusu, 6, n., a plant having aro¬ matic leaves. Manda, pi. 13, n. {see Wanda). Mandunguna, pi. 7, n. kwenda 0 mandunguna, v., to be out of the perpendicular, leaning over, to be out of the square, -amandunguna, a., not square, out of the perpendicular, awry, leaning over (as a house). Manene, pi. 7, n., highway, highroad, path (much used). Manesa, v.t., to see that a palaver or work which has been dragging on for some time is settled ; to finish, dispatch, complete, wind up, put an end to. yambula yamanesa 0 madia ma- me or yambula yamanesena ekulu 0 madia mame, let me finish my food first. Manesa, continued. manesae diambu (7), v., to mediate, to settle a palaver. Manga, 4, n., sting, venom. The sting (manga) or fang of a snake, &c., is supposed to re¬ main in the wound and thus cause the mischief; there is no notion of the injection of a poison. ta 0 manga, v., to sting. Manga, 4, n., see Appendix (Games Wadi). Manga, v. (Bako.), to object to, dis¬ approve, refuse, decline. Manganana, to be erect, sit throwing out the chest. Mangu, pi. 7, n., chordee. Manguna, v., to knock over back¬ wards. Mangwangwa, pi. 7, n., kwenda 0 mangwangwa, v., to run along with short steps (as a bird or little child), to toddle. Manika, v. (with the Locative), to put, hang up, on, &c. manika (e dimbu, 6), v., to hoist (a flag). Manisa, v.t., to cause to finish, to send (somebody) to finish. Manjene, pi. 7, «•, urine. Mankwa, pi. 7, n. bala 0 mankwa, v., to go off with¬ out catching anything (of a trap). Mansa, pi. 7. ta 0 mansa, v., to swim, kwenda 0 mansa ma mantelamx, to tread water. Mansaya, pi. 7 , n. (P. saia), petticoat, gown, dress, frock, cassock. Manta, v., to ascend, climb (generally of a tree). Mantala, pi. 7, »•, tattoo of Bateke. Mantelema, see Mansa. Manuka, v.i., to be taken down. Manuna, v.t., to get down, take down, reach down (a thing that was put up), haul down (a flag). Mapi, 2, n. (Eng.), map. z Mas-May ( 33S ) Masa, pi. 7, zz. (P. maiz), maize, Indian corn, wheat ; also measles (?) (in pork). masa mamputu, zz., maize (Portu¬ guese corn), also Kaffir corn. masa mankukutu or mambukutu, dry, hard maize. masa mansweswa, zz., green maize. Masakll, zz., a title of nobility. Masanza, pi. 8, n., the season of the early light rains. Mastadi, pi. 8, n. (Eng.), mustard. Maselalele, pi. 8, n., a cloth worn by the women at San Salvador, a yard long by 18 inches wide, often flounced, fringed and piped. The ends scarcely meet on the left hip and are tied by two strings at the corners. Maselalele, pi. 8, zz., red cords (a kind of cloth). Masuba, pi. 8, n., urine. Masumu, pi. 8, n. } guilt, wickedness, sin, fault. -amasumu, a ., culpable, wrong, bad, wicked. nata 0 masumu, v., to be guilty; masumu tunete kwa Nza- mbi, we have sinned against God. nkwa (1) masumu, zz., a culprit, sinner, wicked man, criminal. Maswa, pL 8, zz., netting. tunga 0 maswa, v., to net (make a net). Mata, 4, zz., yaws ( a disease of child¬ hood). Matadi, pi. 8, zz., stones, rocks. -amatadi, a., rocky. matadi mampembe, zz., quartz. Mataku, pi. 8, zz., rump, buttocks. Matanu, a., five beads of the currency, matanu matatu, fifteen beads of the currency; matanu or matanu matanu, twenty-five beads. Mataya, pi. 8, zz., ragged cloth, tatters. Mate, pi. 8, zz., the saliva. -amatete, a., speckled (of fowls only). Matietie, pi. 8, zz., fun, jokes, jest, chaff. ta or vova 0 matietie, v., to joke, to jest, to make fun, to chaff. Matona, pi. 8, zz., spots, marks, -amatonamatona, a ., variegated, party-coloured, spotted. Matonti, pi. 8, zz. (Mayombe), water. Matuku, pi. 8, zz., cause, origin. Mau, subj. also emphatic obj. pron ., cl. 7, 8, 9, & 13, pi., they, them. Mau , poss. pron., see -au. Mavavala, pi. 8, zz., flakes, scales, scurf, scaly skin, cast skin, slough, scum (of metals), dross. Maveko, pi. 8, zz., delay, hindrance, interruption. xia or vanga 0 maveko, v., to hinder, to impede, to delay. Mavembo, pi. 8, zz., the shoulders, saka 0 mavembo, v., to shrug the shoulders. Mavimpi, zz., see Vimpi. Mavolo, pi. 8, zz., charcoal, coal. Mavindavinda, pi. 8, n., hotch-potch. Mavu, dia 0 mavu, v.t., to eat dust or dirt (as an infant). Mavuku, pi. 8, zz., delay, hindrance, xia or vanga 0 mavuku, v., to delay, hinder, impede. Mavuku, pi. of evuku, waves. Mawazawaza, pi. 8, zz., talk in delirium, raving. Mawete, pi. 8, zz., goodness, kind actions. Mawuta, pi. 8, zz., child-birth, travail, mana 0 mawuta, v., to stop bear¬ ing, pass the change of life. Maxika, pi. 8, zz., night, evening, dusk. 0 maxika, adv., to-night, in the evening. Mayembe, pi. 8, zz., pigeons, vaka kia (6) mayembe, red and white check cloth. Mayembo, pi. 8, zz., electricity, -amayembo, a., electric. Mayeni, pi. 8, zz. (Bako.), milk. Mayi, pi. 13. mumpanga (3) mayi, a bad mam ( 339 ) May-Mra'? Mayimbi, 8, n., see Appendix (Games Wadi). Mayititi, pi. 8, n ., swollen cheeks. Mayovoka, pi. 8, ?i., weakness, fatigue, weariness, faintness, exhaustion. yela or mona o mayovoka, v., to be weary. xia o mayovoka, v.t., to fatigue. Mayukuta, pi. 6, //., appetite, hunger. Maza, pi. 7, n., water, moisture, wet, damp, juice, sap, whey, quick¬ silver, mercury, solder, lead, white (of egg). budila o maza, v ., to embank, to irrigate. diata omu maza, to wade, luka 0 maza, to reply after con¬ sultation or consideration, maza makieji, n., a cataract (on the river). maza mangolo, a rapid (on the river). maza ma palata, n. (P. prata), mercury. nua 0 maza, v., to take time to con¬ sider, to go aside for consulta¬ tion. teka o maza, to fetch water, xia or yitila o maza, to water (plants, gardens), o maza-maza, adv., by water. Mazakazaka, pi. 8, n , flank of the body. Mazu, pi. 8, n., noise, riot, racket, bluster, commotion, crash, butika or bika or yambula o mazu! silence! stop the noise 1 hush ! be quiet ! tumba or tudika o mazu, v., to make a noise. -nkwa mazu, a ., noisy, yo mazu, adv., noisily. Mazudikila, pi. 8 , n. vanga or tudika o mazudikila mazudikila, to put in heaps. Mazunu, pi. 13, n., muzzle (of beast). Mb = m (light nasal)+ m pure or b (see m). Mona, to see ; mbona, a sight. Mba, 2, n., palm nut. Mbaba, 4, n., hardness in a bargain, stinginess. nkwa (1) mbaba, n., stingy person. -ambaba, a., stingy. Mbaba, 2, n., a beating out flat, Mbaba, 2, n., a scorching. M iabala, 2, ?i., film, scum. Mbabu, 2, n., small charge (of powder).. Mbadi, 2 & 11, n., a cloth of native manufacture -made of the fibre of frondlets of rnpusu palm. mbadi za mafuba, n ., a cloth of native manufacture from fibre of frondlets of the panianus candelabrum. mbadi za mafuba or bintu (Pa- ko.), cloth of native manufacture from the fibre of pine-apple leaves. Mbadi, 2, n., a node (syphilitic). Mbadi, 4, n., hardness, toughness, firmness, costliness, sourness (of palm wine). -ambadi, a., hard, firm, tough, sour (of palm wine), dear (in price). Mbadio, 2, n., boy, “ nipper ” (not a complimentary word). Mbafuna, 2, n., a blow. Mbafunga, 4, n., a morose, taciturn or sulky person. -ambafunga, a., morose, taciturn, . sulky. Mbaji, 2, n., outside, exterior. kuna (&c.), mbaji, adv., outwardly, outside, without (a place), forth. For Locatives , see under Kuma. -ambaji, a ., external, exterior. O' mbaji, adv., to-morrow. 0 mbaji mene, adv., to-morrow morning, Mbaji, 2, n. y palaver place, court. Vana mbaji a nsusu, ke va- lungila e mpese 0 nkanu ko, in a court of fowls the cock¬ roach would never win his case. mbaji a ekongo, palaver place in a town. mbaji a nkanu, n., place of judg¬ ment, palaver place, place where the criminal court is held. Mba-Mba ( 34o ) Mbaji, co?itinncd. mbaji a nkanu, a halo round the • sun. This is believed by the Kongos to be the assemblage . at a great court of judgment in . heaven, and when it is seen it is believed that some one who has just died is being tried for his sins, and the assumption is, that the fact of such a court being necessary, the spirit in question would be sent to hell. A case in point happened in 1880, when a native of high position in Kongo died ; a halo appeared round the sun shortly . after, and the people, with bated breath, said to each other that -was being sent to hell. "Mb&ka, 2, n ., dwarf. ;.Mbaka, 2, n., a catching, a capture. Mbakala, 2, n., a male nxiji, or palm rat. Mbaki, 1 & 4, n., accuser, one who catches. Mbaki, 2, n ., ambuscade, ambush ; ntento (4) mbaki, a party of ,liers-in-wait. nkwa (1) mbaki, n., capturer, a lier-in-wait,one of an ambuscade party. tubakidi e mbaki, we have made a capture by an ambush, mbaki ibakwanga muna njila, an ambuscade is laid in the road. Mbakll, 4, kind, sort, quality, shape. Mbakll, 2, ;z., payment (for produce sold at a iactory), wages. Mbakll, 4, n., one who goes to fetch the riganga a ngombo (witch¬ doctor). Mbaku, 2, «., an otter (?) which often tears the basket fish-traps, to get at the fish inside. Mbaku, 2, n ., thought, recollection. Mbala, 2, «., sweet potato. Mbala, 2, «., the portion of the coast between the mouth of the Mbala, continued. Kongo River and Ambrizette. where until quite recently nearly all the trade with Europeans was carried on. ta e mbala, to go to the coast with produce. Mbala, 2, zz., leopard-cat. Mbala, 4, zz., pipe-bead (red, large). Mbala, 2, zz., a hardening. Mbalakani, 1 & 4, zz., a lean, thin, emaciated person. Mbalantiantia, 4, n., a large red pipe- bead. Mbalata, 4, zz., a hard man. Mbalu, 4, n., value, worth, dearness, -ambalu, a., expensive, costly. Mbalu, 2, zz., reflection, thought, recollection, reckoning,estimate, remembrance, memory. This word is used i?i matters of which there is no uncertainty . Mbama, 4, «•, girdle. Mbama, 2, n., a scolding. Mbama, 2, zz., a tightening. Mbamba, 2, zz., coronella snake. Mbamba, 2, n ,., a demijohn. Mbamba, 2 & 11, n., cane. Mbamba, 2, zz., a district near the coast westward from San Sal¬ vador. Mbambi, 2, zz., border, edge (of field, farm, &c.), boundary (of field, country, &c.), frontier, limit, bula or xia e mbambi, v.. to bound, to put a limit. Mbambi, 2, zz., whistle (of wood, &c.). Mbambi, 2, zz., a fetish image. Mbambi, 2,zz., monitor lizard (varana). Mbamvu, 2, n., fissure, crack in the earth (only). Mbamvu, 2, n , ale, beer ; see Beer, Eng.-Kongo. Mbanda, 2, n., a choice (the act), a bespeaking. Mbanda, 2, zz., the top (of the head only), used only in the following adverbial clauses. Vana or kuna mbanda a ntu, on the top of the head. ( 34i ) Mba-Mbe Mbanda, 2, 71., an ascent. Mbanda, 2, a nailing up. Mbandabanda, 2, an adviser, counsellor. Mbandu, 2, «., dwarf. Mbandudi, 1 & 4, n., an artist, one who sketches. Mbangaji, 2, n ., warmth, a radiant heat. Mbangala, 2, the season when the grass is burnt (July to October). Mbangala, 2, 71., stick, cudgel. Mbangi, mbangi a nti, 1 & 4, n., one who searches for medicinal roots and bark, a herbalist; see also Nkayi. Mbangi, 2, 71., a witness. Mbangiki, 1 & 4, 71., an oppressor, a persecutor, tyrant ; a persistent beggar ; a person who troubles by words and demands rather than by direct violence; see Bangika. MbangU, 2, //., a skilful, ingenious person, a clever workman. mwana (1) ambangu, a clever fellow. -ambangu, a., skilful, ingenious, clever. MbangU, 2, 71., basket (general). Mbangu, 4, «., ridge pole. MbangU, ) 4, n., a large tree Mbangubangu, ( having an astrin¬ gent bark which is used in pre¬ paring a medicinal bath. Mbaninu, 2, 71., end, conclusion, com¬ pletion, expiration, a finishing, extremity, finale. -ambaninu, a., last, final, extreme, finishing, concluding. Mbantamu,\2, n., beginning, com- Mbantiku, / mencement. 0 mbanu, adv ., by and by, presently, later on in the day, towards evening. Mbankanka, 2,71., tares. Mbanza, 2, «., chief town, city. Mbanzangala, 2, n., palm of the hand. Mbasa, 2, 71., (hunter’s) whistle. Mbasa, 2 & 11, 11., midrib or leaf stem of palm-frond. Mbasa, 2, n., a splitting {active). Mbata, 2, 7t., perquisite (as when a man buys for less than the price sent and keeps the differ¬ ence), commission, brokerage, dia e mbata, v., to take a per¬ quisite. Mbata, 2 & 11, «., a blow with the open hand. wanda e mbata, v., to strike with the open hand. Mbata, 2, 71., used only in adverbial and prepositional clauses, as : vana^rkuna mbata a .prep., above, on the top of, over ; vana or kuna mbata, adv., on the top. Mbatakani, 2, n., nearness, closeness, -ambatakani, a., narrow, close, near. -ambatakiani, a ., close together, ad¬ joining, in contact with. Mbati, pi. 4, 71 , trousers. Mbatikina, 2, 71., a grasp. 0 mbatu, adv., see 0 mbanu. Mbaxi, 2, 71. (P. embaixador), mes¬ senger, ambassador, embassy. Mbaxi, 1 & 4, 71., one who splits. Mbaxinga, 2, n., mug, cup, jug (small). Mbaya, 4, n., a pipe for smoking, Indian hemp. Mbaya, 2, n\, a coming out of the sun after dullness, Mbazu, 2, 71 . (Mpa., &c), fire. Mbe, interrogative interjection equiva¬ lent to the English eh ? is it not ? Mbebia, 4, 71 ., unripe, immature fruit, -ambebia, a., unripe, immature. Mbeji, 2, n. (Sundi), a knife. Mbeka, 2, n., precipice, cliff. Mbekele, 2, « , the nickname of a short person. Mbela, 2, 71. muna mbela, adv., near at hand. For Locatives, see u?ider Kuma. Mbe-Mbi ( 342 ) Mbelambela, 2, zz. kwenda e mbelambela, v. y to go by the side of, to go alongside, muna mbelambela a, prep., by the side of. Mbela, 2, zz. (Bako.), a sickness, a being ill. Mbela, 2, zz., a perching. Mbele, 2, zz., knife, blade of knife, dagger. Mbele, 2, zz., a game, see Appendix (Games). ta e mbele, v ., to play “ mbele” Mbemba, 2, zz., the fishing vulture (gypohierax). Mbembe^ 2, zz., a red olive bead, once used as currency. Mbembo, 2, n ., funeral chant, song, hymn, dirge. dila or yimbila e mbembo, v ., to sing a dirge. Mbembo, 2, zz. (Kib.), news, matter, fame. tuba e mbembo, v ., to speak. Mbende, 2, zz., mouse (striped). Mbengi, after that, afterwards, then, next. Generally preceded by the article i; i mbengi, it was after that. Mbeni, 2, zz., opponent, foe, enemy, adversary. Mbete, 2, zz., slug, snail. Mbetomoka, ) 2, zz., a fall in great Mbetmnuka, ) abundance (as leaves in the autumn). Mbevo, 2, zz., invalid, sick person. -ambevo, a ., sick. Mbi, 2, zz., evil, wickedness, naugh¬ tiness, badness, evil doing. -ambi, »•> one who performs the actions of fina ; see Tina, to bewitch, draw, &c. Mfi-Mfu (348) Mfiongo, 4, n., flesh or muscle of the back. Mfioti, 1 & 4, 7 i. (Vivi & Kabinda), negro, black man. -amfioti, a. (Vivi & Kabinda), black. Mfite, ) 11 & 2, n ., the smallest Mfitete, ) variety of ants. Mfiti, 2, «., nicotine, the deposit in the stem of tobacco pipes. Mfitu, 2, n. (Bako.), see Mfutu. e mfiumbu, (2), adv., under water. Mfixi, 2, 71., itch. mona e mfixi, v., to itch {used of the perso?i, not of the itchi?ig fart). Mfoko, 2, n., meaning, sense, signifi¬ cation. Mfoko, 2, //., end, conclusion, com¬ pletion. Mfoko, 2, fold, hem. Mfomo, 2, 7 i. (P. fumo), tobacco, snuff. nna e mfomo, v ., to smoke tobacco, vola or volela e mfomo, to take snuff. Mfuba, 2, cassava meal (this name is only used of meal sold on the markets ; see Cassava, Eng.- Kongo). Mfubu, 2, 7 i ., the screw-pine, pandanus candelabrum. Mfubungu, 4, n., a blunt knife, -amfubungu, a., blunt. Mfufulu, 4, 7 i. indistinctness, obscur¬ ity, dimness. -amfufulu, a., faint, indistinct, obscure, dim. Mfufulukia, 4, see Mfufulu. Mfuka, 2, n., loan, debt. dia e mfuka, v., to owe, be in¬ debted to, incur a debt, mundia (3) a mfuka, n ., a debtor. Mfuka, 4, n., stalk of plantain,, or of flower, bunch of palm., mfuka a nxingu, nape of the neck. Mfuki, 1 & 4, 7 i., a coverer. Mfuki, 4, n., a small civet. Mfuku, 11 & 2, 71., half-hundred, fifty. Mfula, 2, 7 i., a close questioning, inquiry, cross examination. Mfula, 2, 71., pronunciation. Mfula, 2, 71. (P. polvora = pulfula = fula), gunpowder. Mfula, 2, 7 i., a forging, working in metals. Mfulu, 2, 71., bed. Mfulu, 2, 7 t., council, conference, con¬ sultation. mfulu ambi, n., conspiracy, leka ( ferf. lekele) or kanga e mfulu ambi, to conspire against, make a conspiracy, vangae mfulu, to hold a council, consult, confer. Mfulu, 2, 71., turtle, tortoise. Mfuluka, 2, n. {? 7 iid. v.\ resurrection, a rising from the dead. Mfulumuna, 2, n. r a breath, a respira¬ tion. Mfuluta, 2, 71. (P. fruta), guava (psidium). Mfulwa, 2, n. (pass.), resurrection, a being raised from the dead, lumbu (6) kia mfulwa a wantu, the resurrection day. Mfuma, 4, 71 ., cotton tree (eriodendron, bombax). Mfumba, 4, n., arch, hoop (of cask), bow (the weapon), cross-bow, the spring of a trap. Mfumbi, 1, 2, &4, 71 ., highway robber or murderer, highwayman. Mfumbula, 4, rain lasting all day, or nearly so. Mfumfu, 2, 7 i., flour, cassava meal, prepared cassava root beaten into flour ; powder, dust, meal, mfumfu amputu, maize meal. Mfumfula, 4, n., a bank, brink, brim, edge, verge, side. Mfumfuta, 2, n., crumb, dust, dusty stuff. Mfumu, 2, n.y chief, sovereign, em¬ peror,, king ; master, lord, pro¬ prietor;: free man, nobleman, gentleman ; sir ! mfumu a muntu (1), a free per¬ son. mfumu angani, an independent or free person : nulutidi kweno ( 349 ) Mfu-Mia Mfumu, continued. emfumu zangani you passed without let or hindrance, no one had anything to say to you, or interfered with you ; or you passed with perfect freedom, mfumu ankento, zz., queen, chief- tainess, lady, mistress, a free woman. mfumu a nzo, zz., householder, ue mfumu, adv., kingly, royally. Mfuna, 4, n., pack, bale. Mfunani, i & 4, zz., a sulky person. -amfunanani, a., sulky. Mfunda, 2, zz., mould. -amfunda, a., mouldy. Mfundi, 2, zz., vegetable food, eaten with meat and stews ; pudding made of cassava meal, mfundi amputu, zz., maize-meal. Mfundi, 1 & 4, n., a party, or any one engaged in any way in a law-suit, either as judge or liti¬ gant. Mifune, 2, n ., dizziness, faintness caused by hunger. fwa e mfune, v., to feel faint with hunger. Mfunguna, 2, n ., confession. Mfungwa, 4, zz., a large fish. Mfuni, 4, zz., a breaking of wind (down¬ wards). Mfunia, 2, 71. (Bako.), cruelty, nkwa (1) mfunia, a cruel man. Mfunu, 4, 7 i., use, advantage, purpose, kala 0 mfunu, v., to serve, to be of use. nkia mfunu osala, what are you doing ? yo mfunu, a., useful, necessary, of use, serviceable. ke ya mfunu ko, inexpedient, of no use, good for nothing, need¬ less, useless. Mfuta, 2, n., a payment, paying, man¬ ner of payment, or reward. -amfuta, a., stale (of food). Mfutila, 2, 71., a payment for or to, &c. Mfutila, 2, n., a title of nobility. Mfutu, 2, 7 i., payment, wages, fee, hire, rent ; reward, recompense. Mfwa, 2, 71., death. umfwa nkenda, if you please, for mercy’s sake. Mfwanana, 2, zz., relationship. Mfwanani, 2, zz., similarity, equality, likeness. -amfwanani, a., the same, equal, alike. -amfwani, a., becoming, fit, big (&c.) enough. Mfwanka, 4, zz., a blunt knife, -amfwanka, a., blunt, dull. Mfwanti, 2, zz., stuff, rubbish, twaddle, trash, foolish words, idle talk, nonsense. -amfwantalakani, a., carelessly made or done. -amfwemoki, a., elastic. Mfwele, 4, zz., menses. Mfwenge, 2, zz., a small predatory animal of the civet (?) kind. Mfwofwo, 4, n., whydah bird. Mi, prefix of nouns of the 3rd class plural. Mi, subj. pr 0710771 . pref., applied to ad¬ jectives or verbs qualifying or agreeing with nouns of the 3rd and 4th classes plural. emi, dem. & rel. pron., cl. 3 & 4, pi., 1 st pos., these, these which, which. Mia =mio + a ; see To, Eng.-Kongo. Mia, cl. 3) 4> P^ % y pnep., of, about, concerning, from. Mia, v.i. ( per/, mini), to dissolve ; to deliquesce (as salt), to melt, to ascend by capillary attrac¬ tion. Mia, 9, zz., capillary attraction, deli¬ quescence. Miame, poss. pron. of the 1st pers., cl. 3 & 4, pi., my, mine. Miami, de7n. pron., cl. 3 & 4, pi., 1st pos., emphatic, these. Miamina, as above, 3 rdpos., those. Miangala, 3 pi., n., a pain that affects the whole member, as in the case of a bad abscess. Mia-Mo ( 35° ) Miangana, 9, n., prettiness (very), Mini, continued. niceness. mwesa or minika e mini, v., to -amiangani, pretty, nice. illuminate, enlighten, show a Miangana, a woman's word, farewell ; light. nda miangana (by those re- Minika, v., to shine ; to give a light; maining) ; sala miangana (by to show a light, enlighten, those departing) ; see Salute, Eng.-Kongo. Miangn, pi. 3, n ., bluster. Mian, subj. also emphatic obj. pron., cl. 3 & 4, pi., they, them. Mian, poss. pron. of the 3rd pers.pl., cl. 3 & 4, pi., their, theirs, see An. Mianka, v., to mew (as a cat). Mieji, pi. 3, n ., moonlight, moonshine, light of stars. Mika, pi. 3, n. (mwika, sing.), wool, fur, hair. kala ye mika, v ., to be hairy. Mileka (e nkongo mileka 0 masa- ngn mabatama, proverb), no (emphatically refusing to have anything to do with the mat¬ ter). Mimi, dem. pron., cl. 3 &4,//., 1st pos., emphatic, used o?ily after the verbal particle i, these. Mina, ) dem. & rel. pron., cl. 3 & 4, emina, i pi., 3rd pos., those, those which, which. Mina, v.t ., to swallow, mina 0 nsnnznln, v., to swallow the food unchewed. Mina, appl.form of Mm. Minamaki, 6, n., a small snake. Minga, v., to put on fine things and go out merry making, dress up for a dance. Minganana, v., to be erect, to throw the chest well forward. Mingiedi, a Santu name, Dom Miguel; see Santn. Mingi, a., cl. 3, 4, pi., many, much. Mingiji-mingiji, pi. 3, n. (Bako.), stripes. Mini ,perf. of Mia. Mini, 1 & 4, n., one who swallows. Mini, 6, n., a light, light torch, candle, lamp, lantern. gleam. I Minikamalenge, 6, n., fire fly. ! Mininwa, 6, n., tonsils, throat, gullet, oesophagus. Minsa, pi. 3, n. (P. missa), mass (of the Romish church). Minse, pi. 3, n., cartilage, gristle. Minse, pi. of munse, 3, n., sugar-cane. Mintalaji-mintalaji, pi. 3, n., stripes. Min Vi, pron. (Kabinda and Loango), I. Minu-ete, 4, n., breakfast. Minnka, v.i., to be swallowed. Mio, obj. pron.., cl., 3 & A, pi., them. Mio, ■) dem. pron., cl. 3 & 4, pi., 2nd emio, i pos., those. Miomio, emphatic of the above. -amiongo, a., hilly. Misa, causative of Mia,. Mixi, 2, n., cat. mwana (1) a mixi, 2, n., kitten. Mkoko, 4, 7 i. (Kib.), water. Mo = , a combination of mu pref.-\-o , in stems having 0 for their initial. Mo, obj. pro?i., cl. 7, 8, 9, 13 & 14, pi., them. Mo, ■) dem. pro 7 i., cl. as above, 2nd omo, ) pos., those. Moka, v., to talk, speak to, converse, chat. Mokajiana, v., to talk, converse, to¬ gether (of many). Mokana, v., to speak, converse, talk together, chat. Mokena, v., to talk about. Mokesa, v., to chat with. Moko, 6, 7 i., subject of conversation. Moko (pi. of koko, 9), 71., = ma+oko, arms, hands. binia 0 moko, v., to fold the arms, jinga 0 moko, to cross the arms. Moko nganga (2) a moko, the doctor who is called in in case of sick- ( 35i ) Mok-Moy Moko, continued. ness, to ascertain whether the complaint is caused by witch¬ craft or natural causes ; see Witch-doctor, Eng.-Kongo. ta o moko, v ., to declare by divin¬ ation. tesa o moko, to consult the nganga o moko, witch doctor. Molo, 3, n., lazy, indolent person, idler, sluggard. -amolo, a..,, idle, lazy, dilatory, sluggish, slothful. Molowa, 3, zz., a creeper. Momo, dem. fir on., cl. 7, 8, 9, 13 & 14, pi ., 2nd pos., emphatic , those. Mona, v.t. (appl. form mwena, caus¬ ative mwesa and mwesesa, causative appl. mwesesena mid. voice, moneka), to see, observe, view, notice, perceive, descry, espy, distinguish, dis¬ cern, feel (cold, &c.), find, ex¬ perience, witness, feel, suffer, to sight. For special use of this verb applied to nou?is, see under the nomis themselves. Mona, 9, zz., vision, sight, light (ability to see about). mnna nzo za mindele mona kwi- ngi mu monanga, in white people’s houses it is very light ; 0 mona kufwene kuna muna esuku diame muna sonekena, it is light enough in my room to write (by). Monakana, v., to be visible. Monana, v., to see each other, visit, interview, greet, salute. tumonana, inte 7 'j., a salutation to a man who returns to his* town after having been away for a while. Mondo, 3, zz., drum hollowed out of the trunk of a tree, and used in war time. Moneka, v., to appear, come to view, be or become visible, to be seen, be exposed, show, emerge, to be found, conspicuous. Moneka, continued. ke moneka ko, to be invisible, ke toma moneka ko, to be ob¬ scure. -monekanga, p ., prominent, con¬ spicuous. ke -monekanga ko, p., invisible, missing (not appearing). Mongo, 3, zz., hill, mountain, down, ascent, plateau. Monji, 3, zz., bend in a stick. Mono, ) , T ’ > pron., I, me. 0 mono, > -a mono, pron ., my, mine, mono kwame, mono kibeni, mono kwame kibeni, mono veka, mono kwandi, mono oyu, here am I. Monso, pi. 3, zz., the left hand, also a left-handed person. -amonso, a., left. kuna monso, adv., left-handedly. Mote, 3, zz., beautiful, handsome, good- looking person. -a mote, a., handsome, beautiful, lovely, pretty, good-looking (used of persons only). -moxi, zzzzzzz. a., one, a certain, one particular, identical, the same, equal. -moxi diaka, a., another, one other, -moxi kaka, a., single, one only, | emphatics of mono, my¬ self, I my¬ self. sole. -au a -moxi, a., that one only, the sole, the only one ; see also au. amoxi, adv., alone, solely, singly, mono amoxi kaka (with personal pronouns and names only), I only, I alone. -moxi -moxi, adv., one by one ; one at a time, separately, singly. Moyo, 3, zz., life, spirit, soul, mind, heart. -amoyo, a., living, alive, kala 0 or yo moyo, v., to be alive ; wina kwandi yo moyo, he is alive. Moy-Mpa ( 352 ) Moyo, contijiued. -a moyo, a., vital, of or concerning life. yo moyo, a., alive, moyo (3 u-) babala or (11-) jina, v., to be very wishful for. jinisa or babadisa 0 moyo, v., to be very wishful for, to cause to be wishful for. moyo (u-) kuluka or bwa, v., to be calm, free from anxiety, at peace, at rest in one’s mind, content, resigned, be composed, bwisa or kulula 0 moyo, v. y to wait patiently ; be content, re¬ signed, to set the mind at rest, to be comforted, also to cause the same in others, teleka or yangika 0 moyo, v., to trouble, to be anxious, worry, fret, be uncomfortable in mind, be unsettled. moyo (u-) telama or yangama to be concerned about, be in trouble, uneasy in mind. Moyo is often an alternative for ntima in many of the combin¬ ations found under Ntima. Mp is nearly always the result of a combination of m (light nasal) and V, the V having become p according to euphonic law. If the m were removed under any circumstances, the p reverts to v, mpaku, luvaku. -ampa, a ., new, fresh, green, strange, recent, modern. Mpadi, 2 & 11, n., a large squirrel. Mpaka, 2, 72., a questioning, doubt, denial, objection, opposition, contradiction, resistance, pro¬ test, interference. fila e mpaka, v., to oppose, object, raise an objection, resist, with¬ stand, contest, question, dis¬ pute, thwart, contradict, protest, interfere, disapprove. Mpaka, 2, 72., enclosure (for animals), cattle pen, pound, mpaka a mameme ( 8 ),. sheep-fold. Mpaka, continued. mpaka a mayembe (. 8 ), dove-cot. mpaka a nsusu (2), fowl-house. Mpaka, 2, //., horn, suka e mpaka, v., to gore. Mpaka, 2, n., a scratching about (as a fowl). Mpakasa, 2, n., buffalo. Mpaku, 2, n ., tribute, duty, toll, customs, tax, due, blackmail, payment (for crossing a river by ferry or bridge). Mpaku, 2 & 11, 72., fish-hooks. Mpala, 2, 77., rival. -ampalakasa, a., careless, thought¬ less, slovenly. Mpalanga, 2, 72 ., mpalanka antelope. Mpalu, 2, 72., pointed stake in a pit trap, a wedge. Mpamba, v. kwenda e mpamba, to climb a tree without any instruments or sup¬ port, “to swarm.” Mpambu, 2, 72 ., point of separation, parting, branching, forking of roads; junction, meeting of roads, division ; branching, bi¬ furcation. Mpambu, 2 & 11,72., chains. Mpampa, 2, n. (Bako.), a large number, many, a lot, crowd. Mpamvu, 2,72., fool. Mpanda, 2, 72 ., a capital offence, crime, nata or vola e mpanda, v., to commit, to be guilty of a capital crime. Mpanda, 2, 72 ., divination, a resort to magic. Mpandi, 2, 72 ., bifurcation (of tree), the branching of a fork, forking of a branch, a crutch, vanga e mpandi, 77., to fork, branch out. Mpandu, 2, 72 ., charms, “ fetish.” Mpanga, 2, n., chain (small), strap rings (of a gun). Mpangala, 2, 72., one of the days of the Kongo week, identical with nsona. (The Kongo week has four days only). ( 353 ) Mpa-Mpa Mpangi, 2, n ., elder brother or sister, cousin, son or daughter to one’s maternal aunt senior to one’s self. mpangi a tata, n ., uncle (paternal). A paternal uncle is not con¬ sidered in any way as a relative. Mpangu, 2, ?i., when a woman is ap¬ proaching confinement, a doctor is called, who orders a feast. A variety of vegetables are prepared, and certain kinds of meat are also cooked. The feast is eaten only by people of the same clan (ekanda) as the woman. The doctor then in¬ structs the mother that the child is on no account to eat any of the meats or fish which were ordered by him for the feast. These meats (not the vegetables) are henceforth to the child lekwa yampangu = tabooed things. The restric¬ tion is called mpangu ; to im¬ pose such restriction, xia e mpangu ; the doctor is said to place the woman under a spell or charm, kotesa 0 nkento. Sometimes the doctor will limit these restrictions ; thus, he may say the child shall not eat these things until it has become the parent of a boy and a girl, after which anything may be eaten. These restrictions are the mere whims of the doctor, although the most frightful consequences are supposed to follow any transgression. For instance, the mpangu of one lad are as fol¬ lows : not to eat (nguvu) hip¬ popotamus flesh, or (kwa kia nguvu) yam, the penalty being leprosy ; not to eat cray-fish, the penalty being a skin disease on the hand ; nor raw palm nuts, the penalty, an out-break of scald head, nor a small spotted fish, called nlumbu, Mpangu, cojitimied. penalty, ophthalmia and loss of eyelashes ; nor the great ezunda frog, penalty, his eyes will become big in the same manner as the frog’s. The mpangu restrictions are only those imposed upon an unborn child. Restrictions upon a sick person are called konko. Mpangu, 2, n. (Bako.), (seldom used in Kongo), an affair, a matter. Mpangu, 2, ?i., a porter’s staff. Mpangula, 2, n., a rope. Mpangulula, 2, n. (< active ), regenera¬ tion, a making over again. Mpangululwa, 2, n. (passive), a be¬ ing made over again, regener¬ ation. Mpangwa, 2, 11., a being done, or made. Mpanza, 2, n ., counters, coloured discs. Mpanza, 2, n ., piece of cassava root (cut longitudinally). Mpanzu, 2, n., the gate of Ndembo. Mpatakani, 2, n., division, interval, bifurcation (of a tree), branch¬ ing (of a fork) ; crutch. Muna or kuna or vana mpatakani a, p., between, betwixt ; for Locatives, see under Kuma. Mpati, 2 & 11, n., ribs. Mpati (2) a nsengo, n., general term for vegetables and things culti¬ vated for food, garden produce. Mpatu, 2, n ., garden, field, cultivated land, farm. Mpatu, 2, n. (P. pato), duck, goose, mpatu anzadi, n., spur-winged goose (plectropterus gambi- ensis). Mpatwa, 2, n., scoop, ladle. Mpavala, 2, n., emptiness, desolation, vacuum, uselessness,blank, zero, nought. kwampavala, \ there is nothing mwampavala, > there are none vampavala, ) For Locatives see under Kuma. A A Mpa-Mpe ( 354 ) Mpavala, continued. -ampavala, a ., desolate, empty, vacant, void, blank, invalid, fruitless, useless, vain, e mpavala, adv ., in vain, to no purpose, uselessly. Mpaxi, 2, n., pain, aching, ache, pang, affliction, suffering, distress, trouble, difficulty, labour, hard¬ ship, misfortune, grief, woe, harm. tunyambula kwandi mpaxi vo tnmbaka kaka konso lumbu, we will leave him so long as we catch him some day. mpaxi jingi, n., anguish, agony, mona e mpaxi, v., to be in pain, to feel, have, suffer, or endure pain, encounter difficulties, &c.; see above. mwesa e mpaxi, v., to give, cause pain, &c. ; see above. -ampaxi, a., painful, troublesome, hard, difficult. Mpaxi, conj. when followed by a noun, only, but. Twasa konso-yo zolele mpaxi nsusu ame, bring any one (fowl) you like, only a fowl of mine, mpaxi yavana, a most emphatic assertion of determination to < have one’s own way in a certain point. Kana nukungwanda kana nukumponda mpaxi ya¬ vana nsambaNzambi, whether you beat me or kill me, I will pray to God. Mpaxi owu A adv., only, if only, so long Mpaxi vo, J as, but. Yo is used when making a new stipulation ; OWU conditionally on the fulfil¬ ment of a stipulation mentioned. Mpaya, 2, n., the curved protuber¬ ance on the bone of the upper lip of the cat-fish or baghre. ampaya meno (pi. 7), mampaya, the two front teeth filed diagonally from the centre. Mpe, adv., also, as well as, even and. Mpe follows immediately after Mpe, cojitinued. the principal or most emphatic word in its clause. It always draws the accent of the word preceding it on to the last syllable : wenda, go ; wenda mpe, go also. ke...mpe ko, not also, and not, nor. Mpela, 2, n., the season when the grass is burnt (July to October), the ground which has been cleared by fire. Mpelela, 2, n., purity, holiness. Mpelelesa, 2, n ., sanctification [active). Mpeleleswa, 2, n ., sanctification [passive). Mpelo, 2, n., fruit. Mpemba, 2, n., see Luvemba, pipe¬ clay, marks of pipe-clay, vana e mpemba, v., to acquit, ex¬ culpate. Mpembe, 2, n., an open, clear space ; the open air, out of doors. Mpembe, 2, n., whiteness, white, pallor, -ampembe, a., white, clean, pale, fair, light, grey. Mpembele (2) a mvula, n., a winged white ant (having darker wings than the yinswa). Mpemo, 2, n., wind (light), breeze. Mpena, 2, n., see Mpavala. -ampena, a., see -ampavala. Mpese, 2, n., cockroach, also the bracts (of palm nut), so called on ac¬ count of their fancied resem¬ blance in shape to the wings of the cockroach. mpese a maza, n ., water beetle. Mpeta, 4, n., a cloth worn over the shoulder by day, and used as a counterpane at night. Mpeta, 2, n., a throwing away. -ampeteka, a., curved. Mpeve, 2, n., wind (light), breeze. Mpeve, 2 & 11, n., fin. Mpevelo, 2, n., breeze, wind (light). Mpevola, 2, n., kindness, generous action. Mpeza, 2, n ., rejection. ( 355 ) Mpi-Mpo Mpiavia, 2, sudamina, small blisters appearing on the body, due to some abnormal state of the skin. Mpiaza, 2, 77., the season when the grass is burnt (July to October), ground cleared by fire. Mpidi, 2, 71., a serpent (a species of viper). Mpidixipe, 2, n. (P. principe), a title of nobility. Mpiese, 2, 77., seed-bead. Mpiki, 2, 77., scrotal hydrocele or hernia. Mpila, 2, 77 ., disappearance, a dis¬ appearing. Mpila, 2, 77., manner, sort, kind, species, breed, class, quality, style, description, size, form, shape, pattern. -a mpila akaka, a., unlike; of another kind, other, different, diverse, dissimilar, a mpila a, alike, like ; such as ; of the kind of. -ampila -mpila, a., various, e mpila akaka, adv ., otherwise, in another way. e mpila moxi ye or yo, like, the same as (of things compared). Mpilakanwa, 2, 77., a blunder, mis¬ take, error, forgetfulness, loss. Mpiluka, 2, 77., repentance (of the heart), alteration ( passive ). Mpilula, 2, 77. {active), alteration. Mpimbi, 2, 77 ., flower of plantain (in purple bracts, edible). Mpimpa, 2, 77. (P. pipa), pipe (great cask), barrel, keg, cask. Mpinda, 2, 77 ., ground-nut (arachis hypogoea). Mpindindembo, 2, 77., leg of pork. Mpinga, 2, 77., a waiting, a halting for, a halt for. Mpinga, 2, 77., a replacing, a being substituted for. Mpingila, 2,77., a halt for... at, or in or by. Mpinji, 2, 77., the game of odds and evens ; see Appendix (Games), ta e mpinji, v., to play odds and evens.” Mpintudi, 1 & 4, 77., an infant who early learns to speak or is a very talkative child, or bird that sings or chatters very much, -ampintudi, a ., very talkative, full of chatter. Mpintuludi, 1 & 4, see Mpintudi. ampintuludi, a., see -ampintudi. -ampionda, a., winding, tortuous, round about, circuitous. Mpiti, 2, 77., antelope (gazelle-like). There are no true gazelles, al¬ though the mpiti is often called so. Mpitn, 2, 77., reason, object, purpose, i mpitn or i mpitn yiyi, therefore, so, for this or that reason. Mn nkia mpitn ? or e mpitn nki ? for what reason ? why ? wherefore ? (The above clauses all require the applied form of the verb.) Mpivi, 2, 77. (Mpa.), orphan. -ampinki, a., black. Mpodiakanu, 2,77., see Mpolakanu. Mpodi (2) a nkann, 77., a criminal, a convict, a law-breaker. Mpofo, 2, 77., blind person. -ampofo, a., blind. Mpoka, 2, 77. (Bako.), a horn. Mpolakanu, 2, 77., bad, wicked, law¬ less, dissolute, cruel person. (Used of one guilty of worse crimes than lying and stealing.) -ampolakann, a., wicked, lawless, cruel, criminal. Mpolo, 2, 77., face, countenance. Mponda, 2, 77 ., belt, girdle, waist string. Mponda, 2, 77., slaughter, manner of slaying, murder, killing, execu¬ tion. Mpondwa, 2, 77 . (passive), slaughter. Mpongi, 2, 71., chimpanzee. Mpongo, 2 ph, 7 i., fatness, obesity, corpulence. Mpongomoka, 2,77., a falling in, caving in, a landslip. Mpongongo, 2, 77., whydah bird, in the breeding season when in full feather. Mpo-Mpu ( 356 ) Mpota, 2, 77., a large coil. Mpotomoka, 2, n., a falling, caving in, a landslip. Mpova, 2, ?i., pronunciation, manner of speaking, so 77 ietivies co 77 ibmed with ordinary adjectives. nkwa mpova a mpunzu, a snappish person, one who will say one thing one minute and some¬ thing very different another, nkwa mpova a ntiamvuna (2), pi., an insolent fellow. nkwa mpova za vilnka e ekunji, one who tells you the truth, but tells a lie when another asks him. Mpovi, 2, 7 i., speaker, orator. Mpozi, 2, 7 t. (Vivi), sunlight, sunshine, Mpu, 2, 77 . (P. chapeo), cap, hat. Mpndi, 2, 7 i., a fish. Mpnkama, 2, 77., a fall down on one’s face. Mpuki, 2, 77., a gross liar, a scoundrel, rascal, scamp. Mpuku, 2 ,?z.,rat, field mouse (generic). Mpukuka, 2, 77 . {passive), explo¬ sion. Mpuknln, 2, 77., side of house (under the eaves), verandah (not under the gable). Mpukulula, 2, 77., invitation. Mpukumuna, 2, 77., temptation, a tempting, enticement. Mpnkumuni, 2, n., tempter. Mpukumwivi, 2, Palisota Barterii. Mpuluka, 2, 77. (P. pnrga), croton (jatropha curcas, bot.). Mpulnza, 2, 77., salvation (wrought, active). Mpuluzwa, 2, 77., salvation (enjoyed, passive), deliverance. Mpumbu, 2, 77., the Kongo name for country of Avumbu or Awumbu, the tribe to the west of Stanley Pool, south of the river; the trading district about Stanley Pool. ta e Mpumbu, v., to go on a trad¬ ing expedition to Mpumbu ; to make a journey to Mpumbu. Mpumpa, 2, 77., one not living in wed¬ lock, man or woman, bachelor, spinster. Mpunda, 2, n a rest, a resting, a halt. Mpundu, 2, 77., a nostril. Mpunga, 2, 77., sparmania (a common plant having a good bast, which furnishes a fibre for string, rope nets and house building.) Mpungi, 2, 77., a tusk of ivory, an ivory horn ; sometimes a very hollow tusk of ivory is bored near the point and blown as a trumpet ; a trumpet, bugle, cornet. xika e mpungi, v., to play the ivory horn, trumpet, &c. -ampungi, a., ivory. Mpungu, 2, 77., the highest, the supreme. Nzambi (2) ampungu, 77., God; for the 77 iea 77 i 77 g of mpungu see be¬ low. In a dialect spoken on Lake Tanganika, God is spoken of as Kabega ampungu ; mpu¬ ngu is probably allied to Muti- ngu, Mulungu, Moongo, Molo- ngo, and other names for God used towards the East Coast ; see God, Eng.-Kongo. mpungu a ngangu, the sharpest man about. -ampungu, a., highest, supreme ; see above. Mpungu, 2, 77., a fetish image, a bundle of charms kept by some chiefs in the belief that it will attract “goats” (runaway slaves) to them {see Slave) ; or that it will render the possessor suc¬ cessful in business. Mpungu, 2, 77 . (Loango), a fish that may be heard bellowing in the sea along the South-West Coast of Africa. Mpungunzakama, 2, 77., an ant. Mpuninu, 2, 77., a delusion, a deceiv¬ ing, a deception. Mpunza, 2, n ., bullet, shot, slug. ( 357 ) Mpu-Mum Mpunzu, 2, 77., blot, smear, an erasure, nkwa mpova a mpunzu, see Mpova. Mpusu, 2, n., mbadi palm, from the fronds of which native cloth is made, fine long fibre, cotton, cotton-thread, wick, mpusu zankambika, woof, mpusu zantongeka, warp (in things woven). mpusu za yimpiatu, silk, mpusu zansongo, copper wire, mpusu zantaku, brass wire, mpusu zatadi, iron wire. Mputa, 2, n. (Bako.), ulcer, sore. Mputu, 2, n. (derived from the word Portugeza = Mputulukezo = Mputu), originally the native corruption of the name of the Portuguese, it has now become the name for the white man’s country, in the belief that the Europeans were a small tribe, living away in the land under the sea, where the ximbi (water fairies) make cloth for the white man. The submarine idea originated in the obser¬ vation that as ships came into sight, only the tops of the masts were visible at first, and the hull rose to view later on, as if the vessel rose out of the sea ; hence Mputu means Portugal, the white man’s land, Europe ; and also cloth. In some parts it even means iron. Mpwabu, 2, 77., a plate, dish, pot, or anything having a mouth, which has a piece chipped out of the rim, hence also a person who has lost some of his teeth, -ampwabu, a ., having a piece chipped out of the rim (or of persons) having lost some teeth. Mpwanga, 2, 77., an unprincipled, unscrupulous, relentless fellow, a man who sticks at nothing. Mpwata, 2, 77 ., manner of dressing, fashion (of dress). Mpwaxi, 2,77., space between, interval, division. kuna or muna orv ana mpwaxi, a., between, betwixt. For Locatives , see under Kuma. -ampwena, see Nene. -ampwena-mpwena, a., very large, huge, immense, enormous, intensive of -ampwena. -ampwenia, a. (Bako.), see -ampwena. Mu, 3, 77. (pi. miu), see Muvu. Mu, subj. projiom. prefix , cl. 14, pi. For Locatives , see under Kuma. Mu, prefix to nouns of the 4th class, having a nasal on the stem ; all such words make their plural in mi, except mumbu, mungula, and mungwa, which are con¬ tractions of muumbu, muu- ngula. Mu before non-nasal stems = mu+U, pi. miu. Mu ; antu mu wantu, there are men and men. Mu, \ dem. & rel. pron ., cl. 14? pl"> omu, j \stpos., these, these which, which ; for Locatives , see under Kuma. Muku, 3, 77. (pi. miuku), the scent arising with the steam of hot food. Mukufi, loc., too near, at too short a distance. Mukuka, v.i., to be broken in two. Mukuna, v.t., to break in two. Mula, 3, 77. (P. mula), mule. Mula, loc n at too great a distance, too far, too distant, too high, too deep. Mulu, 3, 77., new beer ; see Beer, Eng- Kongo. Mululu, 3, 77., blood (from the nose). Mumbembe, 3, 77., plume, feather (large). Mumbu, 3 (pi. miumbu), n., small stream in marsh. Mumpampala, 3, 77., root (exposed as in swamps). Mumpanga-, 3, 77., one who acts. Mum-M un ( 358 ) Mumpanga-, continued. mumpangamayi, zz., a bad person ( = mumpanga mambu mayi). mumpangamawete, a person who does what is good and kind. Mumpangi, 3, one who acts, mumpangi a mbi, an evil doer, mumpangi a mawete, one who acts kindly. Mumpempe, 3, zz., a white bottle. Mumpiji, 3, zz., a whistle with the mouth. xika 0 mumpiji, v., to whistle with the mouth. Mumpita, 3, n., captive, prisoner of war. Mumu, dem. ftron., cl. 14, //., 1st pos., emphatic , used only after the verb “ to be.” For Locatives , see under Kuma. Mumvidi, 3, n., maggot, fly-blow, grub, a female jigger which has burrowed under the skin, the abdomen of which has become distended and white ; see Jigger, Eng.-Kongo. Mumvubu, 3, n., rope laid across a swollen stream to help people to cross, “ hand over hand.” Mumvumvu, 3, n ., the small variety of sparmania. Muna, \dem. & rel. pron ., cl. 14, pi ., omunaj 3rd pos., those, those which, which. For Locatives , see under Kuma. yamuna yamuna, adv., hither and thither, here and there. For Locatives , see under Kuma. Mundalandala, 3, n ., the screw-pine, pandanus candelabrum, dra- coena, palm-swallow. Mundele, 3, n ., white man, European trader ( derivation uncertainj query nlele, cloth). Mundia, 3, zz., one who eats. mundiimfuka, a debtor, one who runs into debt. mundiawantu, a cannibal. Munduti a njila, 3, zz., stranger, way¬ farer, passenger. Mungela, 3, n., a tall straight tree. Mungeleji, 3, n., stalk (of maize). Mungiji, 3, n., nsafu kernel. Mungingi, 3, n., quill (of feather), stalk (of fruit, &c.). Mungodia, 3, n. (Bako.), cassava, pudding, kwanga ; see Cassava, Eng.-Kongo. Mungomena, 3, n., a bush, the stakes of which are much used for fencing. Mungula, 3 (pi. miungula), zz., warmth, heat. Mungunia, v. {per/, mungwiui), to eat with the gums (having no teeth), also to eat with the mouth full. Mungyengye, 3, zz., a tree yielding a yellow astringent plum. Stakes, cut from this tree, grow very readily. Mungwa, 3 (pi. miungwa), ;z., salt, -amungwa, a., salt. Mungwangwa, ) 3, zz., a large, Mungwanza, i straight tree. Munjiaku, 3, zz., a noise made by chewing, a noisy chewing. Munjikila, 3, zz., a shrivelled ground¬ nut. Munkanda, 3, zz., a fall (of a person), bwa 0 munkanda, to fall down (spoken of people and living creatures only). Munkita, 3, zz., merchandize, produce “ trade.” Munkondwa, 3, zz., one who lacks —, has no —. munkondwangemba, 3, zz., an un¬ friendly person. munkondwankenda, zz., pitiless person. Munkwa, conj ., lest, for fear that. Munkwalala, 3, zz., scratch, cut (for cupping). Munkwikiji, 3, zz., religious person. This word remains from the old times of the Catholic missions, and although its meaning had come to be little more than a good, trustworthy person, its old ( 359 ) Mun-Mve Munkwikiji, continued. meaning of Christian has re¬ vived. Munsangania, 3, //., a green edible caterpillar. Munsansa, 3, n., chestnut colour (only used in reference to cattle). -amunsansa, a., chestnut (colour). Munse, 3, n., sugar-cane. The plural minse also means cartilage. Munsongwa, 3, n., a palm wine tapster. Munta, 3, 11 ., the doer of the action represented by the word ta. munta-zumba, adulterer {mi), adulteress {/.), immoral person, whore, harlot, whoremonger, fornicator. Muntala, 3, n., a cicatrix of the Bateke tatoo. Muntiozo, 3, n., a click expressive of vexation. Muntu, 1, n., person, individual, man or woman, some one, some body, some person or other. When followed by possessive pro?ioun or a, of : slave, muntu afwa, corpse, muntu akaka, some one else, muntu ambaki, prisoner, captive, muntu dimoyo,* human being. Muntudia, 3, n., leech. Munxienxiambulu, 3, n., whydah bird in the breeding season, when in full feather. Munzenze, 3, n., a small plant. Munzungulu, 3, n ., an abscess in the ear. Musungula, conj ., especially, also, and, as well as, too, likewise, even. MUVU, 3, n., furrow, trench, ditch, dike. tima 0 muvu, v., to cut a trench, dig a ditch. * Bunda idiom, the first class in Bunda takes the prefix di- in the singular. The plural of this idea is antu a dezo, human be¬ ings, mortals. Muwu, 3, n. (pi. miuwu), sea, ocean. Muxi, see Mwixi. Mv ; when a light m is prefixed to v, the latter may become p; it often, however, remains un¬ changed. Mva, 4, n., haft, handle (of hoe, knife or sword). Mvadi a nti, 1 & 4, ?i., carpenter, a worker in wood. Mvakala, 4, n., labyrinthic entrance to a stockade, street. Mvakudi, 1 & 4, n., betrayer; one who pays taxes. Mvalu, 4, 71. (P. cavallo), horse. Mvambala (4) a mvula, n., a heavy downpour (of rain). Mvanda, 4, 71 ., a braid, plait. Mvanda, 4, 71., the springbok. Mvandi, 4, 71., diviner, a man who makes, or has resource to charms. Mvanga, 4, n ., a thorny bush (mimosa). -amvangani, a., impatient. Mvangi, 1 & 4, 71., doer, author, actor, maker, creator. mvangi a ngemba (2 pi.), n., peace¬ maker, reconciler, mediator, one who makes or restores friendship (where there has been a quarrel between friends). Mvangilu (4) a ngemba, n., propitia¬ tion, reconciliation, that which has restored friendship, that which atones, the atonement. Mvangixi (1 & 4) a ngemba {causa¬ tive), see mvangi a ngemba. Mvati, 1 & 4, 7i., cultivator, planter, gardener. Mveko (4) a ntangwa, sunset, Mvekwantangwa, 4, n ., see Mveko. Mvela, 2, n. (P. vela), candle. Mvelela, 2, 77 ., purity, holiness. Mvelelesa, 2,zz., sanctification {active) Mveleleswa, 2, 71., sanctification {passive). Mvengele, 4? »•> famine. Mvengo, 4, 71 ., corps, detachment,divi¬ sion, company, regiment, band, party, body (of fighting men). Mve-Mvu ( 360 ) -amvengojioki, a ., cautious, wary. Mvete, 4, zz., a bush (sp. ?) -amvevi, a ., soft, not hard, easy to cut, cheap. Mvevodi, 1 & 4, zz., benefactor. -amvevodi, a., liberal, kind, gener¬ ous, benevolent, bountiful. Mvia, 4, zz., distress, calamity, ill, disaster, adversity, affliction, tribulation, trouble, misfortune, -amviaviani, a., restless, impatient. Mvia, 2, zz., penis. Mviba, 4, zz., lash, stripe, wale. mviba a mfomo, cigar. Mvidingi, 4, zz., foreleg, shin, shank. Mvika, 1, zz., wife (of a chief), queen. Mvila, 2 & 11, zz., clans, see Luvila. z 4, zz., the edge of a basket, Mvila, ' &c., which has been strong- Mvilu, \ ly bound, border (not a ( rough edge), see Vila. Mviluka, 2, zz. {mid. v.), a change, a manner of change, alteration or reversal, see Vilula. mviluka a ntima (4), zz., the man¬ ner in which one’s mind or heart is or was changed. Mviluki, 1 & 4, zz., one who changes or repents, a penitent. -amviluki, a., repentant. Mviluku, 4, zz. {mid. v.), a change, alteration, reversal; see Vilula. mviluku a ntima (4), zz., the accom¬ plishment of a change of mind or heart, repentance. Mvilula, 2, zz. (< act .), a changing, alter¬ ing, reversing ; see Vilula. mvilula a ntima (4), v. {active), the manner of changing the mind or heart, the manner of bringing about repentance. Mvilulu, 4, zz. {act.), the bringing about of a change, alteration or reversal ; see Vilula. mvilulu a ntima (4), zz. {active), the bringing about of a change of mind or heart, the bringing about of repentance. -amvimba, a., whole, entire, complete, perfect, sound. Mvimbila, 4, zz., swelling, bump, wale. Mvimvi, 2, zz., satiety, loathing. Mvinda, 4, zz., rim of basket; see Mvila. Mvindu, 2, zz., dirt, filth, defilement, pollution, uncleanness, soil, -amvindu, a., filthy, dirty, unclean, defiled, polluted, soiled, kala e mvindu, v., to be filthy, dirty, &c. (as above), xia e mvindu, to make filthy, dirty, &c. (as above). Mvinga (4) a tuvi (pi. 10), a mess of ordure. Mvinga, 2, zz., see Mpinga. Mvingi, 1 & 4, zz., beggar. Mvingi, 1 & 4, zz. (Bako.), one who makes a change, alteration. Mvingi, 1 & 4, zz., one who waits. Mvingi, 1 & 4, zz., one who takes the place of another, a substitute. Mvingidi (1 & 4) a efwa (8), zz., an inheritor, an heir. Mvingila, 2, zz., see Mpingila. Mviza a mfomo, 4, zz., cigar. Mvodivodi, 4, zz., (hunter’s) whistle. Mvolexi (1) a nkanu, zz., prosecutor. Mvolotolo, 4, zz. (P. cobertor = covo- lotolo), blanket. Mvonda, 2, zz. {active), murder, execu¬ tion, killing, slaughter. Mvondi, 1 & 4, zz., murderer, execu¬ tioner, one who kills, spoils, destroys. -amvondi, a., blood-thirsty, de¬ structive, hurtful. Mvondo, 4, zz., killing, murder. Mvondo, 2, zz., hornbill. Mvondwa, 2, zz. {passive), murder, slaughter. Mvonono, 4, zz., the nickname of a person who is slovenly in dress. Mvovo, 4, zz, matter under discussion, speech, thing spoken, palaver, address, discourse, utterance, expression, direction, bidding. Mvu, 4, zz., a season, year, time (season). ( 361 ) Mvu-Mvu Mvu, continued. mvu amputu, European year, mvu kwa, adv., how long? how many years. -amvu ya mvu, a., yearly, kwa mvu ya mvu, adv., for ever and ever, eternally, for ever, kwenda mvu kuvutuka mvu, from one year’s end to another, year by year, always, everlast- ingly. muna-mvu, adv., annually, mvu miawanso, for ever. Mvu, 2, n., old age, grey hairs, ye mvu, a., old, whitehaired, elderly. Mvu, 4, n., spiral, spiral screw, worm of a screw, screw propeller, nsonso (2) a mvu, a screw. Mvua, 4, n., a nut of the cola (ster- culia) tree. Mvuba (muna maza), 2, n., a baptiz¬ ing, a baptism, immersion, dip¬ ping (into water). Mvuba (a nsangu, &c.), 2, n., exag¬ geration. Mvubi (muna maza), 1 & 4, «•> a baptist, one who baptizes, -amvubi (muna maza), a., baptist. Mvubi, 1 & 4 (a nsangu, &c.), n., exaggerator. -amvubi (a nsangu, &c.), ex¬ aggerating. Mvubi (a madia, &c.), one who acts greedily, a greedy person, -amvubi, a., greed. Mvudi, 2, 11., a water antelope. Mvudiangunda, 1 & 4, n., a mediator, one who speaks for another in a palaver, an interpleader. Mvuka, 2, n., fever, ague. Mvukixi, 1 & 4 (Bako.), n., the Saviour. Mvukixi, 1 & 4, n., one who enables to escape. Mvukulu (4) a ntima, n., amusement, diversion. Mvukulula, 2, n., invitation. Mvukumuna, 2, n., enticement, temptation. Mvukumuni, 1 & 4, n., tempter. Mvukwavukwa, 4, n., a large tree (pentagona macrophylla ?). Mvula, 2, 71., rain, wet weather, mvula (i-)bwa, v., to rain, matadi ma mvula, n., hail, mvambala (4) a mvula, a down¬ pour of rain, heavy rain, mvula za masanza, the first rains, which fall about September 15 - vento amvula, tornado, mpembele (2) amvula, winged ants (not the white ant). Mvuluji, 1 & 4, n., a saviour, de¬ liverer, the Saviour. Mvuluza, 2, 71., a saving, deliverance {active). Mvuluzu, 4, n., salvation (wrought, active), deliverance. Mvuluzwa, 2, 7 i., salvation (enjoyed, passive), deliverance. Mvuma, 2, n., a flower, a blossom, bloom. Mvumba, 2, 7 i., scent, aroma, smell. Mvumba, 4, 71 ., barrel of gun. Mvumbi, 2, 71., corpse, dead person. Mvumbu, 1, 71., a man of Mpumbu ; see Mpumbu. Being the name of a remote up-country tribe it has come to be used as a general term of contempt towards strangers, “ bushman, stupid fellow, slave,” &c. -amvumi, a., fearful, dreading, timid (towards people). Mvumu, 4, 71., rolling thunder. -amvumvudi, a., at large, roaming. -amvumuki, a., flying, Mvunda, 2, n., halt. -amvungela, a. nzongo (4) amvungela, blank charge. Mvungu, 4, 7 i., water cooler (earthen porous bottle). Mvungu, 2, 7 i., deep, bass sound. Mvungudi, 1 & 4, n., herdsman, shepherd, one who keeps flocks. Mvungula, 2, n., early morning, just as it dawns, dawn, una mvungula, at dawn. Mvu-Mwa ( 362 ) Mvungula, 2 & 11, zz ., spark ; glowing ash, as of burnt grass, &c. Mvungula, 2, n ., a tending of flocks, a shepherding. Mvunguvungu, 2, zz., early morning, dawn. -amvumangi, a., great, large, used of birds 07 ily. Mvuni, 1 & 4, zz., impostor, deceiver, cheat. -amvuni, <2., fraudulent, deceptive, deceitful. Mvuninu, 2, zz., a delusion, a deceiv¬ ing, a deception. Mvunixi, 1 & 4, zz., unbeliever. Mvusu, 4, ?i., cotton plant. Mvutu, 2, 72., answer, reply. Mvutu, 2, 7 i., moisture, dampness, wet, damp. -amvutu, a., damp, humid, wet, moist. kala ye mvutu, to be damp, wet, moist. Mvutwilu, 2, 72., reply, answer. Mvuvu, 4, 72., wind-pipe, trachea, gullet, oesophagus, tube, mvuvu a menga, an artery, mvuvu a mwixi, funnel, chimney. Mvwa, 4, 72 ., kola nuts. Mvuyi, 2, 72., a plant with broad lanceolate leaves, often used in tying up kwanga. Mvwala, 2, zz., staff, mvwala a mfumu, zz., a staff (of chief), a sceptre, emblem of authority ; hence a special messenger from a chief, one acting with full power ; viceroy, administrator general. Mvwama, 2, zz., a rich, wealthy per¬ son. -amvwama, a., rich, wealthy, affluent. Mvwambu, 2 & n, n., a rafter, amvwami, a., rich, affluent, wealthy. Mvwanga, 2, 77., publicity, -amvwanga, a., public (not pri¬ vate). Mvwangalakani, 2, 71., a tangle, an entanglement, derangement. Mvwatu, 4, 72 ., clothes, clothing, at¬ tire, dress, garment, raiment, robe, suit of clothes, apparel. Mvwe, 1 & 4, 72 ., owner, possessor. Mvwela, 2, n., (P. vela), sail. Iwa-mu+a; Mwa=mo ; see To, Eng.-Kongo. Mwadi, 3, 72. (Kib.), earthworm. Mwakaka, loc., elsewhere ; for Loca¬ tives, see imder Kuma. Mwalakaji, 3, zz., a woman recently confined. The term is gene¬ rally applied as long as she suckles her child. -amwalakaji, a., a term applied to women or animals which have recently given birth, or have young in charge, as, USUSU amwalakaji, hen with a brood. Mwamba, 3, zz., gravy of a stew, soup. Iwamu, dem. pron., cl. \/\,pl.,\st pos., emphatic, these ; for Locatives, see imder Kuma. Mwamuna, dem.proii., cl. 14, pi., 3rd pos., emphatic, those ; for Loca¬ tives, see imder Kuma. Mwana, 1, zz., child, offspring, son or daughter, descendant, boy or girl, baby, babe, infant, lad, lassie, cousin (the child of one’s maternal uncle only), subject of a king, slave ; cub, whelp, kid (of goat), calf (of cow), young of any animal. mwana a ebuluku, zz., foal of ass. mwana a ememe (8), lamb, mwana a mbangu (2), clever fellow, skilful person, mwana a mvalu (4), foal of horse, mwana a ngamba (1), carrier, porter. mwana angenji, traveller, trader, one of a caravan. ngudi a mwana, the after-birth, placenta. mwana a nkanda, scholar, mwana a nkento, daughter, mwana a nkombo (2), kid. mwana antete, firstborn child, mwana a ntinu, prince. ( 363 ) Mwa-Mwi Mwana, continued. mwana e zumba (6), pronounced mwanaziimba or mwanezu- mba, illegitimate child, bastard. Mwanankaji, r, n ., nephew, niece (child of one’s sister). Mwanda, 3, n., breath ; hence the term adoptedfor spirit, soul. Mwanda avelela, n., the Holy Spirit. Mwandaji, 3, n ., a clap of thunder, forked lightning (they are, con¬ sidered one). bwidilwa 0 mwandaji, v., to be struck by lightning. Mwanga, Mwanganisa (mwa- nga cannot be used of living creatures). mwanga e ebnnge (8), v., see Ebnnge. Mwangala, 3, n. (more often plural), pain that extends up the whole member. Mwangalakana, vd., to be wrecked, scattered about, &c., in all directions ; see Mwangana. Mwangalakesa, v.t., to destroy, wreck, scatter, &c., about : see Mwanganisa. Mwangana, v., to be scattered, spread about, strewn, spent, wasted, dispersed, diffused, circulated (a report, &c.), get about, come to pieces, be wrecked. Mwanganisa, v.t ., to scatter, spread, throw about, strew, waste, spend, sprinkle about, splash, diffuse, disperse. mwanganisa e nsangn (2), v., to spread, publish news, make known, circulate (a report). Mwangi, 3, n., the fibre in the oily part of palm nut, cocoa nut fibre. Mwangu, 3, n., ridge pole. Mwanguka, v.i., see Mwangana. Mwanji, 3, n., muscle, sinew, tendon, root. mwanji (a menga), 3, vein. m w anj i a sala-nima, t he ham - s tri ng. Mwanza, 3, n., the River Congo. Mwanzn, 3, 71., small track under the grass (of rats, &c.). Mwau, subj., also emphatic obj. pron., cl. \\,pl., they, them. Mwan, poss. pron., see -an. Mwan, 3, 71., a small pudding (of luku). Mwaya, 3, n., gape, yawn. ta 0 mwaya, v., to gape, to yawn. Mwayi, 1 & 3 (pi. awayi and miayi), n., slave. -mweka, a. (Mpa., Kab., &c.), one. Mwela, 3, 7 i., breath, air, atmosphere. Mwelo, 3, 7 i., doorway, gateway, entrance. mwelo a nteto (4), n., back door¬ way. Mwemvo, 3, n., (hunter’s) whistle. Mwenge, 3, n., a flower bunch of the elaeis palm, at the base of which the cut is generally made for tapping palm wine ; see also Ngela. jinla 0 mwenge, v., to cut into the mwenge to get wine, malavn (pi. 8) mamwenge, fresh sweet palm wine. Mwenze, 3, n., thatching grass. Mwenze a mputu, 71., an orchid. Mwesa, v. ( app.forin mwesesa, double app. fomn mwesesena), to cause to see, show, disclose, reveal, display, expose, exhibit, manifest, lay open, make clear, convince, demonstrate, cause to feel, excite. Mwexi, 1 & 4, one who shows, an exhibitor, a revealer. Mwika, 3, n., a hair (of body), a bristle ; see Mika, mwika (3) ansndi (a stinking hair). Some coloured people have a very strong smell ; it is spoken of as above. Mwila, 3, 7 i., a small affluent, embou¬ chure, a creek. Mwilu, 3, n., a fetich image. Mwimba, 3, 71. (pi. mimba), quill (of porcupine). Mwi-N ( 364 ) Mwimba, continued. mwimba a ngumba, quills of por¬ cupine. Mwimi, 3, n ., mean, stingy, grudging person. -amwimi, zz., mean, stingy. Mwinda, 3, n (Bako.), candle. Mwindi, 3, zz., claw (of a crab, scor¬ pion, &c.), the encased legs of insects. Mwindu, 3, n ., a small tree. Mwinga, 11 & 3, zz., charred stalks left after burning grass before properly dry ; charred stubble, pencil, quill (of porcupine). Mwingi, zz., class 14, many. Mwingilu, 3, zz., no-man’s land be¬ tween two properties, neutral land, boundary, line of demarca¬ tion, division, blank space be¬ tween, a court marked out on the ground, within which a game may be played. Mwini, 3, zz., sunshine, sunlight, day¬ light- mwini akiendantangwa, twilight. Oku mwini, adv ., by day, in the day time. Mwisu, 3, n., pestle. Mwita, 3, n. (Bako.), sheaf, bundle (of grass, &c.). Mwivi, 3, zz., thief, robber, dishonest person. Mwixi, 1 (pi. exi), zz., inhabitant of, native of, person of, clansman of, citizen of. Mwixi is only used when the place inhabited is named, as mwixi Ngombe, an Ngombe man. mwixi belo (6), neighbour. mwixi Juda, a Jew. mwixi Fwalansa, a Frenchman. mwixi ’Kongo (1), a person of Kongo. mwixi Majinga, a man of the Majinga. Often used as a term of contempt, equivalent to bushman- mwixi nxi (2), a native of the coun¬ try, an inhabitant of the place. Mwixi, 3, zz., smoke, haze, fume, vapour. mwixi antoto (4), sandy earth. mwixi a maza, steam. mwixi (u-) tnmbama muna, v ., to be filled with smoke, the smoke fills. mwixi (u-) vaika, v., to smoke, steam. Mwiyi, 4, zz., hideous person. -amwiyi, a ., horrible, hideous, ugly (of persons). N. N is used on the same principles as m before the following con¬ sonants : d, g, j, k, 1 , s, t, x, z, also before the semi-vowels w and y. As in the case of m, there are three kinds of n. The first may be considered as n simple, and may be combined with any of the above consonants except 1, or appear as n pure, it is then pronounced in the ordinary manner as in English and needs no further comment. The heavy kind of n is used before all the above-named con¬ sonants, 1 included, and is pro¬ nounced by holding the tongue longer than usual against the front of the palate. It creates no change in any of the letters with which it may combine, but with the semi-vowels, w and y, a sound is produced which can¬ not be compared with anything familiar to English ears. It is a true nasal sound before w and y, created whilst the lips are open, and the tongue is not allowed to touch the palate at all. The protracted nasal sound is checked when the mouth is brought in position to pronounce ( 365 ) N-Nan N, continued. the w or y. It is not the labial nasal, because the lips are not closed, and therefore must be written with an n. The heavy n has the same history as the heavy m, and represents a con¬ tracted prefix mu before con¬ sonants other than the labials. The light n is prefixed to all the non-labial consonants, ex¬ cept n, 1 , W and y. When it is required before an n pure or 1 the combination nd results : nana, ndana; lala, ndala; when prefixed to y the combination ngy results : yala, ngyala ; but before yi, it stands as ngi: yinga, nginga ; when prefixed to w the combination ngw re¬ sults : wanda, ngwanda; but before wu it becomes ngu: wuna, nguna. -H- {heavy nasal) obj. pron. prefix, y'd per., sing., him, her. n- (light nasal), subj. prozi. prefix, ist per., sing. I, also obj. prep. , me. -na, suffix, added to demonstrative pronouns and locatives to denote remoteness. -na, a. (Kab.), four, ana, see under A. ona, see under 0. Naka, v., to think, reason, reckon, consider. Nakanaka, 6 , n. vova e nakanaka, v., to talk without taking breath. Nambwa, 2, ?z., a fetish, consisting of a stick notched so as to appear like a number of cones stuck partly into each other, to secure luck in rat hunting. Nana, v., to stretch, extend, to draw out long, to draw (a bow), to straighten out (creases). -anana, a., useless, void, vain, vacant, to no purpose, empty, for no¬ thing, blank, fruitless, desolate, invalid. -anana, cozztinued. kwanana, mwanana, vanana, there is nothing or are none. For Locatives, see under Kuma. Nana, adj., eight. Nana, adv., so ; thus, in this or that way, in the same fashion, like this. Nanaji, 2, n. (P. ananas), pine apple. Nanama, v.i., to be strained, tense. Nanga, v., to tarry ; stay or remain for a while, stop (at), to reside (for a time), sojourn. Nanga, 4, n., slave (exchanged for food in famine time). Nanga, adv., perhaps, it may be that, nanga wau, perhaps so. nanga ke wau ko, adv., perhaps not. Nangama, v., to be strained, tense. Nangama, 9, n ., tension {passive). Nangama, v.i., \ to desire earnestly, Nangamena, v.t.,) be very anxious for, to wish very much (to go, do, have), long for, hanker after, be fond of, become or be attached to, charmed or fas¬ cinated with, to be loth to give up, hence to detain, retain, with¬ hold wrongfully. Nangamena, v., app.fonzi of nanga¬ ma, to be tense for, or with, or at. Nangamesa, causative of nangama, to desire earnestly. Nangamesa, v., see Nangika (worry). -anangami, a., tense. Nangamwa, v.i., to be strongly urged, persuaded ; to be worried, an¬ noyed. Nangana, v., to walk slowly and with short steps, as one very weak. Nanganisa, v., see Nangika (worry). Nangi, adv., see Nanga. Nangika, v.t., to strain; to make tense, to stretch, to pull hard. Nangika, v.t., allied to above, to urge strongly, to persuade, to be importunate with, to exer¬ cise influence, to worry, annoy ; Nan-Nde ( 366 ) Nangika, continued. to pull along some one who does not wish to come. Nangisa, v.t., to cause to remain for a while. Nangu, adv., see Nanga. Nani, ftron. inter. (pi. akinani, see aki under A), who ? -a nani, whose, of whom. Nani, 1 & 4, n., one who stretches, or extends. -anani, a. (active), stretching. Nanika, v., see Nangika (to strain). Nanil, 4, n, ., vest ; singlet, jersey. Nanilka, v.i., to be extended in length; stretched out, pulled tight. Nannkina, v., to reach after. Nannna, v ., see Nana, to lengthen. Nata, v.t., to carry, bear, convey, take, transport ; also to take (a hook or snare understood, hence), to be caught. nata e kuma (6), v., to be respon¬ sible (in fault). nata e mpanda (2), see under Mpanda. nata 0 masumu (8), v., to be guilty. nata 0 nsamn (4), v., to bring word, carry news. Natinwa, 6 , n., a thing to carry in, or with. Natisa, v., to help carry, to cause to carry. Natixina, v., to get a thing carried for another. Natu, 4, n., the small present which is always given by those who go to fetch a medicine or witch doctor. Natuka, v.i., to be borne, carried, natnka (muna wanda), v ., to ride (in a hammock). Naximento, 2, n, (P. Nascimento), Christmas. Nd = light nasal -f d or 1 or n pure. Nd- is often a combination of the light nasal on n, pure, or d ; n + nana = ndana; n+lula = ndu- la ; n -f danuka = ndannka. Nda! go! (a contracted imperative form of kwenda). -anda, a., tall, high, long, nsanga (4) anda, string of currency beads of full count. Ndakala, 2, n ., larynx. Ndaku, 2, n., wooden-tongued rattle. Ndala, 2 & 11, n., palm frondlet. Ndala, 2, n., the fall of a river after a flood. Ndamba, 2, n., ring. Ndamba, n., a district to the south of Kongo. Ndamba, 2, n., a manner of cooking, a cooking. Ndambi, 2, n., a ring. Ndambu, 2, n., side, edge, bank (of river), shore, coast, beach, kuna or muna or vana (&c.) nda- mbu, aside, on one side, knna (&c.) ndambn a, by or at the side of, beside, alongside. For Locatives, see tinder Kuma. muna (&c.) ndambu a ndambu, alongside, along. Ndambu, 2, n., a part, piece, fraction, a division, a section, a bit, half (indefinite). Ndambuka, 2, n., length. Ndamuka, 2, n., a jump. Ndandana, 2, n., a throb, pulsation. -andandanda, a., very long, tall, high, lofty. Ndanga, 2,;z., an espial, an exploration, an exploring. Ndangala, 4, n., tall person, -andangala, a., tall (of people). Ndaulau, 2, n., small white ants which do not build above the soil. Ndaulwila, 2, n., a nod, a beckoning. Ndavalala, 2, n., a recumbent posture. Ndeba, 2, n., persuasion. Ndebela, 2 & 11,72., a small round reed. Ndeji, 2, 72., nurse. Ndembe, 2 & \\,n.(sing. lulembe), leaves (of grass, onions, pine apples, &c.), leaflets of palm fronds, blades (of grass, maize, &c.). ( 367 ) Nde-Ndi Ndembo, 2, n., a “ fetish ” ; see Appen¬ dix (Fetish). Ndemoka, 2, 71., a jump. Ndenda, 2, 72., a means of doing, a being able to do. Ndenda, 2, 72., a possessing. Ndendanu, 2, zz., a having things in common. Ndevo, 2, ;z., a curse, an abuse. Ndewa, 2 & 11, 72., pith in midrib of palm frond. -andi, poss. pro 7 i., 377/ pens., smg., his, her, hers, its. Ndia, 2, 71., eating, a manner of eating. Ndia, 4, 7 i., intestine, viscera, bowels, entrails. ndia ambuti, 72., uterus, womb. Ndiadia, 4, n., soft head of ediadia (8) grass (edible). Ndiakianga, 4, n ., the pitchy deposit on the inner part of the roof of a house, caused by the smoke ; pitch, tar, soot. Ndiangila, 4, ;z., lizard (generic). Ndiata, 2, 72., a journey, gait. Ndiaxila, 4, 7z., lizard (generic). Ndiba, 4, 7 i., pudding of cassava meal. Ndidi, 1 & 4, 72., weeper. Ndie, 1 & 4, 71., an eater, one who consumes (eats). ndie a efwa (8), n., inheritor, heir. ndie wantu, n., cannibal. Ndiedie, 4, 72 ., stripe, streak, band. Ndiediedie, 2, 72., a small blue bird. Ndieyi, i 72 terr. pro 7 i., where is he ? Ndika, 4, 72., strings of beads from neck to waist, worn by children and girls. Ndika, 2, 72., a manner of feeding (children), a presentation (of goat, &c., for food). Ndiki, 1 & 4, 72., one who feeds ; also a strip of no-man’s land, between two properties. ndiki (1) a mfuka, a creditor. Ndikila, 2, 72., poison. Ndikuka, 2, 72., a shaking. Ndila, 4, 72., border (of farm, &c.) in process of extension. Ndila, 2, n., a manner of weeping, a lamentation. Ndimba, 4, n., valley, glen. kuna or muna ndimba, to the valley, below, down, down be¬ low, beneath, lower down. For Locatives, see under Klinia. kuna or muna ndimba a, lower down than, below, beneath, under. muna ndimba ndimba, by a series of valleys, by way of the plains. Ndimbadimba, 4, n., little valley. Ndimbudimbu, 4, n., bird lime, also the tree which produces it. Ndindangana, 1 & 4, n., a sulky person. -andindangani, a., sulky. Ndindi, 4, 72., vagina. Ndinga, 2, 72 ., a decreasing, lessening, a fall, a going down (of a river after a flood). Ndinga, 2, 72., voice, speech, language, dialect. ndinga alekama, harmony. ndinga andwelo, 72., a shrill, small, high, treble voice. kasumuna or wokesa or xiamisa e ndinga, v., to speak louder, raise the voice. kekeleka e ndinga, v., to speak in a shrill falsetto voice. sekula or sekola e ndinga, v., to interpret. ndinga (i-) tata, v., to be hoarse. tatula or xiamisa e ndinga, v., to speak loudly. tumbula e ndinga, v., to talk louder (so as to be heard), to raise the voice. Ndingalala,\2, n., halt, pause, delay- Ndingama, j ing. Ndingameno, 2, 72., an earnest, a token. Ndingu a nxi, 4, 72., midnight. Ndiokololo, 4, 72 ., improvidence (in the matter of food only) ; the habit of eating all that is in store without thinking of the morrow’s needs. Ndi-Ndu ( 368 ) Ndiokololo, continued. dia 0 dia kwa ndiokololo, v., to be improvident. nkwa dia kwa ndiokololo, an improvident person. Ndi, particle derived fromyandi, com¬ bining with the simple forms of demonstrative pronouns, cl. 1, sing., to form their emphatics, oyn, ndioyu. andi = ndi, prefixed by its article. -andi , floss, pron., of the 3 rd pens., sing., of him, of her, of it; his, hers, its. Ndituki, 4, n., a sulky person, -andituki, a., sulky. Ndiuka, 2, n., entry. Ndiumba, 4, n ., hole (in a river or marsh). Ndivo ? interj., is it not ? Ndo, 2, n., camp, encampment, sleep¬ ing place (on a journey), vanga e ndo, v., to encamp. Ndofi, 2, n., oath. dia e ndofi, v., to swear, take an oath. dia e ndofi alnvunu, v., to per¬ jure. Ndoji, 2, n., dream. Ndoka, 2, ?i., a fall of rain. Ndoki, 2, n., witch. Ndoko, 2, 71., click (as when a trigger is cocked), crack (of the fingers). Ndolo ! interj., go on ! come on ! go ahead forward. Ndom (P. dom), corrupt forms of Portuguese names, preceded by the title Ndom, are assumed by Kongos as Christian names, Santu, 2 (Santo), see Santu. Women are styled Ndona. Ndomaluele, Dom Manuel ; Ndo- mbaxi, Dom Bastiano; Ndo- mpauln, Dom Paulo; Ndo- mpetelo, Dom Pedro, &c. Ndombe, 2, n., blackness. -andombe, a., black, dark, brown (vaguely), blue (blue is always called black). Ndombe, 1 & 2, n ., black man. Ndombo, 2, n., papyrus mat (when used to sleep on). Ndona (P. dona), names of women are prefixed by Ndona ; see Ndom. Donamadia, Dona Maria; Dona- jiabele, Dona Isabel; Donazu- lante, Dona Juliana. Ndonabidi, 2, 71. (P. tornado?), hurri¬ cane, cyclone, whirlwind, tor¬ nado ; this is only used of the very severe for 77 i. Ndonda, 2, n., hole of, or entrance to, ants 5 nest. Ndonda, 2, n., a mending. Ndonga, 2, n ., crowd, multitude, host, great number of people, party, assembly, company, gang. Ndonga, 2, n., a manner of teaching, a lesson. Ndongela, 2, n., a plantain, yielding a short thick cluster of fruit. Ndongeleka, 2, n ., crowd (that comes crowding). kwiza e ndongeleka, v.i., to come in a crowd. Ndongoka, 2, zz., a fall from an up¬ right position. Ndongololo, 2, n., a plant having a long tall stem, used by the natives as battens for build¬ ing. Ndonzwan (a Sa 7 ituna 7 ne ), Dom Joao; see Ndom. Ndose, 2, n., face, countenance, front, presence, appearance, features, right side (of cloth), ndose vamoxi, adv., face to face, kuna or vana ndose a, before the face of, in front of, before. For Locatives, see U 7 ider Kuma. Ndoximau (a Santu 7 ia 7 ne), Dom Simau ; j^Ndom. Ndualu (a Sa 7 itu 7 ia 77 ie ), Dom Alvaro ; see Ndom. Ndudi, 2, 7 t., acridity, bitterness, -andudi, a., acrid, bitter. Nduka, 2, n., generally plural (fro 77 i luka, to be aware), caution, pre¬ caution, foresight, sharpness, ( 369 ) Ndu-Ne Nduka, co7itinued. slyness, cunning, craftiness, craft, artfulness. -anduka, a., wary, cautious,sharp, sly, crafty, cunning, artful, far-seeing. Nduka, 2, zz., a vomiting. Nduka, 4, zz., a house without walls, a palaver house. Nduku, 4, zz., fountain, spring (used of water flowing in volume from under a rock), a hole in the banks of a stream, under water, a covered drain. Nduku, 4, zz., a game like hunt the slipper ; see Appendix (Games). Ndumba, 2, zz., a young woman, girl, maiden, virgin. There is no word for “ virgin,” immorality is too rife; ndumba is the nearest possible. nleke or mwana andumba, a young woman, a daughter ; see above. Ndumba, 2, zz. (active), a putting a thing down heavily, the pay¬ ment of a heavy price. Ndumbama, 2, zz. (passive), a heavy fall, a heavy price (paid). Ndumvu, 4, zz., snout of a pig. Ndundalunda, 2, zz., swarm (of bees), ndundalunda (za lunda e mvula), the Pleiades. Ndundu, 2, zz., an albino. Ndunga, 2, zz., drum (long conical wooden). Ndungu, 2 & 11, zz. (lulungu), pepper (chili). Kongos are so fond of hot things, that in their food the taste of pepper often pre¬ ponderates ; hence soup is often called ndungu. When a pre¬ sentation of meat is made, it is often modestly spoken of as ndungu. ndungu za nkombo or ngulu, zz., pepper (large variety). Ndunji, 2, zz., stomach ache, pain in the stomach. ndunji itiukwa, to be much grieved, distressed, pained to the heart. Ndunji, 2, zz., the gills of Crustacea. Nduta, 2, zz., an excess, gain, profit. Nduvu, 2, zz., drunkard. Nduwa, 2, zz., plantain eater (schizorhis gigantea), a bird with purple breast; hence also purple, -anduwa, a., purple. Ndwa, 2, zz., a draught (drunk), a drink. Ndwafunsu (a Santu name); Dom Alfonso ; see Ndom. Ndwakilu, 2, zz., access, approach. Ndwana, 2, zz., engagement, fight, struggle, contest, battle, strife. Ndwandidiki (a Santu name); Dom Henrique ; see Ndom. Ndwanisa, 2, zz., attack (offensive). -andwelo, a., small, slight, little, narrow, fine (delicate), few, scanty; shrill, falsetto, treble, high (of voice). -andwelondwelo, a., intensive of above. Ne, a prefix denoting possession which appears in various forms in the Bantu languages (mwene, mwenye, &c.). It appears in Kongo, in the names of some titles of nobility, of clans, and of persons, also of some nkixi and the names of people having some physical deformity, who bear in consequence the name of the nkixi which is supposed to be the cause of such mal¬ formation. The nkixi nekongo is believed to be the cause of hunchback, clubfoot, and a deformed person is therefore called nekongo. Titles of nobility: nekongo, ne- loto, nelumbu, nempangu, nemwanda, nenkondo ; a clan, nenlaza : names of persons, ne- ngudi* nenkanga, nenkondo. In some districts the chief bears the name of his town prefixed with ne. The king of Kongo is styled Nekongo ; the chiefs of Mwidi and Nkonji are called Ne-Nga ( 370 ) Ne, continued. Nemwidi and Nenkonji. In the following ditty which refers to the three stars in the belt of the constellation Orion, a gun personified is called nenkanga a mbinibi, Nenkanga a mbimbi, Nkongo a mbwa olandanga e mbwa andi, E mbwa andi ilandanga e nxiji. E nxiji yayenda valakana vana vamena 0 nti. 0 nti wakangamena nenkanga a mbi- mbi Nenkanga a mbimbi oketeka. Ne, adv., such as, like, resembling, as, as if, as though, the same as, as...as, just like, wampembe ne luvemba, as white as pipe¬ clay ; ne nleke, like a child. (Kuma) kwina ne kwau ku- noka,it looks as if it were about to rain.. Ne i, the particle i which frequently serves as the impersonal verb “ to be ” (in all its forms), often follows ne, which may then be translated, “ as though it were/ 5 like, resembling, as ; the same as, kina ne i kiaki, it is just like that, it is as if it were that.. Neka, v:, to tease (so as to cause to fight), to. irritate, provoke, annoy.. Nekena, v., to entice, decoy, allure, lure, ensnare, tempt, bait. Nekongo, 1, n., deformed person, cripple. Nela, 2, n. (P.. annel), ring. Neloto, the lowest in rank of Kongo nobility. Nelumbu, a title of nobility. Nempangu, a title of nobility. Nemwanda, a title of nobility. Nena, v., to go to stool, to ease the bowels. nena 0 mfuni (4), to break wind (downwards). Nene, 12, n., greatness, importance, stoutness, largeness, magnitude, size, girth. -nene, a., too large, very large, see above. -anene, a., great, large, massive, spacious, vast, big, wide, broad, copious, stout, enormous, huge, chief, important, capital, grand, famous, considerable, noble, honourable, mighty, knna kwanene (koko understood ), on the right hand. Nenga, 4, 11., egg of insect (very small), nit, eg£ of jigger. Nenga, v., to kill between two thumb nails (as a flea). Nenganana, v., to overhang, and be likely to fall. Nengandi,i, n., irreg.pl. akinengandi, what’s his name. A person whose name you forget or do not care to mention; So and so (of persons). Nengeneka, v., to put in an overhang¬ ing condition. Nengomoka, v.i., to turn over and over (as anything rolling down a hill), roll about, roll along, roll away, roll down. Nengomona, v.t., to turn (a thing) over and over, to cause or let roll. Nengomona 0 meso (pi. 7), v.t., to roll the eyes, slowly. Nengnmuka, v.i., see Nengomoka. Nengnmnna, v.t., see Nengomona. Nengwa, 1, sing., n., mother, one’s maternal -relations are often called nengwa also. Nenkondo, a title of nobility. Netoko, 1, it-, a young man whose name you forget, or do not wish others to hear. Ng = heavy nasal -f-y, see N. Nga, a particle used to introduce a sentence which is dependent on, or connected with, a matter pre¬ viously stated, or understood ; kala vekala nzo ambote, nga ( 37 J ) Nga-Nga Nga, continued. nsumbidi yo; had there been a good house I should have bought it; fiandwelo fixidi nga ofwidi, a little more and you would have died. It is also used in initiating interrogative sentences,which follow naturally on circumstances stated or mutually known. Nga nkai nibiji ozolele yalamba? what meat do you wish me to cook ? (it is time to arrange for din¬ ner being understood). Ngabu, 2, n. (Gaboon ?), Kroo boy. Ngaji, 2, zz., nut of the oil palm, also the oily part of the nut. Ngalata, 2, n ., olive-bead (china), “ ganheta.” Ngamba,2,zz., hired servant, labourer, porter, carrier. Ngambaka, 2, zz., copper. Ngambu, 2, zz., whirlpool. Ngambwila, 2, zz., expanse of heaven, atmosphere, air, space, sky, fir¬ mament, the heavens. nuni za ngambwila, birds of the air. Ngana, 2, zz., folk lore, story, proverb, saying, fable, parable, allegory, legend, anecdote. ta e ngana, v., to tell, relate, nar¬ rate an ngana. Nganda (2) aekongo (ngandekdngo), a name given to San Salvador as the mbanza or capital of the Kongo country (compare Herero, Nganda, a village). Ngandi, eteva (8) dia ngandi a ngo, a mat having the figure of an animal, &c., worked in it. Ngandu, 2, zz., crocodile. Nganeta, 2, zz., olive-bead (china). Nganga, 2, zz., doctor, medicine man, surgeon, diviner, learned man, priest. nganga a moko, witch-doctor. A doctor called during sickness, who pretends to ascertain who the witch is that has caused the evil, but does not mention Nganga, continued. names; Witch-doctor, Eng.- Kongo, and Apfie?idix. nganga a ngombo, a witch-doctor, a doctor called to point out a witch ; see Witch-doctor, a?id Appe?idix (Witchcraft), nganga a Nzambi, zz., missionary, nganga a nua, zz., a scold, nganga (a wnka), zz., physician, surgeon, doctor. Ngangala, 2, zz., an embrace, kwenda e ngangala, to embrace, clasp (any part of the body). Ngangi, 2, zz., fraudulent person, a deceiver, liar, cheat, impostor. Ngangn, 2,//., zz., sharpness, cunning, craft, craftiness, art, wile (cun¬ ning), slyness, guile, subtlety, caution, discretion, dodge, trick, artifice, artfulness, ingenuity, skill, sagacity, wisdom, genius, vwa or kala e ngangn, v., to be cunning, &c. ; see above. -angangu, a ., sly, sharp, cunning, crafty, artful, guileful, subtle, cautious, discreet, skilful, saga¬ cious, wise, ingenious, expert, vigilant. Ngangnla, 2, zz., worker (in metal), smith, blacksmith, person skilled in smith work. Ngani, 2, zz., grit, sand which has been taken into the mouth with food. -angani, a., other people’s, that which belongs to others, anything that is not one’s own property; lekwa yangani, other people’s things. mfnmn or mwana angani, a free¬ man, or a person over whom one has no authority or control; see also Mfumu (angani). Nganji, 2, pi ., zz., pain, aching, ache ; in many other districts nganji means anger, &c. Nganji (2) anrwalala, zz., centipede. 0 ngann, adv ., later on, presently, in the evening, to-night. Nga-Ngi ( 372 ) Nganzu, 2, n., outskirts, the immediate vicinity of a town. 0 ngatu, adv., see nganu. Ngau, 2, 71., bird weaving a hanging nest in palm trees and nsanda. Nge, pro?i. {singular), thou, you, thee. nge kwaku or kibeni or veka, thou thyself, you yourself. -a nge, pron. {sing.), thy, your ; {se¬ condary), thine, yours. Ngela, 2, n., the portion which is left at the base of the flower bunch of the palm in which the daily cut is made when tapping palm- wine. In its natural state it would be called mwenge, but when trimmed and cut for wine it is called ngela, although even then it may be called mwenge. keka e ngela, v., to make the daily cut ; see above. Ngelezo, 2, n., an Englishman, -angelezo, a., English. Ngema, 2, n., a man who climbs for wine, a wine-tapster. Ngemba, 2, n., friendship, intimacy, peace ; when friendship is spo¬ ken of in its mutual aspect the plural is used. banda e ngemba, v., to make a friendship, acquaintance, ku or kuna ngemba, adv., peace¬ ably, in a friendly manner, vanga e ngemba, v., to mediate ; to bring about friendship, make friends. ngemba (pi. 2 ji-) vangama, v., to be reconciled. vutula e ngemba, v., to propitiate, restore friendship. -angemba, a., friendly, peaceable. Ngembo, 2, n., bat. Ngemi, 2, n., abhorrence, loathing, disgust, revulsion. mona e ngemi v.t ., to abhor, loathe, be disgusted. -angemi, a., disgusting, loathsome, revolting, indecent, obscene, odious, dirty. Ngemi, continued. mambu (pi. 7) mangemi, filthy, obscene language. Ngemvo, 2, n., beard of maize. Ngenda, 2, n., title (of nobility), dignity, rank, degree, yeka e ngenda, v., to confer a title, to knight. Ngenga, 2, n., neighbourhood (near by) ; only used in adverbial and prepositional phrases, mu or va ngenga, near at hand, near by, by. For Locatives, see under Kuma. Ngenge {conip. benga), 2, n., incan¬ descence, redness, fire, kala e ngenge yo tiya, to be red hot. Ngengexi, 2, n., a loathing (which causes a shudder), disgust, abhorrence, revulsion, mona e ngengexi, v., to loathe, abhor, have a feeling of revul¬ sion. mwesa e ngengexi, v.t., to dis¬ gust, create a loathing, -angengexi, a., revolting, disgusting, loathsome {causing a shudder). Ngengo, 2, n., tekela e ngengo, v., to tantalize (said of persons, not things ; there is no intention to sell when this word is used). Ngengo, 2, n ., precipice. Ngenji, 2, n. (Bako.), the vagina, -angenji, a. mwana (1) angenji, one of a party of traders, or caravan. Ngenza, 2, n., lumps in badly mixed farinaceous food, a ngenza a luku, evumbu ( 8 ) diangenzaluku, a small boil, pustule. Ngeye, see Nge. Ngi-li ght nasal +yi. Ngie, see Ngye. Ngikakana, 2, «., union, a joining together. Ngikwa, 2, 71., style; that which one is styled. ( 373 ) Ngi-Ngo Ngindu, 2, n ., a thought, reflection, intention, recollection, reckon¬ ing, remembrance, memory. This word is used in matters where there is no uncertainty. Nginga, 2, zz., seed, pip, berry, grain. Ngingi, 2, zz., firmness, security, fixed¬ ness, steadiness, immobility of things. kala e ngingi, v., to be secure, firm. xia e ngingi, to make secure, to fix firmly. Ngingidi, 2, zz., pupil of the eye. Ngingwa, 2, zz., expulsion. -angisn, a ., raw, fresh, uncooked, green. Ngiva, 2, zz., a growing ugly. Ngivu, 2, zz., question. Ngiya, 2, zz., a theft, a robbery. Ngiza, 2, zz., a coming, an advent. Ngo, 2, zz., leopard, panther ; .sv?*? zz/fo? Appe?idix (Games), Wadi, ngo a ezulu, Ngwezulu. mwini (3) a ngo, a glint of sunshine at a very low angle just before sunset; {the only sunshine which a leopard ever sees , being a noc¬ turnal animal). Ngodia, 2, zz., an abyss, ngodia-ngodia, a deep, bottomless, immeasurable abyss. Ngola, 2, zz., the bagre or cat fish. Ngolamaza, 2, zz., seal (the animal). Ngolankasa, 2, zz., the man who gives the nkasa (ordeal) draught. Ngolo, 2, pi., zz., strength, vigour, power, might, hardness, firm¬ ness, force, violence, vehemence, earnestness ; health, mn or muna or ku or kuna ngolo, adv ., strongly, powerfully, with force, forcibly, firmly, violently, with violence, vigorously, sunda e ngolo, v ., to excel in strength, be stronger than, overcome, overmaster, win (in a struggle or battle), be victorious, to vanquish. Ngolo, continued. vana e ngolo, v., to invigorate, refresh, make strong, strengthen, xia e ngolo, v., to strengthen, give strength, support. -angolo, a ., strong, mighty, forcible, firm, powerful, vehement, vigor¬ ous, hardy, healthy, ke -angolo ko, a ., frail, delicate, weak, not strong. Ngolokoso, 2, zz., one who spreads false news or reports. Ngoma, 2, zz., drum, etembo (8) dia ngoma, the mouth of a drum. yanda e ngoma, v., to stretch and peg the skin on a drum. Ngoma (2) a kinla (5), zz., amorpho- phalus (bot.). Ngoma, 2, zz. (P. gomma), starch. Ngombe, 2, zz., cow, bull, ox, cattle, bullock, heifer, mbiji (2) a ngombe, beef, mwana (1) a ngombe, calf. Ngombo, 2, zz., the charm to which the witch doctor appeals, in order that he may discover a witch ; see Witchcraft, Eng.- Kongo, and Appendix. nganga a ngombo, witch doctor, ta e ngombo, v., to resort to divin¬ ation, to consult the charms, to ascertain the person guilty of witchcraft (as a witch doctor), tesa e ngombo, to call in a witch doctor. Ngonde, 2, zz., moon, time, season (vaguely), month, “moon.” ngonde tatn jiluta i boxi, in three months. ngonde amalekaleka, zz., waning moon. ngonde ampa, new moon, ngonde izangama, next month, ngonde kwa, adv., how long? how many months ? kala 0 ku ngonde, v., to men¬ struate. ngonde lunga, v., to be full moon, e ngonde ilungidi, full moon. Ngo-Ngu ( 374 ) Ngonde, cojitinued. ngonde tava e tombe (6), v., to be nearly gone, to wane (of the moon). e ngonde a xivn, in xivu, in the cold dry season. Ngondo, 2, zz., an ornamental ring of metal, a transverse section of which would present a triangular surface. Ngone, 2, zz., a forest rat, the largest of the rat species. Ngonge, 2, zz., internode, ngonge a koko (9), zz., fore-arm. ngonge a kulu (9), zz., shank. Ngonge, 2, zz., native gong (double). NgOllgO, 2, zz., the contrary to one’s wishes, the opposite to one’s will, unwillingness, aversion, dislike, objection, reluctance, disinclination, disapprobation, disapproval, dissent. NgOngO is combined with the per¬ sonal possessive pronouns as a direct refusal ; ngoilgo ailie (ngongwame), I will not; No. Ngongo eto (ngongweto), we refuse, we do not want to ; No. Ngongo, 2, zz., conical twist (of leaf, &c.), in which to hold some¬ thing. Ngongo (2) anzadi, large wild bean (not eaten, frequently found floating on the river), also Calabar bean (Physostigmatis Faba), which is very rare ; see Bean, Eng.-Kongo. nkandi a ngongo, see Appendix (Games). Ngongofila, 2, zz., dia e ngongofila, v., to tickle. Ngongolo, 2, zz., millipede ; hence, be¬ cause of the resemblance in appearance , the trachea, gullet. Ngongongo, 2, zz., edging, border (sewn on to a cloth). Ngongwame,) , T Ngongweto, /"* Ng0ng0 ' Ngonji, 2, zz., rope, cable. Ngono, 2, n., a black and white crow (corvus scapulatus). Ngoto, 2, n., canvas, wrapper of bale, sackcloth, sacking. Ngovo, 2, ZZ., e ngovo, adv., freely, for nothing, gratis, free of charge, gratui¬ tously. -angovo, a., gratuitous, free, for nothing, costing nothing. Ngu = n (light nasal) +wu as wuna, nguna. Ngnba, 2, zz., the kidney, andfrom its resemblance in form , the arachis hypogcea, arachide. nguba a mpntn, a tree bearing a medicinal seed (aperient). Ngubu, 2, n., shield. Ngubwangn, 2, zz., (large) basket. Ngudi, 2, zz., mother, dam, doe, a female (adult) ; one’s maternal relatives are also spoken of as ngudi. ngudi ankaji, (sing.), n., the mother’s brother ; uncle, ngudi a mwana (1), the after-birth, the placenta. ngudi a nkama, a respectful epithet, zz-y gentleman or \ady or esquire ; ngudi a nkama ovovele wo, the gentleman said so. ngudi zansakila, the wives of one’s father. -angudi, a., female. Ngudi, 2, n., inner part, inside, core, heart, midst, interior, muna ngudi, adv., internally, inside, muna ngudi a, prep., inside of, in the heart of, in the midst of. Ngudianzo, 2, n ., innermost room in a house. Nguji, 2, zz., an execration, abuse, curse. lokela e nguji, v., to abuse “ curse,” swear at. Ngulu, 2, n., pig, hog, sow. ngulu amunxitu, wild pig. madia (9) ma ngulu, purslain. Ngulu a maza, zz., a fish, the flesh of which is red like beef, and ( 375 ) Ngu-Ngw Ngulu a maza, continued. contains an exceptional amount of fat. Ngumba, 2, zz., porcupine. Ngumba, 2, n., a moulding of pottery. Ngumbe, 2, n ., a wild fowl resem¬ bling grouse. Nguna, 2, zz., a roar, growl, murmur, groan. Ngundubiola, 2,zz., a mocking-bird. Ngunga, 2, n ., bell. Nglingu, 2, zz., midriff, the diaphragm, a membrane. Ngunga, 2, zz., spider (great, which makes a drumming noise). Ngungula, 2, zz., the current, the stream, a flow, rush of water. Ngungulula, 2, zz., weeds which have been pulled up. Ngunguya, 2, pi., zz., albumen, the white of an egg, zz/jy? an unfe¬ cundated egg. Ngungwanguma, 2, zz., a precocious child, one forward for his years, a child who early learns to walk alone. Ngunza, 2, zz., one who speaks on behalf of a chief, a herald, preacher, prophet. Ngunza, 2, zz., a tall plant, with broad, lanceolate leaves, which are used to wrap kwanga in. Its fibrous stem is split and used to tie the materials together in build¬ ing houses; mats made of the frondlets of the rafia palm are used as thatch. Ngunza, 2, zz., a careful, gentle exam¬ ination (of something painful or very fragile). NgUSU, 2, zz. (Bako.), beam of loom. Nguta, 2, zz., a birth, a bearing. Ngutu, 2, zz., cassava (jatropha mani- hot). Ngutuka, 2, zz., a birth, a being born. -angutukila, a. nkumbu (2) angutukila, zz., sur¬ name, name given at one’s birth, in contradistinction with the santu. Ngutuluka, 2, zz. ( mid. v .), the being born over again, the new birth, regeneration. Ngutulula, 2, zz. (active), a bringing forth over again, a regenerating, regeneration. Nguvu, 2, zz., hippopotamus. Nguya, 2, zz. (P. guia), telescope, com¬ pass. nguya za meso, spectacles. Nguya, 2, zz. (P. agulha), a needle. NgW = light nasal -}-w. Ngwa, 2, zz., mother, dam, doe, a female (adult), one’s maternal relatives are also spoken of as ngwa. Ngwala, 2, zz., a riddle, an enigma ; see Appendix (Games), an enig¬ matic expression. ta e ngwala, v., to ask a riddle, &c. Ngwala, 2, zz. (P. aguardente = gwaladente = ngwala), spirit, •rum. Ngwana, 2, zz., a meeting, encounter. Ngwananu, 2, zz., a meeting together. Ngwanda, 2, zz., blow. Ngwava, 2, zz. (P. guava), guava. Ngwengwe, 2, zz., trap, a deft arrange¬ ment with a nooze for catching animals. Ngwento, 2, zz. (P. unguento = Porto Unguento), (Porto Unguento was the port from which the malachite was shipped, hence :—) malachite, green carbonate of copper, blue stone (cupri sul¬ phas.) Ngweta, 2, zz., blow. Ngwezulu, 2, zz. (ngo a ezulu), a large eagle (the leopard of the heavens.) Ngwilu, 2, zz., a being heard. Nkia ngwilu diwidilu, how was it heard of, how was it found out. Ngwingwi, 2, zz., steadiness; see Ngingi. Ngwola, 2, zz., corruption, rotting, decomposition. Ngwolomoka, 2, zz., a falling to pieces. Ngw-Nik ( 376 ) Ngwongomoka, 2, n., a falling in, a landslip, a giving way, caving in. Ngwongwena, 2, zz., grimace, dis¬ tortion (of the face). Ngwotomoka, 2, zz., see Ngwongo¬ moka. Ngwotwena, 2,zz., see Ngwongwena. Ngwulumuka, 2, zz., a fall of many things. Ngy = light nasal -fy. Ngyambila, 2, zz., adultery (this may be with or without the husband’s consent, whereas “ zumba ” is used when it is without consent, and altogether illicit), immorality, unchastity, nkwa (1) ngyambila, unchaste, immoral person, whore, harlot, adulterer (zzz.), adulteress {/.). nkwa or ye ngyambila, a., im¬ moral, unchaste, immodest, adulterous. Ngyamn, 2, zz., reckless, daring per¬ son, recklessness, daring. Ngyangn, 2, zz., recommencement. Ngyangya, 2, zz., liar, deceiver, deceit¬ ful person, hypocrite. Ngyeka, 2, zz. {active), election. Ngyekwa, 2, zz. {passive), election, accession, the conferring of a title. Ngyele, 2, zz., a being sick. Ngyeleka, 2, zz., a test, taste. Ngyelele, 2, zz., wrong doing, trans¬ gression, blame, fault, a being in the wrong ; also a being vanquished, overcome, beaten in contest,, submission. Ngyembama, 2, zz., a heavy fall. Ngyenda, 2, zz., a going, a journey, excursion, a departure, course, a manner of going. Ngyi, the addition of the light nasal to yi- is more properly spelt ngi; under which all such words will be found. Ngyowela, 2, zz., bath {lit. a bath¬ ing). Ngyomoka, 2, zz., jump. Ngyunga, 2, zz., bath {lit. a bathing). Ngyuvn, 2, zz., an inquiry, a question, an asking. Niafuna, v.t., to flash. Niafuka, v.i., to flash. Niakuna, v.t., to chew noisily. Niamvuka, v.i., to protrude (of the eyes only). Nianga, 2 & 11, n., thatching grass. Niangi, 2, zz., epilepsy, epileptic fit. Niania, 6, zz., earthworm. Niania, 6, zz., small blisters between the toes. Nianina, v., to shine, glitter, sparkle. Nianji, 2, zz., tick ; louse (of head and body). ta e nianji, to search the hair and clothes for lice, nianji a mbwa, flea. Niaza, 2, zz., onion. Nieka (mnna), v., to reach, get to, arrive (at). Niema, v., to press, compress, squeeze. Niemenena, v., to press firmly, strongly, hard. Niemojioka, v.i., bruised, pressed about, soft, yielding. Niemojiona, v.t., to press about, bruise, make soft, squeeze. Nienga, v.i., to be burnt, charred. Niengesa, v.t., to burn, char. Nienie, 6, zz., meteor, shooting star, comet. Nika, v., to grind, to crush on a stone, pound, rub and pound in washing. Nikujioka, v.i., to move, shake about (constantly). Niknjiona, v.t., to move, shake about (constantly). Nikuka, v.i., to move about, shake about, rock about, roll about, toss about. Nikuka, 9, zz., motion, a shaking movement. Nikuna, v.t., to shake, agitate, stir, rock, move, wag, jog. nikuna e nkindu (2) or 0 luxindu (10), to make a disturbance, make a noise, start a riot. I 377 ) Nim-Nji Nima, 2, n., back, rear, hind part, posterior, keel. fila e nima, v., to turn away, to turn the back. filana e nima, to be back to back. oku (&c.) nima a, prep., behind, after (in place), abaft, in the rear of, at the back of. okengelele 0 kuna nima a nti, he looked from behind the tree. Nimba, v., to fall asleep, to doze, have a nap, to nod (in sleepiness). Ninga, v.i., to grow less, grow small, waste, contract, decrease, ebb (as the tide), to narrow, shrink, become smaller, fall, sink (as a river), be slender. Ninga, 9, 77., contraction, decrease, narrowing, shrinking. -aninga, a., slender. Ningina, v.i., to move, to be loose, to shake (as a loose thing). Ninginisa, v.t., to move, loosen, make loose, to shake. Nioka, 2, 77., snake, serpent. nioka a moyo, n., intestinal worm (generic). nioka mu lulala, n., zigzag thing (“ a snake on a palm branch ”). nioka a xivu, a large caterpillar. Nioka, v., to be weary (of the body only). to (6, ki-) nioka, to be faint, weak, weary, tired, fatigued. Niongota, v.i., to crawl (as cater¬ pillar). Nionza, v., to be thin; get thin, get lean, be emaciated. Nionza, 9, 71., thinness, leanness. Nitu, 2, 71., flesh of the body, the body. Niukumuka, v.i., crumble, be broken up, to go, fall, be boiled, to rot and go to pieces, powder, or pulp. Niukumuna, v ., to pound, grind, break up into, beat to, crumble, boil to pieces, powder or pulp. Niunga, v., to move, shift, push, wag, shake about. Niungwa, v.i., to be shaken, shifted, pushed about. Njalwa, 2, 7t., ^ nest (of soft ma- Njambwa, 2, 71 terials, woven). -anje, a., little, small, very fine, tiny. Njembe, 2, 71., a mess of mud that children would play with, mud- pies. zoba e njembe, to make mud-pies, play with mud. -anjenje, a., hiteTisive of - anje. Njeta, 2, 71., a revolution, circuit, -anjeta, v., circuitous, roundabout; out of the way. Nji, 2, 7 i., touch-hole, nipple (of a gun). Nji, 2, 7 i. (Vivi), fly. Njididi, 4, 77., straight mark, streak, line, stripe. Njiji, 2, 77., cold, chilliness, coolness, dampness, damp (as indicated by cold). -anjiji, a., cold, chilly, damp and chilly, cool. -anjijidi, a., unflinching, patient, faith¬ ful, constant, enduring, devoted, staunch, true, brave, steadfast, firm, courageous, fearless, valiant. Njiknna, 2, 77., sneer. Njila, 2, 77 ., road, path, way, highway, foot-path, lane, passage, course, direction, route, street, njila a, the road of, the way to. njila -abatn-abatn, or -ankufi, or -alnkufi. or -anzaki, a short, quick, direct road, the nearest most direct way, a short cut. njila atadi, 77 ., railway (iron road). katuka omu njila, v., to get out of the way. muna njila eyina, by that road, njila moxi ye, along with, in com¬ pany with. nwanina e njila, v., to press through, to elbow one’s way. samba e njila, v., to beat down the grass on each side of the road. Njila, 4, 77., whip. Njila, 4, 77., small prickly creeper. Nji-Nka ( 378 ) Njima, 2, zz., civet-cat. Njimba, 2, n ., mine, pit, quarry, cave. Njimbalakanwa, 2, zz., a mistake, an error, a blunder. Njimbu, 2, zz., beads, money, futisa dia e njimbu, v., to fine, njimbu za kinganga (5), doctor’s fee. Njimbu (4) a efuni (8), zz., the dimple at the point where the skin is attached to the os coccys. Njimbu, 4, zz., stripe. Njirnina, 2, zz., the game of blind- man’s buff; see Appendix (Games). Njinga, 2, n., entrails (cleaned and coiled for food). Njingalakani, 2, n ., entanglement. -anjingi, zz., lasting, enduring, per¬ manent, durable, abiding. Njingu, 4, zz., a fight, battle, contest, war, engagement (military), nwana 0 njingu, v., to fight, make war. vambula e njingu, to stop a fight, separate fighters. Njingu, 2 & 11, n., coil. Njingula, 2, zz., narration, relation. Nj ini, 2, zz., vagina. Njinta, 2, zz., aim. Njiojio, 2, zz., a smart, a sting, a pain. -anjiti, <2., heavy. Njitikila, 2, zz. (of the man), engage¬ ment, betrothal. Njitikilwa, 2, zz. (of the woman), engagement, betrothal. Njitu, 1 & 4, zz., godmother, godchild, sponsor; those relations to whom you cannot be married according to proper Kongo custom, as nkaka, ngudi, ngudi ankaji, mwana, ko. Njiukila, 2, zz., an ant which eats white ants. Njiya, 4, zz., stick of nkula. -anka, a. (Bako.), other, another, some more. Nkaba, 2, zz. (Kib.), cassava (Jatropha manihot). Nkabu, 2, zz., recklessness, daring, a reckless, daring person. Nkadi, 1 & 4, zz., one who is —, has become —. Nkadi (2) -ampemba, zz., Satan, the Devil, a demon, a fiend. The Bakongo do not use this word, which was most probably intro¬ duced from Angola by the Roman Catholic missionaries. It means a witch, and is often an equivalent to ndoki. Nkadidi kwame, it is not I (who did it). Nkafi, 2, zz., oar, paddle. Nkafinina, 2, zz., a grasp, a grip (in the hand only). Nkafuna, 2, zz., blow. Nkafunga, 4, zz., morose, taciturn, sulky person. -ankafunga, a., morose, taciturn, sulky, sullen, sullenly silent. Nkaji, 1, zz., a wife or husband. The singular form is seldom used in Kongo, Nkaza taking its place, but the plural akaji is always used in speaking of wives and husbands ; see also Nkaza. -ankaji, a ,., see mwana ankaji, ngudi ankaji a 7 id ngwa ankaji. Nkaji, 2, zz., a relative. Nkaji,//., 4, zz., others, more besides ; a remainder. Nkajiau, 4, zz. (P. acajou), the cashew tree (anacardium occidentale). Nkaka, 2, zz., a parent of one’s mother, grandparent, grandfather or grandmother ; chief (a very re¬ spectful title). Nkaka, 2, zz., manis or pangolin, the scaly ant-eater. -ankaka, a. (Bako.), complete, whole, entire. Nkakamatu, 2, zz., an edible fungus. Nkaki, 2, zz. nua e nkaki, vd., to drown. Nkaku, 2, zz., a dam made in a stream in which one or two small waterways are left wherein to place fish-traps, a weir. ( 379 ) Nka-Nka Nkaku, 4, zz., an obstruction, a barrier, a stoppage. nkaku a mpatu, rubbish heap (on the sides of a field). Nkala, 2, zz. (P. cal), lime, mortar. Nkala, 2, zz., a state of being, exist¬ ence, condition, state, plight, manner of life. Nkala, 2, zz., crab, nkala a nzanza (4), land crab. Nkalakaboxia, \ 2, zz. (P. aracabuz), Nkalakabuxia, J arquebuse. Nkala, | 4, zz., burial ground or Nkalamenga, ) place, cemetery,grave. Nkalu, 4, zz., refusal, denial, contra¬ diction, dissent, negative, re¬ pudiation, refutation, negation, vana 0 nkalu, v., to contradict, deny, refuse, protest against, object to, repudiate, refute, vanina 0 nkalu, to absolve from all blame (in a matter). Nkalu, 2, zz., calabash ; bucket, pail. -ankalunkalu, a., nguba (2) ankalunkalu, a roasted ground nut, which was properly ripe when gathered. Nkama, 2, zz., one hundred, 10,000 beads of the currency (100 strings of 100 each). Nkama, 2, zz., e nkama a...awonso, every one of ..., the whole lot of... e nkama a maki mandi mawonso mawudikidi, every one of his eggs was broken. nkama a longo (10), wedding dowry, the sum paid by the husband to the parents and relatives of the bride. Nkama, 4, zz., bank, dyke, dam (of earth to divert the flow of water). Nkamba, 4, zz., spring of metal. Nkamba, 4, zz., fine night. (kuma) kulele 0 nkamba, it was a fine night ; 0 unu vo (kuma) kuleka nkamba, if it is fine to-night, or if it does not rain during the night. Nkamba, 4, zz., eel. Nkamba, 4, zz., the charms hung round a woman’s neck after she has been placed under the influence of a charm. Nkambalalu, 2, zz., a pass (between hills). Nkambwankaka, 4, n ., roller bird (Eurystomus). Nkamvu, 2, n. (used by men), hair (of arm-pit and pubes). Nkanda, 4, zz., skin, hide, peel, rind, bark, crust, covering, integu¬ ment ; a bundle of cloth done up in a skin ; hence any bundle of cloth ; leather, parchment, paper, book, epistle, letter, note,contract,engagement,docu¬ ment, register ; “book” ( i.e ., a note, letter, &c.) nkanda (a mbiji), hide, oyandi i nkanda a nlumba katina tanuka ko (Proverb), he is a rabbit’s skin, and does not fear a scratch = he is not afraid of a small danger. Nkanda a Nzambi, zz., the Bible, vana 0 nkanda, to engage, hire, “ to give a book.” -ankanda, a., leather, paper. Nkanda, 2, n. } hoop iron, iron hoop (as on bales). Nkanda, 2, zz., a long conical rat-trap of basket work. Nkanda, 2, zz., a straightening, bend¬ ing straight. Nkanda (2) a ezulu, zz., a prevention of rain by charms. -ankandalala, a very long measure; see Kandalala. -ankandalala, a., dry, warped. Nkandi, 4, n., stone of fruit, &c., nut ; also the kernel, palm-kernels, seed (of the nut kind), gland, nkandi a ngongo, n., a game ; see Appendix (Games). Nkandi, 4, zz., coney (rock rabbit). Nkandu, 2, zz., a prohibition, a close season, a law making it criminal to hunt certain game, or catch certain fish, during a season. Nka-Nka ( 380 ) Nkandu, 4, zz., thickness, bulk, stout¬ ness, size. -ankandu, a., thick, stout, strong. Nkandu, 2, zz., one of the four days of the Kongo week (nkandu, konzo, nkenge, nsona). nkandu tatu, three nkandus = twelve days. Nkanga ampaka, 4, a title of no¬ bility. Nkangadi, 1 & 4, zz., one who travels about, a traveller. Nkangaji, 4, zz., shadow (of person only). Nkangala, 2, zz., walk, journey, stroll, excursion, trip, expedition, the manner of travelling. Nkangalu, 4, zz., an expedition, jour¬ ney, voyage. nkangalu moxi nukangele, you made one expedition. Nkangani, 2, zz., entanglement. Nkangi, 2, zz., bunchlet, or “ hand ” of plantains. Nkangu, 4, zz., see Ndonga. Nkanka, 2, zz., great kindliness, or goodness, loving-kindness, nkwa (1) nkanka, a very kind per¬ son. Nkanka has been ex¬ plained as implying also a law, e.g. nkanka za Nzambi, God’s commandments. It is far more probable, however, that it im¬ plies the sense given above, and that nkanka za Nzambi, means God’s great goodness. Nkanka, 2, zz., pin of funnel used to conduct the wine from a cutting in a palm. Nkanka, 4, zz., small squirrel with two stripes on its back. Nkanka, 2, zz., a fish. Nkanka, 2, zz., manis or pangolin, the scaly ant-eater. In some parts the skin of this animal is con¬ sidered a charm (nkixi) against white ants. Nkankalakani, 1, zz., awkwardness, clumsiness (used of things). -ankankalakani, awkward. Nkankalu, 2, zz., the tying on of the battens upon which the thatch grass is laid. Mbene e nka¬ nkalu, I have finished putting on the battens. Nkankatu, 4, zz., scarlet fever (?). Nkanku, 2, zz., chisel. Nkanu, 4, zz., trial, lawsuit, quarrel, prosecution, criminal court, judgment. funda 0 nkanu, v ., to sit in judg¬ ment, try a case, to judge, sasa (or zenga) 0 nkanu, to give judgment, to judge, tambidila 0 nkanu, to induce a man to break a law or custom in order to be able to extract a fine. vola 0 nkanu, to be guilty of a crime, to incur a lawsuit, to do anything which involves a nkanu. volesa 0 nkanu, to prosecute. Nkasa, 2, zz., an ordeal draught, com¬ posed of the poisonous bark ot a tree pounded and mixed with water, to be drunk by a person accused of witchcraft, theft, &c. ngola (2) a nkasa, the man who administers nkasa. nkasa za nianga (2) or mienze (3), bits of thatching grass to be used in drawing lots, nua or dia e nkasa, v., to drink or eat the ordeal poison (the test of witchcraft). vanga e nkasa, to draw or cast lots. Nkasa, 2 & n, zz., beans (generic), nkasa zandamba, a climbing bean, much eaten. nkasa zamafewo, dwarf bean, much eaten. Nkata, 2, zz., pad (of leaves, &c., to place under a load carried on the head or shoulder). Nkata, 2, zz., lap. funda e nkata, v., to sit tailor fashion (the only proper position according to Kongo etiquette). ( 38i ) Nka-Nke Nkatanga, 2, zz., numbness ; cramp produced by remaining long in one position. yela e nkatanga, v., to be numb ; to be cramped. Nkati, 4, n ., trunk (of elephant), pro¬ boscis. Nkatu, 2, zz., emptiness, uselessness, void, vacancy, desolation, blank, zero, nought. kwankatu, mwankatu, vankatn, there is nothing there, there are none. -ankatu, a ., useless, vain, invklid, fruitless, good for nothing, to no purpose, empty, void, blank, vacant, desolate. Nkau, 4, zz., the doctor of Ndembo. Nkau, I4, zz., staff cut from stem Nkawu, / of climbing palm (calamus secundifloris). Nkaxikaxi, 2, zz., tiff, pet, little fit of anger. Nkaya, 2, zz., a division ; an apportion¬ ing, distribution. Nkayakaya, 4, zz., a hornbill. Nkayi, 2, zz., maternal grandfather, or grandmother, or grandparent ; a parent of one’s mother only. Nkayi, 1 & 4, zz., one who divides, apportions ; one who is free in giving away, a generous, liberal person. -ankayi, a ., liberal, generous. Nkayi, 1 & 4, zz., a herbalist, one who collects medicinal leaves. Nkayi, 2, zz., harnessed antelope (tra- gelaphus scriptus). Nkayisa, 2, zz., salutation, reception, greeting. Nkaza, 1, zz., sing, only, see Nkaji, spouse, husband, wife, betrothed (a betrothed is spoken of as a wife and considered so in Kongo law). nkaza a ngonde (2), n ., planet (“ spouse of the moon ”), Jupiter or Venus. Nkazn, 4, n., the cola tree (sterculia), the nut is called ekazu (8). -anke, a., small, little, tiny, fine, few. Nkedivana, 2, n., the hand {last part of a wing) of a fowl, derivedfrom nkedi vana vana va didilu e nsusn, I was there where a fowl was being eaten. Kongos always share their food, and where they are dining off a fowl a stranger coming in, or slave, may have this little scrap given to him, so that he cannot say that he had to look on without getting a taste, hence that part has obtained the name of nkedi vana. Nkejikeji, 4, n., ray of light, lustre, glory, brightness, sparkle, gleam, reflection, reflected light; a glint. -ankejimi, a., shining, glittering, sparkling, gleaming, bright, lus¬ trous, twinkling. Nkeka, 1 & 4, n., babe, baby, infant. Nkeka, 2, zz., the daily cut made in the palm to clear the tissue from which the wine-sap flows. Nkela, 2, zz. (Bako.), see Nkele, box. Nkele, 2, zz., box, case, chest. nkele elnndu, a tin trunk (so called from the ordinary colour of Scarborough trunks, which is like that of the elundu ant nest). Nkele, 4, zz. {for derivation, see Gun, Eng.-Kongo), gun, musket, rifle. nkele a makakn ( 8 ), pop-gun. nkele a matuza ( 8 ), breech¬ loading gun. nkele a pulete, cap gun. nkele a sanu ( 6 ), flint gun. ta-tutu-nkele, (gun, powder-flask and gun,) fully armed. Bejidi kwau awanso ta-tutu-nkele, they all came fully armed. Nkele, 4, zz., “ gun ” {a gun having been taken as a standard of value), a dollar, four shillings, five francs. nkele ntanu, zz., a pound, fi, 5 dol¬ lars, 20 shillings, 25 francs. Nke-Nki ( 382 ) Nkelele, 2, n., a guinea fowl, also a cloth having white spots on an indigo ground. Nkelo, 2, 71., a funnel, also medicine for the eyes which is adminis¬ tered through a funnel. matu...e nkelo, all ears, very atten¬ tive or receptive, lit. the ears being funnels taking all and losing nothing (of instruction, &c)/ Nkelo, 4, n ., a rocky fountain, or spring, or stream of clear water running into foul. Nkernbi, 2, n., rattle (with wooden tongues, for dogs, pigs, &c., also used in some parts by witch doctors. Nkembi, I & 4, n concubine, mistress, paramour, harlot. Nkembo, 4, n > merriment, joy, re¬ joicing, festivity, praise, glory, mwesa 0 nkembo, v., to glorify, praise. -ankembo, a., festive, joyful, gay, fine. Nkeilda, 2, n., mercy, sympathy, pity, compassion, kindness, grace, favour, sorrow (for others), mona or fwa e nkenda, v., to be merciful, gracious, pitiful, feel pity for, to pity, be sorry for (others), sympathise with ; nmfwa e nkenda, if you please, for mercy sake. -ankenda, a., merciful, gracious, kind, compassionate, muna nkenda, adv., out of pity, in mercy, from sympathy, ye nkenda ye nkenda, adv., com¬ passionately, mercifully, ten¬ derly. Nkendelo, 2, v., see Mwingilu. Nkenene, beni nkenene, adv., exceedingly ? Mfiaukidi beni nkenene, I am exceedingly obliged. Nkenga, 2, n., a style of beauty. Nkenga, 4, n., a handsome, beautiful person. Nkenge, 2, n., one of the four days of the Kongo week (nkenge, nsona, nkandu, konzo) hence nkenge tatu, three nkenges = 12 days. ye nkenge ye nsona, every day. Nkenge, 2, ?i ., the ant lion, (myrmelson formicaleo). Nkenge (2) amayenga, 71., gorge, chasm, precipice. Nkenge (2) ambatikina, n ., wasp. Nkenji, 4, n., fine for bloodshed (paid to the judges). Nkenka, 4, 71 ., the game of African backgammon, see Aftpe 7 idix (Games). -ankenkenke, a., very fine, small, tiny, minute, few (i 7 ite 7 isive of -alike). Nkenko, 4, n ., see Nkwenko. Nkento, 1, n ., woman, female, nkento axita, childless woman, nkento-mu-yakala, 1, n., a herma¬ phrodite. mwana (1) or nleke (1) a nkento, girl. -ankento, a., {cl. 1, pi. akento), fe¬ male, woman’s, belonging to a woman. -ankento, a. (Bako.), left (of the arm, &c.). Nkete, 2, 71., one skilled in making small things. Nketedienge, 2, 71., a small bird. Nkewa, 2, n , monkey (generic), nkewa a mpumbu, a very large monkey, said to exist some distance inland in the neigh¬ bourhood of Mpumbu, probably the gorilla or chimpanzee. Nkexia, 2, 71., sneeze, ta e nkexia, v., to sneeze. Nki, pro 7 i. interrog., 7 iever used before 7 iou 7 is , which, what, muna, &c. nki, wherewith, wherein, whereby. Nkia, interrog. pron. (< before a 7101171 only), which, what. Before an abstract noun nkia may often be translated by “how,” with the adjective formed from the (383) Nki-Nko Nkia, continued. abstract noun. Nkia kllfi, how short ; nkia la, how long, what length, what height. Nkia when used with the verb in the infinitive, or with a second class noun formed from the verb, how, in what way. Nkia ngyenda okwenda, or nkia kwenda okwenda, how will you go, lit. what going will you go- muna nkia, with or in or by or for or what. mn nkia diambn ^ruma or knma, or mpitu ( with the appliedform of the verb), why, for what reason or purpose or cause, wherefore, what for. nkia mfunu osala ? what are you doing. nkia tezo (6), how much, what length, what size, how big? nkia tini (6) or ntama (2) or vala (14), how far? Nkiambiembie, 2, 71., a small, hard, brightly coloured seed. It is also used in a game of the same name ; see Appendix (Games). Nkianznka, 2, n ., a jump. Nkiata, 2, 71., disposition, arrange¬ ment. Nkidi, 2, n., gum copal. nkidi a mbwa, a cowrie shell. Nkidiambwa, 2, 71., a cowrie shell. Nkidikilwa, 4, 11 ., enticement, bait. -ankidinginza, a ., solitary, alone. e nkidinginza, adv ., alone, solitarily. Nkiedi, 2, n ., wager, bet. Nkiela, 4, n ., the time when the rain ceases (about May 15th), the beginning of xivu. Nkiendi, 4, n a game of “touch last” with the feet, on all fours, back undermost ; see Appe?idix (Games). Nkila, 4, n., tail (of animal or reptile). Nkiln, 4, n ., a mungoos. Nkima, 2, n., monkey (white-faced), an ape. Nkimba, 2, n., nkimba-man ; see Appendix, Nkimba. zunga e nkimba, v., to initiate into the mysteries of nkimba. Nkinda, 4, n., a throw of the discs in the game of wadi, in which one or more of the discs do not lie flat. Nkindi, 2, n. (Bako.), the vagina. -ankindikindi, a., unsteady, rocking about. Nkindu, 2, n., noise, riot, commotion, disturbance. niknna e nkindn, v., to make a noise, start a riot, or dis¬ turbance. Nkingn, 2, n. (Bako.), the neck. Nkinji, 4, n., feast (of which many partake). nkinji a longo (10), marriage feast, wedding feast, nkinji a lnjiku (10), a funeral feast. Nkinji, 4, n., a purpose, a use. kala 0 nkinji, to be useful, applic¬ able to some purpose, vwa 0 nkinji, v., to wish for, need, want, have a use for, require. Nkinza, 4, n., a small mouse, living in woody places near streams. Nkiongolo, 4, n., thinness (of fluids). -ankiongolo, a., thin (of a fluid). Nkiti, 1 & 4, n., trader, merchant. Nkitikiti, 2, 71., a moor hen. Nkitnla, 2, 7 i., a transformation. Nkixi, 4, 7 i., a charm, an enchant¬ ment, a fetish, medicine, -ankixi, a., fetish. nzo (2) nkixi, a grave, nkixi ampa mnmbana makazu (Proverb), a new fetish takes a lot of kola nut ; E 7 ig., a new broom sweeps clean. Nkiya, 2, 71., walk, stroll, journey, excursion. Nkiyi, 1 & 4, 71., traveller. Nkizn, 4, 71., a bush. Nkobe, 2, 71. (Bako.), a box. Nkoboka, 2, zz., a fall into something (as into a hole). i Nkofi, 2 & 11, n., a clap (of the hands). Nko-Nko ( 384 ) Nkokela, 2, 71. (Bako.), evening. Nkoki, 4, n., a proclamation, any law, command, or decree that is issued by proclamation at sun¬ down, when everybody is in town. boka 0 nkoki, v., to proclaim, de¬ clare, or announce a decree as above. Nkoko, 4, n., river, stream, brook. Nkoko, 4, n. (sing.), (Bako.), water. Nkoko. 2, 7i., large grey antelope. Nkola, 4, 7i., basket (medium size;. Nkola, 2, 71., a miss-fire. -ankolami, a., disobedient. Nkole, 2, 7i., animal having hoofs of horny structure (not of the pig kind). Nkole, 2, n. (Bako.), prisoner, captive, hostage. Nkololo, 2, 71., noise, clamour, shout¬ ing, yelling, riot. xia or ta e nkololo, v., to make a noise, to clamour, yell, shout. Nkolonado, 2, 71. (P. encarnado), a Turkey-red cloth. -ankolondondo, a., very long (of a road, talk, &c.). Nkolongonzo, 2, n., a useless gun (used 07 ily hi ridicule). Nkolwa, 2, 71., alcohol, intoxication, drunkenness : also intoxicated with pride and conceit, nkolwa (i-) sakuka, to become sober after a carousal. -ankolwa, a., intoxicating ; also tipsy, drunk. Nkomba, 2, 71., a sweeping. Nkomba, 2, 71. (Vivi), friend. Nkombo, 2, n., goat. Runaway slaves who have attached themselves to a new master are sometimes called goats ; see Eng.-Kongo, nkombo a kimboko (5), n., he-goat. Nkombo, \ 2 b] ac k ibis. Nkombo a londe, 1 Nkombo, 4, gun (with a very long barrel). Nkome, 2, 71., fist; also a blow with the fist. Nkome, co 7 ithiued. buba, tua, or wanda e nkome, v., to strike with the fist, to punch. vinda e nkome, to clench the fist. Nkomwa, 2, n., a nailing, being nailed to. nkomwa (muna ekuluzu), 71., cruci¬ fixion. Nkonda, 2, 71., hunt (without dogs), a stalking. Nkondi, 2, 71., a fetish image. Nkondi, 1 & 4, 71., a sportsman, one who stalks game. nkondi (1 & 4), a mambu (pi. 7), 71., eavesdropper. Nkondi, 2, 71 ., a title of nobility. Nkondo, 4, n., the baobab or calabash tree, Adansonia. Nkondo, 2, 71., the upper part of the foreleg of an animal. Nkondoloka, 2, n., a winding, cir¬ cuitousness. -ankondoloka, a., roundabout, out of the way, circuitous, tortuous, meandering. Nkonge, 2, n., manilla hemp, the fibre from plantain and bananas. Nkongo, 2 ,71., huntsman, great hunter, a person skilful in hunting. nkongo a mbwa, chief huntsman, master of the dogs. Nkongolo, 2, 71., rainbow. Nkonji, 4, 71., a native dress, consist¬ ing of a long cloth worn so as to allow of its trailing along the ground. Nkonko, 4, 71., a small hairy cater¬ pillar (edible). Nkonko, 2, 71., a hammer, mallet. Nkonkola, 4, 71., wager, bet. Nkota, 2, 71 ., an entering, entry. Nkote (Bako.), No (emphatic refusal to have anything to do with the matter). Nkotelo, 2, 71., ingress, entrance, way in, admission. Nkove, 2 & 11 (P. couve), cabbage. Nkovolo, 2, 71., a cough. yela e nkovolo, to have a cough. ( 385 ) Nko-Nku Nkovolo, continued. nkovolo itulumuka, to choke and cough (with laughter, crying, swallowing, &c.). Nkoxi, 2, n. (from kosa, to crush with the paw), lion. nkoxiamokena, n., crowned hawk eagle (Spizaetus coronatus). This bird is considered to be very stupid. kala ne nkoxi amokena, to be as stupid as a crowned hawk eagle. Nkoxi (2) a yaka, n., a fetish image. Nkuba, ■) 2, n ., yaws (pian, framboe- Nkudi, 5 sia), a disease of child¬ hood. Nkudi, 1 & 4, n., redeemer. Nkudi, 4, n ., a little, a small quantity (of liquid). Nkudi, 2, ganglion, on the elbow. Nkudu, 4, n., jar. -ankufi, a., short, stunted, low, squat, (beads of) short count, near, not far. vana vankufi, adv ., handy; near at hand, close by. Nkufuna, 2, n ., snort. Nkuka, 4, a tunnelled track (of beasts) through jungle. Nkuka, 2, #., torrent, stream, current, rush, flow, drift of water. Nkuki, 2, n., a plundering, slaving, or marauding expedition, raid, night attack, siege ; see Kuka. Nkuku (4) ampela, n ., a bird a little larger than a thrush. Nkuku (4) a nima, n., back-bone, spine. -ankukudi, <2., running, flowing along or down, adrift, drifting. Nkukulll, 4, n., hernia, hydrocele (scrotal). Nkukumi, 1 & 4, n., stutterer, stam¬ merer. Nkukutu, 2, n., crispness, hardness. -ankukutu, a ., dry, hard, crisp. Nkukwila, 4, n ., torrent bed, water course, mark (of tears). Nkula, 2, «., a preparation of cam¬ wood reduced to powder and Nkula, continued. mixed with oil, used in many ways as a cosmetic, nti (4) ankula, the camwood tree. Nkula, 2, n., a redeeming, redemption. Nkula, 2, n ., growth (in stature). Nkula, 2, n ., a driving away, banish¬ ment. Nkulaua, 2, n., throb, pulsation, beat¬ ing. Nkulu, 1, n., an ancestor, progenitor, forefather. -ankulu, a ., old, ancient, antique, original, former, previous, usual, regular, ordinary, ke -ankulu ko, a., modern, re¬ cent. Nkuludi(i&4) a makaxi, n ., con¬ ciliator, a reconciler. Nkuluka, 2, n ., descent, hanging low ; width of cloth. -ankuluka, <2., descending, hanging low, hence wide (of cloth). Nkululu, 4, n., a lowering, decrease, bringing down. nkululu a moyo, n., resignation ; calmness, ease of mind, nkululu a makaxi, conciliation. Nkulumuku, 2, n. } descent, the place of descent. Nkuluntu, 1, n. (nkulu a muntu), senior, elder, adult, chief, man¬ ager, head-man, commander, captain, officer (of army), -ankuluntu, a. (fll. 1st cl. aku- luntu), adult, senior, elder, of age. Nkulwa, 2, n. (passive), redemption. Nkulwa, 2, n ., expulsion, banishment. -ankumami, a., strong, sturdy. Nkumba, 4, track (of beasts). Nkumba, 4, n., navel. Nkumbi, 4, n. } a drum used when li¬ bations of blood are being poured out at the grave of a great hunter. Nkumbi, 1 & 4, n ., slanderer. Nkumbi, 2, n., sub-chief, under a king; subordinate chief, a vassal chief. C C Nku-Nkw ( 386 ) Nkumbi, 4, n ., a large tree. Nkumbi, 2, zz., a large rat. Nkumbu, 4, zz., time, repetition, nkumbu moxi, tzafo., once, nkumbu miole, twice, nkumbu ntatu, thrice, three times, nkumbu nya, four times, &c. nkumbu kwa, how often, nkumbu mingi, often, many times. Nkumbu, 2, 71., name, surname, signa¬ ture. nkumbu ansaka, nickname. Nkuna, 2, zz., slip, cutting, a sowing. Nkunda, 2, zz., homage (paid). Nkunda, 4, zz., hair (of elephant’s tail). Nkunda, 4, zz., tangidika 0 nkunda, v ., to sit with the knees raised in front. Nkunda, 4, zz. (Bako.), loom. Nkundi, 1, 7 t ., friend, acquaintance. Nkundu, 2, zz. (used by women), hair (of armpit and pubes). Nkundwa, 2, zz., homage (received). Nkunga, 4, zz., song, chant, poem, hymn, psalm, anthem. Nkuni, 1 & 4, zz., sower, planter. Nkuni, 2 & 11, zz., firewood, fuel, tiama e nkuni, v., to fetch wood. Nkunji, 1 & 4, zz., ambassador, mes¬ senger, embassy. Nkunka, 2, zz., questioning (close), cross examination. Nkunku, 2, zz., an eagle. Nkunkumuka, 2, zz., a fall; kunku- muka is to lose one’s balance and fall (as from a bridge). Nkunza, 4, zz., funeral feast. -ankunza, a ., fresh; uncooked, raw, green. Nkusa, 2, zz., coating (a painting), a rubbing on. Nkusu, 2, zz., parrot (generic). Nkusu, 4, zz., a rat. Nkusumuka, 2, zz., an accidental fall. Nkuta, 2, zz., provisions (for the road), rations or food (for a journey), victuals; also a reward, pay¬ ment, wages, for a small service rendered ; mfutu, &c., is used of a regular payment. Nkuta, 4, zz., a funnel made of the spathe of a palm to direct the flow of the sap into the recept¬ acle for palm wine. Nkuta, 4, zz., cloth of native manufac¬ ture, made from the fibre of frondlet of mpusu palm, a cloth of twelve mbadi cloths sewn to¬ gether. Nkuta, 2, zz., coward. -ankuta, a ., cowardly. Nkuti (4) a ngulu, zz., herd of wild pigs. Nkutu, adv., wholly, entirely, utterly, completely, absolutely, totally, perfectly, altogether, exactly, fully, throughout, thoroughly, real, evenly, pure (undilute), quite, each, all, at all, every one. ke...nkutu ko, on no account, not at all, not even, never ; mono kwame nkutu kilendi ko kwenda ko, not even I may go there ; kaxinxidi kwandi nkutu ko, he did not even try. vawonso nkutu, everywhere. Nkutu, 2, zz., bag, satchel, scrip (of vegetable fibre only), envelope, case. nkutu a nzanza (2), zz., a quiver (for arrows.) Nkutu, 2, zz., scorpion. ke akanini nkutu ko, see -akanini. Nkutulujia, 2, zz., a green pigeon. Nkuvu, 4, zz., smell or odour of urine. Nkuwu, 2, zz., hearthrug, carpet, rug. Nkuxi, 4, zz. (Bako.), a breaking of wind (downwards). Nkuzu, 2, zz., clamour, noise, sound of many voices. tumba e nkuzu, v., to make a noise. Nkuzu, 4, zz., sty, pigs’ house. Nkwa, 1, zz., fellow, comrade, mate, associate, colleague, companion, accomplice, friend, one of a pair, partner, duplicate, acquaint¬ ance. ( 3^7 ) Nkw-Nla Nkwa, i, zz., always followed by the noun of the thing possessed; possessor, owner, or proprietor of, one who owns, has, feels, experiences, suffers, nkwa ... afwa, zz., cripple; as nkwa kulu kwafwa, a man crippled in his leg. nkwa luvezo, transgressor, nkwa mbiji, fisherman, nkwa ntela (4) anknfi, short man. nkwa nzo, owner of the house, nkwa kiese, one who is happy, a happy man. -nkwa, a. (pi., cl. 1, akwa), used with prefixes series No. 3, to denote the possession of a quality, which is always spoken of in the abstract. Aleke akwa kiese, happy children. -nkwa, cojij., when used before verbs becomes equivalent to : lest, for fear that, in case of; toma kanga e nkombo jinkwa taya, tie the goats carefully, lest they get away; munkwa bwa e diambu, lest anything happen; nkwa moneka, for fear of ob¬ servation ; nata e vevo (kuma, the weather) kunkwa noka e mvula, take an umbrella in case of rain. Nkwa, 2, n ., a game like “ hockey,” see Appendix (Games), ta e nkwa (2), v., to play at Nkwa. Nkwabula, 2, n ., whipping. Nkwadu, 2, n. (Vivi), broth, gravy of a stew. Nkwaka, 4, zz., shank, shin. Nkwala, 4, zz., a channel. Nkwanga, 2, n. (Bako., etc.), fathom. Nkwanga, 4, n., saw. Nkwanga, 4, n ., rattle (having loose seeds or stones inside). Nkwanga, 2, zz., a scratching with the finger nails. Nkwangila, 2, zz., a foolishly long thing. Nkwangu, 2, zz., brass anklet or bracelet. Nkwasa, 2, zz., rope, thick string. Nkwasa, 2, zz., a rubbing on, painting, daubing. Nkwenko, 4, zz., edge, margin, brim, rim, verge, side, brink, brow (of a precipice). nkwenko a etembo (8), circumfer¬ ence of a circle. Nkweza, 4, zz., india rubber (landol- phia), elastic. doda 0 nkweza, v. f to tap for india rubber. Nkwikidi, 1 & 4, zz., a believer, one who agrees, assents. -ankwikidi, a ., trustful, believing, agreeing, assenting. Nkwimbi, 2, ZZ- (Loango), shark. Nkwiya, ) 4, zz., ghost, sprite, fiend, Nkwiyi, ) demon, evil spirit, ghoul. Nkyekye, 4, zz., flavour or taste of stale palm nuts. Nkyengye, 4, zz., moustache, whiskers (of a cat). N 1 = n (heavy nasal) + 1; the light nasal always turns 1 into d. All nouns in nl belo?ig to cl. 4. Nlaba, 4, zz., a very scanty cloth, or a cloth rolled up, the ends passed between the legs, and fastened behind, so as to impede as little as possible. vwata 0 nlaba, v., to draw the end of the loin cloth between the legs and tuck it in behind. Nlaku, 4, zz., a flame. -anlalami, a., afloat, floating. Nlamba, 4, zz., belly part of game, (the perquisite of the man who carries it home). -anlambaladi, adj., reclining (resting on one’s elbow lying on the ground, one end being sup¬ ported on something.) Nlambi, 1 & 4, zz., cook. Nlambi, 4, mint (the herb). Nlambu, 4, zz., the flat shore beside a river, beach, side, bank, course of river. muna nlambu-a nlambu a, adv., along. N la-N le ( 388 ) Nlambu, 4, n., track of beasts. Nlambu, 4, n., a hoe in the process of forging ; the coil of hoop iron having been welded and drawn out. -anlami, a., tenacious, sticky. Nlamu, 4, n., a soreness, chafe. Nlamvangani, 4, n., a tall, thin, gawky, overgrown person or thing; not strong in conse¬ quence. Nlamvu, 4, n ., a native dress consist¬ ing of a long cloth worn so as to allow of its trailing along the ground, the part of a man’s cloth allowed to trail on the ground, a train (of cloth). Nlamvungila, 4, n. ; see Nlamva¬ ngani. -anlamvungila, a ., straight; lank (of hair), tall and skinny, scraggy. Nlandi, 1 & 4, n., a follower, escort, nlandi a kunda (6), 71., revenger, avenger. -anlandi, a., following, after, next. Nlandn, 4, 71., affected deafness ; stub¬ bornness, regardlessness, diso¬ bedience, torpidity. -anlandll, a., stubborn, regardless, torpid. Nlangi, 1 & 4, n ., a scout, spy, ex¬ plorer. Nlangididi, 1 & 4, n., keeper, a guard, one who keeps watch, overseer. Nlangu, 4, n. (Coast dialects), water. Nlangu, 4, 71 ., a long narrow strip of grass jungle, which has re¬ mained untouched after a great bush fire, or whilst making a clearing. -anlavaladi, a., recumbent, prostrate, lying flat on the ground. -anleboki, ^ a., flabby, flaccid, limp, -anlebuki, j soft (as a pillow), droop¬ ing, withered, luke-warm, slightly hot. Nleka, 4, 7 i., a person who is gentle, civilized, meek, humble, used also of aTiwials, a tame animal. Nleka, C 07 itinued. -anleka, a., meek, tame, gentle, humble, civilized. Nleke, 1, 71., youth, boy, lad, child, girl, disciple, attendant,retainer, subject of a king, follower, ser¬ vant, subordinate, inferior (in rank). -anleke, a., junior, inferior, subordi¬ nate, young. nleke a xikola, n., pupil, nleke andumba, young woman, maiden. Nlekelo, 4, 71 ., supper, late dinner, the evening meal. Nleki, 1 & 4, 71., a sleeper, one who sleeps, one who performs any of the actions expressed by Leka. nleki a vnwa (6), one who sets traps, a fisherman. Nlela, 4, 7i., the sense of satisfaction, laziness, or drowsiness after a good meal ; weariness of one kind of food constantly parta¬ ken of, or of some food in which one has too freely indulged. Nlele, 4, 7 i., cloth {of Eu7'opea7i 77ianu- facture ), a cloth, a loin cloth, nlele a kioji, blanket, railway rug. nlele a meza, table-cloth, nlele ankweza, india-rubber cloth, mackintosh or waterproof sheet, ground sheet. -anlelemi, a., smooth. Nlelo, 4, n., slipperiness, slime, -anlelo, a., slippery, slimy. -anlembakani, a., tameable. -anlembami, a., tame, tractable, do¬ cile, good tempered, gentle, humble, lowly, meek, peaceable, quiet, modest, reserved, civil, grave, demure, sober, moderate, -anlembeki, a., taming, calming, soothing, cooling, pacifying, quieting, appeasing, assuaging, civilizing. Nlembo, 4, n., finger, thumb, toe, pincers (of Crustacea), a “ fin¬ ger ” of palm flower. ( 389 ) Nle-Nlu Nlembo, continued. nlembo exina, 72., thumb, great toe. nlembo alandila exina, first or forefinger, or second toe. nlembo akati, second finger or third toe. nlembo alandila kati, third finger, or fourth toe. nlembo ansuka, fourth finger or fifth toe. Nlemboji, 4, 72., a bundle of charms. Nlemo, 4, 72., blaze, light, flare, glare, gleam, flame. -anlemi, a., gleaming, glowing, shi¬ ning, blazing, flaring, flaming. Nlemvo, 1 & 4, 72., obedient, docile, tractable, tame, submissive, a faithful person. Nlendi, 1 & 4, n ., possessor, owner, one who is able. Nlenge, 4, n., grass. Nlenge, 4, n. (Mpa.), hair. Nlengi, 1 & 4, 72., a flatterer, one who performs any of the actions expressed by lenga. NlengO, 4, 72., a joint swollen by yaws. Nlengwa, 4, n ., a swallow (the bird), martin, swift. -anlevi, <2., soft, pliant, pliable, flexible, yielding. Nlevodi, 4, 72., an abusive fellow, -anlevodi, a ., abusive. Nlevudi, 4, 72., see Nlevodi. -anlevudi, a., abusive. Nloko, 4, 7 ?., an imprecation, a curse, a bewitching, sorcery. Nlokoso, 4, 72., ) stammerer, stut- Nlokoxi, 1 & 4, 72., j terer. Nlola, 4, 72 ., a sympathetic bubo, or glandular swelling. Nlola, 4, 72., a chafe, soreness. Nlombi, 1 & 4, 72., beggar. Nlombo, 4, 72., debate. Nlonga, 4, 72., line, row, file, a swarm of driver ants on the march, a troop, swarm, train of people filing along. kiatika 0 nlonga, v., to put in a line, set in a line or row. Nlongi, 1 & 4, 72 ., teacher, instructor. Nlongo, 4, 72., medicine, drug, fetish, poison. When a doctor has forbidden any one to eat certain articles of food, they are re¬ garded as nlongo. It is be¬ lieved that to eat them will break some protective spell,, and entail most disastrous consequences. Nlongo there¬ fore equals taboo. Kidianga kwame nkombo ko nlongo, I do not eat goat flesh, it is taboo, See also Konko and Mpangu. -anlongo, <2., proscribed, prohibited by doctor, tabooed, fetish, un¬ lawful. Nlongwa, 4 , 72 ., a tree yielding very good timber for planks. Nloti, 1 & 4, 72, dreamer. Nlnba, 4, n., sly, artful, cunning per¬ son. Nlndi, 4, 72., a roof. Nlndiki, 1 & 4, n., an adviser, coun¬ sellor. Nlnengi, 1 & 4, n ., a clever person, -anluengi, a ., clever. -anlllki, a ., cautious, wary, artful. Nluku, 4, 1 , T1 , .. , , r y 72., marrow. Nhiku a maji (pi. 7), J Nlnlu, 4, 72., an edible bitter leaf. Nlnmba, 4,72., rabbit, hare. Nlumbn, 4, 22., a very small fresh¬ water fish, which if eaten is supposed to cause ophthalmia. Nlnndi, 1 & 4 , 72 ., watchman, guard, keeper. Nlunga, 4,72., flange or guard of knife ; bracelet, anklet. Nlungaladi, 1 & 4,72.,prudent, shrewd, sly, cunning, discreet, skilful person. -anlungaladi, a., prudent, far-seeing, discreet, skilful, shrewd, crafty, sly, artful. Nlnngi, 4, 72., this time next —, the recurring season. The recur¬ rence of a season which is being spoken of ; nlungi a xivu, this time next xivu ; nlungi a kon- zo, next konzo. Nlu-Nsa ( 390 ) Nlungi, 1 & 4, 22., keeper, overseer. Nlungu, 4, 22., justification (the state of being just), justice, righteous¬ ness, blamelessness, complete¬ ness. Nlungu, 4, 22., canoe. Nlunji, 4, ;z., ache, aching, pain. Nluta, 4, 22., surplus, profit, excess, advantage, balance, gain, in¬ crease. baka luta 0 nluta, v ., to gain, make a profit. Noka, 2/., to rain, pour, fall (as rain). Nona, v., to pick up. Nonga, v.t., to shoot, fire, discharge a gun or bow, shoot an arrow, to shoot at. Nongo, 4, 22., beam of loom. Nongoka, v.i., to fall from an upright position, to be blown, knocked down, upset. Nongona, v.t., to cause to fall from an upright position, to blow, knock down, upset, tip over, over¬ throw. Nono, 6,22., a free unctuous (sebaceous) exudation from the skin. Nsa, 4, 22., pi. retainers, retinue, followers. Nsa, 2, 22., red antelope. Nsabi, 2, 22. (P. chave), key. Nsabu, 2, 22. (Bako.), ferryman. Nsabuka, 2,22. (Bako.), passage, cross¬ ing (over a river). Nsadi, 1 & 4, 22., worker, one who works. Nsadi, 1 & 4, 22., reaper (of corn only). Nsadi, 2, 22., shingle, grit, small stones. Nsadidi, 1 & 4, 22., an agent, one who works for another, a helper. Nsadisa, 2, 22., an aid, a helping, an assistance. Nsadiswa, 2,22., excess ; remainder (of things). Nsadixi, 1 & 4, 22., helper, assistant. Nsafu, 2, 22., a fruit much eaten by the natives, in shape like a date, growing on a fine tree ; see also Mbidi. nsafu a evala (8), unripened nsafu. Nsafu, continued. nsafu apilu, ripe (very dark purple) nsafu. Nsafu, 4, n., the nsafu tree. Nsaka, 2, 22., fun, frolic, sport, play, game, amusement, diversion, trick. ku nsaka, in sport, in play. -ansaka, a ., amusing, which may be played with. lekwa kia nsaka, a plaything, toy. Nsaka, 4, 22., a pipe for smoking Indian hemp. Nsakalala, 2, 22., an abatement, a decrease, a fall in price, a lessening. Nsakasu, 4, 22., bellows. Nsaki, 1 & 4, 22., reaper, one who cuts grass or brushwood. Nsakila, 2, 22., junior relative. -ansakila, a ., junior (of relatives only), younger. Nsakila, 2, 22., submission. Nsaku, 2, 22. (P. saco), bag, sack. Nsaku, 4, 22., knife having a very large blade. Nsaku, 2, 22., the name of a very indefinite complaint, character¬ ized by a pain in the back. Nsaku, 2, 22., the title of the heir ap¬ parent of the throne of Kongo. Nsakusaku, 2 & 11, 22., a small round reed. Nsala,2 & 1 i,n.,ftl., plumage, feathers, down, wing of insect. -ausala, a., winged. Nsala, 4, 22., crawfish, shrimp, lob¬ ster. Nsala, 2, 22., a manner of working. Nsalaba, 4, 22. (P. chale?), shawl, native cloth with a fringe, Nkimba crinoline. Nsalaji, 2, 22. (P. serjir?), braid, ribbon. Nsalata, 2, 22. (P. salada), salad, lettuce, a crucifer eaten by the natives, evidently introduced by Europeans; it makes a good salad. ( 39i ) Nsa-Nsa Nsalu, 4, 72., land recently cultivated, but now lying untouched and becoming overgrown ; land lying waste after a crop has been gathered ; land lying fallow. Nsalu, 2, n., earthworm. Nsalu, 2, n. (P. sal), salt. Nsalu, 4, n ., sieve. Nsaluka, 2, 72., jump, start. Nsamba, 2, 72., eaves. Nsamba, 2, n ., an offering of prayer, a praying, a prayer. Nsamba, 4, 72., parting (of hair), grass beaten down on each side of the road. Nsamba, 2, 72., tribal mark, cicatrices, tattoo. zenga e nsamba, v., to tattoo. Nsamba, 2, 72., an ascent, a climbing. -ansamba, a ., see Malavu. Nsambakundundu, 2, 72., a species of grasshopper. Nsambansala, 4,72., a mane, the brush of hair on a beast’s neck (civet, & c.). Nsambanu, a. {cl. 1, 3, & 4), six. Nsambanu, 2, 72., native dress, made of six mbadi sewn together. Nsambi, 1 & 4, 72., worshipper, one who prays. Nsambi, 2, 72 ., guitar, banjo, har¬ monium, mouth organ. Nsambu, 2, 72., anvil (small). Nsambu, 2, 72., good fortune, good luck; ^ also Taulwila; derived possibly from Samba, to pray, invoke (a blessing), ye nsambu yo malawu, fortunate, happy. -ansambukila, a., infectious, con¬ tagious. Nsambwadi, a., seven. -ansambwadi, a ., seven, seventh. Nsampatu, 2, ?i. (P. sapato), boot, shoe, slipper, sandal. Nsamu, 4, 22., news, intelligence, re¬ port, information, message, legend. nata 0 nsamu, v., to bring word, news. Nsamuna, 2,72., relation, narration. Nsanda, 4, 72., a wild ficus, a banyan tree, a fig tree. nsanda a nzondo (2), a tree growing on a rock in the river. Nsanga, 2, 72., a sister, cousin, the daughter of one’s maternal aunt. Nsanga, 2,72., a shoot (of a plantain). Nsanga, 4, n., string of beads, a string of 100 blue beads of the cur¬ rency. nsanga andungi, string of currency beads, full count. Nsanga, 2, 72 ., the entrance hole of a fish-trap (shape like a lobster- basket). Nsangi, 4, 72., farm on forest land. Nsangi, 2,72., kala muna nsangi a, v., to be mixed up in or with. Nsangi, 2, n. (Bako.), whitebait. Nsangu, 2, 72 ., //., information, intelli¬ gence; news, rumour, report, tale, anecdote, history, fame, renown. nkwa (1) nsangu, 72 ., a tale-bearer, a tell-tale. mwanga e nsangu, v., to make known, spread, publish news. Nsangumuka, 2, 72., a fall from or off. I Nsansansala, 1 & 4, 72., a careless, clumsy fellow. -ansansansalu, a., clumsy, careless. Nsansu, 2, 72 ., plantain (large fruit). Nsanxi, 1 & 4, 72., one who provides. Nsanxi, 2,72., tip of tail (>not tufted , of beasts or reptiles). Nsasa, 2, 72 ., a basket of papyrus. Nsasa, 2, 72 ., import, meaning, sense, drift, definition, exposition, in¬ terpretation, explanation, a cut¬ ting up, carving. Nsasala, 2, 72 ., margin of the sole of the foot. -ansati, a ., acid, tart. Nsatu, 2, 72. (Bako.), hunger. Nsau, 2, 72 ., ferryman, sailor, crew (pi). Nsauka, 2, 72 ., passage, crossing (over a river). Nsa-Nso (392) Nsaula, 2, 71., a transporting across a river, a ferrying across. Nsaula, 2, ;z., a revolt, a hating. Nsava, 2, n., breasts (of women only). Nsavu, 'i , , , Nsavukila,} 2 ’ sprout > buA Nsazu, 4, 71., cassia fistula, a lliana bearing a long seed pod, which when dry is used as a rattle. Nse, 2 & 11, 71., eyebrow. -anse, a., green, uncooked, fresh, raw. Nsedia, 1 & 4, n., newly-born babe, infant. Nseka, 2, n ., siftings (left in the sieve after sifting). Nseka, 4, n., a leaf of pumpkin. Nseke, 2, n., menses. Nseke, 2, ;z. (Bako.), distance, remote¬ ness. Not used by the Exi Kongo in consequence of the preceding word. -anseke, adj., far, distant, remote, -anseke, a., wild (of animals). Nsekele, 2, n., rock rabbit. Nseko, 2, n ., a translation, that which has been turned from one re¬ ceptacle into another. Nsekodi,\i & 4, n., a translator, an Nsekudi,/ interpreter, one who pours things from one receptacle into another. Nsekula, 2, n., an interpreting, a trans¬ lating, a decanting. Nsele, 2, 7 i., fringe. Nselele, 2 & 11, n ., white ant. Nselesele, 4> n -> a bush, an infusion of the astringent roots of which are used for a medicinal bath. Nsema, 2, 71 ., a flash, a flashing, as of lightning. -ansemi, a., bright, shining. Nsemo, 2, n., brightness, reflection, sheet lightning, flash (as of lightning). Nsemo, 2, 71., an ache, a shooting pain. Nsempedia, 2, an edible fungus, -ansemvo, a., ripe and red (of plantain), -ansendaladi, a ., slanting, sloping. Nsende, 2 & ir, 71., prickles, small fish-bones. -ansende, a., thorny, prickly. Nsenga, 4, n., a forest tree. Nsenga, 4, n ., white-bait. Nsengele, 4, a knife or hoe with¬ out a handle. Nsengelejia, 1 & 4, tz., infant, babe. Nsengo, 2, n., hoe. Nsengoka, 2, «., a fall backwards. Nsesa, 4, 71., flower of maize. Nsesa a mpakasa,\ 4, n., plantain Nsesampakasa, J (very long). Nseselela, 2, a joke, jest. Nseta, 4, 7 i., intestinal worm, a variety of the ascaris. Nseve, 2, 7 t., heel of hoofed animals. -ansevi, a., laughing. Nsexi, 2, 7 i., gazelle-like antelope. There are no true gazelles, al¬ though the nsexi is often so called. Nsoba, 2, n ., an alteration, a change. Nsofi, 4, 7 i., a tree. Nsoke, 2 & 11, 7 t., an awn of grass. Nsoki, 1 & 4, 7 i., a schemer, pnven- tor. nsoki a nkunga, n ., one who com¬ poses songs. Nsoki, 4, 77., an indirect wrong com¬ mitted against a man, as by destruction of his property or injury to his’relatives ; wicked¬ ness, sin, vice, fault, wrong¬ doing, guilt, iniquity. Nsoki against God would not consist in irreverence, blasphemy, &c., but in a wrong done towards His children or any of His creatures. kota...o nsoki, v., to wrong, per¬ secute, trouble, commit a fault against, injure indirectly, sin against. Tunkotele 0 nsoki, we have wronged him. nkwa (1) nsoki, n., a wicked, guilty person, a sinner, a wrong-doer, a criminal. -nkwa or yo nsoki, wicked, guilty. -ansoki, a., sinful, wrong, wicked. ( 393 ) Nso-Nso Nsoko, 4, n ., track, small path (sel¬ dom traversed). Nsoko, 4, n ., young palm-frond (un¬ opened). Nsoko, 2, n ., entrails of nxiji (palm rat). Nsola, 2, n ., a choosing, choice (the act). Nsole, 4, ?z., buttress of cotton tree, large root. nsole a nselesele, a native medicine (aperient). nsole a lolo, lolo root. -ansole a lolo, on e who marries, a bridegroom. Nsomvi, 4, n., eels. Nsona, 2, zz., one of the four days of the Kongo week identical with Mpangala (nsona, nkandn, konzo, nkenge), nsona tatu = 3 nsonas = 12 days. ye nkenge ye nsona, every day. Nsona, 2, n, an orphan, a bereaved one. -ansona, a ., lonely, desolate, be¬ reaved, orphan. Nsoneki, 1 & 4, n., writer, scribe. Nsonga, 4, 11., the shaft of a hoe or knife, the iron point by which it is fastened into its handle. Nsonga, 2, n ., a shewing, pointing out. Nsonge, 2, n., a humming or sun bird ; a snipe-fish ; a spout, a sharpened end (of a stick). Nsongi, 1 & 4, n., wine-tapster. Nsongi, 1 & 4, zz., one who shows. nsongi a lombo (6), host, enter¬ tainer. nsongi a njila, zz., leader, guide, one who shows the road. Nsongi, 1 & 4, zz., a just man, an up¬ right man. -ansongi, a ., upright, just. NsongO, 4, zz., severe suffering, serious and painful illness, complaint, disease, malady, pains of labour, in child-birth, pangs, anguish. Nsongo, 2, zz., copper. -ansongo, a., copper. Nsongongo, 2, zz., diata e nsongongo, v., to hop; to go on one foot. Nsongonia, 2 & n, n., driver ants. Nsoni, 2, ?z., modesty, self-respect, bashfulness, shyness, relutance, shame, disgrace, dishonour, ignominy. fusulwisa e nsoni, v., to fill with shame. mona-e-nsoni, to be bashful, shy, feel ashamed. mwesa e nsoni, to cause shame, make ashamed. ye nsoni, a., modest, bashful, reluctant, shy. ke ya nsoni ko, a., indecent, im¬ modest, shameless -ansoni, a ., modest, bashful; shy, scandalous, disgraceful. Nsoni, 1 & 4, writer, one who writes. Nsonji, 4, ;z., eels. Nsonso, 2, 71., nail, screw. nsonso za mvu (4), n., screw; grooved nail. Nso-Nsu ( 394 ) Nsosolo, 4, n ., sword. Nsotoka, 2, n. t a fall. Nsoyo’ | 2 & IIj n -> hatching grass. Nsudiadila, 2, //., the filling of the eyes with tears. Nsudi, 2, n ., stench, stink, bad odour smell. sambukisa e nsudi, 2/., to taint. ta e nsudi, v., to smell, stink, make a bad stench, emit a stench or bad odour, to go bad, decom¬ pose. wa or unikina e nsudi, v., to catch, to notice a smell. -ansudi, a., stinking, decomposing, fetid. Nsuka, 4, n., early morning just as it dawns. Nsuka, 2, n., end, extremity, tip, point, termination, beginning, bound¬ ary, limit, bottom, expiration, completion, execution, finishing, conclusion, upshot (of an affair). nsuka a kutu (9), n., lobe of the ear. ke ya nsuka ko, a., infinite, bound¬ less, endless. -ansuka, a., last, final, completing, concluding. Nsuka, 4, n., the last child a woman bears. Nsuki, 2 & n,n., hair, nsuki za injingela, curly, woolly hair. nsuki zanlamvungila, straight, lank hair. -ansukinina, a., latter, concluding, towards the end, after, finish¬ ing. Nsuku, 4, n., tongs ; the piece of wood into which the handle spike of a hoe is driven, that it may be held during the process of forging. Nsuku, 4, 11., inlet, bay, gulf, creek. Nsuku (4) a ekudi, n ., vexation, annoyance, anger. Nsuku, 2, n., great length, long duration, prolongation ; this Nsuku, continued. word is generally used with the negative : ke ya nsuku ko, not very long, not very much, -ansuku, a ., very long, prolonged, much. ke ansuku ko, not long, not much. Nsula, \ 2 electric fish. Nsulu, J Nsulu, 4, n., brook, stream. Nsuluka, 4, n., that which is mis¬ carried, a child prematurely born. -ansuluka, a., still-born. Nsulula, 2, n., the act of abortion, a miscarriage. Nsululu, 4, n., a handful, small quan¬ tity, few, little. Nsumbi, 1 & 4, n., purchaser, buyer. Nsume, 2, n., an ant. Nsumiki, 1 & 4, n., cupper, one who bleeds. Nsumpu, 4, n. (Mpa.), water. Nsumuki, 1 & 4, n., sinner. Nsunda, 4, n., foot presentation (ob¬ stetric). Nsimdanduta, 2, n., increase, excess, profit, balance, surplus, gain. Nsundi, 2, ?i., a dance in which the chief action consists in tossing up the cloth by a jerk of the leg. Nsunga, 4, n ., the seed-pods of the Adansonia or baobab tree. “ When fresh they add a plea¬ sant acid to water for a drink ” (Monteiro) ; when dry, if burnt, the pungent smoke will drive away mosquitos ; they are used as calabashes, pipes, hookahs, &c. Nsunga, 2, n ,., perfume, aroma, pleas¬ ant smell or odour, scent. The Babwendi use the word nsunga also for a foul stench, ta or xia e nsunga, v., to perfume, make or emit a pleasant odour, wa or unikina e nsunga, to catch, notice a pleasant smell. Nsunga, 2, n. (Bako.), tobacco, snuff., ( 395 ) Nsu-Nsw Nsunganiena, 2, n ., recollection, recog¬ nition, remembrance, memory. Nsungi, 2, 71., time, season (for things), wail i nsungi a nsafu, the nsafu season is on now. nsungi a mvula, the rainy season. Nsungu, 2 & 11, 7 t., branch, arm, limb, bough (of a tree). Nsungu, 2, n., cowry shell. -ansungu, a., oval. Nsungu, 4, n., a small pig in a litter. Nsunguluwa, 2, n., kingfisher. Nsuni, 4, 71., flesh (lean), meat. Nsunsu, 2, 7 i., a great resemblance, similarity, likeness; e lekwa yayi nsunsu ku lekwa ina, these things are similar to those, kala e nsunsu ku, v., to be similar. Nsununi, 1 & 4, 71., betrayer of a secret (unintentionally). Nsunimgu, 2, zz., toothache in front teeth. Nsunuke, 2, ti., a hair’s breadth, va nsununke vaxidi, adv., almost. Va nsununke vaxidi nga se kiadi bwa, the least bit (a hair’s breadth) more, and it would have fallen. Nsunzulu, 4,7 i., mina 0 nsunzulu, v., to swallow the food unchewed. Nsusu, 2, ti., chicken, fowl, poultry, nsusu -ankento, n., hen. nsusu -ekoko, cock, e nsusu antete, at cockcrow, four o’clock in the morning, nsusu ye tanu, n., the fee carried to the nganga a ngombo (witch¬ doctor) by those who go to fetch him. nsusu a zumbi (6), a fowl into which the fetish zumbi has entered, a lucky fowl. Nsusu (4) a disa (7), n., the spike of maize, the part round which the corn is studded. Nsusu (2) ankiengele, n ., water- spider. Nsusumuka, 2, n., invitation {passive). Nsusumuna, 2, n., invitation {active). Nsuti, 4, n., impatience, haste. -ansuti, a., impatient. Nsuva, 4, n., surplus, excess, balance, profit, remainder. -ansuva, a., over and above, remain¬ ing, left. Nsuvila, 4, n., inlet, gulf, bay, creek, arm of the sea. Nswa, 4, n., approval, assent, consent, leave, permission, liberty, sanc¬ tion, licence, acquiescence. vana 0 nswa, to acquiesce, ap¬ prove of, to accede to, agree, be willing, consent, permit, grant or give permission, allow, give leave. vinga or lomba 0 nswa, v., to ask permission, beg leave. Nswa, 4, n., a very long basket-work fish-trap. nswa ambinza, n. (mbinza, P. camisa), shirt. -answa, a., young, small. Nswadi, 2, n., white baft, calico. Nswalu, 4, n., rapidity, speed, rapid rate, pace, swiftness, quickness, activity, alacrity, despatch, haste, agility, facility, ease. •answalu, a., quick, fast, easy, hasty, swift, nimble. 0 nswalu, adv., swiftly, smartly, quickly, speedily, hastily, fast, soon, promptly. kwenda or kwiza 0 nswalu, v.i., to hasten, go quickly or fast, be quick. Nswamba, 2, n., frog. Nswambinza, 4, n., see under Nswa. -answatata, a., oval, oblong. Nswenenozo, 2, n., the true arm (first joint) of a bird’s wing, derived from nsweneno zo, they choked me : because when the end of the bone is bitten off and sucked, the pepper which had been put in during the cooking, chokes. Nswe, 2, n., una nswe, in the (very) early morn¬ ing. Nsw-Nta ( 396 ) Nswela, 2, n., grasshopper. Nswelele, 2, n., kwenda e nswelele, v., to run about fast under the grass. Nswengenia, 2, n., wheezing, asthma. -answeswa, a., new, unripe, early (as of maize and ground nuts), green, young. Nsweswe, 4, n., pullet, a young hen that has not yet begun to lay. nsweswe a nsnsu or nsusu a nsweswe, ?i., see above. Nswikidi, 2, n. (P. assucar), sugar. Nswiku, 4, n., seam, edge, border (of cloth), hem. Nta, 2, n., the performance or manner of performing any of the actions which ta sets in motion, see ta: ta 0 matietie, to joke ; nta 0 matietie, the making of a joke; ta e ngana, to narrate a story ; nta a ngana, a narration. Nta, 4, 71., sourness, baka 0 nta, v., to become sour, turn sour. -anta, a., sour. Ntaba, 4, 71., a swamp, marsh, muddy place. Ntaba, 2, n. (Bako.), a goat. Ntadi, 1 & 4, 71., onlooker, looker- on. Ntaka, 2, zz., ground which is almost always moist, marshy ground. Ntakn, 2 & 11, zz., brass rods, brass, -antaku, a., brass. Ntakndi, 1 & 4, zz., traitor. Ntaknka, 2, zz., a jump, a leap (up or over). Ntakula, 2, zz., a betraying. Ntaknla, 2, zz., trap (for birds). Ntala, 2, 7 i., a look, glance, ku ntala a tembwa (6), to lee¬ ward. Ntalu, 2, zz., value, price, worth, cost, amount, charge, expense, pro¬ ceeds. badisa e ntalu, v., to make dear, render expensive. sakidika e ntalu, to make cheap, lessen the price. Ntalu, continued. vuna or ta e ntalu, to name a price, to bargain, xia e ntalu, to value. -antalu, a., precious, valuable, costly, expensive. Ntalwa (4) a sunga (6), zz., the test¬ ing of one’s character, as by giving an opportunity to steal, &c. ; temptation, trial, test. Ntama, 2, ;z., distance, remoteness, kala e ntama, v., to be far from, remote. -antama, a., distant, far, remote, e ntama, adv., afar, far, at a remote distance. e ntama-ntama, adv., in due course, by and by, one of these days, some time or other, before long, used only ill the future. Ntama, 2 & 11, n., a span (of the hand) ; a stride (of the legs), a distance measured, a measuring. Ntambi, 2 & 11, n., foot-mark, track, spoor, hoof-marks, paw-marks. Ntambi (1 & 4)ambiji (2), 71., fisher¬ man. Ntambu, 4, n., snare, trap, gin ; the stick which acts as a spring in a trap, spring (of gun, lock, &c.), a lock, a bolt. ntambu a enekwa (8), zz., trap in which a door closes, ntambu a ewulu ( 8 ) (ntambwe- witlu), 7 i., pit-trap, leka (perf lekele) 0 ntambu, v., to set a trap. Ntambuludi ankunga, i,zz., chorister in a chorus, pi. atam buludi, choir of singers at a funeral or dance. Ntambwankala, 2, n., wagtail. Ntamu, 2 & n,zz.,a span (of the hand), stride (of the legs), a measure¬ ment, a measured distance. Ntandakani, 1 & 4, n., a thin, lean, emaciated person. Ntandandangwa, 4, n., india rubber (landolphia), also the jigger, which was thus named because ( 397 ) Nta-Nte Ntandandangwa, continued. the pest was brought into the country by those who traded in india rubber. Ntandu, 2, n ., pi., thinness, leanness, emaciation. -antandu, a., thin, emaciated. Ntandu, 2, n., top, summit, vana, kuna or muna ntandu, additionally, on the top, above, over, besides, again, kuna ntandu a ,prep., on the top of, on, upon, above, over, -antandu, a., upper. Ntanga, 2, a Madras cloth. Ntanga, 2, n., a reading, a counting, Ntangi, 1 & 4, n., reader, learner, student. Ntangwa, 2, n., the sun, time, time of the day, opportunity, chance, ntangwa abiza, a good opportunity ; fit time, convenient time, ntangwa akaka^r eyaka ntangwa, another time, some other oppor¬ tunity ; ntangwa zakaka or esaka ntangwa, sometimes, at other times. e ntangwa isakidi or e ntangwa yayisakila, it is too late, ntangwa ivengele, n., the afternoon, ntangwanlimgu, noon, konso ntangwa, any time, some time or other, as often as. nkia ntangwa, what time, when ? Ntangwa, 4, n., see Nkoki. Ntanina, 2, ?i., a defence, means of defence. Ntanini, 1 & 4, ?z., defender, protector, escort, guard. -antantami, a., tense, taut. Ntantani,2, ;z., wrangling, disputation, controversy, noise, altercation. Ntantu, 2, n ., sorrow, grief. There is no word for sorrow or repent¬ ance for wrong done, although this word has been used in that sense of late. mona e ntantu, v., to be or feel sorry ; to grieve, to regret, mwesa e ntantu, to make sad. Ntantu, 1, n., enemy, foe, opponent, adversary, one who wrongs another. Ntata, 2, n., cry ; exclamation. Ntau, 4, n ., width, breadth, size. Ntaudi, | 1 & 2, n., boy, lad, child. Ntauji, i This is not a complimen¬ tary expression, but is in Kongo more akin to the slang word “ nipper.” Ntaxi, 2, n., a long time. Ntayi, 2, n. (pi. only), the branches of a tree. bula e ntayi, v., to branch out (as a tree). Nte, 1 & 4, n ., one who performs any of the actions which “ ta ” sets in motion ; see ta. Ta o ma- tietie, to joke ; nte a matietie, a joker: ta e ngana, to tell a story ; nte a ngana, a story¬ teller. -antedingi, a ., lame. Nteji (4) a ntangwa (2), a ray of light, a sunbeam. Ntejiteji, see Nkejikeji. Nteke, 2, n., dirt, mud, mire, plaster, mortar. kusa or lenga (e nteke), v., to plaster, daub mud (&c.). Nteke, 1, n., a man of the tribe of Bateke. Nteki, 1 & 4, a seller. Ntekolo, "i 1 & 4, n -> grandson, grand- Ntekulo,) daughter, grandchild. Ntela, 2, n., the measure or extent of height ; height, stature {of per¬ sons only). nkia ntela kena, how big is he ? a ntela a, a ., like, such as, as big as. nleke a ntela aku, a child like you. Ntela, 4, n., tallness, height, size, stature {of persons only ) ; ntela anda kena wau, he is very tall, “ he has a lofty stature.” Ntela, 2, n., a climbing fern (Ly- godium). There are two climb¬ ing ferns the stems of which Nte-Nti ( 398 ) Ntela, continued. are strong and useful in binding all kinds of basket work. The above has a larger leaf than that of the kinkadi. Ntelama, 2, n., attitude, posture, a standing. Nteleka, 4 n., cascade, fall, waterfall. Nteleka, 2, n., the putting (of a pot) on the fire. Nteleko (4) a moyo, n., anxiety, un¬ rest of mind. Ntelo, 2, n ., a little portion added to what is bargained for ; make¬ weight. Kongos are never satisfied unless a morsel more than what is bargained for is given in. Ntembo, 2, n ., the stem. ku ntembo, abaft or aft, in the after part of a ship. Ntenda, 2, n., a cutting made in a palm in order to get the wine. Ntend^a, 2, n., a shaving of the hair. Ntende, 2, n., seedling of any palm tree. Ntende, 4, n., pepper-bush. Ntende, 2, telama e ntende, to stand alone, used only of an infant just be¬ ginning to use its legs, kwe- nda or diata e ntende, to toddle. Ntenji, 2, n. (Bako.), a pearl or china button. ntenji, 2, n., a disease of the eye, in which the pupil becomes white and blind ; cataract (of the eye). Ntentaxialu, 2, «., a rough, a rowdy fellow, a scamp, scoundrel, rascal; a reckless, rash, lawless, vicious, wicked, dissolute, lying, thieving fellow. -antentaxialu, a., reckless, dis¬ solute, rowdy, good-for-nothing (see above). Ntente, 2, n., springbok. e ntentela, adv., sanka or kwenda e ntente la, v., Ntente, continued. to cross a bridge with nothing by which to steady one’s self. Ntenteni, 2, n., spark. -antenteni, a., shining, sparkling. Ntento, 4, n., a party, band, detach¬ ment, regiment, division of an army. ntento a mbaki, a band of liers-in- wait, in ambush, or in ambus¬ cade. Nteta, 2, 71., (small) shot. Nteta, 2, n ., a peeling, skinning, hatching. Ntete, 4, n., (carrier’s basket of woven palm fronds), hence, the package inside it, a load, burden, bun¬ dle ; sheaf (of thatching grass), vana ntete, in a ntete. -antete, a., first, former, original, old, previous, primary. e ntete, adv., formerly, at first, origin¬ ally. edi diantete, in the first place; firstly. Ntetembwa, 2, n., star. Nteto, 4, n., side, kielo (5) kia nteto, a back door, kuna or muna or vana nteto a, by the side of, beside, alongside of, along the side of. Nteva, 4, n., fan palm (Hyphene palm, Borassus palm). Ntewa, 2, 7 i., wounded person or animal, bird, &c. Nti, 4, 71., tree, timber, trunk or stem of a tree (the stem being con¬ sidered as the tree proper), bush, wood, log of wood (large), stick, stake, post, pole, mast, flagstaff, staff, walking-stick, cudgel. Nti may sometimes be used vaguely for plants in general, especially medicinal plants, hence also medicine. -anti, a., wooden, timber. Nti a Kongo, a tree yielding a fine durable timber readily worked. It is also ground up for a cosmetic. ( 399 ) Nti-Nti Ntiakalakani, 2, n., confusion, de¬ rangement, entanglement, dis¬ order. -antiakalakani, a ., complicated, entangled, untidy, deranged. Ntiala, 2, n., person affected with talipes, club-footed person, club¬ foot (talipes). This affection is considered due to the fetish ndembo. Ntiamvu, 2, n., insolence, impudence. -antiamvu, a ., insolent, impudent. Ntiamvuna, 2, n ., an insolence, in¬ sult, impudence. nkwa mpova antiamvuna ^rnkwa ntiamvuna, an insolent fellow. Ntibu, 2, n., bow (the weapon). Ntiebo, 2, n ., small red pipe-bead. -antie, a., fine, tiny, very small. -antientientie, a, very fine, tiny, small, minute, intensive of above. Ntietie, 2, n., small bird. Ntikavuki, 4, n., a tree with long straight branches, resembling a poplar. Ntima, 4, n., heart, mind, conscience, breast (indefinite), core, inside, interior. Moyo is ofte?i used in¬ stead of ntima, and sojne uses of ntima will be found imder moyo. ntima is combined with verbs : to break, cut, etc., to indicate the shock of pain at the re¬ ceipt of bad news ; poignant grief, not a prolonged feeling ; as, ntima vanznka, or bndika (burst) or luala (be cut) or pwa, interj. (the sound of some¬ thing breaking), to be cut to the heart, very much grieved, shocked, much distressed, break one’s heart, be pained to the heart ; ntima timvuka (to be¬ come muddy) or yanduka (be warmed up again), to be over¬ whelmed, overcome with grief, distressed, pained to the heart. The last express a more pro¬ longed feeling of distress. Ntima, contmued. ntima dingalala, to be at rest in one’s mind (after trouble, &c.). dingidika 0 ntima, to set one’s mind at rest. kanga or jitika 0 ntima, v., to determine, be determined, to resolve, make up one’s mind, to have one’s own way ; to refuse to listen to advice ; to harden one’s heart, to be impenitent, ntima (u-) konanana, to be disap¬ pointed, mortified, annoyed, koneneka 0 ntima, to disappoint, grieve. muna ntima, adv., inwardly, in the heart, inside. kunanxi or munanxi a ntima, in¬ wardly, in the inmost heart, heartily, earnestly (of a desire), ntima (u-) telama, v., to quail, be full of apprehension, tnngika 0 ntima, v., to suffocate ; ntima (u-) tnngama, to be suffocated. ntima (u-) viluka, v., see under vi- lnka. vilnla 0 ntima, see under vilnla. vukula 0 ntima, v., to entertain, to amuse. ntima (u-) yangama, v., to be per¬ plexed, in a fix, puzzled, be¬ wildered, perturbed, yangika 0 ntima, v., to perplex, bewilder. yindula or badika muna ntima, v., to remember, to bear in mind, to think, to turn over in one’s mind. ntima (u-) zeza, to have one’s mind at ease, to be relieved of anxiety, become calm, collected, cool, free from fear, to be resolved to do otherwise than was at first determined. zezesa or zezola 0 ntima, v.t., to relax or change one’s determin¬ ation, to make up one’s mind not to do what one had first determined to do, to yield to Nti-Nto ( 400 ) Ntima, continued. advice, to relent, to take up with something from which one had previously held aloof, to throw one’s self heartily into a matter, to relieve (one’s own) mind (or that of another, from anxiety, &c.), to ease the mind, set the mind at rest, to be cool, calm, free from fear; baze- zwele e ntima kwenda be- kwenda, they have changed their minds, and are going; otoma zezola 0 ntima aku omu salu kiaki, throw yourself thoroughly into this work. Ntimelenge, 2, n. (ntima-elenge), unripe palm fruit. Ntimpu, 4, n., pipe for smoking hemp. Ntimuka, 2, n., flight (flying). -antimuki, a ., flying. Ntimvu, 2, n., mud, filth, dirt, pollu¬ tion (in water only). -antimvn, a ., filthy, dirty, muddy, foul. Ntimvuka, 2, n. (passive'), a defiling, a fouling (of water only). Ntimvuna, 2, n. (active), a defiling, a fouling. Ntini, 1 & 4, n., refugee, one who runs, a fugitive. Ntintele, 4, n., green snake. Ntinti, 2, n., scrupulous cleanliness, dislike to touch anything dirty, or to soil one’s fingers, fastid¬ iousness, daintiness, fanciful¬ ness. This word might be used for the holiness of the Aaronic priesthood. nkwa (1) ntinti, n., a person very fastidious in his habits, see above. -antinti, a., fastidious, cleanly, dainty, particular. See Appen¬ dix (Games), Wadi. Ntintu, 4, n., instantaneous death. Ntinn, 2, n., pi., flight, speed, swift¬ ness, quickness, rapidity, haste, talana e ntinu, v., to run a race. Ntinu, continued. -antinn, a., quick, rapid, swift, speedy, hasty. e ntinu, adv., speedily, swiftly, quickly, rapidly. e ntinu ntinu, fast, quickly ( inten¬ sive of above). Ntinu, 4, n., king, chief, emperor. ntinu ankento, n., queen, chief- tainess. -antio (ankio ?) a. (Kabinda), little, small. Nto, 2, n., fountain ; spring, leak. Ntoba, 2, 11., intestines of nxiji. Ntoba, 2, n. (Bako.), a dainty dish of cassava leaves. -antodimi, a., cool, chilly. Ntoko, 2, n., ornament. Ntokoji, 1 & 4, 71., ungrateful person. -antokoji, a., ungrateful. Ntombo, 2, 71., seedling, sprout, shoot. -antombo, a., fresh (used of fish). Ntomfi, 2, n., dia e ntomfi, v., to dig round a thing at a short distance off (as in digging out a rat). nua e ntomfi, v.i., to drown. -antomi, a., sweet (not of sugar), agree¬ able, pleasant, pleasing, nice, delicious, fresh (of water). Ntomo, 4, 71., a flavour, taste (pleasant only). Ntonda, 2, 71., thanks. Ntondi, 4, n., an eel. Ntondi, 1 & 4, n., one who loves, or is thankful, a grateful person ; see Tonda. -antondi, a., affectionate, loving, fond ; see Tonda. Ntongo, 4, 71., gossamer (down on plants). Ntongo a ngulu, 2, n., a great hog. Ntonji, 4, 7 i., sleep sickness (beri¬ beri). Ntonta, 2, 7i., test, trial, experiment, attempt. Ntontoji, 4, n., “tree of life,” brio- phyllum calycinum, bot. -antotakiani, a., adjoining, in con¬ tact. ( 4oi ) Nto-Ntu Ntotela, 2, emperor (title of the kings of Congo). ntotela ntinu nekongo, “king of Kongo.” Ntoto, 4, 7 /., earth ; soil, mould, dust (of the earth), land, ground, floor. ntoto abuma, earth, black mould, good humus. ntoto ambongo, fertile soil. ntoto ampolo, wood ash (calcined). ntoto a eyenga (ntotweyenga), decomposed laterite, which is often torn by deep chasms, antoto a eyenga, yellow, chasm earth colour. ntoto a makanga, earth ; yellow, barren clay, barren soil. munanxi a ntoto, adv ., under¬ ground, under the ground. vntnla o ntoto, v.t., to fill up a hole with earth. xika o ntoto, to place the hands to¬ gether and touch or stroke the third finger of each hand on the ground when paying homage. Ntoto, 2, n ., mungoos. -antovoki, a., limp ; weak. Ntoyo, 2, 7Z., blue plantain eater (this bird is supposed to talk very much when some one of im¬ portance dies). Ntu, 4, ?/., head, tip, end, chapter, bow (of a canoe). kala o ntn, v., “ to have a head ” = to have a headache, or some¬ thing the matter with one’s head. ntu ampavala, bare headed, with¬ out a hat. ntu (u-) bwanga, v., to have a headache, pain in the head. ntu a disa (7), n., head of maize, ear (of corn). kuna ntu, adv., in advance, ahead, at the head, in front, before, in the bow (of canoe), in future, hereafter. ntu a ntulu (2), n ., teat, dug, nip¬ ple. Ntu, continued. vilangesa e ntu, v ., to recline (with the head towards another per¬ son’s feet, and the other's feet opposite one’s head). vita kuna ntu, to lead the way. Ntu, 4, n., a person guilty of a capital crime ; a slave-substitute to be put to death in place of a real offender ; a person condemned to death. sokola 0 ntu, to avoid the penalty of death by substituting a slave in one’s place ; nsokwele 0 ntu ame mpene Lusala, I gave Lusala as a substitute for my head. yasokwele 0 mbundu i ntu ame, I substituted a slave for my head ( = to be killed instead of me). Ntuba, 2, n. (Mpa.), sun ; see Nta- ngwa. Ntukila, 4, 7/., a root of cassava that has been exposed above the soil and become woody. Ntukumpanda, 4, n., whydah bird. Ntula, 4, 7 Z., size, height (of quad¬ ruped). Ntulu, 2, n., breast, udder. ntu (4) a ntulu, n., nipple, teat, dug. ntulu zabokola, n., pendulous breasts. Ntumami, 1 & 4, n ., obedient per¬ son. -antumami, a., obedient. Ntumba, 2, n., green beetle having horns. Ntumba, 2, n ., a scolding, blaming. -antumbami, a., dense (as jungle smoke, &c.). Ntumbidika, 4, n ., heap. Ntumbu, 2, n., needle. ntumbu afinete, (P. alfinete), a pin. ntumbu a nsoyo, sharp pointed shoot of thatching grass. Ntumbu, 4,7/., calabash. Ntumpa, 2, 77., a throb, a fontanel. D D Ntu-Nun ( 402 ) Ntunda, 4, zz., black tattoo mark down the nose (as of Krooboysj. Ntundu, 2, zz., brass “ chair nail.” Ntundulu, 2, zz., guinea grain. Ntunduluki, 2, zz., one who has often been found out in wrong doing, a well-known rascal; see Nte- ntaxialu. Ntunga, 2, zz., a construction, a build- i ng. Ntungi, 1 & 4, zz., builder, founder. Ntungi, 2, zz., inhabitant, native, re¬ sident, citizen. Ntungu, 2, zz., structure, building, fabric. Ntungulujia, 2, zz., kingfisher, also the green pigeon. Ntunguluki, 2, zz., Ntunduluki. Ntunia, 2, zz., cleanness, whiteness, purity. e/ntunia (pi.), bright, very clean, very white. Ntunta, 2, zz., a pull. -antuntu, «., unripe (of pumpkins). Ntunu, 4, zz., a small tree yielding a bright red dye. -antunungina, a ., unripe (of cassava). Ntuparna, 2, zz., a heavy fall in a sitting posture. Ntupika, 2, zz., the throwing (of a box, &c.) heavily to the ground. Ntutula, 2, zz., a stitch, an insertion. e ntwadi, together, unitedly. Ntwala, 4, zz., stem of pipe. Ntwala, 2, zz., a bringing. Ntwedi, 1 & 4, zz., a breeder, keeper, one who keeps animals. Nu-, subjective and objective pronomi¬ nal prejix to verbs in non-remote tenses , you, ye. Nua, 4, zz., mouth ; he?ice also lips, orifice, hole (of rat, &c.). Nua, v., per/., nwini ; passive, nuwa; causative , nwisa ; to drink, imbibe, absorb. nua amvovi, zz., orator, one who speaks for another, the mouth¬ piece of another. nua mo, to be unable to reply, to be silenced, to have nothing more Nua, continued. to say in defence (never said of one's self ) ; onwini mo, there now, you cannot get out of that, you cannot refute that (lit., you have drunk it, i.e., the malavu), [0 dia fio (fiuma) is used in the same way]. nua e nkasa (2), v., to drink the ordeal poison, the test of witch¬ craft. nua 0 maza (pi. 8), to take time for consideration, to consider, think over a thing; see Consider, Eng.- Kongo. nua e mfomo, to smoke tobacco. nua e nkaki or ntomfi (2), v.i., to drown. Nuamfomo, 6, zz., a yellow parroquet. -anui, a., absorbent. Nuka, v., to smell, stink, emit a bad odour, go bad, decompose, be putrid, putrify. Nuka, 9, zz., corruption, rottenness, decomposition, putrescence. Nukana, v.t., to smell, sniff. Nukaya, a jocular salute, to strangers or young friends. Nukisa, v., to corrupt, cause putres¬ cence. Nuku, 4, zz., a stench, a bad smell. Nukwa, v., to dislike, disapprove, object, hate, not to wish for. Nuna, v. (perf. nunini),to be, org row old, aged, gray. Nunge, 4, zz., mouse (shrew). Nungu, 4, zz., a tree covered with very large thick prickles. Nungu, 2, zz. (Kib.), pepper (chili). Nunguka, v.i., to spread over (as a flood), to flood, to be pushed over, down or along. Nunguna, v., to push, thrust, shove over or along or down. nunguna muna maza, to launch. Nungunuka, v.i., to be shifted (nearer or further off), be raised, in¬ creased (of price, speed, &c.), roused, excited to rise (of pas¬ sion, thought, &c.), quickened. ( 403 ) NuN-JNxt Nungununa, v., to shift (nearer or further off), to raise, increase (in price, speed, &c.), accele¬ rate, to rouse, excite (passion), quicken. Nuni, 2, n., a bird, a fowl, nuni a eyanga (8), stork, crane, heron. nuni za ngambwila, fowls of the air. Nunu, 4, 7 i ., an old or aged person, -anunu, a., aged, old, elderly. Nunuva, v ., to become, be, or grow old, aged, gray. Nuwa, v.i., to be drunk {pass, of nua), absorbed. Nuwuka, v. {mid. v. of nua), to be drunk. Nw = heavy nasal + w ; see N. Nwa = nu+a; see Nu. -anwakani, a., audible. -anwakaxi, a., rough. Nwana, v., to fight, wrestle, struggle, resist, quarrel, scuffle together, engage in fight, strive, struggle, try hard, endeavour earnestly, nwana ye, v.t ., to fight against, fight with ; strive hard, do one’s best; onwene ye lekwa, he struggled hard with the thing, z.e. he did his best, tried his ut¬ most to lift or perform the action he desired with or to the thing, nwana o njingu (4) or e vita (2), to fight, make or wage war, to war. -anwani, a., hostile. Nwanina, v., to fight for, scramble after, strive or struggle for. nwanina e njila (2), v., to press through ; to elbow one’s way. Nwanisa, v.t., to attack, cause to fight, invade. Nwaninwa, 6 , 71 ., weapon, a thing to fight with, contraband of war. Nwe, 6 , 7 t., a drinker, nwe kiamalavu (pl.8), n., drunkard. Nwe, 1 & 4, 71., hearer, auditor, {pi. awe) audience. Nwenga, v ., to be tight, very tight. Nwengena, v., to draw tight, tie tightly, to hold tightly or too tight, to pinch, throttle, con¬ strict ; 0 nxinga unwengene omu elaka dia nkombo, the string strangled the goat, or the string was tight on the goat’s neck; toma nwengena 0 nxinga, tie the string very tightly. Nwengesa, v., to make tight, to bind, or tie very tightly. nwengesa 0 nxinga (4) muna ela¬ ka (8), v., to strangle. Nwika, v., to give drink, give to drink. Nwolodi, 1 & 4, 71., gleaner. Nwombototi, 1 & 4, n., slow person. Nwumbi, 1 & 4 (a yinzu), ti., potter. Nwuwa, 4, 7 i., a tree ; see Ewuwa. Nxi, 2, 71., country, land, region, state, kingdom, district, dominion, empire, the earth, ground ; nxi is combined with the locatives in all their forms (for Locatives, see inider Kuma, they may be written in one word, and the accent is thrown on the penult; the 3rd position only has been given below). kunanxi, adv., down, underneath, to the bottom. kunanxi a, prep., below, under, amongst. kunanxi a ntima, really ; in the inmost heart, from the bottom of the heart. munanxi, adv., under the ground, underground. munanxi a, prep., below, under. munanxi a maza, under the water. munanxi a titi, among the grass. vananxi, adv., on the earth, on the ground, on earth, in the world, down. kala vananxi, to be in great trouble, to sit ontheground overwhelmed with grief; ovanxi kena, he is in trouble (sitting on the earth in his grief). Nxi-Nxi ( 404 ) Nxiakoka, 2, 71., a hoopoe (a bird with crested head). Nxiampakania, 2, n., armpit, axilla. Nxiamu, 2, 71., support, stay, buttress. Nxibidi, 2, n., the game of “ odds and evens” ; see Appendix (Games). ta e nxibidi, v., to play “odds and evens.” Nxibu, 4, n., imprecation, bane, curse. Nxie, 1 & 4, n., one who puts, nxie a malavu (8), one who climbs for wine, a wine-tapster, nxie a nxiku (4), n., lawgiver, lawmaker. Nxiele, 4, 11., whydah bird. Nxienxiele, 2, n., the midribs of the frondlet of the palm. Nxieta, 4, n., string, twine. Nxiji, 2, 7 i., palm rat (a rodent allied to the hedgehog. The male nxiji is called mbakala, and is smaller than the female.) Nxika, 2, n., 7 Lsed onlyvi the following combi?iatio 7 is , kati (9) kwa nxi- ka ; it never precedes a noun, but is eitherfound in a7i adverb¬ ial clause, or as a phrase itself ; a point exactly half way, the very centre, the exact middle, neither too much nor too little, mediocrity, the happy medium, just as it ought to be ; neither one thing nor the other, a result only partly accomplished, a very unsatisfactory condition, neither hot nor cold, an inter¬ mediate condition ; e mfundi amputn, yan ke ikolele, ke izezele, kati kwa nxika, the maize porridge is neither too thick nor too thin, just as it ought to be ; ke yambisn ko, ke yavia ko, kati kwa nxika, neither raw nor cooked, only half done ; muntu ndiona ke ezowa ko, ke nlungaladi ko, kati kwa nxika, that man is neither foolish nor prudent, a very ordinary fellow; ke muntu Nxika, continued. abisa ko, ke wambi ko, kati kwa nxika, he is neither a good man nor a bad man, an indif¬ ferent sort of a fellow. It also combines with the Loca¬ tives muna or vana; ekela dikotele muna kati kwa nxika, the bullet penetrated into the very centre (or heart) ; ekela dikotele vana katikwa nxika, the bullet entered at the very centre (of the target) ; e mbiji yayi itomene via ya muna kati kwa nxika, this meat is well cooked, even to the very centre. Nxika, 2, n., a playing (on an instru¬ ment), a shooting (of a gun), a shot. Nxiku, 4, 71., law, command, com¬ mandment, rule, regulation, a law agreed to by all, and bind¬ ing on all ; if broken by any one it ceases to be any further binding on any until the law is vindicated and re-established. This custom is said to be of recent origin, dating from about 1870. bangula 0 nxiku, v., to break and thus render a law void. xia 0 nxiku, v., to make a law* &c. -anxiku, a., illegal, prohibited. Nxiku, 2 ,71., a fetish post partly buried in the ground, supposed to protect the town. Nxila, 4, n., whip, lash. Nxila a ngulu, pi , 2 & 11, n., pork cutlets. Nxilu, 4, 7i., promise. Nxilwa, 2, 7 i., a fit, convulsion,, spasm. Nximba, 2, n., a grasp, a holding. Nximba, 2, 71., a twin, the name of the firstborn of twins is nximba,. of the second, nzuji. Nximbi, 2, n., pledge, security, surety* pawn. ( 405 ) Nxi-Nza Nxindu, 2, zz., stone or pebble (used for breaking shells, or crush¬ ing pepper, nguba, &c.), nut¬ cracker. Nxindu, 4, zz., tramp, foot-fall, noise of feet. Nxinga, 4, zz., string, cord, twine, rope, line (string), a lliana, a creeper, a vine ; halyard, net. nxinga mia mayembo, telegraph wires. nxinga avwatila, a string worn round the waist to secure the cloth. Nxinga, 2, zz., fibre of palm stem, hair of elephant’s tail. Nxinga za yaka, 2 pi., zz., a fetish image. Nxingi, 4, 7z., a suspected witch, an unnamed witch; see Witch, Eng.-Kongo. Nxingn, 2, zz., neck. nxingu a koko (9), zz., wrist. -anxini, a., deep, profound. Nxinimbwa, 2, zz., a bow (the knot). Nxinsa, 2, zz., an attempt, exercise, effort, trial, practice, experi¬ ment, test. Nxinn, 2, zz., cold chisel. Nxinxikila, 2, zz., threat. Nxinza, 2, zz., a freshening (at noon) of the cutting (made in the morning) in a palm for the purpose of getting palm wine. Nxiobongo, 2, zz., challenge. Nxioka, 2, zz., an ebb, the fall of a river after a flood. Nxita, 2 fil., zz., malice, malignity, hatred, spite, rancour, pitiless¬ ness, revenge, rage, fury, fierce¬ ness, barbarity. -anxita or nkwa nxita, a ., fierce, barbarous, savage, angry, mali¬ cious, revengeful. Nxinmbu, 2, zz. (P. chnmbo), lead, European shot. Nyaba, 4, zz., swamp, marsh, a muddy place. Nyadi, 1 & 4, zz., ruler, chief, king, governor. Nyadiki, 1 & 4, zz., a midwife, ac¬ coucheuse. -anyangami, a., afloat, floating. -anyangiki a ntima, a., perplexing. Nyangiku (4) a ntima, zz., perplexity, -anyedi, a., sick, ill, unhealthy. Nyende, 4, zz., basket (conical, having a stand). Nyendi, 1 & 4, zz., a goer, one who goes. Nyenge, 4, zz., sand, va-nyenge, a sandbank. -anyevi, a., stout, thick, broad- shouldered, big, corpulent. Nyeye, 4, zz., iron anklet. Nyi, 1 & 4, zz., an ugly person. Nyiji, i & 4, zz., a comer, one who comes. Nyimbidi, 1 & 4, zz., singer, chorister. Nyinda, 4, zz., plait. Nyindaladi, 1 & 4, zz., pensive, thoughtful, melancholy person, -anyindaladi, a., melancholy, pen¬ sive, thoughtful. Nyingidi, 1 & 4, zz., watchman, sen¬ tinel, sentry, guard. Nyini, 1 & 4, zz., dissatisfied person, grumbler. Nyivi, 1 & 4, zz., an ugly person. Nyoxi, 2, zz., bee. Nyukutu, 2, zz., e nyukutu yo nta, a very sour. Nyululu, 4> #.» see Nyunguba. Nyumbwila, 2, zz., bee. Nyunguba, J 4 > n -, an absurdly large Nyututu, ) wearing cloth, gar¬ ment or robe ; see Yutumuka. Nza, 2, zz., the world, the earth, the globe. -anza ankulu, a., old ; of old time, ancient. e nza ankulu, adv ., in old, ancient times, formerly. -anza, a., worldly, earthly. Nza yo lulendo (10), zz., pride, haughtiness, vanity, insolence, arrogance, conceit, ye nza yo lulendo, ^., proud, inso¬ lent, high-minded, haughty, im¬ perious, vain, arrogant, con¬ ceited, contemptuous. Nza-Nza ( 406 ) Nza, 4, 71., habit, style, manner, fashion, custom, way, practice, conduct, temper, disposition. Nza ! a contracted imperative form of kwiza, come ! Nza kunsa- mwina, come and tell me. Nzaba, 2, n., lead. Nzahi, 2, n., a bean which is crushed and used as insect powder for the hair ; also the plant. Nzabu (2) a menga, n., a pool of blood, the blood of an animal (offered in sacrifice, or used in an en¬ chantment). A libation of the blood of a beast killed in the chase poured on the grave of a great hunter, to ensure further success. Nzadi, 2, 71., a brother or sister-in-law. Nzadi, 2, ?i ., a great river, the river Congo. nzadi a mungwa (3), u., sea (“ the salt river”). Nzadilwa, 4, n ., lath of a bedstead. Nzaji, 2, n., a fetish image, said to cause the lightning. Nzaki, 2, 71., speed, facility, rapidity, ease, quickness, despatch, agil¬ ity in work. -anzaki, a., quick, nimble, fast, speedy, active ; concise, idio¬ matic ; the direct, best, or quickest road. e nzaki, adv., quickly, easily, speed¬ ily, fast. njila (2) -anzaki, a near road. Nzala, 2, 71., hunger, starvation, long¬ ing, appetite. kala or mona or fumbuka or fwa e or ye nzala, v., to be hungry, starving, famishing. katula e nzala, to satisfy hunger. vonda e nzala, v.t., to starve to death. e nzala, adv., without eating. Leka e or ye nzala, to sleep without a meal. Nzala, 2 & 11, 7i., finger-nails, claws. jika e nzala, v., to bury the claws (in the flesh). Nzala, co7iti7med. katula e nzala, to pare, cut the nails. Nzalambiji, 2, n., spleen. Nzamba, 2, n ., elephant. Nzamhalalu, 2, 77., feathery grass. Nzambi, 2, 71., God ; see God, Eng.- Kongo. Nzambi ampungu, 71., God, the Almighty, Most High. -anzambi, a., divine ; “ of God.” Nzambi edivanga (?), n., God the Creator. Nzambi! interj., respectful answer to a call. Nzambu, 2, 71 ., freight, toll, for bridge or ferry. Nzambu, 2, 71 ., monkey, or any animal that climbs a tree or lives in the branches of trees (zambu). Nzandu, 4, n ., nata 0 nzandu, to have done some¬ thing which brings trouble, to get into trouble (this word is 07 ily used of si 7 iall 77 iatters ). Nzanga, 2, 71 ., large marimba. Nzanga, 2, 71., a mess ; see Zanga. Nzangalavwa,) . . , Nzangi, j 2 > *•> twl S’ stlck - Nzangu, 2, 71., the noise of shouting and singing during a witch palaver, or other divination. Nzanguka, 2, n. (fassi), exaltation, a being lifted up. Nzangula, 2, n. (act.), exaltation, a lifting up. Nzanza, 2, 71., stand, foot of basket, &c. Nzanza, 4, 71. The country of Kongo has been so eroded by water that the old plateau level re¬ mains only as table-lands, or flat topped hills, which the natives call nzanza; plateau- level, flat hill tops, table-land. Nzanza, 4, 71 ., a feathery marsh grass, or reed from which arrow shafts have been made; he 7 ice also arrow, harpoon. ta (13) wa nzanza, n., bow (the weapon). ( 407 ) Nza-Nzo Nzanza, 2,zz., a throwing down heavily on to the ground. Nzau, 2, zz., an elephant, also the uni¬ corn beetle. Nzaya, 2, zz ., a knowing, means of knowing. Nkia nzaya ozeye dio ? how did you know it ? Nzayi, 1 & 4, zz., wise person, one who knows. Nzayila, 2, zz., a means of knowing. Nkia nzayila kazayidi dio? how did he know it ? or how did he get to know it ? Nzayilu, 2, zz., a becoming known. Nkia nzayilu dizayilu? how was it known ? Nzayiwa, 2, zz., a becoming known, a means of becoming known. Nkia nzayiwa dizayilu ? how did it become known ? or how did it get about ? Nzaza, 2, zz., a sailing ship, or vessel, boat. The word is said to be derived from Nzanza, and thus used because masts stand out of the sea like the nzanza in the marshes. Nzaza, 2, zz., sordes, sore gums. Nze, adv., as ; see Ne. Nzekelwa, 4, zz., something to bore with, a drill, gimlet, corkscrew, bradawl, a brace and bit, a bit. Nzekezeke, 2, zz., borer insects, the boring beetle. Nzeko, 4, zz., an ulceration on the sole of the foot. Nzemba, 2, zz., nursing band, sling on which infants are carried, nzemba a mawuta, the bearing of children in rapid succession. Nkento ndiona unkwa nze¬ mba a mawuta, that woman is always having children. Nzemba, 2, zz., a hating, hatred. Nzengalakani, 2, zz., tangle, entangle¬ ment, derangement, confusion, disorder, of string, hair , See., only. -anzengalakani, a ., complicated, confused, entangled, deranged. Nzengi (1 & 4) a nkanu, zz., judge. Nzenji, 4, zz., sweetness (as of sugar). -anzenji, a ., sweet. Nzenza, 2, zz., foreigner, stranger, visitor (stranger). -anzenza, a ., strange, foreign, from other parts, rare. Nzenze, 2, zz., the mole cricket. Nzenzo, 4, zz., water flowing from a spring. Nzevo, 2 & 11, zz., beard, also hair of beard, antennae, papa kia nzevo, a long beard, tenda or wona e nzevo, v., to shave. Nzo, 2, zz., house, hut, cottage, abode, residence, habitation, home, nzo a etoko (8), house of an un¬ married man, boy’s house, nzo a luse (10), mask of wicker¬ work worn over the face to keep a man’s cloth from smothering him as he sleeps. nzo a mbwingina (2), honeycomb, cells of bees. nzo a mfumu a nxi, palace, nzo a mbu, mosquito curtain, nzo andwelo, water-closet, nzo ankixi, grave. Nzodi, 1 & 4, zz., one who loves, likes, desires, a lover. Nzoka, 4, zz., a fathom and a half. Nzoka, 4, zz. (Bako.), two fathoms. Nzola, 2, zz. ( act .), love, a manner of loving. Nzolani, 2, zz., mutual affection, love. Nzolwa, 2, zz. {pass.), a being loved, -anzolwa, a., favourite, beloved, pet, dear, darling. Nzongi, 4, zz., soup (thin, weak, watery). Nzongo, 4, zz., a charge (of powder), shot (fired), a measure used in serving out powder ; a measure of capacity. nzongo ampavala or ampena or amvungela or ankatu, a blank charge, blank cartridge. Nzonji, 1 & 2, zz., a quarrelsome person. Nzo—O ( 408 ) Nzonji, 4,zz., a quarrel, strife, -anzonji, a., quarrelsome, disagree¬ able. Nzonji, 2, zz., a small scaly fish. Nzonza, 2, zz., quarrel (a quarrelling). Nzonza, 4, zz., a stick pole stem of a tree laid across a stream, to serve as a bridge. Nzonzama, 2, zz. {mid. v.), disposition ; arrangement, manner of ar¬ rangement. Nzowaladi, 1, zz ., a melancholy per¬ son. -anzowaladi, a ., melancholy, dejec¬ ted, depressed, sad, unhappy, wretched. Nzua, 2, zz., Lumunga luandi luna e nzua, he is scowling, frowning. Nzuji, 2, zz., the name of the second child of twins. Nzuji, 2, zz., leopard-cat. Nzuka, 4, zz., interest (on a loan), usury. Nzuka, 2, 7t., a blow. Nzulu, 2, 7i., small ants. Nzumbu, 4, 77 ., a snout. Nzundu, 2, zz., hammer, anvil, a heavy stone, sledge-hammer. Nzungu, 4, 7i., a curve, bend, -anzungu, <2., tortuous, roundabout, crooked. Nzungu, 2, 77. (Vivi), trouble, difficulty, pain. Nzungu, 2, 77. (Vivi), a pot, boiler, caldron. Nzunta, 2, 77., aim. Nzunta, 2, 77 ., a wrench, a wringing off. Nzunzu, 2, 77., cheerfulness, bright¬ ness,vivacity, playfulness, merri¬ ment, levity, seldo 77 i used except of children. -anzunzu, a., happy, merry, blithe, cheerful, bright, lively,vivacious, playful, frolicsome, ku nzunzu, adv., merrily, playfully. Nzwangi, 2, zz., a twig, small stick. o. 0 , a, an, the, the article : classes I. III. IV. IX. X. XI. XII. XIII.XIV., sing.: also classes VII. VIII. IX. X. XI. XII. XIII. XIV., fl. This particle is also used in the construction of adverbs, thus, when a noun preceded by its article follows a verb, and is clearly not the object of the verb, it must be translated in English as an adverb kwenda 0 nswalu, go quickly (go quick¬ ness). In negative sentences the article is dropped : kwendi nswalu ko, do not go quickly. When this combination of a noun with 0 follows the verb “to be,” or other verbs implying a condition, it must be translated into English by an adjective. The noun in this combination is regarded as an inherent quality or condition, not an accompaniment or accession. Mbele ina 0 meno mengi, the knife is very sharp. Wele kwandi 0 nialu malu, he walked on his own legs. For the combination yo see ya. 0 -, pronouns bearing the article of their class (0-) as a prefix, are to be found under the prefix proper; oma 7 inder ma, oku 7 U 7 der ku, &c. 0 -, subj. pers. pro 77077 i. prefix, I7id & 3rd pers. sing., thou, you, he, she, it. 0 - becomes u- when followed by an objective pro¬ nominal prefix, or where the 2nd pers. sing, is the object, except in those tenses in which the prefix ku is retained. - 0 , obj. pro 77 ., bearing the prefixes Series No. 2, it, them. Where an auxiliary verb is used, this pronoun precedes the second verb ; carry it carefully, toma kio nata. ( 409 ) -0-Pia ~ 0 j continued. Sing. PI. 2 jo zo 3,4 wo mio 5 , 6 kio jo 7,3 dio mo 9 ko mo 0, 11 lo to 12 wo wo 13 wo mo 14 VO mo 15 fio ., 11. (P. ora), hour (of time) tatu, three o’clock, yole, n., “evens” (in the game of “ odds and evens ”). -Ole, a ., two, a pair. -ole ole, adv., double. Ona, dein. & rel. fir on., cl. i, sing., 2 >rd fios., he, who, he that, he who. ndi ona, emphatic of above. Owo, dem. & rel. firon., cl. i, fil., 2nd fios., they who, they that, they who. yau OWO, emphatic of above. Owo, see Wo. Oyo, dem. & rel. firon., cl. i, sing., 2nd fios„, he who, he that, he who. ndi oyo, £infihatic of above. Oyu, dem. & rel. firon., cl. i, sing., ist fios., he who, he that, he who. ndi oyn, emphatic of above. P. Paka, v~, to scratch about (as a fowl). Pakula, v., to knock something off by striking or jerking that on which it is lying. Pakulula, v., repetitive of paka. Palakasa-palakasa,^/. 6 , n., thought¬ lessness, heedlessness, care¬ lessness. e palakasa-palakasa (fil. 6 ), adv., hastily, carelessly, heedlessly, thoughtlessly. Palasola, 2, n. (P. parasol), sun¬ shade. Palata, 2, n., silver (P. prata). -apalata, a., silver. Papa, 6 , 11., a long beard. Papa, v., to flutter, to flap (the wings). Papala, v., to flutter, to wriggle (as a hooked fish). Papela, 2 n. (P. papel), paper, papela akungwina, blotting- paper. papela angolo, card (strong paper), -apapela, a., paper. Papumuka, v.t., to flap as wings, fly as a bird. Patalala, v.i., to spread, be squat, short, flat (as a low, spreading tree). Pau, 2, 11. (P. pao), half fathom, yard ; also the usual cloth worn by women. Pau, 2, 11. (P. pao), spades (in cards). Pekepeke, fil. 6 , n., clearness and whiteness (excessive), e pekepeke (fil. 6 ), clean, bright, very white. Pekomoka, v.i., to flap in the wind. Pekomona, v.t., to blow about (a thing) as the wind. Pekumuka, v.i .,) su above . Pekumuna, v.t.,) Pele, interj., ] Pele kwandi,-* Pelo, 2, 11. (P. espelho), mirror, look¬ ing-glass, glass (transparent), -apelo, a., glass. Pemba, v., to be, get white. Pembesa, v., to bleach, make white, whiten. Pemboka, 9 v., to become white, Pembuka, j whiten. Pena, 2, n. (Eng.), pen. Pi-i ,fil. 6, n. (the final i is often much prolonged), peace, quiet, tran¬ quillity, silence, calm, kala e pi-i, v., to be silent, calm, quiet, still, tranquil. Nukala e pi-i, hush, be very quiet. Piata, \ v., to lick, lap, drink (as a Piatula>J dog). Pil-Sad ( 4io ) X X Pilu, 6, n., the dark colour of ripe nsafu, purple. -apilu, a., dark purple (as ripe nsafu), ripe (of nsafu). Pingelo, 2, n. (P. espingarda, see gun Eng.-Kongo), trigger. Pintula, | ^0 be talkative. Pmtulula, y Pipa, v.i., to become cloudy,very dark; to lower, blacken, darken (as the sky with clouds), to grow dark. Pita, 6, bracelet, anklet of brass or sometimes of plaited grass. Pitakana, v.i., to be mixed up together or with other people’s things, and taken away with them. Pitakesa, v., to mix up other people’s things with your own, and take them as though they were all your own. Pitakesa e ndinga, to borrow words from other languages or dialects. Pitakiana,) v., to be mixed up among Pitana, J themselves, to wheel about (as swifts and swallows) in great numbers. Pitu, 2, 71. (P. apito), whistle. Piuka, v.i., to blacken, be black. Piukisa, v.t., to blacken. Pola, v.t., to beat with a thick stick, to club, strike with a club. Pola is 77 iore used by wo 77 ie 7 i; 77 ie 7 i 77 iore freqice 7 itly use vombola. Pomoka, v.i., to pour over, to spill, be spilt, be shed, pour, gush out (as blood). Pomona, v., to pour out, to pour away, to spill. Ponda,) 6, 71 ., table-knife, knife (of Ponde,i good quality. Pongoka, v.i., see Pomoka. Pongola, v.t., see Pomona. Posola, v.t., to smash, crush to atoms, squash. Pudingi, 6 , 71. (Eng.), pudding. Puknka, v.i., to explode, generally used of loose powder, or the flash of powder in the pan, especially when a gun misses fire, hence to miss fire. Pukuka, 9, n., an explosion, a flash in the pan only, a habit of missing fire. Pnknla, v.t., to cause an explosion, as above, to fire a miss-fire. Puknmuka, v., to bluster (as the wind), to fly heavily as a fowl. Pulete, 2, 7 i. (P. espoleta), a percussion cap. nkele a pulete, a cap gun. Pulnkante, 2, n. (P. pnrgante), an aperient, a purgative medicine, Epsom salts. Pupidila, v., to shiver, shudder, with cold. Pupila, v., to tremble, shiver, shake with fear or cold. Pupu, 6, 7 i., a gun-case, a cover made of skin to shield the lock of a gun. Pwa ! see 2 i 7 ider Ntima, &c. s. Sa, adv., soon, directly, very shortly (used only of a future time, but not the immediate future). The verb which follows sa is always in the Subjunctive mood, sa ngienda, I shall soon go; sa kaluaka, he will soon be here. Saba, 6, 71 ., hut, shelter, cover, house (one erected as a temporary shelter, not a dwelling-house). Sabala, 2 (P. sabre), clubs (in cards). Sabisabi (P. sabe, I know), No (em¬ phatic refusal to have anything to do with the matter). Sabuka, v.i. (Bako.), to go, come, get,, pass, cross over (a river) ; to be ferried or carried across (a river). Sabula, v.t. (Bako.), to ferry, carry,, take, bring (things) over (a river). Sadi, 6 , 71., a wild yam, the creeping stalk and roots of which are thickly covered with thorns. ( 4 11 ) Sad-Sak. Sadi, 6, n., a workman, one who works ; hence a rich man. Sadijiana, v., to help, work for each other, co-operate. Sadila, v., to work for, serve, render service, attend, be in the em¬ ployment of, to wait on (at table), to help. Sadila, 9, n., relief, help, service, attendance upon. Sadila, v.i., to be broad, be wide, to broaden, widen, extend (in width), to spread out, to expand. sadila,/., broad, wide, expanded. Sadila, 9, n., expanse, width, breadth. Sadilwa, 6, n ., tool, an apparatus or something to work with. Sadisa, v.t., to widen, expand, spread out, broaden, to make broad, wide, &c. Sadisa, v., to cause to work, set to work, to superintend, inspect work; to assist, aid, help, succour, further, relieve, back up, forward, advocate. Sadisa, 9, n., superintendance, relief, help, assistance. -sadisanga, /., helpful, favourable, ke sadisanga ko, contrary, ad¬ verse, not helpful. Sadixila (muna), v., to make use of, take advantage of. Sadixiana, v., to work for each other, help one another. Saji, 6, ?z., the stalk by which several sota (stalklets) are connected with the susu (spike) of palm nut; also the small cluster on the saji. Saka, v.t., to cut off a part, reap, mow, lop off, cut grass, cut the hair, cut through or off at one stroke. saka 0 ntu (4), v., to decapitate, be¬ head. Saka, 6, n., splint. Saka, v., to be too late, be passed, elapsed, expired ; also to be too much, too many, over abundant, exceed, surpass. Saka implies that a certain action is impossible because the subject of saka is too great, or where time is the subject of saka, too much has already elapsed. Ki- lenda kio kwame nata ko ejito disakidi, I cannot carry it, the weight is too great; e ngangu zaku jisakidi, you are too art¬ ful ( a sarcasm) ; kwendi ko e kolo kisakidi, do not go, it is too late (too much time has elapsed); e lekwa isakidi kilenda yo.< xia ko muna nkele, the things are too many, I cannot put them in the box ; (ku-) sakidi (yela understood ), he is getting worse ; that is to say, the com¬ plaint is too severe, consequently he is getting worse. Saka omavembo (//. 8), v., to shrug the shoulder, which implies denial, refusal, or ignorance. Saka 0 koko (9), to throw up the arm, implying pleasure. Saka, 6, n., rat-trap. Sakala, 6, n., a basket of wicker-work not of woven grass, cage. Sakalala, v.i., to become less, abate,, lull, grow less, lessen, decrease, subside, be appeased, assuaged, be too weak, conquered, to be¬ come subject, to submit, yield,, run short, come short in quan¬ tity, be too few, be inferior, to- fall, be less (in price). Sakalala, 9, n., abatement, lull, de¬ crease, submission, subjection, defeat, insufficiency, inferiority. Sakana, v., to play, sport, frolic, joke, to fight (ironical). Sakanina, v., to play with. Sakanisa, v., to cause or help to play, to play with, amuse. Sakasa, v., to pant, breathe quickly, blow (as bellows). Saki, 6, n., bunch (of things strung or fastened together). Sakidika, v.t. ( trans. of sakalala), to make less, lessen, decrease,. Sak-Sal ( 4i2 ) Sakidika, continued. lower, subdue, subjugate, sub¬ ject, abase, assuage, allay, miti¬ gate, appease, soothe, relieve, satisfy. sakidika 0 makaxi ( pi. 8), to pacify. sakidika e ntalu (2), to make cheap, lessen, beat down in price. Sakidila, v.t. (applied form 0/ sakila), to congratulate, salute, thank, submit to. Sakila, v.i., to surrender, yield ; to clap in token of surrender or gratitude, salutation, or congra¬ tulation. sakila 0 lukofi (10), to clap the hands with the thumbs in¬ terlocking (men only clap after this fashion). Saku, 6, n., during the harvest of nguba (arachis) the nuts are made into a heap in the farms, and surrounded by a circle of the dry plants, which have been torn up. This ring and heap is called saku. Saku, 2, n. (P. saco), a sack. Sakuka, v.i. ( per/, sakukidi), to be cut off (as a part), to be reaped, mown, lopped off, cut (of the hair). Sakuka, v.i. {per/, sakukini), mid. v. tf/sakuna ; see Sakuka above. Sakuka, v. [ferf sakukidi), to be pulled up (as weeds). Sakuka, v., to abound, exceed, be in excess. Sakuka, v., to be appeased, assuaged, to cease, abate, be satisfied, allayed, relieved (of desires only). makaxi akuka (8, pi., ma-), v., to be conciliated. nkolwa (2, i-) sakuka, v., to be¬ come sober after a carousal, recover (from drunkenness). Sakula, v., to eat, also to speak (used only in reference to a great chief). Sakula, v., to weed, pull up weeds (not used of the ground , for which see Sakwila). Sakula, v.t., to collect, amass, heap up, put plenty, much, many. Sakula, v.t., to appease, assuage, soothe, pacify, allay, relieve, satisfy, slake (hunger), sakula 0 lulendo (10), to humble, bring down pride, humiliate, sakula 0 makaxi (pi. 8), to pro¬ pitiate, conciliate. Sakumuka, v., to spring out of the ground, grow, spring up, be in leaf, come into leaf, put out leaves. Sakuna, v.t., see Saka, to cut off. Sakwila, v., to weed (the ground, not used of the weeds, see Sakula). Sala, v.i. ( perf. sadidi & sele, applied form, sadila), to do, act, work, toil, labour, execute (a work), to profit, make a profit, to be of advantage, be of use ; to be industrious, to prosper in business, get on in the world, to be getting rich, making a fortune, to get rich, be rich, have made a fortune (the last two meanings can seldom be attached to any but the past tenses in a). E mfumu ina yasala e ? was that chief rich ? Wasala beni, Yes, very rich, sala e salu, v., to prosecute, per¬ form, effect, engage in a work, be busy, engaged, occupied. Sala, 9, 7 i., industry, work, labour. Sala, v.t., to reap, cut, gather (corn). Sala, v. ( pe>f xidi, causative, xisa), to remain, be left, dwell, abide, sala kiabiza or kiambote, adieu (said by those departing), fare¬ well, women ai 7 iong themselves say sala miangana. sala 0 ku nima (2), v., to be left, remain behind, be late, last. Sala is also used as a?i auxiliary verb implying to stop and — ; osala vonda e nsusu, stop and kill a fowl. ( 4i3 ) Sal-SAm Sala, 6, n., a dance, characterized by rapid oscillation of the hips. Sala, 6, fin, tail of fish. -a sala-nima, a., mwanji (3) a sala-nima, the ham¬ string, also the achilles tendon. Salaji, 2, 7 t. (P. sara^a 1 ?), Turkey-red (cloth). Salajiana, v., to buy and sell each other (as in times of famine). Salakana, v.i., able to be performed, done. Salata, 2, n. (P. salada), see Nsala- ta. Sain, 6, n., toil, labour, industry, work, occupation, profession, vocation, function, task, job, deed, opera¬ tion, feat, exertion, use, profit, activity, service, effect, act, something to do ; also the pro¬ ceeds of work. If I work, and with the proceeds buy a slave, that slave is salu kiame. nkwa (1) salu, n ., labourer, vanga e salu, v., to work, perform work. ye salu, a., busy, useful, of use. Salujioka, v.i., to keep jumping up and down. Saluka, v., to be reaped, gathered (of corn only). Saluka, v., to start, jump, spring back, in fear or pain, recoil, wince, flinch. Salukisa, v., to startle, frighten. Salukwa, v ., to be surprised, startled ; taken unawares, by surprise, miss, discover a loss. Salulula, v., to do, perform a work over and over again. Salwa, v., to progress, to be being done, carried on. Sama, v.i. (Bako.), see Serna Samba, v., to pray, entreat, supplicate, worship, used only in reference to God. Samba, v., to squall (as an infant). Samba e nsuki, v., to part the hair, samba e njila, v ., to beat down the grass on each side of the road. Sambakana, v., to be parted (of the hair). -sambanu, a ., six. Sambila, v., to climb, ascend, get up, go up or on to (a roof), mount, jump, to get (on board, into a canoe). sambila (muna nlungu, 4), v ., to embark. Sambu, 6 , n ., prayer, supplication,, worship. Sambu, 6, n., squall (of a baby). Sambukila, v.t., \ to take, catch (a Sambukilwa, v.i., ) contagious dis¬ ease), also to be caught (of the disease). Kongos do not un¬ derstand infection ; they do not know whether they catch the disease, or the disease catches them. Sambukila, 9, infection, contagion. Sambukisa, v., to infect, taint; to transmit or communicate con¬ tagion. sambukisa e nsudi (2), to taint. Sambula, v., to hammer out the edge (of a hoe, &c.). Sambula, v., tusambwidi, interj., a salutation to a man who returns to his town after having been away for a while. Samika, v.t., to cork, plug, to put in a stopper. Sampujioka, v.i., to be incessantly looking round (as a monkey,. &c.), to be very wary. Sampuka, v., to be wary, to look, glance round, up, down, to be alert. Sampuka, v., to be quick. Sampuka, v., to recover from sick¬ ness, get well, get better, im¬ prove in health, convalesce. Sampusampu, 6, n ., fancy, apprehen¬ sion of danger, or the approach of something, uneasiness, kala ye sampu-sampu, v., to ima¬ gine, fancy, be uneasy, appre¬ hensive ; sampusampu kia mona yandi ndina kiau, I Sam-San ( 4i4 ) Sampusampu, continued. fancied that I saw him ; sa- mpusampu kia ndinga a mu- ntu ndina kiau, I fancy I heard a person’s voice. Samuijiana, v., to tell each other. ■Samuna, v. (used of matters only), to tell, inform, say, state, relate, narrate, deliver (a message), declare, describe, announce, communicate, enumerate, make known, publish, preach, pro¬ phecy, profess, confess. Samuna, 6 , ?i., story, anecdote, tale, folklore, parable. Samuna and Savu are always interspersed with songs. Samuna, 9, n., telling, informing, pub¬ lishing, preaching, professing. Samunwina, v ., to tell about or of, acquaint with ; report, say, declare, counsel, exhort, in¬ struct, commend, bid or direct about. Samwina, v. Sana, v.t ., to comb, card. Sana 0 lusanu (10), v., to boast. Sanga, v., to dance or leap with joy, to triumph, exult, shout (as those victorious or sure of victory), to shout (as those going to war), also to dance the sword-dance, which is only done by a chief on very special occasions. When some one is to be exe¬ cuted the chief dances the sanga for a while, then stopping suddenly points the sword at the victim, who is immediately killed. Sanga, 9, n ., triumph, exultation, the clamour of warriors, also the sword-dance. Sanga, v.t., to mix, mingle, inter¬ mingle. Sanga, 6, n., island. Sanga, adv., see Sa. Sangala, 6, n ., thing. Sangalakana, v.i., to mix up, be mixed up. Sangalakesa, v.t., to mix up. Sangama, v.i., to be caught (on any¬ thing so as not to fall) r to hang on (as something which has fallen). Sangana, v.i., to intermingle, mix to¬ gether. Sanganisa, v.t., to mix, put, throw together. Sangika (muna), v.t., to hang on; catch on (something so as not to fall). Sangula, v.t., to get, take, knock down (with a stick, &c., some¬ thing which is out of reach). Sangula, v.t., to kill at a long range. Sangumuka (kuna), v.i., to fall from, or off. Sanguna, v., see Sanga. Sanguna, v., to be delighted, full of glee, in raptures, enraptured. Sanguna, 9, n., rapture, delight, joy, glee, exultation. Sangwa, 6, n rattle (having loose seeds or stones inside, for children, and for use in incan¬ tations). Sanji, 6, 7 i., marimba. Sanjika, v., to scatter. Sansa, v., to provide, supply, support, nourish, keep, feed, provide for, distribute. Sansa, v., to impart knowledge, in¬ struct, train. Sansa, 9, 71., providence. Sansakana, v., to be scattered, dis¬ tributed, provided, able to be provided. Sansakesa, v., to scatter, put about (here and there). Sansala, v., to stumble, stagger, reel, trip, go blundering over a thing. Sansala, 9, 71., carelessness, blunder¬ ing, clumsiness. Sansanisa, v., to put about (here and there). Sansuka, v.i., to be provided with (food), supported, kept. Sansumuka, v.i., to go off (as dew). ( 415 ) San-Sav Sansumuna, v.t., to shake with a quick motion (as when bitten or burnt). Santu, 2, n ., (P. sancto), the name given at baptism. It has now become customary to assume Portuguese names prefaced by the title Dom. These also are called santu. Sanu, 6, u ., comb, rake. Sanxila, v.t., to sprinkle (from the fingers, as meal into a pot). Sanza, v.t., to plunder, spoil, pillage, rifle, rob, loot, ransack, despoil, seize, take. Sanzala, 6, n., the lying in state of a great chief. sanzala kia ntinu, is often used as an oath of affirmation, they swear by the sanzala of the king. Sanzama,) , , Sanzana, j "•» t0 be scattered. Sanzuka, v.t., to widen, spread out, expand, be broad, broaden. Sanzuka, 9, n., expanse, width, breadth. -asanzuka, a ., broad, extended, wide. Sanzula, v.t., to widen, expand, broaden, spread out, beat out (as metal). Sanzumuka, v.i., see Sanzuka. Sanzumuka, 9, «., see Sanzuka. Sanzumuna, v.t., see Sanzula. Sapala, 6, n., wood, copse, grove, “ bush.” Sapi, 6, 7 t., yellowish green slough on an ulcer. Sapu, 2, 11. (P. chapeo), straw hat, cap. Sasa, v., to explain, show the meaning of, make plain, define, illustrate, sasa 0 nkanu (4), to give sentence, judgment. Sasa, v., to cut up, carve, dissect. Sasabala, 6, n., a braid, plait, also a mat of split papyrus stems woven together. Sasuka, v.i., to recover, get well, get better, mend, improve in health, be cured, convalesce. Sasuka, 9, n., relief (from pain or sickness), improvement, con¬ valescence. Sasula, v.t., to cure, make better, to restore to health. Sata (muna), v.t., to search for (in). Sata, v., to be acid, tart. Sata, 9, 11., tartness, acidity, an acid. Satade, 6, n. (Eng.), Saturday. Saujiana, v., to be at feud, to hate each other. Sauka, v.i., to ford, get over a river, go across, pass or cross over, be ferried. Saula, v.t., to put over (a river), carry, bring, take, ferry across. Saula, v., to hate, scorn, despise, re¬ ject, spurn, disdain, detest, abominate, execrate, contemn, abhor, to refuse with scorn, treat with contempt, to rebel against, to revolt, resent. Saula, 9, 7i., hatred, scorn, contempt, dis¬ dain, resentment, dislike, abom¬ ination, abhorrence, rebellion, re¬ volution, rejection, detestation. Savu, 6 , 71., see Samuna. Savuka, v.i., to bud, shoot, sprout, come into leaf, put forth leaves ; to be or become very abundant, to abound, to be too many, to be in excess, or surfeit, to be cheap (in consequence of abund¬ ance), to be lightly esteemed, thought little of, despised, dis¬ respected, of no worth or value, he 7 ice to be useless. Savuka, v., to be light (not heavy), become light, lessened (in weight), lighter. Savuka, 9, 71., dishonour, disrespect, disregard, cheapness. Savula, v.t., to cause to sprout, make to bud, make abundant, make too many, cause to be cheap (by reason of excess), to dises- teem, despise, disrespect, con¬ sider lightly, to risk ; 0 savwidi 0 moyo andi, he risked his life, he counted not his life dear. Sav-Sel ( 416 ) Savula, v.t., to lighten, lessen (in weight). Saya, 6 , n., bank or bed of earth, ridge, garden bed. vanga e saya, v ., to hoe into ridges. -asaya,^.,earthenware, crockery ware. Sazu, 6 , n., haste, quickness, speed, rapidity, swiftness, ease, facility, -asazu, a., quick. e sazn, adv., swiftly, speedily, hastily, quickly. Sazuka, % /./., to be quick, to hasten, hurry. Sazuka, v., to be better, convalesce. Sazula, v.t., to hasten, hurry, make quick, expedite, urge. Sazulwisa, v.t., to urge, hasten, cause to hurry, accelerate. Se, a particle used with nouns, adj., & verbs. It may always be translated by : now just, about to, going to, the verb “ to be ” is always understood. It calls attention to a change of circum¬ stances ; some other state having previously existed, now something else has ensued or will ensue. Se yambote, they are now good. Wause nunu, now he is old; se nkwenda kwame, I am going. When se is used in talking of matters which happened in the past, it must be translated by “ then.” se fuku, it was then night, it is now night ; se yandi, it is he (now), there he is (then), se tadi, interj., lo ! behold ! Se, 6 , n., colour, tint, mark, pattern. Sebe, 6 , n., obstinacy (in children). Seda, 2, n. (P. seda), silk. Sejima, v., to flash (as lightning). Seka, v.t., to scour, grind (a knife), clean by scouring or rubbing (as a gun, the teeth, &c.),*to brighten, polish. Seka is oiily used when the grinding or scouring material is rubbed on the article. Seka, v.i., to be bright, gleam, to turn or lie bright side uppermost, to turn face, or (as a dead fisli) belly uppermost. Sekesa, v.t., to whet, sharpen, rub, grind, &c. (on a stone). Sekesa is used when the article is rubbed on the grinding material. Sekesa, v.t., to cause to turn or lay the bright side uppermost, to turn face, or (as a dead fisli) belly uppermost. Sekoka, v.i., to be scoured, rubbed (with grinding material). Sekoka, v.i., to be poured from one receptacle into another ; to be decanted. Sekola, \z/., to transfer into some- Sekula,/ thing else, change, pour out into (another receptacle), to translate ; to decant (fluids and gases). sekola (e ndinga, 2), to translate, interpret. Sela, v.t., to tuck up one’s cloth, to gird up loose robes, gird up the loins. Sela, 2, n. (P. cera), wax. Selalala, v.i., to abound, to be plenti¬ ful, be in great numbers. Selalala, v.i., to be left out (of things which one wished to keep secret or hidden, of many things only). Seleleka, v.t., to put plenty, to cause to abound, make abundant. Seleleka, v.t., to leave out, or expose things which one wished to be secret or hidden (of many things). Seleka, v.t., to dress (another) finely. Selo, 6 , n. (P. despenseiro = sero), steward, attendant, servant, selo kiankento, maid servant. Selojioka, v.i., to keep on turning up, as below. Seloka, v.i., to turn or lie face, or (as a dead fish) belly uppermost. Seloka, v.i., to be tucked, girded up (of loose clothes). ( 417 ) Sel-Ses Selola, v.t., to turn or lay face upper¬ most, or (as a dead fish) belly uppermost, to set right side up, to correct, trip up and throw down backwards. Selnka, v.t., see Seloka. Selula, v.t., see Selola. Sema, v ., to gleam, shine, glow, be bright or clean, to flash as light¬ ning, &c., to lighten, hence also to have a shooting pain, ezulu disemene, it lightens. Sembo, 6 , n ., spur (of fowl). Sempoka, v.t., to pour over, spill, be spilt. Sempola, v.t., to pour out, pour away, spill. Sempuka, v., see Sempoka. Sempula, v.t., see Sempola. Sena, v.t., see Senona. Senda, v.t., to pay or reward for services rendered, to give a present in return. Sendalala, v.t., to slant, slope, be slanting, incline. Sendeleka, v.t., to slant, put slanting, slope, incline. Sendoka, v., to strut about proudly. Sendoka, v.t., to be tripped up, be grasped by the feet and knocked over. Sendola, ) v.t., to push over or upset Sendona,J (a person or thing) by catching and lifting the feet or base off the ground, to trip up and push over ; to lift (a long stick, &c., on to the shoulder, by picking up one end of it, and lifting at the centre of gravity). Senduka, see Sendoka. Sendula, \ v j see Sendola. Senduna,J Senga o makeke (pi. 8), v., to cut out the makeke. Sengana ye or yo, v.t., to strain [at] (lifting or pulling). Sengele, 6 , n., a title of nobility. Sengenena, v., to shine not very brightly (of sun, moon, or stars). Sengexi, 12, n., sand. Sengojioka, v., to toss about (as in pain). Sengoka, v.t., to turn or lie face or belly uppermost (as a dead fish). sengoka 0 mambemba (pi. 7 )? to fall backwards. Sengola, v.t., to lay, put face up¬ wards, or right side up ; also to bring to light, divulge, find something long hidden or secret, sengola 0 mambemba, to throw backwards. Sengomoka, v., to emerge, rise (as the sun), rise, come to the sur¬ face, be brought to light, recalled to mind, recollected. Sengomona, v., to remember, re¬ collect, recall to mind; bring to light (something long hidden and forgotten). Sengnka, v.t., see Sengoka. Sengula, v.t., see Sengola. Sengumuna, v., see Sengomona. Sengwa, 6 , n. (Bako.), iron (the metal). Senoka, v.t., to be girded up tightly. Senona, v., to gird up loose robes, to tuck up one’s cloth, to gird the loins. Sensa, v.t., to mince, cut up, slice off, slice up, shave off slices. Sensa, v.t., to be beached, lie at anchor. Sensesa, v.t., to beach, run ashore. Senswa, 6 , n., a calabash with a lip. Senswa, 6 , n., a euphemism, vova mnna senswa, to speak in euphemisms. Senze, 6 , n., basket (hung over the fireplace). Sesa, v., to sift, shake in a sieve. Sesa, 6 , n., broom. Seselela, v.t., to joke. Seswila, 6 , n., bush burnt clean to the ground, e seswila, adv. via e seswila, v., to burn close to the ground. E E Set-Son ( 4i8 ) Seta, v., to fabricate a story, news. Seva, v., to laugh, smile, grin, giggle, laugh at, to ridicule, deride, scoff, jeer, taunt, make fun of. Si, S before i, becomes x. Soba, v.t., to alter, change, exchange, shed (feathers). Soba, 9, n., alteration. Sobakana, v., to be alterable, change¬ able. Soboka, 1 to alter, change. Soka, 77./., to discover, invent, find out, devise, design, plan, con¬ trive, scheme, plot, project; fabricate, or make up some¬ thing not true. Soka, 7/., to put in many things one or a few at a time, to pack full, to shuffle (cards). Soka, 6, n., armlet, bangle, bracelet, of coiled metal. Soka, 6, ?i., cassava root, as sold in the markets after being steeped in water, peeled, and dried in the sun. Soka, 6, #., small tusk of ivory, a scriveller. Sokela, 7 /., to ridicule, “ chaff,” make fun of, jeer, deride, joke (about something). Sokola, 7/., to unload (a gun). Sokola, 7/., to pick palm nuts from the spike or stalklets. Sokola 0 ntu, v., see under Ntn. Sokolola, 7/., to imitate, do in imita¬ tion, ape, mimic, repeat, follow, copy, do like. Sokomoka, v ., to fall out of, leak, ooze out of from something close (as sand out of a bag). Sokomoka may be used of liquids provided they are thin and flow freely ; to be put out, used of the mpimbi. Sokomona, v.t., to let fall, as above, to put forth the mpimbi (of the plaintain). Sola, v.t., to select, choose, pick, sort, prefer, look out. Sola, v., to make a clearing (in a wood), make a farm on forest land. Soloka, v.i., to emerge, come to view, to appear, be found, discover itself. Solola, v., to find, discover. Solonga, v., to drip, fall in drops, flow (of blood). Solongo, 6, n., language of Asolongo (Musurongo). Soma, v., to String, thread, impale. Soma, v., to load (a gun), soma e mbombe (2), to prime a gun. Somala, v. (P. sommar), to do sums. Somala, 9, n., arithmetic, sums. Somboka, v., to jump. Somona, v., to unravel, make a fringe, unthread, to take out (a pin or skewer or bolt or nail, &c.), to unpin. Somonona, v., to reload (a gun), to thread over again. Sompa, v., to marry, wed (ot the man). sompa 0 longo (10) lua, to cohabit with (of the man). Sompa, v.t., to borrow. Sompajiana, v., to intermarry. Sompeka, v., to lend. Sompela, v.i. {applied form oj sompa), to borrow from or for. Sompesa, v., to marry (of the woman’s parents). Sompwa, v., to marry (of the woman). Somwa, v., to be loaded (of a gun). Sona, v., to drip, fall in drops (as blood, used also of the first few drops of a shower). Sona, v., to make a mark, to write, sona 0 nkanda (4), to write a letter. sona e sono (6), v.t., to make amark. Sonajiana, v., to correspond with or write to each other. Sondama, v., to sit; to squat, resting on the feet (the soles of the feet only touching the ground). Sondo, 6, n., the clitoris. ( 419 ) SON-SUK Soneka, v., to write, register, enrol, engage (for service). Sonekena, v.t ., to correspond with, to write to, or for, or with, or about, or on. Songa, v.t., to show, point out, con¬ vince, prove, demonstrate, direct, describe, display, exhibit, ex¬ pose, introduce (of friends), instruct, show how. songa e lombo (6), v., to show hos¬ pitality, to entertain hospitably, songa e njila (2), v., to lead, guide, show the way. songa e nkenda (2), v., to give quarter, show mercy. Songa, v.i., to be just, upright, correct, fair ; deal or act fairly, justly, righteously ; be virtuous, moral, honest, straightforward. Songa, 9, n., justice, uprightness, recti¬ tude, correctness, righteousness, integrity, propriety, honesty, virtue. -asonga, a., fair, just, right, upright, good, equitable, honest, honour¬ able, virtuous, righteous, law¬ ful. Songela, v.t., to show ; see Songa. Songelela, v., to point at, point to. Songesa, v., to rectify ; make or prove right, to correct, revise, vindi¬ cate. Songoka, v., to be pointed, sharp. Songola, v.t., to cut, sharpen, make a point. Sono, 6, 71., mark, writing, handwrit¬ ing ; also, a dust mark made on the forehead, temple, nose, or lip, when paying homage to a king. Sononona, v., to rewrite. Sonsa, v.t., to cut gashes (small), sonsa 0 meno (7), to cut or file teeth. The fashionable manner is to sharpen the two top front teeth, or to cut them diagonally from the centre. Sonsa, v.i., to drip, fall in drops, sonsa 0 menga, {pi. 7), to bleed. Sonsoka, v., to go about, be always on the move. Sosa, v., to make a clearing in a wood for a garden ; to make a farm on forest land. Sosa, v.t. (Bako.), search, look for. -asoso, a., of full count (of beads). Sosola, v.t., to rustle. Kongos do not say that the leaves rustle, but that some one rustles them. Sota, 6, 7 i., a stalk, stalklet. Sotojioka, v., to tumble about. Sotoka, v.i., to fall, fall down. Sotola, v.t., to let fall. Stufu, 2, 7 i. (Eng. stove), stove. Su, 6, 71., mortar (for pounding). Suba, v., to make water, urinate, micturate. Suka, v.i., to come to an end, to finish, end, to be done, finished, all paid away, expended, exhaust¬ ed. Snka, v.i., to ache (used of the limbs, the back and the neck). Suka, v.t., with the locative muna tn its various for771s, to poke, put, push, run, stick or thrust into, or through or up ; to insert, pierce, penetrate, to thread through (as cotton), suka e mpaka (2) muna, v.t., to gore. suka.. .muna (suka e mbele muna), v., to stab, stick a knife into, suka 0 nlembo (4), v., to touch one in the face or chin with the fin¬ ger as a challenge. Suka, 6, 7 t., tail (of bird). Sukama, v., to be poor, be in want. Sukama, 9, 71., the (condition of) being in want ; want, necessity, need ; a state of deprivation, poverty. Sukami, 12, n., poverty, destitution, deprivation, want, need, -asukami, a., poor, needy, destitute. Sukasuka, 9, n., an aching pain in the joints, limbs, neck or back, stiffness, cramp, rheumatism, lumbago. SUK-SUN ( 420 ) Sukika, v., to impoverish, make poor, reduce to poverty. Sukinina, v., to be the last, be behind all. Sukisa, v.t., to finish, exhaust, make an end of. sukisa e ekudi (8), to irritate, make angry, enrage, vex, annoy, used only of the anger of vexation. Sukisa, to cause to ache ; see Suka. Suku, 6 , haunch, rump (of beast). Sukula, ?/./., to wash clean (with water), wash out. Sukula, v., to drive animals or fowls quietly along. Sukula-malonga, 6 , n, wild cucum¬ ber, the loofa ; also the green tree-frog. Sukumuna, v.t., to wash out, clear out, rinse out. Sukwa, v.t., to stick into, be stuck into, or up or through. Sukwa, v., to have a pain in ; see Suka (to ache). Sukwa e ekudi (8), v., to be angry, enraged, vexed, annoyed, irri¬ tated, of the a)iger of vexation only. Sula, v.t., to press the pulp of palm nuts in the hand with the thumb against the palm of the hand. Sula, 6 , n., shell of a nut. Sulu, 6 , n., ascites, dropsy. Sulu, 6 , n., the electric fish. Suluka, v.i., to be miscarried. Sulula, v.t., to miscarry, abort. Sulumuka, v., to spring, pop out, slip out or aside, (as something slippery when pressed upon, or struck). Sulumuna, v.t., to cause something slippery to slip or slide out or aside by pressure or a stroke. Sumata, v., to sip. Sumba, v.t., to buy, procure, purchase, trade in, get (by purchase). Sumbate yamu, or yaku, or yava, or yamuna, or yakuna, or yava- na, until, as far as. Sumbisa, v., to cause to buy, sell. Sumbuka, 6, n., door-sill, step,, threshold. sumbuka kiantandu, n., lintel of door. Sumbuka, v.i., to be bought. Sumbula, 6, n., extreme danger, peril,, jeopardy. kala omu sumbula, v., to be in extreme danger, peril. Sumika, v., to let, draw, extract blood, to cup, bleed. Sumikwa, 6, n., a goat’s horn used in the operation of cupping. Surnuna, v., to infringe, transgress, disobey, break (a rule or taboo imposed by a doctor) ; see Konko & Mpangu. Sunda, v., to excel, exceed, beat,, defeat, be first (in excellence),, eclipse, surpass, be over, be to spare, be superior, go beyond,, outdo, be more than, better than, be the greater, the greatest, be in excess, left behind.. Sunda and Suva are used in the construction of the comparative and superlative of the adjective.. 0 yandi osundidi mono muna kaya, he gave more than I = he exceeded me in giving ; mbolo isundidi 0 wete ye kwanga, bread is better than kwanga ; ye eki ye ekio kiaki kwandi kisundidi 0 la,, this is longer than that = and this and that, this one exceeds in length; kiaki kisundidi yawanso, this is better than all ; eki kisundidi 0 bi (12), this is the worst ; ekiaki kia- biza kanxi kiakina kisundidi 0 wete, this is good, but that is; better; ke vasundidi kwanga. ko, there are no spare kwanga. sunda e ntela (4), v., to be taller than, sunda e ngolo (2), v.t., to be stronger than, conquer, overcome, pre¬ vail, be victorious, vanquish, win. Sunda, 9, n., victory, exceeding, the excelling. ( 421 ) Sun—S ux Sundalala, v.i., to lie down flat. Sundidika, v.t., to lay down flat. Sundisa, v.t., to cause to excel, exceed, &c. ; see Sunda. Sunduka, v., see Sunda. Sundula, v.t., see Sundisa. Sunga, 6, ?i., a habit of mind or thought. tala e sunga, v., to test, try (the heart), tempt. Sunga, v., to enshroud, wrap in a shroud, wrap a corpse. Sungama, v.t., to sit improperly. Sungama, v.i. (Bako.), see Xingama. Sungamena, v., to recollect, re¬ member, recognise, know, sungamena (beni), to be certain (remember well). Sungela, 6, n., round missile. Sungididi, 6, n., perseverance, xia e sungididi, v., to persevere. Sungu, 6, n., violent death. -asungu, a., violent (of death only). Sungula, v., to talk about, mention, speak about, allude to, name, say, remark. Sungumuna, v.t., to shape, make oval (in shape like the baobab pods). Sunsa, 6, correctness of aim, the ability to throw well or far, skill in shooting. nkwa (i) sunsa, agoodshot, agood marksman. nkwa nua (4) a sunsa, one who guesses well, appropriately, almost correctly, who suggests something very satisfactory. Sunuka, v., to become unsewn, come undone (as something badly sewn or tied), be let fall by accident, be told, divulged, in¬ advertently (of a secret), be clear, plain, explicit. Sununa, v., to detach, undo, unfasten (careless stitching), to unpick, to thoughtlessly let out, to betray, blab, tell (a secret, inadvert¬ ently), divulge, disclose, speak prematurely, to explain, make plain, make clear. Sunzuka, v.i., to come, be brought, taken, conducted, carried near or to, to approach. Sunzula, v.t., to bring, bring close, conduct, take to, to draw near to, cause to approach, carry to, carry near, lead to. sunzula e diambu (7), v., to tell a matter. Sunzulwila, see Sunzwila. Sunzumuka, v., to come, arrive un¬ expectedly. Sunzwila, applied form of sunzula, to bring to...for. Adieyi OSU- nzulwidi e lekwa kiaki kwa mfumu, what did you take take this thing to the chief for ? sunzwila e diambu, to inform, tell of a matter. Susa, v., to urinate, make water. Susu, 6, n., a spike (of palm fruit), the base upon which the fruit clusters. Susula, v., to remind. Susumiana, v., to fetch, invite each other. Susumuna, v., to invite, go to fetch, ask to come; call for, go for, summon. Susumuna, v., to start, frighten game, to startle. Susumwisa, v.t., to send for, to in¬ vite (by message), to cause to go for (persons only). Suta, v., to be too soon, be in a hurry (spoken of others), im¬ patient, eager. ke suta ko, v., to be patient. Suta, 1 9,72., impatience, eagerness. Sutana, J Sutana, v., see Suta. Sutanisa, v., causative of above. Suva, see Sunda. Suvisa, v., see Sundisa. Suvuka, v., see Sunda. Suvula, v., see Sundisa. Suxi, 6, n., chance, accident, mis¬ chance, a chance incident, -asuxi, a., accidental, unintentional, chance. Sux-Tad ( 422 ) Suxi, continued. ku or kuna suxi, adv., with the applied form of the verb , by chance, by accident, inadver¬ tently, unintentionally, acci¬ dentally. Swa, 6, n., a short narrow strip of grass jungle which has remained untouched after a great bush fire, or during the hoeing. Swa, adv., kwenda or kwiza e swa, to go or come into hiding. Swama, v., to go to stool. Swama, v. (Mpa.), to hide. Swanga, 6, n., see Swa. Swanga, v.t ., to put in alternate order, swanga -tatu -tatu, using the secondary numerals , to put by threes alternately. Swangana, v., to be arranged alter¬ nately. Swanganisa, v.t., see Swanga. Swaswana, v.i., to be different, to differ, be diverse, from each other. Swaswana, 9, n., diversity, difference. Sweka, v.t., to cover, hide, conceal, keep, reserve, put away. Swekama, v., to be hidden, to lurk, to lie hid, lie in wait, hide, be concealed. Swekama, v.i., to abscond. Sweki, 6, n., concealment, secrecy, kuna sweki, adv., privately, secretly. Swena, v., to be choked. Swenesa, v.t., to cause to choke, to choke (of the obstacle). Sweneswa, v., to be choked. Swengena \z/., perf. swengene, to Swengenia, / wheeze. Swengena, j whe ezing. Swengenia,/ y ’ nswengenia, 2, n., wheezing, asthma, bronchitis. Swenwa, v.i., to be choked. Swenswena, v., to begin to fall (as rain). Swika, v.t., to hem, sew. T. Ta, v.t. mid. v. if erf l) tele ; appl.form , tela; causative,pass.,tews,', intrans. form, tewuka or tewo- ka. A verb of very indefinite meaning used with many nouns which otherwise have no verb to express the performance of the action which is peculiar to them, a few instances are quoted as examples below, but ta will generally be found under the noun with which it is con¬ nected :—to recite, relate (a story), play (a game), go (to mar¬ ket), bite (as a snake), declare (by divination). Very often the noun with which the ta is coupled, is so self-apparent, that it is omitted ; see sentence under Mb wing a. Ta, v., auxiliary verb used in making a continuative form (Bako.) ; nata bata nata, they are carrying. Ta, 9, n., the usual noun derived from the infinitive mood, which must therefore serve for ta in all its meanings. Ta, 6, n., body. Ta, 13, n., a bow ; a gun is also called ta now. ta tutu nkele, see Nkele. ta wa nsosolo (2), a spring toy gun ; see Nsolo. Tabila, 6, n., distance, extent, stage of a journey. tabila kiebeni tudiete 0 unu, we have come a long way to-day or we have made a good march to-day. Tadi, 12, iron (the metal), metal, tadi (wa mbele), n., steel. Tadi, 6, n., an article, tool or instru¬ ment made of metal having a definite use or purpose ; hence, an iron, fetters, shackles, anvil, ( 423 ) Tad-Tam Tadi, continued. crowbar, machine mill, candle¬ stick, inkstand, chain, tongs, key, &c. tadi kia mini, candlestick. tadi kitunganga o nlele (4), sewing machine. -atadi, a ., iron, steel, metal. Tadi ! se tadi ! look ! lo ! behold ! Tadila, v., applied form of Tala. Tafuna, v.t., to chew. Tai, see Tayi. Taika, see Tayika. Taji, 6 , 7 i. landa e taji, v., to sleep on after every one else is about; hence , to rise late. Taka, 6, 71., a wooden hook or hitch, a short straight piece of wood fastened in the centre to a fish¬ ing line, which, when swallowed, hitches crosswise, and so the fish is caught. Takakana, v., to be able to be — (used with all the various meanings of ta ; see Ta). Takala, v., to waddle. Taknjioka, 7/., to frisk, jump about (like a kid). ^ Takuka, v., to be flung, thrown away. Takuka, v., to jump, bound along, gallop, to bounce up. -*• Taknla, 7/., to throw away, overboard, up, down, into ; to heave, cast, fling away, out ; to toss. Taknla, v.t ., to cause to jump, to bounce, dance. Takula, v ., to act as a traitor, traitor¬ ously, to betray. Takula, 9, n., traitorous treachery. Takula, 7/., to scratch about (as a fowl). Takulula, repetitive 0/Takula. Tala, 7/., to flay, skin, strip off the skin (with the aid of an instru¬ ment). Tala, 7/., to look, look at, for, after, inspect, notice, view, review, watch, regard, observe, gaze at. tala-ndungu (6), neck of a fowl Tala, continued- (the perquisite of the man who killed it). tala e sunga (6), v., to test; to try (the heart), tempt. tala e tukutuku (6), 7/., to stare at, to gaze at, to fix the eyes, to gaze fixedly. Tala, 9, 7 i., attention, observation, view, gaze. Talajiana, se nta se ntalajiaua, a saying with which Kongos open a country story, equivalent to: now I will tell you a story. Talajiana, | v., to look at each other, Talana, i be opposite, be facing, be face to face. talana e ntinu, (2), v., to race with any one, run a race. Talanisa, v., to put opposite, face to face. Taluka, v.i., to be looked at. Talulula, v., to look over again, re¬ vise, review. Talumuka, v., to thunder (spoken of thunder only). Tama, v., to measure (length, dis¬ tance), measure by paces, &c., pace, space, fathom, take the dimensions. Tamba, v., to hold out in the hand, offer, show, hold, put, reach out, extend (the hand or arm). Tamba, v., to tie, fix or fasten roughly, to baste, run, sew roughly. Tamba 0 ntambu (4), v., to set traps for animals or fish. Tambajiana, v., to hold out, show to one another. Tambakana, v., to be able to be held out in the hand, to be held out in the hand. Tambakana, v., to hand, pass from one to the other, to relieve each other, to interchange, take turns, to spread (as news), to spread, meet (as fire ; see below). tambakana yo tiya, {pi. 10), to be set on fire in various places. Tam-Tan ( 424 ) Tambakesa, v., to render it possible to be held out in the hand. Tambakesa, v., to cause to hand to ; to pass to, to cause to communi¬ cate from one to the other, to cause to spread, to spread (as news, fire, &c.). tambakesa...yo tiya, to burn, set on fire in various places. Tambakiana, v., see Tambakana. Tambama, v.i., to be fixed roughly. Tambangana, v.i., see Tambakana. Tambangesa, v.t., see Tambakesa. Tambangiana yo tiya, v., see ta¬ mbakana yo tiya. Tambi, 6, n., foot, paw, hoof. Tambidila 0 nkanu (4), see Nkanu. Tambika, v., to hand (to), to offer, give, grant, present, render, deliver, to commit (to), hand over (to), used only of things. Tambujiana, v., to take turns at, to relieve each other, receive from one another. Tambnla, v.t., to receive, accept, take, get, of things only, tambula e bensawu, v. (P.bengao), to make the sign of acceptance of homage, by placing the hands together and moving the fin¬ gers slightly. Tambulwila, v., to reply, answer favourably, or in the affirma¬ tive, to protest affirmatively, to affirm, assent, approve, consent, concede, to be willing, agree, nod in assent, acquiesce, grant permission, allow, agree to, ac¬ cept, to acknowledge, recognize, confess. tambulwila 0 nkunga, to reply as singers in chorus to a solo. Tambuxiana, see Tambujiana. Tambwila, v., see Tambulwila Tamika, v., see Tama. Taminika 0 malu (9), v., to straddle, stride. Taminika 0 moko (9), v., to put the arms wide apart when leaning on them. Tampahana, see Tapakiana. Tampalala, v., to wallow. Tamuka, v., to be measured. Tamuka, v., to be apart. Tamuna, v., to put, set, place, ar¬ range far apart, to separate. Tamvuna, v ., to walk with the legs straddling. Tanda, 6, n., a Portuguese person. Tanda, v., to grow, get, be, or become thin, lean, emaciated ; to waste (as in sickness). Tanda, 9, n., thinness, leanness. Tandabala, 6, n., a stand or frame¬ work (made to dry foodstuffs on, by exposure to the sun). Tandakana, v., to be able to become thin ; to be thin, get thin or lean. Tandakana, 9, n., thinness, leanness. Tandu, 6 n., time, period, epoch, era, age, generation, reign of, time of. e tandu kikwizanga, adv., here¬ after, in some future time. Tanduka, v.i., to be broad, to broaden, to spread out, expand, widen. Tanduka, 9, n., breadth, width, ex¬ panse. Tandula, v.t., to widen, broaden, to spread out, to expand. Tanga, v., to count, enumerate, read, learn, study. tanga dimoxi dimoxi, v., to spell. Tangakana, v.i., to be able to be counted. Tan'galala, v.i., to be raised up in front of one’s body (of the legs), see below. Tangidika 0 malu (9) or 0 nkunda (9), v., to sit with the knees raised in front. Tangisa, v., to teach, instruct, teach to read. Tangulula, v., to count over again. Tanianji, 6, n., a caterpillar weaving a cocoon case of sticks. Tanina, v., to protect, shield, defend, guard, escort, save, keep, pre¬ serve. ( 425 ) Tan-Tat Taninwa, v., to be guarded, kept, defended. Taninwa, 6 u., armour, things for defence. Tanji, 6, n., cutlass, matchet. Tanta, v.i., to be sticky and thready, to stretch (as india rubber), to be viscid. Tantama, v., to be strained, stretched, tense. Tantama, 9, n., tension. Tantama, v., to be troubled, annoyed, vexed, teased. Tantana, v., to dispute, wrangle, argue, debate. Tantika, v., to stretch, strain, make tense, to tease, annoy, worry, harass, irritate, trouble, plague, grieve, give trouble, to be im¬ portunate, to compel against the will. Tantisa, v., see Tantnmuna. Tantu, 6, 71., hostility, hatred, enmity. Tantumuka, v., see Tanta. Tantumuna, v.z., to stretch, strain, of something elastic. -tann, a ., five. -tanu tanu, by fives, five at a time, -etanu, a., a fifth. Tanuka, v.z., to rend, be rent; tear, be torn. Tannna, v., to rend, tear. Tapakiana, v., to swim (as some dogs or animals, which lift their fore¬ paws out of the water at each stroke, and thus cause a flopping sound), also to flounder about as a person unable to swim. Tata, 1, n., father, e tata ! Oh ! father (an exclamation of pain, fear, or surprise, some¬ times prolonged to e tata-tata- tata). Tata, v., to utter a cry, cry out, call out (as with pain), to shriek, yelp, call out tata-tata as above. Tata, v., to stick, adhere, join, hezzce to dry (as paint, mud, &c.). ndinga (2 i-) tata, to be hoarse {the Tata, cozztinued. voice sticks ); e ndinga andi itatidi beni, he is very hoarse. Tatama, v.i., to stick, cleave, cling, adhere, to be caught (on or in something), to hitch, to be hitched, wedged, to choke, get fixed, be hemmed, enclosed, shut in, to be in a fix, be puzzled. tatama yo tiya, to be set on fire. Tatamena, v.i. {applied form of Tata¬ ma). Tatamena, v.t ., to become attached to, charmed with, fascinated with, fond of, to desire, hanker after, to be loth to give up, to detain (stick to, slang), retain, to withhold, keep back (something belonging to another). Tatamenwa, v., to be adhered, stuck to, to be charming to, fascina¬ ting to. Tatamesa, v., to cause to adhere to, stick, join, affix, catch, pen, shut, enclose, hem, wedge in; to puzzle, attract, charm, fascinate. Tatamwa, v., to be adhered to, stuck to. Tatana, v.t., to perform upon each other the actions expressed by ta. Tatika, v., to bite, prick, hurt. Tatika 0 tiya {pi. 10), v., to ignite, set fire to, kindle, light a fire, set on fire, burn. Tatila, v.t., to call upon one’s father or mother. Tatila, v.i., to stick, adhere to. Tatila, v.t., to hold responsible ; e mbele ame ovo i tolokele ngeye ntatila, if my knife breaks I shall hold you respon¬ sible. -tatu, a., three, tatu tatu, three by three. -etatu, a., third. Tatu, 6, 71 ., a shrieking, a shriek. Tatuka, v.i., to sound, sound out, be heard, be audible. Tat-Tel ( 426 ) Tatula e ndinga (2), v., to speak aloud, make or utter a sound, to exclaim, pronounce, cry out, make the voice heard. Tauka, v., to be weaned. Tania, v.t., to wean. Taula, v., to spit, eject from the mouth, vomit. taula (0 mete,//. 8 ), to expectorate, spit. Taulwila,?/./., to pronounce the follow¬ ing blessing : ovwa e nsambu yo malawu, may every blessing and good fortune be yours. Taulwila, v.t., to burn a clearing round a town, &c., to protect it from bush fires. Tava, v., to take greedily. Tava e tombe (6), v., to wane (of the moon). Tawila, v.t., see Taulwila, to burn, &c. Taxi, ) 6,7 t., a long while, long Taxi kingi, t time, long ago, long before, long since. taxi kiavioka, adv., long ago, a long time ago. ke taxi ko, adv., not long (as re¬ gards time). taxi kiandwelo, a short time, not long. Taya, v., to run away, escape, get free, get or break away, fly away (after capture). Tayi, 6, n., branch, bough, limb or arm of a tree. bula e tayi, v., to fork, branch. Tayika, v., to be sold. Tayisa, v., to set free, release, liber¬ ate, loose, unloose, let loose, let slip, let go, to turn loose, to free, discharge (a prisoner). Taza, v.t., to rend, tear. Tazuka, v.t., to rend. Tazuna, v.t., to tear, rend. Tebe, 6 , n. (Mpa.), plantain. Tebeka, v., to daub, spread out (as mud, butter, &c.). Tedinga, v. ( appl. form, tedingila), to be lame, walk lame. Tedinga, continued. tedinga,/., lame. kwenda atedinga, v., to go or walk lame, to halt. Tedinga, 9, n., lameness. Teesa, see Tesa. Teka, v., to sell, trade, buy. teka muna, to exchange for. -ateka, a., for sale. Teka, v.t., to dip (a vessel into water,, in order to fill it). teka 0 maza (//. 7), v., to draw, fetch, go for water. Teka, aux. verb, to...first or before (used of time only). Dingalala, mono kibeni yateka kwenda, wait a bit, I will go first. Tekama, v., to be or grow twisted, bent, distorted, contorted,, crooked. Tekamiana, v., to meander. Teke, 6 , n., image, idol, statue. The only idols in Africa are charms, and do not represent gods, but influences. Sometimes they are addressed, and spoken of, as the dwelling of a spirit, as in the case of things not made to re¬ semble the human form. Tekeka, v.t., to contort, distort, make crooked, bend. Tekela, appl. form of Teka. tekela e ngengo (2), to tantalize (said of persons, not things; there is no intention to sell when the above is used). Tekomoka, v.t., see Tekama. Tekomona, v.t., see Tekeka. Tekumuka, v.i., see Tekama. Tekumuna, v.t., see Tekeka. yandi otelele e ekele, he was wounded by a bullet. Tela, v., appl. form of ta. tela (muna), v.t., to touch against, come in contact with, strike, hit, wound. 0 lukaya lualu lunte- lele omu kulu, this leaf touched against my leg. tela (muna), v.i., to be hit, wounded, struck. Mono kwame ( 4 2 7 ) Tel-Ten“ Tela, continued, ntelele omu ntu, I am wounded in the head. Tela, v.t., to add, put a little more, to put a little more than was bargained for. Telama, v., to stand up, to rise, arise, get up, start, depart, set out on a journey. Telama, 9, n., standing up, starting, departure. Telama, 7/., to be put on the fire (of a pot or water). ntima (4 u-) telama, to be very ap¬ prehensive, to quail, be full of fear, terribly anxious. Telamesa, v.t., to cause to stand up, make...get up. Teleka, v.t., to put, set (a pot on the fire), to heat (water), put (water) on the fire. teleka 0 moyo (3), lit. to be in a stew, anxious, troubled, con¬ cerned about; disquieted, un¬ settled, uncomfortable in mind, to be distressed, to fret, w r orry. Telekesa 0 moyo (3), v.t., to disquiet, trouble, worry. Telesa, v.t., to hit, strike, wound (with something). Telola, ) 7/., to take, set, put (a pot) TelulaJ off the fire. Tembela, v.i ., to shake, tremble, quiver, quake, totter (as persons and things erect), to sway (as a bridge or tall tree), to rock about (as a ship). Tembelela, v.i., to shake, shiver, quiver (of persons only). Tembelela, v., appl. form of Tembe¬ la, to shake, sway with or for. Tembwa, 6 , n., a strong wind or breeze, a squall, storm, tembwa kiampwena kikianga, a strong wind is blowing. ku tembwa, to windward. ku ntala (2) a tembwa, to leeward. Temo, 6 , n. Sometimes three or four men will club together to help each other in house building, Temo, continued. &c., &c., or women to clear for farms. Among the Bakongo and others it is customary to club together, and each contri¬ bute a small amount of money every market day. The con¬ tributors each receive the whole amount of one day in turn. Sometimes young men will club' together to find the money necessary to make the marriage present which has to be paid to the parents of the bride, “ wife clubs .' 5 The failure to con¬ tribute involves serious conse¬ quences. ta e temo, v., to club together for mutual help. vika e temo, to help another in order that he may help you. afterwards. futa e temo, to return the ser¬ vices of another, to pay the club money. Temoka, v., to be open (of the eyes). Temona, v., to open (the eyes) widely. Tempoka, v.i., to pour over, be spilt, to be shed (of blood). Tempola, v.t., to pour out or away, to spill. Temuna, v., to open (the eyes) widely. Temwena, v., to inform, make known, cause to know, make aware of, put up to. Tena, v., to retract the prepuce. Tenda, v., to cut (cloth or paper or the hair), to make the daily cut in the palm to get wine, to shave, shear (the hair). Tenda, 6 , n., a band, strip, small piece (of cloth or paper), a remnant, bit, piece, bandage, patch, shred, rag. Tenda, v., to shriek or scream like a grasshopper or the cicada {tree cricket). Tendoka, v.i., to be cut open, to be clear, plain, apparent, explicit,, disclosed, explained, revealed. Ten-Tia ( 428 ) Tendola, v., to cut open, to explain, illustrate, make clear or appa¬ rent ; to tell, let out, disclose or reveal fa secret), to solve. Tenduka, v.i., see Tendoka. Tendula, v., see Tendola. Tenganana, 2/./., to be exposed, as when sitting in a careless posture. Tengelejia, 6, n., circle, ring, a circular mark. Tengeneka, v., to expose one’s self by sitting in a careless posture. Tengoka, v.i., to be spilt, shed, poured out, let out, hence to be told, disclosed, explained, revealed, explicit. Tengola, v.t., to spill, pour over, pour away, hence to tell, disclose, explain, make plain or clear, to reveal, let out, divulge, solve. Tengomona, v., to set open, open wide (a door). Tengona, v.t., to part the labia. Tengnka, v., see Tengoka. Tengnla, v., see Tengola. Tengumuna, v., see Tengomona. Tensakana, v., to be piled, heaped, put one on the top of the other. Tensakesa, v., to pile, heap, put one on the top of the other. Tensama, v ., to lie on, lie upon. Tenseka vana, v., to put, place, lay on or over or upon. Tenta, v., to clink, clang. Tentala, v.t. (P. tentar), to try in vain. Tentangiana, v., to clatter or chatter together (as plates, &c.). Tentena, v., to gleam, glisten, shine (as fire, light), to sparkle, be brilliant. Tentena, 9, n., brilliance, glittering, gleaming. Tesa, v., causative of ta. Tesakana, second passive of the causative of the verb ta, see ta. Muna evata dieto e ngombo ke i tesakana ko, in our town witch-doctoring cannot be re¬ sorted to. Teta, v.t., to peel, pare ; break or crack (the shell of eggs, nuts, &c.). Tetana, v., to be prolific (in hatching), to breed prolifically, to be fecund. Tetoka, v.i., to be hatched, come out of the egg. Tewa, v., passive form ofUzi. Tewoka, mid. v. of Ta. Tewoloka, v.i., to be repeated (of the actions expressed by ta). Tewolola, V., to repeat over again the action expressed by ta. Tewuka, v., middle voice of Ta. Tewuluka, see Tewoloka. Tewnlnla, v., see Tewolola. Teza, v., to measure, weigh, try, test, gauge, compare, teza omu balanza, to weigh. Tezakana, v., to be measurable. Tezo, 6, n., measure, gauge, rule, scale, size, model, plan, pattern, copy, design, test, degree, pro¬ portion, dimension, length, width, distance. tezo kia, about, near, about as much as ; as far, near, long, short, wide, narrow, tall as, according to, the same size as. Ti, the combination of t with i is pro¬ nounced like . tchi by most Kongos. Ti, 6, 71., leaf, rubbish, &c. ; see Titi. -a ti kiambisu or kiankunzu or kiangisu, a., green; lit. the colour of fresh grass, ti kia nguba, pan (of gun). Tia, v., to copulate. Tiabula, 6, n., pool of blood. Tiaka, v.t., to scatter (things) in dis- . order, to splash about (with something), to flood, overflow (as a river). nkoko utieke mo, the river has overflowed. Tiakalakana, v., to be in disorder, in confusion, to be deranged, en¬ tangled, untidy, scattered in disorder. ( 429 ) Tia-Tin~ Tiakalakesa, v.t ., to scatter in dis¬ order (things), to derange, en¬ tangle, confuse. Tiakamaza, 6, n., the vagina. Tiakana, v., see Tiakalakana. Tiakanisa, v., see Tiakalakesa. Tiakuka, v.z., to be splashed up. Tiakuna, v.t., to splash up (with something). Tialumuna, v.t., to cause to skim along the surface. tialumuna 0 maza muna nkafi, v., to feather oars. Tiama e nkuni (2 & n), v., to fetch, collect, get, gather, or go for fire-wood. Tiamuka, o.z., to be spilt, poured out or over, be shed, to overflow, to run over, pour over. Kongos do not say that a cup is running over, but that the water is being spilled. Tiamuna, v.t., to spill, pour out, pour away. Tiamvuna, v., to be insolent. Tianganana, v.z., to be turned up (of the nose), see below. Tianginika 0 zunu (13), to turn up the nose, as an expression of contempt. Tiangumuna, v.t. to seduce, draw away, induce another man’s wife to leave him. Tiaza, v.t., to rend, tear, slit. Tiazuka, v.z., to rend, slit, be rent, slit, torn. Tiazuna, v., see Tiaza. Tiba, 6, n ., the banana tree, also the fruit. Tidika, v.t., to cause to stay, stop, keep still, to congeal. Tiebola, v. (Mpa.), to joke. Tiemba, v., to copulate. Tiemboka, v.z., to be shattered, broken, crushed to pieces, smashed to atoms. Tiembola, v., to shatter, break, beat, crush to pieces, smash to atoms. Tiki, 6, n., a cloth of native manu¬ facture. Tilama, v., to be rigid, stiff, still, motionless, to stand still, to stop, pause, wait, stay, remain motionless, to congeal, coagu¬ late. Tima, v.t., to make a hole in the earth, to dig, excavate, quarry, burrow, sink (a well, shaft, &c.). tima 0 muvu (3), v., to trench. Timbuka, v., to glance off, bounce, bound up, rebound. Timbula, V., to throw or shoot so that the missile strikes somethings and glances off, bounds up or rebounds ; the rock or object from which the missile rebounds is never considered to cause the action. Timbula refers to that which first propelled the missile; also to flick (with the finger), to fillip. Timuka, v., to fly. Timuka, 9, n., flight (flying). Timvuka, v., to be or get dirty, muddy, foul, defiled (as water), ntima (4, u-) timvuka, to be much grieved, distressed, pained to the heart ; ntima andi uti- mvukini, his heart sank within him, he was distressed, upset. Timvuna, v.t., to make muddy, to stir up mud or sediment, to make dirty or filthy or foul, to- pollute, defile. Tina, v., to run, scamper or run away,, to flee, escape, abscond, decamp, abandon, leave, desert, shun,, shrink from, to fear, be afraid of. Tini, 6, zz., a part, piece, bit, fraction,, fragment, morsel, stump, a piece left, half = (part); stage, dis¬ tance (part of journey). Tini kianda tu diete 0 unu, we have made a good march to¬ day, or we have come a long; way to-day. e tini tini, in parts. Tinta, 2, n. (P. tinta), ink. Tintama, v., to be tight, tense. Tin-Tod ( 430 ) Tintika, v.t., to tighten, draw tight, make tense. Tintila, v., to clot, coagulate, con¬ geal (of blood only). Tintisa, v.t., to cause to clot or coagulate. Tintuka, v.i., to die suddenly (with¬ out any previous warning of disease), to die in an instant. 'Tintnla, v., to kill dead on the spot. 'Tiozona, v., to make a click expres¬ sive of vexation. Tita, v., to tremble, shiver, shake, shudder. Titi, 6 , n., skin, peel, rind, husk, pod, shell (of egg), herbage, weeds, grass, straw, chaff, rubbish, litter, chip, dust, refuse, titi kia disa, n., maize sheath, titi kia lukasa, n., a game, see Appendix (Games). Tiukwa, v., ndunji (2 i-) tiukwa, to be much grieved, distressed, pained to the heart. Tiula e ndunji (2), v., to grieve much, cause great distress, give pain. Tiva, v.i., to become chilly, grow cold. Tiya, pi. 10 {contracted from tuyia, tuvia, via to burn), fire, heat, warmth, light (of fire), gun¬ powder. baka 0 tiya, v., to get hot. kala yo tiya, to be hot. kala e ngenge yo tiya, to be, become, get red hot. kengomoka yo tiya, to be red hot, to glow with intense heat, koka 0 tiya, v.i., to emit a spark (of the stone when struck with the steel). (tiya tu) koka, to come out (of a spark). tiya tu kokele, a spark flew out. kola 0 tiya, v.t., to strike fire, strike a spark. meka yo tiya, to be, become, get red hot. mekesa yo tiya, to make red hot. Tiya, continued. tatika or tumpa or kwika 0 tiya, v., to put, set fire to, to ignite, vanga or lunga 0 tiya, v., to make, light a fire. tiya twamputu, (= Portuguese fire), gunpowder. tiya twalukuti, false gunpowder. The natives have a false powder of exactly the appearance of the ordinary trade gunpowder. It is used for adulteration, and is indistinguishable. Although the natives declare that it is made in Zombo, it may be of European manufacture, tiya twakimfuxia, fine gunpowder (for the pan). -atiya, a., hot, warm, fiery. To, obj. pron., cl. 10 & 11, pi., them. To, \dem.pron., md pos., cl. 10 & 11 oto, / pi., those. To, 6, n., the body, trunk, a part or por¬ tion of the body, a limb, mem¬ ber, joint (of meat) ; as to kia koko (9), fore-leg; to kia kulu (9), 7t., hind leg. to (ki-) yoya or tovoka or yovoka or nioka, to be weary, tired, fatigued, languid, weak, to (ki-) kankumuka, v., to shudder. Toba...muna, v.t., to stab, drive a pointed instrument into some¬ thing. 0 tobele e mbele muna to kia muntu, he stabbed somebody with a knife. Toboka, v.i., to be pierced, pricked or bored through, perforated. Toboki, 6, 71., something which has been rendered useless by having a hole knocked into it. Tobola, v.t., to prick, pierce, knock or make a hole through, to per¬ forate, bore, penetrate, tobola e vita (2), v., to fire the first shot. Todi, 6, n., chilliness, cold, e todi, a., chilly, cold. Todima, v., to be, become, grow chilly or cold, to cool. 1 ( 43i ) Tod-Tom Todima, 9, n., coolness. Todimisa, v.t., to chill, make cold. Tofoka, v., to be indented, and cracked or made leaky in con¬ sequence (as a calabash or tin, &c.), to be fractured (of the skull), to be staved in. Tofona, v.t., to indent and crack, to knock a hole in, to stave in. Tokanisa, V., to worry, annoy, irritate, tease. Toko, 6, n., the love of finery. Tokola, v., to be ungrateful. Tokona, v., to make, scratch, pick a small hole. Tola, v., to be or get or grow fat, corpulent, plump, great, large, to increase (in size). Tola, 9, n ., growth (in size). Tolesa, v.t., to increase (in size), make big, great, fat corpulent. Toloka, v.t., to snap or be broken in two. Tolola, v.t., to break, snap in two. Toma, v., to be good, pleasant, sweet, nice, ornamented, pretty, beau¬ tiful, to taste nice, to taste (of things pleasant o?ily). toma ne, v., to taste like. -toma, ft., good, nice, dainty, sweet, pleasant, agreeable, beautiful, proper. Toma (an aux. verb implying that the action is, or is to be, well done), (to do, &c.) well, carefully, nicely, properly, correctly, neat¬ ly, prettily, decently, steadily, securely, rightly, thoroughly, very well; toma kio nata, carry it carefully ; kilenda kwame tomo zo tala ko, I cannot see them well. With the negative (to do, &c.), roughly, carelessly, improperly, indecently,badly; ke batomene kio kanga, they tied it care¬ fully. Toma (e kinzu, 5), v., to stir (a pipe). Tomba, v., to look for, search for, seek, desire, want. Tombe, 6, n., darkness, gloom, gloominess. -atombe, a., dark, gloomy, tava e tombe, v., wane (of the moon). Tomboka, v.t., to go, get, step, come up ; climb, ascend (a hill or high up into the air, into the sky, to heaven) ; to ascend, go or come up (a river), to go against the stream, to stem (a current). tomboka knna eseke (8), v., to go ashore, to be taken ashore; to be unloaded from a ship, canoe or boat, to disembark, be dis¬ embarked. tomboka muna kiana (5) or muna evata (8), to go or return from the farms to the town, whether the road be up hill or down. Where there is no reference to a passage from the gardens to the town, tomboka retains its usual force, and is translated to go up to the gardens or town, tomboka muna lungu (13), to get into a canoe (from out of the water, not from the shore), tomboka muna nzaza (2), to em- bark, go on board a ship, to be taken, put or carried on board a ship. Tomboka, 9, n., &c., the ascent, hill, ascending. Tomboka, v.t., to be sought after, searched for, wanted, in de¬ mand. Tombola, v.t., to carry, fetch, take, pull, push, bring up (a hill); to cause to ascend (a hill or up into the air) ; to discharge, un¬ load (from a vessel), to get or take (things out of a canoe, &c.), to take out (of a cooking pot), to dish up (food), tombola kuna eseke (8), to take put or carry ashore, tombola muna kiana (5) or muna evata (8), to carry from the Tom-Toz ( 432 ) Tombola, continued. gardens to the town or to carry- up to the farm or up to the town ; see tomboka muna kia- na, &c. Tombola, v.i., to ascend, go up (of smoke only, never followed by an advez'bial clause). Where the sky is mentioned as the directioji of the ascent tomboka is always used ; Nkia mwixi ntombola, what smoke is that going up. Tomesa, v.t., to make nice, to flavour ; to adorn, ornament, trim, im¬ prove. Tornfo, pi. 10, n ., the brain. tomfo twa lubasa lua nima, spinal marrow. Tomo, 6, n., a stick or pin for stirring a tobacco pipe, a pipe-stirrer. Tomona, v., to eat the first-fruits. Tompola, v ., to bore, make, prick or knock a hole into anything, perforate, pierce, penetrate. tompola e disn, v., to destroy the eye by sticking a needle, &c., into it. tompola e vita (2), to attack, to fire the first shot. Tonda, v., to love (the love of grati¬ tude), thank, be grateful, much obliged, praise, admire, esteem, like ; to be fond of, be satisfied (with a gift, &c.). Tonda, 9, n., love, affection, admira¬ tion, gratitude, thankfulness. Tondakesa, \v.t., to knock, strike, TondangesaJ hurt (a sore place). Tondoka, to be disliked, not loved. Tondola, v., to cease to love, be dis¬ pleased, dislike; be not fond of, detest, to not love. Tonga, 6, n., size, bigness, corpulence. Tongalala,'! v., to be upright, erect ; Tongama, J to stand up (of a thing), to sit up, be sitting up, to watch (the sick at night) ; to rise, to get up, as from a reclining into a sitting posture ; to raise. Tongeka, yv.t., to raise, erect, lift,. TongelekaJ to raise into a sittin posture, put upright, stand ( thing) up. tongeka (0 ntu, 4), v., to lift one’s head. Tongona, fud., to make a Tongona e evundu,/ hole, push aside a covering in order to examine the interior, to pry. Tonta, v., to try, attempt, test, make an experiment, to endeavour; to try the tone during tuning. Tonza, v., to doze, have a nap, fall asleep, sleep, nod in sleepiness, be sleepy. Topa, v., see Tompola. Tota, v.t., to rap, knock. Tota, v., to pick up. Tota, 6, n ., arrow. Totakana, v.z., to adjoin, be near, to join together. Totakesa, v. cans., to place in contact, near, adjoining, to put near,, put touching. Totakiana, v.i., see Totakana. Toto, dem. p?'o?z.,cl. 10 & 11 ,pl., those, 2 ?idpos., emphatic. Toto, izzterj., the noise of clapping twice. Totolo, 6, n., tooth-pick (of wood), a splinter, Totona, v.t., to kill fish, or a small creature, by crushing the head in the hand. Tova, \ v.i., to be weary, tired, ex- Tovoka,J hausted, weak, feeble, faint, languid, to grow weak ; to be soft (as a pillow); to be limp (“not strong”). Tovoka, 9, ?z., weakness, infirmity. Tovola, v., to exhaust, weaken, en¬ feeble, enervate, soften. Toyo, 6, n. lumnnga lnandi Inna e toyo, he is scowling, frowning. Tozo, 6, n., unsavouriness (without salt), tastelessness. -atozo, a., unsavoury, insipid, taste¬ less (without salt). crq ( 433 ) Tu-Tuk Til-, filur. pref to Jioiifis of cl. 10 & 11. Tu, subj. Sc obj. pronom. prefix ist pers. pi., we, us. Tu, a particle used to mark impatience, when instruction or advice given is not acted upon, but elicits only promises to perform ; it is equi¬ valent to “then” in English, when used in the following manner : Why do you not do it, then ? a dieyi olembele dio vangilanga tu? The tu draws the accent on to last letter of the previous word. Tu should follow the verb when in the imperative, or when it concludes the sentence. In an interroga¬ tive sentence it should follow the interrogative pronoun, when the 1/ verb does not stand at the end. Tu (Swahili), only ( used by the Za?izi- baris, and borrowed from them by the natives of some places along their route to Stanley Pool). Otu, dem. Sc rel. pron. cl. io Sc n, pi., istpos., these. Tua, v.t., to strike (with the fist or foot), to ram (with the head), to poke (with a stick or the butt-end of a gun), to stab (with a knife), to thrust (with a sword). tua e ekofi (8), v. } to strike with a hollow hand, or with the fist ; see Ekofi. tua e kinxi (5), v., to kick. tua e nkome (2), v., to beat, strike with the fist, punch. Tua, v.i., to have an edge, be sharp, or keen. Tuba, v.t., to throw, cast, fling, dash, pelt, hurl (at, into, See.). tuba e efulufulu (8), to froth, foam, effervesce. Tuba, v ., to administer an enema. Tubajiana, v., to throw from one to the other. Tubuka, v., to be thrown, hurled. Tubuka, v., to be declared guilty of witchcraft.) Tubuka, v., to be blown (of fire). Tubula, v.t., to convict or declare guilty of witchcraft. Tubula (0 tiya, pi. 10), v., to make, light, or blow the fire. Tubulula, v., to throw repeatedly. Tudika, v.t., to heap, make into a heap, pile up, make much or many. tudika 0 mazu {pi. 8), to make a great noise. tudika 0 mazudikila, to put in heaps. tudika 0 tiya {pi. 10), to make a great fire. Tudila, v ., to mould, cast metal. Tudilwa, 6 , n ., mould (for casting metal). Tufina, pi. 10, n., matter, pus. Tujiola, pi. 10, n. (P. tesoura), scissors. Tuka, v., to be, go, come, proceed, depart (from), go away from ; to blow from (of the wind). Akweyi kitukanga e te- mbwa ? which way is the wind blowing from P Wau muna evata diame batukidi, they have come from my town. Tuka serves as an auxiliary verb, equivalent to : to be just come from, to have just— {like the French venir de), to have already—. It thus implies that the action has actually taken place; ketuka lwaka, he has not long, or just, or already arrived. {II vient d^arriver.) Tuka, prep, {with the applied for?n oj the verb), since, after, from, tuka yayendele ko ezono kiayele ko diaka ko, I have not been there since yesterday ; tuka ki- akadila e nsona, vava nkala- Uga, I have been living here since nsona; tuka yatukila ko yela kwambaka, ever since I came from there I have been ill; tuka kajiulwila e nkele, since he opened the box ; tuka F F Tuk-Tum ( 434 ) Tuka, continued. muna lumbu kiaki, from this time, or day, henceforth. tuka...yaku or yamu or yavana, from...to, until. Tnkamena, adv., see tuka, prep. Tukia tukia. e tukia tukia, adv., blindly wandering. Tuku, particle , well...then ; an ex¬ clamation of impatience used with the imperative in “-anga.” Wizanga tuku, well, come then ; tuku draws the accent to the final syllable of the pre¬ ceding word. Tukubisa, v.t., to shake in order to awaken. Tukuka, v.i. {per/, tukukidi), to come out, break out (as perspiration). Tukuka, v. {per/ tukukini), to be rubbed to pieces, or wrung in the hands. Tukumuka, v., to shoot forth, shoot up (as a plant), grow, spring up (out of the ground). Tukumuka, v.i., to be dragged out (root and all), to be rooted up. Tukumuna, v., to cause to shoot or spring up. Tukumuna, v., to draw out, pull up, take out (with the roots at- . tached), to root up. Tukuna, v., to press in the hand with the motion of wringing ; to rub to pieces in the hand (of some¬ thing not dry). Tukuta muna, v.t., to poke in or up, to put or push up, stick into, or through. Tukutuku, 6, n., a fixed gaze, a stare, tala e tukutuku, v., to stare, gaze fixedly. Tukwa, oku kwatukwa, adv., once, at one time, once upon a time, in the first time, long long ago, in the beginning. Tula, v.t., to butt, toss. Tula, v. (Bako), to arrive at, come to, get to, reach. Tula, v. (Bako.), to put, lay, set, place. Tulama, v.i., to be made into a heap, be piled up, heaped, to be very plentiful, made in great numbers or quantities, to burn fiercely (of fire). Tulangana, v., to be gored. Tulangesa, v., to gore. Tulante, ?i., a title of nobility. Tulu,y^/. io, n., sleep, slumber, drow¬ siness. kala yo tulu, v., to be sleepy, leka o tulu, v., to sleep, be asleep, fall asleep, to slumber, tulu twa konono or mete, n., a heavy, sound sleep, kuna tulu twa mete, fast asleep, tulu twandwelo, a nap. Tulu, 6, n., chest, breast, bosom. Tuluka, v., to arrive at puberty, at a marriageable age. Tulumbeta, 2, n. (P. trombeta), trumpet. Tulumuka, v., to slip, or slide down. Tulumuka e nkovolo (2), "t v., to nkovolo (2) itulumuka, J choke and cough (with laughter, cry¬ ing, swallowing, &c.). Tuma, v.t., to send, commission, dis¬ patch, depute, order, bid, com¬ mand, direct, instruct (a person). Tuma, v.i., to be missed (not hit, ot the animal), to miss (of the projectile). Tuma, pi. 10, n., pottery clay, brick- earth. -atuma, a., earthenware, crockery- ware. Tumama, v., to be ready, willing, obedient ; to mind, obey. Tumama, 9, n., obedience. Tumata,//. 10, n. (P. tomate), tomato. Tumba, v.t., to lay blame on, to blame, find fault with, condemn as guilty, revile, defame, vilify, calumniate; taunt with, or chaff, or ridicule (about some personal defect); to slander ; to remonstrate, expos¬ tulate, censure, reproach,rebuke, reprove, correct, point out faults, ( 435 ) Tum-Tum Tumba, continued. to scold, speak disparagingly, depreciate, decry, reprehend, detract from, to blaspheme, o Nzambiuntumba, a Kongo oath, if not, let God correct me ; I swear by God that it is true. The idea imparted by tumba is the imputation of blame, &c., conveyed by words ; tumbula expresses the action and punish¬ ment that follow. Tumba, v., to initiate (into fetish mysteries), consecrate, ordain to, to instal in or appoint to an office, to invest with, tumba [e kimfumu (5)], to appoint or elect to the chieftainship to invest with the dignity of king, tumba e zumbi, to make “ fetish ” or to cause the fetish zumbi to enter into anything ; see Zumbi. Tumba, v., to make a great —, make much—,many—(fire, noise, &c.). tumba e efulufulu (8), v., to loam, froth, effervesce. Tumbala, 2, n. (P. tumba), grave, tomb. Tumbama, v.i., to be much, many, to burn fiercely (of fire) ; to be dense, to fill (as smoke). Tumbama, v.i ., to be put up for the first time to catch wine (of a calabash). Tumbalala, v.i., to be piled up, made up into a heap. Tumbidika, v.t., to pile up, heap, make into a heap. Tumbika, v., to put up a calabash for the first time to catch palm wine. Tumbila, v., to soar. Tumbu, 6, n ., blame, ridicule, re¬ proach, reproof, rebuke, expos¬ tulation, censure, condemnation, damnation, doom, penalty, punishment, hurt, calumniation, slander. twasa e tumbu, v., to punish. yekeka e tumbu muna, to put, lay the blame on somebody else. Tumbuka, v., to spoil, become useless, be spoilt, made useless, be harmed, hurt ; also to dry up ; to yield no more (of a palm which had been yielding wine). Tumbuka, v., to be punished. Tumbuka, v., to be convicted, or declared guilty of witchcraft. Tumbuka, v ., to be raised (of the voice). Tumbula, v., to make, render, use¬ less, to spoil, hurt, harm, injure, to take away the powers of a chief, or of a charm, to depose, to punish, chastise ; see note on Tumba. tumbula e eya (8), to give up cut¬ ting a palm whence wine had been obtained, and thus render the cutting useless. Tumbula e ndoki (2), v.t., to convict or declare guilty of witchcraft. Tumbula e ndinga, v.t., to speak louder so as to be heard, to raise the voice. Tumbula, v.i., to be still breathing (of a dying man). Tumbula, v.i., to prattle, begin to talk. Tumbuluka, v., to emerge, rise, come to the surface (of water only). Tumina, v., applied form of Tuma. Tumina, v., to send (a thing to a person). Tumisa, v., to cause to send ; he?ice to send for a thing. Tumisa, v.t., to miss, not to hit the mark (said of the hunter). Tumpa, v.t., to beat, pulsate, palpitate, throb. Tumpa, 9, n., a throb, pulsation. Tumpa 0 tiya kuna, v., to set fire to, to ignite. Tumpuka, v.i., to stick, penetrate through, be stuck through ; be transfixed, be perforated by, be pierced through. Tumpuka 0 tiya (//. 10), v., to be set on fire. Tumpula, v.t., to stick, make a hole through, to pierce, transfix. Tun-Tun ( 436 ) Tuna, ) dein. & rel. pron., 3rd pos., Otuna, / cl. 10, 11, pi., those which, those. Tuna, 71., to skin, strip or take off bark, pare, flay (-without aid of an instrument). Tunda, v., to be well known, grow famous, distinguished, re¬ nowned, notorious. Tunda, 9, 11., fame, renown, notoriety. Tunda, 6, 11., a fine view, landscape. Tundisa, v.t., to make famous. Tundubudi, 6, n., red olive beads, once used as currency. Tunduluka, see Tunguluka. Tunga, v., to sew, hem, stitch, to con¬ struct anything which is made by tying it together with string ; hence, because Kongo houses are made by tying the materials to¬ gether, to erect, build, construct, put up, found, to make a nest, a basket, &c. tunga 0 lumbu (10), v., to fence, make a stockade or kraal, tunga 0 maswa {pi. 8), to net (make a net). Tunga, 6, n., a fool. Tungalakana, ^ v.i., to grow thickly Tungalakiana / (as trees, hair, &c.) and mat together, to be matted together, to be entangled. Tungama, v., to be spent, exhausted, unable to go further, to stop, become spent (of strength or energy). ntima(4, u-) tungama, to be out of breath. Tungama, v.i., to be left or set in a wrong place. Tunganana, v., to be very widely open (of the eyes). Tungiana, v., to rove about, roam, wander in search of. Tungianisa, v., to cause to wander, to pervert, lead astray, lead wrong, e tungiatungia, adv ., blindly wan¬ dering. Tungika, v., to exhaust, cause to be spent (of strength or energy). Tungika, v., to place or leave where (a thing) has no right to be. tungika 0 ntima (4), v., to stifle, suffocate. Tunginika, v., to open (the eyes) very wide. Tunguka, v. ( per/, tungukini), to be picked, pulled, taken out (of something embedded). Tunguka, v.i. {per/, tungukidi), mid. v. of tunga. Tunguluka, v.i., to be discovered in a crime. Tungulula, v.t., to discover, find out, detect (the perpetrator of some¬ thing wrong), to prove con¬ clusively that a person is a liar, thief, &c. Tungulula, v., to rebuild. Tunguna, v., to take or pick out (something that sticks or is embedded, as a jigger, palm- kernel, &c.). Tungununa, v., to look, stare, gaze at. Tungwa, 6, n., post, stick, stake, pole, door-post, framework, tungwa kia mwelo (3), door-post. Tunia, pi. 6, n., whiteness (excessive), cleanness. Tunta, v., to pull, draw, haul, drag, tug, tow, wrench, jerk, pull up, hoist. Tunti, 6, n., pulley. -atuntu, a. ekaxi (8) diatuntu, quick temper. Tuntuka, v., to be shifted, moved, pushed. Tuntuka, v., to be drawn, pulled, hauled. Tuntula, v., to move, shift, push. Tuntumuka, v., to swell, increase, enlarge (of small things) ; to grow longer (of something pro¬ truding, as a pig’s snout). Tuntumuna, v.t., to increase, cause to swell, to make longer (of some¬ thing protruding). Tunuka, v., to be peeled off, grazed, abraded (of the skin), to be barked, skinned. ( 437 ) Tun-U Tununa, v., to abrade, graze or knock or rub off the skin, to hurt (a sore place). Tunze, 6 , n., a little bird which nods its head when any one speaks to it, and in consequence is said to give an affirmative answer to anything however absurd ; hence also a fool, who will do or assent to anything. -atunze, a., foolish. Tupama, v., to fall or sit or be put down heavily. Tupika, v.t., to set or put down heavily. Tupuka, v.t., see Tumpuka. Tupula, 7 /./., see Tumpula. Tusevo,//. io, n., laughter, merriment, £Pg©kng, levity, derision, -atusevo, a., comic, absurd, laugh¬ able, funny. Tuta, v., to beat, pound in a mortar. Tuta, 7/., to take more than is neces¬ sary. Tuta, 6 , n., a striped cloth. . Tutu, dem. pron., cl. io, n, pi., ist pos., emphatic , these. Tutu, 6 , n ., calabash (small), powder- flask. -atutu, a ., rare ; seldom, occasional. Tutubuka, t to go through or in (as a pointed instrument). Tutubula, v.t., to stick in or through (of a pointed instrument). Tutuka, t/., to be beaten or pounded in a mortar. Tutuka, t/., to be taken in un¬ necessary quantity. Tutula, v.t., thunder, make a thunder¬ ing noise. Tutula, v., see Tutubula. Tutumuka, v., to swell, increase, en¬ large (of something great); to rise (as dough leavened). Tutumuna, v.t., to increase, cause to swell, leave or allow to rise (of leaven). Tuva, v.t., to distend, inflate, blow out. Tuvalala, v., to be blown out, to be distended. Tuvi ,pl. io, n., excrement, dung. Tuvia, pi. io, n. (Mpa.), fire. Tuvidika, v.t., to inflate, blow out, distend. Tuwa {pass. ast or future , when, whilst, at or during the time when, mean¬ while, during immediately. Uma, 12, n., matter (abstract), afifair “ palaver,” concern, case, state¬ ment, subject, word, cause, fault. Umbangu, 12, n., skill, ingenuity, genius, art, deftness in making things, skilled workmanship. Umbeni, 12, n., enmity, hostility. Umbiu, 12, n., disobedience, refrac¬ toriness, rebelliousness, naughti¬ ness, perverseness, insubordina¬ tion (of children only), nkwa (1) umbiu, disobedient, re¬ fractory (child). Umfumu, 12, n., kingship, majesty, kingliness, kingly character, Umfumu, cojitmued. royalty, dignity, kingly power, freedom. Umfwa nkenda, do, for mercy’s sake ; have mercy upon me. Umpalakasa, 12, slovenliness, thoughtlessness., carelessness. Umpamvu, 12, n ., foolishness, folly, stupidity. Umpofo, 12, n., blindness. Umpolakanu, 12, n., lawlessness, wickedness, criminal reckless¬ ness, cruelty, wrongful violence. Umpuki, 12, n., see Ungyangya. Umpukumuui, 12, n., temptation, sedution, seductiveness. Umpumbulu, 12, n., wildness; reckless wickedness, passion (unreason¬ ing), recklessness; heedlessness, dissipation, licentiousness, un¬ reliability, insubordination; law¬ lessness, badness, rascality, vice, reckless fury. Umpumpa, 12, n., the unmarried state, spinsterhood, bachelorship, also widowhood, the living without a husband or wife. Widow¬ hood seldom lasts long in Kongo, indeed there is no proper word for the state nor for those thus living. Umvwama, 12, n., wealth, affluence, wealthiness. Umwana, 12, n., childhood, sonship. Una, deni. & rel. pro?i. cl. 3, 4, 12 & 13 sing., 12, pi., 3rd pos., that ; that which, those, those which. Una prefixed by its article be¬ comes owuna. una (uma understood, see uma, used of time past or i?i the future ), as soon as, immediately, at that time, when, just when, meanwhile, during, while, whilst; also used of manner, in that manner, like that, thus, so, just as, just so, even so, in that way. Wiza una wina, come even as you are. i wau una, emphatic of above, at Una-Unt ( 440 ) Una, continued. that very time, in that very way. nna ke...ko, before ever, before, una he or hen or nswe, in the (very) early morning, at dawn. This is the only case in which the aspirate is heard in the language ; hen is not really a Kongo word, it is aspirated, and then final is pronounced through the nose ; it partakes more of an interjection than anything else, like an interrogative we some¬ times use in the place of “ what.” kala una, to be alive. wina kwandi una, he is alive, una...una, as...so. una mwene kio una nxixidi kio, as I saw it, so I left it. una se... aka, in the very act of. Undoki, 12, ?/., that which pertains to a witch, witchcraft, dia 0 undoki, v ., to eat what comes to witches, i.e. the ordeal poison. Undoloka, I beg your pardon = pardon me. Undumba, 12, n ., virginity, maiden¬ hood, young womanhood ; there is no name for virginity, immor¬ ality is too rife, undumba is the nearest possible. Unene, 12, n., renown, greatness. Unganga, 12, n ., the art of the medi¬ cine man,that which constitutes a doctor. Ungangi, 12, n ., see Ungyangya. Ungolokoso, 12 the habit of pub¬ lishing false news. mambu (//. 7), ma ungolokoso, lying information, false news, nkwa (1) ungolokoso, one who spreads false news. Ungangula, 12, n ., skill (in smith work, or working in metals). Ungunza, 12, n ., the office of spokes¬ man (the prophetic office, the office of preacher). Ungyangya, 12, deceit, deceitful¬ ness, falsehood, fraud, fraudu- lence,faithlessness ; lie, untruth, rascality, a habit of lying. nkwa(i) ungyangya, liar. Ungyamu, 12,«., recklessness, daring, bravery, courage, pluck, valour. Unikina, 7/., to listen, hearken, attend, give ear. unikina e nsudi or nsunga, 7/., to catch, to notice a smell. Unkabu, 12, n., see Ungyamu. Unkadi (12) wampemba, n ., hell, see Hell, Eng.-Kongo. Unkeka, 12, «., babyhood, infancy. Unkete, 12, ?i., skill, ingenuity, work¬ manship, art, genius (in making small things). Unkidinginza, 12, //., loneliness, soli¬ tariness, solitude, lonesomeness. Unkundia, 12 & 11, a species of weevil ? Unkuta, 12, ;z., cowardice, cowardli¬ ness, fear. kala yo unkuta, 7/., to be cowardly, to be afraid. mona 0 unkuta, to fear,be cowardly, to feel afraid. Unkwikiji, 12 , n., faithfulness, trust¬ worthiness, reliability. kala yo unkwikiji, v., to be faith¬ ful, be trustworthy. zaya 0 unkwikiji, to believe to be true, to be assured of the truth¬ fulness (of a report or matter). Unleka, 12, n., meekness, humility, tameness, gentleness, civiliza¬ tion (passive). Unsedia, ">12, #., babyhood, in- Unsengelejia,) fancy. Unsona, 12, n., solitude, loneliness, friendlessness, state of bereave¬ ment. kala yo unsona, v., to be lonely, solitary, friendless, bereaved, orphaned, widowed. Untentaxialu, 12, n ., this word has rather a stronger meaning than Umpumbulu, which see. Unti, 12, n., vegetable nature. Untie, 12, n. } fineness, minuteness. ( 44i ) Unt-Vak: Untokoji, 12, n., ingratitude. Untunduluki, 12, 71., rascality, vicious¬ ness, see Ntunduluki and Tu- nduluka. Unu, 1 7 0 unu, r dv •» t0 - da y- UHU kiaki (6th class agreeing with lumbu), this very day, to-day (emphatic), now (to-day). tllka mu unu, henceforth, from this day forth. unu e menemene, this very morn¬ ing. Ununu, 12, n ., old age. Unzambi, 12, n., Godhead, divinity. -a Unzambi, a ., divine. Unzonji, 12, n., quarrelsomeness, pug¬ nacity, discord, contention. vava 0 unzonji, 2/., to pick a quar¬ rel. Usutu, 12, 71., uncircumcision. Uta, v., see Wuta. Utata, 12, 71., fatherhood. Utuka, v.i., see Wutuka. Uvwengele, 12, n., foolishness. Uwuntu, 12, 71., manhood; humanity. Uxita, 12, n., barrenness (of persons or animals of either sex). Uzenga, Uzeza, l I2 ’ n •’ foollshn ess, folly, Uzoa, ) stupidit y- TJzoba, 12, 11. (Bako.), folly, foolish- ness. Uzowa, 12, n., see Uzoa. V. Va, subj. pronoTtt. prefix applied to adjectives and verbs qualifying or agreeing with nouns of the 14th class sing. For Locatives, see wider Kuma. Ova, dei7i. a7id rel. pro7i., cl. 14, si71 <^., 1stpos., this. Va, 12, 7 i., newness, novelty. -va, a., too new, very new. Vaba, v., to strike with a hoe 07 an adze. Vabula, v.t., to cut off with a hoe or adze. To chip a piece out of a rim. Vadi, 6 , 71., small fish. Vaika, v.i., to come, go, step, leap, jump, pass, pour, flow, ooze, or leak out; to escape, exude, issue forth, to emerge, stick out, protrude, project, to rise (as the sun), to come to view (from behind). vumu (6, ki-) vaika, v.i., to purge, have an attack of diarrhoea, vaika vana evundu, v.i., to get through a hole. Vaika, v.t., to eject, discharge (as blood). The trans. form of vaika is only used of the pas¬ sive spot, tissue or hole from which the flow or exit is made ; Disu diandi divaikanga 0 menga, his eye is discharging- blood; vaikilwa i nonga (Pro¬ verb), lit. to be rushed out upon is to shoot = when something comes I will shoot = I will wait till it happens or I will wait till I see it. Vaikisa, v.t., to turn, drive, thrust, push, put, stick, shake, roll, clear, pull, take, carry, fetch, pass or let out; to expel, empty, extricate, extract (as teeth, &c.), abstract, to dislodge, eject ; to put, cast or bring forth, to pro¬ duce (something). vaikisa e ndia (pi. 4), v., to dis¬ embowel. vaikisa e vumu (6), v.t., to purge. Vaka, 6, 71., a male of sheep or goats. vaka kia ebokolo (8) or ememe (8), a ram. vaka kia nkombo, he-goat, buck. Vaka, a house for fowls, pigeons, ducks. vaka kia mayembe (pi. 8), pigeon- house, dove-cot. vaka ya mayembe, red and white check (cloth), (pigeon holes). Vak-Van ( 442 ) Vakaka, loc., elsewhere, somewhere else; at, on, or off som3 other place. Yakama, v., to attempt something too great, to strive, endeavour, try (to do, make, carry, &c., some¬ thing beyond one’s power). Vakama, 1 v., to be caught, hooked, Vakamena, f hitched (on to round). Vakamesa,\2/., to catch, hook (on to), Vakika, J hitch (round). Yakuba, 6, n., prank, trick, gambol, caper. ta e vakuba, v., to skip, play pranks, play tricks, cut a caper, frisk about, frolic. Vakufi, loc ., too near, at too short a distance, Vakula, v., to pay a tax, toll, tribute, customs, duty, blackmail ; to give or hand over or up; to betray, to forfeit. vakula 0 moyo (3), to give up one’s life, risk or lose one’s life. kwenda vakula muna, to flow into (as a river). Yakula, v., to extricate; to unfasten a thing caught or hitched. Yakulwisa, v., to levy a tribute, toll, tax, customs ; to tax, extort, exact; to compel to pay black¬ mail, &c. Yala, v., to scrape, hollow, scoop out, to plane, cut (with an adze), to clean, chip, carve (in wood). Yala, loc., too far, very far, too or very distant, remote, too high, too deep. kala 0 vala, v., to be remote. Yala, 6, n., black and red lizard. Yalakana, v., to approach; to be, go or come near, to be near at hand. Valakesa, v ., to push, put or place near, to cause to approach to. Yalakiana, v., to be near to each other. Yalanti, 1, n., carpenter. Valembama, loc., at, on, or off a safe or quiet place. Valuka, v., to go, come or be further off, to put at a distance, be far apart. Valuka, v.i., to be adzed, cut with an adze. Valukuta, v., to make a noise or rustle (used only of something not seen). Yalula, v., to put far apart. Vama, v.t., to strike or beat with (used by women only). Vambala, 6, n., a fall (of living creatures). bwa e vambala, to fall down. Vambaua,, v., to part from each other, to separate, divide, be separate or apart; to dissolve partner¬ ship. Vambaua, 9, n., parting, separation. Vambanisa, v.t., to separate, divide, disjoin, disperse, disband. . Vambuka,7/.z'.,to part, divide, separate, be divided, parted, apart, to branch or fork (as a road), to turn aside; to branch off, go aside from. Vambuka, 9, n., separation, parting. Vambula, v..t., to separate, divide or push apart. vambula e njingu {pi. 4), v., to stop a fight. Vampama, v., to attempt something too great, to strive, endeavour, try (to do, make, carry, &c., something beyond one’s power). Vana, Idem, and rel. pron., cl. 14, ovana, ) sing., 3 rd pos., that, that which. For Locatives, see under Kuma. Vaua, v., passives vauwa & vewa, to give, grant, render, present, provide, subscribe, spend, sur¬ render up. vana e elongi (8), to comfort, console. vana e kibwanga (5), to remun¬ erate, pay wages, give a pre¬ sent for service rendered. vana-e-mpemba (2) {see Luvemba), to acquit, exculpate, declare in¬ nocent. ( 443 ) "Van-Van Vana, continued. vana e ngolo (2), to strengthen, give strength, to invigorate, re¬ fresh. vana 0 nkalu (4), to contradict, deny, oppose, dissent, protest, speak against i great danger. Vululwisa, v.t., to cause to gush, forth, pour out i?i qua 7 itity. Vululwiswa, vd., to be caused to be saved or rescued. Vulumuka, v.i., to be startled, to start and run, to start off and run, to start and wake from sleep, to be aroused (suddenly), be awake. Vulumuna, v.t., to startle, to start and cause to run, to alarm, ( 455 ) VUL-VUM Vulumuna, continued. frighten, arouse, awaken, wake suddenly. Vuluta, v.t., to scratch (with the nails, claws, &c., not to make a scratch mark). Vuluza, v., to save, deliver, to rescue, (from danger), to preserve (life). Vuluza, 9, n., salvation, deliverance, (wrought, active). Vuluzwa, v ., to be saved, delivered, rescued. Vuluzwa, 9, n., salvation (enjoyed, Passive). Vuma, 14, n., place, position, space, room ; also ulcer, wound, sore place. vanga 0 vuma, v., to ulcerate. Vuma, v., to flower, come into flower, to blossom, bloom. Vurnba, v., to leak, leak out, to ooze out, drip, used only of a liquid leaking, &c., out, never enter¬ ing. Vumbana, v.i., to stoop, be bowed down, be bent, curved (of some¬ thing erect). Vumbi, 6, n., a spring gun, a volley. xika or vova e vumbi, v.t., to fire a volley. Vumbika, v.t., to cause to bend or stoop (of something erect). Vumbisa, v., to leak, let out water, &c., used only of a vessel which allows the fluid to escape out. Vumbuka, v.i., to rise, arise, be raised up, to get up (as from a reclin¬ ing into a sitting posture, or erect), to sit up, be erect, to cease stooping, to straighten one’s self, be straightened after stooping. Vumbula, v.t., to straighten that which is bending or stooping, to raise, lift up into a sitting or erect posture that which was lying down, to lift up (a part of the body). vumbula (0 ntu, 4), v., to lift or raise one’s head. Vumi, 6 & 12, n., respectful fear, respect, awe, fear, dread, fright, dismay. Vumi expresses the effect caused by the realization of a superior greatness and might which cannot therefore be withstood ; hence it is the best word by which to express the thought of the fear of God, as it combines respect, honour, and fear, without the necessary dislike, distrust, and sense of danger expressed by wonga and wongola, or the horror, awe, and shrinking fear of mbubu. -avumi, a., awful, awe inspiring. Vumina, v., to fear, respect, honour. Vumisa, v.t., to appeal, intimidate, to alarm, to frighten, dismay ; see Vumi. Vumoxi, adv., together. For Loca¬ tives, see under Kuma. Vumpa, v.t., to burn, singe, scorch, by burning grass over, or in any way bringing the fire to the object. Vumpuka,7/.z., to be singed; see above. Vumpula, see Vumpa. Vumu, 6, n., the abdomen, belly, stomach, pregnancy ; the ball (of a toe or finger), vumu (ki-) vaika, v.i., to purge, to have diarrhoea, vaikisa e vumu, v.t., to purge, kala ye vumu, v., to be pregnant. Vumuka, v., to sigh, to heave a sigh. Vumuka, v., to fly. vumukina, v. (applied form of Vu¬ muka), to fly at (as a brood- hen). Vumuku, 6, n., a sigh. Vumuna, v., to breathe, to take a breath, respire. Vumvula, v.i., to stroll, wander, roam, ramble, go about, stray, rove, go astray. Vumvula, v.i., to rush into and be caught (in a net, noose, thicket &c.j. VUM-VUN ( 456 ) Vumvumuka, v., to run away, scam¬ per off. Vumwa, v., to perspire, sweat, to blush. Vuna, v., to tell a lie, utter a falsehood, deceive, dupe, trick, defraud, “take in,”cheat,delude,swindle, mislead. vuna-e-ntalu, v., to bargain, to name a price, to bid (for a thing). Vuna, v., to strip off, to skin, flay, knock off (1 without the aid of a knife or any instrument). The object of this verb must be that which is stripped off, skin , bark, &c. vuna...e mbele, to make a scratch with a knife, the object of vuna in this combination must be the person or article scratched. vuna e nzala, to scratch with the nails. Vuna, to cause to be deformed (used only of the charm which causes the deformity). Vunanana, v.i ., to be bowed ; to be bent; bow, bend. Vunda, v.i., to rest, take rest, to halt for rest. Vundisa, v., to ease, to cause to rest, rest. Vundu, 6, n., rest, ease. vavundu (6), n., resting-place. For Locatives, see under Kuma. Vunduka, v.i., to increase, swell (as things soaked). Vunduka, v.i., to be levered up, to be raised up with a lever, to be raised as a “ ntete,” by placing the top of the walking staff at the centre of gravity and throw¬ ing the weight on the stick. Vunduna, v.t ., to cause to swell by soaking. Vunduna, v., to lift up, to raise up (with a lever or in the same manner, with the same action as a “ntete” is shouldered). Vunga, v., to moisten, wet, soak. Vunga, v.i., to be exceedingly ashamed. Vunga, 9, n., (great) shame. Vungama, v., to be wet, soaked, moistened. Vungisa, v.t. (causative of Vunga), to make exceedingly ashamed. Vungisa, 9, ?i., great shame. Vungu, 6, n., an eagle. Vunguka, v., to dawn, to become light, to be quite light, vunguka 0 zayi (12), to recover con¬ sciousness, to come to one’s self, senses, wits, to recover (from fainting). Vungula, v., to tend, herd, look after (live stock). Vungula e futa (6), v., to follow up a bush fire in order to dig out the small animals that have taken refuge in the ground. Vungula, v., see Vengola. Vungumuka, v.i., to be spread out of things which were heaped to¬ gether, to be scattered, to clear, grow clear (as mist, clouds, dew, &c.). Vungumuna, v., to spread out things which were heaped together, to break up, scatter and clear away (clouds, mist, &c.). Vunguta, v., to make a murmuring sound, to mumble. Vunina, v., to bear false witness, to tell lies about, to defame. Vuninika, v.t., to bow, bend, to cause to stoop. Vunisa, v., to distrust, disbelieve, disregard, doubt, mistrust, be faithless, be disbelieving. Vunisa, 9, 71., unbelief, disbelief, mis¬ trust, faithlessness. Vuniswa, v.i., to be disbelieved. Vunjisa, v., to discourage ; to cause to relinquish, cause to abandon, to derange, to upset plans. Vunu, 6, 71., a tune or particular beat on a drum. Vunuka, v., to be peeled, stripped off, broken, knocked off (of skin, bark, &c.). ( 457 ) Vun-Vuv Vunuka, to be deformed (by a charm). Vununa, v., see Vuna (to strip off, &c.) Vunza, v.i., to give up, leave off, for¬ sake, abandon, relinquish, stop before completion, to desist, dis¬ continue. vunza e lumbu (6), v., to put off; to defer, postpone. Vunzakana, v.i., to be relinquished, &c., to be able to be relin¬ quished, &c., see Vunza. Vunzakana, v.i., to be obliterated, to be able to be obliterated, &c.; see Vunzuka. Vunzakesa, v., see Vunza. Vunzakesa, v., see Vunzuna. Vunzalakana, v.i., see Vunzuka. Vunzalakesa, v.t., see Vunzuna. Vunzana, v.i., to be relinquished, given up, abandoned, discontinued. Vunzanisa, v.t., to relinquish, give up, abandon ; to cause to be aban¬ doned, relinquished, &c. Vunzuka, v.i., to be blotted out, obliterated, effaced, erased, scratched or rubbed out, blotted out, smeared, smeared out, spoilt, of a mark or writing. Vunzuna, v.t., to obliterate, efface, erase, strike out, scratch out, rub out, wipe out, blot out, smear out, smear, spoil, a mark or writing. Vusuna, v., to knock off a scab. Vuta e nzala (2 & n), v., to scratch with the nails or claws. The object of this verb must be the person or thing scratched. Vutuka, v., to return, go come or get back, to recede, retire, re¬ treat ; to be at half-cock. vutuka 0 lunima, v., to recoil. Vutukila, v.i., applied form of Vutu¬ ka. Vutukila, v.t., to take or receive back something that had been given or sold. Vutukisa, v.t., to cause to return, to bring or drive back, of living creatures only. Vutukisa, v.i., to return, return back, go back, arrive back, to be re¬ turned, to have come back. Vutula, v.t., to return, to give, send, bring, take, fetch, pull, put, push, throw or get back, to restore, to half-cock (a gun). vutula e ngemba {pi. 2), v., to pro¬ pitiate, to restore friendship, vutula 0 ntoto (4), v., to fill up a hole with earth. Vutula, v., to answer, reply. Vutula, v.i., to be damp, moist. Vutulwila, v. {applied form of Vutula). Vutulwisa, v., to recall, to call back, send to, to fetch back, to cause to return, used in this sense only of people or animals which can hear and have the power of re¬ turning in themselvesj also to get back, send somebody to fetch, bring or put back, to re¬ cover {of inanimate objects ). Vutulwisa, v.t., to make damp or moist, to damp, moisten, to cause a thing to be damp. Vutwila, v. {appliedform ^Vutula, to return only). Vuvama, V., to be still, to be at peace, be at rest, quiet, calm, tranquil, safe, out of danger, be out of harm’s way, to escape beyond the reach of trouble. Vuvama, 9, n., safety, tranquillity, quiet, peace. Vuvika, v., to bring into safety, to keep safe, to rescue, to place out of danger or beyond reach of trouble. Vuvila, v.t., to fan. Vuvila, v.i., to flap about. Vuvilwa, 6 , n., a fan. Vuvu, 6, n., hope, expectation, expect¬ ancy, anticipation, dimbula or katula e vuvu, v., to give up or relinquish hope, to despair. dimbulwisa or katula e vuvu, to remove all hope or expectation, VUY-VWE ( 458 ) Vuvn, continued. to render hopeless, to cause to despair. xia e vuvn, v., to hope, expect, anticipate, to be hopeful. Vuwa, v.i., to be owned, possessed, acquired, obtained, to belong (to), to be got. Vuwa, 6, n., fish trap (like a lobster basket, long), the entrance is called nsanga, 2. Vuwila, v.t., to paddle, to pull (oars), to row. Vuza, v., to uproot, root up, tear up, pull up, or out, pluck up or take out (by the roots), to eradicate. Vuzuka, v ., to be uprooted, to come up or out by the roots, to fall off (as hair, feathers, &c.). Vwa, v.t., to be done, finished, ended, perfected, completed, to come to an end, be spent, be exhausted, to expire, be expired ; a/so, aux. verb asserting defi?iitely that the actio?i is completed. Bavwidi kwenda, they have gone ; lit., they have finished to go. ke -vwa ko, a., endless, everlasting. Vwa, v.t., to own, possess, have. Vwa, 9, n., property, possessions, estate, riches, wealth. Vwa, 6, n., a cut, gash, an open wound (of knife). Vwabama, v.i., to be stuck fast (in the mud). Vwablka, v.t., to stick or cause to stick fast (in mud only). Vwadangu, 6, n. (P. adem), duck, goose. Vwala-vwala, v.t., to make, manu¬ facture, build, construct, sew (very quickly), to make whole¬ sale. Vwalala, ^ v.i., to flow or gush Vwalumuka, J out in great quan¬ tity. Vwalunru.ila, v.t., to cause to gush forth, pour out in great quan¬ tity. Vwama, v., to be rich. Vwamisa, v., to enrich, make rich. Vwamvula, v., to rush into and be v caught (in a net, noose, thicket, &c.). E nkayi ivwamvwidi e esokolo, the antelope rushed into the noose, and became entangled. Vwamvulwisa, v.t., to drive along so as to catch (in a snare). Vwamvwana, v., to rove, roam about, wander, stray, in a pathless jungle or forest. Vwanda (vana), v., to sit. Vwanga, v.t., to spoil, injure. Vwangalakana, v.i., to be entangled, confused, deranged, mixed up, scattered, spoilt, destroyed, wrecked. Vwangalakesa, v.t., to tangle, de¬ range, mix up, confuse, throw about, to huddle, put in any¬ how, to spoil, harm, destroy, scatter, wreck. Vwangama, v.i., see Vwabama. Vwangika, v.t., see Vwabika. Vwanza, v.t., to spoil, injure. Vwanzakana, v., ^Vwangalakana. Vwanzakesa, v., see Vwangalakesa. Vwanzalakana, v., see Vwangala¬ kana. Vwanzalakesa, v., see Vwangala¬ kesa. Vwanzuka, v.i., to be spoilt, injured, no longer nice. Vwasasa, v.i., see Vwalala. Vwasumuka, v.i., see Vwalumuka. Vwasumuna, v.t., see Vwalumuna. Vwata, v.t., to wear, be clothed in, dress in, put on (clothes), vwata 0 nlaba (4), to draw the ends of the loin cloth between the legs, and tuck it in behind. Vwatuka, v.i., to be worn (of clothes or a cloth). Vwavwana, v., to enslave each other, to own one another. Vwayi, 2, n. (P. navalha), razor. Vwemba, v., to move, to sway up and down (fast), to jerk up and down. ( 459 ) Vwe-Wal Vwembesa, v.t ., to bend or jerk or cause to sway up and down. Vwena, v., to stop or leave off (what¬ ever one was doing, as writing, , talking, working, &c. Vwena implies only a temporary stop¬ page). Vwena (kwaku)! nevermind ! it does not matter, all right. Vwenga, v ., to be foolish. Vwengele, 6, n., a fool. -avwengele, a., foolish. Vwengomona, W t0 bite out off Vwengona, > \ Vwenguna, f a large plece ' Vweta, v.t., to scoop up ( of liquids ojily). Vwetama, v.t., see Vetama. Vwetomoka, v.i., to sway up and down tfrbackwards and forwards (slowly), to be swayed down, to hang down, to be weighed down. Vwetomona, v.t., to cause to sway up and down or backwards and forwards (slowly), to sway or weigh down, to cause to hang down. Vwetnmuka, v.i., see Vwetomoka. Vwetumuna, v.t., see Vwetomona. Vwika, v., to put (clothes) on (another), to dress, clothe, attire, give clothes, or a cloth. Vwila, v.i., to abound, swarm, team. Vwisa, i v., to pile, amass, put Vwixisa,J plenty or much ^ many, heap up. W. W = u or o before a vowel. W-, subj. pronom. prefix applied to verbs and adjectives qualifying or agreeing with nouns of the 3rd, 4th, 12th, 13th classes sing., and 12th pi. W is used before a vowel, u before a consonant. W-, pers. pronom. prefix, 2nd and 3rd pers. sing, subjective. Wa-, the prefix wa is sometimes used without any noun apparent with which it concords. In such a case lima, a thing (abstract), is understood. Wa, v.t. fiote that this verb is transi¬ tive and needs a?i object), to hear, listen to, attend to, pay attention to, take heed to, to mind, comprehend, understand ; to see, perceive ( with the mind). wa e nsudi (2) or nsunga (2), to catch or notice a smell. Wa ! interj., hark ! Wa, 9, hearing, attention. Wa, see -a, of. awa, pron ., see under A. Wadi, 12, n., a game of “ odds and evens,” see Appendix (Games). Waji, 12, n., a skin disease supposed to be due to the disregard of taboo law, e.g. eating something forbidden, see Konko and Mpa- ngu. waji wambunduna, n., leprosy. nkwa(i) waji wambnnduna, a leper. yo waji wambnnduna, a., leprous. Waji, 2, n. (P. as, hence asi, = axi, =waxi, = waji), the ace (in cards). Wakana, v., to be heard, understood, comprehended ; to be audible, comprehensible. Wakasa, v., to be rough. Wakasa, 9, ?i., roughness. Wakaxisa, v., to roughen. Walakaji, 12, n., motherliness, fatherly or paternal or parental kind¬ ness. -awalakaji, a., kind, fatherly, motherly. Walumuka, v., to shoot up, of veget¬ able life only, to spring up (out of the ground), to sprout, ger¬ minate, come up well in great numbers, to come out in abund¬ ance as leaves, to be in leaf. Wam-Wau ( 460 ) Wambula, v., to dine, eat a meal (spoken of chiefs only). Wana, v., to meet, encounter, find. Wana {pi. of mwana), n., family, children, brood, progeny, seed, offspring, posterity. awana, pron., see under A. Wanana, v., to join together. Wananisa, v.t., to join, cause to meet. Wanda, 13 {pi. manda), n., web, net, hammock; spider’s web, cob¬ web. Wanda, v.t., to beat, strike, lash. wanda e ekofi (8), to strike with the hollow hand or with the fist, see Ekofi. wanda e kinkodia, v., to rap with knuckles. wanda embata (2 & 11), to slap, strike, or beat with the open hand. wanda e nkome (2), a blow with the fist. Wandakana, v.i ., to be strikeable. Wandakana, v.i., see Wandama. Wandakesa, v. {causative of Wanda¬ kana). Wandama, v.i., to be struck, beaten (by a stick, &c.). E lekwa kiaki kiwandamene 0 nti, this thing was struck by a stick. Wandama muna, v.i., to strike, beat, patter, come or run against or upon. E mvnla iwandamene . muna kielo, the rain beat against the door. wandama muna mazunu, to come into the nose; nsunga jiwandamene muna mazunu mame, the perfume came into my nose. Wandu, 12 & 11, n. (luandu), a small round bean, growing on a stem which branches at about three feet from the ground. Wangala, v., to scamper, run off or away and hide in a jungle or wood. Wangawanga, 6, n., a shower of rain. Wangila, 12, n., semsem (Sesamum Indicum, a small seed rich in oil). Wanjo, 12, n. (P. anjo), angel. awanso, a., see wider A. Wantu, 1, n. {pi. of muntu), people, folk, persons, men, mankind, the human race, population. Wanuka, v., to be met. Wasajiana, v., to hear, understand each other. Watu or watu kadi, interj., intro¬ duces a sentence which states that whether with or against one’s will a certain action has to be performed, regardless even of a flat refusal to do it. It can therefore only be used where circumstances or power com¬ bined with determination will enforce the action. Watu is therefore equivalent to those emphatic interjections, such as : indeed, however, notwithstand¬ ing, surely, or do what you may; in spite of all you will have to; dotfr say what you will you will have to. watu kadi wenda, indeed you shall go or you will have to go how¬ ever, whether you like it or not. watu kiambwaki kwandi, indeed it is red, say what you may. Wau, snbj. or emphatic obj. pron., cl. 3, 4, 12 & 13, sing., 12, pi., it, they, them ; also dem. pron. emphatic, of the above classes , 1stpos., this, these. Wau, the pronouns proper to Uma, are sometimes used without mention of their noun, see Uma. ^2CW., poss. pron., see -au. muna wau, therefore, that is why, see Uma. vo ke wau ko, lest, if not so, other¬ wise. Wauna, dem. pron., cl. 3, 4, 12 & 13, sing., 12, pi., 3rd pos., emphatic, that, those. ( 461 ) Wav-Wis Wavo, coiij., introducing the statement of possibilities upon which the action spoken of in a contingent sentence depends. The possi¬ bilities are introduced by wavo, and the contingent sentence by, zavo, ozavo, zevo, or ozevo; wavo...zavo, if...in that case or then ; in case...then. Ovo may be used instead of wavo and in the same manner. Wavo ozengela mio wowo ozevo fwa mifwa, kanxi ovo kuzenga mio ko zavo mena mitoma mena, if you cut them like that, then they will die, but if you don’t cut them, they will grow well. The zavo, &c., is not always used in introducing the contingent sentence, but it is more correct to do so. Wawajiana, v., to hear, understand each other or one another. Wawana, v., to hear, understand each other, to agree, come to terms, to be settled (of a palaver). Wawuna, see Wanna. awaya, dem. pron., cl 1, pi, 1stpos ., emphatic , they, these. Wazumuna, v., to talk, rave, wander in delirium. We = wa-f e. Wela, v. (Bako.), to hunt. Wele, pres. perf. of Kwenda, 2nd & 3rd pers. sing. Welexi, 6, n ., grassy marsh (where the welewele grass grows). Welo, 12, n. (P. ereo), brass, copper, copper ingots. Welo, 12, n. (P. ouros), diamonds (in cards). Wenga, v., to squeal or squeak (as a large pig), howl (as a dog when beaten). Wengexi, 12, n., sand. Wet a, v.t., to beat, strike. Wete, 12, n., the quality of being nice, niceness, goodness, beauty, com¬ fort, ease, delight, pleasure, hap piness, joy, propriety, decency. Wete, continued. -awete, a ., nice, good, pleasant, lovely, neat, becoming, hand¬ some (said of things), beautiful, fine, pretty (of things), smart, convenient, right. mona 0 wete, v.i., to be delighted, glad, joyful, pleased, happy, to rejoice. mwesa 0 wete, v., to gladden, re¬ joice. vanga 0 wete, v., to improve, adorn, beautify, make comfortable or pleasant or agreeable. -wete, a., very good, too good. Weyi, \inter. pro?i., cl. 3, 4, 12, 13, Aweyi,J sing., & cl. 12, pi, where or which or what is it or this or these are ; when Uma is under¬ stood, what, how ; aweyi ka- vovele, what did he say? Wi, 12, n ., dung, excrement. Widiwidi, 6, n ., inattention, the let¬ ting things in at one ear and out at the other. wa e widiwidi, v., to let things in at one ear and out at the other, oyo owidi, owidi; oyo owidiwidi owidiwidi, those who care let them attend to what I say; “ He that hath ears to hear, let him hear.” Wika, 12 & 11, n., downy hair (of body), fur, wool, bristle. Wiki, 12, n ., honey. Wila, v., appliedform of Wa. Wilwa, v., passive of the above. Wimi, 12, n ., meanness, stinginess. A^Timi, 12, n ., fish poison, of two kinds, one a great lliana, the other a bulb. Winga, v ., to squeak or squeal, as a small pig. Winikina, v.i., to hearken, listen, attend, give ear. Wisa, v.t., to cause to hear. Wisa, 6 , n., the power to make people hear and obey; authority, in¬ fluence, power, mastery, con¬ trol, jurisdiction. Wiv-Won ( 462 ) Wivi, 12, n., dishonesty, thievishness, thieving, theft, robbery (the abstract idea only). umbakidi 0 wivi, he charged me with stealing (theft). Wivwa, 11 & 12, 71., a fungus, mush¬ room, see Fungi, Eng.-Kongo. wivwa wa maxinde or wa njila- njila or wa nzau, edible fungi. Wixixi, 12, n., haze, mist, fog. wixixi (u-) fukumuka, v., to be misty, hazy, foggy. Wiyi, 12, 11., ugliness, hideousness. Wo, obj. firon., cl. 3, 4, 12, 13, sing., 12,//., it, them. WOWO, dem. pron., cl. 3, 4, 12, 13, sing., 1 & 12, pi., 2ndpos., that, those. 0 W 0 (uma understood), so, like that, in that way or manner, xia owo, leave it so, that will do, that is enough. Wobola, v., to knock a hole into any¬ thing. Wodiana, v.i., to cry, wail, making a great noise. Woka, v., to howl, bark (as a dog). Wokela, v.i., to accumulate, increase, to be or become more frequent, or plentiful or abundant, to multiply, abound. tiya (11 tu-) wokela, to burn fiercely. Wokesa, v.t., to cause to accumulate, to accumulate, amass, heap up, multiply, to put plenty, much, many. wokesa e ndinga (2), n., to talk louder. Wola, v.i., to decay, rot, decompose, go bad, hence to putrify, be putrid. Wola, 6, 7 i., decay, decomposition, rottenness, corruption, putre¬ faction. -awola, a., decayed, rotten, fetid, putrid. Wolesa, v.t., to cause to rot, putrify, decompose. Wolo, 12, 71., laziness, indolence, sloth¬ fulness, sloth, sluggishness, idle¬ ness. Wolo, contmued. kala yo wolo, v., to be indolent, -awolo, a., lazy, indolent, idle. Wolo, 12, 7i. (P. onro), gold, brass, kusa 0 wolo, v., to gild. -awolo, a., gold, golden. Wolola, v., to search for or gather whatever may be left, to glean, wolola e vixi (6), v., to pick a bone. Wolomoka, v., to rot, fall, go, be boiled (to pieces), be broken (in pieces), to cook until very soft, to cook to pieces, to get soft and go to pieces. Wolomona, v.t., to cause to rot, to break, boil, &c., to pieces. Womala (P. engomar), v., to starch and iron. Wornba, v.i., to be soaked and softened, become soft ( 7 iot rotte 7 i). Wombesa, v.t., to soak and soften. Womboka, v.i., to move, come, go, walk slowly, to loiter, dawdle, to go or come stealthily. Wombola, v.t., to steal, thieve, rob, be dishonest. Wombolola, v.t., to take away steal¬ thily, very cautiously (as when stealing or wishing to be un¬ observed). Wombomoka, v.i., to be soaked or rot and go to pieces. Wombotota, v., to be slow, to dawdle, go very slowly. Wona, v.t., to shave (the head or beard). Wondama, v.i. (Mpa.), see Womba. Wondeka, v.t. (Mpa.), see Wombesa. Wondelela, v., to sing a lullaby. Wonga, 12, 71., fear, alarm, dread, awe, terror, fright, apprehension, timidity. mona 0 wonga, v., to fear, be afraid, be frightened, be timid, to dread, mona 0 wonga wingi, to be terrified. mwesa 0 wonga, to cause to fear, to frighten, affright, intimidate, mwesa 0 wonga wingi, to terrify. -awonga, a., fearful, terrible, awful. ( 463 ) Won—Wun Wongola, 12, n., see Wonga. Wongomoka, v.i., to cave in, fall in. Wongona, v., to make a grimace. Wongwena, v.t ., to make a grimace at. -awonso, ^ ,. la., all, every. -awonsono, J y Wonza, v.t., to soothe, quiet (a fretful child). Wonzakana, v.t., to hug (a child), to nurse in the arms. Wonzakana, v., to be brought or collected together in a heap. Wonzakesa, v., to gather or collect together into a heap. Wonzekela, v.t., to collect by degrees, or gather little by little, and store up carefully. Wosakana, v.i., to go to atoms, to be able to be smashed or crushed to atoms, to be breakable. Wosakesa, v.t., to crush or smash to atoms. Wosoka, v., to go, be smashed, to atoms. Wosola, v.t., to crush or smash to atoms. Wosomoka, v.i., see Wosoka. Wosomona, see Wosola. Wotomoka, v.i., to fall, cave in. Wotona, v., to make a grimace. Wotwena, v.t., to make a grimace at. Wowo, dem. pron., cl. 3, 4, 12, 13, sing., & 12, pi., 2ndpos.,emphatic, that, those (pi.) wowo (uina understood , see Uma), in that way or manner, like that, thus, so, just as, just so, even so. xia wowo, leave it as it is, that is enough, that will do. wowo...wowo, as ... so; wowo kina wowo kixinga kala, as it is so it must be. Owu, dem. & rel. pron., cl. 3, 4, 12, 13, sing., & 12,//., 1st pos., this, this which, which, these, these which (with uma understood), in this way or manner, like this, thus. Owu, continued. OWU, dem. pron. of a noun of cl. 12, probably uma combining with kala, to be ; thus kala owu, to be able to, to know how to ; ke kala owu ko, to be unable to, to be puzzled, to be at one’s wits’ end to know how to. Wudika, v.i., to be broken, smashed, shattered. Wuka, v.t., to give medicine, to heal (from sickness), to cure. Wula, v.t., to shatter, crush, break, smash. Wulakana, v.i., see Wosakana. Wulakesa, v.t., see Wosakesa. Wulumuka, v.t., see Wolomoka. Wulumuka, v.i., to fall in plenty (many, much), to fall as leaves, to flow on endlessly {as an interminable discourse). Wulumuna, see Wolomona. Wulumuna, v.t., to let much, many fall, to shed (leaves); to talk on and on, talk endlessly, to chatter, gossip, expatiate. Wuma, v.i., to dry, absorb, get dry, evaporate. Wuma, 9, n., dryness. -awuma, a., dry, dried. Wumba,?y., to make pottery or earthen¬ ware or crockery ware, to mould in clay. wumba 0 ntoto (4), to make a mound. Wumisa, v.t., to dry, cause to dry, to absorb, desiccate. Wuna, v., to groan, grumble, mutter, complain, murmur, whir, growl, snarl, roar. Wuna, 9, n., complaint, murmuring. owuna, pron., see Una. Wundula, v.t. (Mpa.), to feed, give food to a person, to give a present of food. Wunga, v., to suppurate, to gather (as pus), fester. Wungalala, v.i., to be blown out, to be distended, inflated, tense (by inflation). WUN-XlD ( 464 ) Wungalala, 9, n., tension, distension, inflation. Wungidika, v.t., to blow out, to dis¬ tend, inflate. Wungula, v., to take many or plenty. Wungulula, v., to take away weeds when dry, to gather together and clear away weeds. Wunikina, v.t., to listen, hearken, at¬ tend, give ear to. wunikina e nsudi (2) or nsuga (2), to catch or notice a smell. Wunza, v.t., to examine carefully, tenderly or gently (something painful or very fragile). Wunzulula, v.t., to drain the last drop of liquid from a mug or vessel. Wuta, v., to bear, bring forth, give birth to, to be delivered (of a child), to breed, produce, to be fruitful; also of the male parent, to generate, beget; also of animals, to calve, pup, &c. Wuta is not used of vegetable reproduction. wuta e mbumbu (2), to rust, become rusty. Wutana, v., to be fecund, to be pro¬ lific (in bearing), to multiply prolifically. Wutuka, v.i., to be born. Wutukiana, v., to be related (by blood), to be akin. Wutuluka, v., to be born over again, to be born again. Wutuluka, 9, n., passive, the new birth, regeneration. Wutulula, v., to regenerate, to give birth to the same once more. Wutulula, 9, n., active, regeneration. Wutwa, v.i., to be the child of, be descended from. WuWU ,dem.pron., cl. 2, 3, 12, 13, sing., 12, pi. 1 st pos., emphatic, see Wau. » X. Xi = s+i. Xi, adv., see Xinga. Exi, see Mwixi (inhabitant). Xia, v., to put, place, lay, set, add ; appoint, fix (a day), apply (medicine), make (a noise). Xia wowo, that is enough, leave it so, that will do. Xia, v., to say, state, argue, urge. Xia, 6, n. (P. chd), tea. Xiakakana, v.i., to be able to be put, placed, &c. Xialela, 2, n. (P. chaleira), tea-kettle. Xiama, v.i., to be fast, secure, steady, firmly fixed, immovable, strong ; loud (of sound). Xiama, 9, n., firmness, strength, security, immobility. Xiamisa, v.t., to make fast, to fasten, to make firm, secure, to fix firmly, to tighten, strengthen, stay, sup¬ port, to... firmly, strongly. Xia¬ misa 0 kanga, tie tightly, xiamisa 0 makaku {pi. 8), to ram the wads. xiamisa e ndinga (2), to speak or talk louder. xiamisa e to (6), to invigorate, xiamisa 0 ximba, to grip, gripe. Xiandama, v., to be persistent, be obstinate in. Xiandama, v.i., to be persisted in. Xiandama, 9, n ., persistance, per¬ sistency, obstinacy. Xiandika, v.t., to persist, be obstinate in. Xianzuka, v.i., to get, spout, spirt, squirt. Xiaxiana, v.t. {recip. ofX ia), to place each other. Xiba, v.t., to curse, accuse, doom, blight, place under a ban. -xidi, v.i. {perf. of Xia, to be put). -xidi, v.i. {perf. of Sala, to be left). Xidi, 6, n., a frog having a very dark back and light yellow belly. ( 46 5 ) XlD-XlM Xidivila, v.i. (p. servar), to serve at table. Xielomoka, ) . Xielumuka ,/ v ' t ' i t0 s ip ' Xienge, 6, fetters, handcuffs, jail, prison. Xienxia, v ., to swim. Xienxiele, 6, 71., the midrib of a frondlet of a palm. Xienxiumuka, v., to glide, slip, slide, glance (along), to shoot (as a star). Xieta, v., to twist together the strands of a rope or string, to make _ (rope or string), to spin (yarn). Xiexiabende,) 6, a slightly built Xiexiele, J or ver y thin or lanky person. Sometimes used of animals, in which case the animal is named. Sometimes nnintu is appended in case of persons, to show that a person is spoken of. Xika, y., to play or perform on an instrument, to ring (a bell), beat (a drum), blow (a wind instru¬ ment), to shoot, fire (a gun). xika e exikilu (8), to play music. xika e kintumba a ezulu, to fire a gun into the air, straight up overhead. xika e mbwabwa (2), to utter an alarm cry, to cry out with sur- prise. xika 0 mumpiji (3), to whistle with the mouth. xika 0 ntoto (4), to place the hands together and touch or stroke the third finger of each hand on the ground when paying homage. xika e vumbi (6), v.t., to fire a volley. Xika, 6, n., small pox. Xikala, 2, n. (p. chicara), tea-cup. Xikalala, v.i., to sit up. Xikama, v.i., to awake, be awake, be aroused. Xikamesa, v.t., to waken, awake, rouse. Xikansambi, 6, n., mantis. Xikidika, v.t., to cause to sit up or remain sitting up. Xikidisa, v.t., to make sure, certain, coiiect, exact, accurate, to put iight, to fix securely, firmly, immovably, to assure, corrobo¬ rate, to make firm, strong, im¬ movable, steady, to consolidate, settle, sustain, confirm, regulate, reform. Xikila, v., to be sure, certain, correct, exact, accurate, reliable, firm, secure, immovable, fixed se¬ curely, established, strong, xikila vana salu, to persevere, stick to (one’s) work, to work on steadily or faithfully. Xikila, 9, n., firmness, correctness, certainty. Xikina, | v., to support, hold up, Xikinina, J sustain, stay, prop. Xikinina, v. (appliedform ^Xikina). Xikola, 2, n. (P. escola), school. Xikova, 2, 71. (P. escova), brush. Xikumuka, v., to sob. Xikuxiku, 6, n., hiccup. Xila, v., to cause a spasm, to convulse (as a fit). Xila, 7/., to promise, engage, destine. Xila, 6, 71 ., red paint (for face, &c.). Xila, v.t. ( appliedfor7)i of Xia). Xilanku.su, 6, 71 ., paroquet. Xilwa, v.i., to be convulsed (as in a fit). Xilwa, 9, 7i., a fit, spasm, convulsion. Xilwa, v.t., to be promised, destined. Xilwa, 6, 71., receptacle (temporary), the thing with which. Xilwa, v.i. ( pass, of afplied form of Xia). Xima, v., to forbid, refuse to allow, prohibit, object, restrain, keep back, interdict, stop, xima (e njingu, 4), to quell disturbance. Xima, 6, 77., pool, pond, hole for water well. Ximama, v.i., to stick into, be fixed in the ground. H H XlM-XlN ( 466 ) Ximba, v., to hold, to keep or lay or seize or take hold of, to grasp, comprehend, understand, to hold to, to keep, observe, main¬ tain, obey (commands, &c.), to uphold, support, sustain, to hold back, to restrain, govern, con¬ trol, confine, fetter, hamper, withhold, check, detain, retain ; to feel, touch, handle, to hold, attach one’s self to, cling to ; to take up, commence, begin, undertake anew, assume, en¬ gage in. Oximbidi 0 dila, he began to cry. Ximba, 9, 7/., the 'usual noun derived from the infinitive of the above, the seizing, grasping, maintain¬ ing, undertaking (of), observ¬ ance of, &c. Ximba, 6, n., thread. Ximbana, v., to catch, seize, grasp, take hold of, to grapple with (each other). Ximbi, 6, n., water fairy. Ximbinina, v. (implies all that is foiuid u?ider ximba, but is an intensive implying that the actioii was not a momentary one. Otomene kio ximbinina, lie maintained it carefully in his grasp, or he maintained careful hold of it. Ximbisa, v., carisative of Ximba, hence also to give as surety, to pledge. ximbisa (e nximbi, 2), v., to pawn, pledge. Ximbnka, v. {mid. voice of Ximba), to be held, &c. Ximika, v /., to stick, drive, fix, put, set in. Ximina, v., applied form of Xima, hence also to stop from, to stop (a fight, a quarrel). Ximn, 6, 7/., prohibition, refusal to allow. Ximnka, v.i., to be pulled out (of something that was fixed into -)• Ximuna, v.i. {reversive of Ximika ), to pull out (something that was • fixed or stuck in). Ximwa, v.i., to be forbidden, unlaw¬ ful, prohibited. Xina, v.i., to be deep, ke xina ko, to be not deep, to be shallow, to shoal. Xina, 9, n., deepness, depth. Xina, 6, n., wealth, capital (in trade). Xina, 6, 7 i., a wealthy or rich person. Xinanana, v., to be stiff and straight, to be rigid. Xinda, v., to sink, to go under water or mud, to founder, to settle (as mud). Xindika, v.t., to take leave, to bid farewell (used of those who re¬ main), to dismiss, send away, to see off, to give leave, allow, per¬ mit to go, to give leave to go and—, to favour an expedition to—, to back up, to incite. Xinga, adv., soon, shortly (followed by the verb in the subjunctive); xinga kaluaka, he will soon come. Xinga, aux. verb wiplying that a7i actio 7 i will certamly have to be perfor77ied. It is foinid 07 ily vi the subjunctive, shall have to, must, be obliged to. Nxinga kwenda, I shall have to go ; yaxinga kwenda, I shall have to go ; the latter being less defi, 7 iite a 7 id i 7 iore re 7 )iote , though equally certain. Xinga, v.i., to starve, be starved. Xinga, 9, 71., convulsion (of laughter). Xingalakiana, v., to be parallel (?) Xingama, v., to be or stand straight, level, square { 7 iot crooked or uneveri), to be correct (of infor¬ mation, & c.). xingama ova kati, v.i, to be balanced. Xingamanxiji, 6, n., a dwarf species of plantain. Xingana, v., to keep wishing each other to go first, either in token ( 467 ) Xin-Ya Xingana, continued. of respect, or from some other motive ; baxinganini 0 vita kuna ntu e kuma me kingi, each wished the other to go in front because there was so much dew (on the grass). Xingika, v.t., to straighten, make straight or level, xingika ova kati, to balance. Xingini, 6, n., heel. Xingisa, v.t., to starve, cause to starve. Xingisa, v.t., to convulse, cause to be convulsed. Xinguka yo tusevo, v., to be convulsed with laughter. Xinguka ye nzala, v.i., to be starved, starved to death. Xingula ye nzala, v.t., to starve to death, to cause to starve. Xininika, v.i., to make stiff and straight, to make rigid. Xinisa, v.t., to deepen. Xinsa, v., to try, attempt, endeavour, strive, practise, exercise, make an effort, make an experiment or test, to venture. Xinsu, 6, n., a mark, sign, seal, signal, badge, brand, memorial-mark, vestige ; a buoy. xia e xinsu, v., to make a mark, sign, seal, to mark. Xinuka, v., see Xinda. Xinxikila, v., to warn, threaten, menace (brandishing a wea¬ pon). Xinza, v., to freshen the cutting (at noon) in a palm. Xinza, 6, n., stump. Xioka, v.i., to decrease (of something swollen), to go down (as a swelling), to fall, sink, subside (as a flood or swollen river), to ebb (as the tide). Xiokesa, v.t. {causative of Xioka), to decrease. Xiona, v. {mid. v., Xionoka), to clean or comb thatching grass. Xionenwa, 6, n., comb, an instrument used in cleaning thatching grass. Xiotobolo,j 6, n., a little bit of stick, Xiotolo, J a splinter. Xioxia, v.i., to splutter and frizzle in cookinsr. o Xisa, v. {causative of Sala, to remain), to leave, forsake, desert,abandon, to leave behind, to deposit. Xisa, 6, n., a picture, illustration, drawing, sketch, a likeness, portrait, photograph. Xita, 6, n., a barren, impotent person _ or animal (of either sex). -axita, a., barren, impotent. Xiuka, v., to swoop. Xiunta, } . ^ Xiuntula, J to move ’ shlft ’ P ush - Xivata, 2, n. (P. espada), sword, dagger, clubs (in cards). Xividila, v.t. (P. servir), to wait at table. Xivika, v., to wonder, marvel, be sur¬ prised, astonished, amazed. Xivikisa, v.t, to surprise, astonish, fill with wonder. Xivu, 6, n., the cold season (the earlier part of the dry season, com¬ mencing about May the 15th). Xixi, 6, n., firewood partly burnt, fire¬ brand, half burnt log of wood. konka e xixi, v., to draw together the burning wood. Xixisa, v.t., to frighten, threaten, to intimidate, by mouth only. Xiwa, v.i. {pass, of Xia), to be fixed, appointed. Y. Y, subj.pronom. prefix applied to verbs and adjectives qualifying or agreeing with nouns of cl. 2, sing., 5 and 6, pi. Y is used before a vowel, i before a con¬ sonant. Ya, = i-j-a. Ya=yo + a, see To, Eng.-Kongo Ya-Yal ( 468 ) Ya, prep., with, and. This particle combines with the article of the noun that follows it, thus becoming ya ( = ya+a), ye ( = ya-fe), yo (=ya+o). In negative sentences the article is omitted, and ya only remains. Ya thus serves for the conjunc¬ tion “and” in English, but the Kongo idea is really “with.” Yo ttge yo mono would be trans¬ lated, both you and I ; lit. with you, with me. When an abstract noun is preceded by ya, ye or yo, the combination may be translated by its English adverb, as: ovovele yo makaxi, he spoke angrily, or with anger. When ya is thus used with a noun, the noun in question is always considered as an ad¬ dition, or accession, or accom¬ paniment, to the subject of the verb qualified, never as its in¬ herent quality ; see A. Ya is used to combine repeated nouns, as: “by” in English. Lumbuya lumbu, day by day ; an action being considered as constantly repeating itself. Lumbu ya lumbu kabamona, he saw them day by day. The articles do not combine with ya in this usage. Ya, prep., cl. 2, sing., & 5 & 6 , pi., of, concerning, about. -ya, a., four. -aya, see under A. Yaba-, a combination of the subjec¬ tive prefix, 1st pers. sing., with the objective prefix, 3rd pers. plur. Yaba, to pull up (weeds, hair, &c.) by the roots in handfuls. Yabakiana, j v., to scream, shout, yell, Yabana, J squall (cry as a baby). Yabuka, v.i., to burn imperfectly, as damp grass, to be singed. Yabula, v.t., to burn imperfectly (damp grass, &c.), to singe. Yadika, v.t. (only refei's to a mild heat) ; to heat, warm, render lukewarm (water), to cause the temperature {of a fever patient ) to rise. Yadika, v., to act as midwife, to deliver of a child, to act as monthly nurse. Yaka, v.t., to catch something that is falling, thrown, or flying. Yaka, 6, n., wall, partition, fence. Yaka, see -aka. Yakini ke...ko (Bako.), not yet. Yaku, j adv., until, as far as, to. Yakuna, J For Locatives, see under Kuma Yala, v.t., to spread, open out, lay out. yala 0 meza (pi. 8), to prepare, lay, set the table (for a meal), yala e mfulu (2), to make a bed. Yala, V., to reign, rule, govern. Yala, v., to menstruate (a euphemism). Yalama, v.i. {only refers to a mild heat), to be warm, lukewarm, hot, heated, put on the fire (of water), to be feverish. Yalama, v., to be assisted in child¬ birth, to be delivered (of a child). Yalujiola, v., to look through a quan¬ tity of cloth, mats, &c., turning over one piece after another, to turn over the pages of a book. Yaluka, v.i., to migrate, quit, emigrate, go away from, to move (to another dwelling place), to come far from, to remove. Yaluka, v., to be rolled up (of some¬ thing which was spread out), to be cleared (as a table after a meal), to be stripped (as a bed). Yalula, v., to roll up (something which has been spread out), to clear away (things on a table after a meal), to strip (a bed). Yalumuka, v.i., to open out, spread out, lie open, widen, expand, broaden, broaden or widen or expand out, be broad, wide, ex¬ tended, to be unfurled. ( 469 ) Yal-Yan Yalumuka, 9, n., breadth, expanse, width, size, calibre or bore (of gun). Yalumuna, 7 >.t., to spread out, to ex¬ pand, broaden, extend in width, to widen, open out, lay open, to make broad or wide, unfold, un¬ wrap, unfurl, to put up (an um¬ brella). Yama, 7/./., to smart, burn, pain. Yambalala, 7/., to be helpless, power¬ less. Yambama, 7/., to be put, placed upon (used of something spread¬ ing). Yambidika, 7/./., to render powerless, helpless. Yambidisa, v., to seduce, to cause to commit adultery, hence to commit adultery with. (The subject of this verb must al¬ ways be the male). Yambidisa, v. {causative of Yambila). Yambidiswa, 7/., to be seduced, led into adultery (used of women only). Yambika, ) 7to put, place Yambikila, J (something spread- ing) upon, to cover (by spread¬ ing something over). Yambikila {applied form of Yambi¬ ka). Yambikwa, 7 /.z., to be covered by something spreading upon. Yambila, 7/./., to go after women, to play the harlot, to hold corrupt conversation with a woman, to seduce, to commit adultery. (Yambila is used even in the case of the husband's knowledge and consent, and is said of either sex). Yambujiana, v. {recip. form of Ya- mbula). Yambuka, v., to be left alone, aban¬ doned, deserted, forsaken, ne¬ glected ; to be left off, re¬ nounced, discontinued, dis¬ pensed with, relinquished, re¬ mitted (of a debt) ; to be left Yambuka, continued. out, excepted, omitted ; to be let go, released, untied ; to be tolerated, permitted, sanctioned, allowed, suffered. Yambula, z>., to leave, to leave alone, let alone, abandon, desert, for¬ sake, neglect; set (down) ; to leave off, stop, cease or refrain or abstain from, renounce, give up, discontinue, dispense with, relinquish, remit (of a debt) ; to leave out, except, omit; to leave go, lelease, untie ; to tolerate, permit, sanction, allow, suffer, to submit to what cannot be avoided. yambula 0 mazu! silence ! stop the noise ! be quiet! Yambula is also used in the for¬ mation of the imperative ; ya¬ mbula kenda, let him go. In such case it is often contracted to mbula. Yambulwila, v. {appliedform of Ya¬ mbula). yambulwila e mfuka (2), to forgive any one a debt. Yambulwisa, v., to disburden {causa¬ tive Yambula). Yambuxiana, v. {recip. form of Ya¬ mbula). Yamu, adv., until, as far as, to. For Locatives, see under Kuma. yamu unu, before or until to-day. Yamuka, v., see Yanduka. Yamuna, v., see Yandula. Yamuna, v., to tear to pieces (with hands, claws or teeth). Yamuna, prep., until, as far as, to. Lor Locatives, see under Kuma. yamumu ntangwa yayi, hitherto, until now. yamuna yamuna, adv., here and there, hither and thither. For Locatives, see under Kuma. Yanda, v., to spread and peg out (as a skin to be dried), to nail out to dry ; to stretch and fasten (the skin on a drum). Yan-Yan ( 470 ) Yanda, continued. yanda oku. mwini (3), to spread out in the sun as above. yanda omu nti (4), to peg on a tree as above. Yandakesa, v.t., to cause to spread, to spread, communicate from one to the other (news, fire, &c.). Yandakiana, v.i., to spread, be spread, be communicated from one to the other (as news, fire, &c.). Yandala, v., to ask, inquire for a lost thing, &c., to seek, search for. Yandala always implies that inquiries are made. Yandama, v.i., to be stretched and pegged out (as a skin on a drum, or to be dried). Yandana, v.i., see Yandakiana. Yandangesa, v.t., see Yandakesa. Yandangiana, v.i., see Yandakiana. Yandanisa, v.t., see Yandakesa. Yandi, ) pers. & rel. pron., 3rd pers, oyandi,J sing., he, she, it, him, her, it ; he who (used of persons or living creatjires only). yandi amoxi, he, she or it alone, or only, this or that one single out of all. yandi kibeni or veka, h (emphatics yandi kwandi, { ^/yandi), yandi. .kwandi, f he...him- yandi kwandi kibeni, J self, him¬ self, she...herself, herself, it... itself, itself. Yandi is fre¬ quently p?'efixed by the article 0. -a yandi, poss. pron., of him, of her, of it, his, hers, its. yandi nani ? who is he ? yandi ona, &c. The emphatics of the demonstrative pronoun 3rd pers. sing, are formed by placing yandi before the simple forms. 1st. pos. emphatic, yandi oyu; 2nd pos., yandi oyo ; 3rd pos., yandi ona, this, that, i yandi yuyu, this is he, she, or it. Yanduka, v., to be heated (of food), to be warmed up again ; to be feverish (of babies only). Yandula, v., to warm up again, to heat (food left over from another meal). ntima (4, u-) yanduka, to be much grieved, distressed, pained to the heart. Yanga, v., to roast on a spit, to toast, broil. yanga 0 meno, v., to show the teeth (in a rage). Yangalala, v.i., to be pleased, feel happy, be glad, content, joyful, delighted, to rejoice, be cheer¬ ful, comforted, be in a good humour. Yangalala, v., to get warm (of per¬ sons). Yangama, v.i., to float, be afloat. moyo (3) or ntima (4, u-) yangama, v., to be perplexed, puzzled, anxious, bewildered, disquieted, concerned, in suspense. Yangamesa, v.t., to cause to float. Yangayanga, 6, n., a small lake. Yangidika, v., to please, make happy or glad, to gladden, make content, joyful, to delight, cheer, rejoice, comfort, encourage, bless. Yangika, v.t., to cause to float, to set afloat, to buoy up. yangika 0 ntima (4) or moyo (3), v., to be perturbed, bewildered, per¬ plexed, anxious, disquieted, con¬ cerned, in suspense. Yangikila 0 ntima or 0 moyo, v., to perplex, bewilder, perturb, make anxious, to disquiet, make concerned, to keep in suspense, Yangikila, v. (applied form of Ya¬ ngika). Yanginu...ke...ko, not yet. Yanginu kayijidi ko, he has not yet come. Yanguka, v.i., to recommence, begin again, be resumed, be reminded of, be unearthed, raked up. Yangula, v.t., to begin again, to re¬ commence, resume, to go on (with something discontinued), to put in mind of; to remind, ( 47i ) Yan-Yay Yangula, continued. unearth, rake up (an old quarrel), to excite (passions). Yangumuka, t/.z., see Yanguka. Yangumuna, t/./., see Yangula. Yanika, v ., to dry, put, spread out, to air, warm in the sun. Yantama, 7/./., to begin, commence, arise, set about, start. Yantamesa, 7/./., to cause to begin. Yantika, 7/./., to begin, commence, to arise, set about, to start. Yantikisa, 7/./., to cause to begin. Yanuna, 7/., to take out of the sun (of things airing or placed there to dry). Yanza, v.t ., to tear to pieces (with the teeth). Yanzala, 6 , n., yard, courtyard. Yanzuna, v., see Yanza. Yasa, 6 , n., a very rocky torrent bed. Yasalala, t/.z., nua (4, u-) yasalala, to be or re¬ main open, of the mouth. Yasuka, t/.z., to be open or opened (of the mouth). Yasuna, 7/., to open (the mouth). Yata, v.t. (Bako.), to carry, bear. Yatakiana, 'It/., to scream, cry, squall Yatana, J {as an infant). Yatata,7/.z., to crawl, creep (as insects). Yatika, v.t., see Yantika. Yatuka, t/.z. (Bako.), to be borne, carried. Yau, \fiers. & ret. fir on., cl. 1, 3rd •oyau,J fiers., fit., they, them, they who ; used of persons or living creatures only. yau kibeni or veka,') cmfihatics of yau kwau, [ yau, them- yau...kwau, I selves, they yau kwau kibeni, ) themselves. Yau is frequently firefixed by the article 0. -a yau, theirs, of them, yau amoxi, they are the same, yau akinani ? who are they ? yau ana. The emphatics of the demonstrative pronoun 3rd pers. pi. are formed by placing yau Yau, continued. before the simple forms. 1 st fios., emphatic , yau aya; 2nd fios., yau owo; 3rd fios., yau ana. Yau = yo yau, with them. Yau, sub], also emphatic obj. firon., cl. 2, sing., he, she, it. yau ewole or awole, both together, those two (in particular), i yau yaya, these are they, yau ayimoxi, this, that one (single out of all), it is the same, yau eyi, this one. i yau yiyi, this is it. Yau, subj. also emphatic obj. firon., cl. 5 & 6 ,fil., they, them, yau ayi moxi, they are the same, yau ayole, both together, those two. i yau yiyi, these are they. Yauka, t/.z"., to be cooked so that it is well done outside and raw inside. Yaula, v.t., to cook so that it is well done outside and raw inside. Yava, v., to take greedily, take much, many. Yava, adv., until, as far as, to. For Locatives, see tinder Kuma. Yavalala, t/.z’., to sprawl. Yavana, until, as far as, to. For Locatives, see under Kuma. mpaxi yavana ; see under mpaxi. Yavidika, v.t., to cause to sprawl. Yavula, 7/.z., to crawl (as infant, on all fours). Yaxidika 0 nua (4), v.t., to hold the mouth open. Yaxika, v., to open (the mouth). Yaya, 1, n., sing., mother, also mother’s sister, and other maternal rela¬ tions. e yaya ! int., alas ! interjection of pain, fear, or surprise. Yaya, v., to be well known ; to be or grow famous, renowned. Yaya, 9, n., fame, renown. -ayaya, a., famous, renowned. Yaya, v., to hiss, siss, fizz; to murmur (as flowing water). Yay-Yel ( 472 ) Yaya, v., to bale out, scoop out (water). Yaya, dem. pron. {cl. 1, pi.), these, emphatic used only after the verbal particle i. I yau yaya, these are they. Yayala, v ., to flow softly, making a murmuring sound, to hiss, siss, fizz. Yayana, v., to cry (as a baby), to squall. Yayi, dem. pron., cl. 2, sing., & 5 & 6, pi., this, these, emphatic. Yayina, dem. pron., cl. 2, sing., & 5 & 6, pi., 3 rd pos., that, those, emphatic. Ye, see ya. Yeka, v.t., to confer (a title dignity), to make, crown, elect, con¬ stitute (as king). Yekama, v., to take upon one’s self, to take in hand, to undertake; engage to or in, to assume (a work), to set to work. yekama muna, v.i., to be put, placed or set against; to lie, lean, recline, or rest against; to fall to, devolve, or come upon ; to be shifted, handed over or transferred to. yekama vana, v.i., to lean upon ; vana can only be used where something is placed upon another; against is always ex¬ pressed by muna. Yekamwa kwa, v.i., to be leaned upon by. Yekeka, v.t., to cause to take upon one’s self, to cause to under¬ take or assume, to impose. yekeka muna, v.t., to put, place, or set against, to cause to lean against ; to shift (the responsi¬ bility) on to, to lay (the blame) on to ; to hand over or transfer (one’s work, duties, &c.) to. yekeka vana, v.t., to cause to lean upon. Yekola, v. {reversive of Yeka), to de¬ grade, depose ; rebel against. Yekola, v.t. {reversive of Yekeka), to* remove from a leaning position.. Yekolola, v.t., to reinstate (in an office). Yekula, v., see Yekola. Yela, v.i., to be or feel ill, to be poorly,, sick, diseased, to ail, suffer, be unhealthy, to have bad health, yela 0 mabibi or mafunga, or mayovoka (8), to be tired,, weary, faint. yela e lau (6), to be mad, insane, yela e nkatanga (2), to be cramp¬ ed. yela e nsunungu (2), to have the toothache in the front teeth, yela e xikuxiku (6), to have a hic¬ cup. yela e zunga, (6), to feel faint,, dizzy. Yela, 9, n., illness, malady, sickness,, complaint, disease, ailment,, affliction, bad health, baka 0 yela, v., to fall sick. -ayela, a., ill; sick. Yela, v., to be guilty, be in the wrong,, to be wrong, to lose (in a game,, lawsuit, or contest of any kind),, to be beaten, overcome, to sub¬ mit ; yela is used even when might prevails against right. Yeleka, v.t., to taste, test, try, examine by tasting. Yelesa, V., to attend, nurse, help in sickness, to take care of, to watch by, to tend (the sick). Yelesa, v., causative ^Yela. Yelesa, v.t., pass judgment against, to* condemn, declare as guilty, to pronounce guilty, to declare to be in the wrong, to blame, lay the blame on ; to beat, defeat,, overcome (in a contest of any kind, regardless of right or wrong). Yeloka, v.i., to heal, get well (as a. wound or sore), to amend in health. ke yeloka ko, to be incurable. Yelola, v.t., to cure, heal. ( 473 ) Yel-Yik Yelomoka, v ., to move, go, come, flow, or trickle slowly and noiselessly or stealthily along ; to sneak along. Yeluka, v.i ., see Yeloka. Yelula, v., see Yelola. Yelumuka, v., see Yelomoka. Yema, v., to suck (as an infant). Yemba, v.t., to set, put, cast, throw, dash down, let fall, cause to fall heavily or violently, yemba e ntalu (2), to pay a heavy price, pay exorbitantly. Yembama, v.i., to fall, drop, be put or thrown down heavily ; to roll over heavily (as great waves). Yemeka, v ., to give suck, suckle. Yemvona, ) v., to bite, tear off (a large Yemvuna,J piece with the teeth). Yenda, v., see Kwenda. Yendama, 7/., to be soaked, very wet. Yendeka, v., to soak, make very wet. Yendelesa, v., to let go, let alone, to leave to one’s own course. Yenga, 7 /., to chirp, screak, as a cricket. Yenga, 7/., to sing in Ndembo. Yengalala muna, 7 >.i., to hang upon, on, over ori rom, to be suspend¬ ed from. yengalala vana tiya, to hang over the fire. Yengele (6) kia kutu (9), n., ear-ring. Yengeleka, v. {with the Locative see Yengalala), to suspend, hang (on or over or up or from). Yengokelwa 0 meso or moyo or ntima, see Lengokelwa. yengokelwa... 0 meso (&c.) kwa, see Lengokelwa ... 0 meso kwa. Yengomona,\7/., to take a large piece Yengona, J (of something). Yeno, ) pers. pron., 'indpers ., pi., you, oyeno, J ye. yeno kweno, \ yeno.. .kweno, emphatics of yeno kweno kibeni,! above , you yeno kibeni, | or ye your- yeno veka, selves, yeno kwandi, -a yeno, your, yours. Yenzama, v.i., to be bowed down, bent down, to stoop ; to be tilted (as a vessel). Yenzakana, v.i., be able to stoop or bend down. Yenzeka, v.t., to bow, bend, stoop down, to tilt (a vessel), to be tilted or tipped up ; to be tilted or tipped out. Yenzomona, v.t., to tip or tilt up ; to tilt or tip out (contents). Yetela, v., to warm one’s self, to bask. Yeto, \pers. pron., 1st pers. pi., we, oyeto,J us. yeto kweto, \ yeto...kweto, yeto kweto kibeni, yeto kibeni, yeto veka, yeto kwandi, -a yeto, our, ours. Yeva, v., to be stout, thick, broad- shouldered, corpulent; spread¬ ing (of a tree). Yevo, 6, n., stoutness, thickness, cor¬ pulence. emphatics of above, we, or we our¬ selves. Yeyi, j inter, pron., cl. 2, sing., & 5 & ayeyi, J 6, pi., which, what, or where is it, or are they. Yi, pi. pref. to nouns of cl. 5. Yi-, see i. Yi, 13, n., badness, wickedness, evil, -ayi, a., bad, evil. eyi, dem. pron., cl. 2, sing., 5 & 6 ,pl„ 1stpos., this, these. Yiba, v.t. (Bako.), to steal. Yiba, v. (Bako.), to copulate. Yidisa, v.i., to cause to boil, to boil. Yidika, v. (Bako.), to make. Yika, v., to mention, allude to, refer to, speak or talk about, to name, call, term, remark, say (something) about ; to nick¬ name. Yika, v.t., to add, put more. Yikakana, v.i., to come together, to join, unite, weld, to be joined together. Yikakana, v.i., to be added, added to. Yik-Yin ( 474 ) Yikakesa, v.t., to put together; to join, unite, weld, splice, connect, attach, bring together. Yikakiana, v.i., see Yikakana. Yikama, v.t., to join a caravan, to accompany, come, go, walk or journey with. yikama vana esambu dia, to side with, to join a faction, support in a contest. Yikana, see Yikakana. Yikana, v.t., to mention, talk about each other. Yikila, v., to talk about (doing), to promise...to, to speak as though, to attribute to, to compare...to. Yikila, w., to add to. Yikwa, v., to be spoken of as, to be called, named, styled, termed. Yikwa, v., to be added. Yila, v.i., to boil. Yila, v., to purr. Yila, v., to begin to grow dark. Yilama, v., to seize, pounce, spring upon, to embrace, grasp, clutch, cling to. Yilama, v. (Bako.), to be made. Yilamiana, v., to embrace each other, to seize, clutch hold of each other. Yima, v., to run to seed, to seed, to bear fruit, be in fruit, to produce (seed). Yimbana, v., to struggle together, to wrestle. Yimbila, v ., to sing, chant, sing (as song birds). yimbila e mbembo (2), to sing a dirge. Yimbidila, v., to sing about, to praise, sing the praises of, to sing for. Yimina, v., to be mean, stingy, to grudge. Yimina, v., applied form of Yima. Yimisa, v ., to fructify. Yimita, v., to be, or become pregnant, to conceive, be with child. Yimita, 9, n ., conception, pregnancy, -ayimita, a., pregnant. Yimitisa, v ., to impregnate, yimitiswa kwa, v., to be pregnant by, be with child by. eyina (a combination of ina with its article as a prefix ), dem. & rel. pron ., cl. 2, sing., 5 & 6, pi., 3rd pos., that, those; that which, those ; which. Yina, v., to grumble, complain, be dissatisfied, discontented. Yina, 9, n., complaint; dissatisfac¬ tion. Yinda, v., to plait, braid. Yindalala, v.i., to be thoughtful, wrapt in thought, meditative, grave, demure, pensive, melancholy, sad, to ponder, mope, brood over, be sorrowful, to hesitate. Yindalala, 9, n., pensiveness, thought¬ fulness, gravity, melancholy, sadness. Yindama, v.i., see Yindalala. Yindidika, v., to render pensive, dull, sad, sorrowful, &c. ; see Yinda¬ lala). Yinduka, v.i., to be plaited, braided. Yindnka, v.i., to be thought of, reckoned, considered. Yindula, \z/.,to think Yindula muna ntima (4), J imagine, reckon, consider, ponder, re¬ member, bear in mind. Yinduxiana, v., to remember each other. Yinga, v., to drive or scare away, to repulse, repel, banish, send or chase away, put to flight, rout disperse, expel, beat off, to exile -ayingi, a., much, many, great. Yingi, a., cl., 2, sing, 5, 6, pi., much many, great. Yingila, v., to keep watch, to watch, guard. Yinginina, v., to hum, buzz, whine, sing a grief song. Yingwa, v., to be driven back tfraway to retreat. Yinisa, v.t., to dissatisfy, to make dis¬ satisfied, to cause to murmur. Yinswa,^/. ^/lunswa, see Lunswa. ( 475 ) Yit-Yun Yitika, v.i., to spill, be spilt, pour or flow over, be poured out. Yitila, v.t, to spill, pour out. Yitu, 6, zz., a relative, a relation, a kinsman, kin, kindred, family, fellow-wife, fellow-slave. Rela¬ tionship is only reckoned on the mother’s side. Yituka, v.i., to be startled. Yitukwa, v.i., to be surprised; to be come upon suddenly, yitukwa kwa, v.i., to be visited un¬ expectedly by, to be surprised by. Yitula, v.t., to startle. Yiva, v.i., to grow ugly. Yivula, v. (Bako.), see Yuvula. Yiya, v., to steal, to thieve. Yiyi, dem. pron., cl. 2, sing., 5 & 6, pi., 1 si pos., it, this, these, em¬ phatic, used only after the ver¬ bal particle i. Yiyua, v.i., to be stolen. Yo, obj. pron., cl. 2, sing., 5 & 6, pi., it, them. «yo, dem. pron., cl. 2, sing, 5 & 6, pi., 2nd pos., that, those. oyo, dem. pro?i., cl. 1, sing, 2nd pos., that. Yo, conj. see Ya. Yoba, pi., 5, n., cuts on the temples, made in cupping for disease of the eyes, never used for the tribal or decorative mark. Yobeka (yo), v., to shake hands (with). Yobela, v. (Bako.), to wash, bathe. Yoka, v.t., to burn, consume by fire, to roast, roast in ashes or fire, to bake, broil. Yokolola, v.t., to burn over again. Yokosa, v., to dispute noisily, to wrangle, shout, argue with noisy shouting. Yokosa, 9, zz., noisy disputation, shout¬ ing, wrangling. Yoma, ) „ • Yomokr-’ t0) ” mp ’ ,ump0v£r ' Yomoka, v., to be fringed. Yomona, v., to make a fringe. Yondalala, ) v., to be, become moist, Yondama, i wet, soaked, to be steeped. Yondeka, ) v., to soak ; to make wet, Yondeleka, J to moisten, steep. Yonga, v., to copulate. Yongo, 6, 71., people ; population (great). bunda e yongo, v., to make peace. Yota, v.t., to be circumcised. Yota, 9, 7 i., circumcision. Yotesa, v., to circumcise. Yova, ■) v.i., to be tired, fatigued, Yovoka, ) weary, weak, feeble, faint, exhausted. to (6, ki-) yova, v., to be tired, &c., see above. Yovoka, 9, 71., weakness, infirmity (of age, sickness). Yovola, j v., to tire, fatigue, weary, Yovona, i weaken, exhaust, en¬ feeble, enervate. Yowa, v.t., to anoint, rub on over one’s self (as oil) ; to wallow (as a Pig)* Yowela, v., to wash, bathe. Yoya, see Yova. Yoyomoka, v.t., to cook too much, to cook to pieces. Yoyo, de 7 n. pro 7 i., cl. 2, smg., 5 & 6 ,pi., 27 idpos., e 7 nphatic, that, those. Yubula, v., to throb, ache. Yubula, 9, 71., throbbing pain. Ynkuta, v., to have enough, be satis¬ fied, with food. Yukutisa, v., to satisfy. Yuma, v.i., to dry, to be, get or become dry, to evaporate. Yuma, 9, 71., dryness. -ayuma, a., dry. Yuma ,pl. 6, zz., cooked food. Yumba, v., see Yemba. Yumisa, v.t., to dry, cause to dry. Yuna, v.t., to skin, flay, strip off (bark &c.). Yundula, v.t. (Mpa.), to feed, to give or supply food to a person, to provide food. Yunga, v.i. (Mpa.), to wash, bathe. Yunga, 6, zz., shirt, coat. Yun-Zal ( 476 ) Yungana, v.i., to roam, rove, stroll, wander about. Yunga-yunga, v.z., to grow dark, to darken (of the sky with clouds). Yungulu, 6 , n ., a fool. Yutumuka, v., to wear a very large cloth. Yuva, v.t ., to put, set, place or throw down heavily. Yuvula, v., to inquire, ask or put a question, to question, interro¬ gate ; also to ask questions and begin to molest. Yuwula, v.z. , to slough (as a reptile), to cast (the skin). Yuya, v ., to roar (as flames), to flare away fiercely, to burn with a roar. Yuyu, dem. fir on., cl. 1, sing., isl ft os., emphatic, zised ozily after the verbal particle i, this. Z. Za,yV^., cl. 2, pi., of, about, concern¬ ing. Za-, subj. pronom. pref. applied to adjectives and verbs, qualifying or agreeing with nouns of cl. 2, pi. Za = Zo-f-a, see To, Eng.-Kongo. Za, aux. verb used in making a pro¬ mise, or speaking definitely and with certainty of the future, to be sure to. 0 mbaji yaza kwe- llda, I will surely go to-morrow ; dingalala kaza kio twasa, wait, he will be sure to bring it. -za, keza, beza, eza, &c., parts of kwiza, to come. Za, 6, n., pool left by the fall of a river, hole in bed of river. Zaba-, a combination of the subj. pro¬ nom. prefix, cl. 2, pi., with the obj. pronom. pref., 3rd pers., pi. Zaba, v.t. (Bako.), to know ; see Zaya. Zabau, 2, n. (P. sabao), soap. Zabuka, v.z., to hasten, be quick, go' fast. Zabula, v.t., to urge, hasten, expedite, cause to move quickly, zabula 0 malu ! look sharp ! make haste ! go fast ! be quick ! Zabulwisa, v.t., to urge, hasten. Zadika, v.t., to cause to settle or perch. Zadisa, v., to replenish, fill, make full., toma kio zadisa, fill it full. Zai, see Zayi. Zaji, dem. & rel. pron., cl. 2, pi., 1st P°s., emphatic, these. Zajina, dem. & rel. pron., cl. 2 ,pl., yd' pos., emphatic, those. Zaka, v.t., to catch in the hands (of something flying through the air, as birds, missiles, &c.). Zakala, v. (Bako.), to sit. Zakama, v.z., to shake, shiver, quiver, quake, tremble, be agitated, to vibrate. Zakamesa, v.t., to cause to shake, tremble, quiver, to shake, agitate. Zakazaka, 6, n., shaking, trembling,, agitation, excitement, hurry hence carelessness, mona e zakazaka, to be excited. 6 zakazaka, adv., carelessly, hur¬ riedly. Zakila, v.t., to toss...into the mouth with the hand. Zakuka, v.z., to be caught in the hands (as something flying through the air, birds, missiles, &c.). Zakllla, v.t., to catch (in the hands), to clutch at. Zakula, v., to throw (water into one’s mouth with the hand). Zala, v.i., to be, become or get full, to fill, to rise (as a river). Zala, 6, zz., finger-nail, talon. Zala, v.t., to hem. Zala, 6, 7i., fringe. Zalama, v., to perch, settle. Zalu, 6, 71., spoon, trowel. Zalumuna, v.t., to spread, scatter lightly. Zal-Za y ( 477 ) Zalumuna, continued. zalumuna (e nlembo, pi. 4), to reply (as a king) when receiv¬ ing the homage of another by placing the hands together, and moving the fingers slightly. Zama, v., to settle, perch. Zambala, 6, n., fringe. Zambu, 6, n., a branch which spreads out into the branches of another tree, thus affording a means of passing from one tree to another without descending to the ground. mbiji (2) a zambu, climbing animals. tunga e zambu, v., to bring to¬ gether and fasten the branches of two trees, so as to make a passage from one to the other. Zamika, v.t., to cause to settle or perch, to set (a fowl) upon its perch. Zana, v.t., to take between or pull off with the finger and thumb. Zanga, v.t., to dirty, to make a mess, defecate (of babies only). Zangama, v.i. {mid. v. of Zangika), to be raised, lifted, set up upon (something). Zanganana, v.i ., to stand, be, or re¬ main standing. ^angika, v ., to set, put or raise up (on something, i.e. by putting some¬ thing under it); to hoist (a flag). Zangikila (vana ntandu a), v., to place, set, raise upon (the top of). Zanginika, to cause to be or remain standing. Zanguka, v.i., to be raised, lifted, elevated, to rise. Zangula, v., to raise, lift, elevate. Zangumioka, v.t., to be constantly lifted or getting up and sitting down. Zangumuka, v.i., to stand up (of persons), rise or be lifted up (from). Zangumuna, v.t., to raise or lift up (from or off). Zanuna, v., to take between the finger and thumb. Zanuzanu, pi. 6, n., rough edge, splinters. Zanza, v.t., to cast, put, set or throw down violently or heavily, to cause to fall heavily, to dash to the ground. Zanzala, v., to creep or climb (as a plant), to creep or crawl (as an insect), to circulate (as the blood). Zanzala, 9, n., circulation (of the blood). Zatuna, v., to tear or wrench off a piece, to tear oft with the teeth or between the thumb and the edge of a knife ; to nibble (off an end), to graze (as grass¬ eating animals). Zau, subj. or emphatic olj. pron.. cl 2 pi., they. Zau, poss. pron., 3rd pers., pi, c l. 2, their, theirs. Zaula, 7/., to scoop up, bale up, with a scoop or with the hand. Zavo, \conf, then, in that case. Used OZ&vOj J to introduce u sentence which is dependent on circum¬ stances previously stated. Oza- VO is the best form. Zavuna, v.t., to seize, snatch, pluck, take away (with the hands only). Zaya, v., to know, understand, com¬ prehend, apprehend, to see (men¬ tally), to recognise, remember, zaya beni, to be familiar with, to know well, be certain, confident, zaya e jiku (6), to be positive, know certainly or surely, to be perfectly sure. ke zaya ko, to be ignorant (not to know). Zayakana, v., to be knowable, able to be understood or known, to be known. ke -zayakana ko, p., incompre- hensible. Zay-Zen ( 478 ) Zayi, 12, n., knowledge, wisdom, in¬ sight, judgment, prudence, dis¬ cretion, intelligence, conscious¬ ness, reason, sense, common sense, wits, gumption, vunguka 0 zayi, v., to come to one’s senses, recover conscious¬ ness, become conscious; to recover (from fainting). -azayi, a., wise, discreet, prudent, intelligent. Zayilwa, 6, n., a mark, sign, something by which a thing is known. Zayiwa, v ., pass, ^/zaya, per/, zayilu, to be known. Zayisa, v.t., to convince, to cause to know, acquaint, inform. Zayua, see Zayina. Zaza, v ., to dash, jerk off (by a violent motion), to sprinkle. Zazala, v., to vibrate, to rattle together, to rattle, shake, clatter, tremble. Ze = za+e or i. Zeba, v., to play, mess about with one’s food. Zebelezebele, pi. 6, n., slovenliness (in dress). -azebelezebele, a., slovenly (in dress). Zeji = za+iji, see Kwiza. Zeka, v., to twist, to turn or wring round, to screw in, to bore with a circular movement, to put in a screw. Zekanisa, v., to irritate, to worry (try to compel a person to do what he does not wish to). Zekela, v., to make a circuit; to make a detour, to intercept, cut off a retreat (by making a circuit and heading). Zekoka, v.i. {mid. v. of Zekola), to twist back, to untwist, unscrew. Zekoka, v. (mid. v. of Zeka), to be twisted, turned round, screw¬ ed. Zekola, v.t., to unscrew, untwist, twist back. Zeloka, v., to go, come, pass, round to the other side of. Zelomoka, v.i., to pour, move, run down, trickle, slowly, as a thick viscid fluid ’ to become un¬ soldered. Zelomona, v .,to cause to flow ,as above, to unsolder. Zelumuka, v., see Zelomoka. Zelumuna, v.t., see Zelomona. Zemba, v., to hate, to treat with con¬ tempt. Zemba, 9, n., hatred, contempt. Zembalala, v.i., to be carried in a sling [as an infant on the nze- mba (a sling)]. Zembeleka, v., to carry an infant in a sling (nzemba, 2). Zemboka, v., to be hated, scorned, treated with contempt. Zemboka (ye), v.i., to weigh or sway down, to be weighed down as with fruit; to be stupefied, heavy, overcome, with sleep or drmk. Zembola, to weigh down (as fruit), to- stupefy, overcome, as drink or sleep. Zembuka, v., see Zemboka. Zembula, v.t., see Zembola. Zenda, v., to be or grow crooked, twisted, distorted. Zenga, v., to cut, saw, fell, rip, gash,, shear. zenga e elaka (8), to cut the throat., zenga muna kati (9), to halve, to cut in half. zenga 0 nkanu (4), to judge, give judgment, to settle a palaver, zenga e nsamba (2), to tattoo, zenga (e tayi, 6), to lop off (the branches). Zengalakana, v.i., to be entangled, matted, to mat together, be confused or in confusion, be deranged, complicated. Zengalakesa, v., to tangle, entangle, to derange, confuse, complicate. Zengelwa, 6, n an instrument to cut with, a cutter. Zengi, 6, n., fool. -azengi, a., foolish. I ( 479 ) Zen-Zol Zengomona.'l . „ Zengona, f vX > *‘ e Zen S a - t0 cut - Zengonona, v.t ., to hack, cut with re¬ peated strokes. Zengumuna,) , „ Zenguna, ) vX ' see Zen S a > t0 cut ' Zengununa, v., see Zengonona. Zenza, v., to be sweet, as sugar. Zenzela, v., to stagger, reel, be drowsy, as when drunk or very sleepy ; meso mandi zenzela me ze¬ nzela, his eyes are very heavy, zayi (i 2, u-) zenzela, to be be¬ wildered. Zenzela, 9, n., drowsiness, stagger¬ ing. Zenzo, 6, n., a keg, cask, barrel (of gunpowder). Zevo, ^ r, ’ yconj., see Zavo. ozevoj Zeyi, {inter. pron., cl 2, pi, what, azeyij which, where are they. Zeza, v.i., to be, become or get slack, or loose; to slacken, abate, relax, melt, thaw, give, yield ; become weak, to despair, to abandon what one had deter¬ mined to do. ntima (4) or moyo (3 11-) zeza see wider ntima. to (6, ki-) zeza, v., to be tired, weary, weak. -zeza, j£., slack, loose. Zeza, 9, 11., slackness, relaxing, thaw; despair. Zeza, 6,fool. -azeza, a., foolish. Zezesa, v.t., to cause to loosen, to make slack, to slacken, loosen, ease, relax. zezesa 0 makaxi ( pi. 8), to re¬ lent. zezesa e mbulu (2), to relax a frown. zezesa 0 ntima, v.t., see under Ntima. Zezoka, v.i., see Zeza. Zezola, 7/./., see Zezesa. Zezuka, v.i., see Zeza. Zezula, v.t., see Zezesa. Zi-, in pure Kongo z before i becomes j, although in many dialects it retains its harder form. Zi- (Mpa) prefix applied to the plural of nouns of cl. 2 by people in the districts of the Lower River. Zo, obj.pron., cl. 2, pi., them. ezo, dem. pron., cl. 2, pi, 2nd pos.,. those. Zo, 6, 11., tuft (of grass, plants, or hair, &c.) ; also the place on which a single plant grows. Zoa-, see Zowa-. Zoba, v., to knead, make a paste of,, to work up (clay), &c. zoba e njembe (2), to make mud- pies, play with mud. Zodinga, v., to go lame, to limp. Zoka, v., to bore, to make or bore or- drill (a hole). Zokola, v.t., to extract, withdraw (a charge from a gun). Zokona, v.t., to pick out, as maize from the cob. Zokonona, v., to pick about (as a fowl her feathers). Zola, 7/. (generally used in the perfect } to love {simple, benignant affec¬ tion or liking), to like, be fond of, to prefer, choose, desire, wish, want, to wish that, to wish or long or seek for. luta zola, v., to prefer'; to like best. Zola, 9, 7 i., love, affection, fondness,, desire. Zolajiana, ) v., to love each other, Zolana, J agree together, to be. reconciled after a quarrel. Zolana, 9, it., mutual love or affec¬ tion. Zolanisa, v.t., to cause to love each other, to reconcile. Zolela, v., applied form of Zola. Zolela, 6 , n., a desire, wish. Zoleswa, V., to be excessively fond of, or have an intense, even mor¬ bid, craving after (something). Note the passive causative which implies that the craving rwas brought about by some one with Zol-Zoz (480) Zoleswa, continued. a charm, or, as in cases of pregnancy, by the condition. Zoloka,) v., to be beloved, in request, Zolwa, J on demand, wished for, de¬ sired. Zoma, v.t., to copulate. Zomama, v.i., to be stuck or thrust into (something in which there had been no hole previously), to stick into, to penetrate. Zomba, \v., to be or get wet, Zombalala, J drenched. Zombeleka,\'z/./., to make wet, to Zombesa, J drench, to wet. Zomboka, v.i., to hop (in play, as though lame, or as birds, frogs, &c.). Zomeka, v.t., to stick, stab, thrust into (something in which there had not been a hole previously). Zonda, v.i., to be half released, as the spring of a trap which has caught something. Zondama, v., to sit, squat, resting on the feet (the soles only touch¬ ing the ground). Zondeka, v.t., to cause to sit as above. Zonga, v., to measure (in a measure of capacity). Zongakana, v., to be measurable. Zongolotoma, 6, n., ring, circle, hole (round); mouth (of a drum, &c.). Zonza, v.i., to quarrel, fall out, to dis¬ agree. Zonza, 9, 71., discord, contention, strife. Zonzama, v.i., to be arranged, put in order, be tidy, put together, packed up, stowed. Zonzama, 9, 71., order; arrangement, readiness (arrangement). Zonzeka, v.t., to arrange, put straight, put together, put to rights, set right, get ready, prepare, set in order, make tidy, clear up, trim, disentangle; to collect, gather or bring, or call together ; to'stow, Zonzeka, continued. pack, assemble (of persons or things, not of the place or receptacle, which is thus being set in order). Zonzeka lekwa ina mnna eseka, tidy up the things which are in the saloon. Zonzesa, v., to cause to quarrel, to embroil. Zonzoka, v., to be deranged, disorgan¬ ized, unpacked. Zonzola, V., to take out of its place ; to unpack, derange, disorganize, disarrange. Zonzolola, v.t., to be always quarrel- ing. Zonzolola, v., to chatter, be very loquacious. Zonzona,\7/., to pick off; to pluck, Zotona, J gather. Zowa, 12 n., foolishness, folly, idiocy, lunacy. Zowa, v.t., to knead, to make a paste of, work up (clay, &c.). Zowalala, v., to be stupefied with grief, perplexity, or wretched¬ ness, to be sorrowful, sad, miserable, dull, gloomy, stupe¬ fied, stupid, foolish, depressed, distressed, disheartened, de¬ jected, cast down, despondent, melancholy, low-spirited, hope¬ less ; to despond, mope. Zowalala, 9, n., misery, melancholy, sadness, dejection, depression of spirits, heaviness of heart, despondency, gloom. Zoweleka, v., to make sad, or gloomy, to depress, deject, make melan¬ choly, miserable (&c., see Zo- walala). Zowoka, v.i., to be made up into a paste ; to be kneaded. Zoza, v., to peck, to pick up (as a fowl). Zozo, 6 , bill, beak. Zozo, dem. fir on., cl. 2, fil., 2nd fios., emphatic, those. Zozoka, v.i., to be motionless, still, unmoved, unconcerned, imper- ( 481 ) Zoz-Zun Zozoka, contimicd. turbed, stoical, unflinching, un- undaunted, to endure, bear, suffer patiently, or bravely, or faithfully; to be courageous, staunch, true. o tomene zozoka yo tulu, he lies quietly sleeping. Zozoka, 9, 7 i., immobility, imperturb¬ ability, stoicism, unflinching firmness, dauntlessness, endur¬ ance, patience, courage, fidelity. Zozokela, v.t.{appliedforni of Zozoka), to'keep on with, continue in, go on with (one's work), to dis¬ regard. zozokela yo, to be unmoved by, or in spite of; to endure, bear, sutler, patiently ; to remain true to, to continue in, go on with (one’s work, &c.) Zua, v., to dash, or jerk off (by a violent motion). Zuba, v.t., to strike a blow with. Zudika, v.t., to heap, pile up, to make into a heap. Zuka, v.t., to beat, strike. Zuka, v., to pay interest. Zulama, v., to be piled up, made into a heap. Zurnba, 6, 71 ., fornication, criminal intercourse, adultery, immor¬ ality. mwana a zurnba or mwanezumba, a bastard. ta e zurnba, v., to commit adultery, to have criminal intercourse. Zumbi, 6, a fetish which is supposed to bring good luck ; see Ap¬ pendix, I'Jkixi. nsusu (2), &c., a zumbi, a fowl, &c., into which the Zumbi charm has been imparted. tumba e zumbi, to confer Zumbi. tumbula e zumbi, to remove Zumbi. Zuna, v.t., to cut off a small piece (of something eatable). Zunanana, v.i., to hang down, or from. Zunga, v., to go, come or pass round an obstacle, to make a detour, Zunga, continued. to surround, besiege, lay siege to, also to swing (the arms), edingidingi dizungidi, it was mid¬ night, midnight silence reigned. Zunga, 6, n ., faintness, dizziness, gid¬ diness, vertigo. kala ye zunga, to be dizzy, feel faint. zunga (ki-) kia, to recover (from fainting), to come to one’s senses. kiesa e zunga, to go for a change of air. zunga (ki-) luaka, to feel faint, yela e zunga, to feel faint, be dizzy. Zunga e Nkimba, v., to initiate into the mysteries of Nkimba. Zungana, v., to swing, whirl, twirl round, to swing backwards and forwards (as a pendulum), to be whirled round. Zunganisa, v.t., to whirl, twirl, swing round, to swing backwards and forwards, to brandish. Zungula, v., to cut, lop off (the top), to prune, to trim (a hedge). Zunguluka, v., to be left, to remain when others have gone away, to be dull, lonely. Zungumuka, v., to be bent, crooked, or twisted awry. Zungumuka, v., to be snatched away angrily or haughtily. Zungumuna, v., to make crooked, to bend, twist. Zungumuna, v.t., to snatch away angrily or haughtily, to free one’s self from, or shake one's self clear of another’s touch. Zunguta, v.i., to sway, move about, to oscillate. Zungutisa, v.t., to sway about. Zunta, v.t., to wrench, twist, or wring off. Zunta, v., to take aim, to aim. Zunta, 9, 7i., aim. Zuntuka, v.i., to twist off, be twisted off. 1 I ZUN-ZWA ( 4S2 ) Zunu, 13, ?t., nose, tianginika 0 zunu, v.t., to turn up the nose. Zunza, v.t., to cast (metal), to found, smelt, fuse. Zunzuka, v.t., to be melted. Zutuka, v.i., to snap (as a string), 1 break off, be torn or cut, be twisted or wrenched off. Zutuna, v., to twist, wring, or wrench off, to snap, or break off (as a string), to tear, cut off (a piece). Zutununa, v ., to tear, cut, &c., into small pieces. Zuwa, v.t., to throw, dash, jerk, shake off; to sprinkle. Zuza, v.t., to roast or dry meat over the fire in order to preserve it. Zuzuna, v., to tear (off a piece, seldotn used but of food). Zuzwala, v. (P. julgar), to talk, speak, remark (used, only in reference to chiefs). Zwa = zo+a, see To, Eng.-Kongo. APPENDICES. ENGLISH-KONGO APPENDIX. The following words have mostly been acquired since the English-Kongo section went to press. Abound, | Abundant, be,j • z ' 5 seiaiaAa « make, v.t., seleleka. Adze (to strike with an), v ., vaba. Affection (mutual), 71., nzolani, 2. Alarm, v., vumisa (seldom used ex¬ cept in reference to children). Although (• verbal conj .), -lembi. Although I scrubbed it, it would not come off, yalembi kio fusula kanxi ke kikatukidi ko. {See -lembi, Kongo-Eng.) Amass, v., vwixisa. Ancestor, 71., nkulu, 1. Anger, very great, n. } makaxi (pi. 8) mansuva. Ant-lion (; myrmeleon formicarius\ n., nkenge, 2. Arduous, a., -afuki. As soon as, adv., una...kaka. Ascend (as smoke), v., fita. Ask to come, v ., susumuna, vuku- lula. Asparagus, tz., kalala, 6 ; nsende, 2 & 11 ; nsendensende, 2. Assemble, v.i., kuta (of people only). v.t., kuta (of things only). Assistance, n., nsadisa, 2. Awake, v.t., katumuna. v.i., katumuka. Bale, n., mfuna, 4. Bank of earth, n., ekunkwa, 8. Bank (brink), n., mfumfula, 4. Beads which are all “full count,” strings of, ?i., njimbu ^2 pi.) zasoso. Bear, patiently or stoically, v., zozo- ka, jijila. Beard (long), n ., papa, 6. Beautiful, be, v., kenga. Bedstead, n., kingembo, 5. Begin, v.t., bantama. Bend (be bent), v.i., koza. Bewilder, v.t., jejianisa. Bewildered, be , v.i., zayi (12 u-) zenzela, jejiana. Bewilderment, n., jejiana, 9. Bigness (corpulence), n., tonga, 6. Bite, off a large piece, v., vwengo- mona, vwengona, vwenguna. Blow (a fire), v., lemona, lemuna. Blow (as the wind), v.i., vekomoka. Blow out (distend), v.t., tuva. Blunt, a., -ambufubufu. Bluntness, 71., mbufubufu, 4. Boil to pieces, v.i., bombomoka. v.t., bombomona. Boundary, 71., mwingilu, 3; nke- ndelo, 2. Breathe, v., tumbula (used in refer¬ ence to a dying man). He still breathes, tumbula ketumbu- la owau. Brim, ?/., mfumfula, 4. Bring up (rear), kudisa. Brink, 71., mfumfula, 4. Broad-shouldered, a., -anyevi, -yevi. be, v., yeva. Brokerage, 71., mbata, 2 ; mboko, 2. Bruise, v., fungumuna. Burn (set fire to), v.t., vika. Burn up, v.t., fumpula. Buttress, 71., nxiamu, 2. Call for (on the way), v., vitula. Calm, be (safe at rest), v., vuvama. Cannibal, 71., mundiawantu, 3. Canoe, 71., bwatu [{pi. matu) Bako.] Capata (headman), 71., ekota> 8. Carelessness, n., nsansansalu, 2. Car-Dir ( 486 ) Carry (take up and carry off at once), v.t., kikula. away by impetus, v., vitula. Cassia-fistula, n., nsazu, 4. Cave, n., njimba, 2. Chafe (soreness), nlamu, 4. Channel, n., nkwala, 4. Chatterbox, n., nkwa (1) liingwedi (10). Charms, n., mpandu, 2. Chew, v., kukuta. Circumcised, be, v.t., yota. Clap (of the hands, showing surprise), 7 i., efufu, 8. Clap the hands together with surprise, v., bunda e efufu, 8. Clapping noise, n., toto, 6. Clean, be (comfortable), v., lengoka, lenguka. Clean, make (white and shining), v.t., kengomona. Clear, the throat, v., kekomona. Clever, a., -anluengi. be, v., luenga. person, uluengi, 1 & 4. Cleverness (skill), n., luenga, 9. Closeness, n., mfini, 2. Cloth, striped, n., tuta, 6. Clumsy, a., -ansansansalu. Cold, n., etodi, 8. a., -etodi. Collect by degrees, little by little, v., wonzakela. Comfortable, be, v., lengoka, le¬ nguka. Commission (fee), mboko, 2 ; mbata, 2. Congratulate, v., vana 0 lufiau- lwisu (10), or 0 lukofi, 10. Congratulation, n., lukofi, 10; lufiaulwisu, 10. Contain, v., Kongos do not say what a thing contains, but rather where the things are. Contempt, n., luvezo, 10. Contract (stipulation), n., ebika, 8 ; generally plural. Copper, n., ngambaka, 2. Core (heart, centre), n., kingudi, 5. Corpulence, n., tonga, 6. Cramp and stiffness after sitting a long time, n., sukasuka, 9. Creek, »., nsulu, 4. Crisp, be (hard), v.t,, balalala. make, v.t. badidika. Crooked, be, v.t., benda. make, v.t., bendesa. Cross-examine, v., kunka. Crowd (come crowding), v.t., longo- moka. Cruelty, n., bobobo, 6 ; mfunia, 2 (Bako.). Crunch, v., kukuta. Cut (on the temples, made in the operation of cupping), 7L,Jkio- ba, 5. (hew, fell), v., viva, off (a slice), vasuna. (small piece of something eat¬ able), zuna. round the margins of the hair, deka e nsuki (2). the throat, zenga e elaka (8). up to pieces (of grass, paper, leaves, &c.), kela. Dead, be quite, v., fumbuka. cold and, vola. (a euphemism), budika. not (still breathe), tumbula. Deceitfulness, n., umpuki, 12. Deface, v., bandula. Dejection of spirits, n., zowalala„ 12. Demon, n., nkwiya, 4. Depress (the spirits), v., zoweleka. Depressed, be (in spirits), v., zowa- lala. Depression of spirits, n., zowalala, 9 - Desire earnestly, v., lekokelwa, or lekukelwa, or lengokelwa, or lengukilwa 0 moyo. Despair, v.t., mayo (3 -u) zeza. Difficult (arduous), a., -afuki. Digest, v., bululwisa. Digested, be, v.t., bululuka. Digestion, n., mbululuka, 2 ; lubu- lulwisu, 10. Dimpled, be, v., kompoka, koboka. Dirty, and spoil, v.t., bandula. Dis-Gat ( 487 Disappointment, lukonananu (10) lua ntima (4). Discontinue (a habit which was once frequent), v., kenga. Discover, v.t., dimbula. Disfigure, v., handula. Dismay (fright, fear), /*., kinkenda, 5 ; keza, 9. Disobedience, ;/.,nlandu, 4 (regard¬ lessness). Disobedient, a ., -anlandu (regard¬ less). Distend, v.t., tuva. Distress, v.t., kandidika. Distressed, be, v., kandalala. Do thoroughly, v., vangalala. Donkey, ji., ebuluku, 8 (P. burro). Draught (drink), ndwa, 2. Drill (to instruct in evolution), v.t., vangisa e fuka (6). Drilled, be, v.i., vangiswa e fuka. Drink (making great noise in swal¬ lowing), v., bokomona. Drip (of sticky viscous fluid), v., zelo- moka, zelumuka. Drive out (a woman’s word when angry), v.t., longomona (“bun¬ dle out ”). Dry, be (as paint, mud, gum, of films only), v., babalala. Dysentery, ji., makulu, pi. 8. Eagle, ji., nkunku, 2 ; vungu, 6 ; kavungu, 9. Eat, without having washed the hands since the previous day, v ., dia e kidiaima (5). Edge, n., mfumfula, 4. Eel, 71., nsomvi, 4 ; nsonji, 4. Electric fish, n., sulu, 6. Embrace the feet, &c., v., kwenda or kwiza e ngangala, yilama. Endure, patiently or bravely, v., zo- zoka, jijila. Enema, administer by, or an, v., tuba. Enlarge, a thing already made, as a hole, house, &c., v.t., vudisa. He has enlarged his house, ovudixi e nzo andi. Enlarged, be (as above), v.i., vula. Enraptured, be, v., sanguna. Entice, v., leba. Erect, v.t., minginika. be, v.i., minganana. Especially, adv., musungula. Euphemism, ji., senswa, 6. speak in, v., vova muna senswa. Examine gently, tenderly, or care¬ fully, something painful or very fragile, v., wunza. Except, cojzj., see undergo and Kala, Kongo-Eng. Extract, from a deep socket or spathe, v ., kongona. Eye of needle, n., ekoji (8) dia ntumbu (2). Fail, v., lakwa. Fall by accident, v.i., sunuka. let, v.t., sununa. Fault finding, ji., lutialu, 10. F ear (cowardly), v., mona 0 unkuta (12). F eather, oars, v., tialumuna 0 maza muna nkafi(2). Fetish, «., mpandu, 2. Filled up, be (as a hole), v.i., langa- lakana. Film, n., mbolo, 2 ; mbabala, 2. Fire, set on, v., tumpa 0 tiya (10) kuna. Firewood, small, n., vululu, 6. Fish, dead and floating on water, n., etidi, 8. Flutter, v., papa. Fool, n., tunga, 6 ; dunga, 6 ; dudu, 6 ; mama, 6; dudu kia mu- ntu. Foolish, a., -adudu, -amama. Forefather, n., nkulu, 1. Forget, v., vilwa. Frightened, be exceedingly, v., mo¬ na 0 keza (9). Fruit, ji., mpelo, 2. Frying-pan, ji., kangilwa, 6. Furious, be, v., fuluta yo makaxi ( 8 ). Fury, n., lunji (6) kiansuva. Gather (little by little), v.t., wonza- kela. (small things), kongona. (large fruit), konga. Gat-Lub ( 488 ) Gather, continued. together, kutisa. (of people), v.i.A (of things), 7/.A,/■ ku ^ a • Give, v., vanika. up an old habit, v., kenga. They have given up killing witches, bavwidi kenga kio e fu kia vonda e ndoki. He has given up telling lies, okengele ko vnna kwandi. Gnaw, v., kesnmuna, kesomona. Go crowding, v., longomoka. for a change of air, v ., kiesa e zunga (6). round to the other side, v., zeloka. to stool, v., swama. Gore, v., tulangesa. Great (arduous), a., -afuki. (of birds only), a., -ambndangi. (of trees and things made of wood), a., -ambondongolo. Grieve, 7 /., kandidika. Grieved, be, v ., kandalala. be much, 7 /., ntima (4, u-) yandu- ka or timvuka, ndunji (2, i-) tiukwa. Grunt (as a pig), 7 /., kwinga. Hack (strike with a blunt instrument), v., fuba. Half-released, be (as the spring of a trap which has caught something), 7 /., zonda. Hammer, zz., nkonko, 2. Handsome person, n., nkenga, 4. Hard and crisp, be, t balalala. make, v.t., badidika. Heedless, be, v., veza. Herbalist, zz., mbangi a nti ( 1 ), nkayi, 1 & 4. Hesitation, n., dingndingn, 6. Hide, v., swama (Mpa). Hit (with something), 7 /., bafa. Hoe (to strike with a), v ., vaba. Hold fast, 7 /., ximbinina. (with the claws), vuta e nzala (2 & 11). Hole (a.hollow), zz., kimpolokoso, 5. in the earth, zz., kobodia, 6; ko- bonga, 6. Homage, the formalities, kneeling, &c., which have to be observed in approaching a great chief, n., fuka, 6. to perform such ceremonies, 7/., vanga e fuka. Horizon, zz., jetwela, 6. House without walls, zz., nduka, 4. Huge, a., see great. If, co)ij., see wider Vo and Kala, Kongo-English. Impudence, zz., mfiandu, 2 ; ntia- mvuna, 2 . Increase, 7/., futuluka. Inflate, v.t., tuva. inform, v., sunzula (e diambu, 7). Inherit (real property), v., vingila. Insatiability, zz., kinzolanzola, 5. Irritate, v., zekanisa. Jet, 7/., xianzuka. Jump, v., yoma, doma. Kind action ,\ Kindness, S’ ete ’ s - Kneading-trough, zz., elonga, 8. Knock, zz., dodo, 6 . over backwards, v., manguna, makuna. Laborious (arduous), a., -afuki. Landscape, (fine view), zz., tunda, 6. Lap (as a dog), v.t., leta. Large, a., see great. Leave, out or about carelessly or by accident, v.t., beleleka. Leeward, to, adv., ku ntala a te- 111b wa. Left out, carelessly, be, belalala. Light, be (not heavy), v., kala e esasala ( 8 ). Long for, V., see desire. Look down, v., veteka 0 meso (7). slyly, 7/., ketoka. after (a pot on the fire), v.t., lungi- dila. longingly at, 7/., lengokelwa or lengukilwa 0 meso (pi. 7). Looked at longingly or lustfully by, be, v., lengokelwa or lengu¬ kilwa 0 meso kwa —. Love, mutual, zz., nzolani, 2. Lubricate, v., lelemesa. ( 4§9 ) Lub-Sho Lubricated, be, v., lelumuka, lelo- moka, lelema. Lump, 77., ebungela, 8. Male, a ., -abakala (Bako.). Mallet, ?i., nkonko, 2. Mash, v.t., vota. Mar, v., bandula. Mat, or be matted together, v.i., tu- ngalakana, tungalakiana. Means of doing, 77., ndenda, 2. Meanwhile, adv., wau. Meek person, 77., nleka, 4. Medicinal bark and roots, to search for and collect, v., banga. one who collects, n., mbangi, 1 & 4. leaves, to collect, v., kaya. one who collects, 77., nkayi, 1 & 4. Mess (play with one’s food), v., zeba. Moulding of pottery, a kind of, 77., ngumba, 2. the operation of, 71., luwumbilu, 10. Mud-fish, 71., ngolamaza, 2. Neck, 77., nxingu, 2; nkingu, 2 (Bako.). (throat), elaka, 8. Necklace, 77., nsanga, 4. (of beads only), 77., dita, 6 ; diongo, 6 . Nettles, 72., vidi, 6 ; dinxienxia, 7 - Nibble, v., kela. Noise (make a thundering),?/., dudula, tutula. Nsafu kernel, 71., mungiji, 3. Obstinacy (of children), 77., sebe, 6. Ocean, 77., muwu (3 pi., miuwu). Open (the mouth), v., yasuna. wide, a door, 7/./., bengomona. Orchid {var. ?), 71., mwenji (3), a- mputu. Oval, be, v., swatata. make, v., sungumuna. Palm, a midrib of leaflet, 77., xie- nxiele, 6. midribs of leaflets on one frond, 77., nxienxiele, 2. Path (a direct), 77., njila (2), -abatwa- batu. Person, whose name you forget, or do not wish others to hear, 77., netoko, 1. Pigeon, green, 77., nkutulujia, 2; ntungulujia, 2. Pluck (large fruit), v.t., konga. (small things), v.t., kongona, zo- nzona, zotona. Pour (into another receptacle), v.t., longolola. out (of much only), v.i '., vongoka. out, v.t., vongola. Precipice (having sides slightly sloping), 71., lunengenenge, 10. Present, v.t., bemba. Procurable, be, v., bongakana (“getable”), bakakana (“catch- able ”), sumbakana (“ pur- chaseable ”). (of medicinal roots and bark only), v., bangakana. (leaves only), v., kayakana. Protrude (of the eyes only), 7/., lanzuka. Purslain, 71., madia (pi. 9) ma ngulu. Put into (the fire), v., fumpa. back again, be (as earth into a hole), v.i., langama. Rap ; knock, v.t., tota. Rapture, h ., sanguna, 9. Reed, small round, 77., nsakusaku, 2 & 11 ; ndebela, 2 & n. Remember (something forgotten), v., bakula. cause to, v., bakulwisa. Ring, 77., ndambi, 2. (ornamental metal), 77., ngondo, 2. Roam, v., lasa, vema. Rot, and swarm with maggots, v., komoka. to pieces, v., niengomoka. Root up (by handfuls), v., yaba. Run away, v.i., kungumuka. (cause to), v.t., kungumuna. Sea, 71., muwu, 3 (pi. miuwu). Set one’s heart upon, v., see Desire. Settle (a matter), v., lekula, lekola. Shot, a good, 77., nkwa (1) sunswa (6); malangula (pi. 9). Sit-Whe ( 490 ) Sit carelessly, so as to expose one’s self, v.i ., venanana, vanana- na. Speak angrily, v.t., balata. Sphere, n., bulungunzu, 6 («/«? a ball). Spherical, a., -abulungunzu. Spill, 7/./., vongomona, vongola. Splash about (as water when carried), z/., dukinga, du- kunga. make a splashing sound, v., di- kinga. Split, v.i., vasuka. v.i., vasnna. Spoil, v., bandula. Spread out (of things which had been heaped together), v., bu- ngula. Spreading (of a tree), a., -anyevi. be, v., yeva. Squeak (as a pig), v.i., winga. (as a mouse), v.i., kienga. Squeal, as a pig, v., kwinga. Start (of many people), v.i., vo- mbola. Stout, be, v., yeva. a., -anyevi, -yeva. Strike (a blow with), v.t., zuba, vaba, vama (used by women only). (with a stick or blunt instrument), v.t., bufuna, bufa. Strip, (a short, narrow piece of grass jungle, which has remained un¬ touched after a great bush fire), n., swa, 6 ; swanga, 6. long (as above), nlanga, 4. Sway (about, as water when carried), v., dukinga, dukunga. Take, (a large piece of something), v.t., yengomona. more than is necessary, v.t., tuta, duda. many, much, plenty, v.t., wunga. up and carry away at once without remark, v.t., kikula. up one end of (something which is very long, as a rope, snake, &c.), v.t., langumuna. Talkative, full of chatter, a., -a- mpintudi, -ampintuludi, -a- mbiodi. be, v., pintula, pintulula, biola. child, n., mpintudi, 1 ; mpintu- ludi, 1 ; mbiodi, 1. Tantalize, v.t., tekela e ngengo, 2: (used of persons, not things). Teachable, be, v., longakana. Tenderly, to touch, handle (examin¬ ing something fragile or pain¬ ful), v., wunza. Throw down (something heavy), v. r yuva. out (the chest), v., manganana. Thunder, or make a thundering noise,. v.i., dudula, tntula. Tie (well), v.t., bamba. Too, adv., expressed generally by re¬ casting the sentence ; so that instead of saying, It is too^ white, say, too much white, thus : because “ it is too white = kadi pemba kwingi— lit.. because too much white. There are a few verbal adjectives implying too, as follows :— too bad, -bi. too good, nice, -wete. too great, large, -nene. too little, small, -luelo, -ke, -kete. too long, high, deep, far, -la. too much, many, -ingi. too new, -va. too old, -kulu. too short, near, -kufi. Torrent bed (very rocky), n., yasa, 6 . Try hard, v., nwana. Tuck up one’s cloth, v.t., vena, sena, senona, sela. Umbilical cord, n., luayi, 10. Unless, conj., see under V0 and Kala r Kongo-English. Urinate, v., susa. Wander about, v., vema, lasa. Water lily, n., elanga, 8. Weak, be, Weary, be Wheeze, v.i., twengenia, twengena. I v.i., tova, yova. ( 49i ) KONGO-ENGLISH APPENDIX. The following words have been acquired since the Kongo-English section went to press. Badidika, v., to make crisp and hard. Balalala, to be crisp and hard. Bandungulu, 6 , n., a dwarf person or thing. Bangalala, v ., to storm and rave, to talk angrily and loudly. Batalala, v ., to be low and spreading, to be squat. Batumba, 6, n., see Bandungulu. Bekele, 6 , 7 ?., splenitis. Belalala, v., to be left about carelessly. Beleleka, v., to leave about carelessly. Bengomona, v., to open wide (a door, &c.). Butukulu, 6 , 77 ., a sphere, anything spherical. Bwadinga, v., to bubble slowly (of thick fluids). Bwenia, v., to pick out (as maize). Diangila, 6, 77., a thin skinny fellow “ like a lizard.’ 5 Diokolo, 6 , 77., tadpole. Ekumba, 8 , 77., a protruding navel. Elusa, 8,77., see Esunga. Esasala, 8 ,77., kala e esasala, to be light (not heavy). Esunga, 8 ,77., nkwa (1) esunga, one who is too impatient to let his food be pro¬ perly cooked before he eats it. Eyititi, 8 77., a swollen cheek. Eumbalala, v.i., to double up (as with pain in the stomach). Jejianisa, v ., to give evasive answers, to put on the wrong track, to show the wrong road. Kalala, 6 77., asparagus. Kalumba, 9, 77., a rabbit. Kana, conj ., whether, if, as to, a par¬ ticle denoting uncertainty. Ki- zeye kwame ko kana nsusu kwa jina mo ; I do not know Kana, continued. as to how many fowls are in there. Kandalala, v., to be dry and warped. Kanka, 6 ,77., hedge. Kema, v.i., to grunt and strain. Kemona, v., to snivel and fret (like a child). Kenga, 77., to be beautiful. Kenga, v., to give up an old habit. Bavwidi kenga kio e fu kia vonda e ndoki, they no longer kill witches = they have given up killing witches. Okengele kio vuna kwandi, he has given up telling lies. (Kenga generally takes the pronoun of its object after it before mentioning the object itself, as seen in above examples.) Kengomona, v., to make clean (white and shining). Kimbwatakala, 5, n., bottle. Kinkonzo, 5,77., ugliness. Kinzolanzola, 5? 77., insatiability. Komoka, v.i., to rot and swarm with maggots. Kundakesa, v.t., to heap on, pile on. Lava, v., to extract (charcoal only) from the fire. Lendana, v., to possess each other’s goods, to have things in com¬ mon. Muwayi, 1, a slave. Nganga, 2, n., one who has been initated into the ndembo mystery. Niengomoka, v.i., to rot to pieces. Nsende, 2 & 11, ) Nsendensende, 2, as P ara S us - Vanga, 6 , n., one who has not been initiated into the ndembo mystery. ( 492 ) The following lists have been made in order to group together, for the con¬ venience and assistance of residents in the country, the names of games, animals, plants, diseases, &c. As much information as was available at the time, has been inserted. They are by no means complete, but, if only for the roots contained, they will be of philological interest. GAMES. Balai, 2 (P. baralho), a game at cards, clubs, sabala, 2 (P. sabre), diamonds, kompa, 2 (P. copo). hearts, welo, 12 (P. ouros). spades, pau, 2 (P. pao). Dibala, 7. Sometimes two or three arrange to play dibala (ta e dibala). ter this has been agreed to, if either of the party forget the name of some person or thing, or in any way hesitates, the others strike him; he calls out dibala dileketa ; they reply muna ntu a nani (on whose head) ; he then answers muna ntu a - (on the head of-), mentioning the name of an acquaintance. He is then no longer beaten. Dibulungu, 7. A number of players form a ring, sitting down on the ground with their legs extended before them. One of the players puts a ball lesomba) on his knees, and with one leg jerks the ball and rolls (nengoma) it on to the knees of his neighbour. If the ball falls to the ground the person v ho thus fails has to go into the centre of the ring and dance for the enter¬ tainment of the others. Ejio, 8. The game of “touch last.” The toucher (nkwa ejio), to touch (vika ejio), to be touched (via ejio). Esanga ngungu (8), “spider.” The players join hands and dance round (jeta) a person m the middle, who is called “ esanga ngungu ” (the spider) ; he tries to seize some one by the leg and drag him down. The victim then cries out E yaya e yaya ? Ndiete lusende luanxi a maza.” Reply in chorus. “ Odunguna lo.” Reply. “ Yadi dungunanga e mbele mfubungu.” Chorus. “ Oleka vovo.” Reply. “ Yadi lekanga mono kimona tulu.” Chorus. “ Otanga e nsa.” Reply. “ Yadi tanganga; miau ke mitangakana.” Chorus. “ Otanga kaka.” Reply . “ Ndina ya yaya ame Nlemvo, 0 Nlemvo ovwete nsanga lusa- mbwadi nga imvitikidi 0 nseka muna nsangi a lukove...o . 0 0 kia- bonda.” He then proceeds to name each of the other players in the same verse. Kulukuta, 6. Played in the same way as wadi, the difference being that the loser is required to eat a number of chili peppers, according to arrangement sometimes as many as ten. Occasionally the players will stipulate that pepper shall be rubbed into the eyes of the loser ; a cruel and foolish sport, recalling to one s mind the hacking ” (kicking) in football, and other unnecessary cruelties allowed in games. When a player has lost ten times in succession, he is excused from further penalties. Luela, 10. African backgammon. ( 493 ) Lungungu, io. A game in which the players form sides, and each provides himself with a piece of string (mbwa, 2), at each end of which a small weight is attached. . One side bowls a hoop (lungungu) towards the players on the opposite side, each of whom endeavours to whirl his mbwa so that it catches and twists up on the hoop’on the principle of the Bolas in America. The hoop is caught up by the free end of the mbwa, and whirled round the head, after which the hoop is handed back to the party who sent it, and these are con¬ sidered to have lost the game. Sometimes the winner is challenged to dia e nsusu (eat the fowl), that is, to continue whirling the hoop and jump over it, without its touching the ground. Mbele, 2. A game in which the players form a line, the first being called Ntotela. One player faces the line and takes his stand before each of the others in turn. Facing the first, he throws out both his hands, then he crosses them on his breast, and after this throws out one hand. The one in the line who is opposite has to do the same. If he can meet the thrust with the same hand that is put out to him three times, he stands out, and the other takes the last place (bada, 6) in the line. If he misses the three chances, his turn is past, and the p^yer goes on to the next. If the player can go three times along the line without being played out, the last man is called mbundu (slave), and has to stand aside. In the case of the player being played out, and having to take his place at the end of the line, the “ slaves” take their place after him! If the player is able to play out all as slaves, the ntotela may return and try until he redeems himself, by playing out the player. The ex-player then has be¬ come ntotela, and tries to play back the “ slaves.” The movements are very rapid, and the game causes much fun. Mbemba, 2. Played in the same way as Lungungu, only the hoop is thrown into the air, instead of being bounded along the ground. Mpinji, 2. “ Odds and evens ” ; the odds are called kimoxi ; the evens, yole. Mwana (1) a eyembe (8), (the young pigeon). A game played by two. The left hands interlock, with the right hand each rubs his ribs, whilst the following little song is sung by one (the mother):— “ 0 mwana a eyembe Kameneno nsala ko E lumbu kemenwa e nsala ; Ku Mputu kekwenda 0 Eyembe papa e papa.” “ The young pigeon has not yet grown his feathers ; when he has grown his feathers, he shall go to Mputu (white man’s land), flap, flap.” The other player (the young pigeon) cooes an accompaniment, and when the song is finished, the players clap their right hands over and under the inter¬ locked left hands, which are then separated, and each claps his hands together and strikes his right thigh, after which they lock hands and commence again. Nduku, 4. A game in which those playing form two sides, and sit in lines feet to feet. A cloth is thrown over the legs, and an article is taken and passed about from one to the other under the cloth, every one rummaging about (fimfi- dikita or fulukuta) as though he were passing it. A player on one side challenges one on the other side with “ funguna ” (confess), and attention beino- given, he asks further, “ ku ntu a nani ” (on whose head), and the person ( 494 ) •challenged guesses who has the ball. If he guesses right the ball is passed over to his side. Ngwala, 2. Charades and riddles. Some instances are given at the end of the Grammar. Njimina, 2. Blind man’s buff (always played in the house). Nkandi (4) a ngongo. A game in which the players sit in a ring, and pass round a palm nut. Every one pretends to be in the act of passing it on. A person in the centre watches, and when he thinks that he knows who is in the act of passing the nut, he springs upon the person who has it. If correct, the person has to take his place in the centre. Nkenka, 4. A hole (ewulu, 8), 4 inches in diameter and 2 feet deep, is dug in the ground. The hole is half filled with ground nuts (nguba, 2), and then filled up with earth and well rammed, then a piece of midrib of a palm-frond (rnbasa, 2) is made into a kind of fork (nsoma, 4), with several prongs. The “ nsoma ” is then violently driven into the hole, and when it is withdrawn, if a “ nguba ” comes up on the fork, the player wins all in the hole. Nkiambiembie, 2. A game in which a nkiambiembie seed is hidden in one of five little heaps of sand or dust. The person who guesses has to brush away (takula or vunzuna) four of the heaps, and leave the one having the seed. If correct, he has the privilege of hiding. A register (soneka e xinsu) of suc¬ cessful guesses is kept. Nkiendi (4). A game in which all the players but one run about on all fours, but face uppermost, one person alone being allowed to stand up ; he is called the nkayi [(antelope). Those on all fours are each called nkongo (2, the hunters). They scuttle about in this ridiculous attitude, and each tries to touch or kick the nkayi with his foot. A large court (mwingilu, 3) has been previously marked out on the ground, and the nkayi is not allowed to go outside it. The nkongo try to hem him up in a corner. If the nkayi, to avoid being touched, runs out of the court, every one gets up on to their feet and chases him, and the one who first succeeds in pretending to cut him with a knife will be nkayi next time. A general melee ensues, every one else pre¬ tending to cut a piece of the nkayi, amid shouts of “ ekolo diame ! ntu ame! lisuni mianii ! (the shank for me ! the head for me ! some flesh for me !) They tumble one on each other (bumbama), making a heap (ebundu) of legs and arms, like a scrimmage in football. Sometimes a rule (nxiku) is made that there shall be no chasing beyond the court, and if the proper nkayi runs away from his court, the first one who cries “ nkayi anzenga,” will become nkayi. Nkwa, 2. Hockey. A game played by two people. A palm-nut called the nkwa is dropped on the ground, and each with his stick tries to knock it away to a good distance; each good stroke being registered. Nsongongo, 4. A game in which the players see who can hop for the greatest length of time. Ntllba, 2. A hole (ewulu, 8) about 4 inches in diameter is dug in the ground, and the player stands about 20 feet from it, and tries to throw “ tuba,” a ball (esombo, 8), into the hole. The place from which he throws is “ etubilu ” (8), the player “ ntubi ” (1 & 4). Nxibidi, 2. Another name for mpinji, odds’and evens. Samuna, 6. A country story interspersed with songs, and in some districts with acting, and tableaux vivants. Titi (6) kia lukasa. A number of players stand and form a ring, each ( 495 ) grasping loosely with his right hand the left wrist of his neighbour. One of the pla\ ers then lifts his right leg over his right arm and the left of his neighbour, and then lifts his left leg in the same way over his right arm. He then faces his two neighbours, his arms crossing the left uppermost; then passing his left arm over his head, he wheels round and once more stands as the others, the hands which clasp the wrists allowing the wrists to turn in them. To pass the legs over, klizula 0 malu ; to twist round once more into position, banglimuka. One side of a fresh bean pod placed in the sun will warp and turn over as it dries, hence the name of this game. Vita (2) a intuitu. A game in which large numbers join and form sides. The sides separate themselves at a distance of about 100 yards apart. Towards the middle each party erects its towns, that is to say, places little piles of croton fruits (jatropha curcas), four in each pile, and one pile for each player. The sides then retire, and commence pelting the towns with other crotons from their stores until one town is knocked down, upon which they rush on to the losing side, and a general melee and pelting with crotons ensues, Ac¬ cidents very frequently occur in the last rush and struggle, and the game is therefore forbidden in many towns. Wadi, 12. A game played with eight small discs, each having one side white and the other side coloured. The discs cut out of a piece of calabash are most frequently used. They are called mpanza. They are thrown from the hand and some fall with the white side up, and some with the coloured side. To throw the discs is “ta e mpanza;” to fall white side up, “sengoka;” to fall coloured side up, “ bukama ; ” and the person who throws the discs, “ nte ” (1 & 4). When the discs are thrown, if even numbers turn white side up, 2, 4 6 or 8, the player loses, and such a throw is called “ zole.” When 8 turn up, it is called “ kaya ” (6). When odd numbers or no discs turn white side U P> °j r > 3 5 5 ) 7 > the player wins. The winning- throws have the following names :— o. mayembe (8). 1. ntinti or manga (4). 3 'jngo (2). 7. ntinti or manga. In this game the natives play for money, and often heavy stakes are laid, sometimes even slaves. QUADRUPEDS. Pachyderms. Nguvu, 2, hippopotamus. Ngulu, 2, a pig. Ngulu, a munxitu, or afnta, 2, a wild pig. Nkombo, 2, a goat. Nkoko, 2, the largest antelope. Esofi, 8 , large water antelope. Mnci Ion era o 'l Ngombe, 2, an ox, bull, cow. Mpakasa, 2, buffalo. Ruminants. Nsa, 2, the red antelope. Kinkuba, 5, a Kimpiti, 5, , a gazelle-like antelope. Mpiti, 2, J ( 496 ) Carnivora. Budi, 6, t Mbumba, 2, | a cat. Mixi, 2 , ) Nkoxi, 2, a lion. Ngo, 2, a leopard. Nzii'i^^ la l eo P ar d cat. Ekombe, 8,j civet. The musk organ Njima, 2, J in civets, &c., is called ejiku, 8. Mfuki, 4, small civet. Mfwenge, 2. Mbwa, 2, a dog. Dievwa, 7,) . , , Mbulu, 2, J J ka • Kimbungu, 5, hyena. Amphibia. Ngolamaza, 2, seal. Insectivora. Nkaka, 2, the manis or pangolin. Nkilu, 4,1 Ntoto, 2,J & Rodents. Ngumba, 2, the porcupine. Ebulansunga, 8, the flying squirrel, anomalure. Lubuku, 10, a large squirrel. Nkanka, 4, a squirrel having a striped back. Luvadi, 11&2A . , Mbaku, 2, } squlrrels - Mfiengenge, 2, a galago. Nsekele, 2, rock rabbit. Mpukll, 2, rat (generic). Nxiji, 2, the palm rat. the male animal, mbakala. Kondwa-mpati, 60 Mbubu-ansala, 4, [ water-rats. Nkinza, 4, • Etonga, 8, a large water-rat having pink lips and tail. Etumpu, 8, Esunjia, 8, Kimbwa, 5, Kutanguba, 6, Mbende, 2, \ Mfingi, 2, Ngone, 2, Nkumbi, 2, Nkusa, 4, rats. Etutu, 8, mouse (generic). Nunge, 4, a shrew-mouse. Quadrumana. Nkewa, 2, monkeys (generic). Nkewa’ampumbu, 2) }m°nkeys. Pterodactyls. Lumpukunia, 10, a small bat. Ngembo, 2, a large bat. BIRDS. Nkusu, 2, a parrot. Xilankusu, 6, a paroquet. Nduwa, 2, plantain eater, schizorhis gigantea. Mbulukoko, 2, a plantain-eater, mu- sophaga violacea. Ntoyo, 2, the blue plantain eater. Ebulansunga, 8, ' hornbills. Epangi, 8, Mvondo, 2, Nkayakaya, 4, Nxiakoka, 2, a hoopoe. Lubutiabutia, 10, a nightjar. Ngono, 2, scapulated crow. Ngo-e-zulu or ngwezulu, 2, an eagle. Nkoxi a mokena, 2, the crowned hawk eagle, Spizaetus coronatus. Kimbi, 5, buzzard, hawk. Lengela, 6, a hawk. Kimbembe, 5, \ kites Lunganga, io,J Efimgu, 8, 1 Kutukudia,6, J Elembe, 8, pelican. Nuni-eyanga, 2, a stork. Nkombo-a-londe, 2, the black ibis. Mpatwa-a-nzadi, 2, the spur-winged goose. Nkitikiti, 2, a moor-hen. Nsunguluwa, 2, kingfisher. Ntambu-a-nkala, 4, water wagtail. Munxienxie-a-mbulu, 3, ^ the why- Nxiele, 4, J dah bird. Eseke, 8 , whydah bird when not in full plumage. Kinsengwa, 5, a cock bird of the Eseke or whydah when in full plumage. Lekamayenga, 6, a sand martin. ( 497 ) Yenga-mpunza, 6, a swallow. Nlengwa, 4, a swift or swallow. Mundalandala, 3, a bird which builds its nest on palm fronds; a palm- swallow. Esokosa, 8, a yellow bird weaving a hanging nest. Ngau, 2, a bird weaving a hansrino* nest. Nsusu, 2, a fowl, hen. Nkelele, 2, a guinea fowl. Xinkwavi, 5, a partridge. Eyembe, 8, pigeon, dove. Mbwela, 2, ) a small variety Eyembe dia ntele, 8, J of pigeon. Nkutulujia, 2, green pigeon. Kimbimbi, 5, a quail. Lunianginiangi, 10, the white ox bird. Mbobobo, 2, a woodpecker. Ngundubiola, 2, a mocking bird. Nsonge, 2, a humming or sun-bird. Esalampata, 8, ) Nkuku a mpela, 4, J birds * Ndiedie, 2, small blue bird. Ekuluntietie, 8, or ntietie, ' Nketeidenge, 9, (small Nwamfomo, 6, [ birds. Tunze, 6, REPTILES. Tdfulu, 2, a tortoise. Ngandu, 2, alligator. Ndiaxila, 4, a lizard. Ekolombo, 8, a black and red lizard. Mbambi, 2, the monitor lizard (varana). Ndiangila, 4,^ Vala, 6 , j-hzards. Lungwenia, 10, a chameleon. Nioka, 2, a snake {generic). Mboma, 2, the black python. Euta, 8, cerastes viper. Kinzengele, 5, 1 Lulengia-lengia, 10, J sicen snakes - Ximbanda, 5, a very small snake. Mbamba, 2, a snake. Minamaki, 6,1 Mpidi, 2, J acIders - Nswamba, 2, frog (generic). Diokolo, 6, tadpole, which has nearly become a frog, the legs being well developed. Etakangola, 8, tadpole. Xidi, 6, a frog. Sukulamalonga, 6, the white and green tree frog. Luwanga, 10, a frog. Ezundu, 8, bull frog. Kiwula, 5, toad (generic). FISH. Nsangi, 2, ^rnsenga, 4, whitebait, Nsulu, 2, electric fish. Etakangola, 8, an African mud fish, also a tadpole. Eleka, 8, \, u . Nsonge, 2,/ the smpe fish ‘ Ngola, 2, the cat fish, baghre. Ngulu-a-maza, 2, a fish having red flesh, and very fat. Vadi, 6, a small fish. Nzonji, 2, a small scaly fish. Nsonji or nsomvi, 4, eel. Mfungwa, 4, large fish. Mpudi, 2, Nkamba, 4, Nkanka, 2, Nlumbu, 4, \ Nsomvi, 4, / Nsonji, 4, Ntondi, 4, Nzenze a maza, 2,/ INVERTEBRATES. Nkala, 2, crab. Nsala, 4, lobster, crayfish. Kimbidingi, 5, shrimp. Mbete, 2, snail, slug. Nkutu, 2, scorpion. Esangangungu, 8, spider (generic). Nygnngu, 2, a large spider. INSECTS. Nsusn-a-nkiengele, 2, water spider. Bees, Flies, &c. Minikamalenge, 6, the fire-fly. Xikansambi, 6, mantis religiosa. Venga-mpnnza, 6, a dragon fly. Lumpungumpungu, 10, dragon fly. K K eels. ( 49 § ) Mbn, 2 & ii, a mosquito. Liimbembambemba, io, a butterfly. Lunianginiangi, io, a moth. Mbwingina, 2, n Nyoxi, 2 (Bako.), ( bees. Nyumbwila, 2 (Bako.), ) Efungununu, 8 , the carpenter bee, boring bee. Etampakasa, 8, 1 Mfingianzambi, 4 ,} was P s ' Dingungu, 7, a hornet. Mbwanji, 2, fly {generic). Evnknnia, 8, a very large fly. Evekwa, 8, a large fly. Ekulumbwanji, 8, the blow-fly. Mbulubnlu, 2, a small black fly which makes honey. Kinkufu, 5, a small black blood¬ thirsty fly. Grasshoppers. Ekonko, 8, grasshopper [generic). Ebangia, 8, a large grasshopper hav¬ ing red and purple wings. Yengela, 6, small green grasshopper. Kintele, 5, Kinxiamaji, 5. Kisasi, 5, Kupala, 6, Lunsungu, 10, Mvanda, 4, Nsamba-a-kundundu, Nswela, 2, Mbwila, 2, the locust (the pest), the swarming locust. grasshop¬ pers. Caterpillars. Kimpiatu, 5, caterpillar (generic). Baubau, 6, a light green caterpillar, very poisonous, causing a blister when touched. Ebanda-nzaji, 8,\ a large hairy cater- Elamalama, 8, J pillar. Dinsende, 7, a thorny edible caterpil¬ lar. Munsangania, Nkonko, 4, 3 ,\ J caterpillars. Beetles. Nzan, 2, unicorn beetle, male. Kinkakala, 5, unicorn beetle, female. Nsonibe, 2, a horned beetle Ntumba, 2, large green beetle. Unkundia, 12 & 11, a weevil (edible). Nzekezeke, 2, the boring beetle, the stag beetle. Mpese-a-maza, 2, a water beetle. Kulukukn, 6, a;small beetle very de¬ structive to skins. Nzenze, 2, the mole cricket. Mpese, 2, n.j cockroach. Kintendela, 5, the cicada insect. Small Insects. Kinzanzala, 5, the generic name for small insects, mostly found crawling on the ground or on trees. Dede, 6, jigger (sarcophaga penetrans).. When it has entered the skim and begun to swell, it is called mumvidi, 3. Nianji, 2, a flea or louse. Mbwengene, 2, the lice found on birds. Kinsekwa, 5, bug. Lundengwa, 10, lady bird. Ants. Kinzanzala kiansudi, 5, a small black stinking ant. Nselele, 2 & 11, white ant. Ekeketele, 8, white worker ants. Mpembele (2) a mvula, winged ants (black bodied). Yinswa, 5 & 11, winged ants (white bodied). Elendeji, 8, \ species of ants which Njinkila, 2, J eat the white ants. Nsongonia, 2 & 11, driver ant. Nzulu, 2, ants whose bite causes a blister. ,} 2 & 11, the smallest ants. Mfite, Mfitete, Kielele, 5, ^ Mpungunzakama, 2, i ants. Nsume, 2, ) FOOD STUFFS. Edoko, 8, cassava, see Eng.-Kongo. Kwa, 6, potato (generic). kia nguvu, 6, yam. kia mengamenga, 6, red yam. kia mfinda, helmia bulbifera. ( 499 ) Dinkondo, 7, plantain, see Eng.- Kongo. Tiba, 6, banana. Nsafu, 2, the nsafu. Nguba, \ Mpinda, J S roun d nut. Etubu, 8, voandzeia subterranea. Disa, 7, maize. Elenge, 8, pumpkin. Beans. Nkasa, 2, beans (generic). zandamba,) , c . zamafewo ,J hancot beans * Dimbandi, 7, a large bean, dia kutu kia mbele,) a species of dianzola, j above. Wandu, 12 & ii, the pea-bean, wa mbamba, a species of above. Edible Leaves. Nkove, 2, cabbage. Evembe, 8, Lezo, 6, Kinsumba, 5, Nsa, 4, Nsalata, 2, salad (P salata). Tumata, 10 pi., tomatoes. Nlambi, 4, mint. Seasonings. Dinsusususu, 7, a perennial aromatic plant. Manansusu, 6, like the above, but not the same. Ndungu, 2 & ii, chili pepper, Munse, 3, sugar-cane. TREES. Palms. Eya, 8 , or eba, 8 , an oil palm (generic). Etombe, 8, the bamboo palm (raphia vinifera). Ekoko, 8, a climbing palm (calamus secundifloris). Dinsongwa, 7, the date-palm (Phoenix spinosa). Nteva, 4, the fan palm. Ntende, 2, a young oil palm. Etunduwa, 8, ^ Esombo, 8 { varieties of the oil Mbundi, 2, J P alm - Forest Trees. Mbidi, 4, a wild variety of the nsafu tree. Nlongwa, 4, a tree yielding useful timber. Mengamenga, a red wood tree. Nti a Kongo, 4, a tree yielding a dur¬ able timber, readily worked. Nsazn, 4, cassia fistula, having a very long, straight, seed pod, which is used as a rattle. Nkondo, 4, the baobab or calabash tree. Mundalandala, 3, draccena, also a variety of pandanus. Efuba, 8, the screw-pine (pandanus candelabrum). Ktikavuki, 4, a tall tree, like the poplar. Nti-a-nkula, 4, the camwood tree. Nwuwa, 4, a tree bearing a fruit (edible) resembling a pineapple in appearance. Nkajiau, 4, the cashew tree. Nkazu, 4, the cola-nut tree (sterculia); a pod, ekazu, 8; the nuts, mvwa, 4, and mbongo, 2. Mungyengye, 4, a tree bearing yellow edible plums. Ebuba-nsanda, 8, a ficus elasticus. Eseke-dia-nkala, 8, N Mbangu, 4, Nkumbi, 4, Nsafu, 4, Nsenga, 4, Nsofi, 4, > trees. Nungu, 4. Mungela, 3, Mungwangwa, 3, Mvukwavukwa, 4, Xingama-nxiji, 6, y SMALL TREES AND SHRUBS. Eteke, 8, the anato^bush. Eunze or ewunze, 8, growing in swampy places and water, the fruit of which yields a black dye. \ an edible leaf. ( 5oo ) Kuya or kwiya, 6, a shrub having leaves which are very rough, as sand paper. Lolo, 6, small tree having wood of a bright yellow colour, which is very astringent, and also yields a yellow edible fruit. Mbota, 2, lonchocarpus. Mbumi, 4, a bush bearing a fruit with a woody rind, and resembling an orange in size and colour. Mfilu, 4, a low bush, its fruit is mfilu, 2. Mfuluta, 2 (P. fruita), the guava. Mvanga, 4, a prickly acacia shrub. Fitidi, 6, \ Lemba-nzau, 6, Lengo-lengo, 6, Mbumi, 4, Mumvumvu, 3, Mungomena, 3, \ Mvete, 4, / Mwindu, 3, Nkizu, 4, Nsanxi, 4, Nselele, 4, Ntunu, 4, / bushes. PLANTS. Balakasa, 6, a leguminaceous poison for killing fish. Evungela, 8, a small variety of spar- mania. Eya dianseke, 8, the aloe. Lungubanguba, 10, tares, having leaves like the nguba. Mpunga, 2, sparmania. Mpukumwivi, 2, palisota barterii. Nlulu, 4, a plant having a bitter leaf. Ntontoji, 4, the tree of life. Vidi, 6, nettle. Kalala, 6; nsende, 2 & 11 ; nsende- nsende, asparagus. Dinsongesonge, 7, Mbankanka, 2, Munzenze, 4, Ndongololo, 2, Luasu, 10, \ 5 plants. CREEPERS (llianas). Nxinga, 4, generic name of all llianas. Dinkundia or dimpokovoko, 7, cow¬ itch (mucuna pruriens). Dinxienxia, 7, creeper with stinging leaves. Efute, 8, a creeper yielding a useful fibre. Elenge, 8, pumpkin. Kwa, 6, the potato, also yam. Kwa (6) kia mfinda, helmia bulbifera. Mbamba, 2, cane. Nkweza, 4, landolphia florida, the plant which yields the best india rubber (a lliana); its fruit is called ebumi, and is edible. Sadi, 6, a prickly creeper, a wild yam. Sukulamalonga, 6, a wild cucumber, the Loofah. Wimi, 12, a creeper yielding a fish poison. Lujiejie, io, a climbing plant. Molowa, 4, a creeper. Ekoko, 8, calamus secundifloris. For Fungi, see under Fungus, Eng.- Kongo. FERNS. Dilizelele, 7, fern {generic). Kinkadi, 5, ^ Njila, 4, I- climbingfern(Lygodium.) Ntela, 2, ) Etekwa, 8, bracken (Pteris). GRASSES. Ediadia, 8, the thickest grass, 10-15 ft. high. Etutll, 8, a grass having long inter¬ nodes. Ewelewele, 8, two varieties of grass the fronds of which are very sharp-edged. One variety is a climbing grass, the other is found in marshes. Exinde, 8, common coarse grass, grow¬ ing only on good soil. Kimbanjia, 5, the smallest grass. Mwenze, 3, thatching grass. FTxiexie, 2, a very fine grass, growing on rocky soil. Nianga, 11 & 2, thatching grass. Ekakala, 8, “ palm ” grass. Esese, 8, water grass. ( 5oi ) I Nsakusaku, 2 & 11,) round water Ndebela, 2&11 J reed Ediata, 8, ) Nzambalalu, 2 ,/S rasses - Eloso, 8, ' Etondongoma 8 f arr owroot. Ekangeya, 8, curculigo. DISEASES. Balu, 6, whitlow. Dingadinga, 6, goitre. Ebumbulu, 8, ophthalmia. Ebunze, 8, scrofula. Etaza, 8, a large abscess, often in the armpit. Evumbu, 8, a boil, an abscess. Evumbudia ngenzaluku, 8, a small boil, a pustule. Kaji, 6, inflammation of the bladders urethra haematuria. Kinkwada, 5, crawcraw. Treatment — A decoction of lengo-lengo bark. Lau, 6, madness. Lotia, 10, skin disease. Lukukutu, 6, a ganglion in the wrist. Lukusu, 10, a white discoloration of the skin, generally affecting the hands. Luvati, 10, pain in the side. Luwanga, 10, a boil. Mabanda, 8, scaldhead. Treatment —- A decoction of lengo-lengo,or an ointment of burnt plantain-stem. Makulu, 8, dysentery. Mata, 4, yaws, framboe, siapian. Treatment —Pitch or lime juice boiled with pounded iron-stone. Mayititi, 3, swollen cheeks. Munzungulu, 3, an abscess in the ear. Mvuka, 2, ague. Niangi, 2, epilepsy. Niania, 6, small blisters between the toes. Nkankatu, 4, scarlet fever. Nkovolo, 2, a cough. Nkukulu, 4, hernia. Nlengo, 4, a joint swollen with yaws. Nlola, 4, or nlamu, 4, a chafe. Nlola, 4, a sympathetic bubo. Nsaku, 2, a disease (?) characterized by a pain in the back. Nsunungu, 2, pain in the front teeth. Nswengenia, 2, a wheezing affection, asthma, bronchitis. Ntonji, 4, sleep-sickness, beriberi. Ntu ubwanga, 4, headache. Nzanza, 2, sordes, sore gums. Treat - ment — Charcoal. Nzeko, 4, an ulceration on the sole of the foot. Sulu, 6, dropsy. Twavinga, 11, pi., elephantiasis. Xika, 6, small-pox. MEDICINES. Mbangubangu, 4> bark of mbangu tree, given to patients suffering from Nsaku. Nguba amputa, 2, a purgative nut. Nkelo, 2, any eye medicine, adminis¬ tered through a funnel. Nsole (4) a nselesele, nselesele root, sometimes mixed with Mba- ngubangu. Pulukante, 2 (P. purgante), a purge. Elonga, 8, a bath. To administer a medicinal bath, a hole is dug in the floor of the house and the sides plastered with mud and lined with plantain leaves ; into this hole water is poured, and medicinal leaves, &c., mixed. Tuba, ?/., to administer an enema. Futa, 'i _ r Bubila, y ’ t0 fo,nent ' Bunduna, v., to amputate. DANCES. Dingwinti, 7, to the music of a Dingwinti drum. Kinkubula, 5, characterized by a circular movement of each shoulder and hip alternately. Madiumba, 7, a dance to the music of the harmonicon. Nsundi, 2, in which the chief action consists in tossing up the cloth by a jerk of the leg. Sala, 6, characterized by a rapid vibration of the loins. Ebwela, 8. ( 5 ° 2 ) TITLES OF NOBILITY. Ntotela, 2, the king. The following are the titles of the nobility in Kongo in order of precedence. They are not hereditary, but on the death of one noble, the title (ngenda, 2) is conferred to another. To confer a title : yeka e ngenda. Ntinu nekongo, is not a title, but used in addressing a person of high rank. Mfutila, 2. Kabata, 9. Nenkondo, 4. Lnbatabata, 6. Nelumbu, 6. Tulante, 2. Masaku, 8. Nsaku, 2. Sengele, 6. Nemwanda, 4. Nempangu. Nkondi, 2. Katendi, 9. Nkangampaka, 4. Mpidixipe, 2 (P. Principe). Nemiala. Neloto (the spoon-bearer). OATHS. Affirmations are emphasised by many gestures. There is also a great re¬ source of oaths, which are used freely at any expression of disbelief. They are interesting for their references to fetishes and customs. The most ordinary oaths are those by the names of relatives :— E ngw’ ame aka, by my mother. 0 tat’ aka, by my father. 0 nkak’ aka, by my grand-parent. 0 mbunji ame aka, by my young brother. 0 mpangi ame aka, by my elder brother. 0 tata aka kimoni efwilu ko, by my father, may I never see his death bed. 0 ngw’ ame unxisa, may my mother leave me. Frequently the king, or some notable person, place, &c., is invoked :— E Ntotel’ aka, by Ntotela. E ntinu Alukeni aka, by the great king. E Ndo Aluvwalo aka, by Dom Alvaro. E Ndo Ndidiki aka, by Dom Henrique (the predecessor of Ntotela). E njil’ Ekongo aka, by the road to Kongo. E njil’ a tumbal’ aka, by the path to the tomb (of the dead king). E sanzala kia ntinu, by the lying in state of the king. Elenga dia ntinu, by the trodden road of the funeral. Those who have been initiated into the mystery and guild of Ndembo swear by the fetishes of Ndembo. Jindanla. (May the Nkita) madden me. E nkita, by Nkita. E mbumba jintumbula, may the Mbumba punish me. 0 lubuka, by Lubaka. 0 mbandu aka, by Mbandu. 0 mbandu unkomona, may Mbandu cause me. E mvemba ye nlaza, by Mvemba and Nlaza. E vela kina, by the Ndembo enclosure. E vela kimbandula, may the Vela ruin me. ( 503 ) E ndundu ye mbaka, by albinos and dwarfs, mbanduka, may I be defaced. •Sometimes God’s punishment is invoked if a statement be untrue :— 0 Nzambi untumba, may God condemn me. NATIVE CUSTOMS AND SUPERSTITIONS. KONGOS have no religion or system of worship ; vague superstition takes the place of the former, and the arrangement of charms of the latter. There is no idolatry or attempt to communicate with a Divine Being. God. The name of God, Nzambi or Nzambi ampungu, is known and used by all, 'but nothing is known of Him beyond some indefinite ideas borrowed from the •old Roman Catholic missions. Kongos do not fear God, or associate any evil •or cruel ideas with His name, and perhaps as a consequence, He is regarded with the most complete indifference. The etymology of the name Nzambi is •considered briefly under the word God in the English-Kongo section. The Spirit World. They have a very decided idea of a future state, but as to what and where, the opinion is very much divided. They do not regard death as the cessation •of being. If any one dies, they think that some one else, either living or dead, has established a connection with the unseen spirit-world, and somehow, and for some purpose or other, “ witched away ” the deceased. They have but ■vague notions as to this spirit world. Some think of a land under the sea, where the departed work for white men, making their cloth and goods ; but an older, and perhaps more general idea prevails, that away in some dark forest land, departed spirits dwell. This spirit-land is called “ nxi a fwa,” the land of death , or “ mfinda,” the forest. Spirits are sometimes supposed to return and appear to men ; they are called etombola, 8, or kiniumba, 5. Malignant spirits of the dead called nkwiyi, 4, or nkwiya, 4, are believed to hover .about with evil intent. Ximbi, 6, fairies , are supposed to haunt the streams and to be able to endow their favourites with great gifts. The great chasms in the hill sides are regarded as the work of ximbi ; and a whirlwind is believed to be the influence of a passing fairy. Sometimes they are supposed to become incarnate. A pregnant woman ■dreams of fairies or of water, and knowing folk agree with her that her child is lombo, 6, an incarnatio 7 i of a ximbi. When the child grows up, it expects and receives presents from its relations, on account of its ximbi nature. To give •such a present, fikisa ; to accept, fika, the present is lufiku, 10. f Witchcraft. Death is a great mystery to the Kongo mind, something quite abnormal, the result of some occult influence ; but as to what it is or how exerted no one dare express any definite opinion. To know too much on such a matter would be to inculpate one’s self. When a man is sick, he first resorts to bleeding and simple remedies. If no relief is obtained, a native doctor is called. Having agreed as to the fee, the •doctor will probably fetch aromatic or bitter leaves from the woods, and make 2l decoction of them, wring them in water, or in some way extract their proper- ( 504 ) ties. Perhaps he will add a small scraping of a snake’s head, or of a few nuts,, or seeds, or of some of the mysterious articles in his bundle of charms. There is an endless variety of procedure. If the disease does not yield to the treat¬ ment other doctors are called in, and if matters still continue serious, it is evidently not a simple case of sickness, it must be a case of witchcraft, and Nganga a moko (lit. the arms-doctor) is called in. His duty is to tell what and why the patient ails. He may say that it is a simple sickness, and prescribe accordingly. But if he deems it really serious, he declares it to be a case of witchcraft. He professes to be able to ascertain who is “ witching” the sufferer ; but as it is not his business to mention names, he does not do so, neither do* people inquire. Having made thorough diagnosis, he shouts to the witch Nxingi, 4, to let his patient alone. “ Does he not know that this wicked course will bring its deserts ? If he persists in destroying his victim the witch doctor will surely find him out.” Then all the people join in calling upon the unknown Nxingi to relinquish his victim. If, in spite of all, the man dies, Nganga a. ngombo, the witch doctor is sent for. The messenger carries a fowl and five strings of beads (nsnsu ye tann). The nganga may on no account be of the same clan (ekanda) as the de¬ ceased. He is a cunning rogue, and has his agents, who ascertain whether any one is in special disfavour, or whom it will be safe to declare as witch. He may decide hap-hazard, or may ascertain that the deceased man dreamed of some one. He consults Nganga a moko. At early dawn the sound of his* dingwinti drum startles the town. Who knows whether he may not be accused of the crime. After working the people into the wildest frenzy by a protracted series of dances and mystery, the doctor at last selects one or two of those present, and declares him or them to be guilty of the crime. The excitement culminates the victim declares his innocence and ignorance ; but the doctor makes up a long story of the way in which the crime was accomplished, till all feel the- guilt fully established, and are ready to tear the “ witch ” to pieces on the spot. There is however a regular course of procedure. A market day is appointed when the ordeal poison shall be taken. On that day all the people of the district assemble in vast crowds. The victim, who believes that his innocence- will be established, fearfully, but generally willingly, drinks the poisonous draught. The stomach sometimes rejects the noxious compound, and the man vomits, in which case he is declared innocent, and the witch doctor loses his fee—indeed, in some parts is heavily fined for the false charge. More often, if he has not avoided the risk by ascribing the death to some charm, or to some person recently dead, he makes sure of his case. His victim staggers and falls. With a wild yell the bystanders rush at him, beat him to death, shoot him, burn or bury him alive, throw him over a precipice, or in some way finish the terrible work, exhibiting a savage ferocity equal to their deep sense of the enormity of the crime laid to his charge. Fetishes. Since pain, sickness, death, loss of property, or misfortune of any kind, are alE believed to be the result of evil influence, Kongos resort to charms in order to protect themselves from the malice which surrounds them. These charms,, called nkixi, 4, are of various descriptions ; some are rude images of men and women, and are called teke, 6. ( 505 ) The following are a few of their nkixi: Mbambi, 2, is supposed to be able to cure diseases or to induce it in one’s enemies. Nkondi, 2 ; Ekumfu, 8 ; Nzaji, 2 ; to have the same powers as the above ; Nzaji, to have control also over lightning. Mbola causes scrofula. Mbanza (2) ngola is a wooden image having knives and nails stuck into it. Ebunze, 8 ; Nkoxi (2) a yaka, lNxinga (2) za yaka, Mbwanga, 2, are bundles of powder, bits of leaves, stones, sticks, serpents’ heads, birds’ beaks, claws, &c., &c., having power to inflict, avert, and control disease. Lukandu is a rain charm. Mpungu, 2, a medicine charm ; also protective in war, and generally pro¬ motive of success in business. Nxiku, 2, a post partly buried in the ground, is supposed to protect a town from war or evil. Nambwa, 2, a stick notched so as to appear like a number of cones, stuck partly into each other, is supposed to secure luck in rat hunting. Ewonzo, 8 , a “ medicine 55 consisting of leaves, bruised with chalk and mud, mixed with palm wine. Esalu, 8 , the bundle of charms of a doctor. Ebunge, 8 , insures invisibility in war, during the perpetration of a theft, or whenever desirable. Shells full of mud, pipe-clay, clay, &c., enter into the list of charms ; indeed, anything which can possibly be regarded as mysterious is impressed into their service as nkixi ; leaves, eggs, shells, bones, skulls of animals, &c., &c. The fetish znmbi, 6 , is supposed to bring good luck with it. It sometimes consists of a bundle of charms, at others it is an image, or even an animal. A very high price is demanded by the doctor, who claims to have the power of making the zumbi charms ; hence only rich men can afford to obtain them. This fact of course tends to keep up the idea of its conferring good luck. Some¬ times the possessor of znmbi pretends to place his charm in a fowl (tumba e- nsusn e znmbi), or in some other animal, which after that will not be sold until it becomes so old that it is necessary to transfer the charm (tnmbala e- znmbi, to remove the charm). A znmbi fowl or animal is never stolen ; the people dread another person’s charms. Only male animals are ever invested with znmbi. Under Mpangn and Konko (Ivongo-Eng.) are noted other customs. There are also charms by which Nganga pretend to be able to find out a thief; and often if a “thief doctor” is called in, stolen goods are returned at night for fear of the discovery by means of these charms in the morning. Again there are charms to bring or drive away rain. Ordeals. When a man is accused of a crime, ordeals of various kinds may be resorted to in order to establish his guilt or innocence. The ordeal is called Nkasa ; to undergo the ordeal, dia e nkasa ; to administer it, dika e nkasa ; the person who administers it, Ngolankasa. The commonest form of Nkasa is composed of the pounded bark of certain trees which has a poisonous effect unless it is rejected by the stomach. There are other tests. ( 5°6 ) such as a hot cutlass passed three times over the skin of the leg, or boiling water; if the person is burnt, or is scalded badly, his guilt is established, A small bead may be inserted under the eyelid, which, if it makes its way behind the eye-ball, proves the guilt. Lots drawn for any purpose are also called Nkasa, the name of the articles used in drawing the lot being appended as :— Nkasa za nianga, lots drawn by several pieces of nianga grass. Secret Societies, Guilds, &c. Throughout Africa there are to be found guilds or secret societies. The membership of some is very restricted, while in other cases the initiatory rights are observed by so many that they are regarded almost as national customs. The purposes of these societies are various ; some for mutual protection and help, or to check the power of chiefs, &c. Others seem to have their basis solely in the love of mystery, the confraternity posing as “ knowing ones,” who maintain a dogged silence on all matters regarding the pretended mysteries of their guild ; they may have served other purposes in the unknown past, but to- ■ day mystery seems to be their razson d'etre. Two such guilds exist in Kongo called Ndembo tfr Nkita, and Nkimba. Ndembo or Nkita. The Ndembo or Nkita custom is very widespread through the country, and far beyond into the interior of the continent. When a person is to be initiated into Ndembo, the doctor instructs him to feign sudden death at a sign from him. Accordingly in some public place the novice falls down ; funeral cloth is laid upon him, and he is borne away to a stockade out of the town called the vela (9). He is said to have died Ndembo. Ihe young people of both sexes follow suit ; when fashionable, this feigning of sudden death becomes sometimes a form of hysteria ; in these ways the doctor gets sufficient for a wholesale initiation, 20, 30, or even 50. In the vela they are supposed to decompose and decay until but one bone is left; this is kept by the doctor. After a time, which varies in different places from three months to three years, the doctor is supposed to take this bone, and by aid of his charms to cause the individual to rise from the dead (fula, to raise from the dead). On a certain day the resurrection is supposed to take place, and the Ndembo folk return en masse to the town, dressed in fine cloth, amid general delight. Arrived in the town they pretend to have come from another world. They have assumed new names, such as, Mavakala, Nkau, Lema, Ekuluzn, Mata, Lulendo, Nkanga, Masamba, Maleko, &c., which are peculiar to Ndembo. They pretend to be quite strange to this world, do not know their parents or relatives, do not know how to eat, and need some one to masticate for them ; they want everything they see, and woe betide the refuser. Ndembo folk may beat or kill if they like, without fear of the consequence ; “ he does not know any better,” the town folk say. Altogether they act like lunatics, until the ■excitement and interest of the deception wears away. If any one asks curious questions as to the land whence they have come, they stick a piece of grass behind their ears, and pretend to be perfectly unconscious of being addressed. Those who have passed through the ceremonies call themselves Nganga, 2, “knowing ones”; the unintiated are dubbed vanga, 6 ; to be initiated, fwa e ndembo or fwa e nkita. ( 5°7 ) While living in the vela, the nganga are taught a mystic language, which ascribes fancy names to common articles ; it is, however, a very imperfect vocabulary, and since it is not of any practical use—as that of the Nkimba —it is not well learned or remembered. Both sexes dwell together in the vela, and the grossest immoralities are practised. In this, however, some districts are worse than others, but the king of Kongo long ago forbade the custom in his town as something too vile to be permitted; for the same reason it is prohibited in some other towns. These are, however, but a few exceptions. The vile and senseless custom is almost universal. Nkimba. The Nkimba custom is an introduction from the coast,' of comparatively recent times. The initiatory fee is paid (about two dollars of cloth and two fowls), and the novice repairs to an enclosure out of the town. He is given a drug which stupefies him, and when he comes to himself, he finds his fellow Nkimba wearing a crinoline of palm frondlets, their bodies whitened with pipeclay, and speaking a mysterious language. Only males are initiated into this rite, which is in many respects like freemasonry. Living apart for a period varying from six months to two years, he acquires the mysterious language, and at the end of his time he is reckoned a full brother, “ Mbwamvu anjata,” and all Nkimba in all districts hail him as a brother, help him in his business, give him hospitality, and converse freely with him in the mystic language, which is a much more perfect language than that attempted by the Ndembo folk. Until quite lately no white man could get any collection of words, but now we are in possession of more than 200 words and some sentences. The Nkimba voca¬ bulary is, however, limited, and the language called by them kimbwamvu is characterised by the system of alliteral concord. Some words are slight changes of ordinary Kongo, and others bear no resemblance. Lusala, a feather, is lusamwa. Vana, to give, is jana. Kwenda, to go, is diomva. Masa, maize, is nzimvu —(qy. from ngemvo, the beard of maize). The common people are given to understand that the Nkimba know how to catch “ witches.” In the daytime they wander in the grass, where they dig for roots, or gather nuts in the woods. Any people on the roads who do not run away on their approach, are liable to be beaten. At night they rush about screaming, yelling, and uttering their wild trill. Woe to the unfortunate man who ventures out of his house in the night for any purpose; a beating and heavy fine will surely follow. The nkimba custom is spreading up the River Kongo among the people living on its banks, but is not found inland from the River to any great distance. Circumcision. Circumcision is very common in some districts, but is by no means universal. It is in no way connected with either Ndembo or Nkimba, neither is any magical or mystic influence ascribed to it. Temo. The custom of temo is explained in its place in the Kongo-English section, and needs no further comment. ( 5o8 ) PREFIX SERIES. The series of prefixes referred to in many places are as follows Series. Class. N umber. I. 2. O’ I s none w u p a a a 2 s none y i p za za ji 3 &4 s 7 ione w u p mi mi mi 5 & 6 s ki ki ki p y y i 7 & 8 s di di , di p ma ma ma 9 s kw kw ku p ma ma 'ma io Sc ii s lu lu lu p tw tw tu 12 s w w u p w w u 13 s w w u p ma ma ma H s va va va p mw mw mu 15 s fi fi fi Explanation of abbreviations, signs, & a., adjective. act., active. adv., adverb. appl. form, applied form. aux., bot., cans., cl., CO)lj., def., dem., expl., biterj., irreg., lit., mid. v., 71 ., obj., p.p., pass., perf, pers. pers. pref ., auxiliary, botanical, causative, class. conjunction. defective. demonstrative. explanation. interjection. irregular. literally. middle voice. noun. objective. participle. past participle. passive. perfect tense. person. personal prefix. pers.pron., pi; pos ., personal pronoun, plural. position. For explana¬ tion of the “ positions ” see under “ that,” Eng.- Kongo. pos. pi‘on ., possessive pronoun. pref. prefix. prep., preposition. Pron., pronoun. pronom ., pronominal. recip ., reciprocal. reft.. reflexive. rel.. relative. sing., singular. sp. or spec.. species. subj., subjective. subj. mood, subjunctive mood. V., verb. v.i.. intransitive verb. v.t., transitive verb. zodl.. zoological. + added to. = equals. ( 509 ) Eng.-Kongo and Kongo-Eng. refer respectively to the English-Kongo and Kongo-English sections of the dictionary. The following abbreviations refer to dialects and languages :— Bako., the dialect of the Bakongo, see preface. Eng., English. Kib., Kibwende. The dialect spoken by the Babwende. Mpa., that spoken at Mpalabala. P., Portuguese. They are enclosed in brackets, and where a Kongo word is of foreign deriva¬ tion, the foreign word is also given. The numbers after the nouns denote the class of the noun. When in brackets a number refers only to the word immediately preceding it. A hyphen before a word denotes a changeable prefix. Such a combination as moyo (3, U-) kuluka denotes that moyo is a noun of class 3, and therefore causes its verb to assume the prefix u {or w). Words are accented where specially necessary. Indented lines should be read as continuations of the preceding, thus :— Cut, v.i., zenga, &c. (corn), v.i., sala. be, v.i., saluka. gashes, v., sonsa. The second line gives a word used in reference to corn only. The third line implies to be cut (of corn only). The fourth line, being on the same level as (corn), reads, to cut gashes, v., sonsa. A hyphen before a word denotes that it receives a variable prefix, thus -ambote. may appear as kiambote, diambote, mambote, &c., but ambote is the in¬ variable part of the word. To find an adjective in the Kongo-English section, strip the word of the prefix of the concord, it will then be found under the consonant following the formative particle a thus: —Kiambote is to be found under mb. Ki, being a concord prefix, a the prefix which is used in the formation of an adjective, and mbote is the true stem. In consequence of this, adjectives take their place under the noun from which they are derived. Pronouns bearing the article of their class as a prefix are not found under the article, but under the first consonant, thus :— Ekina is found under ki. The rule has been strictly followed throughout the dictionary and grammar that there should be no elision of vowels. This is solely to avoid the obscurity which would result if the law of euphonic elision had been allowed to work in test sentences. In ordinary writing, and in literature, the contrary should be the rule, and elided vowels should be represented by an apostrophe. Sumba e nsusu, buy a fowl, should read— Sumb’ e nsusu. Njila a Ngombe should be— Njil’ a Ngombe. ( 51° ) ERRATA. Under the word should be Abundance, wingi, 12 ; wokela, 9. Ace, waji, 12 ; waji, 2. Acquired, vua; vuwa. Admiration, etondo, 8 ; tonda, 9. Adulterer, Afterwards, muntu (3) e zumba; muntazumba, 3. (at length), oku kwakwiji wa; oku kwakwijiwa. Albino, a., -alundu; -andundu. Amass, vwiisa; vwisa. Animal (that has given that has not given birth birth), esundi; esundi. Among, fiengesa; fiengenesa. Anoint, bukula; yitidila. Anointed, //., (the) mbukulwilu; be, v., yitilwa. a., -abukulwilu; -yitidilu. Anxiety, ntelekwa (4) ; nteleko (4), a. Aperient, pulugante; pulukante. Apostle, ntumu, 1 & 4 ; omitted. Appetite, nzodi, 4 ; kinzolanzola, 5. Art, ungangu, 12; ngangu, 2 pi. Ascaris, edongololo; ediongololo. At, at large, -amvumvidi; -amvumvudi. at last, oku kwakwiji wa; oku kwakwijiwa. Await, vingila; omitted. Badly, -adie; -adieyi. Balance. balansa; balanza. Bang, Be, to, 1 nxindu, 4 ; nkindu, 2 ; 1 / ezu, 8 . 1 omit the pronoun of the 1 3rd person. in the table of pro¬ nouns, J ' Pers. 1, 2, 3. \ |Sing. i,u, u; j Belated, fukika ; fukikwa. Belong to, vua ; vuwa kwa. Bench, ebanda ; vingila ; \ ebandu. 'vinga (“vingila” being Beseech, 1 the applied form “ to be¬ seech for.”) ( Bloom, vumisa ; vuma. Blot, etonxi ; etonti. Blow, about in the wind ; About (of the wind). (wind), va’.y (wind), v.i., kia ; (of the wind), kiya. kikianga ; kikiyanga. ( 5ii ) » Under the word should be Boast, sana; kusana. Bow, ntibu, 4 ; ntibu, 2. Box (tin trunk), nkele alundn; nkele elundu. Branch, 71. (of a tree), tai, 6 ; tayi, 6. Branch, v. (as a tree), bula e tai (6) ; bula e ntayi (2). Break (smash), v.i., buka; budika. Bud, bundn, 6 ; nsavu, 2. Bundle, dinga, 6 ; dinga, 6; of beads. Burn (scorch), baba; babisa. (be scorched), babama; baba. (singe), vumpa, fumpa, &c. oznit fumpa and fumnula. (be singed), fumpuka,vumpuka,&c. fumpuka, omitted. Buzzard, kutukudia, 7 ; kimbi, 5. Calabash, interior pulp of, jmakomvi; makomve. Call, v.t., boka; v.t'., boka. Canoe, ebwanda, 8 ; bwanda, 6. Care (concern), nsungameno, 2; banza, 9 ; ngindu, 2. (for) snngamena; (see like; think about, con- 1 cerned, be. not to care for ; not to be cared for. Carelessly, do bad; do badly. Carpet, nku, nkuwu. Cassava, mvwiji; mvuyi. Catch, (as an obstacle); (as on an obstacle). (in a snare), vwamvula; vwamvulwisa. Chain, lnvambn, 10; luvambu, 2 & 11. Chastise, tumba ; tumbula. Cheer, wondelela, wonza ; kulula 0 moyo (3). Chilly, ye todi ; e todi. Choke, sweneswa ; munkwidi ; swenesa. Christian, p. 36, line 5, munkwikidi. Cicada, kintendele ; kintendela. Circumcise, yota ; yotesa. Civet, mfuki, 2 ; mfuki, 4. Clan, kilukene ; kilukeni. alukene ; alukeni. Cleanse, v.t.. kianza ; kianjisa. Climb (a hill), balula ; baluka. Close nearly, j 'v.t., vengalala ; vengeleka. .v.i., vengeleka ; j vengalala. Colour, purple, ndua; nduwa. Comet, niania ; nienie. kiniania ; 07/iitted. Confluence, ebwilu, 8; omitted. Contain, ximba ; see Hold. Convenient, -abisa ; -abiza. Cook (well), viisa ; visa. Corpulence, kinkobe, 5; omitted. ( 512 ) Under the word should be Corpulent, ye kinkobe; omitted. person, nkwa (i) kinkobe; kinkobe, 5. Craftiness, nluba, 4 ; unluba, 12. Crew, -asau,//. ; nsau, pi. 2. Crow, kokela; kokola. Crown, ekoloa; ekolowa. Cunning, nluba, 4 ; unluba, 12. •Cut (scratch across), kwalamuna; kwalumuna. Dam (obstruction), nkaku, 4 ; nkaku, 2. Dazzle, bukika (0 meso); bukama muna meso. Dazzled, be, bukama; bukamenwa 0 meso. Dearness, mbalu, 4 ; mbalu, 2. Deflect, banzula; vengesa. Despise, savuka; f vunzalakesa, vunza l kesa, vunzuna; savula. Destroy (spoil), omitted. Detach, samuna; sanuna. Dirty, -angeme; -angemi. ..Disgusting, -angeme; -angemi. Dishonest, be, yia; yiya. Disobey, transgress, sununa; sumuna. Display (boastingly), sana; kusana. Divert, banzula; vengesa. Dove, bwela, 6 ; mbwela, 2. Drain, kelela; kelola. Droop, lenga; lengela. Drop, etonxi; etonti. -Ease (facility), nsazu, 2 ; sazu, 6 . Eat quickly, vempa; vempula. Eaves, nsambu ; nsamba. Eclipsed (be surpassed), suvuka, sunduka; suvwa, sundwa. Eloquence, kimpovi; ngangu za vova. Embouchure, ebwilu; omitted. Enraged, suka e ekudi; sukwa e ekudi. Envelop, fukumuka; fitika, jinga. Even, be, baba ; omitted. lengalakana; lengoka. make, lengalakesa ; lengola. Execute punishment, tumba ; tumbula. Expend, (spend) ; in, for. Face, make a face, (grimace) ; (grimace) at. Farm, border, ndila, 2 ; ndila, 4. Favour, fmfumu una ye edie-\mfumu omonanga e ei l nga, &c.; J nga, &c. have, find, mona e edienga ; omitted. show, mwesa e edienga ; mona e edienga. Ferry-man, nsau, 4; nsau, 2. Feud, nnzonji, 12; nzonji, 4- First, at, e kulu ; ekulu. ( 5i3 ) Under the word should be First, place in the, boxi ; omitted. Flow out, volomoka; omitted. Follow (chase after), lamika; lamika e ntinu (2) kwa. Foolishness, vwengele; uvwengele. Gentle, be, lembeka; lembama. Get, in a rage, fuluta 0 makaxi; fuluta yo makaxi. up (a hill), balula; baluka. up (a tree), samba; sambila. Godfather, njitu, 2 ; njitu, 1. Gorge (chasm), nkengi ; nkenge. Guile, nluba, 4 ; unluba, 12. Hatch, teta ; tetoka. Hilt, dingwa ; dinga. Humility, nleka, 4; unleka, 12. Keep (withhold), tatama; tatamena. Lame, -atedinga; -antedingi. Liberate (give freedom), tumba e kimfumu ; the line should be omitted. Licentiousness, umpuki, 12 ; omitted. Light (not heavy), Like, sasala j e esasala (8). let him do, &c., unyambula, unyambwila. Lose, / vilakanwa, j imbala- \ 1 kanwa; J omitted. 1 Loss, fmpilakanwa, njimba-j t lakanwa, J m P 1( lisa, 2. Maize, Many, how many, Mash, v., Meekness, Mouth, of river, Need, wish for, Next, Percussion cap, Press, used before a noun ; bulunga; nleka, 4 ; ebwilu, 8 ; zolela; nlungi a konso; pulete, 2 (P. ?); in a crowd ; ( Portuguese corn is the \ translation of masa mamputu. used after a noun. omitted. unleka, 12. omitted. zola. nlungi a konzo. pulete, 2 (P. espoleta). out in a crowd. Put one inside the &c., °th er > jkwakanisa; bandakesa. Recall, to mind, Salute, p. 185, line 6 , Shell, cowry, So, (as much as this), Track (of beasts), When, Would, Zenith, /sengomona bakula, of/sengomona, bakula, to \ another ; l mind of another, wodia; odia. kidiambwa, 5 ; nkidiambwa, 2. kiaki tezo ; ekiaki tezo. elambu, 8 ; omitted. (whenever, certain) ; (whenever, after certain). fuse the future subjunc-fuse the present tense, l tive ; \ stating the time, kintumba a ezulu; kintumba e ezulu. L L ( 5H ) Under the word Ediongololo, 7 ; Etaka (a buttock); Keleta, v Kimbwambwambwa, Lemba, Mbondo, Nkenka, Tuka, Kongo-English. hard (as a stone) ; his word ; kwizila; 1000 the game of African backgammon ; ketuka lwaka; should be ediongololo, 8. etaku. hard and ring (as a stone) this word. kwijila. 500 omitted. ketuka luaka. GRAMMAR. PREFACE. Since the Kongo Grammar is to be published in one volume with the Dictionary, but little is required in the way of prefatory remark. Although the material was steadily accumulating during the prepara¬ tion of the Dictionary, this Grammar has almost entirely received its final shape out on the Upper Kongo. Carefully compared duplicate manuscript has been sent home by post to avoid the long delays resulting from proofs having to be sent out to Central Africa for revision. Everything possible has been done to insure correctness. I avail myself of this opportunity to thank publicly the two young ladies who, having assisted in the compilation of the Dictionary, kindly undertook to revise the proofs of this Grammar. To my father also thanks are due for valuable assistance rendered in many ways during the early stages of the work, while I was still in England, and for finally passing the proofs. Both in the Dictionary and Grammar no elisions of vowels are made, lest constructions should be obscured ; the sentence— Xisa e evunga oku ezandu would otherwise have appeared— Xis’ evung’ oku ’zandu. To a large extent grammatical matters are touched on or hinted at in the Dictionary. In one or two cases, tenses have been there misnamed ; as, for instance, in the English-Kongo section under the word May, the present tense subjunctive is referred to. Further study reveals that present is a misnomer. A few, happily very few, such discrepancies exist; they are the result of fuller knowledge. Mistakes, obscurity, faults, new constructions, and rules which have evaded all vigilance, may be found; for this is but the first essay at a language previously unreduced. It is hoped that, in spite of all imperfections, this work of several years may be helpful in letting in the light of the gospel of Christ to the people of Kongo. Arthington Station, B.M.S., Stanley Pool, Congo Free State, April 27 th, 1887. THE ALPHABET. The Kongo alphabet consists of twenty-two letters as follows, their power being given approximately in English, French, German, Alphabet :— English. French. German. and Lepsius’ Standard Lepsius. a father flme that a a b boy /ois /aum b d do due den d e fate e'pe'e w^h — v e e f for fete fur f g gold gauche gut g i machine lzt mz'r I! j a^ure y'eune — V z k ^ind fause haum k 1 let /ait lang 1 m man z/zois mann m n no zzon ne in n 0 Call c> n » e in fete or the a in gate. 1 » » yy z in machine or the ee in feet. 0 ” » „ 0 in boy or the a in call or the ou in bought. U 5) » ,, oo in tool. The sound of the vowels, though sometimes lengthened or shortened accord¬ ing to accentuation, is essentially the same, the difference being only that of continuation of utterance. Theie are two diphthongs ; au pronounced as ow in cow or no%v , and ai as i \n pine or nine. The latter only occurs in a few words, as vaika or taika. Ai and an are often so pronounced that each vowel has a separate and distinct sound ; sometimes even there appears to exist a faint w between the a and u or a faint y between a and i. 1 he consonants are seventeen in number, of which b, d, f, k, 1, p, s, v, w, y, are pronounced the same as in English ; g is always hard, as in goat , and is always found combined with n, as in ngo ; j soft, as the z in azure; x repre¬ sents the sound sh * as in she j z is pronounced as in zealj t the same as in English before any letter except i. Ti is most frequently pronounced as chee in cheese , especially at San Salvador. There are however some Kongos who give it the same sound as the word tea in English. The form ti is preserved to avoid difficulty and confusion to any party. The nasals m and n are the only true consonants which can be combined with other consonants. M can only be used before the labials b, f, p, V, and before w ; mw is really a combination of m-f o, or m+u, before another vowel, and is only to be found in such a position. N is used before d, g, j, k, 1 , s, t, v, w, x, y, z. It has however been noted in other Bantu languages that there are really two Hi’s and two n’s; it is perhaps more correct to speak of three of each. The first are the ordinary nasals m and n, appearing as the sole consonant in the syllable, or in combination with any of the above-named letters except 1 . These may be considered as the simple nasals , and are pronounced in the ordinary way as in English. The second may be termed the light nasals y t they are pronounced the same as in English. A distinction has however been drawn between these and the simple nasals, because the light nasals do not combine with w and y, neither does n combine with 1 . The third kind are the heavy nasals , J which are pronounced by keeping the lips closed, and continuing the nasal sound longer than in ordinary speaking. In rapid speech this is scarely perceptible, but it will be observed if an intelli¬ gent native is asked to pronounce carefully. The only really difficult sound to pronounce is the combination of the heavy n with w or y ; the sound which results cannot be compared with anything familiar to English ears. It is a true nasal sound before w or y, created whilst the lips are open, and the tongue is not allowed to touch the palate at all. The protracted nasal sound is checked when the mouth is brought into position to pronounce the w or y. It is not the labial nasal (m) because the lips are not closed, and therefore must be written with an n ; thus : from wanda, to strike; nwandi, one who strikes : nyaba, a marsh. The combinations of the nasals with other consonants at the head of a word are regarded by Europeans as very peculiar and difficult to pronounce. It is however very simple, except in the cases just noticed (ny, nw) ; all the strange¬ ness lies in the appearance. There is no vowel sound pronounced before them. A parallel is easily found in English, if we divide up words somewhat differently from the ordinary manner ; thus, nke is pronounced as in donkey, when divided thus, do -nkey^ nso as in co-TZi^-nant. The following table will aid in the acquirement of the pronunciation :— * X is pronounced in Portuguese as sh , and this letter has been adopted because the sound is a simple one and needs a simple letter. + The light tiasal is invariably a prefix, the history of which has not yet been fully traced, although it appears in all Bantu languages. In some however it appears with the vowel i pre¬ fixed to it. X The heavy nasals invariably represent a contracted prefix mu (or possibly mum or mun), which may be traced in other Bantu languages, indeed very often in dialects spoken near to Kongo. ( 520 ) mb has the sound of the mb in co-mbine. mf 55 55 55 mp 55 55 55 nd 55 55 55 ng 55 55 55 nj 55 55 55 nk 55 55 55 nl 55 55 55 ns 55 55 55 nt 55 55 55 nx 55 55 55 nz 55 55 55 mf in co-mfort. mp in c2L-mp'mg. nd in la-7Z> 55 »» mevwa o „ moko „ ma+evwa. * ma+oko. ( 524 ) a elides before u as vuma e » » a 55 kamwene ko e a jj e 55 kele ko e a i 55 kiji e i) )? u 55 kunati i ? > jj i 55 kiza u » » 0 55 koko u a u 55 mungwa for va-uma. „ ke-amwene ko. „ ke-ele ko. » ke-iji. „ ke-anati. „ ki-iza. „ ku-oko. „ mu-ungwa. When a comes before i they combine, and e results ; as :— Mengi for ma-ingi. Keza „ ka-iza. The syllable lu does not become lw before a vowel in the initial syllable of a word ; see :— Lueto, luaka, luanza, luingi, lualu, luina. Neither is the lu changed when the word has received prefixes, and it stands as the initial syllable of a stem ; see :-r Luaka, tuluaka, tukunluakisa, lueka, nunluekele. In the last syllable of a word w may follow 1, as in the case of the passive of verbs in la:— Talwa, kulwa, kolwa, yelwa. This apparently arbitrary rule is based on the difficulty in pronouncing lw, except in a final syllable, which will be readily seen if the attempt is carefully made. Euphonic Preferences. Stems which possess a pure nasal, i.e. a nasal not combined with any other consonant, prefer a pure nasal in any suffix which may be added to them, whe?i - ever possible. When the vowel of the stem is e or 0 , e or 0 is preferred in any suffix where possible. The out-working of these laws is best seen in the verbs ; thus, the applied form of the verb is made by replacing its final vowel a with ila, ela, ina, or eua ; where the stem of the verb possesses a pure nasal, as in naka or kana, a suffix having a nasal is chosen ; thus : — Nakina and kanina; While noka „ kona Take -ena ; thus :— Nokena and konena. I he stem kanda having an impure nasal takes ila and becomes kandila. Suffixes also which contain a pure nasal prefer a pure nasal in any other suffix, which they may further receive ; thus the applied form of bukika is bukikila, and of bakaua, bakauiua. This principle is pushed further still, when bakuka, the middle voice of bakuna, makes its perfect in bakukini instead of bakukidi. There is no pure nasal in bakuka itself, but its active transitive form, bakuna, has a pure nasal in its suffix ; and the rule will be found in the Chapter on Verbs, that verbs having the active transitive form in ula and ola take uka and oka in the middle voice, the perfect of which are ukidi and okele. ( 525 ) Active transitives ending in una and ona take also uka and oka in the middle voice ; but their perfects are ukini and okene. The influence of these laws is seen working in a strange manner in the nouns disu, an eye ; and dinu, a tooth ; the stems of which are isu and inn (disu = di-fisu, and dinu = di-f-inu). It is a rule that nouns having the prefix di form their plural by replacing the di by ma ; thus :— Singular , disu ; plural , masu. The plural of dinu (di+inu) and of disu (di+isu) would be ma+inu and ma+isu, contracting according to euphonic law to menu and mesu; but the e, which has resulted from the combination of a+i, causes the final u to change into o ; and thus :—the plural of disu comes to be meso, and the plural of dinu, meno. Some such influence must account for the fact that while tu and nu are the prefixes found on verbs, &c., in the first and second persons plural, the personal pronouns, first and second persons plural, are yeto and yeno. Possibly itu and inu are their stems, which on receiving the prefix ya-to assume the form of the personal pronouns (as is the case with yandi, he ; and yau, they), ya + itu and ya + inu become yeto and yeno. In verb suffixes a stem having the vowel e may generally be found taking both 0 and u ; thus from the obsolete root nenga we find the derivatives nengomona and nengumuna. This is no nicety of pronunciation, for their perfects are regularly formed from them, as nengomwene and nengumwini. These matters are not considered here as grammatical changes of verbs, but as instances of the far-reaching influence of euphonic laws, which operate with ideal regularity and consistency. THE ALLITERATIVE CONCORD. The most distinguishing peculiarity of the Bantu family of languages is its system of Alliterative Concord. In many European languages the adjec¬ tives and pronouns agree with their nouns, not only in number, but also in what is called gender.” This distinction however is of the most arbitrary character. For instance, in French, chaise, a chair , is feminine, but fauteuil, an arm-chair , is regarded as a masculine noun. Instances need not be multiplied, but in Latin the principle of “ gender” maybe even better traced. Porta, a gate , is re¬ garded as feminine ; any adjective or pronoun referring to porta must be made to concord with it, not only in number and cases, but also in what is called “gender.” Thus porta mea, my gate; ilia porta, that gate ; portarum mearum, of my gates; portae bonae, good gates. This concord is effected by giving to the adjective and pronoun the same S UFFIX as that possessed by the noun. In Bantu languages the nouns are characterized by the presence of PRE- FIXES, as : Ki-nkutu and the concord between the noun and its adjective, &c., is expressed by applying to the adjective, the same PREFIX as that possessed by the noun it qualifies. This principle is pushed still further in this family of tongues, for not only adjectives and pronouns, but verbs also receive hese prefixes. The Bantu noun is regarded as chief in the sentence, and its prefix is its mark and sign ; every pronoun, adjective, and verb entering into the service of a noun leceives its prefix, as a “livery,” in token of its servitude, and by this piefix-livery, the subordinate word shows at once to what noun it belongs thus 6 ’ 0 matadi mama mampembe mampwena i man mama The stones these white great it is they which twamwene we saw ezono: yesterday . These gieat white stones are those which we saw yesterday. E kinkutu kiaku kiavididi ezono kisolokele, akieyi ? i kiau The coat your lost yesterday it has turned up where is it ? it is this kiki o mo nzo mbwene kio: it in (the) house I saw it. Where is it ? Here it Your coat which was lost yesterday has turned up. is ! I saw it in the house. In the first example given, the prefix ma which characterized matadi as a plural noun of class 8 ,s applied to all the adjectives and pronouns qualifying! representing or referring to it, indeed the pronouns are to a large exten characterizes^ kinkutT S ° ^ ^ S6C ° nd exam P le : the which characterizes kinkutu, appears on all the pronouns, adjectives and verbs serving it. J c 526 ( 527 ) This system of agreement between the noun and its subordinates is called the Alliterative Concord. The Bantu languages throw considerable light on the principle which in other tongues has been misnamed “gender.’ 5 It is clear that sex is not the basis of such classification, but is at best a very subordinate factor; the true basis in European languages is the suffixes , in the Bantu languages, the prefixes. The origin and purpose of these suffixes and prefixes have yet to be elucidated ; but the following section on the Derived Noun in Kongo may furnish some data, which may be of assistance in these investigations. THE NOUN. The Derivation of Nouns. Every Kongo Noun is derived from some root, more or less definite in its meaning, which on receiving a certain prefix, becomes a Noun with a definite and precise meaning of its own ; just as the suffix “ er” in English applied to a simple verb, becomes the name of one who performs the action expressed by the verb ; as : do, doer j buy, buyerj plant, planter. The First Derivative. The first derivative noun in Kongo is an equivalent of the English example given above, and it is formed by prefixing a heavy nasal to the verb stem, and changing its final vowel into i. In the case of monosyllables and dissyllables which have but one consonant, the final a is changed into e instead of i. The plural of this derivative is formed by changing the nasal prefix into a. This form of noun implies the doer of the action expressed by the verb from which it is derived. Thus from :— Sumba, to buy : Nsumbi, a buyer. Vanga, to make : Mvangi, a maker. Ywa, to possess : Mvwe, a possessor. Dia, to eat : Ndie, an eater, one who eats. Where that verb is transitive its object, preceded by the particle a, op follows immediately after the derived noun. In this case the particle a never takes a prefix ; thus :— Nsumbi a ahundu: a buyer of slaves. Asumbi a abundu : buyers of slaves. In speaking of the performer of an action, only an Active Transitive or an Active Intransitive stem can be used, never a Passive, for a passive verb can only speak of actions suffered by its subject, never of anything performed; its subject therefore is never a performer. It is therefore impossible to form the derivative nouns which denote the performer of an action from a passive verb. Where it is necessary to speak of the object of an action, the middle voice of the verb is the stem from which the noun is formed ; thus :— Bakama : to get caught. Mbakami : the person who gets caught, the person caught. Bakwa the passive can never be thus used. The Second Derivative. The second derivative noun is formed from the verb by prefixing the heavy nasal and changing its final vowel into e or i, as above, and thus presents no difference in form from the first derivative. In the plural, however, the heavy nasal is not changed, and the noun belongs to what is later on described as the fourth class, which, in the plural requires its subordinate words to adopt the prefix mi. This second derivative differs from the first in that it conveys an altogether 528 ( 529 ) subordinate idea. It denotes the performer of an action for, or on behalf of others, or another, who is expressed by a noun preceded by the particle a, of when the derivative is singular, or mia when it is plural; thus :— \st der.plur.: Asumbi a abundu : the buyers of slaves, or the slave-buyers. 2 nd der.plur.: Nsumbi mia abundu : those who buy for slaves, or the slaves’ buyers. The difference then between the first and the second derivative nouns is this :—the first derivative expresses the person who acts on his own account, the actor; the second speaks of one who acts for another, the agent. Asumbi a mpungi za mfumu : the buyers of the chiefs ivory, Le., those who purchase for themselves the ivory possessed by the chief. Nsumbi a mpungi mia mfumu : those who buy ivory for the chief, I’-e.j those who buy, as the chief’s agents, and on his account. Nsumbi mia mfumu, 2 ?id der. plur., those who buy for chiefs. Asumbi a mfumu, 1 st der. plur., would be : those who buy chiefs ! The Third Derivative. The third derivative noun denotes also the doer of the action, and is formed by prefixing to the verb stem the light nasal, and placing before that, the prefix mu in the singular, and mi in the plural; i.e., prefixing to the verb, mum or mun in the singular, and in the plural mim or min (according to euphonic law); the second nasal, being a light one, causes the usual euphonic changes. The final a of the verb stem is also changed into i or e, as above ; thus, from :— Sumba, to buy ; munsumbi, a buyer ; and from vanga, to make, mumpangi, a maker—the change from v to p in this case being the usual effect of the light nasal. As in the case of the first two derivatives, there is need to distinguish between one who acts for himself, and the subordinate who acts for another. After the third derivative, the particle a, of receives no prefix, and in that, shows that the actor acts independently, and the noun following is the object of the action. Sing., Mumpangi a mawete : one who shows kindnesses, a kind person. PL, Mimpangi a mawete : kind people. The Fourth Derivative. The fourth derivative noun is formed in exactly the same manner as the above, but denotes the subordinate actor, the agent ; and the noun which follows it is preceded by the particle a, of, which becomes mia in the plural. Munsumbi a mfumu : he who buys for the chief. Minsumbi mia mfumu : those who buy for the chief. The Fifth Derivative. The fifth derivative noun is derived from the verb stem by applying to it the same prefixes as those used in the construction of the third and fourth, but there is no change in the final vowel, while the noun of the object is applied as a suffix thus :— Mumpangamawete : a doer of kindness. Munsumbabundu: a slave merchant. Mimpangamawete : doers of kindness. Minsumbabundu : slave merchants. M M ( 530 ) Since the object of the verb has become a suffix in this construction, there is no need for precautions to avoid confusion as to an independent agent, or subordi¬ nate ; it cannot be subordinate to the noun suffixed. The object-suffix may be singular or plural regardless of the number of the derived noun to which it is suffixed ; thus :— Munsumbambimdu : a buyer of a slave (mbundu). Minsumbambundu : buyers of a slave. Munsumbabundu : a buyer of slaves (abundu). Minsiimbabundu : buyers of slaves. The Sixth Derivative. The sixth form of derivative nouns is made by prefixing ki to the verb stem, and changing its final vowel into i or e, as above. It is used in speaking of things which are considered as the performers of actions, eg. : tunta, to pull ; kitunti, a thing which pulls, a pulley. It is properly a neuter or non-personal form, but it is sometimes used of persons also, by women and children .* Nouns of this class often appear without a prefix, having dropped it accord¬ ing to the laws which tend to the modification and dropping of prefixes, noted later on. We find therefore this derivative noun used more frequently without the ki ; for instance : tunti, a pulley, instead of kitunti. Both forms have, however, the same force and usage. When the form in ki is found, the ki has been preserved for distinctness, as we see also in diminutives and abstract nouns. The Seventh Derivative. The seventh derivative is formed from the passive of the applied form of the verb without any change. Originally the prefix ki was applied, but, according to the laws referred to under the sixth derivative, the prefix has been altogether dropped, and only remains on words qualifying or agreeing with it. It denotes the instrument by means of which an action was performed ; thus : Zenga: to cut; {Appliedpass.), Zenzelwa : to have cut with. Zengelwa: a thing to cut with. * It is noted later on that the prefix kiis used also in the construction of diminutive nouns, so that ki is both a neuter and a diminutive prefix. This recalls to mind parallel usages in European languages. Thus, in German, Dutch, &c., diminutives are neuter, and this neuter diminutive form is used when speaking of persons in terms of endearment and intimacy, re¬ gardless of sex and size. Thus, in Dutch the masculine noun man (a man or husband), is neuter in its diminutive form, mannetje (a little man), and this diminutive form is also used as a term of endearment, as mannetje (a dear husband). In English y is used as a diminutive, and also as a suffix denoting intimacy and affection ; thus :— pig. piggy; dog, doggy ; aunt, aunty ; sister, sissy ; Adjectives of endearment are often used of tiny things ; as : a dear little house ; a sweet little garden. Thus in Africa as in Europe, we find the same forms used indiscriminately by women and children for diminutives, and when speaking in terms of intimacy and affection, while the form adopted is neuter, that is to say the form which is used in speaking of inanimate objects. ( 53i ) Nata : to carry ; {Appliedpass.), Natinwa : to have carried with. Natinwa : a thing to carry with. The Eighth Derivative. The eighth derivative is formed from the passive of the applied form by adding to it a heavy nasal prefix ; it designates the person for whom, or on whose account, the action was performed. Sumba : to buy. Sumbilwa : to have bought for one. Nsumbilwa : the person for whom (a thing) is bought. Zenga : to cut. Zengelwa : to have cut for one. Nzengelwa : the person for whom (a thing) is cut. The plural is formed without any change in the noun, but as it belongs to class 4, its concording words take the prefix mi in the plural. This derivative is occasionally treated as a noun of the first class, but is more generally found in the fourth. The Ninth Derivative. The ninth derivative noun is formed from verbs, by prefixing e to the applied form of the verb, and changing its final vowel into u, in the case of verbs of the ist and 2nd conjugations, and o in the case of the 3rd and 4th. It implies a place where an action is or was performed. Thus, from sumba, to buy, through the applied form sumbila, comes esumbilu, the place where people buy ; from fwa, to die, efwilll, the place where a person died ; sweka, to hide, eswekelo, a hiding-place ; from wanana, to meet each other, ewana- ninu, the place where they meet each other, their meeting place ; kwendela, to go in, by, &c., eyendelo, a path, a place in which one goes ; from kwijila, to come in, by, with, and, eyijilu, the path in which, or by which, one comes. The verbs kwenda and kwiza, drop their prefix ku in this case, and only the stems enda and iza remain. Eyendo is also used to express the place to which a person is going. From vuna, to tell a falsehood, comes the noun evuninu, the matter about which one tells a falsehood. Of the last two examples, eyendo is exceptional in form, and evuninu in idea. The Tenth Derivative. The Infinitive noun takes the tenth place in the order of the derived nouns. It is the infinitive mood of the verb used as a noun, without any change what¬ ever in its form. It represents the action of the verb, as in the abstract ; thus from fwa, to die, we have the infinitive noun fwa, death ; that is to say dying, or to die, regarded as an abstract idea, as instanced in the following sentences : — Wantu engi emonanga 0 fwa 0 wonga: death is feared by many, or, many fear to die. In the above example, death or to die, viewed in the abstract, is the object of fear, and is treated in Kongo as a noun. Dianu 0 bwaka kusundidi 0 pemba : red is therefore better than white ; lit., therefore to be red is better than to be white. ( 532 ) Ekiaki kisundidi ekina o bwaka : this excels the other in redness, lit., this excels the other in to be red (the noun, bwaka, redness, being derived from bwaka, to be red). Jita kwingi kijitanga : it is very heavy ; lit., a great to weigh it weighs, from jita, to be heavy. In using the Infinitive noun, great care must be exercised as to the voice and form of the stem used in its construction ; for the infinitive of a passive verb may be used as a noun, and in so doing its passive character is still preserved. From the active vuluza, to save, middle voice , vuluka, to get saved, passive voice , vuluzwa, to be saved, are derived the nouns, vuluza, vuluka, and vuluzwa, each represented in English by the one word, Salvation. The ideas conveyed by each are, however, very different. Vuluza, an active idea = the salvation of others ; vuluka, salvation = regarded without any mention or thought of a Saviour, but simply as a condition attained ; vuluzwa = salvation enjoyed, the salvation wrought for one by another. The following sentences will illustrate this :— Vuluza wantu kusundidi o mambu mawanso kakedi mau muna ntima andi : the salvation of men was his first thought ; lit., the saving of or to save men was more than all matters which he had in his heart. Ke vasala vuvu kia vuluka ko : no hope of salvation remained ; lit., there remained no hope of getting saved, or to get saved. 0 vuluzwa kwa yandi kaka kutukanga : salvation comes from him alone ; lit., to be saved from him only comes. Verbs which have persons for their object, and bear the objective personal prefix, as kutuvuluza, to save us, retain also the objective prefix on their infini¬ tive noun ; thus : kutuvuluza, the saving of us, or salvation for us. Wafwa muna kutuvuluza : he died to save us ; lit., he died for to save us, or for the saving of us. Muna kutuvuluza kafwila : for to save us he died, or for our salvation he died. The infinitive mood originally possessed a prefix ku. This has long disap¬ peared from all verbs but those having an objective prefix and from the vowel- verbs kwiza, to come ; and kwenda, to go. The ku, however, is still prefixed to all words qualifying or agreeing with Infinitive nouns. These matters are noted in their proper places ; attention is only directed here to these facts in order to throw light on the origin of the ku. The Eleventh Derivative. The eleventh derivative noun is formed from the stem of the verb, either active, middle or passive, by prefixing to it the light nasal. It expresses the performance, or manner, means, number of times, of performing or suffering an action ; from sumba, to buy, comes nsumba, a buying or manner of buying; from boka, to call, mboka, a manner of calling. Nkia nsumba kasumbidi kio : how did he buy it; lit., in what manner of buying did he buy it. Mboka tatu kabokele : three times he called ; lit., callings three he called. The following are examples of this derivative noun formed from the middle ( 533 ) ancl the passive voice. Bakama, to get or be caught; mbakama, a getting caught; bakwa, to be caught; mbakwa, a being caught. In applying the light nasal as a prefix, the usual euphonic changes incident to its presence result. Landa, to follow ; ndanda, a following. Wana, to meet; ngwana, a meeting. The Twelfth Derivative. The twelfth derivative noun is formed by prefixing In to the verb which is generally in the applied form, and changing its final a into u for nouns of the ist and 2nd conjugation, and o for the 3rd and 4th. The noun in this form denotes the manner in which an action came, or comes, to be performed. In some of its aspects it is similar to the eleventh derivative (formed by prefixing the light nasal to the verb stem), which also expresses the manner in which an action was performed. The difference between these two forms is best under¬ stood when both are compared ; thus, from SUHlba, to buy; nsumba (nth der.), the manner of buying, how (it) is bought; lusumbilu (12th der.), how (it) comes to be bought, how one sets about to buy (it). From kesa, to fell, cut down ; likesa (nth der.), the manner of felling, whether by axe, &c. ; lukeselo (nth der.), the why and wherefore, the how it came to be cut down. Unsamwina 0 lukeselo lukeselwanga 0 nti: Tell me how the cutting down came about, through which was cut down the tree ; what brought it about, and how it was done. Unsamwina 0 lukeselo bakesele 0 nti: Tell me how the cutting down came about, with which they cut down the tree. Unsamwina 0 lusonekeno, lusonekenonge e sono muna etadi: Tell me the manner of writing with which was written, the writing on the stone ; l-e., tell me how that inscription came to be written on the stone. Unsamwina 0 lusonekeno, basonekenenge e sono muna etadi: Tell me the manner of writing in which they wrote the writing on the stone. Tell me how they managed to write the inscription on the stone. This form of noun is complicated, because of the applied form from which it is generally derived ; the above sentences will suffice to show its force and meaning, both as the secondary object of an active transitive verb, or as the subject of a passive verb. I here is also a passive idea which is inseparable from this form, for it implies the accomplishment with which an action is accomplished, a being done. Luvangilu lua pelo = the being made, or the manner of making with which glass is made, that is to say , the manufacture of glass. The Thirteenth Derivative. The thirteenth derivative is formed from the verb by prefixing the light nasal and changing its final a into u for verbs of the ist and 2nd conjugation, or 0 for the 3rd or 4th. It implies the performance or progress of an action viewed generally and indefinitely ; thus, from sakalala, to abate, to become small, is derived nsakalalu, a process of abatement or a diminution in quantity. Thus :— Nsakalalu a nzadi ovo ivwidi, twaza kio tala : when the river is at its lowest, we shall see it (the thing lost); lit., the abatement of the river when complete we shall see it. ( 534 ) From tunga, to build ; lekwa ya ntungu, the things used in the process of building ; z>., tools, not building materials. The difference between this and the twelfth derived noun lies in the fact that the twelfth considers all that brought about the action and its commencement; the thirteenth concerns the action when set on foot. Both the twelfth and thiiteenth derivatives are generally used with the object of the action imme¬ diately following. Nouns derived from other Nouns. The Fourteenth Derivative. The thirteen forms thus far given are all derived from verbal stems. There are also seveial forms of nouns derived from other nouns. The first of these ranks as the fourteenth derivative, and is formed from nouns which are the names of pei sons, or things characterized by the possession of a certain quality, office, con¬ dition, or nature. Such nouns are stripped of any class prefix other than the light nasal, and the prefix u is added ; an abstract noun is thus formed which denotes the inherent, essential, and characteristic quality to which their very name is due. Thus, from : — Ndoki: a witch {from loka, Undoki: the nature and power which to bewitch ), comes : enables the possessor to be¬ witch another. Leke: a child. Uleke: childhood. Nzambi : God. Unzambi: divinity. Mfumu: : a chief. Umfumu: royalty. Nganga : a doctor. Unganga: the knowledge which con- stitutes a doctor. The Fifteenth Derivative. The fifteenth derivative is derived from the same nouns as those of the four¬ teenth class, but instead of the u, ki is prefixed. It denotes the nature, attributes, office, habit, customs, perquisites, or rights possessed by, or characterizing, the pei son or thing denoted by the noun from which it is formed; thus, from bamba, inteipreter, or broker, who interposes between the natives and European traders, kibamba, the perquisites of such a man, z>., his commission or brokerage ; from nganga, a doctor, kinganga, a doctor’s fee. It is necessary to distinguish between the Abstract noun in u, and that bearing the prefix ki. That which bears the prefix u denotes the inherent quality which imparts the nature, condition, office, &c., while that in ki denotes and characterizes the condition, privilege, power, &c., incident to the possession of a ceitain nature, condition, or office. The former^ then, imparts something ; the latter is due to its possession. Thus from ngulu, a pig ; ungulu, piggish natuie, those qualities and that physical structure which are essential in a pig ; inguln, the habits of a pig, that which evidences a piggish nature : muntu, a person, a human being ; uwuntu, humanity, that which is essentially luman , kiwuntu, all that characterizes and is incidental to human nature, weakness, frailty, mortality, powers, and possibilities : from mfumu, a chief; umfumu, royalty; kimfumu, independence, rights as chief, &c. : from zambi, God, Unzambi implies the Divine nature, divinity ; kinzambi, the Divine power, attributes, and prerogatives: from mwana, a son; uwana, sonship ; kiwana, filial duties and privileges. 535 ) The abstract noun may also be formed from nouns in the plural, when the idea considers such a subject in masses, and where the singular idea requires special emphasis the singular form or prefix may appear. Thus from muntu, a human being, is derived the ordinary noun kiwuntu, human characteristics, and kimuntu, that which characterizes an individual of the human race as such ; and from the plural wantu or antu, kiwantn, that which characterizes men as a race ; also uwuntu, uwantu. So with the derivatives from mwana: kiwana, and uwana; kimwana, and umwana; and from the plural wana: kiwana, and uwana. The similarity in the forms derived from mwana and wana is accidental. From nkento, a woman, is derived kikento ; the characteristics of woman¬ kind, kikento is used of persons only. There is no special noun for the female of an animal (for the name of the animal is mentioned, qualified by the adjective ankento), but kinkento implies the characteristics of the female sex in animals. The Sixteenth Derivative. A diminutive may be formed from a polysyllabic noun, by prefixing to it the light nasal, and doubling the stem without repeating the new nasal prefix. The prefix ki is then added in the sing., and i or yi in the plur. The light nasal causes the usual euphonic changes ; eg. :— Koko : an arm, sing. pi. Lekwa: a thing, sing. pi. Luivwa : a fungus. Wonga : a fear. Kinkokokoko: Yinkokokoko: Kindekwalekwa: Yindekwalekwa: a little arm. little arms, a little thing, little things. Kindwivaluivwa : a little fungus. Kingwongawonga : a little fear. The prefix e is always dropped in these cases, thus :— Elonga : a plate. Kindongalonga : a little plate. Etadi : a stone. Kintaditadi : a little stone. When the primary noun wears a light nasal prefix, it is not dropped in the reduplication. Ngulu : a pig. Kingulungulu : a little pig. Mbele : a knife. Kimbelembele : a little knife. If there is a heavy nasal suffix, this is replaced by the light nasal, which is not dropped in the reduplication. Euphonic change may, however, be neces¬ sary ; and in that case the pure stem only appears in the reduplication. Ntima : a heart. Kintimantima : a little heart. Nkunga : a song. Kinkungankunga : a little song. The following instance the euphonic change, with the pure stem only in the reduplication :— Nleke : a child. Nlungu : a canoe. Nlele : a cloth. Kindekeleke : a little child. Kindungulungu : a little canoe. Kindelele : a little cloth. The prefix mu, mo, mw, retain their simple nasal :— Muntu : a person. Kimuntumuntu : a little person. Mongo : a hill. Kimongomongo : a little hill. Mwana: a child. Kimwanamwana : a little child. ( 536 ) The prefix ki receives the nasal, and retains it in the reduplication. Kinzu : a pipe. Kinkinzunkinzu : a little pipe. Kiana : a garden. Kinkianankiana : a little garden. Monosyllables and dissyllables in ia (as ndia) are tripled, they then further receive the light nasal prefix as in the case of polysyllables, or the suffixes kala, kele, kidi (= kili), kolo or kill'll, may take the place of the third repetition, according to the vowel in the primary syllables :— Ta : a body. Fwa : a corpse. Mbwa : a dog. Ndia : an intestine. Ve: an eyelash. Nti : a stick. To : a body. Nzo : a house. Su: a mortar. Kintatata Kimfwafwafwa Kimbwambwambwa Kindiandiandia Kimpeveve Kintititi Kintototo Kinzonzonzo Kinsususu Kintatakala. Kimfwafwakala. Kimbwambwakala. Kindiandiakala. Kimpevekele. Kintitikidi. Kintotokolo. Kinzonzokolo. Kinsusiikiilii. Monosyllabic stems which bear the prefix e are treated as pure mono¬ syllables, because the prefix e is dropped in the construction of the diminutive, thus : — Ezu: Eya: Ese: a sound, a palm-tree, a father. Kinzuzuzu Kingyayaya Kinsesese Kinzuzukiilu. Kingyayakala. Kinsesekele. The rules as to the nasal in polysyllabic diminutives serve also for mono¬ syllables. Sometimes other forms are used, in which the prefix ki is dropped, and the diminutive stands as a noun, bearing the light nasal prefix, and therefore belonging to class 2. (See Classification of Nouns.) The light nasal may also be repeated in the reduplication, or omitted altogether, and only the ki retained, or both ki and the light nasal may be dropped. Kindongandonga (or) Ndongandonga, Kilongalonga, Longalonga. Mbwambwambwa, Bwabwabwa, Bwabwakala. The Seventeenth Derivative. Another diminutive takes its place as the seventeenth derivative noun ; it is formed in the same manner as the diminutive in ki, and strictly adheres to the same rule, except that the prefix fi takes the place of ki. There is no form for the plural, the sixteenth derivative serving in such case. It emphasizes the diminutive character somewhat more than the sixteenth derivative. The fi is so marked, and exclusively a diminutive prefix, that reduplication or tripling of the stem is often omitted. Thus :— Mbele : a knife. Fimbele, or fimbelembele : a tiny knife. Nzo : a house. Finzo, finzonzonzo, or fmzonzokolo : a tiny house. The Eighteenth Derivative. The eighteenth derivative is formed from nouns which are the names of ( 537 ) objects generally considered in great numbers, as makaya, leaves ; mbit, mos¬ quitos ; nianga, thatching grass ; nsuki, the hair. Where it is necessary to speak of one, or two, or three, or of some small or specially definite number of such objects, this derivative is used. It is formed from the collective noun by removing the characteristic prefix of its class, and replacing it by lu in the singular, and tu in the plural. Thus from makaya, leaves (stem, kaya) ; lukaya, a leaf; tukaya tutatu, three particular leaves : from nsuki, hairs ; lusuki, a hair ; tusuki twole, two hairs : mbu, mosquitos ; lubu, a mosquito. Wheie the collective noun is of class 2, which is characterized by the presence of a light nasal prefix, the removal of the light nasal prefix removes its euphonic influence also. Thus ndala, a palm frondlet, is derived from the stem lala, which on receiving the light nasal prefix in its construction (n+lala) becomes ndala ; the light nasal prefixed changing the initial 1 into d. On removing the light nasal to form this derivative, the d reverts to its original form 1, and then lala receives the prefix lu, and becomes lulala, pi. tulala ; so in the case of all stems which have undergone such euphonic changes. The general working of the rule will be seen from the following examples :— Class. Collective Noun. Stem. 18th Derivative. 2 . Mpusu vusu luvusu a thread. 2 . Ndala lala lulala a frondlet. J 2 . Wivwa ivwa luivwa a fungus. 8 . Makaya kaya lukaya a leaf. 2. Nsuki suki lusuki a hair. 5 - Yinswa nswa lunswa a lunswa ant. 2. Ndembe lembe lulembe a blade (of grass). 2. Mvu vu luvu a grey hair. 2. Nzevo zevo luzevo a hair of the beard. 2. Mbu bu lubu a mosquito. 12. Unkundia nkundia lunkundia a weevil (?) 12. Wandu andu luandu a bean. In a few instances the ordinary singular of some collective nouns has different sense, thus the sing, of yinswa, white ants of a certain species, is lunswa, while kinswa, which might be considered the sing, of yinswa, means a swarm of such ants. The Nineteenth Derivative. The nineteenth derivative noun is used when people or living creatures are spoken of as a body, it being clearly understood that all are included, and are spoken of collectively. It is formed by adding the prefix or particle a to a simple noun, or to a noun standing with all its qualifying words, which retain the ordinary class prefixes ; thus :— Amfumu = (all) the chiefs. A mfumu za nxi = (all) the chiefs of the country. Ansusu = fowls (as a class). A nsusu za mpembe = white fowls (as a class). In these cases the prefix a is added to the noun or as a particle prefixed to the noun clause. The nineteenth derivative noun or noun clause is classified in the first class ( 533 ) The Twentieth Derivative. The twentieth derivative is formed by applying the particle or prefix aki to the name of a person when he is spoken of, and all who are with him. Where the friends and companions only (apart from the person himself) are spoken of, akwa (the people of) would be used. Aki Makitu alueka, Makitu and his people have come. Aki is also used where animals are personified or addressed; thus : Yeno akinsusu vo nukwiza muna nzo ame, fwa nufwa, if you fowls come into my house I shall kill you. Miscellaneous Derivatives. There are also a large number of nouns, the forms and prefixes of which cannot be applied generally to all roots, as is the case of the preceding derivative forms ; thus, we find some nouns bearing the light nasal prefix, and apparently formed from other nouns :— Nsau, a ferryman, from Esau, a ferry. Ntambi, footmarks, „ Tambi, a foot. Mvu, white hair, „ Mvu (heavy nasal),*a year. Nzonji, those engaged in a quarrel, „ Nzonji (heavy nasal), a quarrel. Other prefixes thus used are instanced by :— Ekanda, a paw-mark, from Kanda, the under part of a paw. Mwisu, a pestle, „ Su, a mortar. It is probable that the principles upon which these forms and prefixes are applied in the construction of derived nouns, may be found more fully de¬ veloped in other dialects and languages, but, whatever may be their origin, the general rules above given for the derivation of nouns from verbs, and other stems, serve so fully, that it is easy to understand how other forms have dropped almost out of use. Foreign Derivatives. In concluding the section on the derived noun, it is necessary to note the system of Kongoizing foreign words. No very large number are introduced into the language, but tables, watches, pine-apples, soap, and such words which could find no counterpart in Kongo still bear Portuguese names more or less cruelly distorted. Distortions know no law, but when the word has been caught, it is reduced to euphonic conformity ; for instance :—vinegar becomes vineka, because g never appears other than combined with n, as in kanga, and since g never stands alone, k is therefore its nearest repre¬ sentative. Sometimes the light nasal prefix is added. When the first syllable happens to be like a prefix, the word is often classi¬ fied as if it were a prefix, thus :— meza, a table, is included in the same class as meso, eyes. Instances of Kongoized Portuguese Words. Kongo Class. Portuguese. English. Vento I vento the wijid. Sampatu o w sapato a shoe Zabau 2 sabao soap. Xialela 2 chaleira a kettle. Etuza 8 • (= kalatuzo) cartucho a cart} id^e. Jinebela 2 genebra gin. Ngwala (= Ngwaladente) 2 aguarden (de canna) rum. Kalakaboxia 2 aracabuz an arquebus. Mfula 2 (= Fula = Pulfula) polvora gunpowder. Bwai 2 barril a small keg. Elenswa 8 lengo a ha?idkerchief. Ekoji (= Kozo) 8 gonzo a hinge. Mbaxi 2 embaixador an ambassador. Lolonji 2 relogio a watch. Ajimola adj. esmola alms. (Set apart for re¬ ligious purposes.) Mansaya 7 pi. saia a skirt. Mvalu 4 cavallo a horse. Masa (sing, disa) 7 pi. maiz maize. Edivulu 8 livro a book. Lumingu IO domingo Sunday. Palasola 2 parasol a sunshade. Fwayeta 2 alfaiate a tailor. Meza 8 pi. mesa table. Balaka 2 barraca a tent. Xia 6 chd tea. Tumato iopl. tomate tomato. Tumbala 2 tumba a tomb. Kanivete 2 canivete a penknife. Nkala 2 cal lime. Pelo 2 espelho a mirror. Minsa 3 pi- missa Mass of the Romish Church. Nxiumbu 2 chumbo lead. Ola 2 ora hour. Kompa 2 copo hearts (in cards). ( 540 ) Instances of other Foreign Words Kongoized. [Kongo. Class. From. Language. Meaning. Eletela 8 letter English A letter of the alphabet. Ebuku 8 book English book. Bota 2 boat English boat. Madioko pi. 8. mandioka Brazilian cassava Vita 2 vita Mbunda war Kalunga 2 kalunga language the sea. • Kapekele 9 kapekele ► spoken i a thief. Kapiangu 9 kapiangu i n a thief. Kaseka 9 kaseka ) Angola seed beads. Kuluboi sing. 6) pi. 8J 2 kroo boy English a kroo-boy. Ngabu Gaboon French a foreig?i labourer (from Gaboon ?) THE CLASSIFICATION OF NOUNS. In proceeding to classify Kongo nouns, it must be noted that originally all Kongo nouns possessed a prefix, and according to those prefixes they group themselves in classes. Some modifications have taken place, but at one time the Kongo noun must have arranged itself in the following series of classes, which may be lettered, rather than numbered, to avoid confusion with the final arrangement. Class A consisted of nouns which were the names, titles, or classes of persons, or personifications, or [as in some nearly related dialects (Kiteke, &c.)] all living creatures. Various prefixes existed in the singular, which were replaced by a or ba in the plural; as :— Muntu = a person ; pi. antu or bantu. Class B. Nouns which bore the light nasal as a prefix, preceded by i in the sing, and zi in the pi. Inzo, a house ; pi. zinzo. Class C. Nouns bearing the prefix mu, sing. ; mi pi. Mundele = white-man ; pi. mindele. Class D. ki, sing. ; i, y or yi (or bi), pi. Kinzu = pipe ; inzu or yinzu (or binzu) pi. Class E. di, sing. ; ma, pi. Dinkindo = a plantain ; mankondo, pi. Class F. ku, sing.; ma, pi. Kutu = an ear ; matu, pi. Class G. . lu, sing. ; tu, pi. Lumbu = a fence enclosure ; tumbu, pi. Class H. U (or bu), sing. ; u (or bu), pi. Umbiu = refractoriness ; umbiu, pi. Class I. u (or bu), sing. ; ma, pi. Wanda (u-f anda, or bwanda) a net; manda, pi. Class J. va, sing.; mu, pi. Vuma (va+uma) = a place ; muma, pi. Class K. . . . . fi, sing., a class of diminutives having no plural. Fimbele, a tiny knife. Every Kongo noun may be traced to one of these eleven archaic classes. A process of change has set in, which, in some classes, has caused the elision or change of the prefixes. Such change, however, has only taken place when the stem of the noun has neither a vowel , nor a light nasal for its initial. In the case of Class B, the i and zi have not been retained either in the singular or in the plural ; thus : the archaic inzo, a house ; pi. zinzo, stands now as nzo, both in sing, and pi., its history, however, being indicated in the prefixes i or y, sing., and za or ji, Pi., which are its characteristic “ lively ” worn by its pronouns and verbs. Class C. In the case of those words in mu, sing., mi, pi., having neither a vowel nor a light nasal for the initial of their stem, the mu or mi have been 541 ( 542 ) contracted into the heavy nasal, which stands for both sing, and pi., m being used only before b, f, p, and v. Thus the archaic mnti a tree ; pi. miti, has become nti both in the sing, and pi., while mundele, a white man, pi. mindele ; and mwangu, a ridge pole, pi. miangu, remain, having suffered no change, because the former has a light nasal (ndele) attached to its stem (dele or lele), and the latter a vowel (angu) as the initial of its stem. Class D also has undergone change under the same circumstances ; the prefixes ki, sing., and i, yi (or bi), pi., are now disused before all nouns but those which have a vowel or light nasal initial to their stem ; and the archaic kilekwa (sing ), and^ilekwa (pi.), appears as lekwa in both sing, and pi. ; kinzu retains the old form, however, on account of the light nasal initial of its stem. In the same way the singular prefix of Class E is modified before all stems which have not a vowel or a light nasal for their initial, the prefix di being replaced by e. The plural prefix ma is unchanged ; ditadi, a stone, pi. Hiatadi, appears now as etadi, sing. ; matadi, pi. ; dinkondo, a plantain, pi. mankondo, remains unchanged on account of the light nasal ; also diaki, an egg, pi. maki (ma + aki), having a vowel stem. The verb in the infinitive once wore the prefix ku, and accordingly belonged to Class F, but the same rule appears to have stripped that prefix from the verb also, for it only remains on the verbs kwiza and kwenda, which have vowels as the initial of their stem (iza and enda). In consequence of this the ioth derivative nouns, which are formed from the infinitive mood, have lost their prefix ku in the singular, the ma of the plural remaining unchanged. Kuma, down ; kuma, a place; kulu, a leg ; kutu, an ear ; koko (ku+oko), an arm ; and kontwa, an exact similitude, retain their ku. Class G also drops its prefix u both in the sing, and pi. before any but vowel and light nasal stems, as umbin, refractoriness ; wonga, fear ; bi, wickedness ; la, height. The u may, however, be retained, and ubi and ula are sometimes used. Class I has dropped the u or bu of its singular prefix entirely, with the excep¬ tion of the vowel stem wanda, sing. ; manda, pi. The plural prefix ma remains unchanged in all classes. The diminutive prefixes ki and fi, sing. ; i, pi. ; also the prefixes ki, sing. ; and i, pi. ; and u both sing, and pi., peculiar to abstract nouns, and the prefix ku on reflexive infinitives, which are applied to impart a very special idea, may be and are very frequently retained to preserve that special force. Euphonic law causes also some slight changes in the prefix ; for instance, when one of the prefixes mu, ku, lu, or tu, is applied to a stem having 0 for its initial, the u combines with the 0 , or rather elides before it, thus :— mu + ongo, becomes mongo, a hillj ku+oko, becomes koko, an arm; lu+ose = lose, a face; pi. tu+ 0 S 6 = t 0 Se,/ a woman, akento. Mbunji, 4 , a junior brother, abunii. Muwayi, 3 , a slave, u awayi. Eyakala, 8, a man, akala. Nkwa, 4 , the owner, possessor of, akwa. The pure nasal nouns (those in mu, mw, or mo) are all of Class 3, and the impure nasals (those combined with consonants) are of Class 4 ; for the rest there will be no difficulty in fixing their class. They wear the form proper to their own class in the singular, but the prefixes of the ist class maybe applied to concording words, in both singular and plural. The ist derivative nouns belong to this class. The plurals of muntu and mwana sometimes have w prefixed to them, and appear as waua and wantu. Mwixi, an inhabitant of, makes its plural in exi (a-f-ixi = exi), according to euphonic law. Class 2 Comprises all nouns bearing the light nasal prefix, also most Kongoized foreign v^ords, whether bearing the nasal or not. The singular and plural present no difference in form ; thus :_ Sing. Plur. Nzo : a house, nzo. Ngulu : a pig, ngulu. Ngamba : a porter, ngamba, Nioka : a snake, nioka. Of foreign words the following serve as instances :_ Zabau or nzabau : soap (P. sabao). Sampatu or nsampatu, shoe (P. sapato). Nanaji, a pine-apple (P. ananas). Vita, war, from the Mbundu language spoken in Angola. Class 3 Consists of nouns bearing the prefix mu, which exchanges in the plural for mi Examples. Sing- Plur. Munse : sugar cane, minse. Mundele : a white man, mindele. Euphonic law steps in with some changes, for the mu becomes mw before a stem having the vowels a, e, or i, for its initial. Before 0, mu-ho =mo ; and before u, mu+u = mu. Mi is unchanged except before i, when mi-f-i = mi. Since mo results from mu+o, its plural is always rnio. When mu results from mu-fu, its plural is in that case mi+u = miu. N N ( 546 ) It is therefore necessary to distinguish between those nouns in mu, in which the mu is the simple prefix, and those in which it is the result of mu+u. Examples. Sin^;. Plur. Mwanji: a root, mianji. Mwangu: a ridge pole, miangu. Mwenge: the flower bunch of the oil palm, mienge. Mwelo: a doorway, mielo. Mwisu: a pestle, misu. Mwivi: a thief, mivi. Mongo: a hill, miongo. Molo: a lazy person, miolo. Moyo: life, mioyo. Instances of ordinary nouns in mu have been 'given. In the case of the following nouns mu = mu+u. Si jig. Plur. Mu: the sea, miu. Muku: savoury steam, miuku. Mula (P. mula) : a mule, miula. Mulu: new beer, miulu. Mululu : blood from the nose, miululu. Mumbu: a small stream in a marsh, miumbu. Mungula: warmth, heat, miungula. Mungwa: salt, miungwa. Muvu : a furrow, miuvu. Muwu: the sea, miuwu. With the exception of mumbu, mungula, and mungwa, it will be seen at a glance that these nouns must have vowel stems, or they would have lost the piefix accoiding to rule. The only difficulty lies with these three nouns in which the mu is followed by a light nasal, and may be considered to have retained their prefix for that reason. They can readily be committed to memory. Muntu : a person. Muwayi : a slave. Mwana : a child. Mwayi : a slave, belong to Class i. Class 4. Consists of all nouns bearing the heavy nasal prefix. The form is the same both in singular and plural. Examples. Sing. Plur. Nti : a tree, nti. Nkunga : a song, nkunga. Ntima : the heart, ntima. Nxinga : a string, nxinga. Mvwatu : a garment, mvwatu. Mvu : a year, mvu. ( 547 ) It has been shown that this prefix was originally mu in the singular and mi in the plural, which assumed the form of the heavy nasal before all stems having a light nasal or vowel initial. Class 5 Is composed of all nouns having the prefix ki. The plural is formed by changing the ki into i, yi, or y before a vowel. Examples. Sing. Plur. Kinzu: a pipe, inzu or yinzu. Kimbi: a hawk, imbi or yimbi. Kiandu: a chair, yandu. Kielo: a door, yelo. Class 6. The 6 th class are those nouns which at one time bore the prefix ki, sing., i or yi, pi., as the nouns of the previous class, but having neither a vowel nor light nasal as the initial of their stem, they have dropped their prefixes both in the singular and the plural. The stems remain, therefore, without prefix or change in both singular and plural. Examples. Sing. Plur. Lekwa: a thing (object), lekwa. Dimbu: a sign, dimbu, Luaji: an axe, luaji. Ma: a thing (object), ma. Saki: a bunch, saki. Titi: a bit of rubbish, titi. Mini: a light, mini. Kwa: a potato, kwa. Class 7. The 7 th class are nouns which bear the prefix di in the singular; their plural is formed by changing the di into ma ; ma+e becomes me. Exa7nples. Sing. Plur. Dinkondo : a plantain, mankondo. Diwu: papyrus, mawu. Disa: a corn, masa. Diaki: an egg, maki (ma-faki). Diambu: a palaver, mambu. Dievwa: a jackal, mevwa (ma+evwa). Disu: an eye, meso. Dinu: a tooth, meno. The euphonic laws, which have brought about the change in the last vowel in the plurals meso and meno, have been referred to in the chapter on euphonic laws. The plural nouns, mana, produce; maza , water; maji, oil, fat; and menga, ( 548 ) blood (ma-f enga), belong to this class ; and the diminutives fidiana, a little produce, and fidiaji, a drop or two of oil, have been noticed, revealing an un¬ used singular form of mana and maji. Class 8. To Class 8 belong all words which once possessed the prefix di, —as Class 7>—but having neither a vowel nor light nasal as the initial of their stems, the prefix di has become changed into e, which is replaced in the plural by ma, Examples. Sing. Plur. Etadi : a stone, matadi. Edionga : a spear, madionga. Esau : a ferry, masau. Elenge : a pumpkin, malenge. Eyakala (= e + akala) : a man, belongs also to Class i as well as to this class. Class 9. To Class 9 belong all nouns bearing the prefix ku, which becomes ma in the plural. Such nouns are very few ; the following are all that have as yet been noted :— Sing. Plur. Kulu : a leg, malu. Kutu : an ear, matu. Koko ( = ku + oko) : an arm, moko ( = maToko). Also the singular nouns :— Kuma : a place. Kuma: dawn. The 10th derivative nouns (which are derived from the infinitive mood of the verb), and other nouns which once bore the prefix ku, are included in this class ; but since their stems have neither a light nasal nor a vowel for their initial, the prefix has been dropped in the singular. The infinitive noun can have no plural, but any nouns which have a plural retain the prefix ma; thus : — Sing. Plur. Dia : food, madia : victuals. Fwa : dying, death. Sala : working, work. Pemba : whiteness, being white. Sumba : purchasing. A few words bearing the prefix ka are found in the singular only ; they are introduced from the Mbundu language spoken in Angola :— kapekele, or kapiangu, a person who is always o?i the look out for something to stealj kaseka, white seed beads. Class 10. Consists of nouns bearing the prefix lu in the singular ; the plural is formed by replacing the lu by tu, or tw, before a vowel stem. ( 549 ) Examples. Sin E- Plur. Lumbu : a fence, tumbu. Luavu : an adze, twavu. Lukau : a gift, tukau. Lunga : a blast, tunga. I'Use : the face, tuse. Lose (lu-f ose) : the face, tose (tu+ose). Loto (lu+oto) : a spoon, toto (tu+oto). biains, toillfo (tu + omfo)^/. only. Class ii. The nth class consists of the nouns of the 18th derivative ; their formation as been considered at length under the derivative noun, so that the following summary will suffice here :— ° Nouns which are the names of things generally spoken of collectively or in great numbers, may be brought into Class ii, when it is desirable to speak of one or two, or any small and definite number. The collective noun drops its characteristic prefix, and replaces it with lu in the singular, tu in the plural; thus Nsuki, hair ; lusuki, a hair ; pi. tusuki, a hair or two. Makaya, leaves ; lukaya, a leaf; pi. tukaya, a leaf or two. Whenever the characteristic prefix of the noun, being a light nasal, has caused a euphonic change in the initial of its stem, the removal of such prefix allows the initial to revert to its radical form, and then receive the lu or tu ; thus Mpusu, cotton {stem, vusu), becomes luvusu, a fibre of cotton. Class 12 Consists of words bearing the prefix u, or before vowels, w, both in the singular and plural. This class includes abstract nouns in u (the 14th derivative). & . . Man Y abs t r act nouns which have neither a vowel nor a light nasal as the initial of their stems have dropped the prefix ; they also are included in this Sing. Examples . Plur. Urn a: a matter, uma, Umbiu: refractoriness, umbiu. Umpumbulu : lawlessness, umpumbulu. Ungyangya: falsehood, ungyangya. Wandu: beans, wandu. Wivwa: a mushroom, wivwa. Wonga: fear, wonga. Bi : wickedness, bi. Zayi: wisdom, zayi. La: height, Class 13. la. d he 13th class is very small, containing a few words which once bore the prefix u m the singular, and ma in the plural. In conformity to law, those ( 550 ) which possess stems having neither a vowel nor a light nasal for their initial, have dropped the prefix in the singular, the plural prefix ma (as always) being retained. One vowel stem has been noted. Examples. Sing. Wanda (=u+anda): a net, Ko: a mother-in-law, Fuku : night, Lnngu : a canoe, Konzo : one of the days of the week, And the plural noun makangn, a friend. Plur. manda (=ma-f anda). mako. mafuku. malnngn. makonzo. Class 14 Contains one word only, Yuma a place, or a sore place; plural, mnma. Vlima is a contraction of va+uma; muma=mu+uma. In most Bantu languages a corresponding word for place will be found standing in a separate class of its own, and wearing a prefix va, pa, or something similar. Yuma plays so im¬ portant a part in the language, through its pronouns and concording prefixes, that it has received special attention in the chapter on the Locatives. Class 15 Is composed of all those diminutive nouns, singular only, which have assumed the diminutive prefix fi; i.e. the 17th derivatives. There is no special plural to this class, the other diminutive (the 16th derivative) being preferred for the plural. Examples. Mbele : a knife, fimbele : a tiny knife. Nkombo : a goat, finkombo : a tiny goat. Plural Nouns. Many singular nouns wear only a plural form, such as : — Maji: oil. Maza : water. Menga : blood. Makangu : a friend. Malembe : gentleness. Their concording words also wear plural prefixes, and in eveiy way they are treated as plural nouns in Kongo, though of singular form in English. Some other words though appearing sometimes in the singular are generally found in the plural; thus : ngangu and nduka, cunning; mpaxi, trouble , pain; makaxi and nxita, a?iger; madia, victuals, food. Summary of Class Prefixes. Sing. Plur . 1. Various, a. 2. n or m (light nasal), n or m. / 3- niu, mi. \ l 4. n or m (heavy nasal), n or m. I ( 55i ) { { { Sing. 5. ki 6. Dropped, 7- di, 8. e, 9. ku or dropped, 10. lu, 11. lu, 12. u, w or dropped, 13. W or dropped, 14- va, 15. fi, Plur. i, y °r yi.\ dropped. / ma.\ ma.J ma. tu.\ tu.J U, w or dropped. ma. mu. none. Practically there are but eleven classes. Nos. 3 & 4, 5 & 6, 7 & 8, 10 & 11, might have been arranged in four classes, but for the sake of convenience they have been thus separated. Apparent Exceptions. It is difficult, at first sight, to be sure of the class of a noun the first syllable of which is like one of the prefixes di, mi, ki, &c. The whole matter must ever turn on this question : Is the suspected syllable a prefix or not? If radical, the similarity is accidental ; if a prefix, the noun follows the rule and class, just as any other noun possessing the prefix. Thus the nouns Niauia : a worm, Niania : blebs between the toes, Nienie : a meteor, Which appear at first sight to be of Class 2, belong to Class 6. Nwe, a drunkard, also belongs to Class 6, the n in each case being radical. Mini, a light , looks like the plural of a noun of the 3rd class : mu, sing. ; mi, pi. The mi is however radical, mini being derived from minika, to give light. Mini then is a noun of Class 6. Kikila, a ftapaw tree , belongs to Class 6, the ki not being a prefix, as is seen in its unchanged plural, kikila, papaw treesj it would appear otherwise to belong to Class 5. Sengexi, sand , belongs to Class 12, having lost the prefix u according to rule ; since it is not an abstract word, it might well be regarded as a 6th class noun which had lost the prefix ki (as all other nouns of that class). Nouns of the 12th class which do not express abstract ideas are very rare. This word sengexi, sand , as also wivwa, balabala, and kusukusu, three varieties of edible fungi, are instances of the few which do exist. There are also some words in di ( radical ) which might be consigned to Class 7 when really the di is radical: — Dilu : a mourning ; Dimba : a direction ; Dimbila : a valley ; Dimbu : a sign ; Diuga : a bundle ; Dingadinga: goitre; Dita : a necklace ; Diya: a mistake ; ( 552 ) all of which belong to Class 6. Also :— Dimbu: gum ; which belongs to Class 13. Mata: yaws ; Manga : a string ; belong to Class 4, the ma being radical. So with nouns in ku radical :— Kupala : the sternum ; Kutukudia: an owl; Kuba : an old hoe ; Kutll: a sheath ; which belong to Class 6. Also the abstract words :— Kn.fi: shortness ; Kulu : antiquity ; of Class 12. Of nouns in lu the following are instances of those belonging to Class 6 :— Luaji: an axe ; Lombo : a lent house ; Lukudi: the cud ; the lu being radical. Wangawanga: a shower; Welexi: a grassy marsh ; also belong to Class 6, not 12, as the initial w would suggest. Vumu : the belly ; Vumi: fear; Yll: a host ; belong also to Class 6, for va (not vu) is the characteristic prefix of Class 14. Fitidi, a bush (gen. ?), is not a diminutive of Class 15, but the fi is radical, and the word belongs to Class 6. The chief difficulty in the classification of the nouns lies in the 2nd and 4th classes, which are distinguished by the light and heavy nasal prefixes re¬ spectively. Kongos do not make mistakes as to these classes, but the student will find difficulty in remembering whether the nasal is light or heavy. In translating a Kongo sentence the article or other concording word will decide the class of the noun it serves, so that the recollection of the class, when writing or speaking, is the real point. To aid this, a general study of the nouns, as they appear in the dictionary, in order, under M and N (Kongo-Eng.), will be more useful than separate lists of each class here. Nl, nw, and ny, will be combinations of the heavy nasal only, and therefore of the 4th class. Nouns in ng are light nasals, and of Class 2, except nganu and ngatu; the greater number in nd and mp are light nasal nouns. The rules of the derivative nouns will decide in the case of any nasal nouns ; for the rest, practice will alone fix the classes (or rather the character of the nasal) in the memory. ( 553 ) he instances above given must not be regarded as lists of exceptions to ru es, but rather the instances of those nouns which happen to have the first syllable of their stem similar to a prefix. In reality there is nothing irregular a out any of these nouns, and the rules for their classification have not a single exception. Table of Classes. MODERN KONGO. ANCIENT PREFIXES. Prefixes. Examples. Class. Sing. pi. Sin*. pi. 1 : Class. •Sing. pi. I various a muntu antu A mu a 2 n or m n orm nzo nzo B in zin (light) (light) 3 mu mi munse minsel c mu 4 n or m n or m nti nti J mi (heavy) (heavy) 5 ki yi> or y kinzu yinzu \ D ki # 6 none none lekwa lekwai i 7 di ma dinkondo mankondoj di ma 8 e ma etadi matadi J E 9 ku or none ma - fkutu Idia matu j madia J F ku ma 10 11 lu lu tu tu lunga lubu tunga) tubu J G lu tu 12 U or none u or none fuma Ibi ’ uma) bi J H u u 13 W or none ma 1 f wanda manda) I u ma Iko mako J 14 va mu vuma muma J va mu 15 fi ■ fimbele — K fi — Declension of Nouns. There is no difference between the form of the noun in the subjective, or in the objective case ; all further declension of nouns is accomplished by means of prepositional particles. A noun in the genitive case is always an attribute of another noun, and thus becomes of itself an adjectival clause ; that is to say, a clause serving in every way as an adjective. Thus in the phrase 0 nkanda a nkombo : the skin of the goat, A nkombo, of the goat, is an adjectival clause qualifying the noun nkanda, skin. This principle is fully recognised in Kongo grammar ; for the particle a, which is the sign of the genitive case, bears the prefix proper to the noun with which it concords. These matters have not yet been explained ; and since the noun in the genitive case is an adjectival clause, it follows the rule of the adjective, and must be considered with it. It must suffice therefore in this place to state that ( 554 ) the genitive is formed by placing the particle a, of before the noun, and adding to the particle the same prefix which would be applied to any adjective. Thus in speaking of disu, an eye , and qualifying it by the adjective ambwakij red, or by the adjectival clause, a nkombo, of the goat , the same rule is ob¬ served in each case ; thus :— Disu diambwaki : a red eye. Disu dia nkombo : the eye of the goat. Both the adjective ambwaki and the particle a receive the prefix di. The dative or ablative case is expressed by a preposition before the noun, that is to say, the preposition : ya, ye, or yo, with , or the locatives based on ku, mu, va, at, on, to, by, &c. These again open up so many questions, which can only be considered in their proper place, that it must suffice to note here that : — I. The subjective and objective cases of the noun are the same in form. II. The genitive, dative, and ablative cases are formed by placing before the noun prepositions equivalent to : of to, for, by, with, &c. :— Nzo : a house. A nzo : of a house. Kuna nzo : to a house. Muna nzo : in a house. Ye nzo : with a house. With the exception of ya, ye, or yo, the particles used in declension are not affected or changed in any way by the number of the noun which they precede. THE ARTICLE. The article in Kongo is represented by three particles a, e, or o, which agree with the nouns they distinguish, in number and class. The following table illustrates the forms proper to the various classes in the singular and plural:— Class. Sing. PI. 1 o a 2 e e 3 & 4 o e 5 & 6 e e 7 & 8 e o 9 , io, ii, 12, 13, & 14 0 0 15 e — The above table shows that those nouns whose archaic prefixes contained the vowel i (in, zin, mi, ki, i, di, and fi) take e for their article ; those which contained the vowel u (mu, ku, lu, tu, u or bn) take 0 for their article. The prefixes ma and va also require 0, but the 1st class (a or ba) requires a for its article in the plural. THE ADJECTIVE. An adjective is a word added to a noun to qualify it. The adjective in Kongo takes its place after the noun ; but where special emphasis is desired, it may stand before its noun, — in that case the article precedes it. The adjective concords with the noun it qualifies, by the assumption of the prefix proper to the person, number, and class of that noun. Thus the adjective ambote, good , when qualifying the 5th class noun kinkutu, a coat, assumes the prefix ki ; thus Kinkutu kiambote : a good coat. When qualifying mankondo, plaintains, a plural noun of the 7th class, it assumes the prefix ma ; thus Mankondo mambote : good plantains. When qualifying a personal pronoun 1st person plural, it assumes the prefix proper to a personal noun (or its pronoun), speaking in the first person plural; thus :-Oyeto twambote kweto : we are good. There are two series of prefixes which may be applied to adjectives, and according to the series of its prefix the adjective assumes a Primary or Second¬ ary form. The Primary Form. This form is used when the adjective follows immediately after the noun it qualifies, as: — Nti ambote : a good tree. Nti miambote : good trees. Nzo ambote : a good house. Nzo zambote : good houses. The Secondary Form. The Secondary form is used when the adjective is separated from its noun, either because its noun is not mentioned, or a verb, or some other word, comes between it and its noun ; in the latter case the verb to be is often understood :— Elo, yambote beni : Yes, it is very good ( speaking of nzo, a house). Mambote kaka nzolele : I only want good ones ( speaking ^/maki, eggs). Nti wau wambote: This tree is good. A parallel to this distinction of Primary and Secondary form is found in English in the employment of— my and mine, thy „ thine, her „ hers, our „ ours, your „ yours, their „ theirs. My, thy, her, our, your, and their, are used under the same circumstances as the Primary adjective in Kongo ; that is, they cannot be separated from their 556 ( 557 ) noun ; while the Secondary adjectives are used apart from their noun, as in English :— Mine , thine, hers , &c. Primary. Eyayi nzo ame: This is my house. Nti au usundidi: Their tree is the best. Zenga o nti ambote : Cut down a good tree. Batungidi e nzo ambote ? Have they built a good house ? Secondary. Eyayi yame : This is mine. Wau usundidi: Theirs is the best. I wau wuwu wambote: This one is good. Elo yambote : Yes, a good one. The Secondary form must be used, when for special emphasis the adjective precedes the verb ; as E nzo ankulu kasolele, yayi yankulu nzo e ? Elo, kana yankulu, kana yampa, eyayi kaka kazolele. He has chosen the old house. This old house? Yes, whether old or new, this only he wants. Verbal Adjectives. There is yet another and rare form of adjective, which states that the quality ascribed is excessive, too much, or too great; it has also a verbal force, because the verb to he is always understood ; indeed, the series of prefixes proper to this form is identical with that applied to verbs in the perfect tense. This class of adjective has no formative prefix, but receives the characteristic prefix of the noun on its stem. There are but few adjectives of this class. The follow¬ ing have been noted, and their corresponding Primary forms are given beside them :— Verbal Excessive Forms. -nene, too large, too great; -luelo, 'j -kete> > too small, too few ; -ke, ) -ingi, too much, great, many ; -la, too long, high, deep, far; -kufi, too short, low, near ; -va, too new ; -kulu, too old ; -wete, too good ; -bi, too bad ; E mbele yayi inene : 0 nlele wau uva: Evata diandi dila: Primary Forms. anene, great, andwelo, small, few. akete, small, few. no corresponding form, ingi, much, many, great, anda, long, high, &c. ankufi, short, low, &c. ampa, new. ankulu, old. ambote, good, ambi, bad. This knife is too large. This cloth is too new His town is too far off. The difference between these adjectives and their ordinary forms will be seen on comparing the table following The prefix ki is applied, kiuma, a thmg, being understood. kiwete, it is too good ; kiawete, good, nice, kibi, it is too bad ; kiambi, bad. ( 558 ) kinene, it is too great; kianene, great, kiluelo, it is too small; kiandwelo, small, kila, it is too high, long, far ; kianda, high, long, far. kikufi, it is too short, low, near ; kiankufi, short, low, near, kiva, it is too new ; kiampa, new. The Structure of Adjectives. Adjectives in Kongo are formed from* nouns which are distinguished and characterised by the possession of a certain quality, by the addition of the formative prefix a ; thus :— tiya, fire ; -atiya, hot , fiery. When an adjective thus formed qualifies a noun, it attributes to it the possession of the charac¬ teristic qualities of the noun from which it is derived, thus :— Maza matiya : hot water, i.e. water possessing the characteristic quality of which fire is the ideal possessor ; from nti, a tree , -anti, wooden. Elonga dianti : a wooden plate, i.e. a plate made of the material of which trees are composed. Anduwa : purple, derived from the name of the great plaintain-eater, the nduwa, which bird has purple plumage. Adjectives formed from nouns of the 8th class, which is characterised by the prefix e, elide the formative prefix a before the initial e of the noun ; thus, from ejitu, heaviness , comes the adjective, ejitu ( = aejitu), heavy; and from ekumbn, wonder , comes ekumbu ( = aekumbu), wonderful; from elundu, a certain kind of ants’ nest, comes elundu ( = aelundu), of the same colour as the elundu. An adjective may be formed from the noun which denotes the performer of the action. Thus, from tekama, to be crookedj and ntekami, otie who is crooked; -antekami, crooked; from leva, to be pliable; and nlevi, one who is pliable ; -anlevi, pliable. This form of adjective denotes that the person or thing qualified is charac¬ terised by the habitual performance of the action, or state of existence :— Mbele anlevi : a pliable knife. Nti antekami : a crooked stick. * There is a subtle distinction to be made in selecting the nouns from which the adjective is to be formed. It is not possible to attach a quality which is visible and material to that which is invisible and immaterial. Neither can a purely abstract, immaterial quality, imperceptible to any of the senses, be ascribed to anything which is material and tangible ; these highly philosophical distinctions are very difficult to follow out sometimes, but the reason for constructing the adjectives in this way will be seen if consideration be more closely given to the actual idea to be conveyed. Muntu ampembe, a white person, cannot mean that the person is composed of whiteness, or that he is possessed by whiteness ; but that a being white is one of his qualities. From the infinitive of the verb pemba, to be white, the noun Pemba (9), whiteness, is formed, while umpembe expresses the abstract idea of whiteness ; but mpembe (2), a bei?ig white, is the noun from which the adjective is formed, and muntu ampembe is, therefore, a person pos¬ sessing the quality of being white. Again, ntiya represents the abstract idea of fiery nature, fieriness, derived from Tiya ,fire, and in forming the adjective which shall impart to a noun the quality of which fire is the ideal possessor, the adjective is not formed from the abstract word ntiya, but from the noun Tiya itself, whence comes -atiya, hot. Jita, heaviness , is a noun formed from the infinitive of the verb jita, to be heavy ; but the adjective, heavy, is formed from the noun Eyitu, weight, thus:— Lekwa kiejitu, a heavy thing. ( 559 ) A large number of useful adjectives are formed in this manner. Adjectives derived from nouns of the ist class follow a different rule • they art noted at the end of the adjectival clause. Participial Adjectives. The participle is also from its nature an adjective ; it takes, however, the verbal prefix, and carries the idea of time, as also the suffixes denoting the stage of completeness or otherwise of the action. Since there are as many participles as there are tenses present and past they again furnish a rich store of adjectives. ’ Examples. Maza mekukulanga : flowing water. Madia mavidi : cooked food. When a verb has a person for its object, it bears the personal pronominal prefix of the object as its first prefix (that is to say, the prefix nearest to the root). Participles formed from such verbs bear also these pronominal pre¬ Wantu bekutusaulanga: people hating us, or people who hate us. The Prefixes Applied to Adjectives. The history, theory, and form of the noun prefixes have been fully considered under the noun. It is there shown that in the archaic Kongo every noun possessed a prefix. A process of change has tended towards the elision or modification of some of these noun prefixes ; but with the exception of the prefixes mu, and the light' nasal, no such change has taken place with the prefixes applied to concordino- adjectives, &c. ; that is to say : — The archaic prefixes remain unchanged on concording adjectives. Classes i, 3, and 4, which in archaic Kongo bore the prefix mu in the singular impart no prefix to the adjective in the Primary form, but in the Secondary form the u is prefixed to the adjective, and becomes w before the formative a • so with the nouns of Class 2, singular, which was characterised by the light nasal, prefaced by i in the Primary form, no prefix is imparted to the adjective in the singular, while in the Secondary form the i only is imparted, which becomes y before the vowel a of the adjective.* In the plural the archaic ba is preserved in the ist class, za (or z?), in the 2nd class, and mi in the 3rd and 4th classes. Since the archaic prefixes are preserved intact in all but the first four classes, * It is interesting to note that, while adjectives, &c., receive the u of the archaic mu, verbs receive 0 or u as a subjective prefix, but the heavy nasal figures as the objective prefix. The subjective prefix of the ist person is in some tenses a light nasal, in others, i or y, but the ob¬ jective prefix of the ist person is a light nasal. The mu then appears to drop to pieces, and is some cases the nasal, or the vowel, remains So also the light nasal and its preceding i ; in some cases the nasal is left, in others the vowel i remains. The historic evidence recorded by these facts is all that can be at present deduced from them, but they need to be noted : in time they may supply some missing link in the final elaboration of the speech of the Bantu. ( 56o ) there is no difference between the Primary and Secondary forms in Classes 5 to 15. The verbal forms receive the prefix without any formative prefix a. In the 2nd class, plural ji ( -zi) appears, instead of z or za. Where the adjective has e for its initial, every a is elided, 11 becomes w, and i becomes y, according to euphonic law ; no other peculiarity exists. The following table illustrates the concord of the adjective in the Primary, Secondary, and Verbal forms. The adjective -anene, great, is one of the few which is found in a Verbal form, -nene, it is too great^ it therefore serves to instance all three forms ; the fourth and fifth columns illustrate the concord of the adjective derived from a noun of the 8th class, which therefore elides its formative prefix a before the e of the noun. The instance given is, -ejitu, heavy ( = aejitu), derived from the noun Ejitu, weight. Class. No. Primary. Secondary. Verbal. Primary. Secondary. T fS. Anene wanene unene ejitu wejitu I IP. Anene anene anene ejitu ejitu rs. Anene yanene inene ejitu y ejitu z IP. Zanene zanene jinene z ejitu zejitu 3 & 4 rs. Anene wanene unene ejitu wejitu IP. Mianene mianene minene miejitu miejitu 5 & 6 rs. Kianene kianene kinene kiejitu kiejitu Ip. Yanene yanene inene y ejitu y ejitu 7 & 8 /s. Dianene dianene dinene di ejitu diejitu IP. Manene manene manene mejitu mejitu A I s - Kwanene kwanene kunene kwejitu kwejitu 9 ip. Manene manene manene mejitu mejitu 10 & 11 rs. Luanene luanene lunene luejitu luejitu \p. Twanene twanene tunene twejitu twejitu 12 s. & P. Wanene wanene unene wejitu wejitu 13 rs. Wanene wanene unene wejitu wejitu ip. Manene manene manene mejitu mejitu 14 rs. Vanene vanene vanene vejitu vejitu ip. Mwanene mwanene munene mw ejitu mw ejitu 15 s. Fianene fianene finene fiejitu fiejitu An examination of the above table shows that the following are the prefixes by means of which the adjective concords with its noun Class. I. 2. 3 & 4. 5 & 6. 7 & 8. 9. 10&11. 12. 13 - 14. * 5 - 1 r Primary — — — ki di kw lu w w va fi. Sing. < Secondary w y w ki di kw lu w w va fi. 1 (. Verbal u i u ki di ku lu u u va fi. 1 f Primary a za mi y ma ma tw w w mw — Plur. < ) Secondary a za mi y ma ma tw w w mw — 1 < Verbal a ji mi i ma ma tu u u mu — The Comparison OF Adjectives. The comparison of the Kongo adjective is effected by naming, or pointing out the object to be compared, the statement is then made, that the one excels ( 56i ) the other, or others, in the particular quality ; thus, in comparing two chairs, Kongos would say :— E yandu yau ayole, kiakina kisundidi o wete : That one is the better of those two chairs, lit. the chairs these two, that one has excelled in goodness. In this case they speak of two chairs, pointing them out, then using the demonstrative pronoun in the correct position, they state that one excels in goodness. Again : — Eyayi yandu kiaki kisundidi kiakina o wete : These chairs, this one exceeds that one in goodness ; That is to say, of these chairs this is the best. In this case the chairs are named and pointed out by the demonstrative pronoun, then pointing to the one which is nearest, the demonstrative pronoun is again used, saying, that this one exceeds the other in goodness, and since the chair of inferior quality is further off than the good one, the demonstrative pronoun of the third position is used in pointing it out, so that in comparing two things, the Kongos name or point out the objects compared, and then state which excels the other. When a simple statement is made, that one is better than the other, or others, they remark only that one excels the other, as E kiandu kiadi nsolele kio, ekuma kisundidi o wete : I prefer this chair, because it excels in goodness. In this case the statement is simply made that the preference is given because it is consideied best; this is really a superlative. Kongos make no distinction in form when two objects or many are compared. Where two only are compared, they say at once this is the best, and the same if one excels a thousand. The nice distinction made in English by using a comparative degree when two only are compared, is not found in Kongo. Sunda, to excel , is the commonest verb used in making such comparison, but luta and vioka, to surpass, may be used when more appropriate. Nani asundidi e ngangu, oyandi kwandi osundidi: Who is the cleverest ? He is ; lit. who excelled cleverness ? He excelled. Nki olutidi o zolo ? Kiaki : W hich do you like best ? This one ; lit. which do you surpass in the liking ? This. Oyandi oviokele awanso o la : He is the tallest of all; lit. he surpasses all in height. The Adjectival Clause. With the adjective must be considered the adjectival clause, which is formed by the noun in the possessive case. In the sentence :— E mbele a mfumu aku itolokele : The knife of your chief is broken ; a mfumu aku, is an adjectival clause qualifying the noun mbele, knife. Such a clause possesses all the force and office of an adjective, and is intro¬ duced by the formative particle a, which is rendered in English by the pre- O o ( 562 ) position of. In Kongo, however, the formative fi article receives the prefixes of the concord, and is treated in every way as the formative prefix employed in the construction of an adjective. It follows, then, that as is the case with the prefix a, applied to adjectives, so the pa7'ticle a prefaced to the adjectival clause assumes the Primary and Secondary forms, in the same manner as any ordinary adjective receives the prefix of the concord. Class. i. 2. 3 & 4- 5 & 6. 7 & 8. 9- IO & II. 12. *3- 14. 15. Sing, -j f Primary a a a kia dia kwa lua wa wa va fia. l Secondary wa ya wa kia dia kwa lua wa wa va fia. Plur. -j f Primary a za mia ya ma ma twa wa ma mwa — [Secondary a za mia ya ma ma twa wa ma mwa — The concording particle a stands also where in English the prepositions to or for are used, when they introduce a reason, purpose, or direction. E mbele a zenga e kwanga : a knife for to cut kwanga. Etadi dia tunga o nlele : a sewing machine. lit. a machine for to sew cloth. Nsampatu za vwata : shoes to wear. Njila a Ngombe : the road to Ngombe. In the above instances it will be seen that each of the clauses introduced by the particle a is adjectival, hence the construction and the use of the particle. A further and like usage of the particle a is made when place or time are qualified, thus :— Edi mvangila lekwa eki, kia bakila e mbiji: I make this thing to catch fish with ; lit. this I make—for thing this for to catch—with fish. Ekiaki fulu kiabiza kia tungila e nzo : This is a good place to build a house. I kiau kiki e fulu kia vaikilanga o maza : This is the place where the water comes out at; lit. of to come out at the water. Lumbu kia vutuka yandi: The day of his return. lit. the day of to return him. Lumbu kia mfulwa a wantu : The Resurrection day. Una kia tungwanga e nzo (Kolo, time being understood after una) : When the house was being built: lit. (at the time), when of to be being built the house. Nouns of the first class do not combine with the prefix a to become adjectives, but instead an adjectival clause is made. The particle a precedes the noun, which may be singular or plural, accord¬ ing to the number of the noun qualified by the clause. A similar idiom in English is shown in the following examples : — Sing, nleke a nkento : a female child = a woman child. Plur. aleke a akento: female children = women children. ( 563 ) Sing, nleke a eyakala: a male child = a man child. Plu?. aleke a akala: male children=men children. e adjective, ank6irto, female, used of animals, &c., never ojpersons, concords as an ordinary adjective ; it is derived from an obsolete noun, nkento, a female ( non-personal ), and corresponds with ekoko, male (also non-personal). A similar kind of adjectival clause appears in a few adjectives formed from nouns of other classes ; thus :— j-unripe (of ground nuts), unripe (of nsafu). Sing, a eswenga: ) Plur. a maswenga : J Sing, a evala: ) Plur. a mavala: J Plur. a injingila : curly. nguba za maswenga : unripe ground nuts, nsafu za mavala : unripe nsafu. nsuki za injingila : curly hair. -nkwa. An adjectival clause is also introduced by the particle -nkwa, derived from the noun nkwa, the possessor op o?ie possessing ,; one who is , was, has, had,, will be, &c. No formative prefix or particle is used in its construction : -nkwa is ollowed by the noun of the quality, or of the thing possessed. It may be ren¬ dered in English by possessing, who is, are, was, were, has, have, had, &c., or t e whole clause translated by the adjective corresponding with the noun of the quality, or of the thing possessed ; thus :— Nkombo jinkwa wika wandombe: Goats which have black hair, or black haired goats. Nti miawonso minkwa mvuma zampembe : All trees which have white flowers, or all white flowered trees. Nsusu jinkwa nsala zandombe : Fowls having black feathers, or of black plumage, or black plumaged fowls. Nuni jinkwa nzala: Birds which are hungry, or hungry birds. When nkwa qualifies persons, or nouns of the first class, it does not become an adjective, but figures as noun in apposition.* Its use in reference to persons is instanced in the following sentences :— Aleke akwa kiese: Children who are happy, or who are the possessors of happiness, or who possess happiness. Akwa ndombe: Black people, or people who are black. Muntu.ndiona nkwa mvu mingi : That aged man, that man of many years, lit. that man possessing many years. * This, however, is but an actual following of the rule and form of other adjectives formed from nouns of the ist class, since nkwa takes no formative particle or prefix. ( 564 ) When -nkwa is used before a verb in the infinitive, it is translated by lest, or by the future tenses of the verb ; thus :— Toma kanga e nkombo jinkwa taya : Tie the goats carefully lest they run away, or tie the goats carefully (if not)they will run away : lit. they are possessors (of the power) of to run away. Nata e vevo (knma) kunkwa noka: Take an umbrella, it is going to rain. It (the weather) is the possessor (of the purpose) of to rain. It is not easy to render literally some of these usages -of nkwa, but the idea of possessing may be traced in all. Quantitative Adjectives. Under this head are grouped adjectives which qualify nouns, not by ascribing to them a quality, but regarding them as masses, or individuals, or parts taken from such masses. With the exception of konso, any, they concord as ordinary adjectives. -ingi. Ingi, when used with singular nouns, is rendered by great , but with plural nouns, it is only a quantitative adjective, equivalent to many or much j the latter being only used in reference to liquids, or to substances regarded in bulk or volume. Examples. Etadi dingi : a great stone. Eyakala dingi : a great man ; hence a courageous man (very manly). Lekwa kingi : a great thing. Lekwa yingi : many things. Twavu twingi : many adzes. Matadi mengi : many stones. Sengexi wingi : much sand. Maza mengi : much water. Maji mengi: much oil. Since its stem has i for its initial, the concording prefixes undergo euphonic change in some cases, a combining with i as e. The Primary, Secondary, and Verbal forms are identical. Class — 1. Table of the concord of -ingi. 2. 3 & 4 - 5 & 6. 7 & 8. 9 - Sing, wingi, < 1 yingi ^ or wingi, kingi, dingi, kwingi. 1 Plur. engi, - ingi, . f jmgi, mingi, < or • mengi, mengi. Class — 10 & 11. ingi, 12. 13. 14. is- Sing, luingi, wingi, wingi, vengi, fmgi. Plur. twingi, wingi, mengi, mwingi, — Its verbal form is rendered by too great in the singular, by too many in the plural, and by too much before nouns found only in the plural. ( 565 ) E etadi diadi dingi: this stone is too great. 0 matadi mama mengi: these stones are too many. 0 maza mama mengi : this water is too much. -aymgi. inri ro "avinS m\v hT^ ^7 f ° rm ’ ' ayingi ’ slightIy more emphatic than thfo’rdh^ adSv. » 7 Verysreat ' "“W ™>‘h. Jt concords as c Oi canary adjective in a, such as -anene, given above. -akete. -andwelo. irn^Sfr are USed in the Sh,gUlar and P ,ural express the idea of Nti andwelo : a small tree. Nti miandwelo : small trees, or few trees. Maza makete i a little water. Mfumfu akete: a little flour. They are perfectly regular in their concord, and possess verbal forms -kete and -luolo, too smalt, too few, too little, which are also regular. ’ -akaka. This adjective is equivalent to other, another, some other, more, or and is peifectly regular in its concord, but has no verbal form. ’ Limbu kiakaka : another day. Maza makaka: some more water. Muntn akaka : another person. Ke nti una ko wakaka nzolele : not that stick, I want another. -aka. .. A ^, a IS used ° n 'y as an emphatic, and always precedes the noun it qualifies • . 15 t ’ ieiefoie only found in the Secondary form, and preceded by the article’ In other respects it is perfectly regular. ’ eqU1Vale , nt to some ’ some °f, P art «f, ’’tore, some more j other, others of, another, sevej'al. 5 0 maka maza i some of the water. E zaka ntangwa: sometimes, or other times. E kiaki lumbu : the other day. E yaba lekwa: several of the things. -awanso. -awonso. -awansono. -awonsono. The above are equivalent to all, every, every one, each, each one, the whole of tnem, every one all of them, or the lot. They are regular in all their forms Awansono and awonsono are slightly more emphatic, and are seldom used except at the commencement or at the end of a sentence. ( 566 ) Examples. Twasa e lekwa yawanso : Bring all the things. Wautu awonso bavwidi kwiza : All the people have come. Bokela awansono: Awansono akwa ngangu: Call all of them. They are all of them sly. -konso. Konso always precedes the noun it qualifies, and is equivalent to any , some r whoever, whichever , whatever; it is an invariable adjective since it receives no prefixes and concords in no way with its noun. Some day. Konso lumbu: Konso lekwa ozolele bonga kwaku : Take anything you like. Any plantain. Konso dinkondo: Kwa. There is also an interrogative adjective of quantity, kwa, how much , how many. It can only be used with nouns in the plural. In the Primary form it is invariable. Its Secondary form receives the same prefixes as the adjectives in verbal forms. The following table exhibits the concord of the secondary form of kwa :— Class — i. 2. 3 & 4. 5 & 6. 7, 8, & 9. Akwa, jikwa, mikwa, ikwa, makwa. tnkwa, nkwa, makwa, nmkwa, Nti kwa ? mintann : How many trees ? Five. Mikwa mina kuna? mintanu? How many are there ? Five? Maki kwa asumbidi? How many eggs did you buy? Makwa osumbidi ? How many did you buy ? {speaking also of eggs). Nkombo kwaomwene? Jitanu. Jikwa? How many goats did you see ? Five. How many ? NUMERALS. Enumeration is effected by Kongos in the following manner They count up to ten, then multiply the tens as far as a hundred, multiply the hundreds to a thousand, multiply again the thousands to tens and hundreds of thousands, and to millions ; units, tens, hundreds, &c., being connected by he conjunction ya or ye, and. The numerals follow the nouns they qualify * Cardinal Numerals. The cardinal numerals from i to io are adjectives, and possess Primary and secondary forms just as any other adjectives. In their Primary form, the cardinal numerals from i to 6 inclusive are vari a Die and concord with the noun they qualify ; from 7 to 10 they are invariable! In the Secondary form they are all variable from 1 to 10 inclusive The following are the stems of the cardinal numerals from 1 to 10 1 -moxi. 2 -ole. 3 -tatu. 4 -ya. 5 -tanu. 6 -sambanu. 7 -nsambwadi. 8 -nana. 9 -vwa. 10 -kumi. The tables on following pages will show the forms proper to each class : — of calculation^ n ,, ™ Cy has d °n e much to develop generally the Kongos’ power , ■ , Untli some twent y or twenty-five years ago small mats of cloth, 4 inches by ?‘" Ch J S m Were . used in bundles of 10 (?) each as a standard of value. In the year 188 r they were still sometimes used in the neighbourhood of Vivi, and one of those bundles is TR^ U !'b PO 0 SeSS ‘ On ' ? X WCre su P erseded i" Kongo by a red olive bead ; but about the year thevnVi/TTr” traderson thecoast introduced a hexagonal blue pipe bead with which they paid for the native produce, receiving the beads back in exchange for such cloth and «rrough S th W e e c r :unfiy U ‘ red * ““ Ttee ^ S °° n beCame the stand “ d “™cy 567 ( 568 ) Primary i. ii. III. & IV. V. & VI. VII. & VIII. I Variable. moxi moxi moxi kimoxi dimoxi 2 ole or wole zole miole yole mole 3 tatu. tatu ntatu tatu matatu 4 ya ya nya ya maya 5 tanu tanu ntanu tanu matanu 6 sambanu sambanu nsambanu sambanu masambanu 7 Invariable. nsambwadi nsambwadi nsambwadi nsambwadi nsambwadi 8 nana nana nana nana nana 9 vwa vwa vwa vwa vwa IO kumi kumi kumi kumi kumi 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 io Secondary ' i. ii. III. & IV. V. & VI. VII. & VIII. Variable. umoxi awole imoxi umoxi kimoxi dimoxi or nwole atatu jizole mimiole iyole memole or ntatu jitatu mintatu itatu mematatu aya or nya atanu jiya minya iya memaya or ntanu asambanu jitanu mintanu itanu mematanu or nsambanu ansambwadi jisambanu minsambanu isambanu memasambanu or nsambwadi jinsambwadi min samb wadi insambwadi mansambwadi anana or enana jiana minana inana manana avwa or evwa akumi jivwa mivwa ivwa mavwa or ekumi jikumi mikumi ikumi makumi 1 ( 569 ) Form. IX. X. & XI. XII. XIII. t XVI. XV. kumoxi mole matatu maya matanu lasambanu lumoxi tole tutatu tuya tutanu | tusambanu umoxi wole tatu ya tanu sambanu umoxi mole matatu maya matanu masambanu vamoxi mole mutatu muya mutanu i musambanu fimoxi Vi § Lsambwadi nana vwa kumi J nsambwadi nana vwa kumi nsambwadi nana vwa kumi 1 nsambwadi nana vwa kumi nsambwadi nana vwa kumi 7 ORM. IX. X. & XI. XI. XIII. XIV. XV. kumoxi lumoxi umoxi umoxi vamoxi fimoxi memole tutole uwole memole mumole lematatu tutatu utatu mematatu mutatu itnemaya tuya uya memaya muya .ematanu tutanu - utanu mematanu mutanu aasambanu tusambanu usambanu memasambanu musambanu :sambwadi tunsambwadi unsambwadi mansambwadi munsambwadi nanana tunana unana manana munana navwa tuvwa uvwa mavwa muvwa . lakumi tukumi ukumi makumi mukumi ( 570 ) From the preceding tables it will be seen that in the primary form no prefix is added in Classes I., II., V., VI., and XII., except in the case of -moxi and -ole, which retain their prefixes, because the stem of moxi has a nasal initial, and that of ole a vowel initial. The prefixes ma, tu, and mu, are never dropped ; they combine with the vowel o of -ole, and become mo, to, and mo ; while Classes III. and IV. take the heavy nasal before the numerals 3, 4, 5, and 6. Nouns of the 2nd class having a final are often pronounced as though the final a was e before moxi, zole, tatu, ya, tanu, sambaim, nana, vwa, kumi, that is to say, before all but nsambwadi.* Mbwa zole : two dogs, is pronounced Mbw’ ezole. It will be noted also that the Secondary forms of the cardinal numerals are all variable. They are formed from the Primary cardinals by adding a further prefix ; thus the simple form of three used with a noun of the 8th class is matatu ; its Secondary form is mematatu (or sometimes, less correctly, ma- matatu). Where the Primary form has dropped its prefix, the Secondary form only wears one prefix ; thus tatu takes jitatu for its Secondary form in Class II. Class I. has two Secondary forms, the one following the ordinary rule which prefixes a to the cardinals, the other which prefixes the heavy nasal to the Primary form ; the latter being more commonly used. Nouns which only wear the plural form, such as makangU, a friend, require their plural characteristic prefix to be attached even to moxi, one j thus :— Makangu mamoxi : one friend. When the units (from 1 to 10) are used as complements to tens, the above forms are correct, but an invariable series are also very commonly employed^ as follows :— 1 moxi. 2 fzole. 3 tatu. 4 ya. 5 tanu. Thus it is correct to say :— 6 sambanu. 7 nsambwadi. 8 nana. 9 vwa. 10 kumi. Matadi kumiyezole : twelve stones, as well as— Matadi kumi ye mole. Wivwa makumatanu ye zole : fifty-two mushrooms, as well as— Wivwa makumatanu ya wole. * The e cannot be a prefix to the numeral, otherwise O and U final would be pronounced as w, which is never the case. Nzo zole : two houses, never: nzw ezole. f It is difficult to understand why the prefix z appears in zole, but it will be noticed that it occurs also in the ordinary stem, -ezole, second. i (571 ) When units are used after hundreds or thousands, &c., without tens being - mentioned ,, these forms are never used ; thus • 102 stones is always— Matadi nkama ye mole, never zole. The numerals from 5 to 10 inclusive are sometimes used substantively thus Etanu : a five. Esambanu : a six. Nsambwadi : a seven. Enana : an eight. Evwa : a nine. Ekumi : a ten. With the exception of nsambwadi, which belongs to Class II., they bear the prefix e, and belong to Class VIII. ; when thus used, they precede the noun- 1 fie following are instances of their employment :— Etanu dia wantu \ five men ; lit. a five of men. Esambanu dia nti j six trees \ lit. a six of trees. Nsambwadi a lekwa : seven things. Enana dia nsusu : eight fowls. Evwa dia matadi : nine stones. Ekumi dia malungu : ten canoes. Enana dia wantu divwida vondwa muna diambu diadi: Some eight men have been put to death over this palaver. The numbers from 1 to 4 have also substantival forms, which could only be used in a multiplication table, or some such employment:— Emoxi : a one. f Emole : a two. Etatu : a three. Eya : a four. They all belong to Class VIII., and form their plurals in ma. Examples. Mamole maya, enana : four times two are eight; lit. twos four eight. Matatu mole sambanu : twice three are six ; lit. two threes six. There is a special form of the numerals from 1 to 10 which is used only in counting :— 1 koxi. 2 kole. 3 kutatu. 4 kuya. 5 kutanu. The following serve as instances of the Nzo zole : two houses. 6 kusambanu. 7 nsambwadi. 8 enana. 9 evwa. 10 ekumi. use of the numerals from 1 to 10 :— Nzo kwa? jitatu : how many houses ? three. Nti nya : four trees. Nti kwa ? minsambwadi : how many trees ? seven. ( 572 ) Lekwa tatu : three things. Lekwa kwa? itatn: how many things ? three. Maki maya mamhote, memole mamhi; makwa ? memaya mambote, memole niambi : four good eggs, two bad ones; how many ? four good, two bad. Wivwakwa? nsambwadi: how many mushrooms ? seven, luma nana; mukwa ? munana : eight places ; how many ? eight. Fimbele flame fimoxi fivididi : one little knife of mine is lost. From ii to 19 the numerals are expressed by kumi, followed by the unit with the conjunction ya or ye placed between them. Ya may be used before units which bear concord prefixes, but before no others ; ye before any numeral. 11 kumi ye moxi. 16 12 kumi ye zole. 17 13 kumi ye tatu. 18 14 kumi ye ya. 19 15 kumi ye tanu. kumi ye sambanu. kumi ye nsambwadi. kumi ye nana. kumi ye vwa. The invariable form only of the units is instanced above, their Primary and Secondary forms may also be used after tens, thus :— Matadi kumi ye tatu, or matadi kumi ye matatu : 13 stones. From 20 to 60 the numerals are contractions of makumi, tens, and its multi¬ ple ; from seventy to ninety a special form is used, as follows :— 20 makumole (from makumi mole). 30 makumatatu (from makumi matatu). 40 makumaya (from makumi maya). 50 makumatanu (from makumi matanu). 60 makumasambanu (from makumi masambanu). 70 lusambwadi (for makumi nsambwadi). 80 lunana (for makumi nana). 90 luvwa (for makumi vwa). The uncontracted forms are very seldom used. When it is necessary to add units, the rule is the same as for the numerals from 11 to 19. The higher numbers are as follows :— A hundred : nkama (II.). A thousand : ezunda (VIII.). Ten thousand : kiaji (V.). A hundred thousand : elundu (VIII.). A million : efuku (VIII.). The conjunction ye is used when joining tens, hundreds, thousands, &c. The following will instance these combinations : — Kumiyetanu: 15. Makumole ye ya: 24. Matadi nkama ye makumatanu ye mematanu: 155 stones ; lit. stones a hundred and fifty and five. Ezunda, ye nkama nana ye lunana ye nsambwadi: 1887. Mafuku mole ye malundu maya ye yaji yole, ye mazunda matatu, ye nkama zole ye luvwa ye vwa : 2,423,299. Very often in expressing such compound numerals, the first and highest ( 573 ) number appears a noun, and precedes the noun it qualifies, the preposition a, of coming between them ; thus 1 1 Nkama a lekwa ye makumatanu : 150 things ; lit. a hundred of things and fifty Ezunda dia matadi ye nkama zole ye makumatanu: 1,250 stones ; lit. a thousand of stones and two hundred and fifty The noun may be inserted after the second high numeral, when the clause is veiy complex ; thus the above sentence may appear as :_ Ezunda ye nkama zole ya matadi ye makumatanu. lh ° C “* the noun is repeated, but it is considered to be rather awkward, Ezunda dia matadi, yo matadi nkama zole, ye makumatanu. In counting beads some special numeral terms are employed 25 nfuku U ( ( X ‘and ® n fiVeS,C0Unting the beads on the strin S fire at a time). mfuku tatu (three fifties), mfuku tanu (five fifties). , mbondo (II.). kulaji (VI.). In geneial enumeration 17 is often spoken of as Makumole makondwa tatu = 20—3. So 18, 19, 27, 28, 29, 95, 96, 97, &c., are spoken as 20, 30, 100, &c., less 1 - 3 5, &c., as the case may be. J ’ ’ J 2} 99 : nkama ikondwa moxi. r 99 ° • ezunda dikondwa kumi. When the cardinal numerals combine with the demonstrative pronouns they aie expiessed by the subjective personal pronoun, followed by the Secondary foim of the cardinal numerals prefixed by the particle a* thus •— ‘ 5 uumsecv for’ n 7 f‘ 7 '' ^ ^ CL IH - P 1 ' S jitatu=card. num., secy, lor, Cl. III., pi. - a^prefix. Examples. Nkombo zau ajitatu r Those three goats. Matadi mau amemole: Those two stones. Abundu yau atanu i Those five slaves. Another form identical in force is constructed by placing the subjective Der sonal pronoun before the special contracted form of the numerals given in the following tables :— 6 LUC 50 150 250 500 1000 Numerals Combined with the Demonstratives. Numerals. l L 1 lr - III. & IV. V. & VI. 1 2 3 4 5 6 yandi amoxi yau ewole f) etatu » eya „ etanu „ esambanu zau emoxi zau ezole „ etatu » eya „ etanu „ esambanu wau amoxi miau amiole ,, antatu „ anya „ antanu „ ansambanu kiau akimoxi yau ayole „ atatu „ aya „ atanu j, asambanu derivIu e ,e a „oun! ed “ Pr0bab ' y idenUCaI W “ h that em P Io red in the construction of .he r 9 th ( 574 ) Numerals. VII. & VIII. IX. X. & XI. XII. I diau adimoxi kwau akumoxi luau alumoxi mau aumoxi 2 mau emole mau emole twau etole wau awole 3 „ etatu „ etatu „ etatu „ atatu 4 » eya „ eya „ eya „ aya 5 „ etanu „ etanu „ etanu „ atanu 6 „ esambanu „ esambanu „ esambanu „ asambanu Numerals. XIII. XIV. XV. I mau aumoxi vau avamoxi fiau afimoxi 9 mau emole mau emole 3 „ etatu >» etatu is 4 „ eya 5 ) eya s. 5 „ etanu 5 ) etanu £ 6 „ esambanu esambanu Numerals. VII. & VIII. 7. ansambwadi \ 8. enana 9. evwa 1 10. ekumi 11. ekumi ye moxi &c. > From 7 upwards the forms are identical in each class. The numerals from 20 upwards receive the prefix a upon the ordinary form, and thus take their place after the pronoun. Examples . 0 mankondo mau amakumole ye tanu : Those 25 plaintain. E nkombo zau ankama zole : These 200 goats. Where it is necessary to demonstrate, and to be very emphatic, one of the forms of the demonstrative pronoun may precede the personal pronoun ; in that case the contracted form of the numeral is preferred, thus E nkombo zajina zau ekumi : Those 10 goats yonder 0 mankondo emo mau eya : Those (near) 4 plantain. -awa -moxi, the same , alike , is in reality identical with the forms for the numeral 1 in the foregoing table. E nkombo zajina zawa jimoxi (= zau ajimoxi): Those goats are alike, i.e. are one. Dinkondo diadi diawa dimoxi ( = diau adimoxi): This plaintain is the same, i.e. is one. ( 575 ) The Ordinal Numerals. e ordinal numerals are a series of adjectives formed from the numerical nouns (with the exception of -antet % first), as follows 1st : 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th loth -antete. -ezole. -etatu. -eya. -etanu. -esambanu. -ansambwadi. -enana. -evwa. -ekumi. nth : 12th : 13th : 20th: 2 ist : 30th : 1 ooth : 101st: 102nd &c., &c -ekumi ye moxi. -ekumi ye zole. -ekumi ye tatu. -amakumole. -amakumole ye moxi. -amakumatatu. -ankama. -ankama ye moxi. ankama ye zole. It will be seen that many are adjectives in e; they follow the same rules as other adjectives which have e for their initial. The ordinal numeral adiectives are nearly always used after the relative pro- ^ the n0U " Secondary form Lekwa kina kiezole : the second thing ; lit. the thing that which is the second, is preferred to lekwa kiezole. Examples. Elonga nzolele dina diamakumole ye tanu : I wish for the 25 th plate 0 mbaku una wankama ye kumi ye tanu : The 115th piece of cloth 0 nti una wesambanu : The 6th tree. Partitive Numerals. .R T o ePartItiVenUmeraISare ex P ressed b y doubling the cardinal numerals tne Primary or Secondary forms, whichever may be needed ; thus : — Ubavana mankondo mole mole : Give them two plantains each Babongele jitanu jitanu : They took five each. (mbele, knives , being understood). Mpangidi zo nkama nkama: I made a hundred of each of them ; lit. I made them a hundred, a hundred. Benatanga mazunda matatu matatu : They are carrying three thousand at a time. Besumbanga zo makumatanu makumatanu : They are buying them in fifties. of Alternating Numerals. A series alternately. of alternating numerals are used after the verb swanga, to put identical in form with the secondary cardinal numerals ; thus •_ Ubaswanga nwole nwole: Put them alternately, two of one kind, two of another. Swanga e ndombe ye mbwaki jitanu jitanu : Put them alternately five black, and five red ; is to say, five black, then five red, then five black, and so on. THE PRONOUN. The Pronouns m Kongo may be conveniently classified as follows :— Personal, Possessive, Interrogative, Demonstrative, Relative. The Personal Pronoun. Nouns which designate rational beings belong to the first class, and only nouns of the first class can be represented by pronouns of the ist and 2nd person. The subjective form of the pronoun is used when the noun it represents is the subject of the verb; it always precedes the verb. The subjective personal pro¬ nouns are given in all their forms in the following tables. The first column gives the person, the second the class, the third and fourth the singular and plural forms. The first, second, and third persons of the ist class are rendered in English by :—I, thou , he , or she, we, you, they; those of classes 2-15 in the singular by \—it; in the plural by '.—they. Table of Subjective Pronouns. Person. Class. Singular. Plural. I. I mono yeto II. nge or ngeye yeno III. yandi yau 2 yau zau 3 & 4 wau miau 5 & 6 kiau yau 7 & 8 diau mau 9 kwau mau 10 & 11 luau twau 12 wau wau 13 wau mau 14 vau mwau 15 fiau — The objective form of the pronoun is used to represent the noun which figures as the object of the verb. It always follows immediately after the verb, or its auxiliary if one is used. 576 ( 577 ) Table of Objective Pronouns. Person. I. II. Class. Singular. Plural. I mono yeto III. nge or ngeye yeno yandi yau 2 yo zo 3 & 4 5 & 6 wo kio mio yo mo 7 & 8 dio 9 ko mo io & 11 lo to 12 wo wo 13 wo mo H VO mo 15 fio nouns :-° Wmg "* >nSt!lnCeS of the use of the subjective and objective pro- Mono nkwiza: T R e e r eWiZa: VoTcreZ iMau bele o unu: T l oi , E nkombo zame azeyi? zau jikwiza: Where ^rTmy goatf? They are Yandi omwene yeto: coming. Ovo e nkombo jikwiza, sumba zo : Sasa e mbiji, i boxi yangi yo: Untwikila o twavu yalengela to: Toma mo ximba: Ovitidi kio sumba: T _ , . • nrst Dougnt it. • certam constructions (unnatural negative, &c.), or where special emnh^k case'theSubjective form ^ ^ itS Verb ’ in -“eh He saw us. If the goats come, buy them. Cut up the meat, then boil it. Send me the adzes that I may sharpen them for you. Hold them carefully. He first bought it. Examples. Nga osumbanga e nsusu e ? zau nsumbanga: Are you buying the fowls ? I am buying them. Vava njiuwidi e nkele, mau kimoni: ,,,, .i ^ h , en } °P ened the box I did not see them. exwessL o 6 f Z m and kwenda - *> S°, are used with a verb expressive of the motive or purpose, a special form is induced in the verb of the purpose. When an objective pronoun is the object of the verb of purpose h theVerb linsfollv “d * T** ^ C ° mbination with the prefix’of e verb. All is fully explained under the auxiliary verb, section kwiza nml kwenda, these remarks will suffice to direct the attention tl^re. Pronominal Prefixes. Whether the noun or the pronoun of the subject is mentioned or not the verh r ceives a pronominal prefix corresponding and proper to the person’ number and class of its subject. See also imder the Verb. ’ ’ Their force is identical with that of the personal pronouns. P P ( 573 ) Table of Subjective Pronominal Prefixes. Person. Class. Singular. Plural. I. I fn, m {light)} tu, tw Uy / II. 0,11, w nu, nw HI. To, u, w, ke, e\ be, e, ba, a Ika, a / 2 i, y ji, za 3 & 4 mu, mw mi 5 & 6 ki i,y 7 & 8 di me, ma 9 ku, kw me, ma 10 & 11 lu tu, tw 12 u, w u, w 13 u, w me, ma 14 va, ve mu, mw 15 fi — When the object of a verb belongs to Class 1, and is represented by a pro- noun, a pronominal prefix is often used to express it ; this is never the case when the object belongs to Classes 2 to 15. Table of Objective Pronominal ] Prefixes. Class 1 ojily. Person. Singular. Plural. I. n, m {light) tu II. none nu III. n, m {heavy) a, ba, aba When an adjective qualifies a personal pronoun (or, more correctly speaking, a noun represented by its personal pronoun), a pronominal prefix is attached to the adjective. In the first person sing., the demonstrative verbal particle 1, I am, &c., precedes the adjective, which then assumes the secondary form proper to muntu, a person, which is then understood. In the other persons prefixes are added to the adjective, as in the following table :— Person. Singular. Plural. I. i, w- tu or tw II. u or w nu or nw III. uorw ba The application of these prefixes to the adjective is instanced in the following table, taking as example : — -Anene: great. -Nene : too great. -Ebeni : large {an adjective i?i e). Person. Singular. Primary or Secondary. Verbal. Adjectives in E. I. i wanene inene i webeni II. wanene unene webeni III. wanene unene webeni Plural. I. twanene tunene twebeni II. nwanene nunene nwebeni III. banene banene bebeni ( 579 ) second n pers n o 0 n Un the n n d o *“ . appositi ?" ' t0 a P ers ™^l pronoun of thefhWT follows ’ Un 1S preceded b y a pronominal particle, or prefix, as Pe l S ° n ‘ Singular. Plural . TT , 1 U. _ _ tu ‘W 'he only forms nicn can appear before a pronoun. Th^e e is P ” , ° n t 5 ;V S US ^ d u in a ®rmative, and ya in negative sentences, ere is a contracted form of the pronoun combined with the yo or ya Person. - j j ■ Sing. Plur. IIT. yandi. yau. L ii. yame yaku yeto yeno ya-f yandi becoming yandi. ya+yeto „ yeto. ya+yeno „ ye no. T l ., , ya+yau „ yan. singular mono a Y° 5UCh COmbinations wi ‘h the first and second persons same stem as that • A f °' m baS been made ’ however, from the viz me Zrl T their possessive pronouns have been formed, completed. d * ’ ya+me= y ame and ya+ku=yaku. The series is thus The following table illustrates the declension of pronouns Person. Subjective. Objective. 'IX Wl pi U 11 UU 113 With the Locative With ya or yo. Singular. I. mono : I mono: me kwamono: to for, by, &c., me yotfryamono, yame : with me II. nge, ngeye : thou nge, ngeye: thee kwa nge, kwa ngeye : to, for, by, &c., thee yo or ya nge, yo ory& nge¬ ye, yakn : with thee III. yandi: he or she yan, wan, ki- an, dian, kwan, lnan, vau or fian : it yandi : him or her yo, wo, kio, dio, ko, lo, vo or fio : it kwa yandi: to, for, by, &c.; him, her, or it. yo ory a yandi, yandi : with him, her or it Plural. I. yeto : we yeto : us kwa yeto : to, for, by, &c., us yo or ya yeto, yeto : with us II. yeno : you yeno : you kwa yeno : to, for, by, &c., you yo or ya yeno, yeno : with you III. yan : they zan,mian,yan, man, twan, wan or mwan : they yan : them zo, mio, yo, mo, to or wo : them kwa yan: to, for, by, &c., them yo or ya yau, yan : with them ( 582 ) Examples of the oblique cases :— Nzo a mono eyayi: E nti miomio mia yandi: Vana zo kwa yandi: Kiaki kivangilu kwa yau: Twika o madia knna kwa yau: Yeto kweto tukwenda yaku: Kakedi yame ko: Kunwani yeto ko: Wele kwandi yau: This is my house. Those trees are his. Give them to him. This was made by them. Send the food to them. We will go with thee. He was not with me. Do not fight with us. He is gone with them. Possessive Pronouns. The possessive pronouns are adjectival and concord with the nouns they qualify by receiving the prefix proper to their class and number, just as any ordinary adjectives. They possess primary and secondary forms, and in that respect also they follow the laws of adjectives. The stems of the possessive pronouns are as follows I. Singular. Plural. person -ame -eto. II. » -aku -eno. III. » -andi -au. Table of Possessive Pronouns. Class. Number. Form. -ame. -aku. -andi. -eto. -eno. -au. Primary. my, thy, his, hers, its. our, your. their. Secondary. mine. thine. do., do. ours. yours. theirs. sing. prim. ame aku andi eto eno au T / ) sec. wame waku wandi weto weno wau A V ) pi. prim. ame aku andi eto eno au sec. ame aku andi eto eno au ' sing. prim. ame aku andi eto eno au 2 < ) sec. yame yaku yandi yeto yeno yau ) pi. prim. zame zaku zandi zeto zeno zau sec. zame zaku zandi zeto zeno zau | ' sing. prim. ame aku andi eto eno au 3 & 4 < ^ sec. wame waku wandi weto weno wau ) pi. prim. miame miaku miandi mieto mieno miau 1 sec. miame miaku miandi mieto mieno miau 5 & 6 jsmg. g Ipl. g kiame yame kiaku yaku kiandi yandi kieto yeto kieno yeno kiau yau 7 & 8 f sing. £ E diame diaku diandi dieto dieno diau \ pl - ^ mame maku mandi meto meno mau rsing. u f kwame kwaku kwandi kweto kweno kwau 9 ipl. 'g B mame maku mandi meto meno mau IO & I I / sm £- 8 £ luame luaku luandi lueto lueno luau \pl. «« u twame twaku twandi tweto tweno twau 12 /sing• 'g .S wame waku wandi weto weno wau ipi. * * wame waku wandi weto weno wau 13 . u ( Sln g- a '5 wame waku wandi weto weno wau Ip 1 - .1 ^ mame maku mandi meto meno mau H f smg. vame vaku vandi veto veno vau ipi- JS mwame mwaku mwandi mweto mweno mwau 15 sing. ^ flame fiaku fiandi fieto fieno fiau ( 5§3 ) Examples. Samba e mbele ame : Buy my knife. Kisumba kwame yaku ko : I will not buy yours. Bele abongi e nti miau : They are gone to fetch their posts Ku tumwene miau ko : We did not see theirs. Mankondo meno ke mabiza ko diame kaka diabiza : Your plantains are not good, mine only is good. Mwana ame welo kwandi : My son is gone Bavwidi yiya e lekwa yame yawonso, yo luavu luame, yo luayi (6 th class) *TV° y ivwa » yame, ye fimbwambwa flame, yo wanda wame rnpe. They have stolen all my things, my adze, and my axe, my mush- rooms, my little dog, and my net too. When special emphasis is desired as to the person possessing, the possessive pronoun may precede the noun it qualifies when mentioned ; when not men- tioned the pronoun commences the sentence. In such a case it assumes the secondary form, and receives as a prefix the article proper to the class and number of the noun possessed. The following table exhibits the forms results *6 • Person. ISt Class. Number. Singular. I / sing. owame Ipl. ame 2 f sing. eyame Ipl. ezame 3 & 4 /sing. owame \ pi. emiame 5 & 6 /sing. ekiame Ipl. eyame 7 & 8 /sing. ediame Ipl. omame Q /sing. okwame y Ipl. omame IO & 11 / sing. oluame Ipl. otwame 12 sing. & pi. owame 13 / sing. owame Ipl. omame 14 {sing. ovame Ipl. omwame 15 sing. efiame Table of the Possessive Pronouns. 2nd Singular. owaku aku eyaku ezaku owaku emiaku ekiaku eyaku ediaku omaku okwaku omaku oluaku otwaku owaku owaku omaku ovaku omwaku efiaku Singular. Plural. 2UU Plural. 3™ Plural. owandi oweto oweno owau andi eto eno au eyandi eyeto eyeno eyau ezandi ezeto ezeno ezau owandi oweto oweno owau emiandi emieto emieno emiau ekiandi ekieto ekieno ekiau eyandi eyeto eyeno eyau ediandi edieto edieno ediau omandi ometo omeno omaii okwandi okweto okweno okwau omandi ometo omeno omau oluandi olueto olueno oluau otwandi otweto otweno otwau owandi oweto oweno owau owandi oweto oweno owau omandi ometo omeno omau ovandi oveto oveno ovau omwandi omweto omweno omwau efiandi efieto efieno efiau Examples. Ezaku nsusu kisumba zo kwame ko: I will not buy fowls of yours I )m Q lr 'll m a H -i o lrn z ~ . \rr-%* J Your food is not cooked. My knife is lost. That gun of yours is not good. Omaku madia ke mavidi ko : Eyame mbele ivididi: Owaku nkele ka wabiza ko : ( 534 ) Interrogative Pronouns. Nkia. The interrogative nkia, who , which , what , is invariable, and is only used before the noun to which it refers ; thus :— Nkia muntu wijidi ? What person is come ? Nkia lekwa ozolele ? Which thing do you wish for ? Mu nkia diambu wijidi? For what reason have you come ? Mu nkia nzo kakotele ? Into what house did he enter ? When used with a noun denoting a locality, they are often rendered by where , whither, whe?ice :— Vana nkia fulu oxixidi kio ? At what place did you leave it, or where did you leave it ? When nkia is used with the abstract nouns of size, length, bulk, &c., it is frequently rendered in English by how followed by the adjective corresponding to the abstract noun, thus :— Nkia la? What length, or how long ? Nkia nene kina ? How big is it ? lit. what size is it ? When used with nouns of time, nkia and its nouns are frequently rendered by when. Examples. Nkia ntangwa ? What time, or when ? Nkia mvu ? What year, or when ? Nkia ngonde ? What month, or when ? Nkia, and the following interrogative nki are declined in the same manner as the personal pronoun. Nki. The interrogative nki is never used with a substantive, the noun (thing) to which it refers being always understood. Nki = what thing ? It is invariable, and is never used when referring to a person. Examples. Nki kiokio ? What is that ? Nki kina mu ? What is in it ? Nki kanete ? What did he bring ? When the noun is mentioned, nkia takes the place of nki. Nani. Nani is an invariable interrogative used only of persons, the noun (i.e. the person to which it refers) not being mentioned. Examples. Nani umbokele ? Who called me ? Nani ovangidi kio ? Who made it ? Nani is used in inquiring the name of a person. Nkunibu andi nani ? What is his name ? lit. his name is who ? Nani is declined in the same manner as the personal pronoun. Example. Muna nzo a nani ? In whose house ? ( 5«5 ) Akinani. The prefix aki, which is used in the construction of the 20th derivative noun, may be applied to the pronoun nani. _ Akxnani is therefore equivalent to, whose people? (it being understood that t ie peison after whom they are named is with them). Examples. Oyau akinani ? Aki-Makitu: What people are'they ? They are Makitu and his people. Akinani ekwinzanga ? Aki-Nlemvo : ^Yho are those who are coming ? Nlemvo’s party. a ,. E yi- . * 0f '" ter ™Sative pronouns is used in making the inquiry as to the locality of an object, or as to which out of a number of objects. Akieyi : Where is it, or which is it ? .. J he s 5' es f <; onst racted by applying to the stem eyi the prefix proper to J : be 'f daSS of * he ”°™ referred to. The prefix a is then applied ; this latter addition may, however, be omitted. The following table exhibits the forms resulting from such construction Class. Singular. Plural. I andieyi aweyi 2 ayeyi azeyi 3 & 4 aweyi amieyi 5 & 6 akieyi ayeyi 7 & 8 adieyi ameyi 9 akweyi ameyi 10 & 11 alueyi atweyi 12 aweyi aweyi 13 aweyi ameyi 14 aveyi amweyi 15 afieyi Examples. E mbele ame ayeyi ? Where is my knife ? lit. my knife, where is it? .fcj evata diaku adieyi ? Where is your town ? Andieyi ? Where is he or which is he (out of a crowd) ? & nti emma amieyi ? Where are those trees ? Ovuma aveyi ? Which or where is the sore place ? The Demonstrative Pronoun. In English the demonstrative pronoun recognises two positions, which are esignated by this and that (pi. these and those), accordingly as the object may be near to, or remote from, the speaker. In Kongo three positions are recognised :— .. T h j. ’ St P° slt,on > dose ‘o the speaker, equals this; the 2nd position, at a little distance removed from the speaker, equals that (near) ; the 3rd position at a considerable distance from the speaker, is equivalent to that (yonder). The demonstrative pronouns are, to a large extent, composed of the char- ac eristic prefixes of the nouns they represent and qualify. In the simplest form of the 1st position, it is composed of the characteristic prefix of the noun ( 586 ) + the article ; thus :— Eki, this (Class 6, sing.)=e the article -f- ki the prefix, each of which are proper to that class and number ; so oma (Class 8, pi.) = the article o •+• the prefix ma. The 2nd position by the stem 0, bearing the prefix with the article. The 3rd position by the stem 11a, bearing the prefix with or without the article. It therefore possesses two forms. 1st position, 6th class : Eki. 2nd „ „ Ekio. 3 r d „ „ Ekina or kina. Ina and nna, on receiving the article as a prefix, become eyina and owuna. The following table exhibits— The Demonstrative Pronouns. Simple Form. SINGULAR. 3rd Position. Class. 1st Position. 2nd Position. That [yonder). This. That (near). With the Without the A rticle. A rticle. I oyu oyo ona ona 2 eyi eyo eyina ina 3 & 4 owu owo owuna una 5 & 6 eki ekio ekina kina 7 & 8 edi edio edina dina 9 oku oko okuna kuna 10 & 11 olu olo oluna luna 12 & 13 owu owo owuna wuna 14 ova ovo ovana vana 15 eli elio PLURAL. efina fina Class. 1st Position. 2nd Position. 3rd Position. These. Those (near). Those (yonder). I aya OWO ana ana 2 eji ezo ejina jina 3 & 4 emi emio emina mina 5 & 6 eyi eyo eyina ina 7 & 8 oma omo omana mana 9 oma omo omana mana 10 & 11 otu oto otuna tuna 12 owu owo owuna una 13 oma omo omana mana 14 omu omo Examples. omuna muna Wenda yo muntu oyu: Teka e nkombo eyo : Mankondo mana ma nani ? Odia oku kuvidi: 0 wivwa owo wame : 0 muma muna muyelokele : E lekwa ekina ke kiame ko: Sumba 0 twavu otu; Go with this man. Sell that goat. Whose are those plantains ? This food is cooked. Those mushrooms are mine. Those sore places have healed. That thing is not mine. Buy these adzes. ( 537 ) Emphatic Demonstratives. There is also a series of emphatic forms equivalent to this one or that one lhe ist position is formed upon the stem a by prefixing and suffixing to it S Ji fl v!"-t er l StlC L i P - efiX ^f kS daSS and nUmber ’ thus the 6th cIass > singular, is kiaki—ki-f-a-bki. The 2nd class, plural, makes zaji. The 2nd position is made from the 2nd position of the simple form by kiokio^ 11 ° f thC artlCle ’ and doublin S the remaining syllable, ekio becoming The 3rd position is formed from the ist position by suffixing to it the syllable na, kiaki becoming kiakina. The forms proper to the ist class are exceptions to the above. They are made from the simplest form by prefixing to them the syllable ndi (the root of yandl, him) in the singular, and au (the root of yau, they , which becomes aw), in the plural. n The following table exhibits Class. 1 2 3 & 4 5 & 6 7 & 8 9 10 & 11 12 & 13 14 15 Class. 1 2 3 & 4 5 & 6 7 & 8 9 10 & 11 12 13 14 The First Emphatic Form. Singular. ist Position. 2nd Position. 3rd Position. 1ms one. That one (near). That one (yonder). ndioyu ndioyo ndiona yayi yoyo yayina wan wowo wauna kiaki kiokio kiakina diadi diodio diadina kwaku koko kwakuna lualu lolo lualuna wau wowo wauna vava vovo vavana fiafi fiofio Plural. fiaiina ist Position. 'T’l 2nd Position. 3rd Position. ihese. 1 hose (near). Those (yonder ). awaya awowo awana zaji • ■ zozo zajina miami miomio miamina yayi yoyo yayina mama momo mamana mama momo mamana twatu toto twatuna wau wowo wauna mama momo mamana mwamu momo mwamuna Examples. E lumbu kiaki tutelama kweto : This day we start E etadi diadi dinene : This stone is too great. 0 nlele wauna nsumbanga wo: I am buying that cloth Bokela a antu awana: Call those people 0 lungwema lualu luafwa: This chamelon is dead. E nti mianuna mianda: Those trees are tall. The emphatic demonstratives may also receive the article as a prefix, and in this form they generally appear when standing separate from the noun they represent and qualify ; they supply, therefore, a kind of secondary form. They are more emphatic, or rather more demonstrative than the first emphatics given above. Special emphasis is given when this form precedes the noun qualified, and yet stronger emphasis is imparted when the article is repeated between the pronoun and its noun, thus :— Emphatic, Lekwa kiaki: \ Stronger emphatic , Ekiaki lekwa : > this thing. Strongest emphatic , Ekiaki e lekwa: ) The following table exhibits The Second Emphatic Form. Singular. Class. 1st Position. This one 2nd Position. That one {near). 3rd Position. That one {yonder). I andioyu andioyo andiona 2 eyayi eyoyo eyayina 3 & 4 owau owowo owauna 5 & 6 ekiaki ekiokio ekiakina 7 & 8 ediadi ediodio ediadina 9 okwaku okoko okwakuna 10 & 11 olualu ololo olualuna 12 & 13 owau owowo owauna 14 ovava ovovo ovavana 15 efiafi efiofio efiafina Class. 1st Position. These Plural. 2nd Position. Those {near). 3rd Position. Those {yonder) I awaya awowo awana 2 ezaji ezozo ezajina 3 & 4 emiami emiomio emiamina 5 & 6 eyayi eyoyo eyayina 7 & 8 omama omomo omamana 9 omama omomo omamana 10 & 11 otwatu ototo otwatuna 12 owau owowo owauna 13 omama omomo omamana 14 omwamu omomo omwamuna Examples. Efiofio e fimbele nkia mfunu fisala ? What is the use of that tiny knife ? Andioyu obongele kio : That person took it. Okwaku dia se kwaku : This food is now yours. Eyayina nkayi iniknkini : That antelope moved. 0 lumbu ololo lua yandi : That is his stockade. Another emphatic demonstrative series is formed by placing the subjective personal pronoun before the simple form ; the 3rd position has not the article prefixed ; they are used chiefly in short assertions, as in the following examples :— Mono oyu: Yandi oyo: It is I. That is he. ( 5^9 ) Yau ana abunji ame : Those (yonder) are my brothers Kiau kina mvava : That is the one I want. Zau ezo e nkombo zeto : Those are our goats, Mau omana o mankonda maku : Those are your plantain. Another series of emphatic demonstratives are used only after the verbal emonstrative particle 1. The subjective personal pronoun is followed by a special series of demonstrative in the first position, or by the first emphatic demonstratives m the 2nd and 3rd positions :— I kian kiki ; This is it, or here it is. I kiau kiokio : There it is, that is it. I kiau kiakina : There it is (yonder), that (yonder) is the one. The first position only presents a special form, which is a simple redupli¬ cation of the characteristic prefix of its class and number. Only the form proper to the 1st position requires to be tabulated, since those ot the 2nd and 3rd persons are identical with the first emphatics. In the first position, the following are the forms :— Class. Singular. Plural. I i yandi yuyu * • • i yau yaya 2 a 1 yau yiyi i zau jiji 3 & 4 i wau wuwu i miau mimi 5 & 6 i kiau kiki i yau yiyi 7 & 8 i diau didi i mau mama 9 i kwau kuku i mau mama 10 & 11 i luau lulu i twau tutu 12 i wau wuwu i wau wuwu 13 i wau wuwu i mau mama 14 i vau vava i mwau mumu 15 i fiau fifi The noun itself stands in the place of the emphatic demonstrative, the con¬ struction is then practically the same ; thus :_ I njili yiyi : This is the road. I yau yiyi : This is it (the road). There is a verbal demonstrative pronoun i which is unchangeable in all classes, numbers, and persons ; it conveys with it the verb, to be, understood. It is equivalent to a very emphatic demonstrative E the verb to be. Examples. Mono kwame i mfumu : I am the chief. I kiau kiki kiame : This very one is mine. I mpitu yiyi nkwendela : This is the very reason that I go. I kuma nsumbidi kio : That was the very reason that I bought it. . It: may often be render ed in English by commencing the sentence by it is or it was , or it will be . . . that. ’ Kuna nsuka a njila i kamwenene kio : It was at the end of the road that he saw it. I ndembele kwendela : That is why I did not go ; lit. it is that I omitted to go for. I boxi nsumbidi kio : It was then that I bought it, or then I bought it. Kina ne i kiaki : It is like this ; lit. it is as though it were this. ( 590 ) The Relative Pronouns. The relative pronouns are identical in form and usage with the demon¬ stratives. They assume the form proper to the class and number of the noun they refer to, i.e. the antecedent. Examples. Twasa e kintutu kina yasumbidi ezono : Bring the coat which I bought yesterday ; lit. bring the coat that I bought yesterday. Nkia nti ozengele ? una nnsongelo: Which tree did you cut ? that which you pointed out to me. The relative may assume the emphatic forms (identical with the emphatic demonstrative), but such employment is rare. In the 3rd position of the simple form, the form with the article is seldom, if ever, used. The employment of the 2nd position is also rare. Compound Relative. A compound form of the relative pronoun is made by adding to the adjective konso, any, the relative pronoun proper in number, class, and position, to the noun referred to ; as :— Konso eki : which ever ; lit. any which. Examples. Bonga konso eki ozolele : Take which ever (thing) you like. Konso ayu mbokela keza : Whosoever I may call, let him come. Wenda konso knna otuminu : Go to which ever (place) you are sent. Pronouns of Adverbial, Prepositional, and Conjunctive Force. The pronouns, and pronominal prefixes proper to the four nouns given below, often appear without any mention of the noun they represent, and to which they clearly refer. Used in this way they have become adverbs, prepositions, and conjunctions as well as pronouns. They are mentioned under the adverb, preposition, and conjunction, but since they are of pronominal origin, it is best to trace their transition stages, and note their force, in this place. The following are the nouns referred to :— Diambu (7) Uma (12): J Kuma (9): Yuma ,pl. muma (14) a matter, reason, purpose, word, reply, &c. , Vs. place. 14 Diambu. The pronouns representing diambu : diau, edi, &c., appear also as adverbs or conjunctions. Diau. In such a case diau is equivalent to :— This it is for which ; that is what...for ; for this reason ; this or that is why, therefore, wherefore. Diau ngyendele : it is for this that I went; therefore (it is that) I went; lit. it is this I went for. Diau tubakidi 0 makaxi : that is why we became angry ; lit. this we became for angry. ( 59i ) Edi. vefbf ;™Tr iVe °V he firSt P0Siti0n ’ rep '' eSentS the true ob Jec t of such os, as zaya, to know; zola, to wish; banza, to think, &c such usage ,t ,s always emphatic, and for that reason precedes the v»rb Edi mbenze kwiza kekwiza : I think that he is comino- is equivalent to ^uftTs^fthe^n? 6 kWiZa kek , WiZa: * hiS thin ^ 1 thou S ht . he would come noun diainbu, represenred'^T^pro^edi.^’ **** “ apP ° Siti ° n ‘° the I diau didi. The emphatic i diau didi is equivalent to That is the reason, That is why, Therefore. Diadi. diadi, for this reason. J ' a shortened form of muna diambu Examples. Muna diadi ngyendele : Therefore I went. Muna diadi tubakldi 0 makaxi : That is why we became angry. Adieyi. The interrogative adieyi assumes an adverbial force For what reason, To what purpose, Why, Wherefore. Adieyi osumbidi kio ? For what purpose did you buy it ? why did you buy it ? Uma. Uma is a root of very indefinite meaning, which on receiving th* f prefix u, becomes an abstract noun uma (-,+™ ™ s ‘he formative thing, &C. ’ Ulna (- n + U1 »a), a matter, affair, subject, The pronouns and pronominal prefixes proner to a , w,der use and force than those proper to diambi d h3Ve 3 mUCh S “ rwaiSULsa <■ i-» »iv, Th«„ P M te o,,«„ nd ,„ a ;7~; the simple form is preferred in the 3rd position ; thus 4 * ’ b Owu wau °Owan ™ dp esi,ion. 3rd Position. ’ wau, owau owo, wowo una, wauna the 0f objects,, uma becomes ( 592 ) The force is given in the following table :— ist Position. 2nd Position. 3rd Position. Matter : These words, such words, that, thus, so. Those words, such words, that, thus, so. Manner: In this manner or condition, thus, so, like this, just so, even so, just as, even as, as, as it is, just as it is. In that manner or condition, thus, so, like that, just so, even so as it is, just as it is. In that manner or condition, thus, so, like that, just so, even so, as or just as it is. Time : At this time, now, j ust now, immediately, at once, at or during this time, at present, of late, lately, now already, now while, while. Not used. At or during the time when or that, when, while. The following sentences serves to instance such usages :— Wan kavovele : So he said. Kuvovi wan ko : Do not say that. Kwangi kio wau ko : Do not make it like that. Nzolele kio wan : That is how I want it to be. Xia wowo : Put so much, or that is enough, that will do. Vanga kio nna kasongele : Do it just as he showed you. Wiza owan : Come now. Wan tnmokanga i mbwene yandi: Now while we have been talking {lit. we are talking) I have seen him. Una tndidinge kafongele knna: When or whilst we were eating he sat there. Una mbokele ngeye, wiza : When I call you, come. Bele kwan nna fnkn : They went away during the night. The demonstratives proper to nma, are only used as equivalents of at or during a certain time. The form of the second position is also used as follows :— Wowo... WOWO, as...so. Wowo kina wowo kixinga kala : as it is, so it must be. Aweyi. The interrogative aweyi is equivalent to how , what (remark, reply, &c.). Aweyi kavovele ? What did he say ? Aweyi ovntnla ? How will you reply ? i wan wnwn, mnna wan, Are equivalent to : fo? this purpose , to this end ,, that is why , therefore , wherefore. I wan wnwn tnxivikidi kweto : that is why we were surprised. ( 593 ) The Locatives. The indefinite root, lima, before mentioned, has become the origin of three or rather two other nouns, by receiving the prefixes ku, va, and mu. Kinna ( = ku+uma) a place (at); vuma ( = va-f uma) a place (on); plural, muma ( = mu+uma) places (in). These nouns implying location are not synonyms ; kuma and its pronouns express location at a particular point in space. Vuma indicates position upon something. Its plural, muma, places, expresses locality in, among , or cncom- passed by several points or something comprehensive. As in the case of diambu and uma, their pronouns and pronominal prefixes are frequently used without any mention of the noun they represent ; thus Kuma kuna : that place, IS often expressed by kuma only, which thus becomes equivalent to there. Xia kio kuna : put it there ; equals :— Xia kio o kuma kuna : put it at that place. In this manner the pronouns and prefixes proper to these nouns of place have Decome adverbs, prepositions, and even conjunctions of locality, and are desig¬ The locatives referring to kuma, imply rest at , or motion towards , or from a definite point. Those referring to vuma indicate rest at or on, or upon, or motion on, to, or something already in position, or a surface of some kind. Those connected with muma {places ), imply rest within, or motion into or out of something. Possibly the plural form may be suggested by the several points or bounds which limit and contain the locality under consideration. 1 he context or verb is always sufficient to indicate whether rest or motion is implied, as also the direction, whether towards ox from. Not only is position in space indicated by the locatives, but also position in !me, or rather the position of one circumstance in reference to others. hose locatives which are based on kuma point to time at which something appened, or up to which it may take place. The locatives based on vuma point to the time, or circumstance, on or after which something occurs. J Those based on muma, the time in or during which something happens, len use in reference to time, the locatives based on kuma and muma are only found in the simple form, 1st and 3rd position ; they are never used as adverbs or conjunctions of time, only as prepositions. Those based on vuma are adverbs, and are found in all three positions 1 he emphatic form of the 1st position, and the simple or occasionally the emphatic forms of the 3rd position are used. The forms of the 2nd position are on y used when uncertainty exists ; they are equivalent to at or after or when (if ever), &c., hence if, provided that, even if &c. The simplest form o the 2nd position serves as a conjunction, to introduce a clause concerning which there is uncertainty, and is thus equivalent to, or, either, whether. VO is also used as a conjunction to introduce a noun clause; in such usa^e it is equivalent to, that , to that , then. The locatives based on vuma are never used as prepositions of time, only as adverbs and conjunctions. Q Q ( 594 ) Before nouns which express the names of living creatures, kwa, oku kwa, oko kwa, or kuna kwa, are the only locatives used ; never any of those based on vuma or muna, those on kuma must be followed by kwa, indeed kwa alone is sufficient unless some emphasis is required. Another form of the locatives is made by prefixing to them the particle ya. Yaku, yakuna: as far as, until, unto, to. Yamu, yamuna: as far as, until, into. Yava, yavana: until. Yaku, yakuna, yamu, and yamuna, refer to time or place, and are preposi¬ tions, being used only before nouns ; yava and yavana refer to time only, and are conjunctions, being used only before sentences or verbs which in themselves express complete ideas. Examples. Yaku Ngombe : As far as Ngombe. Yavana kakwiza : Until he comes. The simple forms of the ist and 3rd position of the locative based on kuma and muma, are used in the construction of adverbs of manner, ku or kuna introducing the means, agent, or instrument employed, equivalent to by , by 7 nea 7 is oP through , with j mu and muna introducing the cause, motive, reason, end or purpose of an action ; equivalents : in, through , out op from , by, with. The form of the ist position is more commonly used. All the forms are frequently used without the article prefix, even those of the simplest forms of the ist and 2nd position, ku, mu, mo, va, VO, &c. The emphatics kuku, mumu, and vava, are also used sometimes without the subjective pronoun or the particle i. The emphatic forms are not used prepositionally. W hen a locative commences an interrogative sentence, only the special inter¬ rogative forms of the locatives may be used, except in such cases as those in which a supposition is stated, and an enquiry made as to its correctness. The interrogative locatives are :— Kweyi, akweyi : at or to or from what place, where, whence, whither. Veyi, aveyi : on or upon or on to or off what place, where, whence, whither. Mweyi, arnweyi: in or into or out of what place, where, whence, whither. Examples. Akweyi uukweuda? Where are you going to ? Arnweyi ina e lekwa ? Where are the things ? Aveyi nukwenda tunga? Where are you going to build ? Ku Mpumbu nukwenda e ? Are you going to Mpumbu ? The last sentence suggests the supposition that the person interrogated may be going to Mpumbu ; and through appending the interrogative particle e, enquires as to the correctness of the surmise* The following table of the locative presents the forms based on kuma, vuma, and muna [in all three positions, simple and emphatic ; then their English equivalents of positioii, arranged according to the idea conveyed, whether of a state of rest, or of motion towards, or from. Next the equivalents when the locatives are used in reference to time , and ( 595 ) lastly the equivalents of the locatives based on kuma and muma, when intro¬ ducing the manner of the performance of an action. As the locatives based on vuma are not used in reference to manner , its columns are filled in with the equivalent of the 2nd position when used in cases of uncertainty and in introducing a noun sentence. Those equivalents which are peculiar to particular positions, are listed under those positions. The locatives receive further attention under the Adverb, Preposition, and Conjunction, where examples of their use will be found. Q Q * TABLE OF I FORMS. Positions Simple Emphatic » ENGLISH EQUIVALENTS. of position rest towards fro7ii Common to all) position J rest towards from OF TIME. Those based on kuma. T ISt 2nd 3rd ISt oku, ku oko, ko okuna, kuna ova, va kwaku, kuku koko kwakuna vava kwau oku kwau oko kwau kuna vau ova at this place ^ -^ at that place on this place here there here here at thereat, there at on here, her on, here 01 to this place to that place on this place hither thither hither from this place from that place off this place hence thence hence at, by at which place at the place where where whereat to, unto, for to or unto which place whither toward the place at or to which toward, towards from, away from from which place from the place where whence at, on, by OF MANNER. (only those based on kuma and muma are thus used). i?itroducing the means employed. by, by means of through with IE LOCATIVES. be based on Yuma. Those based on luma. 2nd OVO, VO vovo vaii ovo 3rd ovana, vana vavana vau vana ist omu, mu mwamu, mumu mwau omu 2nd omo, mo momo mwau omo 3rd omuna, muna mwamuna mwau muna on that place there on there, thereon, there on on that place thither off that place thence in this place here in here, herein, here in into this place hither out of or from this place hence in that place there in there, therein, there in into that place thither out of or from that place thence i, upon, over i or upon which place 1 or upon the place where here l where, whereon, whereupon l, upon, on to l to which place hither ward the place on or on to or upon which ward, towards in, among, amongst amid, amidst, in the midst of inside, on board, within through, between, against, round in which place in the place where where in where, wherein, where of hereby, whereby in, into into which place whither toward the place in or into which for, to the end that to, for the purpose or sake of, for use in on account of ' which place from where lence (after), at (after) er the time when, after, after that len (after), as or so soon as cases of uncertainty the forms of the 2nd position are used, ly those of vuma are thus em¬ ployed (.at, after, when, as or so soon as in the case of, in the event of, f ever, provided that, even if, dthough Vhen repeated thus : ovo... 0V0 • ... or ; either.or ; ether.or introducing a noun sentence vo = that, to that, then out of, out from out of or out from which place out of or out from the place where whence in, during, through Introducing the motive or cause. out of with by, from in, through for for the sake or purpose of on account of THE ADVERB. An adverb is a word employed to qualify a verb or some other attributive word. Many ideas which in European languages are expressed by adverbs are present in the radical idea of some Kongo verbs, just as the idea of nearness exists in the verb sunzula, to come near ; or fmama and valakana, to be near. The auxiliary verbs toma, to...well', vika, to...soon, &c., &c., or verbs such as fwantalakesa, to do badly ; womboka, to walk slowly , serve to express many more adverbial ideas ; also phrases which are combinations of the in¬ terrogative pronouns with nouns, such as :—nkia ntangwa, what time ; nkia ngonde, what month ; nkia mvn, what year, &c., are equivalents of the English adverb when, or mu nkia diambu, nkia kuma, nkia mpitu, which are equivalent to : why, wherefore, for what reason. Various idiomatic construc¬ tions aid in the expression of adverbial ideas, such as :—ngyenda tatu ngyele, I went three times ; lit. goings three I went. All this necessarily tends to render a large number of adverbial particles unnecessary. Locative Adverbs. It has been explained that the Locatives are adverbial in many of their usages. The forms and their equivalents in English are given in the following tables :— Adverbial Locatives based on kuma. ist Position. Simple : ku, Oku Emphatic : kwaku, kuku „ kwau oku 2nd Position. ko, oko koko kwau oko 3rd Position. kuna, okuna kwakuna kwau kuna The Locatives based on kuma represent the being at a place or the motion towards or from it. The following are their equivalents :— ist Position. here hither hence 2nd & 3rd Positions. there thither thence The following are common to the forms of all three positions :— where where at whither whence (not used interrogatively) 598 ( 599 ) The interrogative kweyi or akweyi equals :— where ? where...at ? whither ? whence ? from whence ? kwawanso = everywhere. konso oku or oko or kuna = anywhere. Examples. Xia kio oku, mono kibeniyayenda kuna : Put it here, I will go there myself. Kiele ko kwame ko : I have not been there (the first ko is the locative). I kwau kui£U : Here is it, or this is where it is. Kwakuna nxixidi kio : I left it there. Imwene kuna evata dina, kuna tutukidi : I saw him in that town from whence we have come. Adverbial Locatives based on muma. ist Position. 2nd Position. 3rd Position. Simple : mu, omu mo, omo muna, omuna Emphatic : mwamu, mumu momo mwamuna »> mwau omu mwau omo mwau muna The locatives based on muma imply rest within , or motion into or out of a place. The following are their equivalents :— ist Position. 2nd & 3rd Positions. here, in here there, therein hither thither, in thither hence thence The following are common to the forms of all three positions :— where wherein whither whence (not used interrogatively) The interrogative mweyi or amweyi equals : whe?'e ? where...inf whither whence f out from whence ? The adverb mwawanso = every where j and konso omu or omo or muna = anywhere , wherever. Examples. Twasa kio mwamu : Bring it in here. Kena kwandi mumu : He is in here. Kanga kio muna : Tie it in there Muna nkia evata ? muna twaieka : In what town ? where we slept. Xia kio konso omu ozolele : Put it in wherever you like. ( 6oo ) Adverbial Locatives based on vnma. The adverbial locatives based on vuma represent a state of rest on, or upon, or motion on io, or off from on, something or some surface ; they are as follows :— ist Position. Simple : va, ova Emphatic : vava „ van ova 2nd Position. VO, ovo vovo van ovo 3rd Position. vana, ovana vavana van vana The following are their renderings in English :— ist Position. here on here, hereon hereupon hither hence 2nd & 3rd Positions. there on there, thereon thereupon thither thence where on where whereon whereupon whither whence Only the locatives based on vnma are used as adverbs of time. The forms of the ist and 3rd positions are equivalent to :— on, after, after that after the time when, when (after), as (after) as soon as (after) The forms of the 2nd position are always, and only, used as adverbs of time when there is uncertainty as to whether the action or state will ever come about. Its rendering is the same as that of the forms of the ist and 3rd positions referring to time, but the uncertainty is always understood when the 2nd position is used. The interrogative veyi or aveyi equals :— where ? where... on ? whither ? whence ? from whence ? vawanso = everywhere. konso ova or ovo or vana = anywhere, wherever, Examples . Xia ova : Put it here. Ovana mbwenene kio : I saw it there. Xisa kio vana osolwele kio : Leave it where you found it. Katuka vava : Get off from there. ( 6oi ) Vava keluaka umbokela: Vovo keluaka unsamwina: Vava kakatukidi : Vovo kakatukidi: After or when he comes, call me. When (if ever) he comes, tell me. When he went away. When he has gone away {if it ever happens ). Adverbial Pronouns of diambu and uma. lortt,w, he C tr ° f the pronouns P ro P er t0 tama, vuma and muma (i.e. the locatives), so the pronouns proper to diambu and uma are used adverbially. Pronouns proper to diambu used Adverbially. Muna diadi :\for this reason, therefore, wherefore. diau U that is why. I diau didi : this is the reason ; this is why, therefore, wherefore. Adieyi : for what reason or purpose ? why, wherefore ? The above adverbs require their verb to assume the applied form. Diau ngyendele : That is why I went. Adieyi osumbidi zo ? Why did you buy them ? Pronouns proper to uma used as Adverbs. The emphatics of the ist and 2nd positions, and the simple form of the ird position are the forms most commonly in use. The 2nd position is more commonly used than the 3rd, unless the circum- stances or details are necessarily non-present in time or place. ist Position. 2n d Position. 3rd Position. owu, wau, owau wo wo, owo una, wauua The following are their equivalents ist Position. like this, thus so, just so as, just as just as it is as it is 2nd & 3rd Positions, like that, thus so, just so as, just as just as it is as it is The pronouns proper to uma are also used as adverbs of time ; the 1st posi¬ tion emphatic and the 3rd position simple are the forms used. . ist Position. 3rd Position. Form : wau, owau una Equivalents : At this time, now, just now, immediately, at once, at or during this time, at present, of late, lately, now, already, now while. At or during the time when or that, when, whilst. The interrogative weyi or aweyi equals :— how ? in what manner ? with what words ? It requires its verb to assume the applied form. Examples. Unyuvula vo wau kavovele : Wau tukanga zo: Nani ovangidi kio wau ? Nata kio una kavovese : Xia wowo: Wowo nzolele: Xisa kio una tuwene kio : Tuzolele kwenda wau: Wau se ekwizanga: Kena vo ko wau: Wau tuximbanga kio, i kiwudikidi: Whilst we were holding it, it has been broken. Una tukedi kuna kalueke kwandi : Whilst we were there he arrived. Una tumokenenge : During the time that we were conversing. Ask him whether he said so. Thus we tie them. Who made it so ? Carry it as he told you to. That will do ; lit. put it so. So I wish (it to be). Leave it as we found it. We wish to go at once. He is just now coming. He is not there at present. Adverbs derived from Nouns. Adverbs of manner are derived from abstract nouns by prefacing to them the prepositions ku or kuna, mu or muna, ya, ye, yo, or the article proper to the class and number of the noun. They are more properly adverbial phrases than pure adverbs. The force of the prepositional particles used in their construc¬ tion is as follows :— Ku or kuna is used when the noun expresses the means, agent, or instrument employed ; that by means of which the action is performed. Equivalents : by, by means of, through, with. Ku ngolo : strongly, with strength. Mu or muna are used with a noun denoting the cause, motive, reason, end, or purpose, of an action ; that which gives the impulse to an action and enables it to be performed. Equivalents :— in, through, out of, from, by, with, for, for the sake or purpose of, on account of. Muna nkenda : mercifully, out of mercy. The idea of position can seldom be considered in cases where the locatives are thus used, so that it is nearly always possible to use ku or kuna indis¬ criminately, as also mu and muna. The article is not prefixed when ku and mu are thus used, they never appear as oko and omu. Ya, ye, or yo, are employed when their noun is considered as an accession or as an accompaniment or as a transient condition. Equivalents :— with, bei?ig with, having. The construction of ya, ye, or yo is considered under the pre¬ position, where it is shown that ya is the base form. Ya is the form always used in negative clauses ; in affirmative clauses ya is combined with the article, and the following table indicates the form to be used according to the class and number of the noun employed :— ( 603 ; Class s. p. I yo ya 2 ye ye 3 & 4 yo ye 5 & 6 ye ye 7 & 8 ye yo 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, i 4 » yo yo 15 ye Ye kiese : happily, with happiness. The article is used before a noun which expresses that which is regarded as an inherent quality, natural, habitual, or always present, or as a characteristic EqU1ValentS '~ bem S (followed by the adjective derived from the noun) E ngangu : cunningly, being cunning, with cunningness. The prepositions in English are scarcely equal to such distinctions, neither do we generally import such exactness into the smallest details of our speech An apparently instinctive preciseness and subtlety of thought and expression is characteristic of the Kongo, and probably other Bantu tongues which are not vitiated by the jargon of foreign slaves or other elements of confusion. Care is therefore necessary in selecting the particle to be used in the con¬ struction of such adverbial phrases, bearing always in mind the distinctions above mentioned. An adjective never serves in Kongo as the complement of the verbs kala and -na, to be; an adverb is always used in such case. An adverbial phrase of manner, composed of an abstract noun preceded by a locative, requires the verb to assume the applied form. Examples. Ku makaxi kavovele : He spoke angrily • lit. with anger he spoke with. Ku kiese kiese kayendele : He went very gladly ; with gladness, gladness he went with. Kakangidi kio kuna ngolo : He tied it strongly (strength being employed). Kakangidi kio muna ngolo : would imply he tied it through his strength, which enabled him to succeed. Kasadidi muna nkendai He helped you out of pity. Muna ngolo kabongele kio : He took it by violence. Bena ye kiese kingi : 7 hey are very happy ; lit. they are with much happiness. Muna nxi eyina o wantu bekwendanga e kimpene : In that country the people go naked ; nakedness is our natural condition and cannot be an acquisition, therefore the article is used. Wenda o malembe: Go slowly (slowness must be characteristic of the movement). E lumbu yawonso kekalanga e nkenda nkenda : He is ever merciful (mercy is his characteristic, hence the article is used). ( 604 ) The following are instances of adverbs thus derived from nouns : — ku kiese : with happiness, happily, ku makaxi : with anger, angrily, ku ngolo : with strength. ku nzunzu:} with playfuIness ’ P Ia y fulI X- ku suxi : by accident, accidentally, liiuna makazi : in anger, angrily, muna nkenda : in mercy, mercifully, yo moyo : with life, ye kimpala : with jealousy, jealously, yo wonga : having fear, timidly © betela: e dedede :/ being alike > simiIarly - © ekulu : first, in the first case ( requires the appliedform in its verb). e elelo : this time. © eseke eseke : by land, e ezono : yesterday, e ezuji : the day before yesterday. O fuku : by night, at night, e kieleka : truly, indeed, really, e kidikiti : healthily, in health, e kimfundumfundu : in whispers, e kintongi : sleeplessly. e kolo : at the time, by the time, whilst, when, e losola : passing through, through, e ludi : truly, indeed, really, o luvati : sideways. 0 lumonso : left-handedly. o malembe : patiently, o malu main : on foot. O mankwa : fruitlessly, without catching anything, o maxika : in the evening, o maza maza : by water, o mbaji : to-morrow, o mbanu. , o mbatu : } presentIy > ,ater on ln the da y- e mfiumbu : under water, e mpavala : for nothing, uselessly, in vain, e ndambu ndambu : in parts. 0 ngatu •*} P resent ^ later ° n in the day. e ngovo : freely, gratis, for nothing, e nkenene : exceedingly, o nswalu : quickly, e ntama : far away, e ntama ntama : one of these times, e ntentela : without anything to steady oneself, e ntete : at first. e ntom.fi : round about, at a little distance. ( 6c>5 ) e nzaki: quickly. 6 nzala j hungrily, e sazu : quickly, e tini tini : in pieces, o vala vengi : far away, o unu : to-day. mannerVav “ , COn | tinuou r s or Prolonged for some time, the adverb of manner may wear a reduplicate form ; thus : - o luvati luvati i sideways, o lumonso lumonso : left-handedly. o malembe malembe : patiently, e nkenda nkenda : mercifully. e ntama ntama : one of these days, some day or other. Ihe same is the case when means are employed for some time e eseke eseke : by land, o malu malu : on foot, o maza maza : by water. Also where the action divides something into a number of parts e ndambu ndambu : in parts, e tini tini : i n pieces. no^xpress abTtrlrT^^ US K ed / n an adverbial phrase, before nouns which do • P ideas, the locatives are simple prepositions of locality. Examples. in the centre. up or on the hill, higher up. at the outside, outside, on the top. in the space between, between. Muna kati: Ku londe: Kuma mbaji : Kuma mbata: Kuma mpwaxi: v uciween, o Kuma ndambu ndambu : aside, along, alongside. Nxi, the ground, combines with the locatives as follows Kunxi ( = ku-J-nxi) :\ Okunxi, kunanxi : / under, down. Munxi, omunxi, munanxi : under, underneath. Vanxi, ovanxi, vananxi : on the earth, on the ground. The numeral -moxi bearing the locative prefixes serves as an adverb. Kumoxi : at, or to, or from one place, together. Vamoxi : on, or onto, or off from one place, together, mumoxi : m, or into, or out of one place, together Oku kwakwijiwa: Oku kwakwendewa Oku kwatukwa: when it had come or gone to this or that length, at ength, at last, after that, afterwards, finally, ulti¬ mately. ' at first, in the beginning, originally, in the first times, in the early days, long long ago, once, once upon a time, at one time. ( 606 ) Examples. Oku kwakwijiwa bele kwau: Eventually they went. Oku kwatukwa ke kiakala wau ko: It was not so originally. The adjectives -ambote and -abiza, good, sometimes wear the prefix ki, and serve as adverbs ; fu (6), a manner, fashion, style, is understood, hence the pre¬ fix ki. Wenda kiabiza : Good-bye ; lit. go good (manner). Toma zo ximba kiambote : Hold them very carefully ; lit. hold them well, good (manner). The following are simple adverbs :— aka: only, always, ana : so like, like this, or that, thus, anake: exactly alike, beni: much, very, beni beni: very much, exceedingly, boxi : after that, then, deke : rather, sooner, preferably, diaka: again. dianu: therefore, wherefore, that is why ( requires the applied form in its verb.) kaka: only, solely, simply, always, kala : altogether, completely, quite, kaxikila: perhaps. okole kwandi :}‘ n the second P lace ' koxi: in the first place, that is the first question. kutu : altogether, entirely, wholly, completely. mpe: also, too. mbenge: after that, then. musungula: especially, as well as, also. nanga: \ nangi : > perhaps. nangu: ) nana: so, thus, like this, or that, ne : like, as, just as. nkutu : altogether, entirely, wholly, completely, uze : like, as, just as. okalokala: at length, after a while, afterwards, then, at last,after along while. sa * | soon, directly, very shortly ( used only of future time, the verb sanga . > following it being always in the subjunctive mood). xinga: ; se : now, just now, then, from this, or that time. (se is used to introduce a sejitence indicating a change of circumstances .) The number of times an action is repeated is expressed by the nth deri¬ vative noun, derived from the verb of the action ; then the number of times is stated by the cardinal numerals, and then follows the predicate. Examples. Mboka tatu kabokele : He called three times ; lit. callings three he called. Mbwa zole babwidi : They fell down twice ; lit. fallings two they fell. ( 6o 7 ) The same idea is expressed by the noun nkumbu (4), a time. Example. Mvangidi kio e nkumbu miole : I made it twice ; lit. two times. The comparison of adverbs and adjectives is often effected by stating the direct opposite with the negative. Instead of saying Go faster, Kongos say :— Instead of Kwendi malembe ko : Do not go slowly. Make it larger, they say:— Kuvangi kio kiandwelo ko : Do not make it small. The Negative. The negative is expressed by the particles ke...ko, the one preceding, the other following the clause to be negatived (as the French ne...pas ). The first particle ke precedes the negative clause or verb, and may combine with the pronominal prefixes of the verb, when they are of the 1st class, but never in the case of any other class. The changes induced in the final vowel of the verb in the subjunctive mood are noted in their place under the verb. Ke besumba ko : They do not buy. Ke tukwendanga lumbu yawonso ko: We do not go every day. The Unnatural Negative. When ke is used without the second particle of negation the verb appears generally, if not always, in the subjunctive mood. It expresses one’s delight, or surprise, or disappointment, or disapproval, or disgust at the non-fulfilment of what one had feared, expected, hoped for or considered ought to have been done, or the uselessness of attempting again what has only proved fruitless or useless hitherto. It may, therefore, be fre¬ quently translated by, without...-ing. This form of negation may be called the unnatural negative. The verb in this case undergoes whenever necessary the same changes in prefix or suffix as with the ordinary negative, but the ke must always be pre¬ ceded by a subjective pronoun. When a noun stands as the object of the verb, it takes its usual place after the predicate, and the pronoun of the subject takes its place before the ke (see sentence No. 4 below). When, however, the object is expressed by a pronoun it must assume the subjective form, and take its place before the ke (see sentences Nos. 1 and 2 below). Since intransitive verbs have no object, the pronoun of their subject (in the subjective form) must precede the ke (see sentence No. 5 below). There are a few verbs which bear such distinct reference to an object that they do not always require the pronoun be¬ fore the ke, such as tomboka, to ascendj konda, to hunt. When the negative sentence refers to the future, where an injunction is given to do something, in order to avoid what would naturally result from the omis¬ sion, ke is translated by lest, in case, for fear that. Examples. 1. Banete kio kiau ke batolodi : They carried it without breaking it. 2. Yadi nata e mbongo zame kuna ezandu diau, kanxi zau ke basumbi: However often I take my goods to their market, they do not buy them. ( 608 ) 3. Mono kimani tulu : I cannot get to sleep. 4 - Kolo kingi nnkondanga, yeno ke nuvondi mbiji: You have been hunting ever so long without killing anything (it is no use trying). 5. Bamwene e nzo ikweme kanxi yau ke beji jimina: They see the house burning, but they do not come to put it out. 6. Toma kanga e nkombo zau ke jitayi. Muna nkia diambu? Kimana ke zataya: Tie the goats carefully, lest they run away. Why ? So that they may not run away. In negative sentences, whether one particle of negation is used or both, the objective noun is never preceded by its article. This is also the case with nouns which, being used as adverbs, are preceded by their article. In negative sentences, combinations of the article with ya (ye, yo) do not occur, and the ya remains unchanged. Examples. Aff. Nsumbanga 0 maki: Neg. Kisumbanga kwame maki ko: Aff. Bekwendanga 0 malembe : Neg. Ke bekwendanga malembe ko : Aff. Yandi nna ye mbele yo nsoma: Neg. Yandi kena ya mbele ya nsoma I am buying eggs. I am not buying eggs. They are going slowly. They are not going slowly. He has (is with) a knife and fork, ko: He has (is with) no knife and fork- One important idiom needs further to be remarked. In replying to a negative sentence, Kongos affirm or deny the correctness of the question, not of the fact ; this is directly opposite to the English custom, and causes much confusion, until the habit is well understood. For instance, in English, if a person is willing to go somewhere, he may be questioned and reply as follows :— Will you go ? Yes, I will go. Will you not go? Yes, I will go. so that the answer is the same whether the question is framed in the negative or affirmative. A Kongo, however, would reply to the first question :—Yes, I will go ; but to the second question :—No, I will go. Thus a person asked : — Kukwenda ko e ? Will you not go ? may reply:— Elo, kikwenda kwame ko : Yes, I will not go. The statement is made, and the interrogative e asks whether it is so or not. It is to the question raised by the particle e that the reply is made. The diffi¬ culty is found when the answer contains no more than a simple Yes or No. For instance, from the following conversation in Kongo— Kukwenda ko e ? Elo : Will you not go ? Y es— a European would infer that the individual intended to go, when the direct contrary is the case, for he would mean :—Yes, your supposition that I will not go is quite correct, for I am not going. This habit is a fruitful cause of misunderstanding for Europeans ; which may be avoided, however, by the use of questions framed in the affirmative. THE PREPOSITION. The prepositions in Kongo are very few in number. Prepositional ideas are frequently present in the radical idea of verbs such as sanlra /a vana, /o give to; they are also imparted to verbs by the amlieffn OVeTj surnbila, to buy for, to buy with ; mokena, to talk about. m1 ’ ^ The prepositions are as follows The locative prepositions based on kuma, vuma, and muma ya, ye, yo : with tuka and tukamena, from -a, of The Locative Prepositions. and F a5 , be r eX P Ia!ned that the Natives are used prepositionally ; their forms and English renderings are given in the following tables Prepositional Locatives Based on Kuma. ist Position. 2 nd Position. 3 rd Position. ku, oku ko, oko kuna, okuna a place mS* 3 " 1 °" rePreSent ^ ^ ° r motio " °r from away XT ^ ^ ^ ^ ™to, for, from, When referring to time, the 1st and 3rd positions only are employed • they ZTnTTTXX- omething occurred ’ or with which something else Examples . Kakwiza oku nti wau: He came to his tree. Oko kiana kiokio kayele: She went to that farm Kuna rxt eto kTtuka 6 ^ 1 ' 11 ^ ! f “ livi f " g “ ~ at his t0 '™- ^f“? ng ? WaUna t^wendanga: We a^tomgMards” tS hill. Nuni yele afongi kuna nti una : Oku maxika tulueke : The bird has gone and perched on that tree. By the evening we shall be there ; Okuntangwanlungu tutelama kweto : We slmrat'nomK"'™' 1 ' For the special force of ku and kuma, when used in the construction of an adverb of manner, see under the Adverb. n of an When used before a noun which expresses the names of living creatures kwa 609 ' 9 ( 6io ) oku kwa, oko kwa or kuna kwa, are the only locatives used, never any of those based on vuma or muffla, Kwa alone is sufficient under ordinary circumstances, but when position is to be indicated, oku, oko, or kuna may precede the kwa, which should never be absent. Examples. Bele kwau kwa mfumu: They have gone to the chief. Yana o madia kuna kwa aleke: Give food to the children. Oko kwa yandi oyo ntuka: I came from him. Ku and kuna combine with the particle ya to form the prepositions yaku and yakuna, until, as far as to, to. Yaku unu: Until to-day. Taku vava yaku Ngombe : From here to Ngombe. Prepositional Locatives Based on vuma. ist Position. 2nd Position. 3 r( t Position. va, ova vo, ovo vana, ovana. The locatives based on vuma imply a state of rest on, or upon, or motion towards, or off from on a surface or something. Equivalents :— on, upon, over, at {on), in {on), on to, to, toward, towards, off from, on, off, from. Examples. Kavwete e mpu ovo ntu andi: He wears a hat on his head. Vana ezandu dieto tusumbanga zo: We buy them at or in or on our market. Fuka 0 nlele vana lekwa yayina: Cover a cloth over those things ; i.e. cover those things up with a cloth. Vana nludi a nzo kasangumukini : He fell off the roof of the house. Oyandi wijidi ye mbele vana koko kwandi: He came with a knife in his hand. (Vana can only be used when one hand is spoken of, muna is used with the plural). The locatives based on vuma are not used prepositionally in reference to time (only as adverbs or conjunctions), neither are they used with nouns which express living creatures, although they may appear before the names of their parts or limbs. Prepositional Locatives Based on muma. ist Position. 2nd Position. 3 ^ Position. mn, oiiLU mo, omo muna, omuna. The locatives based on muma imply a state of rest in, or motion into or out of a place surrounded or enclosed, or round or against something (when not implying opposition). Equivalents :— in, in among, among, amongst, in the midst of, inside, within, through, between, against, round, into, out of, out from. Mu is used before the infinitive or gerundive noun to imply : in order to, to, to the end that, for, for use in. When referring to time, the ist and 3rd positions only are employed ; they indicate the time in or during which something occurred. Equivalents :— in, during, through. ( 6ii ) Examples. Omo nzo kakotele: Mu nkele ame kaswekele kio: Kanga o nxinga muna nti: Kiwandamene muna etadi: E lekwa kiaki kiabiza muna sumbila o madia: This is a good thing to buy food with. Muna lumbu kimoxi tuvangidi kio : We made it in one day. He entered into the house. He hid it in my box. Tie the rope round the tree. It struck on or against a stone, For the special force of mu and muna when used in the construction adverb of manner, see under the Adverb. Mu and muna combine with the particle ya to form the prepositions and yamuna, until , as far as into, to, i?ito. of an yamu Examples. Tuka lumbu kiaki yamu unu : From that day until now. Tuka vava yamuna kati kwa nzo andi: From here as far as into the centre of his house. Ya. . The preposition ya is equivalent to with or against. In affirmative clauses it combines with the article proper to the class and number of the noun it piecedes, the a eliding before the article. The following table indicates the consequent forms :— Class. s. p. 1 yo ya. 2 ye ye. 3 & 4 yo ye. 5 & 6 ye ye, 7 & 8 ye yo. 9,10,11,12,13,14 yo yo. 15 ye In negative sentences ya stands without any article combined, and thus and only thus appears in its simplest form. For the abbreviated forms result¬ ing fiom the combination of ya with the personal pronouns, see under the Pronoun. Examples. Wele kwandi yo mundele : He is gone with the white man. Wijidi kwandi ye mbele vana koko kwandi: He came with a knife in his hand. Kejidi kwandi ya mbele ko : He did not come with a knife. Kunwani ya ngamba zame ko : Do not quarrel with my carriers. The verbs kala and -na, to be, when followed by ya, ye, or yo, may often be translated by, to have ( i.e. to be with). See under the Verb (to be). —A. The particle -a, of, can only be used to introduce an adjectival phrase ; it performs for the phrase the same office as the formative prefix applied to an adjective ; in fact, an adjective is a qualifying idea expressed in one word, while an adjectival phrase is such an idea, expressed in two or more words. The formative prefix -a is used in the construction of an adjective, the particle ( 612 ) -a is prefaced to an adjectival phrase ; in each case the -a assumes the prefix proper to the class and number of the noun it qualifies. In Kongo, therefore, -a, of is not a preposition proper, it is a formative particle introducing an adjec¬ tival phrase, and is considered under the adjective. From tuka, to be from , are derived the prepositions tuka and tukamena, equivalent to '.—from, since. These prepositions always indicate the origin, source, or commencement of an action or state of being, and when they are used, the end, direction, or conclusion is always mentioned in a clause following, unless the action be still in process. Muna and kuna are used instead when the action or state is not thus limited, Ngyele yandi kwandi tuka vava, yaku Ngombe: I went with him from here to Ngombe. Bediatanga tuka menemene yaku maxika: They walk from morning until night. Tukamena lumbu kiakina kimwene yandi nkutu ko: I have never seen him since that day. Prepositional Phrases. The following and many other prepositional phrases serve to express ideas often conveyed by a preposition in English :— muna diambu dia : on account of, because of, for the sake of. kuna or muna or vana kati kwa : at or in the centre of. mu or muna kuma kia : because of, on account of. oku or kuna lose lua : before the face of. kuna mpwaxi a : between, in front of. kuna or muna or vana : ndambu a: kuna nima a : at the back of, behind, kuna or vana ntandu a : at or on the top of. kuna ntu a : at or on the head of. kunxi a: kunanxi a: J munxi a: / '|at or on or by the side of, beside, alongside. munanxi a I under, underneath, below. .j(in) under, in underneath, below. THE CONJUNCTION. The following are the principal conjunctions r— anga : then (i)i ierrogative ). ele : then (itnpatient). # 1 e kuma kadi:/because, f 01 Y so that. kaditu : then (authoritative). kala, okala: kala vo, okala vo :J* f * kana, kanele : although, even if, if, whether, however. kana... kana : whether...or. kana (...kwa) : as to (how many). kana vo, kanele vo : why there is or are ! kanxi : but, however, yet, sfcilli, even then. kanxi kadi : at any rate> however, but still, but even then. kaxi : whether, if. kaxi...kaxi: whether...or. kaxi : I mean, that is to say, or rather. kede, okedi, kedi vo;)., kele, okele, kele vo: J 1 ‘ kinumana : } in order t0 ’ ar that > 50 that - kimana ke : \(with the unnatural negative .) kinumana ke :/lest, so that not, in order that not mpaxi: \ mpaxi ovo : i but, only, mpaxi owu:) mpaxi yavana : nevertheless, notwithstanding, even then, still, yet nlongo: as mpaxi. ’ J 7 nga : then ( conti 7 igent ). okalakala : well, why then. tnku : } then ( im P atient )’ una : when, while, as, as or so soon as. ova, vava, vana: when, after, as ^ so soon as. vele : then (unpaticnt). vo, ovo: ., vovo : J 1 ’ either J or ? whether, after, when, as soon as. vo : that. ovo vele vo : although, even if. OVO vele VO...OVO, whether...or not. f 13 R R ( 614 ) vozevo : in the event that, if. wan . I nQ nQW t h at since, because, owau: J ’ ’ watu : "j indeed, notwithstanding all to the contrary or all watukadi:/ refusal. wau...wau: 1 has...so. WOWO...WOWO wavo, avo : in the event of, in the case of, if. ya, ye, yo : and, both, also, yavana : until, until that. zavo, ozavo: \ zevo, ozevo: J in that case, then. Some of the above require fuller notice : — Kala okala kala vo okala vo Kedi okedi kedi vo okedi vo Keji okeji keji vo okeji vo Kele okele kele vo okele vo are a series of conjunctions derived from kala, io be , they are used when stating a certain condition, either positive or negative, which if it had existed would have brought about certain results, it being clearly understood that neither the condition nor its results ever did exist, are now, or ever will come about ; it is an impossible contingency. In such a statement the condition following upon kala must be spoken of in the subjunctive mood, future indefinite, or future continuative tense, even when the result of the condition can only be spoken of in a remote past tense, as in sentence No. 4 below. The clause stating the result is introduced by nga ( see nga), and its verb may be in the indicative mood ; where it is in the negative the auxiliary verb -adi is optional. When kala introduces a positive clause, it may be rendered in English by if, or by a clause in the subjunctive mood having the auxiliary verb first: If I had done so, or had 1 done so. When kala introduces a negative clause, the above formulae are used with the negative, if I had not, had I not, or a positive clause prefaced by except or unless may be used ; except I had, or unless I had. 1. Kala ke tudiati beni ko, nga ke tulueke wan ko : if we had not walked well, we should not be there now. ( Negative sentence, condition past, result present.) 2. Kala tudiata beni ezono, nga mbaji twadi lnaka: had we walked well yesterday, we should arrive to-morrow. ( Positive sentence, condition past, re¬ sult future.) 3. Kala tutelama 0 mbaji, nga kia lumingu twadi luaka : if we were to start to-moirow, we should arrive on Sunday. (. Positive sentence, condition and result in the future.) 4. Muna Sodomo kala mnkala antu kumi asonga, nga 0 Nzambi wavu- lnza dio e evata : if there had been ten righteous men in Sodom, God would have spared the city. (. Positive sentence, condition and result in the remote past .) Sometimes kala is used to introduce a condition expected, hoped for, planned or commanded, but which never came about. The rule as to the construction ( 6i5 ) no mentfoforreiuHs 6 Same Wlth **** '° m °° ds Edi kazolele kala ngyenda: He wishes that I had *one and n beyon e d e a 1 l S p:sl k 1 hvo? ere '"Vt* ° fa c0 " diti °" Solute, definite, tense under such chc^sLnces ’ “* ° nIy be USed with a fut -e —- Kana umbokele kewanga kwandi ko: Even if you call him he will not hear. Kana ntama ke diambu ko : However far it does not matter, ten used in a sentence with kwa, kana is equivalent to -as to. Kizeye kwame ko kana nsnsn kwa jina mu: do not know as to how many fowls there are in here. Kana.. .kana = whether... or. Kana wau kana ke wau ko : whether so or not. Kana VO and kanele VO are used in introducing a sentence under the following circumstances. A fact has been entirely forgotten by each of lie rrr;v lL * Ceievt-for reCa t inS “ '° the ° ther,the ^ C ntercr r o S pe t ns t w, e th m kanavo 0 or Kanele VO ; for instance, some people wishing to cross a river ran find hifanTj;:-° me ° ne rememberS & bidden Can0 ' Kana vo nlungu a Mantu, ke wau tusaukila ko e ? Kanele vo mhiii ^ antu ’ s canoe > can we not ge‘ across with that ? Whv th Jre ^ J ana esanza ' adie y i ™le sumbila yakaka « Why, there is some meat on the shelf, why did you go and buy more ? « When bef ° re 3 n ° Un> are e< l u * va ^ent to -.-but, only Twasa konso mbele mpaxi mhele amhote : w , rmg any kn,fe you like > so long as it is a good one. ma ! 'V S ' d be f fore l a . ve *. mpaxi and nlongo are followed by ovo when prevfoL stipulation Th"; ^ ° WU ,’ COndidonaI1 >' the fulfilment of" so long as, but. 7 ^ e( l ulvalent t0 ■—>/ only, provided that, only, Exainples. Mpaxi ovo okwenda: if only you go. Mpaxt owu okwenda: So long as you go. oum P wm l m a ?r a i Sam ° StemPhatiC asse rtion of determination to have one’s nelJthelZ, stiU^ ^ ** ^ Kana nukungwanda, kana nukumponda, mpaxi yavana samba nsamba Kzambi: U hether you beat or kill me, nevertheless I will pray to God. ( 616 ) Nga introduces a clause contingent on something expressed or understood ; it is rendered by then, but very often no equivalent is used in English. Kala twenda o maza maza nga tulueke : Had we gone by water, (then) we should have arrived. Fiakete fixidi nga yadi bwa : A little more, and (then) I should have fallen. Nga nki tulamba ? What shall we cook (then) ? Anga has the same force, but is only used when standing at the head of an interrogative sentence, which is contingent on something understood. Anga weji ? What (did he say) then ? lit. then what ? Okalakala nga is an emphatic and somewhat indignant denial put into the interrogative, equivalent to :— do you suppose, then ? or well... the?i ? Okalakala nga dia ndianga zo e ? Well, am I eating them then ? Tu, tuku, and ele, are impatient conjunctions or interjections, equivalent to then. Wizanga tu, or tuku, or ele : come then. They are used after repeated promises have been made to do something, and still it is not done. The locatives based on vuma serve as conjunctions. The forms of the 1st and 2nd positions only are used :— ist Position. 2nd Position, ova, vava ovo, vo, vovo The forms of the ist position are equal to :— after, as soon as, so soon as when. They are used to introduce a clause stating some expected contingency, con¬ cerning which there is no doubt. The forms of the 2nd position are only used when there is doubt and uncertainty; they are equivalent to :— after, as soon as, when, if ever, if Standing at the head of two consecutive clauses, they are equivalent to either... or, whether... or. Examples. Vava kekwiza umbokela: After or when he comes, call me ; or call me on his coming. Ovo kiambote ovo kiambi: Whether good or bad. Vo ke wau ko : If it were not so, otherwise. Vo is also used as a conjunction after verbs of ordering, informing, saying knowing, or thinking ; in that case it is equivalent to that. Ovovele vo ngyenda : He said that I should go. In detailing a conversation, the verb vova is often omitted in mentioning the reply of another person, and the vo is preceded by a personal pronoun :— Oyandi vo : He after that (said). Sometimes the personal pronoun is omitted ; in that case vo is preceded by oku, lit. at that; (he) after (replied); i.e. thereafter (he replied) ; then (he said). Mfumu ovovele vo ngyenda : The chief said that I should go. 0 mono vo, ke diambu ko : Then I said, never mind. Oku vo wenda o nswalu : At that, he said go quickly. The demonstrative pronouns referring to uma are also used as conjunctions of time ; the ist and 3rd positions only are thus used. ( 6i7 ) Equivalents :— ist Position. wau, owau. 3rd Position. una while, now, now that, since, because. The demonstratives of the ist and 2nd positions emphatic are used as cor- relative conjunctions. when, whilst, as, as soon as, | equivalent to as...so. wau... wan, wowo...wowo, Wowo tumwene kio wowo kixinga kala : As we saw it so it must be. Wau kavovele wau kina : As he said, so it is. Watu or wata kadi are used to introduce a sentence which states that whether it be according to, or against one’s will, a certain action has to be performed, regardless even of a flat refusal to do it. It can therefore only be used where either circumstances or power, combined with determination, will enforce the action. Watu is therefore equivalent to those emphatic conjunctions or interjections, S “i a " '■- mdee ^ however, notwithstanding, surely, or do what you may, in spite of all you will have to; say what you will, you will have to. Watu kadi wenda: Indeed you shall go, or you will have to go however, whether you like it or not. Watu kiambwaki kwandi: Indeed it is red, say what you may. wavo and avo introduce the statement of possibilities upon which the action spoken of in a contingent sentence depends. The possibilities are introduced y wav° or avo, and the contingent sentence by zevo, ozevo, zavo, or ozavo. wavo...zavo-if.. .in that case, or then ; in case...then. Ovo may be used instead of wavo, and in the same manner. Wavo ozengela mio wowo, ozevo fwa mifwa, kanxi avo kuzenga mio KO, zevo mena mitoma mena : If you cut them like that, then they will die but it you do not cut them, they will grow well. The zevo, &c., is not always used in introducing the contingent sentence, but it is more correct to do so. The conjunction ya, ye, yo, and, both, is identical with the preposition ya ye, yo, with; it is only used before a noun or pronoun. Its simplest form is ya, but in affirmative clauses it combines with the article proper to the class and number of the noun it precedes. A table of the resultant forms will be found under the Preposition (ya). In negative clauses ya is the only form used In enumeration ye may precede any numeral, ya only before units which bear a prefix. The conjunction ya, ye, or yo is mentioned before each clause joined together by it, it is then equivalent to :— both .. .and. Yo nge yo yandi nwenda : Both you and he go. Katutwikidi ye mbele yo nsoma : He sent us a knife and fork. When two or more nouns connected by the conjunction ya, ye, or yo, stand as the object of a verb the conjunction is generally omitted before the first noun. THE VERB. A verb is a word by means of which we speak of an action performed by an agent, or suffered by an object; or a state or condition in which its subject exists. It may be generally asserted that the simplest form of the verb is found in the infinitive mood, where the action of the verb is regarded in the abstract, rather than in its application and connections. The Kongo verb is subject to inflexion of two kinds :— I. By suffix. II. By prefix. I. The first kind of inflexion concerns the verb itself. It expresses by suffixes applied to the simplest forms of the verb the various conditions and forms of the action, whether perfect, imperfect, or progressive ; it also expresses the various modifications of the radical idea of the verb, such as the reversal or repetition of the action. II. The second kind of inflexion is by prefix. It re¬ fers to the subject of the verb, or to the object when personal; also to the time when the action took place, and the mood and bearing of the action in refer¬ ence to other matters under consideration. The plan of inflexion of the Kongo verb is exceedingly simple in itself, but is rendered in some respects complicated by the euphonic laws, which work with never failing regularity, and to which everything must yield. The laws of euphonic preference, elision, and changes, account for almost every seeming irregularity. The following are the most active laws :—When there is :— a, i, or u in the simplest form of a verb, i or u are preferred in any suffixes in which euphonic preference is possible ; e or o requires e or 0 , and a pure nasal requires a nasal. These preferences cause the verbs to group themselves into four classes or conjugations. Conjugations. The ist conjugation consists of verbs having the vowels a, i or u only, as :— Baku, tunga, sanga, butidika. The 2nd conjugation is composed of all verbs having the same vowels as the ist conj., but which on account of their possessing a pure nasal (i.e. a nasal not combined with any other consonant), [prefer a pure nasal in their suffixes, as : — Kana, kanina, tuna, batuna. The 3rd conjugation consists of verbs possessing the vowels e or 0, which in consequence prefer an e or 0 in their suffixes whenever possible ; as :— Kela, kelola, kota, bongolola. The 4th conjugation is composed of all verbs having the same vowels as the 618 ( 619 ■) p “"“" k ■ "-** 1 ' p** * Mona, moneka, lema, konanana. mlt e b p UP h 1 ! > 0niC Change f ^ ’’ S ’ * and Z ’ Which 6,15116 when i is suffixed to them, " S ‘i e , b t °” ! n ™ nd ; ln such cases ’ 1 becomes d, . becomes x, t is pro- nounced like ch in cheese, and z becomes j. " Verbs having the suffixes ama, akana, akakana, and angana belong to the 4th con;., regardless of the absence of e and 0 in the verb. t J erb5 havmg the 5uffix alala belong to the 3rd conjugation ; those having The " ITr m , 7 m e ClaSS,fied under both the Ist an d 3rd conjugations.* The number of syllables contained in a verb is often referred to as a test of c aracter ; it must therefore be remembered that verbs having two vowels coming together, without a consonant between them, are treated as though the wo vowe s made one syllable. Fia, dia, and tua are considered and treated as monosyllables ; diata, kiata, &c, as dissyllables. MODIFICATIONS OF SUFFIX. Verb Forms. In common with all the known Bantu languages, the Kongo verb is enriched ve y rr n We r fi m nd W ^ den0t6 modifications of the action expressed in the radical verb. We find the same principle working in English to some extent; for instance, in the verbs he and lay (the latter of which is causative); also in the case of the verbs to light and to lighten : to awake and to awaken; to halt and 1 , J . T ' t0 un ™ ake ’ t0 remake; to adduce, to educe, to reduce, to produce, to itiducej or to fly, to flee, to flow, to flit, &c. Semitic languages furnish a better instance of such modification, as in the case of the Hebrew verb with its various forms Kal, Niphal, Hiphil, Hithpael &c„ or the more perfect and highly cultured Arabic, with its many forms, not all applicable to each verb, but to a large extent used. It would be rash, indeed o suggest that these forms of the Bantu verb were due to Semitic influence • it is more probable that the necessity of thought and speech, which led to the d velopment of such forms in the Semitic tongues, was the cause which im duced it in other families. In proceeding to study the forms of the verb which express modification of the root idea, it is necessary to note, that all verbs maybe divided into two great classes, according to the nature of the action expressed I. Verbs which speak of an action which passes over to some object are known as Transitives ; they declare what their subject does to their object; as 0 mfumu wabaka e iikombo : The chief caught the goat. II. Verbs which speak of an action in which no object is involved are J h r ° f ° r hlS * ie r s m the fact that where two adjacent syllables have each the vowel a there is a tendency in the former to become changed into e when the latter is removed • as ’ Patalala patalele. Baka beke. Konanana koneneka. The principles of these changes may be studied in the tables of the applied, causative reci¬ procal, and perfect forms. ’ reci ( 620 ) termed Intransitive ; they speak only of the state, circumstances, or conditions of their subject ; as :— 0 tiya tukwama: The fire burns. . 0 nlele ubakuka : The cloth rends. 0 mankondo mevia : The plantains ripen. The Active Voice. When a verb speaks of an action performed, or some state of activity, it wears an Active form, and must be regarded as being in the Active voice, whether transitive or intransitive. Examples. Act. Irans. Sumba: to buy. Act. intrans. Timuka : to fly. The Passive Voice. Active Transitive verbs have a corresponding Passive form, which takes the object of the Transitive form for its subject, and thus regards the action in its relation to the object of the transitive form, its subject being regarded as passive to the action. Thus :— Act. trans. 0 nleke wabaka e nkombo : The boy caught the goat. Passive. E nkombo yabakwa : The goat was caught. The object of the transitive verb, e nkombo, the goat, becomes the subject of the passive, and the sentence is recast accordingly ; it then makes the simple statement of what befell the goat. If it is necessary to state the agent who brought about the passive condition, an adverbial clause is appended, in which the agent is introduced by the pre¬ position kwa. Thus E nkombo yabakwa kwa nleke : The goat was caught by the boy. The Passive is formed from the Active Transitive verb by inserting w before the final a of the active form ; thus:— Active. Baka : to catch ; Lunda : to keep ; Tonda : to love ; Passive . bakwa : to be caught, lundwa : to be kept, tondwa : to be loved. Active transitives which have the semi-vowel y for their last letter but one change ya into yiwa or yua in the passive ; as :— Active. Passive. Kaya : to divide ; kayiwa or kayua : to be divided. Zaya : to know ; zayiwa or zayua : to be known. The few verbs ending in ia make their passive in wa, as if there were no i in the active thus :— Active. Passive. Kwenkenia: to crunch ; kwenkenwa: to be crunched. Ta is a contraction of tea, and becomes tewa in the passive. Vwa, to possess , becomes vuwa, to be possessed; vana, to give, becomes vewa and vanwa, to be given to have given, to. The Passive form is of necessity In¬ transitive, since it has no object. These forms are spoken of as the Active and Passive voice. ( 621 ) In the use of the passive, we find a further trace of the exact and logical structure of Bantu speech and idiom, which requires careful attention. In making a statement, Kongos are very careful as to the subject of their verb ; the subject of conversation must be the subject of the verb j for instance, if a man comes to tell you that a crocodile has taken one of your goats, he will not tell you what the crocodile did, but rather what happened to your goat, so that instead of saying, e mfumu ngandu yadia e nkombo aku : Sir, a crocodile has eaten your goat ; he will say, e mfumu e nkombo aku yadiwa kwa ngandu : O, sir ! your goat has been eaten by a crocodile. The remembrance of this habit will help the student to understand an idiom which demands a passive foim for all intransitive as well as transitive verbs. A Kongo, in speaking of heaven, would not say that bad men never enter there, but rather, that heaven is never entered by bad men. Ezulu ke dikotwa kwa. wantu ambi ko. If wantu ambi, bad men , were made the subject of the verb, it would be at once inferred that the bad men were the subject of the conversation, and that the speaker was stating where bad men went to, and where not ; but since heaven is the subject of the conversation in question, it takes its place naturally and logically enough as the subject of the verb, and in order to express themselves in this way, every verb requires a passive voice, even such verbs as : to be , to die , to exist , &c. Where a locality is the subject of such a verb, a locative prefix is often applied. One of the nouns of place, kuma, muma, vuma, orfulu, being understood in apposition to the real subject; thus muna ezulu ke mukotwa kwa wantu ambi ko : there is no entry into heaven to bad men, really means muna ezulu (i muma) ke mukotwa kwa wantu ambi ko : into heaven (is the place) not entered by bad men. Kuna ezulu (i kuma) ke kwendewa * kwa wantu ambi ko : lit, heaven (is a place which) may not be gone to by bad men. It is often very difficult to frame any English sentence which can possibly represent at all literally this form of expression ; we have first to grasp the idea and logic of the Kongo idiom ; and though we may never express our thoughts in that manner, we may learn, and correctly use the idiom, and s.ee in it the origin of our own English idiom, which allows our locative there to be the subject of a verb. Middle Voice. There is a third voice to nearly all Kongo verbs, which is neither active? transitive nor passive, but between the two, since it conveys the idea of action without the need of an object to complete the idea ; as :— 0 nlele ubakuka : The cloth tears. At the same time it expresses the idea of an active condition, or state, which is attributed to the subject itself, and is not regarded as being suffered or caused by anything exterior to the subject. It is therefore neither active transitive nor passive ; but possessing an idea half way between the two, has been called by grammarians the Middle voice. A verb in that voice, or of that nature or form, is Active Intransitive. Examples. Active. Middle. Baka : to tear, to rend. Bakama : to tear, to rend, to be or become rent, to get torn. Jiula : to open. Jiuka : to open, to be or become open. Katula : to take away. Katuka : to go away. * Kwendewa=ku + endewa. ( 622 ) When a dissyllabic verb appears in its simplest form as an Active Transitive, its Active Intransitive form, or Middle voice, is formed by changing its final a into ama or u.ka, in the ist and 2nd conj. ; and ama or oka in the 3rd and 4th. Some verbs possess both forms : as londa, to mend ; londoka or londa- ma, to be or become mended ; but generally only one of these forms is in use. Where two or more verbs are spelt alike, but are of different signification, the forms of the middle voice differ for the sake of distinction. Examples. Act. Mid. Baka : to tear, bakuka. Baka : to catch, bakama. Kela : to cut to pieces, keloka. Kela: to strain, kelama. Where there are two forms of the stem of the active verb, one in a and the other in ika or eka, the middle voice form of both is generally ama ; when there are two forms of the same stem in the active voice, one in a, and the other ana or ona (not reversive), the middle voice form for both is generally aka or oka. Examples. Act. Mid, Binda. | t0 t - e or j oc ^ bindama. ,} to cut, kesoka. Bindika Kesa: Kesona Where there is a reversive form in use or conceivable, the middle voice of the simple active verb is generally formed in ama, to prevent collision with the middle voice of the reversive, which would be uka or oka. Act. Mid. Binda : to lock, bindama. Bindala : to unlock, binduka. But where no such need for distinction is required, the preference for aka above ama appears very arbitrary. When the simple dissyllable is a word of three letters only, ia becomes iaka, thus:— aa becomes awaka ; thus : wa becomes awaka ; as :— Act. Mid . Dia : to eat, diaka. Fia : to bet, fiaka. Xia : to put, xiaka. thus:— Act. Mid. Naa : to drink, nawaka. Taa : to strike, tawaka. Zaa : to dash off, zawaka. as :— Act. Mid. Ywa : to possess, vawaka. Wa : to hear, wawaka. The indefinite verb ta, to do, go, play, &c., is a contraction of tea ; its middle voice is teoka or tewoka. ( 623 ) Th e two active verbs in aya-kaya, to divide, and zaya, to know- make itauka and zayuka in the middle voice. It may be fairly assumed that all Kongo roots are dissyllabic ; the w in the few monosyllabic verbs is but the modification of an o or u radical, while the verb ta has been noted as a contraction of tea. ,, B f™*> m mind this dissyllabic character of all roots, it will be evident that y ables following the first two of their stems must be suffixes. Trisyllables aving lain their first and second syllables are treated as dissyllables, and form tneir middle voice m the ordinary manner ; thus :_ Act. Trans. Diata : to tread upon, Fiata : to put close, ‘Kiata : to arrange, Piata : to lick, Mid. diatuka. fiatama. kiatama. piatuka. All suffixes—except the continuous suffixes nga and nge— consist of more than one syllable ; they commence with a vowel, which replaces the last vowel of the stem then follows a second or more syllables ; they must be therefore at least dissyllabic. Thus the root sumba+the suffix ila=smnbila, which is a trisyllable com- pounded of a dissyllabic root and a dissyllabic suffix. Turning then to verbs bearing dissyllabic suffixes, we note that : Active transi- tive tnsyllables bearing the prefixes eka. ika, ola, ona,ula and una, form their middle voice as follows Suffixes. Act. Trans. Mid. eka ama ika am a ola oka ona oka ula uka una uka Kwijika, to dry , makes its middle Of polysyllabic verbs the intransitive forms :— Examples. Act. Trans. Mid. teleka telama. bundika bundama. telola teloka kesona kesoka. saula sauka. danuna danuka. voice in kwijima. following are the active transitive suffixes with their Suffixes. Act. Mid. Act. ulula uluka vanguiula ununa unuka tungununa olola oloka bongolola onona onoka nongonona umuna umuka bangumuna omona omoka vengomona umiona umioka bangumiona omiona omioka vengomiona ujiola ujioka takujiola ujiona ujioka natujiona ojiola ojioka sotojiola ojiona ojioka nonojiona Examples. Mid. vanguluka. tungunuka. bongoloka. nongonoka. bangumuka. vengomoka. bangumioka. vengomioka. takujioka. natujioka. sotojioka. nonojioka. ( 624 ) The final la or na of the foregoing active forms becomes ka in the middle voice. There are also four forms which end in ka in the active ; they represent one form in the four conjugations, following the laws of euphonic preference. Suffixes. Examples. Act. Mid. Act. Mid. idika * alala butidika butalala. inika anana fwaninika fwananana. eleka alala dongeleka dongalala. eneka anana koneneka konanana. The following changes are in no way irregular, for they simply obey the euphonic laws which require 1 , s, t, and z to become d, x, and j before i :— Act. Mid. Yaxidika ( = yasidika) yasalala. Tudidika ( = tulidika) tulalala. Butidika butalala. Banjidika ( = banzidika) banzalala. The active suffixes thus given include all which have a corresponding middle voice, and the rules for the formation of the middle voice may be summarised as follows :— Active transitive verbs whose suffixes end in la or na, form the middle voice by changing them into ka ; Active transitives having the suffixes eka or ika replace them with ama. The suffixes idika and eleka become alala in the middle voice, inika and eneka become anana. Active transitive verbs which have no prefix, but are simple dissyllabic root stems, replace their final a with uka, oka or ama. While many verbs have active, middle, and passive forms, of which the active form seems to present the most simple idea of the stem (as is the case in the verb baka given above), there are many verbs, the simplest form of which appears in the middle voice, and the active form is rather a causative, which brings the subject of the middle voice into such a condition ; thus : —vengalala. to be partly open , to be ajar , the active form of which is vengeleka, to cause to be partly open , to set ajarj tekama, to be crooked , the active of which is tekeka, to make crooked. Mena : to grow ; menesa : to grow or cause to grow. Fonga : to sit; fongesa : to set, cause to sit. Moka : to converse ; mokosa : to cause to converse, to talk to. Xikama : to awake ; xikamesa : to wake up, cause to awake. Many active intransitive verbs do not wear any suffix proper to the middle voice, but appear as the simplest forms of the root; as :— Kota : to enter. Fwa : to die. Kala : to live. Bwa : to fall. Active intransitive verbs sometimes wear suffixes which are generally regarded as transitive, such as ula or knkula, to flow down. Such verbs possess no active transitive form. * Idika=ilika. (625; . Active intransitive verbs in use, force, and inflexion follow the in the middle voice. rules of verbs Active intransitive verbs, and verbs in the middle voice, have also a corre¬ sponding passive voice, formed in the same manner as the passive voice which corresponds with active transitive verbs ; that is to say, w is inserted before the nnal a or the verb. Act. Trans. Pass. Mid. V. Pass. Act. Trans. Pass. Mid. V. Pass. Act. Trans. Pass. Mid. V. Pass. Act. Trans. Pass. Mid. V. Pass. Act. Intr. Pass. Act. Intr. Pass. Baka: Bakwa: Bakama: Bakamwa: Kanga: Kangwa: Kangama: Kangamwa: Zenga: Zengwa: Zengoka: Zengokwa : Kulula: Kululwa: Kuluka: Kulukwa: Kala: Kalwa: Kota: * Kotwa: Examples. to catch, to be caught, to get caught, to have ones...caught, to tie. to be tied. to get, become, or be tied, to have ones...tied, to cut. to be cut. to become, be, get cut. to have ones...cut. to bring or get down, to be brought down, to go, or run, &c., down, to have ones...run down, to live ~(at). to be lived at, to be inhabited by, have...living in. to enter. to be entered. Active intransitives which have the semi-vowels w or y but one, change w into u or o before receiving the w of the for their last letter passive ; thus :— Fwa, to die ; fuwa, to be the place where...dies, to be died at. Bwa, to fall; buwa, to be the place where...falls. Ya becomes yiwa or yua ; as Act. Taya : to run away. Pass. Tayiwa or tayua : to have ones...run away. Kwenda, to go ( = kwendea?), becomes kwendewa, to be gone to. Kwiza, to come ( = kwijia?), becomes kwijiwa, to be come to. The passive form of intransitive and middle voice verbs is then perfectlv regu ar in its formation, but a complication ensues when the rule as to the force of the passive is applied. The rule is unchangeable that the object of the active voice becomes the subject of the passive, but it is characteristic of active intransi tive and middle voice verbs, that they have no direct object. They take however for the subject of their passive voice, the indirect object, which is most deeply * Kota is never transitive, the place entered is always preceded by a locative and figures in an adverbial clause. 6 Ezono nkotele muna nzo andi : Yesterday I entered into his house. ( 626 ) interested in the action, but never the agent which brought it about. The subject of the passive is generally the possessor of the subject of the active intransitive or middle voice verb, or some person, place, or thing most closely connected with it. The necessity for such a form and construction lies in the rigidity of the law, that the subject of conversation must be the subject of the verb. It is never admissible under any circumstances, however intricate the clause which results, to divert the attention to any other person or thing and treat it as a subject. Suppose then that a Kongo is speaking of a simple action :— E ngandu yabaka e nkombo a mfumu : A crocodile caught the goat of the chief. That is the most simple statement possible of the action, but it may only be thus stated when the crocodile, or crocodiles as a class, are the subjects of con¬ versation. If however a goat or goats are the subject under consideration the verb must be thrown into the passive, in order to make the object of the active voice become the passive subject of the action. The sentence then reads : — E nkombo a mfumu yabakwa kwa ngandu : The goat of the chief was caught by the crocodile. If mention of the agent be immaterial, and the goat be regarded as getting into trouble of his own accord, the middle voice would be used. E nkombo a mfumu yabakama (kwa ngandu): The goat of the chief got caught (by the crocodile). If however the chief to whom the goat belonged is the subject of conversation, he becomes the subject of the verb, and the passive form of the middle voice must be used. The sentence then stands :— 0 mfumu yabakamwa e nkombo (kwa ngandu): The chief was caught as regards his goat, or as far as his goat is concerned. This form is generally translated into English by means of the verb to have; thus :— The chief had his goat caught (by a crocodile). The verb to have thus used never conveys a causative idea, such as he had it caught, meaning that he caused it to be caught. Instead of that it always states something which befell the subject ; thus : — E mfumu yabundukwa o kulu : The chief had had a leg cut off. E eyakala diafuwa o nkaji : The man had had his wife die. We often use another verb in English, taking a new subject, or we use a preposition to get over the difficulty. Thus the latter sentence is better rendered :— The man had lost his wife (by death), or the man was bereft of his wife, or the man whose wife had died. In the same way kalwa, to be lived or dwelt at, =to be inhabited ; and fuwa to be died of to or at, = to be bereft of. E ezulu ke diendewa kwa wantu ambi ko : Heaven may not be gone to by bad men, or bad men do not go to heaven. ( 627 ) in^rr^ Pr ° n0Un iS n0t USed in this “"•auction, ‘he possessive or incorrect to s!y C — em ^ essentlaI t0 ‘‘ and understood. It would therefore be E eyakala diafuwa o nkaza andi: The man was bereft of his wife • But it should be :— E eyakala diafuwa o nkaji. The Applied Form. bakila Tll/T : TT tS t0 -‘ he " pre P ositional Mea, as baka, * catch; n „ Oh rf if/ : IntranSltlve verbs b y this form are prepared to receive a secofdir/r indf ef If/ nSit ‘ Ve ’ WhUe transitive VCTbs in this fo ™ -quire The applied form is made by changing the final a, of the simple verb, into— ila for the 1st conjugation. 2nd 3rd 4th ina ela ena 5) >5 >) »> tf to catch ; Examples. bakila: to buy • sumbila to carry ; natina: to sow ; kunina: to call, cry out ( intrans .) ; bokela: to filter ; kelela: to rain (intrans.); nokena: to pick up ; nonena: to catch in, for, with, at, &c. Baka: Sumba Nata: Kuna: Boka: Kela: Noka: Nona : m pica up; nonena : to pick up, for, with, in, &c. n/iZ f Se ° f trisy, ' abic and polysyllabic verbs the terminations ula, uua, a, ona, become in the applied form wila, wina, wela, wena. Examples. Bangula : to destroy ; bangwila ; to destroy for, with, &c. Kanguna : to lift up ; nangwina ; to lift up with, for, &c. Bongolola : to find ; bongolwela : to find for, at, in, with, &c. Dongona: to pick out; dongwena ; to pick out for, & c . Only the suffix terminations ula, una, ola, and ona, assume the above forms. When those syllables are radical (and the verb therefore dissyllabic) the appl.ed form is made in the usual way. See kuna and nona above. e ona in rnona, to see, is a suffix, for mona is derived from an obsolete too niwa ( — moa, 4th conj.); its applied form is therefore mwena. Verbs bearing the suffix alala belong to the 2nd conj. ; they therefore make their applied form in alela or alalela. Verbs having the suffixes akana alakana, angana, and anana make their applied form in the regular manner’ but they possess an alternative form, which is nearly always preferred ; thus Alternative. Simple Suffix. Applied Form Suffix. akana akena alakana alakena angana angena anana anena ( 628 ) When ila or ina are suffixed to 1, s, t, or z, the usual euphonic changes result :— Examples. Simple. Applied. Sala sadila Twasa twaxila Vwata vwatila Tiaza tiajila The applied form is always used in such interrogative sentences as will allow of the preposition being placed at the end of the sentence in English ; as :— What did you go for ? where did you put it in ? Sentences ending in prepositions,—such as the above examples—being con¬ sidered awkward, are avoided in English, even at the expense of circumlocu¬ tion ; but in Kongo the applied form is used, and the sentence must be so cast that, in the literal translation, the preposition follows immediately after the verb, thus : —Nkia diambu wavangila kio : Why did you do this ; lit. what reason did-you-do-for this. I kuma yasumbila ZO : That is why I bought them ; lit. that is the reason I-bought-for them. The applied form is not only used in interrogative sentences of the kind given above, but also in making an emphatic and definite statement as to the reason , purpose, aim , means, matiner, i?istrument, locality , &c., of an action. Dianu mvangilanga wo: That is why I do it; lit. that is what I am doing-for it. Here again attention must be called to the Kongo idiom, which requires that the sentence must be so cast that in translating literally into English the verb shall be immediately followed by the preposition. Adverbs and adverbial clauses, when specially emphasized, require the applied form. Ku kiese kiese kayendela : He went very gladly; lit. with gladness gladness he went-with. Muna njimbu kasumbila kio : In beads he bought it; lit. in beads he bought-in it. There are many verbs possessing an adverbial or prepositional idea in them¬ selves, as Kota, to enter, go into ; Kuluka, to descend, go down ; Vana, to give to. These need no applied form to express their own particular adverb or pre¬ position ; they may however assume the applied form when it is necessary to impart further some prepositional idea ; thus :— Kotela : to go in for, go in about, enter with. Kulukila : to go down for, go down with, go down in. Yanina : to give for, at, &c. Adieyi kakotela : What did he go in for ? It will be noted under the adverbs that many adverbs and adverbial clauses always require the applied form on the verb they qualify ; such as Diann: Diau: Muna diambu diadi : Muna diadi, &c. : therefore. ( 629 ) Muna nkia diambu: Adieyi, &c. : Ekulu: j- Why, First, &c., &c. ff ap t pl ' ed { orm often contributes a special and wider meaning to the verb ; search f 1C ™' enda ’ t0 , g0> ls derlve d kwendela, to go for ; hence, to seek or \ S ° "V f^V° be conveyed by : from dika, to give food, comes ndSela anHWr •? ‘° ( so ^ ebod y) for a purpose ; hence, to poison. Kwe- ■ S " d kwyidlla wear the double applied form, and appear to gather from mmM , ^ ° 7 ° f “ f ° r ’ with >” &c - a ^cial id ca of immediately, go immediately come immediately. This has only been observed however to be the case with these two verbs. ^The prepositional idea imparted to the verb prepares an intransitive to re- ceive an object, it becomes therefore transitive, while a transitive verb receives nothei object. The object thus received becomes the real object of the verb. ofthe'verh* ? en f tenCe : - Sulnl >a e mbiji, buy meat, mbiji, meat, is the object mem fne ^’ ^ 7? t le a PP lled form - sumbila e mfumu e mbiji, buy the chief 1 So th C 16 ’ 6 ob j ect of sumbila is not e mbiji, but e mfumu, the ef. So the intransitive verb timuka, to fly, becomes transitive in the applied tt bird fl ma ’, t0 % With; and in the sentence e nun i itimukina o mave, kina, flies-withS Wlng$ ’ ° "’ inSS ’ i$ the real object of the verb itimu- tioI h ,nH PPlied f ° rm basa P assive ™ ice - which is perfectly regular in its forma- tion and meaning. In its formation w is inserted before the final a. Active. Bakila Nokena Bangwila Bongolwela Mwena Examples. Passive. bakilwa nokenwa bangwilwa bongolwelwa mwenwa Its meaning requires some careful attention, for at first thought it might be considered that bakilwa, the passive of bakila, to catch for, should "be ranslated, to be caught for, but bakilwa = to have caught for one. This is strictly according to the rule of the passive ; for the object of the active be¬ comes t ie subject of the passive. In the sentence babakila e mfumu e nsusu, they caught the fowl for the chief, the object of bakila, to catch for, is o\“^) theChief(e nSUSU ’ thef0w1 ’ has become a secondary and indirect chief 6 sen ^ ence if the passive voice is used will be e mfumu, the E mfumu wabakilwa e nsusu : The chief had the fowl caught for him. ie English translation then uses the verb to have in much the same manner as in translating the passive of the middle voice, the difference between these two passives being that in the passive middle the subject is so deeply interested l*/ a< ?V° n 15 considered as Personally affecting him, while the passive of the appizedform considers the subject as being the aim, purpose, reason, means, manner, instrument, locality, &c., of the action thus :— s s ( 630 ) Vangilwa: Kayilwa: Sumbilwa: Vondelwa: to be made of, to have made for. to be presented with. to be the means of purchasing. to be the reason for which...is (&c.) killed; to be (the place) where...was killed. Bokelwa : to be called for. Timukinwa : to be used in flight. For the special force of the applied form of the reflexive verb, see in the section on the Reflexive. The Double Applied Form. There is also a double applied form, which imparts a second prepositional idea, and a third object to transitive verbs, and a secondary object to intransi¬ tives. It is formed by placing a second applied form suffix after the first, the euphonic laws cited above working with unfailing regularity. Examples. 1st Conj. idila (= ilila) sumbidila ind ,, inina natinina 3 rd „ elela bokelela 4 th „ enena nonenena Verbs which have the suffixes ula, una, ola, or ona in their simple form change them into ulwila, unwina, olwela, or onwena in the double applied form ; thus :— 1st Conj. bangulwila 2nd „ nangunwina 3rd „ bongololwela 4 th „ dongonwena / It implies to do a thing with (something) for (a purpose), or for (a person) for (a purpose), &c. With... for. For...at. For...in. For...for, &c., &c. Thus :— Mu lekwa yayi kansumbidila kio: He bought it for him with these things. The sentence when analysed will show three objects and two prepositional ideas. He —subject. Bought —predicate. It —1 st object. For —1st preposition governing him, 2nd object. IVith —2nd „ „ these things, 3rd object. The verb stands then :— Ka-n-sumb-id-ila : He-him-bought-for-with. Sumba+ila+ila = sumbidila. Dianu katwayijidila : Therefore he came for us ; or that is what he came for us for ; lit. that is he-us-came-for-for. V v 031 ) an action witk The Triple Applied Form —~ ftssssas--— nbididila, to buy for (a person) with (something) for (a purpose). Suffixes. ist Conj. : ididila (= ililila) 2 n d „ ininina Z r d „ elelela 4 th „ enenena *J£ “ 2K gi£% SS“•* Sii7iple Form, ist Conj .: Bangula. 2 ^ „ Nanguna. 3 r d „ Bongolola. 4 th „ Dongona. Thus dianu kansumbididila kio omu lekwa vavi • fnr fLaf ^ ^ sm?v.s ka-n-sumb-id-id-ila : he-him-bought-for-with-for An mstance may be given of the quadruple applied form of sumba, to buy Sumbidididila: ns ^^^r ethins) ^ (a purpose)/ - (a “)• Sumbididididila. complication ! 0 ^ *“ “ ^ a ‘ t0 urgency of prepositional Examples. sumbididila. natininina. bokelelela. nonenenena. Triple Applied Form. bangulwidila. nangunwinina. bongololwelela. dongonwenena. -c-auoAiivf, ruKM. rhe causative form of the vprh f f^ ,] was not performed by, or existed in TyZ performed, or to exist by its subject; thus d be Sumba: to buy. Sumbisa : to cause to buy. Tiakalakana \ to be in confusion. Tiakalakesa : to cause to be in confusion. ( 632 ) E mfumu wasumbisa e nkombo: • The chief caused to buy (i.e. sent somebody to buy) a goat. Nani watiakalakesa e lekwa: Who set the things in confusion. The causative is formed by changing the final a of the verb into isa for the i st and 2nd conj., and esa for the 3rd and 4th. Examples. 1st Conj. : Baka, to catch ; bakisa, to cause to catch. 2 nd „ Nata, to carry ; natisa, to cause to carry. 3rd „ Noka, to rain ; nokesa, to cause to rain. 4 th „ Nona, to pick up ; nonesa, to cause to pick up. Verbs having the suffixes ula, una, ola or ona, form their causatives in ulwisa, unwisa, alwesa, or onwesa. Examples. Simple. Kungula : to wipe ; Saula : to ferry ; Nanguna : to lift up ; Tolola : to break ; Kongona : to pick out; Causative. kungnlwisa. sanlwisa. nang unwisa. tololwesa. kongonwesa. Dissyllabic verbs having those syllables in their roots, form their causative in the regular manner. Examples. Simple. Causative. Kula : to grow in length ; kudisa. Kuna : to sow ; kunisa. Kola : to pull out; kolesa. Kona : to snore ; konesa. The suffixes umuna and omona, become umwisa and omwesa. Examples. Simple. Causative. Bangumuna : to overturn ; bangumwisa. Vengomona: to shift aside ; vengomwesa. The suffixes akana, angana, and alakana, have an alternative causative form which is far more frequently used than that formed in isa or esa. Akana becomes akesa ; as :— Simple. Causative. Vilakana vilakesa, as well as vilakanisa. Angana becomes angesa ; as :— Simple. Causative. Bulangana bulangesa. Alakana becomes alakesa ; as Simple. Causative. Tiakalakana tiakalakesa and tiakalakanisa. Vangalakana vangalakesa and vangalakanisa. ( 633 ) thJrei^ in w ° r 6Sa iS , Very rarelV US6d : indeed > k is ^ ues tionable whether akanl* It ° rm akana (t0 be noted later ) ever makes its causative in axanisa. Akesa is used instead. Fwanana makes its causative in fwananesa. svlIhle S h^ XeS COntainin t a reda P>ieation of 1 or n, generally drop the last syllable before receiving the causative suffix. Si?nple. Bongolola Kangulula Vengenena Zengonona Nungununa Examples. Causative. bongololwesa, or bongolwesa. kangululwisa or kangulwisa. vengenenesa, or vengenesa. zengononwesa, or zengonwesa. nungununwisa, or nungunwisa. This may sometimes cause confusion between the Causative of the Reversive and that of the Repetitive forms (noted later on) as in the case of :Tk S& - WniC r h m I anS *° Cause t0 tie re P eatedl y, and also to cause to “ t If ? preferred to the ^duplication, and when the confusion creates a difficulty, the longer and more perfect form can be used. When the suffixes ila, ina, ela, or ena, are not the sign of the applied form , but are of the character of the indefinite forms (noted later on), the causative is ormed in the Aguiar manner ;.many such verbs have also an alternative form w 1 C is made by dropping the lla, ina, ela, or ena, and applying the causative suffix immediately to the stem ; thus Fimfila : to feel for ; fimfidisa and fimfisa. Nekena : to entice ; nekenesa and nekesa. Tanina : to defend ; taninisa and tanisa. When this alternative form would cause confusion with some other verb the regular form only is used as :-velela, to purify, causative velelesa only, ’thus avoiding confusion with velesa, to cause to pluck. In explaining the formation of the middle voice it was noted, that the active ansitive form is often very like a causative form in its meaning ; thus— bangnmuka, to turn over {middle voice), i.e. to turn (a thing) over. There is a subtle difference between bangumukisa and bangumuna. Bangumukisa= to cause (a thing) to turn over (of itself), or to cause to become turned over (by some action of its own), while bangumuna = to turn (a thing) over one’s self.* 7 Verbs bearing the suffixes alala or anana, nearly always use their transitive form as their causative. There are many other verbs which seldom, if ever causlffve idea^ 1 ™ ° rm ’ ‘ he ‘ r tKmsitive serves fuII y t0 express thl The object of the causative form of the verb is that upon which the action is caused. The agent who actually performed the action is frequently omitted if unnecessary to the sense. When the agent is not mentioned, the English translation speaks of the action, caused to take place, in the passive; sumbisa therefore means, to cause to buy, or to cause to be bought. Thus it is correct to say :— Oinfunm wasumbisa e nkombo : The chief caused a goat to be bought. over Bangumwisa (the causative form of bangumuna) = to cause (some one) to turn (a thing) ( 634 ) If the agent is mentioned, it takes its place between the verb and the object ; thus :— 0 mfumu wasumbisa o mbundu andi e nkombo : The chief caused his slave to buy a goat. The passive voice of the causative is perfectly regular in formation and use, w is inserted before the final a and the passive of the causatives isa and esa become iswa and eswa. It is never used of the agent who is caused to perform the action, as above, but only of the passive object of the action ; thus :— E nkombo yasumbiswa kwa mfumu: The goat was caused to be bought by the chief. The Indirect Causative. There is a Double Causative form, which expresses the idea that its subject was indirectly the cause of the performance of the action, that he either insti¬ gated or directed it, or that it was performed for his pleasure, or profit, or in consequence of something he said or did ; thus :— Vondesesa, to be indirectly or in some way the cause of the killing of... It is formed by replacing the final a of the ordinary causative by a further suffix of isa for the ist and 2nd conj., esa for the 3rd and 4th. Coiij. 1 2 3 4 Simple. Sumba Bangumuna Tolola Vengomona Examples. Causative. sumbisa bangumwisa tololwesa vengomwesa Indirect Causative. sumbixisa bangumwixisa tololwesesa vengomwesesa The addition of the second isa in the ist and 2nd conj. converts the first S into x before the i, isisa becoming ixisa according to euphonic law. The Reciprocal Form. The idea of reciprocity is imparted to the verb by replacing the final a of dissyllabic verbs, by the suffix ana or ajiana. Monosyllables and dissylla¬ bles which have no consonant in their second syllable, are doubled, or the syllable sa is appended before the addition of the suffix. The following ideas are then imparted to the simple verb : each other, one another, together, and with each other. Examples. Tonda : to love ; tondana, or tondajiana: to love one another. Bula : to strike ; bulana, or bulajiana : to strike one another. Dia: to eat; diadiana, or diadiajiana, or diasajiana : to eat one another. Fia: to bet; fiafiana or fiafiajiana, or fiasajiana : to bet together. Tua: to strike (with the fist, foot, &c.); tuatuana, or tuatuajiana, or tuasajiana : to strike one another. Diata and other verbs in ia are treated as dissyllables. The suffix, ajiana, may be added to all verbs of more than two syllables, except those whose suffix ends in la or na. ( 635 ; Suffixes. Examples. Simple. Recip. Simple. Recip. isa isajiana sadisa sadisajiana idika idikajiana dingidika dingidikajiana They possess also the following alternative forms, with which are given the forms of verbs whose suffixes end in la or na. Suffixes. Simple. Recip. ula ujiana una ujiana ola ojiana ona ojiana ika ikiana eka f akiana Ur ekiana isa f ixiana Ur axiana esa axiana uza ujiana umuna umiana omona omiana idika idikiana inika inikiana eleka alakiana eneka anakiana akana akiana alakana alakiana angana angiana Examples. Simple. tambula bakuna tolola zengona tambika kokeka sadisa kangisa vondesa vuluza bangumuna vengomona dingidika fwaninika dongeleka koneneka yikakana tiakalakana bnlangana The Repetitive Form. Recip. tambujiana bakujiana tolojiana zengojiana tambikiana kokakiana or kokekiana sadixiana kangaxiana vondaxiana vnlnjiana bangumiana vengomiana dingidikiana fwaninikiana dongalakiana konanakiana yikakiana tiakalakiana bnlangiana There is a form expressing the repetition of an action again or many times, which is formed by replacing the final a of dissyllabic verbs by the following suffixes according to conjugation. & istConj.: ulula. 2 nd „ ununa. 3rd „ olola. 4 lh „ onona. Examples. Sumba : to buy ; sumbulula : to buy again, or again and again. Kuna : to plant; kunununa : to plant again, to transplant. Bonga . to take, to get; bongolola : to take, to get again ; hence , to get or find (something) lost, . or thrown away (by another). Noka : to rain ; nokonona : to rain again or repeatedly. Trisyllabic verbs having the suffixes ula, una, ola, or ona, simply repeat that prefix for their repetitive form ; thus :— Simple. Repetitive. Bangula bangulula Nanguna nangununa Tolola tololola Zengona zengonona ( 636 ) Other trisyllabic and polysyllabic verbs have no such repetitive form, and use the adverb, diaka, again , with the simple verb to express the repetition of the action. The Persistent Repetitive Form. There is another repetitive form, which speaks of an action performed repeatedly and persistently at frequent intervals, equivalent to the English idomatic expression to keep on {doing, &c.) again and again , as from takuka, to jump ; takujioka, to keep on jumping up and down, to gambol, or skip. The active transitive form of this repetitive is made from simple dissyllabic verbs by replacing the final a by the following suffixes according to con¬ jugation :— Conj. Suffixes. 1 ujiola 2 ujiona 3 ojiola 4 ojiona Simple. Tunga : to build ; kuna : to plant; bonga : to take; nonga : to shoot ; Examples. Persist. Repetitive. tungujiola : to keep on rebuilding, kunujiona : to keep on replanting, bongojiola : to keep on taking again and again, nongojiona: to shoot persistently again and again. Trisyllabic verbs having the suffixes ula, una, ola, or ona, replace those suffixes as follows :— ula becomes ujiola. una „ ujiona. ola „ ojiola. ona „ ojiona. Simple. Tambula Bakuna Tolola Kesona Persist . Repetitives. tambujiola bakujiona tolojiola kesojiona The suffixes umuna and omona are replaced by umiona and omiona. Simple. Persist. Repetitive. Bangumuna bangumiona Vengomona vengomiona The middle and passive voice of this form are perfectly regular in formation and meaning. In the middle voice the final la or na becomes ka. Active. Tungujiola Tambujiola Bangumiona Middle. tungujioka tambujioka bangumioka \v hen it is desired to construct the middle voice of this form from a simple verb in the middle voice, the following changes must be made according to conjugation :— ( 637 ) Con/. i & 2 i & 2 3 & 4 3 & 4 i & 2 3 & 4 Suffixes. Simple. Persist. Rep. ujioka Examples. ama uka oka ama umuka omoka ujioka ojioka ojioka umioka omioka Simple. bakama takuka toloka londama bangumuka vengomoka Persist. Rep. bakujioka takujioka tolojioka londojioka bangumioka vengomioka The Reversive Form. There is a form which reverses the idea imparted by the simple verb. It has the same force as that made in English by prefixing un to a verb ; thus kanga : to tie ; kangula : to untie. nlR lin^nb fr ° m the Sim E’ e dissyllabic verb W replacing its final a with ula, una, ola, or ona, according to conjugation. Examples. Conj. Simple. Reversive. i Kanga : to tie ; kangula : to untie. Yeka : to confer a dignity ; yekola : to degrade. 3 Soka: to load; sokola : to unload. 4 Soma : to thread; somona : to unthread. TnsyUabJes ha^ng the suffixes ika and eka, form their reversive by replacing ika and eka, by ula, una, ola, or ona, according to conjugation. Conj. 1 2 3 Examples. Simple. Bindika: to lock ; Manika: to put up ; Teleka : to put on the fire ; Reversive. bindula: to unlock, manuna : to take down, telola : to take off the fire. T• -i lciivc uu uic are. JiJ£a (-julc a in Bako. jibika), to close, to shut, makes jiuka (Bako. Jibula), to unclose, to open. Koma, to nail up, makes kola, to unnail. The Form in akana. . There . is an intrans >tive form, made from both active transitive and active intransitive verbs by replacing the final a by the suffix akana ; thus Examples. Sumba : to buy ; sumbakana. Nata : to carry ; natakana. Teka : to sell; tekakana. Nona: to pick ; nonakana. It expresses the idea that its subject may undergo, or actually has undergone, the action expressed by the active transitive verb, or it may, or has actually come into, the condition expressed by the active intransitive verb. t IS also equivalent to the English verbal suffix, - able , or a usage of the verb to be importing the idea of possibility, to be, to be done , in such a sentence as I think that it is to be done ; thus:— ( 6 3 8 ) Examples. Sumbakana : to be able, or possible, to be bought ; to be purchasable ; to be to be bought ( e.g . it is to be bought). Natakana: to be able, or possible, to be carried ; to be portable, to be carried. Tekakana : to be able, or possible, to be sold ; to be saleable, to be sold. Nonakana: to be able, or possible, to be picked up ; to be picked up. Lekwa kiaka ke kianatakana ko : This thing is not portable. Yadi kio teka kanxi ke kitekakana ko: I would have sold it, but it is not saleable. Verbs having the suffix terminations, ula, una, ola, ona, assume this form as follows :— ula becomes ukakana ; kangula, kangukakana. una „ ukakana; bangumuna, bangumukakana. ola „ okakana; telola, telokakana. ona „ okakana; kesona, kesokakana. Monosyllables and dissyllables, the second syllable of which has no conso¬ nant, replace their final a by akakana instead of akana. Dia: to eat; diakakana : to be edible. Tua : to strike (with fist), &c. ; tukakana : to become struck. The passive voice of this form is very rarely used, but an instance is found in vilakanwa, to forget, the derivation of which may be thus traced :— Vila: to be lost. Vilakana: to become lost. Vilakanwa : to have become lost to one, hence to forget. There are also a number of verb forms which express a slight variation of the idea of the simple verb, equivalent to the modification frequently accom¬ plished in English by placing an adverb after the verb ; as :— Kesa : to chop ; kesona : to chop up. Tenda : to cut (hair) ; tendola : to cut open (and disclose). Often the idea is much further removed ; as :— Vunza: to give up, abandon. Vunzuna : to smear out (a mark, &c., no further use). Sometimes they appear to be attached to an obsolete root, to keep its modern form distinct from another verb, whose root is identical in spelling but different in meaning ; as : — Banza : to think ; banzalala : to warp. Yeka : to confer a title ; yekeka : to lean against. In other instances there appears to be no difference of meaning imparted or intended by the suffix ; as :— Baka and bakuna: Binda „ bindika: Binda „ bindika: Zenga „ zengona: to rend, to tie. to become different, to cut. ( 639 ) Sometimes, again, both the simple root and the modified form have now each of them meanings derived from an obsolete root, neither of them retaining the original idea, and therefore the further removed from each other ; or the radical form may have become obsolete, and the modified form only retained. In the case of the regular verb forms, such as the applied, reciprocal, &c., a certain definite idea is imparted by the characteristic suffixes ; but in the in¬ definite forms under consideration no definite idea can be associated with any of the suffixes ; they must therefore be simply recorded. Indefinite Verb Form Suffixes. Suffixes. eka eleka eneka ika idika inika ala alakana alala ema ima imika oma omona umuna anana Yekeka: Dongeleka : Koneneka: Tantika: Dingidika: Fwaninika: Sansala: Zengalakana: Dingalala: Dedema: Lejima : Vikimika: Koma : Vengomona: Bangumuna: Fwananana: ( Bwadinga: Examples. to lean against, to set up. to make bent, to worry, to delay, to make alike, to stagger, to be entangled, to wait, to shake. to glow with splendour, to throw whirling- along, to nail. to put out of the way. to turn over, to accord. to make a sound as of water flow- mga ing from a bo v Tedinga: to limp. asa Kwakasa: to rub. osa Yokosa: to shout. ata f Vwata: to wear. tSwatata: to be oval. eta Leketa: to lick. eketa Keleketa: to clang. ita Fimfita: o idikita Fimfidikita: >to tumble. ota Niongota: to crawl. otota Wombotota: to walk slowly. uta / Kulubuta: to tramp. lYukuta: to be satisfied. ututa Wungututa: to gather up all. uva Nunuva: to grow old. uza Vuluza: to save. ia Kenia: to grin. ( Kwenkenia: to nibble. enia { Swengenia: to wheeze. * Twengenia: to gasp. ( 640 ) The suffixes characteristic of the regular vero forms are sometimes used in this irregular and indefinite manner :— Definite Suffix . Instances of its indefinite use. akana Balakana: to be thin. ela Kembela; to praise, to fete. elela Xengelela: to look down. ila Fimfila: to search (under water). ola Tolola: to break. nla Kukula: to drift. ulula Wnngulula: to gather up (all). ama Xikama: to awake. ana Yabana: ) iana Wodiana: / to scream. ena Nekena: to entice. enena Vengenena: to blow (the fire). ina Tanina: to defend. inina Yinginina: to sing (as one miserable) ona Kesona: to cut up. nna Baknna: to rend. ununa Tungununa: to gaze. The forms of the verb, thus far enumerated, may some of them be applied one to the other, and a verb stem may thus possess several forms. Thus the applied form may be added to any other form ; so also may the causative. The reciprocal may be added to the causative. The simple verb kanga, to tie , may therefore appear in the 37 forms given below. For ready reference, the simple forms will be numbered as follows :— Applied form 1 ; Causative, 2 ; Reciprocal, 3 ; Repetitive, 4 ; Persistent repetitive, 5 ; Reversive, 6 ; Form in akana, 7. These numbers will serve to explain the construction of the forms given below ; thus :— Kangulwixila = 6+2 + 1 ; that is to say, kangulwixila is the applied form of the causative of the rever¬ sive of kanga, to tie , and therefore means : to cause to untie for. Kanga. Kangila, 1. Kangidila, 1 + 1. Kangididila, 1 + 1 + 1. Kangisa, 2. Kangixila, 2+1. Kangaxiana, 2 + 3. Kangaxianina, 2 + 3 + 1. Kangixisa, 2 + 2. \ ) ( 641 Kangana, 3. Kanganina, 3 + 1. Kanganisa, 3 + 2. Kanganixina, 3+2 +1. Kangajiana, 3. Kangulula, 4. Kangululwila, 4 +1. Kangululwisa, 4+2. Kangululwixila, 4+2 +1.. Kangujiola, 5. Kangujiolwela, 54-1. Kangnjiolwesa, 5+2. Kangujiolwesela, 5 + 2 + 1. Kangula, 6 . Kangwila, 6 +1. Kangulwisa, 6 + 2. Kangulwixila, 6 + 2 +1. Kangujiana, 6+3. Kangujianina, 6+3 +1. Kangujianisa, 6 + 3 + 2. Kangujianixina, 6+3 + 2 +1. Kangukakana, 6+7. Kangukakena, 6 + 7 + 1. Kangukakesa, 6+7+2. Kangukakesela, 6+7 + 2 +1. Kangakana, 7. Kangakena, 7 +i. Kangakesa, 7 + 2. Kangakesela, 7+2 + 1. All the applied forms given above could be doubled and tripled ; the second reciprocal in ajiana might have three other forms, as in the case of the first. The middle voice passives, reflexive, &c., might also be combined in the same way, until the simple verb kanga would appear in more than 300 forms, each to be conjugated in the regular manner, and actually in use. The Continuative and Perfect Forms. Two other verb forms, the Continuative and Perfect, are regarded by European grammarians as modifications of tenses ; but since they speak of the condition or progress of the action, and in no way speak of the time at which the action reached that condition, they are not themselves tenses. They are treated by Kongos as verb forms expressed by suffix and suffix change. To denote the time, the usual prefixes of time are applied. These remarks are necessary to explain the character of these suffixes and their appearance in this place. The present and past continuative and perfect tenses are considered later on with all other tenses ; but the suffixes which characterize these forms of the verb are best treated here with the other suffixefe. ( 642 ) The Perfect Form. The Perfect form considers the action or condition as complete and perfect at the time mentioned. It is formed from the simple verb by replacing the final a by the following suffixes, according to conjugation and voice. Co?ij. Active. Passive. i idi (= ili) ilu 2 ini inu 3 ele elo 4 ene eno The only exceptions to the above rule are those verbs which have the follow¬ ing suffixes or suffix terminations :— Suffixes. Exaviples. Simple. Perf. Act. "V Perf. Pass. Simple. Perf. Act. ''x Perf. Pass. ala ele elo sansala sansele sanselo akana akene akeno vilakana vilakene vilakeno angana angene angeno bulangana bulangene bulangeno ela ele elo bongela bongele bongelo ila idi ilu bakila bakidi bakila ena ene ene nokena nokene nokeno ina • mi inu natina natini natinu asa ese eso kwakasa kwakese kwakeso esa ese eso tondesa tondese tondeso isa ixi isu bakisa bakixi bakisu ata ete eto swatata swatete swateto eta ete eto leketa lekete leketo ita iti itu fhnfita fimfiti fimfitu ola wele welo tondola tondwele tondwelo nla widi wilu kukula kukwidi kukwilu ona wene weno dongona dongwene dongweno una wini winu bangumuna bangumwini bangumwinu ^•osa wese weso yokosa . yokwese yokweso ota wete weto wombotota wombotwete wombotweto ~uta witi witu yukuta yukwiti yukwitu nza wiji wizu vuluza vulwiji vulwizu ia ene eno kenia kenene keneno enia ene eno kwenkenia kwenkene kwenkeno awa — ayilu kawa — kayilu ewa — elo tewa — telo iwa — ilu kwijiwa — kwijilu uwa — wilu buwa — bwilu Kwenda, to go, is irregular, making its perfect in :— Active . Passive. -ele -elo wele: he went ; kwelo : (the place which) has been gone to. The perfects of verbs of more than two syllables, ila, ina, ela, and ena have their accent shifted to the last syllable but one as in the instances given above. ( 643 ) Ta, to do, go, &c., &c., has :— Active. Passive. . tele telo Lemg a contraction of tea, it is a verb of the 3rd conjugation, bala, to remain behind, makes its perfect in Active. Passive. xidi xilu are T therefore”- '' erb int ° the 2 " d i the perfects of ama Active. Passive. amene ameno in ,_ 6 SUffix anana in verbs of the 2nd and 4th conjugations makes its perfects Active. Passive. anini aninu anene aneno The suffixes oka and uka, where they stand as the middle voice suffixes or verbs terminating in ona or una, form their perfects thus Perfect. ^ 1 ■ ■ Active. Passive. °^ a okene okeno uka ukini ukinu fff. S middl . e voice °f ke s°“ a > makes kesokene (act), kesokeno (Pass]’ b k k ’ m 16 V ° 1Ce ° bakuna > makes bakukini (act), bakukinu th e f"' C la c Wh ‘ Ch leads t0 the P referenc e of n in the perfect, follows between the'mfodl Tf™ tr3nSitive V ° ice ’ t0 make 3 d ^tinction between the middle voice of the simple dissyllabic verb, and that of the same of a similar stem, bearing the suffix una or ona, thus ’ Kesa Kesona Zenga Zengona Baka Bakuna Dissyllabic verbs having the vowel a in both syllables, have an alternative perfect form which in some districts, and in the case of some verbs, is more often used than the regular form. It is made by changing both of the vowels a into e in the active, while in the passive the first a becomes e and the second o Middle Voice. Mid. V. Per/. Act. Mid. V. Per/. Pass. kesoka kesokele kesokelo kesoka kesokene kesokeno zengoka zengokele zengokelo zengoka zengokene zengokeno bakuka bakukidi bakukilu bakuka bakukini bakukinu Act. Perf. Pass. Perf. Landa: flandidi landilu llende lendo Nata: f n at ini natinu Inete neto Tala: f tadidi t tele tadilu telo ( 644 ) The verb kala, to live or be, has some irregular perfect forms, besides its regular perfect in kele (act.) and kelo (pass.). The ordinary perfect kadidi is not used for kala, to live, while kala, to deny, prefers kadidi for its perfect, and seldom uses kele ; in this way the two verbs are kept distinct. The perfects of kala, to be, are therefore :— Act. Pass. Kele kelo Kadi kadiwo Keji kejiwo ny, are :— Act. Pass. Kadidi kadilu Kele kelo Verbs preferring the Perfect. Some verbs are generally found in the perfect tenses, since there must be an actual performance of the action before it is possible to speak of it as existing: in the present. The present perfect is therefore used, rather than the present indefinite, and the past perfect in preference to the past indefinite tenses. Zaya : to know ; nzeye : I know ; lit. I have come to know. Zola : to love ; nzolole : I love (the love actually exists). Tonda : to thank; ntondele : I thank. Fiauka : to be thankful ; mfiankidi : I am thankful. Nzolele sumba e nsu.su : I want to buy a fowl. Ntondele kwame mfiaukidi bene nkenene : I am very much obliged indeed. Kizeye kwame ko : I do not know. The present indefinite continuous tense is used when speaking of the know¬ ledge, love, &c., as prolonged and continued ; thus :— Nzambi ozolanga o wantu beni beni : God loves men very much. 0 yandi ozayanga o mambu mawonso : He knows everything. The Continuative Form. This form imparts the idea that the action is or was being continued at the time mentioned, and has the same force as the termination -ing in English. It is formed by suffixing nga to the verb when its final vowel is a, and nge when the final vowel is e, i, 0, or u. Mbaka: Mbakidi: Yabaka: Yabakidi: Nzengele: I catch ; I have caught ; I caught; I had caught ; I have cut ; Nzolelenge : I have been wishing ; Ntlimininge : 1 have been sending ; Batungidinge : They were building ; Ke bavondi zo ko : That they may not kill them; mbakanga : I am catching, mbakidinge : I have been catching, yabakanga: I was catching, yabakidinge : I had been catching, nzengelenge : I have been cutting, diazolelonge : It was being wished for., ntuminunge : I was being sent, jitungilunge : They were being built, ke bavondinge zo ko : That they may not be killing them. ( 645 ) From the above instances, it will be seen that the continuous form is applied to the perfect also ; it implies that during, or at the time mentioned, the action was continued or in progress ; but at the time of . speaking, or under considera¬ tion, the action has, or had, become complete and accomplished. 0 unu utunganga e nzo ame : To-day I am building my house. 0 unu ntungidinge e nzo ame: To-day I have been building my house. E lumbu kina yatunganga e nzo ame : The other day I was building my house. E lumbu kina yatungidinge e nzo ame: The other day I had been building my house. PREFIX CHANGES. In commencing the study of the Kongo verb, the first law which was noted declared that all modifications of the action itself are expressed by a change of suffix. The application of this rule is absolute, and has been fully studied in the preceding section. The second law directs that any modification due to mood, tense, person, or numbei, aie expressed by change of prefix. Before proceeding to study the prefix changes, and the conjugation of the verb, it is necessary to note that originally in the infinitive mood, and certain tenses of the other moods, the verb bore the prefix ku. As in the case of the noun prefixes, so in the verb, this prefix ku has been dropped from all verbs, except those whose stem has a vowel for its initial, and also those verbs which are complicated with an objective prefix. There are, however, but two verbs in Kongo which possess stems having a vowel initial * :— Kwiza, to come , the stem of which is iza ; and kwenda, to go, whose stem is euda. These verbs still retain the ku, as in the archaic form, and thus enable the student to understand the construction of tenses in other verbs, whether they retain the ku or not. For this reason kwiza is chosen as the most comprehensive type of a Kongo verb. Mood. Mood is expressed in Kongo not by any special prefixes, but by its influence on other prefixes. The Moods are four in number : — Infinitive, Indicative, Imperative, Subjunctive. The Infinitive mood expresses the action in the abstract, without reference to time, or to the subject of the verb. It may be considered to be the simplest aspect or form :— Kwiza : to come ; Sumba : to buy. Udika, ula, and unikina have properly although almost imperceptibly a w before them, and are more correctly written wudika, wula, and wunikina. T T ( 646 ) The Indicative mood makes a direct statement concerning an action or state 0 mfumu osumbidi e nkombo : The chief bought the goat. The Subjunctive mood is used in a sentence which is the object, direct or indirect, of another verb expressed or understood, when that sentence may also be recast so as to be used in the Infinitive mood. Edi kazolele ngiza : He wishes that I should come ; lit. this he wishes, that I shall come, or this he wishes, for me to come. Unless a sentence can stand both these tests in English, it must not be put into the Subjunctive in Kongo. As the secondary object of another verb the Subjunctive mood always expresses reason or purpose ; thus :— Umvene e nsabi kajiula e kielo: He gave him the key that he should open the gate, or to open the gate. The Subjunctive mood in Kongo can only have future tenses for the clauses in which it is used, since it concerns actions essentially consequent to those spoken of in the primary sentence. Edi kazolele ngiza : (This) he wishes, that I should come. The coming was future when the wishing took place. The Imperative mood is used only in giving a command, exhortation, or instruction ; or in pleading ; it is used only in the 2nd person singular and plural, and has only future tenses ; thus :— Snmba e nkombo : Buy the goat. The Infinitive. The Infinitive mood originally bore the prefix kll, but has lost it as above noted. The infinitive verb may exist in the continuative as well as in the simple form. Simple . Contmuative. Kwiza: to come ; kwizanga : to be coming. Snmba : to buy ; snmbanga : to be buying. Tonda : to love ; tondanga : to be loving. The Infinitive may also bear the Objective Personal Pronominal Prefixes (noted later on) ; thus :— Kutusonga : to show us. Kubatonda : to love them. When used as a Gerund, the Infinitive is preceded by a locative. Thus mana dia may be translated by : to eat, for eating, or in eating ; Kiambote kwandi mnna dia : It is good to eat, or, for eating. With the negative it may be translated by : without ...ing, Wijidi kwandi ke mu dia: He came without eating. Person. All verbs bear the pronominal prefix of their subject, even when the subject is mentioned immediately before the verb. When the subject (sing, or pi.) of ( 64 7 ) persons Jh ’!, 6 Ve ^ b is , said t0 be «t person, when the person or Sin ° or nl rf t > re S “ bjeCt “ is in the 2nd P erson - and '^n the subject in the 3rd person ^ 2 n ° r addleSSed > but onl - v s P oken of, tl>e verb is Nouns of the ist class, being persons and personifications, maybe of the Ist, 2nd, or 3rd person. itsX^t s ::r 15 are of the 3rd person oniy - Each dass The Subjective Pronominal Prefixes of the verb are as follows :— Personal Prefixes. Pcrs. Sing. o PL Class I. ('• n, m (light), y. I. tu or tw. \r ' 0 or w. 2 . nu or nw. ' 3- 1 o, w, ke, e, ka or a. 3* be, e, ba, or a. Non-Personal Prefixes. C7. Sing. PL II. by ji, za III.' 1 IV.. f W mi V/ VI. J ! ki. by VI 1.1 di VIII. j me, ma IX. ku, kw me, ma X.) XI. J lu tu, tw XII. u, w u, w XIII. u, w me, ma XIV. mu, mw ve, va XV. fi , hen a personal subject or its pronoun is mentioned immediately before a \ei 3 in t e 3rd person, the pronominal prefix is 0 or w; when the subject is not menuoned immediately before the verb, and the prefix is its only representative -fce, e, ka, or a is used. 1 ' Verbs having 1, m, n, v, w, or y for their initial, do not undergo euphonic -hange in that initial letter on receiving the light nasal, in the present indefinite ■>n present continuous tenses of the indicative mood. The reason for this apparent anomaly lies in the fact that the nasal was originally prefixed to the prefix ku, Which marked that tense in its archaic form, and the ku protected the weak consonant from the influence of the light nasal; and now that the ku is dropped, the letters remain unchanged. the P ? Sent Perfe , Ct indicative - and “ the future indefinite subjunctive the euphonic change is always made ; ku was absent from the archaic form of uiose tenses, the light nasal had, and has, therefore, its full force. Examples of ist persons singular of verbs whose initial is 1 , m, n, v, w, or y. ( 6 4 S ) Infinitive. INDICATIVE mood. Present Indefinite. | Present Perfect. SUB. MOOD. Future Indefinite. Longa: to teach. nlonga ndongele ndonga Nonga: to shoot nonga ndongene ndonga Mona: to see. mona mbwene mbona Mana: to finish. mana mbene mbana Vonda: to kill. mvonda mpondele mponda Wuta : to bear. nwnta ngutidi nguta Weta: to strike. nweta ngwetele ngweta Yika: to say. nyika ngikidi ngika Yimbila : to sing. nyimbila ngimbidi ngimbila Yala: to spread. nyala ngyadidi ngyala The Negative. The construction of the Negative has been explained under the Adverb, it will therefore suffice to summarise the rules here :— I. The Negative is expressed by placing the particle ke before the negative clause or verb, and ko after it ; ke and ko being called the first and second particles of negation. II. Where the Negative sentence or clause expresses an action unexpected, unnatural, or unusual, the 2nd particle of negation is omitted. III. In Negative sentences the first particle of negation combines with the personal pronominal prefixes as follows :— Pens. Sing. Plui'. 1 ki ke tu 2 ku ke nu n j ke, ka ke be, ke ba, ke, ka Examples, Evanga : they make ; kevanga ko : they do not make. No combination takes place with any of the pronominal prefixes of classes 2 to 15, the particles standing separate. Lekwa ke ijidi ko : The things have not come {not lekwa kijidi ko). Tense. Those forms of the verb which indicate the time at which an action takes place are called tenses. Time in the Kongo verb has two divisions :— I. Near time, that is to say the present. II. Remote time, past or future. The tenses are further subdivided— (a) The indefinite, which simply denotes the time of the action. (b) The perfect, which indicates that the action was accomplished and com¬ plete. {c) The continuous, which speaks of the action as prolonged or continued whether still imperfect or perfect. When an action is spoken of as taking place in remote time, i.e. non-present, the prefix a follows immediately upon the ( 649 1 subjective pronominal prefix, so that the present tense tusumba becomes twasumba m non-present or remote time. This is the case whether the time is past or future. . The Indl cative mood in Kongo has no future tense. Whenever future time is spoken of, the time or circumstance of the action is distinctly mentioned, and the action is represented as being then present. Instead of saying : I will come to-morrow, Kongos say : 0 mbaji nkwiza = to-morrow lam coming. Instead saying, If you do so I will beat you, they would say : Qvo ovanga wau wanda ikuwanda, if (after that) you do so, / beat you. In the last sentence no time is mentioned, but the locative ovo indicates that after a certain occurrence, the action of beating will be present, and the future idea will follow so closely on to the occurrence, that the instant the first may be considered past, the other will be present. This is the idea and theory ; and in this graphic manner Kongos express the future idea in the indicative mood. The Tenses. The Tenses of the Indicative Mood are ten in number :— Present Indefinite. 33 33 continuous. 33 Perfect. 33 33 continuous. Past Indefinite. 33 continuous. Perfect. 33 continuous Narrative Indefinite. )j „ continuous. The Subjunctive Mood has four tenses :— Future Indefinite. 5 > „ continuous. „ Consequent. ?) „ continuous. The Imperative Mood has also four tenses :— Future Indefinite. ?) „ continuous. „ Remote. 33 33 continuous. The Indicative Mood. The Piesent Indefinite simply and indefinitely speaks of an action present:_ Okwiza : he comes. Osumba : he buys. Its Continuous form notes that it is then continuous , Nkwizanga : I am coming. Nsumbanga: I am buying. ( 6 5 o ) The Present Perfect states that in the present time or very near past, the action has taken place, and has become perfect and complete :— Ngijidi: I have come. Nsumbidi: I have bought. Its Continuous form states that the action, in the present or very near past, was being performed, and has become perfect and complete :— Ngijidinge : I have been coming. Nsumbidinge : I have been buying. The Past Indefinite tense speaks of the action as having occurred in time more or less remotely past:— Yayiza: I came. 1 Yasumba : I bought. Its Continuous form regards the action as being continued at that time :— Yayizanga: I was coming. Yasumbanga: I was buying. The Past Perfect considers the action as perfect in the past Yayijidi : I had come Yasumbidi: I had bought. Its Continuous form speaks of an action continuous, and finally perfect in the past :— Yayijidinge : I had been coming. Yasumbidinge : I had been buying. The Negative forms of these tenses are simple statements that the action did not take place at such times. They are constructed by placing the ordinary negative particles before and after the affirmative form. There is also a further tense which is used in the simple narration of an occurrence; it is therefore called the narrative tense; it is essentially a past tense :— Yakwiza: I came. Yasumba : I bought. It has also a Continuous form :— Yakwizanga : I was coming. Yasumbanga: I was buying. The Narrative tenses have no negative form; Kongos do not narrate what ?iever took place. The Subjunctive Mood. It has been noted that the tenses of the Subjunctive are essentially future. The Subjunctive future indefinite is translated by may, can , must, might , coidd y should or would , with the conjunction that, or by the infinitive with or without the preposition for. Ngiza : that I may, can, must, might, could, &c., come ; for me to come. Nsumba: that I may, &c., buy ; for me to buy. The Negative form changes the final a into i in all verbs with the exception of monosyllables, which replace the final a by e, and the passive and the ( 65 < ) applied forms which make no final change at all; the negative particles are added as usual •— Kiji ko : that I may not come. Kisumbi ko : that I may not buy. Kidie ko : that I may not eat. Kibakwa ko : that I may not catch. Ke tunsumbila kio ko : that we may not buy it for him. The euphonic influence due to the change of the final a into i is seen in ngiza, which in the negative becomes kiji ko. iza—a = iz. iz-fi =iji. The Continuous form is perfectly regular— Ngizanga : that I may be coming. for me to be coming. Nsumbanga : for me to be buying. The Negative form of this continuous tense is regular in its construction, the continuative suffix is appended to the indefinite form, and as the negative in¬ definite has i 01 6 final. The continuative suffix is Hge except in the passive and the applied form, which do not change, and their continuative suffix is therefore nga— Kijinge ko Kisumbinge ko Kidienge ko Kibakwanga ko Kibakilanga ko The Future Consequent tense speaks of an action which follows as the result of another which was performed to that end so that...may, can , must, might, could , should , would. Yayiza so that I may, &c. come. Yasumba : so that I might, &c. buy. Jiula e kielo yayiza: Open the door so that I may come. The Continuative form has the same force as the indefinite, except that the resultant*action is continuous. Yayizanga : for me to be coming. Yasumbanga : that I may be buying. The Negatives of the Future Consequent tenses are always of the Unnatural Negative type, and therefore lack the second particle of negation ; thus .S i mple. Contin nous. Kiakwiza kiakwizanga. Kiasumba kiasumbanga. The Unnatural Negative in this tense is characteristic of it, for the tense is only used when something is done, to the intent that the action expressed in the tense may naturally follow, and the negative is used when something is done in order that what would otherwise naturally follow may be avoided ; for example in the sentence :— Kutulula e nkombo zataya : Lntic the goats so that they may run awav. ( 6 5 2 ) The action of untying is performed in order to let the goats run away ; but in the following sentence : — Toma kanga e nkombo, zau ke zataya: Tie the goats carefully, that they may not run away. In this case the action of tying is performed lest the goats should run away, as they naturally would otherwise, and as the negative sentence expresses a natural result averted, the unnatural negative is used, and as this result must always be the case when the negative form of this tense is used. The negative is translated by :— so that...may (&c.) not , or lest. Ke zataya : so that they may not run away ; or lest they run away. The Imperative Mood. The Imperative Mood has only future tenses, for the action is to follow the command or instruction. The future indefinite simply makes the direction :— Wiza : come. Sumba: buy. The second person singular very often appears without any pronominal pre¬ fix ; thus :— Sumba : to buy ; instead of osumba. Its Continuative form considers the action to be performed as continuous :— Wizanga : be coming. Sumbanga : be buying. The Negatives are formed as in the Subjunctive :— Kwiji ko, kwijinge ko : do not come. Kusumbi ko, kusumbinge ko : do not buy. The future remote requires the action to be made at a time which may be remote from the present:— Wayiza : come. Wasumba: buy. The remote future has no negative form. Its Continuative form regards the action as continuous :— Wayizanga: becoming. Wasumbanga: be buying. Participles. The Participles are verbal adjectives, and are identical in form with their corresponding tenses ; that is to say, the Present, Perfect, and Past Participles are the same in form, prefix, and suffix, as the Present Perfect and Past Tenses. Thus :— Pres. Con tin. Tense. Pres. Contin. Part. Perfect Tense. Pe?fect Participle. Past Tense. Past Participle. Maza mekukulanga: Maza mekukulanga: Madia mavidi: Madia mavidi: Madia mavia: Madia mavia: The water flows. Flowing water. The food is cooked. Cooked food (food which has been cooked). The food was cooked. Cooked food. The Present Participle generally wears the Continuous form. Table of TensLs. n the following table the vowel verb kwiza, to come , and the regular verb sumba, to buy, arc compared in all their tenses, affirmative and negative. ( 653 ) A study of the above table reveals the importance of the verb kwiza as a type. ( 654 ) The regular verb—such as sumba— appears to possess the same form in the present indefinite of both the Indicative and Subjunctive moods ; again, the same form is found apparently in the Indicative past, in the narrative, and in the Subjunctive future consequent. But in the conjugation of kwiza it appears that in its archaic form the Kongo verb wore the prefix ku in the present in¬ definite and narrative tenses Indicative, and in the negative] form of the future subsequent Subjunctive ; while in all other tenses it did not exist. Further it will be noted, that in the tenses wearing the prefix a indicative of remote time the weak stem iza is protected by the semi-vowel y, while |in the other tenses which had not the prefix ku the weak stem is not protected ; therefore, in the tables of the verb kwiza, it will be seen that the prefixes a, ka, ba, ma, va„ actually combine with the weak vowel i, and a+i becomes e, thus :— ba-fiza = beza, while in the tenses bearing the prefix a of remote time the weak vowel is piotected by the y before the prefix a is added, otherwise the a would com¬ bine with the i of iza or e of euda, and become e according to euphonic law. It should be noted also that the form used for the negative of the future con¬ sequent Subjunctive is not the affirmative form combined with the usual Un¬ natural Negative particle, for in the Affirmative the prefix ku does not exist, while in the Negative it is found. Indeed the Negative form of the Future consequent appears to be the Negative of the Narrative tense. The Narrative tense, however, needs and has no negative, and the form which would other¬ wise be used for the Narrative negative is at liberty and has been appropriated by the Future consequent. This, and many like points, make it almost appear as though some clever, logical designer had planned and worked out the scheme of the archaic Kongo, and—by inference—the primary root language of the Bantus. Such a thing is inconceivable, but many singular phenomena almost suggest the idea of design in language similar to that which we see in nature. : " •* ■ • •' - • ■■■ ■ - ■ h ■■ (/ > y-rr *ntt • :r ... ut < « ( 656 ) THE CONJUGATION OF THE VERBS. Having examined thus far the principles and laws of the changes in the suffixes and prefixes of verbs, the way is clear to apply these rules in the con¬ jugation of the verb itself. It is quite unnecessary to complicate matters with prolonged tables illustrating the inflexions of more than one conjugation, since ffie only difference between them lies in the suffixes of the perfect. For the same CONJUGA TION OF THE VO WEL VERB: kwiza, to come. INFINITIVE MOOD, kwiza : to come. INDICATIVE MOOD. Present Indefinite Tense. I come, &c. Pcrs. Class. Sing. pi. I. I nkwiza tnkwiza II. okwiza nnkwiza hi. okwiza bekwiza kekwiza ekwiza ekwiza 2 ikwiza j ikwiza 3 & 4 nkwiza mikwiza 5 & 6 kikwiza ikwiza 7 & 8 dikwiza mekwiza 9 kukwiza mekwiza IO & I I lnkwiza tnkwiza 12 nkwiza nkwiza J 3 nkwiza mekwiza 14 vekwiza mnkwiza !5 fikwiza Present Indefinite Continuous Tense. I am coming, See. nkwizanga, &c. reason it is not necessary to tabulate the conjugation of the Passive Voice any more than that of the Causative or Reversive forms. The Continuative forms also of each tense are instanced in the ist pers. sing.,, the only difference being the appendage of the suffix nga or nge. The im¬ portance of the vowel verbs kwiza and kwenda as types has already been noted, and they are arranged parallel to each other for comparison. The tenses are delineated as follows :— In the first column is given the person, in the second the class of the subject which determines the prefix to be used, finally the example in singular and plural. CONJUGATION OF THE VOWEL VERB: kwenda, to go. INFINITIVE MOOD, kwenda ! to go. INDICATIVE MOOD. Present Indefinite Tense. I go, &c. Pers. Class. Sing. pi. I. I nkwenda tukwenda II. okwenda nukwenda III. okwenda kekwenda kekwenda ekwenda ekwenda 2 ikwenda jikwenda 3 & 4 ukwenda mikwenda 5 & 6 kikwenda ikwenda 7 & 8 dikwenda mekwenda 9 kukwenda mekwenda lO & 11 lukwenda tukwenda 12 ukwenda ukwenda 13 ukwenda mekwenda 14 vekwenda mukwenda 15 fikwenda Present Indefinite Continuous Tense. I am going, &c. nkwendanga, &c. ( 6 5 S ) Present Perfect Tense. I have come, &c. Pcrs. Class. Slug. pi. I. I ngijidi twijidi II. wijidi n wijidi III. wijidi bejidi kejidi ejidi ejidi 2 ljidi JiJidi * 3 & 4 wijidi mijidi 5 & 6 kijidi ijidi 7 & 8 dijidi mejidi 9 kwijidi mejidi IO & 11 luijidi twijidi 12 wijidi wijidi 13 wijidi mejidi 14 vejidi m wijidi 15 fijidi Present Perfect Continuous Tense. I have been coming, &c. ngijidinge, &c. Past Indefinite Tense. I came, &c. °ers. Class. Sing. pi. I. I yayiza twayiza 11. wayiza nwayiza II. wayiza bayiza kayiza ayiza ayiza 2 yayiza zayiza 3 & 4 wayiza miayiza 5 & 6 kiayiza yayiza 7 & 8 diayiza mayiza 9 kwayiza mayiza IO & II luayiza twayiza 12 wayiza wayiza 13 wayiza mayiza H vayiza mwayiza 15 fiayiza Past Indefinite Continuous Tense. I was coming, &c. yayizanga, &c. ( 72 ) In tenses which do not possess the prefix ku:— Singular. Plural. Sing I 2 3 I 2 3 ^ I — i in itu inu iha o un — un utu unu uha 3 un u un utu unu uha Plur. I tun tu tun — tunu tuha o nun nu nun nutu — nuba o ban ha han hatu hanu baba In tenses having the prefix a of remote time :— Singular. Plural. Sing. I r> S n 3 I 2 3^ I — ya yan yatu yanu yaha 2 wan — wan watu wanu waha o J wan wa wan watu wanu waha Plur. I twan twa , twan — twanu twaha 2 nwan nwa nwan nwatu — nwaha 3 ban ha han hatu hanu baba I he combinations of non-personal Subjective with personal Objective pre¬ fixes are arranged below according to class and number. The classes and numbers are found in the side columns, and the person and number of the per¬ sonal objective are given at the head of each respective column. In tenses having the prefix ku :— Singular. Plural. 2 f sing. I ikun iku 3 ikun I ikutu 2 ikunu 0 3 ikuba \pl. jikun jiku jikun jikutu jikunu jikuha 3&4 (sing. ukun uku ukun ukutu ukunu ukuha 1 pi. mikun miku mikun mikutu mikunu mikuha 5 &6 [sing. kikun kiku kikun kikutu kikunu kikuha l pi. ikun iku ikun ikutu ikunu ikuba 7& 8 f sing. dikun diku dikun dikutu dikunu dikuba 1 pi. mekun meku mekun mekutu mekunu mekuba. Q f sing. kukun kuku kukun kukutu kukunu kukuba 1 pi. mekun meku mekun mekutu mekunu mekuba IO& II f sing. lukun luku lukun lukutu lukunu lukuba 1 pi. [sing, j \& pl.S tukun tuku tukun tukutu tukunu tukuba 12 ukun uku ukun ukutu ukunu ukuba [sing. ukun uku ukun ukutu ukunu ukuba 1 pi. mekun meku mekun mekutu mekunu mekuba. [ sing. vekun veku vekun vekutu vekunu vekuba [pi. mukun muku mukun mukutu mukunu mukuba. 15 sing. fikun fiku fikun fikutu fikunu fikuba CO <■ ( 673 ) In tenses which do not possess the prefix ku 1— Singular. & 4 f SlJl<> \pl. f sing \pl . 5 & (,[ sin - Vpi. 7 & [pi. _ f sin \pL cr cr l < r vb • . cr ‘ * <{? >* »{;f 7 & 8! \pi. 9 1"*- 1 pi. 1/4 rr «b * cr cr . cr , or ji must replaced ( 674 ) CONJUGATION OF THE REGULAR VERB COMPLICATED The instance given being an objective of the 3rd person singular (feminine, to avoid the confusion which attends the complication of: he loves him). Example , kuntonda: to love her (the nasal objective piefix of the 3rd pers. sing, is the heavy nasal). On opposite page, and parallel with this, will be found the conjugation of the regulai verb, complicated with an objective in the 2nd person singular. INFINITIVE MOOD, kuntonda: to love her. INDICATIVE MOOD. Present Indefinite Tense. I love her, Sec. Pers. Class. Sing-. PL I. I ikuntonda tukuntonda II. okuntonda nukuntonda III. okuntonda kekuntonda ekuntonda bekuntonda ekuntonda 2 ikuntonda jikuntonda 3 & 4 ukuntonda mikuntonda 5 & 6 kikuntonda ikuntonda 7 & 8 dikuntonda mekuntonda 9 kukuntonda mekuntonda 10 & 11 lukuntonda tukuntonda 12 ukuntonda ukuntonda 13 ukuntonda mekuntonda 14 U vekuntonda fikuntonda mukuntonda Present Indefinite Continuous I am loving her, Sec. ikuntondanga, &c. Present Perfect Tense. I have loved her, Sec. Tense. Pers. Class. Slug. pi. I. I intondele tuntondele II. untondele nuntondele III. untondele kantondele antondele bantondele antondele 2 intondele j intondele 3 & 4 untondele mintondele 5 & 6 kintondele intondele 7 & 8 dintondele mantondele ( 675 ) WITH AN OBJECTIVE PRONOMINAL PREFIX. The 2nd person singular objective is not expressed by a prefix; but beyond the omission of an objective prefix, the tense and other prefixes are in the form, customary to them when they are used with an objective prefix. Example. kutonda : to love you {sing.). INFINITIVE MOOD, kutonda : to love you. INDICATIVE MOOD. Present Indefinite Tense. I love you, &c. Per . Class. Sing. pi. I. II I ikutonda tukutonda III. okutonda kekutonda ekutonda bekutonda ekutonda 2 ikutonda jikutonda 3 & 4 ukutonda mikutonda 5 & 6 kikutonda ikutonda 7 & 8 dikutonda mekutonda 9 kukutonda mekutonda IO & I I lukutonda tukutonda 12 ukutonda ukutonda 13' ukutonda mekutonda 14 15 vekutonda fikutonda mukutonda. Present Indefinite Continuous Tense. I am loving you, &c. ikutondanga, &c. Present Perfect Tense. I have loved you. &c. Pers. Class. Sing. pi. I. I itondele tutondele II. — _ III. utondele batondele: katondele atondele atondele 2 itondele jitondele 3 & 4 utondele mitondele: 5 & 6 kitondele itondele 7 & 8 ditondele matondele ( 6;6 ) Pers. Class. Sing. PL 9 kuntondele mantondele IO & 11 luntondele tuntondele 12 untondele untondele 13 untondele mantondele M vantondele muntondele 15 fintondele Present Perfect Continuous I have been loving her, &c. intondelenge, &c. Past Indefinite Tense. I loved her, &c. Tense. Pers. Class. Sing. PL I. I yantonda twantonda II. wantonda nwantonda III. wantonda kantonda antonda bantonda antonda 2 yantonda zantonda 3 & 4 wantonda miantonda 5 & 6 kiantonda yantonda 7 & 8 diantonda mantonda 9 kwantonda mantonda IO & I I luantonda twantonda 12 wantonda wantonda v 13 wantonda mantonda 14 15 vantonda fiantonda mwantonda Past Indefinite Continuous Tense. I was loving her, &c. yantondanga, &c. Past Perfect Tense. I had loved her, &c. yantondele, &c. Pers. I. II. III. Past Perfect Continuous Tense. I had been loving her, &c. yantondelenge, &c. Narrative Tense. I loved her, &c. C lass. da ’ , the C0ntext serves at once t0 decide ; but in the case of Vita and some others, the presence or absence of the article is the only clue a= itself ° f ‘ he "°' d f ° Uowlng the ^spected verb, and thus of the verb re^ilaVhl'ah’tT T VC ‘' bS ° f t,,e firSt kind i nam oly, verbs which are regular in all their tenses, and are not defective :_ Toma. " pra " d by Toma ximba : To hold well. Toma soneka : To write well. Toma tala e lekwa yame : Look well after my things. Toma kio nata : Carry it carefully Batomene kunlonga : They have taught him well. Ke bazeye toma tunga nzo zau ko : I hey do not know how to build their houses well. Madia mama ke matomeme lambwa ko : This food is not well cooked. Ke nutomene kio kanga ko : You do not tie it well, or you tie it carelessly. Y Y ( 694 ) Lenda. From lenda, to possess, is derived the Auxiliary lenda, to be able, to possess the power to. Oyandi olendele kio nata : He was able to carry it. Tulenda kwenda : We can go. Kwama. From kwama, to be Jinn or persistejit in, is derived kwama, to be always, to keep on, to be constantly. Yela kekwama yelanga : He is always ailing Tukwama kwendanga : We keep on going, we are constantly going. Sala. From sala, to remain (perf. xidi), comes the Auxiliary sala, to stop and -, to set about, to see after — mg, to -make it one's business to ; it is used of an action which has, or is to be performed, regardless of anything else, and the per¬ former allows nothing else to engross his attention until accomplished ; thus :— Osala vonda e nsusu : Set to work to kill a fowl ; or never mind anything else, you see after killing a fowl. It is also used in speaking indignantly of failure in the performance of a duty ; thus :— Una ndiele kuna oyandi oxidi leka kwandi: While I went there he must needs go to sleep. Ximba. From ximba, to hold, comes ximba, to begin to -, to commence to -- When this Auxiliary verb is used, it is clearly understood that the action com¬ menced was continued for some time ; thus :— Boxi kaximbidi kala o nleke ambote : Then he commenced to be a good boy. Baximbidi dila : They began to cry. Baka. From baka, to catch, comes the Auxiliary baka, to commence to -, to begin to -. Baka differs from ximba {see above), in that the action commenced is almost at once discontinued. Oximbidi dila : You commenced crying (and cried for a long while). Obakidi dila : You began to cry (and stopped almost at once). Yava ndweke babakidi tina : When I arrived they began to run away. Bonga. From bonga, to take, comes the auxiliary bonga, which is used in an empha¬ tic, and surprised or indignant narration, equivalent to the English expression to go and -. Muna nzo angani kabongele kota kakotele : He went and entered into somebody else’s house ; lit. into the house of another he went and entered ; he entered. Levola kabongele kundevola: He must needs abuse me ; lit. abusing he goes and abuses me. ( 695 ) Zola. I h rom zola, to love, like , wish for, comes the Auxiliary zola, to want to, to wish to, Zola is one of those verbs which generally appear in the perfect ; the auxiliary follows it in this also :— Nzolele sumba e nsusu : I want to buy a fowl. Teka. Teka, to . .first ox before -is used of time only. Dingalala, mono kibeni yateka kwenda : Stop, I myself will go first. Oyandi otekele kungwanda : He struck me first. Vika. Vika, to . early or soon indicates that the action was, or is to be, performed early or soon ; thus :— Ovika kwiza ; Come early. Adieyi ovikidi vutukila ? Why have you returned so soon ? Tuka. From tuka, to go, come, or be from, is derived the Auxiliary tuka, to be just route from -, to have just, equivalent to the French venir de. Wau ketuka luaka : He is just now come (zY vient d’arriver). Vwa. From vwa, to rome to an end, is derived the Auxiliary verb vwa, to have already or quite -, &c. It denotes that the action is definitely complete and accomplished ; it is equivalent to a very emphatic perfect tense. Vava ndweki i bavwidi kwenda kwau : When I arrived they had already gone ; i.e. their departure was then an accomplished fact, the act of departing had come to an end. Mana. From mana, to finish, comes another Auxiliary of like force, mana, to have already -, to have quite or completely - ; it is used of a progressive action which has ceased :— Bamene yoka e nzo zawanso : They have burnt every one of the houses ; i.e. they have finished the operation of burning. ’ V Lemba. Lemba is a negative Auxiliary derived from the root of lembwa, to be with - •out, to lack, abstain from -, not to have. It implies : to jail to, not to, to •neglect to, to foi'bear, to omit to, to leave off :— .Adieyi kalembele kwijila : Why did he fail to come ? -L-alembele kunlonga : .They never taught him {or, they did not teach him). Kambwa. Xarnbwa is identical in force with lemba :— Dianu bekambwa kio sumbila: That is why they do not buy it. ( 696 ) The following Auxiliary verbs are defective, being found only in certain tenses :— Za. The defective Auxiliary, za, is used in making a promise, or when speaking definitely and with certainty of some action to take place, or some condition to be realized in the future, equivalent to :— to be sure to. It is found only in the future consequent tense subjunctive. 0 mbaji yaza kwenda : To-morrow I will surely go. Dingalala, kaza kio twasa : Wait, he will be sure to bring it. Xinga. Xinga is also a defective Auxiliary, being found only in the subjunctive futuie indefinite and consequent tenses, equivalent to, shall have to, must , be obliged to, implying that an action will certainly have to be performed :—• Nxinga kwenda : I shall have to go. Yaxinga kwenda : I shall have to go. The later is less definite, and more remote, though equally certain. Xinga recognises no duty or compulsion as the force which makes the future action certain to take place ; although such reasons may exist, the verb only expresses the certainty. Vita. From vita, to be ox go first or be beforehand or foremost, to be the first to , to do previously or already. ..comes vita, to...soon—to. . .very shortly. Vita has not so wide a use as the non-defective vika. It is found only in the future consequent tense subjunctive, it has therefore a confined usage, being employed to state \ery definitely that a future action will take place surely and at an early date. Wavita vutuka : He will soon return. -akanini. From kanina, to take leave , comes the Auxiliary -akanini which is only found in the past perfect form ; it is equivalent to : to be not yet, to have never. Kolo ke kiakanini lungako : It is not yet time ; lit. the time is not yet up. Madia ke makanini via ko : The food is not yet cooked. Mono kwame ke akanini ko kwenda nkutu ko : I have never yet been there ; lit. I have not yet there gone at all. -lembi. The Auxiliary -lembi is derived from the same root as lembwa, to fail to. It is found only in the future indefinite and consequent tenses subjunctive. Its final vowel is i in both tenses. I t implies that in spite of all efforts, it has been impossible to accomplish that which was desired. Examples. Yalembi kio xinsa 0 nata 1 Try as I might I could not carry it. Ndembi kio tunta, kivaikixi kio kwame ko: Pull as I might, it was no use, I could not get it out. ( 697 ) Fwete. Fwete is a defective Auxiliary verb, found only in the present and past perect tenses. It is derived from the same root as fwana, to Jit, to be Jit . is use in speaking of an action, or result which should naturally follow, or e o owe , certain circumstances stated or understood; it is therefore equivalent to may, can, must, might, could, should, or would . Ke bazeye tunga nzo ifwete kala mundele ko: iey do not know how to build a house fit for a white man to live in. Xisa vana mfwete kio mwena : Leave it where I can see it. Ofwete kio baka : You ought to have caught it. Fwete is also used in such interrogative sentences as the following Nga bafwete fwa e ? They are dead, then, of course ? Nga ofwete zo dia e ? You will have eaten them, then, of course ? Di or Adi. A defective verb, di or adi*(root unknown), is found only in the future consequent subjunctive used in a clause consequent to, or connected with, some ot er statement , it implies that the action referred to might have or would have taken place, but it is most distinctly intended and understood that the action did not take place, or was not accomplished after all. The particles nga or se frequently precede it. Examples. Ke kikedi ya ngolo ko, se yadi bwa : It was not strong, I might have fallen. Kga twadi yo vonda : . We might have killed them. Kala vo wiza e kolo kiabiza, nga wadi bamona : Had you come in good time, you would have seen them. It is also used without se or nga in a primary sentence which is followed by a secondary sentence in the unnatural negative. Yadi tanganga, miau ke mitangakana : I have tried over and over again to count them, but they cannot be counted ; or try as I might, they are not to be counted. In such a case it implies that the attempt was made repeatedly, but without the desired result being attained, and any further attempt is altogether hopeless. With the ordinary negative the above sentence would have implied that no attempt had even been made, because it was altogether hopeless ; thus :— Miau ke mitangakana ko, vo ke wau ko, nga yadi tanganga : They are innumerable, else I should have been counting them. With the unnatural negative things are reversed, and experience prevents further repetition. Yadi leka mono kimona tulu : Try to sleep as I might, I could not get to sleep. * Adi is possibly connected in bouring dialects (Mpalabala, &c. some way with the reflexive form prefix di, found in nei°t„ \ £5 ( 6 9 8 ) Kwiza or kwenda before another verb. When kwiza, to come , and kwenda, to go, are used with other verbs which denote the purpose or motive of the going or coming, a special form is induced in the verb of the motive or purpose ; a is prefixed to the verb stem, and the final a is replaced by i ; thus :— Sumba : To buy. Kwenda asumbi : To go to buy, or to go and buy. Wele asumbi e mbiji : He is gone to buy meat. Wijidi ateki o nlele : He is come to sell cloth. Wenda aviti kwaku : Go on in front. When the verb of the purpose, &c., has an objective pronoun, it may follow the second verb, and appear in its usual form ; or it may come between the kwiza or kwenda, and the verb of purpose, &c.; thus :— Wele avavi kio or wele kiavavi : He is gone to look for it. When the objective pronoun comes between the two verbs, it is, prefixed to the second verb, and its final 0 enters into combination or elides before the prefix a of the second verb. It would be too awkward to make it kiwavavi, so the o drops out after i and y, otherwise it is w. An example of avavi will serve for all verbs. Class. Sing. Plur. I amvavi bavavi 2 yavavi zwavavi 3 & 4 wavavi miavavi 5 & 6 kiavavi yavavi 7 & 8 diavavi mwavavi 9 kwavavi mwavavi IO & I I luavavi twavavi 12 wavavi wavavi 13 wavavi mwavavi 14 vwavavi mwavavi 15 fiavavi Nda and Nza. Kwenda and kwiza have each a contracted imperative form :— nda, go, and nza, come. Nda 3umba kio : Go and buy it. Nda kiasumbi may also be used according to the above rule. Mbula. Yambula, to let , to allow, has also a contracted imperative form, mbula,, used with verbs in the subjunctive mood. Mbula ken da : Let him go. Mbula kasumba kio : Let him buy it. THE INTERJECTION. The simple vocative is e in Kongo, equivalent to Oh ! in English. It is thus used in addressing or calling :— E mfumu : Oh, sir ! E Nlemvo : Oh, Nlemvo ! It is used also in impatience, after an inquiry, when seeking the attention of one addressed, or as the sign of interrogation. Wiza e ! Come, do ! Nkia iekwa ovava e ? What do you want ? It is used also as an interjection of pain. When a Kongo is in trouble, he calls upon his mother or father : — Eyayae! Oh, mother ! E tata e ! Oh, father ! E tata-tata-tata ! Oh dear ! Oh dear ! Oh dear ! lit. Father ! father ! father ! In surprise they also call on their parents. E ngwa anie! Oh mother ! Tata! Father! Kinga, indeed , may be used as an interjection denoting surprise at some information. In answering to a call, Kongos reply :— Kalunga ! Nzambi! Kongo! The affirmative is expressed by elo, yes. In making a respectful reply or remark, inga, or more commonly ingeta, is appended to the reply or remark ; unless combined with a negative, it is a respectful affirmative, equivalent to yes. Mono kwame, ingeta : It is I. Nkadidi kwame, ingeta : It was not I. Ozolele kwiza ? ingeta : Do you wish to come ? Yes. ve, pele and pele kwandi are expressions of dissent, equivalent to, No. In making an inquiry as to the correctness of a statement, the statement is made positively, and then followed by the interrogatives kamba or ndivo, which are equivalent to, is it not? V 700 ; 3° * nc i u * re whether a remark has been heard, or properly noticed, mbe or mbie . do you hear ? eh ? are used. Okwenda e, mbe ? Shall you go, eh ? offering something, they say, ma ! take l It is not altogether respectful to use it to a superior. v Ndolo ! is equivalent to, go on , come on / . ^° ng0S are a P l in imi tating sounds ; such imitations are of course inter¬ jections, and can never be treated as nouns. Pwa, the sound of something snapping. Kiutu or kiubu, the sound caused by the act of swallowins ACCENT. The accent in Kongo falls upon the first syllable* of the stem. When more than two syllables follow the first syllable of the stem, a secondary and weaker accent falls upon the penult. It is upon the first syllable of the stem that the accent falls, not upon the ifirst syllable of the word ; prefixes, therefore, do not affect the question. If a verb possesses prefixes to the extent of two or more syllables, the first •of such prefix-syllables receives also a slight accent. Examples. meso lunza lauka nua zengona tantika katuka piiikisa kangidila vengojidka bangumuna bongolola dingalala makumole xienxiumuka kulukuta katulwisa fwantalakesa tiakalakana sumbididila sumbididilanga mono ndinga diata nkiendi ndiediedie nkiambiembie xienxiele ntiamvuna mbadio ndindangana nkidikilwa pitakiana wasajiana xiexiabende niiamfomo nzangalavwa nsungnlna mvwangalakani nkalakalaboxia zsngolotdma bongololanga The following are instances of the and more syllables bearing a prefix. luve kiuma lundengwa dievwa adieyi position of the accent in words of two V mata kibi lutialu lutambiku kiambote * N.B.— ia, ie, io and iu, when radical in polysyllabic words, are regarded as one syllable ; the second vowel only receives the accent if any. When the i belongs to a prefix they are separate syllables, the same is the case when they are the only;vowels in a stem, such as kia, mfia, kinia. r<'i ( 702 ) kimbangumuna mazudikila luyinduxianu tubaka' tukunubaka yakatuka tukunutambulwila wafimfidikiti lumpimgumpungu mazakazaka kintutukulu tubakanga bazolele yakatukidi tukatikisanga \ nwakwabafwantalakeselanga: you were doing it badly for them. Dissyllabic words are accented on their last syllable according to the fore¬ going rule. Examples. lubo : dregs, tuta : we play, &c. luve : a truce, eve : a wing. In the case of maki, meso, dinu, maji, the first syllables are euphonic com¬ binations of a prefix with an initial vowel, and are therefore accented. A few dissyllabic words take the accent on the first syllable although it is a prefix :— disa plural masa kiji: kime : kimfi : kinga: kiti: kulu : kutu: liiku : liimbu : lunga: lusu : maize ( a foreign word). a trap. dew. a gizzard. a charred stalk of grass, a chip, a leg. an ear. cassava meal, a stockade, a blast. a flavour (unpleasant). Sundry disturbing factors tend to interfere with the even application of the above rule. The perfect of the applied form of the verb, in both the active and passive voices, requires strong accentuation on the penult. If the word consists of four syllables the prefix and penult are each accented, but if there exists one or more syllables between the first syllable of the stem and the penult, the first syllable of the stem receives an accent as well as the penult. Simple Form. Examples. Perf. Pass. Applied Form. Perf. Act. mbakidi tukanini nkolele nkatukidi tubangumiikini mbakilu tukaninu nkdlelo nkatukilu tub an g umukinu Perf. Act. mbakidi tukanini nkolele nkatukidi tubangumukini Perf. Pass. mbakilu tukaninu nkolelo nkatukilu tubangumukinu The few words ending in enia and ania take the accent on the penult : — Examples. swengenia. twengenia. kwenkenia. munsangania. Nkololo, a shout, is a reproduction of a sound, and is accentuated on each syllable. Reduplicated words such as zebele-zebele and limga-limga are accentuated as though they were two separate words. The compound numerals makumatatu, makumasambanu, &c., are accented on the first syllable of each stem. When a monosyllable follows another word without any pause between them, the monosyllable draws the accent of the preceding word upon its final syllable.. When that final syllable has been elided before the article, the accent falls oil the article. Examples. Pronounced ' Tiinga e nzo : Build a house; tunganzo. Kima nzo : To a house ; kunanzo. Muna to yau. : In their bodies ; munato yan. Yambula e fu kiaki : Give up this habit; yambulefu kiaki. Xikama tu : Wake up then ; xikamatu. Wenda mpe : Go also ; wendampo. 0 mono mpe: I too ; omonompe. Tuku, then , also draws the accent of the preceding word to its last syllable* Example. Pronounced Xikama tuku : Wake up then ; xikamatuku. Tuku may more properly be considered to consist of two separate particles, tu and kll ; otherwise its influence on the accent of the preceding word is. anomalous. The particle ele is accented on its first syllable. The final a of verbs elides before the vowel initial of ele, the result being that the accent of the verb is. shifted to the initial vowel of the particle. Examples. Pronounced Wiza ele : Come then ; wizele. Siimba ele : Buy then ; sumbele. The monosyllabic locatives, the particles of negation, the preposition and conjunction ya, ye, yo, and the particle -a (of) have no influence over the accentuation. There is a special prolongation of utterance which is used to distinguish be¬ tween two words which would otherwise be exactly alike ; thus :— Baka : To catch ; Baka : To rend. Nkaka : A manis ; Nkaka : A grandparent. There are very few such words. SYNTAX. Many matters which properly pertain to Syntax have been considered in the 'etymological portion of this Grammar. As instances may be mentioned the principles of the alliterative concord, the use of the passive and middle voices •of the verb, the adjective sentence, the negative, &c. These matters are so fully treated of under the various parts of speech, that there is no need for reconsideration in this syntactical portion. The Subject. In the construction of sentences, the law of first import is that which requires that the subject of the verb must be the most important topic in the sentence ; no subordinate or immaterial factor can take precedence over it or hold the position of the subject. This rule involves the use of the passive and middle voices more frequently than in English, and the sentence must be moulded accordingly. An idiom results very foreign to European speech, but since it is based on such rational principles it should be readily acquired. This matter is considered at length under the Verb in the sections on the passive and the middle voices, and on the passive of the applied form ; to those [places the student is referred. The principle of the concord between the noun and. any word qualifying or governed by it, is also fully explained under the •section on the alliterative concord, and under the adjective, pronoun, and verb. Nature of the Subject. The subject may be :— a noun, . two or more nouns connected conjunctively, an infinitive, with or without its object, a pronoun or pronominal clause, a locative clause, a numeral. When the subject consists of two or more nouns connected by the conjunc¬ tion ya, ye or yo, the conjunction precedes each of the nouns. Examples. Yo nge yo yandi nwenda : You and he go. Yo nmndele ye ngamba zandi jilueke : The white man and his carriers have arrived. When a verb in the infinitive mood is the subject of a sentence, it follows t te rules laid down in the section on the noun, under the tenth derivative noun. It may be followed by its object, or may bear the objective pronominal prefix when the object is personal. rot ( 705 ) Examples. Yo dia yo leka kaka kuyindulwa : To feed and sleep is alone thought of. 0 vuluza wantu kusundidi o mamhu mawonso muna ntima andi: To save men, or, the salvation of men, exceeded everything in his mind. Kutuvuluza kukedi muna ntima andi: Our salvation {lit. to save us) was in his mind. The subject may be represented by a pronoun, either personal, demonstrative, or interrogative ; very often the subjective pronominal prefix suffices alone to- represent the subject of the verb. Examples. Oyandi okwizanga : He is coming. Kiau kitekwanga : It is being sold. Ekiaki kisolokele muna nzo au : This has been found in their house. Nani otolwele kio ? Who broke it ? Nki kisotokele ? What fell ? Ke diambu ko kwiza nkwiza : Never mind, I am coming. I diau didi mazengelwa : That is why they were cut down. / When the emphatic forms of the personal pronouns stand as the subject of the verb, the particles— Pers. Sing-. Plnr. 1 kwame kweto 2 kwaku kweno 3 kwandi kwau take their place immediately after the pronoun. _ When the pronominal prefix only represents the subject, the emphatic par¬ ticle, if there be one, always follows the predicate. Examples. Mono kwame nzolele kwenda : I want to go. Yeto kweto tusumbidi zo : We ourselves bought them. Se nkwiza kwame : I will come now. Kitiazukini kwandi : It is torn. These paitides are more fully considered under the Pronoun, to which place the student is referred. A pronominal phrase may figure as the subject; thus :— I kiau kiki kikatukidi : It is this which has come out. A locative clause may appear as the subject of the verb ; in such a case, one of the nouns signifying place, kuma, vuma, or muma, is understood. The locality is generally indicated by a phrase composed of a locative pre-- position and a noun ; then the locative prefix on the verb refers to that locality; thus :— Muna evata dieto mwakedi muntu : There was a man in our town. The locality is stated in the phrase, muna evata dieto, in our town; then the prefix mw refers to that locality. ( 7c6 ) Vana vena e mpangi zame : Where my brothers are, stands for Vuma vana vena e mpangi zame : That place which is at my brothers. The locative may thus serve in Kongo as the subject of the verb, just as ■■where and there do in English. A numeral adjective may serve as the subject of the verb, the noun which it 'qualifies being understood ; in such a case the verb also assumes the same class as the numeral ; thus : — Jitatu jikwizanga : Three are coming. Sometimes a numeral noun is employed instead of a numeral adjective, for instance, eknmi, a ten , a lot of ten. In such cases the numeral may be the subject of the verb. Round numbers are frequently thus expressed. Examples. Eknmi diamindele dijidi : Ten white men have come. Enana dia maki ditetele : Eight eggs have been hatched out. Position of Subject. The subject generally precedes the predicate ; but when a verb has for its object a demonstrative, relative or interrogative pronoun, which stands for -emphasis at the head of the sentence, the subject is placed at the end of die sentence. Examples. E nkombo ididi o mankondo maku : The goat has eaten your plantain. Edi kavovele o mfumu, nwiza : The chief said, come ; lit. this he said, the chief, come. Unsamunwini o mambu mana kavovele Mfiau : He told me the things which Mfiau had said. Nki kazolele yandi ? What does he like ? Attributes of Subject. The subject may be distinguished by :— an article, or qualified by :— an adjective or adjectival clause, an adjective pronoun, a participle or participial clause or sentence, a relative sentence, a noun in apposition. The subject is preceded by the article proper to its class and number. The article possesses some distinguishing force, and is used when the subject is demonstrated or emphasised ; when speaking indefinitely, no attempt being ■made to indicate precisely, the article is generally omitted. The article is never used before the names of persons. Examples. E mfumu za nxi ekwiza : The chiefs of the country are coming. E mbele aku isotokele : Your knife has fallen. Nzo ikweme : A house is on fire. E nlele miau bala kwiugi mibadidi : Their cloth is very dear. ( 7°7 ) Whether an adjectival idea be expressed by one word or many, it is preceded by the prefix or particle -a; that is to say, when the idea is expressed in one word, the prefix -a is applied to the stem ; when by a sentence, it is prefaced by the paiticle -a. I he -a then receives the usual prefixes of the concord. In this manner the adjective agrees with the noun it qualifies in class, num¬ ber, and person. Examples. Kinzu kiabiza : A good pipe. Mankondo mambwaki tusumbidi ezono : The red plantain which we bought yesterday. Disu dia mbwa : The eye of the dog. E fimbele fiafi fia nani? Whose is this little knife ? When several attributes qualify one noun, the adjective pronouns take the preceoence, aftei those the numerals, and then the adjective proper. E mbele aku abiza itolokele : Your good knife is broken. 0 mankondo mama mambote matayikidi : These good plantain are sold. E nti miole mianda mina mu : Two tall trees are in here. If there be an adjectival clause it follows last among any qualifying words. An adjectival clause, composed of the infinitive noun preceded by the particle -X, may modify the subject; in such case the noun denotes the purpose or aim of the subject. The particle -a may be rendered in English by, to or for. Examples. E njimbu za sumbila madi meto jivwidi: Money for to buy our food with is finished. E kiandu, kia fonga nge, kiau kikwizanga : A. chair for you to sit upon is coming. In the above sentences it will be seen that the object of the infinitive follows it, while if the infinitive is intransitive, its subject may follow it. A participle is purely adjectival in its force, but carries with it the idea of time and person ; it may also possess a subject and object, thus retaining much of its verbal character. As a rule a participle qualifies its own subject, if it is the participle of a transitive verb its own object follows it, and thus a participial clause is created, consisting of the participle and its object. Muntu olundumukanga oviokele e nzo ame : A man running has passed my house. E ngamba jinatanga e mbongo zaku jikwiza : Porters carrying your goods are coming. A paiticiple in Kongo may qualify its own object, and a construction results which can only be rendered in English by a relative sentence. I he participle may in that case agree with its subject or its object; its subject is placed after the participle. Example. E nzo ketungidi yandi jividi : The houses which he built are burnt may also appear thus :— 1 E nzo jitungidi yandi jividi. ( 7oS ) Nouns of time and place may also be qualified by a participial sentence, the articiple taking the prefix of the noun qualified. Examples. E fulu kivaikanga o maza kisolokele : The place where or from which the water comes out is found. E lumbu kinokanga e mvula tukuna zo : When it rains we will sow them ; lit. the day (when) rains the rain we will sow them. The subject may receive amplification from a sentence introduced by the relative pronoun. The relative agrees with its antecedent in class, number, and person ; it is identical in form with the demonstrative, assuming also various forms accord- ing to position, relative to the speaker. The relative sentence follows the antecedent, and takes its place before the predicate. Examples. E mbele ina nsumbidi ezono ivididi: The knife which I bought yesterday is lost. 0 muntu ona watunga e nzo eyi, kuna nxi kuna kawutuka Zwaki katuka : The man, who built this house, came from the country where Zwaki was born.. The last sentence gives an instance of the locative relative, for when places are mentioned the relative pronouns proper to kuma, vuma, and muma are frequently used :— Kuna : where = at which place. Vana : where = on which place. Muna : where = in which place. Position of Attributes. An adjective proper or adjective pronoun generally takes its place after the noun it qualifies, but when special emphasis is required, it may precede it. It then follows the article, or in the case of special emphasis, both the adjective and the noun may each be preceded by the article. Examples. E nzo abiza katungidi : He built a nice house. E nkombo zaku jivwidi dia o masa mame : Your goats have eaten up my corn. Ezaku nkombo or ezaku e nkombo ke zabiza ko : Your goats are not good. E kiaki lumbu or ekiaki e lumbu kia lumingu kwandi : This day is Sunday. It seldom happens that an adjective proper thus precedes the noun ; it is a very common construction, however, with the adjective pronoun. \\ hen two nouns are qualified by one attribute, the qualification must be repeated aftei each, so also in the case of the same number of various things the number must be repeated each time. ( 709 ) Examples. Yo mameme mambote ye nkombo zambote, jina muna mavata mau : Good sheep and goats are in their towns. Ye mbele tatu ye nsoma ntatu : Three knives and forks. A noun in apposition may qualify the subject, in such case it stands after the noun it qualifies, with which it must agree in number and person. The noun in apposition may be itself distinguished and modified in the same manner as the subject. Examples. Yau, mfumu za nxi, bavanini o nkalu : They, the chiefs of the country denied it. Ntotela, e ntinu a enekongo, ovovele wo : Ntotela, king of the Kongos, said so. Asolongo, antu ana bekalanga kuna Banana, betunga e nzo zau e mpila moxi: The Asolongo, the people who live about Banana, build their houses in the same manner. When the subject becomes too far removed from its predicate by an inter¬ vening subsidiary clause, its personal pronoun may stand before the verb. Examples. E kinkutu kiaku, kina kivididi ezono, kiau kisolokele : The coat which you lost yesterday (it) is found. 0 madia, ma dia nge, mau mavidi: The food for you to eat (it) is ready. The personal pronoun of the subject must always appear before an intransi¬ tive verb in the “ unnatural negative, 5 ’ it precedes the only negative particle. Example. Yadi tanga o nti, miau ke mitangakana : I tried to count the trees, they were not to be counted. Nature of the Predicate. The Predicate may consist of— a verb, an auxiliary verb and its complement, a verbal adjective, a verbal adjective pronoun, a noun wearing a verbal form. The Predicate always assumes one of a series of prefixes proper to the class, number, and person of its subject, whether its subject is otherwise mentioned or not. By this prefix the subject is clearly indicated ; forms and further details are given under the verb and pronoun. Examples. Lumbu yawonso kekwizanga aka : He keeps coming every day. Kinzu kiaki kiwudikidi: This pot is broken. Tuzolele kwenda leka : We want to go and sleep. z z ( 7io ) When two persons or parties of persons are thus mentioned, one being in the ist person, the prefixes of the ist person plural are employed; if the 2nd person is mentioned, the 2nd person plural, otherwise those of the 3rd person plural are assumed. Examples. Yo mono yo nge tukwenda : I and you are going. Yo nge yo yau nukwenda : You ana they are going. Yo Luvusn yo yau bekwenda : Luvusu and they are going. In speaking of himself and another, a Kongo mentions himself first. Yo mono yo mfumu ame tuvangidi kio : I and my chief made it. When the predicate possesses two or more subjects connected conjunctively, the agreement of the verb is as follows When two singular nouns are connected as the subject of the verb, the verb assumes the prefix proper to the latter noun, unless the former is of greater importance. Examples. Ye disu dimoxi, yo kutu kumoxi kufwidi: One eye and one ear are destroyed. Ye mbele yayi, yo nlele wau isolokele : This knife and this cloth are found. In the latter sentence the knife is for some reason of greater importance, and the verb agrees with it. The cloth is considered as an accompaniment of the found knife, and the sentence might be rendered :—This knife with the cloth is found. When a plural and a singular noun are coupled together, as the subjects of a verb, the verb assumes the prefix proper to the plural noun, the singular being regarded as an accession to or accompaniment of the subject and not the true subject of the verb. Examples. Yo nkele andi, ye mbongo zandi jijidi: His gun and his goods have come. Ye mbongo zandi, yo nkele andi jijidi: His goods and his gun have come. If, however, the singular noun is of special importance, the verb takes the prefix of that; thus :— Yo mwana aku ye lekwa yandi wijidi : Your child and his things have come. When two plural nouns are thus connected, the verb takes the prefix proper to the most important of them. When neither is specially important, the verb generally follows the latter ; thus :— Ye mbongo zandi, ye nkele miandi mijidi : His goods and guns are come. When a person or persons are mentioned, they are nearly always regarded as being of the most importance. When more than two nouns are thus connected the same principles operate. ( 7H ) When tw° alt e inati\ res are coupled together by the conjunctions 0V0.. 0V0, e pie icate is generally introduced after the first alternative, and assumes accordingly its prefix. Example. Ovo ngeye okwenda, ovo yau ke diambu ko : Whether you or they go it is all right. When the interrogative nani, who, is the subject of the verb, a person is a ways understood, and the verb takes the prefix of the 1st class, singular or plural, according as the case may be. Nki, what, always refers to lekwa, a thing or things, and the prefix to the verb must therefore be of class 6. Kwa, how much, how many , refers to some noun previously mentioned or un erstoo ; when it stands as the subject of a verb both kwa and the verb bear the prefix proper to the noun referred to. Exajnples. Nani obokele : Who called ? Nani ejidi : Who have come ? Nki kina mu : What is in there ? Makwa masumbilu : How many are bought ? When a verb is assisted by an auxiliary verb, it always follows its auxiliary • i wears the infinitive form, but never takes the article before it; that is to say, it never figures as an infinitive noun. This is the distinguishing feature of an auxiliary verb, and is of great import¬ ance, since it is often the only test by which to be assured of the nature of the preceding verb ; see the section on the Auxiliary Verbs. The auxiliary always receives the subjective prefix, as also any prefix which may be indicative of tense ; it also assumes the perfect suffix. The second verb always receives the continuative suffix, if required (never the perfect suffix) It receives the personal objective prefix, if there be one re- quired, and if there be an objective pronoun, it precedes the second verb. I nese matters are more fully noted under the auxiliary verb. Examples, Toma ximba e lekwa kiaki : Hold this thing carefully. Yadi bwa : I might have fallen. Nukwama kwendanga : You are always going. Baximbidi dila :. They commenced crying. Oyandi otekele kio nata : He carried it first. Tuzolele kunusumbila kio : We want to buy it for you. In the case of the last sentence above, it will be noted, that when a verb has wo objects ^as is the case with the applied form), the true object (nil) only p ecedes the verb ; its secondary object (kio) follows after the verb. e verbs kala or -na, to be, can never be followed by an adjective. len ‘t‘ s desired simply to attribute the presence of a quality, the adjective of the quality receives a verbal prefix, and becomes itself a verb. predicates'^ Pr ° n ° UnS f ° ll0W the same rule > and even nouns also may become The forms employed, and the construction of these verbal adjectives pro¬ nouns, and nouns are considered under the adjective and pronoun ? ( 712 ) Examples. 0 mfumu eto wambote kwandi : Our chief is good. The adjective, ambote, good , has become verbal, to be good. E mbele yayi yame : This knife is mine. The pronoun, ame, 7 nine , has become verbal, to be mine. Nge umfumu : You are the chief. The noun, mfumu, chief has become verbal, to be the chief. Yeto twawana audi : We are his children. The phrase, wana andi, his children , becomes verbal, to be his children. This construction might be explained by stating that the verb to be is under¬ stood, but the more correct explanation is this : that the verbal prefixes applied, impart a verbal character and force. The few intensive verbal adjectives, such as -bi, to be too bad ; -ke, to be too small , are a further development of the above. Kibi : It is too bad. Make : They are too small. The verbal demonstrative pronoun i is also of this nature. Examples. I diau didi dinkondo diame : This very one is my plantain. I njila yiyi : This is the very road. The interrogatives nani, who, and nki, what , also assume a verbal idea, but as they do not take any prefixes under other circumstances, neither do they in this case. Exatnples. 0 yau nani ? Who are they ? lit. they are who ? Lekwa kiaki nki ? What is this thing ? lit. thing this is what ? Nani, in such case, equals to be who , and nki, to be what ? Modifications of the Predicate. The predicate may be modified by : — an adverb, an adverbial clause, or by an adverbial sentence. An adverbial clause is a group of words not making in themselves a complete expression of thought, but having an adverbial force, since they modify some verb. In the sentence :— Tusumbidi zo vana ezandu dieto : We bought them on our market; the clause, vana ezandu dieto, on our ?narket , is adverbial, since it modifies the predicate. Adverbs and adverbial clauses generally take their place after the verb, but they may stand before it if emphatic. ( 713 ) Examples. Wenda o malembe : Go gently. Mamene nkutu : They are altogether finished. Ezono twaluaka : We arrived yesterday. Bakotele muna nzo eto: ot Muna nzo eto bakotele ; They entered into our house. The interrogative and inferential adverbs and adverbial clauses take their form 6 at thC hCad ° f thCir sentence > and rec l uire th e verb to assume the applied The following are the principal of such adverbs Adieyi: Mu nkia diambu : Mu nkia mpitu : Mu nkia kuma : Muna diambu diadi: Muna diadi: I diau didi: Dianu : I mpitu yiyi: I: Examples. Adieyi okwendela? Why do you go ? lit. what do you go for ? I diau didi nkwendela : That is what I went for. Adverbs of manner compounded with a locative preposition are placed at the head of the sentence, and require the applied form in the verb ; such is also the case when an adverbial clause, introduced by a locative, takes the emphatic position at the head of the sentence. Examples. Ku makaxi kevangilanga kio : He is doing it in an angry mood ; lit. in an angry mood he is doing it in. Muna nzo andi twawudila mo ; In his house we broke them. Many active intransitive verbs contain ideas in their roots which in European languages are expressed by adverbs, such as kota, to go into j kulumuka, to go down j katuka, to go away : vaika, to come outj luaka, to arrive at. These verbs are intransitive, and therefore have no object. When it is necessary to speak more definitely about an action expressed by one of these verbs, they must be qualified by an adverbial clause composed of a locative and a noun. Although the intransitive verb kota equals to go in , it is necessary to use the locative omu, omo, or muua in stating what is entered ; thus :— Bakotele muna nzo : They went (in) into the house. So after vaika, to go out , the locative must be used, when stating that from which the going out takes place ; thus Bavaikidi, muna ewulu : They came (out) out of the hole. ^ Why, what...(for). I Therefore, that is why, that j is what...(for). ( 7 T 4 ) It must be remembered that so long as no noun is required to complete the sense, the idea contained in such verbs is adverbial; but as soon as a noun is required, the idea has become prepositional, and must be expressed by a prepo¬ sition. This is an explanation of the idiom which only adheres strictly to the first principles of grammar, which regard words qualifying verbs as adverbs, while prepositions are required to connect a noun with a verb, of which it is neither the subject nor the object. The applied form can never be used to express the adverb, or its correspond¬ ing preposition, thus inseparable from the radical idea, for it is used to impart an idea not yet present ; as in the sentence :— Dianu bevaikilanga muna nzo zau : That is what they are coming out of their house for. Vaikila may imply to come out for, or to, or with, or in, or into, but never to C07ne out of, or from. Adverbial sentences are sentences which are introduced to modify a verb with which they are connected by a conjunction. As a rule adverbial sentences precede the verb they qualify, for they generally express modifications of importance, and therefore assume the emphatic posi¬ tion. Examples. Vava keluaka ye ndonga andi unxikamesa : When he and his people arrive, wake me up. Una tufongele kweto muna nzo, itayidi kwandi: While we sat in the house it got away. In the first instance unxikamesa is the predicate, modified by the adverbial sentence, vava keluaka ye ndonga andi. The conjunction vava connects the two sentences. In the second sentence itayidi is the predicate, and una tufongele kweto muna nzo the adverbial sentence connected with the predicate by the conjunc¬ tion una. Kongos object to a sentence of only one word ; when so simple a statement has to be made, the infinitive mood of the verb precedes the form required. Thus instead of saying :— Nkwiza : I come ; They say :— Kwiza nkwiza : To come, I come, or coming I come. So also in formulating an emphatic or impatient assertion, this idiom is frequently used, especially when the remark or sentence is short. Examples. Kwiza kekwizanga : He is coming. Tonda ntondele : I am thankful. Konso lumbu samunwina ikunsamunwina wo : Some day I will tell him about it. Sumbila kekunsumbilanga kio : He is buying it for her. When an auxiliary verb is used, it is the verb assisted, not the auxiliary which is repeated ; thus :— Sala ketoma salanga : He is working well. ( 7i5 ) The Nature of the Object. The object of the predicate may be :— a noun, two or more nouns connected conjunctively, the infinitive noun with or without its object, a noun sentence, a pronoun, a numeral. When the object is personal it may be represented by a personal pronominal objective prefix; the forms and resultant combinations are explained and tabulated under the verb. When the object consists of two or more nouns connected conjunctively, the first is seldom preceded by the conjunction ; if one attribute is common to each the adjective is repeated after each. Examples. Bokela o mfurnii ya aleke andi : Call the chief and his servants. Sumba o maki mambote yo maji mambote : Buy good eggs and good oil. Tunga e mbangu zole ye nsalu miole : Buy two baskets and two sifters. Batwikidi e mbele tatu, ye nsoma ntatu ye zalu tatu : They sent three knives, forks, and spoons. The infinitive noun with or without its own object may serve as the object of the verb ; in such case, when a noun is the object of the infinitive, it follows it; when a pronoun, it precedes it. The infinitive may also wear the personal pronominal prefix. Examples. Tuxinxidi 0 nata o mankondo : We tried to carry the plantain. Yakanini o tunga e nzo ame : I had intended to build my house. Tubantikidi o kunxikamesa : We commenced to wake him up. Tuxinsanga zo vanga : We are trying to make them. A noun sentence may serve as the object of the verb ; it is generally intro¬ duced by the conjunction vo, thatj thus :— Una tumwene vo nzadi izele tuvutukidi kweto : When we saw that the river was in flood (full) we returned. A noun sentence often stands in apposition to a demonstrative pronoun, such as edi, this (thing). Edi kazolele vo ngiza : He wishes me to come ; lit. this he wishes that I come. Edi mbenze kwiza kekwiza : I thought that he would come. When a numeral stands as the object of a verb, the noun it qualifies is under¬ stood; the numeral wears the prefix proper to the noun it qualifies, and thus no question is left as to the noun referred to, and which is the true object of the verb. Example. Tusumbidi jitatu (mbele) : We bought three (knives). ( 7 1 6 ) Position of the Object. The object of the verb takes its place immediately after the predicate. Examples. 0 ngangula ofulanga e nsengo : The blacksmith is forging h ° e j- Vana nkia ezandu ketekelanga zo : On what market does he sell them. When the object is represented by a personal objective pronominal prefix, the prefix immediately precedes the stem ; thus : Tunubokelenge : We were calling for you. When an auxiliary verb is used, the objective pronoun comes after the auxiliary and between it and the verb assisted by it; thus : Tumene yo baka : We have caught it; lit. we have finished it to catch. Twadi zo wula : We might have broken them. When an auxiliary verb is used, and the object is represented by a personal objective pronominal prefix, the prefix is applied to the second verb, never to the auxiliary. Examples. E kuma kadi katekele kutuzola : Because he first loved us. Toma kundata : Carry me carefully. When the object is specially emphatic, it may take up a position before the subject; thus Nzo zau betunganga : They are building their houses. Yinzu bevanganga : Pots they are making. When the emphatic object is represented by a personal pronoun, the pronoun on taking the first place in the sentence assumes also the subjective form although it is an object ; thus :— E elonga diame osukulanga dio e ? diau nsukulanga: Are you washing my plate ? I am washing it. When the object appears to be far removed from the predicate, by its position at the head of the sentence, it may be represented by its personal pronoun, which in that case follows the verb ; thus E evata dieto bayokele dio : They burnt our town. E nsafu za mfumu bazolele zo yiya : They want to steal the chief s nsalu Causative verbs have really two objects, although it is seldom necessary to mention both. When, however, both are stated, the object which is caused to perform the action is mentioned before that upon which the action is performe . That is to say, the active object takes precedence of the passive object; thus 0 mundele otungixi a aleke andi e nzo zau.: The white man caused his boys to build their houses. Sometimes the sense would be obscured, or the sentence become awkward, if the noun of the object were placed in the emphatic position at the head ot the sentence ; in that case the object may be represented by its objective pro- ( 7'7 ) noun immediately after the predicate, and the noun itself, and its attributes, appear at the end of the sentence, when emphasis upon it is desired. Examples. Dianu bayokela dio, e evata dieto : Therefore they burnt (it) our town. Nani osolwele dio, e diaki diadi ? Who found (it) this egg ? The applied form of the verb imparts a prepositional idea connecting it with some further object, means, or purpose, beside its primary object. The double applied form is connected with two such further objects, and the triple form with three. These matters are considered very fully under the section on the applied form ; any remarks here are only supplementary to those. It has been noted that interrogative and inferential adverbs, and adverbs of manner compounded with the locative, as well as any adverbial clauses introduced by a locative, and standing at the head of the sentence, require the verb to assume the applied form. The position of such adverbs and adverbial clauses is, therefore, at the head of the sentence. The true object, when personal, is very often represented and expressed by a personal objective pronominal prefix to the verb ; there is, therefore, no difficulty about its position. Where, however, the true object is a noun, or is represented by an objective pronoun, it takes its place immediately after the verb, and may be followed by any further object or objects. In the examples given below, the true object is numbered i ; the secondary object, 2 ; any further according to position, 3 or 4. Governing clauses are marked a, b , &c. Examples. a Adieyi okadila kuna : Why do you live there ? a 1 Dianu tusumbilanga e nkombo : That is what we are buying the goat for. 1 2 Bekumvangila e lekwa yabiza : They are making nice things for him. a b 1 Dianu muna njimbu ikunusumbididilanga : Therefore I am buying knives for you with beads. a Diau tutungidilanga e mfumu e nzo andi: Therefore we are building the chief his house. 1 2 Owau 0 nti bevangilanga e yinzu a matona : This is the plant they make the marks on pottery with. ( 713 ) The Attributes of the Object. The object may be distinguished by :— an article ; or qualified by :— an adjective or adjectival clause, an adjective pronoun, a participle or participial clause or sentence, a relative sentence, a noun in apposition. The object when in its normal position {i.e. following the verb) is always pre¬ ceded by the article in affirmative, but never in negative clauses. When the object of a verb in an affirmative clause is brought to the head of the sentence, it is not preceded by the article ; but when the object of the verb in a negative clause is placed in the emphatic position, it is preceded by the article. Tusumbanga e nsusu zeto ; We are buying our fowls. Ntekanga o nlele : I am selling cloth. Kitekanga kwame nlele ko : I do not sell cloth. Nlele ame ntekanga : I am selling my cloth. 0 nlele ame kitekanga ko : I am not selling my cloth. With the exception of the above rules as to the use of the article, the attri¬ butes of the object are governed by the same laws as the attributes of the subject. 1 hey are the same in character, and assume the same relative position in reference to the noun they qualify. Butler & Tanner, The Selwood Printing Works, Froine, and London. IX. X. AND XI. I— —-— __ XII. Plur. -- Sing. Plur. Sing. 1 i 1 Matu I Madia I I 10 Lunga blast 11 Lubu mosquito Tunga Tubu 12 Uma matter 12 Bi evil -J 1 11 lie o nia manene manene mebeni mame meto mau mo me- ma- ma- iii i ! oma mama mama omo momo mana oman a mamana ameyi mengi mole memole matatu mematatu o lna lnanene lnnene luebeni luame lueto luau lo lu- lua- o twa o wa twanene! wanene tunene I unene twebeni webeni twame | wame tweto | weto twau to tu- twa- wau wo u- wa- oln lualu lulu olo lolo luna oluna lualuna alueyi luingi lumoxi lumoxi otu twatu tutu oto toto tuna otuna twatunal atweyi twingi tole tutole tutatu tutatu owu wau wuwu owo wowo una owuna wauna aweyi wingi umoxi umoxi -I TABLE OF CONCORDS. Class. 1. 11. III. AND IV. V. AND VI. VII. AND VIII. IX. X. AND XI. XII. XIII. X IV. XV. Number. Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. Sing. Example . 1 Muntu person 1 Mbunji Antu 2 Nzo house Nzo* 4 Nti tree Nti 5 Kinzu pipe Yinzu 7 Dinkondo plantain Mankondo 9 Kutu ear Matu 10 Lunga blast Tunga 12 Uma matter Uma 15 Wanda net Manda 14 Yuma Muma I 1 4 Fimbele Example . Abunji 2 Mbongo Mbongo 3 Munse Minse 6 Lekwa Lekwa 8 Etadi Matadi 9 Dia Madia 11 Lubu Tubu 12 Bi Bi 13 Ko Mako place tiny knife brother goods sugar cane thing stone food mosquito evil father-in-law Article. a, an, the f f Primary 0 a e e 0 e e e e 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 e a a a za a mia | kia ya dia ma kwa ma lua twa wa wa wa ma va mwa fia \ Secondary wa a ya za wa mia * Adjectives. f Primary giea Secondary anene anene anene zanene anene mianene | kianene yanene dianene manene kwanene manene luanene twanene wanene wanene wanene manene vanene mwanene 1 fianene wanene anene yanene zanene wanene mianene Too great — Verbal Adjectives kunene finene in e. unene anene inene jinene unene minene kinene inene dinene manene manene lunene tunene unene unene unene manene vanene munene . f Primary large ^ Secondary ebeni webeni ebeni ebeni ebeni yebeni zebeni zebeni ebeni webeni miebeni miebeni | kiebeni yebeni di ebeni mebeni kwebeni mebeni lnebeni twebeni webeni webeni webeni mebeni vebeni mwebeni 1 fiebeni Possessive Pronouns. | kiame f Primary ni y ( Secondary ame wame ame ame ame yame zame zame ame wame miame miame yame diame mame kwame mame luame twame wame wame wame mame vame mwame fiame f Primary our ( Secondary eto weto eto eto eto yeto zeto zeto eto weto mieto mieto | kieto yeto dieto meto kweto meto lueto tweto weto weto weto meto veto mweto fieto Personal Pronouns. kiau diau kwau he, she, it, they Subjective yandi yan yan zau wau miau yau mau mau luau twau wau wau wau mau vau mwau fiau him, her, it, them Objective yandi yan yo zo wo mio kio yo dio mo ko mo lo to wo wo wo mo VO mo fio Pronominal Prefixes. ki- di- ku- he, she, it, they Subjective 0-, u-, ke-, be-, e-, ba-, i- zi-, za- u- mi- i- me-, ma- me- ma- lu- tu- u- u- u- me-, ma- ve- va- mu- fi- e-, ka-, a- a- dia- kwa- he, she, it, they Remote Tenses wa-, ka-, a- ba-, a- ya- za- wa- mia- kia- ya- ma- ma- lua- twa- wa- wa- wa- ma- va- mwa- fia- Demonstrative & Relative Pronouns. 1st position. i Simple oyu aya eyi eji. owu emi eki eyi edi oma oku oma olu otu owu owu owu oma ova omu efi this, these < Emphatic ndioyu awaya yayi zaji wau miami kiaki yayi diadi mama kwaku mama lualu twatu wau wau wau mama vava mwamu fiafi ( Emphatic yuyu yaya yiyi JiJi wuwu mimi kiki yiyi didi mama kuku mama lulu tutu wuwu wuwu wuwu mama vava mumu fifi 2nd position. emio ekio edio oko that, those / Simple oyo owo eyo ezo owo eyo omo omo olo oto owo owo owo omo ovo omo efio (near) \ Emphatic ndioyo awowo yoyo zozo wowo miomio kiokio yoyo diodio momo koko momo lolo toto wowo wowo wowo momo vovo momo fiofio 3rd position. that, those ( with Article Prefix (yonder) ^ Emphatic ona ana ina jina una mina kina ina dina mana kuna mana luna tuna una una una mana vana muna 1 firm ona ana eyina ejina cwuna emina ekina eyina edina omana okuna omana oluna otuna owuna owuna owuna omana ovana nmnufl, pfin 0 ndiona awana yayina zajina wauna miamina kiakina yayina diadina mamana kwakuna mamana lualuna twatuna wauna wauna wauna mamana vavani i mwamuna u ] fiafina Interrogative Pronoun. Where is it / Where are they \ andieyi aweyi ayeyi azeyi aweyi amieyi akieyi ayeyi adieyi ameyi akweyi ameyi alueyi atweyi aweyi aweyi aweyi ameyi aveyi am w eyi afieyi sing, great pi. many sing. col. pi. col. Primary one two Secondary three I Primary ( Secondary wingi moxi umoxi 1 engi ole, wole nwole tatu ntatu yingx moxi imoxi jmgi zole jizole tatu jitatu wingi moxi nmoxi mingi miole mimiole ntatu mintatu kingi kimoxi kimoxi ymgi yole iyole tata itatu dingi d imoxi dimoxi mengi mole me mole matatu mematatu kwingi kumoxi kumoxi mengi mole memole matatu mematatu luingi lumoxi lumoxi twingi tole tutole tutatu tutatu wingi umoxi umoxi wingi wole uwole tatu utatu wingi umoxi umoxi mengi mole memole matatu mematati vengi vamox vamox 1 mwingi i mole i mumole mutatu mutatu I fingi fimoxi fimoxi Kongo].